Escolar Documentos
Profissional Documentos
Cultura Documentos
Documentation
September 2007
Table Of Contents
FracproPT 2007 ..................................................................................................................................................................... 1
Getting Started ................................................................................................................................................................... 1
Welcome to FracproPT 2007.......................................................................................................................................... 1
What Is New in FracproPT 2007? .................................................................................................................................. 2
System Requirements .................................................................................................................................................... 4
Software Installation ....................................................................................................................................................... 5
WARNING! Attaching the Security Key .......................................................................................................................... 9
Technical Support........................................................................................................................................................... 9
Email Technical Support............................................................................................................................................... 11
How Do I Submit a Problem Report? ........................................................................................................................... 12
Installation Troubleshooting.......................................................................................................................................... 13
Installation Troubleshooting.......................................................................................................................................... 13
FracproPT Overview ........................................................................................................................................................ 53
System Overview.......................................................................................................................................................... 53
Starting a New Input File .............................................................................................................................................. 54
Retrieving Saved Input Files......................................................................................................................................... 55
Saving Input Files and Model Results .......................................................................................................................... 56
Keyboard Help [Shift+F1] ............................................................................................................................................. 57
File Naming Conventions ............................................................................................................................................. 59
FracproPT Main Screen [F2] ........................................................................................................................................ 60
Navigation Tree ............................................................................................................................................................ 62
Fracture Design Mode...................................................................................................................................................... 64
Overview - Fracture Design Mode ................................................................................................................................ 64
Well & Treatment Information - F3 ............................................................................................................................... 65
Fracture Design Options - F4 ....................................................................................................................................... 66
Wellbore Configuration - F7.......................................................................................................................................... 71
Heat Transfer Parameters - Shift + F9 ......................................................................................................................... 84
Reservoir Parameters - F9 ........................................................................................................................................... 86
Multiple Fractures - Shift + F7 .................................................................................................................................... 113
Fluid & Proppant Selection - F5.................................................................................................................................. 115
Treatment Selection - F8 ............................................................................................................................................ 147
Fracture Design Control - F10 .................................................................................................................................... 155
Quick Fracture Design Mode.......................................................................................................................................... 158
Quick Fracture Design Control ................................................................................................................................... 158
FracproPTXPRESS .................................................................................................................................................... 161
Fracture Analysis Mode.................................................................................................................................................. 161
Overview - Fracture Analysis Mode............................................................................................................................ 161
Well and Treatment Information - F3 .......................................................................................................................... 161
Fracture Analysis Options - F4 ................................................................................................................................... 165
Real-Time Use............................................................................................................................................................ 172
Channel Inputs for Model - Shift + F6......................................................................................................................... 175
Wellbore Configuration - F7........................................................................................................................................ 179
Heat Transfer Parameters - Shift + F9 ....................................................................................................................... 193
Reservoir Parameters - F9 ......................................................................................................................................... 196
Fluid and Proppant Selection - F5 .............................................................................................................................. 227
Treatment Schedule - F6 ............................................................................................................................................ 269
ii
Table Of Contents
iii
FracproPT 2007
iv
Table Of Contents
FracproPT 2007
Getting Started
Welcome to FracproPT 2007
The FracproPT system is specifically designed to provide engineers with the most comprehensive tools for hydraulic
fracturing design and analysis. More than just another hydraulic fracture model, practical utilization of actual treatment
data is the central theme that separates FracproPT from competing products. The use of real data offers engineers much
better understanding of their well's response, with resulting procedures that reflect the reality of what is occurring in the
reservoir, before, during, and after fracture treatments.
FracproPT was developed for Gas Research Institute's (GRI) Gas Supply Program. It is being used in many commercial
applications on gas, oil, and geothermal reservoirs throughout the world. The lumped-parameter 3D fracture model (which
should not be confused with so-called pseudo-3D models) adequately represents the level of complexity and reality of
hydraulic fracturing.
FracproPT was developed to implement the insight gained from observing actual fracture treatments, as well as results
obtained from properly scaled laboratory models. It uses lumped-parameter functional coefficients determined from these
sources to solve reliably and efficiently for fracture dimensions, proppant placement, and net fracturing pressure. Further
details on the general approach may be found in the FracproPT Technical Description and Reference sections of Help.
What Can You Do with FracproPT?
There are four modes of operation on the
MAIN screen [F2] providing fracture treatment design and analysis
functions coupled with reservoir simulation. These modes are described in detail in their respective sections in Help.
FracproPT 2007
This mode generates a design treatment schedule. The user enters desired dimensionless conductivity and can evaluate
economic fracture half-length optimum. FracproPT helps the user in proppant and fluid selection and generates a
suggested treatment schedule for achieving desired length and conductivity.
Log Analysis Wizard for Log-Layer Editor for Layers tab of Reservoir Parameters - F9 screen
New Modules
Add / Select Halliburton Fluid screen from Fluid Selection tab of Fluid and Proppant
Selection - F5 screen
Edit Halliburton Fluid screen from Fluid Selection tab of Fluid and Proppant Selection
- F5 screen
Save screen lay-out in templates: in main menu View > Screen Templates > Template Manager
and View > Save Screen Layout
Select Proppant screen: from Proppant Selection tab of Fluid and Proppant Selection - F5
screen
FracproPT 2007
Proppant Sieve Distribution plot: Sieve Dist. button in Proppant Data screen
New Plots
Step-Down Test Analysis Plot: improved tool automatically locates step-down test, zooms in, and
inserts re-designed step markers
Minimum, Maximum, Average values: for XY plot channels over user-selected time periods (in XY
plot, Cursor Editing Mode, select begin point on curve, select Begin button, select end point on curve,
select End button, from main menu select Plot > Edit > Channel Min/Max)
Improved XY plot begin / end dividers for time axis: for staging, step-down, min/max/average (green
and red vertical lines with white horizontal bar at the top of the plot)
Floatable XY plots: can be placed outside of main FracproPT screen (Floating Plot button in Plot
Display List - Alt + F8 screen)
Display coordinates for points when they are not on a channel curve (but, for example, on a tangent
line)
New Functionality
o
o
o
Set Lithology Properties dialog: for General Single Scale Reservoir Data-Entry, in Reservoir
Parameters - F9 screen, in Layers tab, double-clicking on row headers for Stress, Young's
Modulus, Poisson's Ratio, Fracture Toughness, Composite Layering, and Pore Fluid
Permeability
Set Values dialog: in Treatment Schedule - F6 screen, in Design / Actual Treatment Schedule
tab, double-clicking on row headers for Flow Rate, Prop Conc, and Stage Length
Resizable screens: Treatment Schedule - F6 screen, Reservoir Parameters - F9 screen, and Plot
Display List - Alt + F8 screen
Drainage Area section with X-Direction Extent, Y- Direction Extent, and Well Spacing fields
Source column
FracproPT 2007
Fracture Filter Cake section with Fracture Filtercake Thickness field and Include Filtercake
effects on Fracture Conductivity checkbox
New Channels
Other Channels channel group: Avg Bottomhole Slurry Rate, Surf Total Proppant Conc,
Dimls Cond Ratio, Avg Acid Conc in Frac, Surf Acid Conc
ackward
and forward
Microsoft HTML Help with many new features instead of Microsoft WinHelp
Getting Started and Installation Troubleshooting Help with diagnostic / repair applications
3D Layered Analytical Model radio button in Model Options section of Production Analysis
Options - F4 screen
Start Receiving Data from DataAcqPT / Stop Receiving Data from DataAcqPT button in RealTime Control - Ctrl + F1 screen
Min and Max columns in Channel Inputs for Model - Shift + F6 screen: no more clipping of input
data
System Requirements
FracproPT requires the following resources from your computer system:
Operating System: Windows NT, 2000, XP, or Vista (Administrator access may be required for
installation)
Hard Disk: 150 MB, since FracproPT uses 60 MB for the program and associated files.
FracproPT 2007
Com Port: 9 pin serial port, or USB port and USB/serial converter for real-time data acquisition using
DataAcqPT. DataAcqPT can also read real time information from a shared network file.
Software Installation
IMPORTANT!
FracproPT version 10.3 includes a new version of the security-key software from the manufacturer. Therefore, if you
are updating a previously installed network version of FracproPT you must first reinstall the Network License Server
Software on your FracproPT network server computer (that is, as if you were installing for the first time). If you are
updating a previously installed standalone version of FracproPT, there are no additional steps necessary.
Installation Package
If you have previously installed FracproPT on your computer, this package contains only the
installation CD with your upgrade to Version 10.3.
If you are installing FracproPT for the first time, there are various combinations for the contents of
this package, based on the following preferences:
Installation CD and a hardware security key (or "dongle") imprinted with a 5-digit number smaller
than 11000, and a License Activation Disk imprinted with the same 5-digit number. This licensing
option uses Rainbow Technologies SentinelLM system tied to a dongleID.
Installation CD and a hardware security key (or "dongle") imprinted with a 5-digit number between
11000 and 20000. This licensing option uses Rainbow Technologies Superpro system tied to a
dongleID.
Installation CD and a License Activation Disk imprinted with a 5-digit number larger than 20000.
This licensing option uses Rainbow Technologies SentinelLM system tied to a DiskID. In this
case, someone from Pinnacle Technologies has requested you to run an application (wechoid.exe)
that reads this disk ID information from your computer, and has used this information to generate
the file on your License Activation Disk.
Installation Instructions
For standalone installations Attach the security key to the computer on which the software is to be
installed and then proceed with the installation instructions shown below for a single-user or
standalone version of FracproPT.
For network installations Ask your system or network administrator to attach the security key to the
network server, and then proceed with Steps 1 through 6 of the installation instructions shown below
for a network version of FracproPT. Once the licensing software is installed on the server, you will
also need to follow Steps 7 through 12 of the installation instructions shown below for a network
version of FracproPT on each client computer where the software will be running. The client
computers do not require a security key when running the network version.
Note:
Any computer on your network (that is, in network computing terms, any client computer) can function as the socalled network server computer for FracproPT. In fact, many network administrators prefer not to use the true
network server for this function.
The installation will start automatically when you insert the CD.
If the installation does not start automatically, use Explorer or the Run command to execute the
SETUP.EXE file found in the main folder on the installation CD (for example, D:\SETUP.EXE).
FracproPT 2007
If you copy the installation CD contents to your hard disk, or if you download FracproPT from our
web page, run the SETUP.EXE file found in the appropriate folder (depending on where you
downloaded or copied the installation files) using either Explorer or the Run command.
For single-copy licenses, choose Standalone when prompted during the installation and follow the
instructions shown below.
For network installations, FracproPT s network license server software must first be installed on
the network server computer. To do this, select License Server when prompted during the
installation on the network server computer. After restarting the server and ensuring that the network
license server software is running, install FracproPT on any network computer by selecting Network
when prompted during installation and following the instructions shown below.
Shut down the computer and attach the security key to the printer port (LPT port). For USB key, first install
the software and then insert the USB key after re-starting the computer. Re-start the computer, and then
close all applications that are running, including those that may not be readily visible. To accomplish the
latter, press [Ctrl+Alt+Del] simultaneously to open the Close Program window, then highlight and select
End Task for each application shown except for Explorer and Systray.
Insert the FracproPT CD. Setup should start automatically; if it does not, use Explorer or the Run
command to execute the SETUP.EXE file found in the main folder on the installation compact disc (for
example, D:\SETUP.EXE).
Follow the setup instructions on the screen. Click "Next" on the "Welcome", "License Agreement" and
"User Information" screens.
When you see the Select Components screen during setup, choose Standalone and continue to follow the
instructions.
When prompted, enter the five-digit serial number imprinted on your hardware security key and/or License
Activation Diskette.
If your dongle serial number is smaller than 11000, the setup application will look for a previous
installation. If you have installed FracproPT before, the installation will automatically copy the
license file (named LSERVRC, without a file extension) to the appropriate directory (if you have
chosen the default installation path, this is C:\PROGRAM FILES\PINNACLE
TECHNOLOGIES\FRACPROPT\PROGRAM). If you have not installed FracproPT before,
please insert the License Activation Diskette to complete the installation.
If your serial number is between 11000 and 20000, you have completed the installation and may
proceed to step 6. The LSERVRC is not used in this case.
If your License Activation Diskette serial number is larger than 20000, the setup application
will look for a previous installation. If you have installed FracproPT before, the installation will
automatically copy the license file (named LSERVRC, without a file extension) to the appropriate
directory (if you have chosen the default installation path, this is C:\PROGRAM
FILES\PINNACLE TECHNOLOGIES\FRACPROPT\PROGRAM). If you have not installed
FracproPT before, please insert the License Activation Diskette to complete the installation.
You do not need a dongle in this case.
Close all programs that are running, including those that may not be readily visible. To accomplish the
latter, press [CTRL+ALT+DEL] simultaneously to open the Close Program window, then highlight and
select End Task for each application shown except Explorer and Systray.
FracproPT 2007
Insert the FracproPT CD. Setup should start automatically; if it does not, use Explorer or the Run
command to execute the SETUP.EXE file found in the main folder on the installation compact disc (for
example, D:\SETUP.EXE).
Follow the setup instructions on the screen. Click "Next" on the "Welcome", "License Agreement" and
"User Information" screens.
When you see the Select Components screen during setup, choose License Server and continue to follow
the instructions.
When you get to the "Installing License Code" screen, you are prompted for the current location to the
LSERVRC file. As it is on the floppy, keep the "Path" to a: This should already be selected. Insert the
floppy with the LSERVRC file. This file is now automatically copied to the following directory: C:\Program
Files\Rainbow Technologies\sentLM\Server.
Re-start the computer. The license server software will automatically start. Make sure that the license
server is running before going to the next step.
You can now install FracproPT on any computer in the network, including the computer on which the
Network-License Server software is installed, by doing the following:
Close all programs that are running, including those that may not be readily visible. To accomplish the
latter, press [Ctrl+Alt+Del] simultaneously to open the Close Program window, then highlight and select
End Task for each application shown except Explorer and Systray.
Insert the FracproPT CD. Setup should start automatically; if it does not, use Explorer or the Run
command to execute the SETUP.EXE file found in the main folder on the installation compact disc (for
example, D:\SETUP.EXE).
Follow the setup instructions on the screen. Click "Next" on the "Welcome", "License Agreement" and
"User Information" screens.
When you see the "Select Components" screen during setup, choose "Network" (the second button from
the top) and continue to follow the instructions. Please note that you do NOT need the floppy with the
LSERVRC file for the User computer!
The first time FracproPT is started, it takes a while before it has found the Network License Server
computer. This may take up to 2 minutes. The next time you start FracproPT, it will remember the
location of the Network License Server, and licence authorization will be faster. In case this does not work,
do the following:
Open the file "FracproPT_net.txt" using Notepad. You can find this file on the C:\PROGRAM
FILES\PINNACLE TECHNOLOGIES\FRACPROPT\PROGRAM directory. On the first line, type
the word "Network". Save the file and close it.
Open the file "FracproPT_server.txt" using Notepad. You can find this file on the C:\PROGRAM FILES\PINNACLE
TECHNOLOGIES\FRACPROPT\PROGRAM directory. On the first line, type the IP address (for example:
92.138.138.138) of the Network Server Computer or the path to that computer (for example: \\networkcomputername).
Save the file and close it.
Before installing the FracproPT license server on one of your server machines, check to see if there are
any existing SentinelLM license servers on your network. Either check with your IT department, or run the
LSWhere.exe program, which is included on your FracproPT installation CD in the \Sentinel\Admin.net
directory.
If the lswhere program does not show any existing SentinelLM license servers running, then you can
proceed with the standard installation of the license server software on the CD.
If the lswhere program does show another license server running, then you do not need to install the
license server program again, unless the existing license server is an old version, which is not compatible
with the license file used for FracproPT. This is not too likely, so it is best to first try to use this existing
license server.
Go to the server machine where the license server is installed (the lswhere program will give you the IP
address of the server) and locate the installation directory of the license server (if you can't find it easily,
just do a search for the file called lservrc). In order to add your FracproPT licenses to the existing licenses
in the lservrc file, you need to open both files, and append the lines from the lservrc file supplied by
Pinnacle to the existing lservrc file on your license server machine. It is good to make a backup copy of the
existing lservrc file before editing it (i.e. lservrc.bak). Once you have modified and saved the lservrc file,
you need to restart the license server program. To do this, simply run the lsrvdown.exe program, giving as
argument the server name (i.e. lsrvdown server01) or shut the server program down using the control
panel and then restart it. Remember, if the license server program is already installed on the server
computer, you shouldn't need to reboot the server machine. If, however, the other SentinelLM licenses you
FracproPT 2007
are using are not locked to a computer ID (dongle) and the Rainbow SuperPro parallel port driver is not
installed on your server, then you may need to reboot the server computer.
If you have more than one server machine on your network, and you wish to install redundant license
server installations (to ensure availability of licenses, even if one server goes down), you need to also
check to see if the LSHOST environment variable is being used by any applications to force the
applications to look at a particular server. If, for example, you already have ApplicationA, which has a
SentinelLM license server installed on Server01, and you want to install a separate SentinelLM license
server on Server02 for your FracproPT licenses (if there are too many dongles on Server01 already), then
you need to check and make sure that there isn't an LSHOST environment variable set to Server01. If this
is the case, it will force all applications to look for license servers only on Server01, so FracproPT will not
see the new license server installled on Server02. To fix this problem, simply edit your environment
variables, so that LSHOST now equals Server01:Server02. Use a colon to separate different host names.
Once you have installed the license server, or updated the lservrc file on an exisiting license server, you
should make a test by going to one of your client machines, and running the WLMAdmin program from the
installation CD-ROM. This should show you the IP address of the server where you installed the
FracproPT licenses, and the licenses should show up as Feature 0. If the IP address of the server shows
up, but not the Feature, this means there is a problem with the license file or the parallel port driver.
Double check that the SuperPro driver is correctly installed on the license server machine and that the
dongle is correctly inserted. You can double check this by running the SentinelMedic program on the
license server machine, to make sure that the dongle is communicating with the computer. If the dongle is
being seen, but the license still doesn't work, then the problem could be that the already installed license
server is too old to read the new license files. In this case, you need to replace the existing license server
with the newer version supplied on our CD-ROM. In order to do this, you have to first shut-down the
existing license server (using lsrvdown.exe) then run the license server installation on the CD-ROM.
Remember not to overwrite the existing merged lservrc file, so if you have already merged an existing
lservrc file with the new one supplied with FracproPT, when you run the license server installation press
cancel when it asks you to put in the license diskette.
Special note for Windows XP: Under Windows XP, the current version of WLMAdmin will not be able to do
a broadcast to find the license server process. In this case, use the option to define a server list to hard
enter the IP address or name of the server in WLMAdmin. Likewise, you will need to specify the name of
the server machine in the FracproPT_server.txt file, as described in the previous section.
If you choose a Standalone installation of FracproPT or you are installing the Network-License
Server software, you will be prompted to insert the License Activation Disk.
You may, if you wish, copy the contents of the diskette (one file named LSERVRC, without a filename
extension) to your hard disk. If you do this, you will need to remember where this file is and enter that
location when prompted to insert the diskette during installation.
Remember that there is a specific diskette for each specific security key with a serial number smaller
than 11000. You must have either the diskette itself or its contents available (for example, copied to
hard disk) during installation or re-installation of FracproPT.
If you are simply installing a new version of FracproPT, you will not need to use the diskette.
Rename or copy your own LSERVRC file to a different location and then copy the LSERVRC file that
corresponds to the new security key being used to the FracproPT program folder.
Alternatively, append the encrypted code from one LSERVRC file to another. You can easily do this by
opening LSERVRC with Notepad or some other text editor and copying into it the encryption code that is
associated with new FracproPT security key. You can have as many license codes in one LSERVRC file
as you want.
FracproPT 2007
If you have a dongle with a number between 11000 and 20000, transfer of the dongle to another computer is sufficient to
make FracproPT run.
If you have a DiskID license, you cannot run FracproPT on any other computers.
Note for Windows XP users with a Superpro dongle (dongle number between
11000 and 20000)
On Windows XP - Home Edition as well as Professional Edition - the Sentinel System Driver for the parallel key as well as
the USB key may not recognize the Sentinel SuperPro for a couple of minutes after boot up or until the key is reinserted
into the computer. The service may not load at all if the user is not an administrator and they log on as a non-privileged
user.
According to Rainbow Technologies, this behavior is linked to the Sentinel Service not starting as a system-service,
despite the fact that it is 'automatically' loaded as a user service and should be loaded during start-up of the system. This
is no problem under Windows NT and Windows 2000. However, Windows XP seems to delay the loading of the service
until required to do so. Users will see errors such as 'error -3' 'key not found' which may be interpreted as a key or driver
failure!
Please check with your system administrator to do the following steps. Please go to the "Start" button on the bottom left of
the screen, select "Run" and type "regedit". This will allow you to edit the registry. Changes to the registry can have a
significant effect on the performance of your computer, so please consult your system administrator BEFORE you make
this change. For the parallel port driver go to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\ControlSet001\Services\Sentinel and
double click on Start and set Value Data from 2 to 1 (0x00000001). After that, exit the registry after making this change
and start FracproPT.
This solution has been tested successfully by the key manufacturer, Rainbow Technologies. The SuperPro key was
recognized in all instances whereas before it had failed initially until some time after boot up or after an administrator had
logged on.
Technical Support
Whenever you have any questions or problems with the software, or when you have suggestions for improvements, we
urge you to contact someone at Pinnacle Technologies. The following resources are available to you:
Online FracproPT Help system This should be your first choice in trying to find answers to
whatever questions you may have. From any screen within FracproPT, pushing the F1 button will
take you directly to the Help section related to that screen. The Index of Help can be used to search
for Key-Words related to topics.
Hardcopy of Help Documentation If you would like to print any part, or all, of the Help document,
a PDF file (FracproPT 2007 Manual.pdf) is provided on the FracproPT Installation CD. Please note
that this file is copied to your hard disk during FracproPT installation. This file can be found in the
Documentation folder.
Email Send an email to support@pinntech.com by selecting from the main menu Help | Email
Technical Support. The message is actually sent to several people at Pinnacle Technologies who will
work together on your problem or request. All the necessary files will be attached to your email so our
staff can more easily determine the problem you may be having. By using this email method, and by
attaching all necessary file, you are assured to get the fastest response possible. Of course, you may
also send email individually to the primary technical support contacts listed below.
FracproPT 2007
our latest Service Patches to the software. You can download these at
http://www.pinntech.com/fracpropt.html.
Telephone or fax You may also telephone or fax us for technical support, suggestions, or general
comments. While there are quite a number of people at each location of Pinnacle Technologies that
can provide you with support for FracproPT, the following table lists the two primary technical support
contacts
Office
Primary
Telephone Fax
Location
Contact
Number
Houston,
Texas
Neill
+ 1 (281) + 1
Northington 876-2323 (281)
8764455
Number Address
neill.northington@pinntech.com
If it is impossible to reach any of the above contacts, please refer to the people below as secondary technical support
contacts:
Office
Location
Contact
Houston,
Texas
xinghui.liu@pinntech.com
Houston,
Texas
Mike
+ 1 (281) + 1
Mayerhofer 876-2323 (281)
8764455
mike.mayerhofer@pinntech.com
Bakersfield,
California
bill.minner@pinntech.com
Denver,
Colorado
Leen
Weijers
leen.weijers@pinntech.com
Calgary,
Alberta
(Canada)
ron.gusek@pinntech.com
Boston,
Igor Stelin + 1 (781) + 1
Massachusetts
316-1698 (781)
3161698
igor.stelin@pinntech.com
Number
Number Address
+ 1 (720) + 1
344-3464 (303)
7664306
Moscow
(Russia)
Brian
+ 7-495- + 7-495- brian.davidson@pinntech.com
Davidson 781-4820 7812528
Houston,
Texas
Craig
Cipolla
10
+ 1 (281) + 1
876-2323 (281)
876-
craig.cipolla@pinntech.com
FracproPT 2007
4455
Telephone Fax
Contact
Number
Number Address
Aggie
Brian
+ 7-495- + 7-495- brian.davidson@pinntech.com
Davidson 781-4820 7812528
Chinese
xinghui.liu@pinntech.com
Dutch
Leen
Weijers
leen.weijers@pinntech.com
German
Mike
+ 1 (281) (281)
Mayerhofer 876-2323 8764455
mike.mayerhofer@pinntech.com
Hindi
tony.singh@pinntech.com
Punjabi
tony.singh@pinntech.com
Russian
igor.stelin@pinntech.com
+ 1 (415) + 1
861-1097 (415)
8611448
11
FracproPT 2007
To / E-mail address: By default, the program assumes that you want to send this information to Pinnacles
Technical Support at support@pinntech.com. However, you can also overwrite this and send your email to others.
Multiple addresses should be separated by a semi colon.
Attach...: Click this button to launch a window to attach other files. Files names will appear in the list to the right of
this button.
Remove: Removes any files that are highlighted in the list to the right of this button
Send: Clicking on this button will open the default e-mail composer with the e-mail message.
12
FracproPT 2007
Installation Troubleshooting
Installation Troubleshooting
FracproPT
Request Password
Request a password for the FracproPT installation ZIP file by contacting Technical Support.
You will receive an e-mail message from Technical Support with the requested password.
The latest release for FracproPT can be downloaded from the Pinnacle web site at:
http://www.pinntech.com/fracpropt.html.
Save the file FracproPT 10.3 04-06-05 [web].exe (or similar) to a convenient location on your hard disk.
13
FracproPT 2007
Copy the password from the e-mail message that you obtained from Technical Support and paste it into
the password dialog screen when prompted to do so. Refrain from typing the password into the dialog
screen, to avoid typographical errors.
Navigate to the folder where you extracted the files, and execute the file setup.exe.
Select the Browse button to select a convenient location on your hard disk. Press the Unzip button to
extract the files.
The setup program will guide your through the installation process.
The latest service pack for FracproPT can be downloaded from the Pinnacle web site at:
http://www.pinntech.com/fracpropt.html.
Save the file FracproPTServicePackv10_3_38.exe (or similar) to a convenient location on your hard disk.
Execute the file FracproPTServicePackv10_3_38.exe (or similar).
The setup program will guide your through the installation process.
14
FracproPT 2007
CleanUpPT screen.
Troubleshooting
The Installation Does Not Start Automatically
Use Windows File Explorer to navigate to the CD drive (for example, drive D:)
Execute the file Setup.exe from the main folder on the installation CD.
Select in Windows File Explorer from the main menu Tools > Folder Options....
In the section Advanced settings, unselect the checkbox Hide extensions for known file types.
Select the button OK.
15
FracproPT 2007
Use Windows File Explorer to locate the folder where you copied or extracted the FracproPT installation
files.
Troubleshooting
You Cannot Find the File Setup.exe in the Folder
Windows XP may be hiding common file name extensions. In this case, you would see up to six different files with the
name setup.
You can locate the file setup.exe by locating the setup file for which:
Select in Windows File Explorer from the main menu Tools > Folder Options....
In the section Advanced settings, unselect the checkbox Hide extensions for known file types.
16
FracproPT 2007
In the FracproPT Setup - License Agreement screen, read and print (using the button Print) the license
agreement, select the radio button I accept the terms of the license agreement, and select the button
Next >.
17
FracproPT 2007
18
In the FracproPT Setup - Select Features screen, select one of the four buttons
30 Day Demo,
Standalone,
Network / Standalone, or
License Server.
FracproPT 2007
In the FracproPT Setup - Select Features screen, select the button 30 Day Demo.
19
FracproPT 2007
In the FracproPT Setup - Choose Destination Location screen, select the button Browse... to navigate
to a convenient location on your hard disk (by default C:\Program Files\Pinnacle
Technologies\FracproPT 2007\), and select the button Next >.
20
FracproPT 2007
In the FracproPT Setup - Start Copying Files screen, verify the Current Settings, and select the button
Next >.
21
FracproPT 2007
To start FracproPT, from the Desktop select Start > All Programs > Pinnacle Technologies >
FracproPT 2007 > FracproPT.
This this does not work, shut down and restart the computer, and try again.
In the FracproPT Setup - Select Features screen, select the button Standalone.
22
In the FracproPT Setup - Choose Destination Location screen, select the button Browse... to navigate
to a convenient location on your hard disk (by default C:\Program Files\Pinnacle
Technologies\FracproPT 2007\), and select the button Next >.
FracproPT 2007
In the FracproPT Setup - Start Copying Files screen, verify the Current Settings, and select the button
Next >.
23
FracproPT 2007
In the FracproPT Setup - Installing License Code screen, enter the five-digit serial number from the
hardware security key or the License Activation Disk, and select the button Next >.
If you will be using an electronic license file, enter the Serial Number of 12000.
If the serial number is less than 11000 or greater than 20000, the setup application will look for a previous
installation of FracproPT.
a.
If you have installed FracproPT before, the installation will automatically copy the electronic
license file lservrc to the FracproPT program folder (by default located at C:\Program
Files\Pinnacle Technologies\FracproPT 2007\Program\). The installation is complete.
b.
If you have not installed FracproPT before, in the Installation License Code screen, select
the button Browse... to navigate to the location of the electronic license file lservrc (for
example, on the License Activation Disk).
The electronic license file lservrc contains an encrypted code that is associated with the
hardware license key. The tronic license file lservrc is copied to the FracproPT program folder
(by default located at C:\Program Files\Pinnacle Technologies\FracproPT 2007\Program\).
24
FracproPT 2007
i.
If the serial number is less than 11000, a hardware license key is needed.
ii.
If the serial number is greater than 20000, a hardware license key is not needed.
If the serial number is between 11000 and 20000, the electronic license file lservrc is not used. The
installation is complete.
Attach the hardware license key to its port (refer to the topic Warning: Attaching the Security Key) or install
the electronic license file.
To start FracproPT, from the Desktop select Start > All Programs > Pinnacle Technologies >
FracproPT 2007 > FracproPT.
This this does not work, shut down and restart the computer, and try again.
In the FracproPT Setup - Select Features screen, select the button Network / Standalone.
25
FracproPT 2007
In the FracproPT Setup - Choose Destination Location screen, select the button Browse... to navigate
to a convenient location on your hard disk (by default C:\Program Files\Pinnacle
Technologies\FracproPT 2007\), and select the button Next >.
26
FracproPT 2007
In the FracproPT Setup - Start Copying Files screen, verify the Current Settings, and select the button
Next >.
In the FracproPT Setup - Installing License Code screen, enter the five-digit serial number from the
hardware security key or the License Activation Disk, and select the button Next >.
If you will be using an electronic license file, enter the Serial Number of 12000.
27
FracproPT 2007
If the serial number is less than 11000 or greater than 20000, the setup application will look for a previous
installation of FracproPT.
a.
If you have installed FracproPT before, the installation will automatically copy the electronic
license file lservrc to the FracproPT program folder (by default located at C:\Program
Files\Pinnacle Technologies\FracproPT 2007\Program\). The installation is complete.
b.
If you have not installed FracproPT before, in the Installation License Code screen, select
the button Browse... to navigate to the location of the electronic license file lservrc (for
example, on the License Activation Disk).
The electronic license file lservrc contains an encrypted code that is associated with the
hardware license key. The tronic license file lservrc is copied to the FracproPT program folder
(by default located at C:\Program Files\Pinnacle Technologies\FracproPT 2007\Program\).
28
i.
If the serial number is less than 11000, a hardware license key is needed.
ii.
If the serial number is greater than 20000, a hardware license key is not needed.
FracproPT 2007
If the serial number is between 11000 and 20000, the electronic license file lservrc is not used. The
installation is complete.
Attach the hardware license key to its port (refer to the topic Warning: Attaching the Security Key) or install
the electronic license file.
To start FracproPT, from the Desktop select Start > All Programs > Pinnacle Technologies >
FracproPT 2007 > FracproPT.
This this does not work, shut down and restart the computer, and try again.
After installation, the first time FracproPT is started, it takes some time before it has found the Network License Server
computer. This may take up to 2 minutes. The next time FracproPT is started, it will remember the location of the
Network License Server, and the authorization of the licence will be much faster.
In the FracproPT Setup - Select Features screen, select the button Network Server.
29
FracproPT 2007
In the FracproPT 2007 - InstallShield Wizard screen, confirm that all license servers have been stopped
by selecting the button OK.
30
In the FracproPT Setup - Start Copying Files screen, verify the Current Settings, and select the button
Next >.
FracproPT 2007
In the Installation License Code screen, select the button Browse... to navigate to the location of the
electronic license file lservrc (for example, on the License Activation Disk).
The electronic license file lservrc contains an encrypted code that is associated with the hardware license
key. The tronic license file lservrc is copied to the FracproPT program folder (by default located at
C:\Program Files\Pinnacle Technologies\FracproPT 2007\Program\).
31
FracproPT 2007
Attach the hardware license key to its port (refer to the topic Warning: Attaching the Security Key) or install
the 12000electronic license file.
If the network license server does not work, shut down and restart the computer.
Verify using a text editor (for example, Microsoft Windows Notepad) that the file FracproPT_net.txt
contains the text Standalone on the first line, and no other text.
If yes, then FracproPT is in Standalone mode.
If no, then modify the file so that the first line contains the text Standalone (with no other text in the file).
Verify using a text editor (for example, Microsoft Windows Notepad) that the file FracproPT_net.txt
contains the text Network on the first line, and no other text.
If yes, then FracproPT is in Network / Standalone mode.
If no, then modify the file so that the first line contains the text Network (with no other text in the file).
32
FracproPT 2007
It is not possible to extend the 30-day license period by manipulating the clock of the computer. Tampering with the clock
of the computer will be detected, and this will permanently set a time-tampering flag on the computer. Moreover, any
FracproPT license that checks for time-tampering will be disabled, even if they have not yet expired. Please contact
Technical Support.
Changed Date
If someone tried to change their date while using an electronic license file for FracproPT (which includes the 30-day
demo), this could set the time-tampering flag on the computer. Any FracproPT license that checks for time-tampering will
be disabled, even if they have not yet expired. Please contact Technical Support.
Electronic License Files
Start FracproPT.
From the Security dialog, make a note of Your Machines Locking Code. The locking code consists of
five characters. In the following example, the locking code is 1E8B9.
The file Locking_Code_Tool.exe can be downloaded from the web site of Pinnacle Techologies at
http://www.pinntech.com/ under the heading FracproPT and the heading Support.
33
FracproPT 2007
The file Locking_Code_Tool.exe is also located in the FracproPT folder (by default located at
C:\Program Files\Pinnacle Technologies\FracproPT 2007\) under the subfolder License
Troubleshooting\.
The file wechoid.exe is also located on the FracproPT installation CD-ROM under the subfolder
Sentinel\Admin.Sta\Win32\.
In the section Locking Data, verify that Selector is equal to 0x4 and make a note of the Code. The first
two characters 0x indicate that the code is displayed in hexadecimal notation, and they can be ignored.
The locking code consists of five characters. In the following example, the locking code is 1E8B9.
In the section Locking Criteria, select the checkbox DiskID, and unselect all other checkboxes (unless
instructed otherwise by Technical Support).
34
FracproPT 2007
Contact Technical Support and provide them with the locking code, your contact information, and a brief description of
why you need the electronic license file.
After you request an electronic license file from Technical Support, if you are eligible for an electronic
license file, you will receive an e-mail message from Technical Support.
Save the file lservrc.txt that is attached to the e-mail message to the FracproPT program folder, which is
located by default at C:\Program Files\Pinnacle Technologies\FracproPT 10.3\Program\.
Rename the file lservrc.txt to lservrc (that is, without the file name extension .txt).
You may want to back-up the old lservrc file in that folder first, just in case.
Please be aware of the fact that Windows XP does not always display file name extensions such as .txt.
For this reason, please be certain to rename to attached file from lservrc.txt to lservrc. The license file is
sent with a file name extension to avoid confusion when Windows XP sometimes adds a .dat extension to
files without any extension.
Save a back-up copy of this new lservrc license file to a safe location.
Start FracproPT from the exact same folder that you used to install the lservrc file (by double-clicking the
file FracproPT.exe).
Do not test this installation by using FracproPT icons on the desktop, the taskbar or the Start menu, since
they could potentially be directed at another FracproPT installation folder. After you verified that this
installation was succesful, you can use these FracproPT icons again of course.
Select in Windows File Explorer from the main menu Tools > Folder Options....
In the section Advanced settings, unselect the checkbox Hide extensions for known file types.
Select the button OK.
35
FracproPT 2007
From main menu, select Edit > Select All; or press Ctrl + A key combination; or double-click on electronic
license code.
From main menu, select Edit > Copy; or press Ctrl + C key combination; or right-click on electronic license
code and select Copy.
Paste to FracproPT
36
Start FracproPT.
FracproPT 2007
Security screen.
In Enter Emergency License screen, press Ctrl + V key combination; or right-click in text box and select
Paste.
37
FracproPT 2007
To determine the value of your computers locking code , please refer to the topic How Do I Obtain an
Electronic License File?.
To determine whether the electronic license file lservrc matches your computers locking code, send your
electronic license file lservrc to Technical Support, together with your contact information.
Changed Date
If someone tried to change the date on their computer while using an electronic license file for FracproPT (which includes
the 30-day demo), this could set the time-tampering flag on the computer. Any FracproPT license that checks for timetampering will be disabled, even if it has not yet expired.
Hardware License Keys
38
Attach the USB key to its port, and detach all other keys from their ports.
From the desktop, select Start > Control Panel>System>Hardware > Device Manager > Universal
Serial Bus controllers. Verify that the entry Safenet USB SuperPro/UltraPro or Sentinel Hardware
Keys is present.
If yes, then the USB key has been detected.
If no, then check the key on a different USB port on the same computer and / or check the key on another
computer. If this fails, please contact Technical Support..
FracproPT 2007
Verify that the icon to the immediate left of the entry Safenet USB SuperPro/UltraPro or Sentinel
Hardware Keys from step 2) is not an exclamation mark (!) or a cross (x).
If yes, then the USB key is working properly.
If no, then the driver for the USB key is not installed properly. Uninstall and then reinstall the driver.
Verify that the driver is communicating properly by executing the Sentinel SuperPro Medic or the Sentinel
Advance Medic.
39
FracproPT 2007
Download
The Sentinel SuperPro Medic utility can be downloaded from the Sentinel Support section of the SafeNet
web site:
http://www.safenet-inc.com/support/tech/sentinel.asp
Select the hyperlink Sentinel SuperPro (although other hyperlinks may work too).
Save the file SuperproMedic.exe (or similar) to a convenient location on your hard disk.
From the table with the heading Other Downloads, select the hyperlink Sentinel SuperPro
Medic.
The file Bitlock_Troubleshooter.exe is also located on the web site of Pinnacle Techologies at
http://www.pinntech.com/ under the heading Support.
The file Bitlock_Troubleshooter.exe is also located in the FracproPT folder (by default located at
C:\Program Files\Pinnacle Technologies\FracproPT 2007\) under the subfolder License
Troubleshooting\.
40
Attach the hardware key to its port (refer to the topic Warning: Attaching the Security Key).
Execute the file SuperproMedic.exe or Bitlock_Troubleshooter.exe (or similar). This will extract the
program files to a convenient location on your hard disk, and start the Sentinel SuperPro Medic utility.
FracproPT 2007
Download
The Sentinel Advanced Medic utility can be downloaded from the Sentinel Support section of the
SafeNet web site:
http://www.safenet-inc.com/support/tech/sentinel.asp
Select the hyperlink Sentinel SuperPro (although other hyperlinks may work too).
Save the file sam.1.2.exe (or similar) to a convenient location on your hard disk.
From the table with the heading Other Downloads, select the hyperlink Sentinel Advanced
Medic.
Execute the file sam.1.2.exe (or similar), and extract the program files into a convenient location
on your hard disk. An actual installation of Sentinel Advanced Medic is not required.
The file License_Troubleshooter.exe is also located on the web site of Pinnacle Techologies at
http://www.pinntech.com/ under the heading Support.
41
FracproPT 2007
The file License__Troubleshooter.exe is also located in the FracproPT folder (by default located at
C:\Program Files\Pinnacle Technologies\FracproPT 2007\) under the subfolder License
Troubleshooting\.
Attach the hardware key to its port (refer to the topic Warning: Attaching the Security Key).
Execute the file skdt_gui.exe or License__Troubleshooter.exe (or similar)
Select the Troubleshoot button.
Verify that the three following entries in the section Basic Checks have a green checkmark to their
immediate left:
If yes, then the Sentinel driver and hardware key are installed and communicating properly.
If no, then please contact Technical Support.
The Basic Check for Sentinel Server Communication is optional and can be ignored.
To create a log file (to send to Technical Support), select the Enable Logging check box. This will create
a log file named SentinelLog.txt in the folder with Sentinel Advanced Medic.
Parallel Port Key with Serial Number Between 11000 and 20000
If you are using a parallel port key, then you can exchange your keys freely without making any modification to
FracproPT.
42
FracproPT 2007
Rename or copy your own lservrc file to a different location, and then copy the lservrc file that
corresponds to the new hardware key being used to the FracproPT program folder. This folder is
located by default at C:\Program Files\Pinnacle Technologies\FracproPT\Program\.
Append the encrypted code from one lserevrc file to another. You can accomplish this by opening
the lservrc file with a text editor such as Notepad and copying and pasting the encryption code that is
associated with new FracproPT hardware key. You can list as many license codes in a single lservrc
file as you want.
or
From the desktop, select Start > Run..., enter regedit and select the button OK.
In the Registry Editor, for the parallel port driver, select from the left panel HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE >
SYSTEM > ControlSet001 > Services > Sentinel, double click on Start, and modify Value Data from 2 to
1 (that is, 0x00000001).
Start FracproPT.
Modifications to the registry can have a significant effect on the performance of your computer. Consequently, please
consult your system administrator before you make this change.
This solution has been tested successfully by the vendor. The SuperPro key was recognized in all instances whereas
before it had failed initially until some time after boot-up or after an administrator had logged on.
How Do I Use a 25-Pin Key If My Computer Does Not Have a Parallel Port?
Laptop
To add a parallel port to a laptop computer, you can use a PC card [that is, a Personal Computer Memory Card
International Association (PCMCIA) card] to parallel port adapter / converter.
Ensure that the PC card [that is, the PCMCIA card] is IEEE 1284 compliant.
Desktop
To add a parallel port to a desktop computer, you can use a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) card to parallel port
adapter / converter.
Ensure that the PCI card is IEEE 1284 compliant.
43
FracproPT 2007
Why Is It Not Possible to Use a Standalone Hardware Key Via a Remote Client?
It is not possible to execute FracproPT which is protected by a hardware key in Standalone mode via a remote client (for
example, Terminal Server, VNC, WinXP remote client).
The SafeNet Sentinel software does not allow this for security reasons.
To be able to execute FracproPT:
Execute FracproPT in Standalone mode while being directly (locally) logged into the computer with a
Standalone hardware key.
Execute FracproPT in Network / Standalone mode while being logged into a computer that is connected to
the same network as a network license server with a Network hardware key.
WlmAdmin
Download
The file Network_License_Troubleshooter.exe is also located in the FracproPT folder (by default
located at C:\Program Files\Pinnacle Technologies\FracproPT 2007\) under the subfolder License
Troubleshooting\.
The file WlmAdmin.exe is also located on the FracproPT installation CD-ROM under the subfolder
Sentinel\Admin.net\Win32\.
Expand the navigation tree for Subnet Servers (by selecting the plus-in-box symbol to the immediate left
of the Subnet Servers entry, or by double-clicking on the Subnet Servers entry).
Alternatively, from the main menu, select Edit > Defined Server List.
44
In the Defined Server List screen, enter the name of the Server: and select the OK button (or
the Add button and then the OK button).
b.
In the Feature Information pane the Feature name, and in the Statistics sub-pane for the
Total users a Total of at least 1.
c.
In the Detailed information pane in the License Info tab relevant information for License
type, Start date and End date.
FracproPT 2007
WlmAdmin screen.
Verify using a text editor (for example, Microsoft Windows Notepad) that the file FracproPT_net.txt
contains the text Network on the first line, and no other text.
If yes, then FracproPT is in Network / Standalone mode.
If no, then modify the file so that the first line contains the text Network (with no other text in the file).
Verify using a text editor (for example, Microsoft Windows Notepad) that the file FracproPT_Server.txt
contains the IP address, file path, or network name of the network license server on the first line, and no
other text.
If yes, then FracproPT found the network license server.
If no, then modify the file so that the first line contains the IP address, file path, or network name of the
network license server (with no other text in the file).
Why Does a Client Network License Not Work After Upgrading from FracproPT
10.2 or Earlier?
FracproPT 10.3 includes a new version of the software for the security keys from the vendor. Therefore, if you are
updating a previously installed network version of FracproPT, you must first reinstall the network license server software
on your FracproPT network server computer (that is, as if you were installing this for the first time).
If you are updating a previously installed standalone version of FracproPT, there are no additional steps necessary.
Network License Servers
45
FracproPT 2007
Execute the program LSWhere.exe, which is located on the FracproPT installation CD in the folder
\Sentinel\Admin.net\Win32\, and make a note of the IP address of the license server.
On the computer that is being used as the license server, navigate to the installation folder of the license
server.
To locate this folder, search for the electronic license file lservrc.
Open both the existing and the new electronic license files lservrc.
Append the lines of text (which contain the encoded licenses) from the new to the existing new electronic
license file lservrc.
Execute the program lsrvdown.exe with as its argument the server name (for example,
lsrvdown.exe server01), or
b.
Execute the program LSWhere.exe, which is located on the FracproPT installation CD in the folder
\Sentinel\Admin.net\Win32\, and note the IP address of the license server.
If the program LSWhere.exe reports the presence an existing license server on the network:
a.
If the existing license server is a recent version, which is not compatible with the license file
used for FracproPT, then you do not need to install the license server program again. The
best way to determine this is to try to use the existing license server with FracproPT.
b.
If the existing license server is an old version, which is not compatible with the license file used
for FracproPT (which is not very likely), a newer version needs to be installed. The best way to
determine this is to try to use the existing license server with FracproPT.
How Do I Determine Whether an Existing Network License Server is Too Old for
FracproPT?
If troubleshooting indicates that the hardware license key is being detected by the license server computer, but the
network license does not work, then the problem could be that the existing network license server is too old for
FracproPT.
In this case, you need to install a newer version of the network license server for FracproPT.
Shut down the existing network license server by executing the program lsrvdown.exe.
Do not to overwrite the existing electronic license file lservrc by selecting the button Cancel when
prompted to insert the License Activation Disk.
Execute the FracproPT setup program to install a new version of the network license server. Refer to the
topic How Do I Install a Network Server for FracproPT?
46
FracproPT 2007
In the table, select the Image Name column header to sort the column alphabetically.
Select from the desktop Start > Control Panel > Windows Firewall.
47
FracproPT 2007
48
FracproPT 2007
If the lservnt.exe service is not listed in the Programs and Services listbox, then select the Add Program...
button.
select in the Programs: listbox the entry for the lservnt.exe service.
49
FracproPT 2007
WlmAdmin
Refer to heading WlmAdmin in the topic How Can I Verify That a Client Network License is Installed Properly? This
heading can also be applied to network license servers.
License Drivers
How Do I Uninstall and Reinstall the Sentinel Drivers for Hardware Keys?
You can uninstall and then reinstall the Sentinel drivers for hardware keys by:
Download
50
The Sentinel Protection Installer can be downloaded from the Sentinel Support section of the SafeNet
web site:
http://www.safenet-inc.com/support/tech/sentinel.asp
Select the hyperlink Sentinel SuperPro (although other hyperlinks may work too).
From the table with the heading Windows Drivers, select the hyperlink Sentinel Protection
Installer.
The file Latest_License_Driver.exe is also located on the web site of Pinnacle Techologies at
http://www.pinntech.com/ under the heading Support.
FracproPT 2007
The file Latest_License_Driver.exe is also located in the FracproPT folder (by default located at
C:\Program Files\Pinnacle Technologies\FracproPT 2007\) under the subfolder License
Troubleshooting\.
Quick Uninstallation
Quick Installation
Select to install the Sentinel System Drivers (either Parallel Driver or USB System Driver, or both), and
unselect the Sentinel Protection Server and the Sentinel Keys Server.
51
FracproPT 2007
Attach the hardware key to its port (refer to the topic Warning: Attaching the Security Key).
Start FracproPT.
If this does not work, shut down and restart the computer and try again.
If this procedure did not succeed (that is, FracproPT does not start properly), please refer to the topic How Do I
Completely Uninstall All Sentinel Software?
Download
The SSD Cleanup utility can be downloaded from the Sentinel Support section of the SafeNet web site:
http://www.safenet-inc.com/support/tech/sentinel.asp
52
Select the hyperlink Sentinel SuperPro (although other hyperlinks may work too).
From the table with the heading Other Downloads, select the hyperlink SSD Cleanup.
Save the file SSDCleanup_1.2.0.3.zip (or similar) to a convenient location on your hard disk.
Open the file SSDCleanup_1.2.0.3.zip (or similar) and extract the file SSDCleanup_1.2.0.3.exe
(or similar) to a convenient location on your hard disk.
The file License_Driver_Cleanup.exe is also located on the web site of Pinnacle Techologies at
http://www.pinntech.com/ under the heading Support.
FracproPT 2007
The file License_Driver_Cleanup.exe is also located in the FracproPT folder (by default located at
C:\Program Files\Pinnacle Technologies\FracproPT 2007\) under the subfolder License
Troubleshooting\.
Uninstall FracproPT.
Reinstall FracproPT.
To completely uninstall any of the old Rainbow license key drivers, use the Sentinel System Drivers
Cleanup utility.
FracproPT Overview
System Overview
Operating Modes
FracproPT can be used in four different modes to accomplish fracture treatment design and analysis functions coupled
with reservoir simulation:
FracproXCHANGE
53
FracproPT 2007
In each mode, you navigate through screens where you enter data and make other selections necessary to run the
simulator. Various utilities and engineering tools are provided to make your design or analysis job easier.
You may store your work at any time during the process in an input file and in various results files. That work may be
reloaded at any point in the future for continued work on the particular project or for comparison with other projects.
Program Navigation
54
FracproPT 2007
Open a new or "blank" input file using the FileNew menu command or using the [Ctrl+N] shortcut key.
Load an input file that contains similar data (using the FileOpen menu command, using the [Ctrl+o] shortcut key,
or using the
toolbar button) and simply go through each screen changing or entering whatever selections or data
may be necessary.
Option 1 sets all data inputs and menu selections to their default values. In general, this should be the way in which you
start a new file. When starting with an existing file and adjusting that for a new treatment, note that it may become easy for
non-standard model parameters and options that you may have entered to propagate through later projects. Therefore,
always carefully check all model settings and other screens before using it for a new treatment.
An Input File Preview utility is included in the FileOpen dialog to make the process of open the
correct input file easier. Comments and other descriptive information entered on the WELL AND
TREATMENT INFORMATION SCREEN [F3] are shown in the file preview area.
A Search Function is also included in the FileOpen dialog that allows you to do a simple text
search of the information displayed in the file preview area.
Note:
When you exit and re-enter the program, it is not necessary to retrieve the input file you were last working with since
FracproPT starts with the same settings and parameters that it had when it was last shut down.
55
FracproPT 2007
The standard FileOpen dialog showing the Input File Preview and Search functions.
56
toolbar button.
FracproPT 2007
57
FracproPT 2007
The KEYBOARD HELP screen also lists of keyboard combinations that function as program shortcuts:
This hot key Performs this function
[Esc] Close the current screen and return to the previous screen.
[PgUp] / [PgDn] Scroll up or down in a table.
[Alt+R] Run simulator. This command starts either the fracture simulator or the reservoir simulator. Using [Alt+R] allows
you to start the simulator from any screen rather than having to go to the SIMULATOR
CONTROL [F10] screen.
[Alt+S] Stop simulator. This command stops either the fracture simulator or the reservoir simulator. Using [Alt+S] you can
stop or pause the simulator from any screen, without first having to go to the SIMULATOR
CONTROL [F10] screen. The simulator may be restarted using [Alt+C] if it is paused before
reaching the end of the input data (as specified on the TREATMENT SCHEDULE [F6] screen)
or the End Time (as specified on the SIMULATOR CONTROL [F10] screen).
[Alt+C] Continue simulation. This command continues the current fracture or reservoir simulation. This command works
only if simulation was paused before reaching the end of input data or End Time (see
explanation above for [Alt+S] command).
[Ctrl+R] Run to End of Data. This command is used when running in Fracture Simulation mode while collecting data in
the field. It causes the model to run using all the real-time data currently collected, then wait and
continue running as new data arrives.
58
FracproPT 2007
[Ctrl+F] Toggle between fractures. This command toggles various displays (for example, fracture pictures and plots)
between multiple perforated intervals are being simulated.
[Ctrl+Z] Undo last action.
[Ctrl+y] Redo last action.
[Ctrl+C] Copy selected value or selected table cells.
[Ctrl+V] Paste selected value or selected table cells.
[Alt+W] Write contents of the current screen to the FracproPT clipboard, which is separate from the Windows clipboard.
Contents of the clipboard can then be retrieved or extracted onto the same screen in a different
input file. This command is useful for copying screen parameters (from one or more screens)
from one input file to another without having to remember and retype the parameters manually.
For example, all entries from the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen can be "transferred"
from one input file to another one by:
Going to the screen with first input file loaded and using [Alt+W] to copy screen parameters into the clipboard;
Loading the second input file; and
Going to the same screen with second input file loaded and extracting clipboard contents for that screen with [Alt+X].
Parameters from multiple screens may be copied to same clipboard and retrieved (in any order) into another input file.
The clipboard contents are lost when you exit FracproPT.
[Alt+X] Extract or retrieve the FracproPT clipboard contents for current screen. If the clipboard does not contain any
entries for current screen, parameters remain unchanged and message is displayed indicating
no entries were changed. Extracting clipboard contents affects only the current screen; in other
words, this function does not automatically dump all information contained in the clipboard into
the input file.
[Alt+p] Copy screen to Windows Clipboard
[CNTR-N] Start a new FracproPT input file
[CNTR-O] Open a FracproPT input file
[CNTR-S] Save a FracproPT input file
59
FracproPT 2007
FPA Treatment, production, log, or wellbore survey data in a special ASCII format (created by DataConvertPT).
INC ECLIPSE Office project file, which can be generated by FracproPT
INP FracproPT input file
LAS Log ASCII file. The Integrated Fracture Picture and the Log-Layer Editor can directly read this standard industry
format
LOP Economic Optimization results file
PRP Proppant Library (ASCII format)
RCK Rock Library (ASCII format)
RES Fracture Analysis or Fracture Design results file
RFR Fracture geometry file
RTF Rich Text Format. Output of the FracproPT Report, which can be imported directly into word processors such as
Word
RRS Production Analysis results file
RWB Wellbore channel results file
XLS Excel file. This format can be read as input data, for example fracture treatment data or production data, or as a
model output report
UMS User-defined Model Settings file
60
FracproPT 2007
From the FracproPT MAIN screen screen, you choose the desired operating mode in which you wish to run the
program. You can also choose from various FracproPT utilities for manipulating data, or you can access screens where
you setup how the FracproPT system and model function.
Selecting any of the four modes takes you to the Well And Treatment Information - F3 screen, which is the first in a
sequence of screens in which you must enter data and make selections in order to run the simulator. All screens in the
sequence have a Next field near the lower-right corner that takes you to the next screen in the sequence. By selecting
Next after you have entered all data or made the necessary selections on each screen, you are assured to view all
relevant screens. The final screen in the sequence for each mode is the Simulator Control - F10 screen.
Note:
The current mode is displayed in the status bar at the bottom of the FracproPT window and on the top of the
Navigation Tree.
Operating Modes
Generate Report
Selecting Generate Report takes you to the Report Setup - Shift + F2 screen where you can configure and generate a
report of your work that consists of both input/results tables and graphs. This report can be sent directly to a printer or
saved as a Microsoft Word document.
61
FracproPT 2007
Preferences
System Configuration
Selecting System Configuration takes you to the System Configuration screen where options regarding channel names,
system messages, backup files, display settings, and units are accessed.
Navigation Tree
FracproPT contains a Navigation Tree that can assist a user to step through a full analysis. It has a different appearance
in every mode, and in Fracture Analysis module it looks as follows:
62
FracproPT 2007
Fracture Design
Fracture Analysis
Production Analysis
Economic Optimization
63
FracproPT 2007
The active FracproPT module is highlighted. Click on the name of a module to change to that module.
Lower Pane
The lower pane shows links to the different screens associated with each module. The screens for each module are
divided into sections:
INPUT
ANALYSIS
RESULTS
Clicking on the screen name will launch this screen. Use of the Next button on each screen will result in selection of the
next item on the Navigation Tree. Use of the Back button on some of the screens will generally result in jumping back to
the respective Analysis Control screen for that specific module.
Note:
Use of the Navigation Tree restricts the number of open screens (excluding graphics) to a single one. To view more
screens simultaneously, the Navigation Tree should be disabled. The Navigation Tree can be disabled in the menu
under View | Navigation Tree.
Toggle Navigation Tree
To toggle between display and hide the Navigation Tree, select from the main menu View | Navigation Tree.
64
FracproPT 2007
Like all other FracproPT modes, Fracture Design Mode is selected from the
MAIN [F2] screen; a message is
displayed in the status bar at the bottom of the screen indicating that this is the active mode. When you select a mode
from the MAIN screen, you may use the Next field to progress through a sequence of screens, beginning with the
WELL AND TREATMENT INFORMATION [F3] screen and ending with the
FRACTURE DESIGN CONTROL [F10]
screen for that mode. The screens are listed here in the same order that you will see them if you use the Next fields to
progress through the sequence of screens.
The General Information tab is the first tab on the Well and Treatment Information - F3 screen.
This screen is used to enter various data and information, such as general comments, about the simulation represented
by this input file. Some of the information can be included automatically on plot titles and report page headers.
The information entered here is also displayed in the Input File Preview area of the standard FileOpen dialog. It can
also be used by the Input File Search utility that is also a part of that dialog.
Note:
The path and file name of the current input file are displayed at the top of this screen, which is common to all four
FracproPT modes.
65
FracproPT 2007
3D Shear-Decoupled (Default)
3D Tip-Dominated
2D PKN
2D KGD
2D Radial
3D Shear-Decoupled (Default)
This is the new default model for FracproPT version 10.3. In hundreds of fracture treatments where Pinnacle has utilized
direct fracture diagnostics (microseismic fracture mapping and tiltmeter fracture mapping), we have seen that fracture
growth is in general more confined than we would initially think based on "classical" assumptions, for example the
presence of closure stress barriers or permeability barriers. In several cases, we have seen confined fracture growth
(length-height aspect ratios of 2 and larger) in areas with a single thick pay zone and no nearby barriers (see SPE paper
56724). It has long been postulated that this is due to a "composite layering effect". This composite layering effect causes
partial decoupling of the fracture width profile along layer interfaces, and results in slower fracture growth trough layer
interfaces (in fracture height).
The 3D Shear-Decoupled model predicts longer, more confined fractures caused by the introduction of an average
Composite Layering Effect (CLE) for the layers outside the Pay Zone. This average value is based on hundreds of
fracture treatment that were monitored using direct fracture diagnostics. As a result of greater confinement, net pressures
are typically also slightly higher for the 3D Shear-Decoupled model than for the 3D Tip-Dominated model. Note however,
that the Composite Layering Effect that is needed to match actual geometries can sometimes vary widely in different
regions and formations, and the default Composite Layering Effect of 25 (resulting in an estimated incremental
height/length growth of about 0.25 outside the pay) used in the 3D Shear-Decoupled model is only an average. All other
parameters for this model are the same as for the 3D Tip-Dominated model described below.
66
FracproPT 2007
3D Tip-Dominated
This is the lumped 3D model developed for GRI, which is not a so-called pseudo 3D model. In general, the model predicts
shorter, wider fractures due to higher predicted net pressures that, in general, have been found to match very closely with
observed field data. In the 3D Tip-Dominated model, the most important parameter that is hardwired is the Tip Effect
Coefficient (see FRACPROPT MODEL PARAMETERS [Shift+F3] screen, FracproPT 3D Parameters tab), to a value of
0.0001.
3D Calibrated
To load a calibrated settings file, select this 3D Calibrated radio button and then select the appropriate file in the
associated combo box on the left. Only engineers from Pinnacle can save and generate these calibrated settings files,
which are located in the FracproPT program folder (for example, for a default installation: c:\Program Files\Pinnacle
Technologies\FracproPT\Program) as CMS-files (Calibrated Model Settings).
Pinnacle has learned from direct fracture diagnostic data, such as tiltmeter fracture mapping and micro-seismic fracture
mapping, that fractures can grow very differently in different environments. In some areas, the default settings in fracture
models accurately predict directly observed fracture growth, but in other areas these default settings do not accurately
reflect actual fracture growth. In these areas, the default model settings do not provide an accurate description of fracture
growth, and other physical mechanisms such composite layering effects should be introduced by changing the default
fracture model parameters to provide a calibrated 3D model.
Pinnacle has provided some model settings that have been released for publication in this category, and the number of
released model settings keeps on growing as we learn more about fracture growth behavior in more regions and
formations. Note that Pinnacle also distributes confidential calibrated model settings to clients that have utilized our
fracture mapping services.
If a 3D Calibrated model is selected, the FracproPT logo on the Navigation Bar and in hardcopies of plots changes to the
FracproXACT logo, indicating that model settings were used that tie back to direct measurements of fracture growth in
that environment. This should provide a better estimate of fracture growth behavior for that specific region of formation
that one of the "hardwired" model settings.
3D User-Defined
If you routinely change the default model parameters for your work in one or more areas, you can save those model
parameters and easily recall them at any time.
Saving a User-Defined Model You first select this 3D User-Defined option and then go to the
FracproPT 3D Parameters tab of the FRACproPT MODEL PARAMETERS [Shift-F3] screen and
change any of the model parameters. While still on this screen and after making your changes, press
the Save These Settings As A User-Defined Parameter File, which will create and save a UMS-file
(User-defined Model Settings) in the FracproPT program folder (for example, c:\Program
Files\Pinnacle Technologies\FracproPT\Program).
Using a User-Defined Model Press the Load These Settings As A User-Defined Parameter File
and then select the desired UMS-file. Of course you must have first created or copied a UMS-file
before you can select one.
2D
You can choose from among the three common 2D models using this drop-down list.
PKN 2D Model This is one of the classical 2D models with constant (specified) height and width
proportional to height. It is still often used (with high gel viscosity) to force a pressure "match" in the
later treatment stages, almost always ignoring early pressure data that results from water injection.
KGD 2D Model This is one of the classical 2D models with constant (specified) height and with
width proportional to length. It can rarely be used to match measured pressures (except perhaps with
forced use of backstress).
Radial Model This is one of the classical 2D models. The model assumes axisymmetry in radial
growth.
67
FracproPT 2007
The 2D PKN and 2D KGD models do not, in general, give reasonable answers, even in reservoirs where there is almost
perfect containment, due to their unrealistically low net fracturing pressure predictions. The same is true of the 2D radial
model, even in homogeneous reservoirs where radial fractures may indeed be created. The 2D radial model generally
predicts dramatically lower net fracturing pressures than are observed in the field and, thus, predicts fractures with much
larger radii and much smaller widths than are actually created.
The 2D models are available in FracproPT for a number of reasons. Results (especially dimensions) from the 2D models
can be compared to 3D results. As well, the 2D models can be used in an attempt to match observed net pressures, a
process that should readily demonstrate their inadequacy. Also, the 2D models can be used as a starting point for
understanding typical fracture treatment designs provided to you on the basis of other 2D models.
Other Options
FracproPT Model Parameters
Select this button as a shortcut to get to the FracproPT Model Parameters [Shift+F3] screen.
Fracture Design Additional Options [F4]
This screen is where you choose from among the numerous, but less often used, options available for fracture design.
Lumped-Parameter (Default)
This is the original leakoff model used in the FracproPT system. It can best be described as a classical leakoff model in
terms of the physics that are modeled, however it has been formulated such that it executes extremely fast (that is, for
real-time analysis). The model formulation gives rise to the model characterization as "lumped."
This model generally works quite well in most situations, however it may lose accuracy in higher permeability situations
and in reservoirs with complex permeability profiles (that is, when permeability varies significantly with depth).
Additional details regarding the Lumped-Parameter Model can be found in the FracproPT Technical Description section of
Help.
Grid-Based Classical
This is a classical leakoff model in terms of the physics that are modeled. However, this model overlays a grid on the
fracture face and tracks the leakoff history of each individual grid block in time. In general, this model should be more
68
FracproPT 2007
accurate than the Lumped-Parameter Model, but it is also noticeably slower and the difference between it and the
Lumped-Parameter Model will most often be very small. Use this model if you have permeability contrast of at least 2
orders of magnitude.
Additional details regarding the Grid-Based Classical Model can be found in the FracproPT Technical Description section
of Help.
Grid-Based FLIC
This model is similar to the Grid-Based Classical model, however two additional physical processes are accounted for:
Dynamic filter cake buildup and non-Newtonian gel invasion into the reservoir. Use this model if you have a pay zone
permeability of at least 100 mD.
Additional details regarding the Grid-Based FLIC Model can be found in the FracproPT Technical Description section of
Help.
Model
Choosing this option activates FracproPT's wellbore temperature model. The calculated bottomhole temperature of the
pumped fluids is then passed to the fracture model where any additional heat transfer between the reservoir rock and the
pumped fluids is calculated. Various parameters for the model are entered on the WELLBORE HEAT TRANSFER
screen, which is accessed by selecting Wellbore Heat Transfer from the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen.
Convection
Proppant Convection may be a dominant mechanism for proppant transport and placement in hydraulic-fracture
stimulation treatments. However, the convective process will be slowed impeded by fracture offsets (for example, at
bedding planes), narrow fractures (for example, when multiple fractures are created), and highly viscous fluids in the
fracture.
Proppant Convection is a process whereby heavier treatment stages (for example, proppant stages) displace rapidly
downward from the perforations to the bottom of the fracture. Those stages nearest the perforations may then be replaced
by the pad or by low-concentration proppant stages.
Use this option for linear or crosslink gel treatments, where proppant convection is generally more important than
proppant settling.
No Convection or Settling
No Convection or Settling should be selected only when modeling a horizontal fracture where those effects can be
ignored.
Fracture Orientation
Vertical
Vertical Fracture is generally selected. The FRACTURE PICTURE [Alt+F5] screen, the STAGE PROFILE PICTURE
[Ctrl+F5] screen, and the WIDTH PROFILE PICTURE [Alt+F7] screen all show a vertical fracture with a depth scale and
a vertical profile of the minimum horizontal stress.
Horizontal
If you select Horizontal Fracture, FracproPT grows a horizontal fracture at the Initial Frac Depth shown on the
RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen. You must first select Lithology Based Reservoir (in another section of this
69
FracproPT 2007
FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen) before selecting Horizontal Fracture. The FRACTURE PICTURE
[Alt+F5] screen, the STAGE PROFILE PICTURE [Ctrl+F5] screen, and the WIDTH PROFILE PICTURE [Alt+F7] screen
display the horizontal fracture, but with a vertical screen orientation.
General Multi-Scale
If you select General Multi-Scale Reservoir, you will enter each of the mechanical properties (for example, stress,
modulus, etc.) with its own independent set of layer depths. Chemical properties (for acidizing) and thermal properties (for
injection-fluid heating and reservoir cooling) are input to the simulator based on rock type and a single set of depths.
FracproPT can automatically convert a Lithology Based Reservoir to a General Reservoir, if necessary. Unfortunately,
there is no way to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir without loosing some of this data.
However, you should rarely, if ever, want or need to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir.
Use this type of data entry if you can assign reservoir properties using various different log files and if you have no log
information on other parameters. Once you have assigned specific properties using the Log-Layer Editor, you need to
provide only a few entries for estimates of properties on which you do not have more specific data.
70
FracproPT 2007
Manual Entry
Choose this option to use the design methodology that has always been included with FracproPT. After fluids and
proppants are picked manually or with the assistance of FracproPT, the user must determine and then enter a desired
propped fracture length and a desired average proppant concentration. The program will then iterate to design a suitable
pump schedule.
Wellbore Configuration - F7
Wellbore Configuration Drilled Hole [F7]
This screen allows you to specify how the wellbore is configured. FracproPT builds the wellbore from a number (up to 20)
of discrete wellbore segments.
The well configuration, including perforations, is typically input in five discrete sections, each with a representative tab on
this screen:
Note that the information on this tab is NOT used for any of the calculations in FracproPT. The only time this information is
used is for the SCHEMATIC VIEW, the 2D SCHEMATIC VIEW and WELLBORE VIEWER, all of which can be selected
from the icon bar or the FracproPT Menu > View.
71
FracproPT 2007
Segment #
The first column shows the Segment #. Up to 20 different segments can be specified. Whole segments (that is, rows in
the table) may be added or deleted: A blank line is inserted at the current cursor position by highlighting a Segment # and
pressing [Ins], while a line is deleted by highlighting a Segment # and pressing [Del].
Length
Length refers to the measured length, not the true vertical length, of the segment. The sum of all Length entries is the
measured depth (MD) of the wellbore. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection box (described below),
Length may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Top MD (measured depth at the beginning of
the segment) and Bottom MD (measured depth at the end of the segment). If Length is calculated, it will show up in blue.
Top MD
Top MD is the measured depth at the beginning of the segment. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection
box (described below), Top MD may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Length (the measured
length of the segment) and Bottom MD (measured depth at the end of the segment). If Top MD is calculated, it will show
up in blue.
Bottom MD
Bottom MD is the measured depth at the end of the segment. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection
box (described below), Bottom MD may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Length (the
72
FracproPT 2007
measured length of the segment) and Top MD (measured depth at the beginning of the segment). If Bottom MD is
calculated, it will show up in blue.
Open Hole
This column contains a selection box that allows you to choose whether this segment is open hole (Open Hole) or
cemented open hole (Cemented OH). This choice affects only the wellbore schematic views, not the model results.
Bit Diameter
You enter the Bit Diameter in this column. This entry affects only the wellbore schematic views, not the model results.
Effective Diameter
You enter the Effective Diameter of the drilled hole in this column. This choice affects only the wellbore schematic views,
not the model results.
Other Options
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and zotal Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
Wellbore Configuration Casing [F7]
This screen allows you to specify how the wellbore is configured. FracproPT builds the wellbore from a number (up to 20)
of discrete wellbore segments.
The well configuration, including perforations, is typically input in five discrete sections, each with a representative tab on
this screen:
73
FracproPT 2007
Casing
This table is used to describe the casing, whether or not any or the entire casing is actually the pipe string used to carry
the treatment fluids. The Top MD entry for segment number one defaults to zero. For each segment, the user must enter
the OD and ID, while Weight and Grade are optional.
Segment #
The first column shows the Segment #. Up to 20 different segments can be specified. Whole segments (that is, rows in
the table) may be added or deleted: A blank line is inserted at the current cursor position by highlighting a Segment # and
pressing [Ins], while a line is deleted by highlighting a Segment # and pressing [Del].
Length
Length refers to the measured length, not the true vertical length, of the segment. The sum of all Length entries is the
measured depth (MD) of the wellbore. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection box (described below),
Length may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Top MD (measured depth at the beginning of
the segment) and Bottom MD (measured depth at the end of the segment). If Length is calculated, it will show up in blue.
Top MD
Top MD is the measured depth at the beginning of the segment. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection
box (described below), Top MD may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Length (the measured
length of the segment) and Bottom MD (measured depth at the end of the segment). If Top MD is calculated, it will show
up in blue.
Bottom MD
Bottom MD is the measured depth at the end of the segment. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection
box (described below), Bottom MD may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Length (the
74
FracproPT 2007
measured length of the segment) and Top MD (measured depth at the beginning of the segment). If Bottom MD is
calculated, it will show up in blue.
Casing
This column contains a selection box that allows you to choose whether this segment is Cemented Casing or Free
Casing that is not cemented. This choice affects only the wellbore schematic views, not the model results.
OD
Select a casing outer diameter (OD) for this segment from the Casing Library that contains all standard API casing
diameters or enter the OD directly if the casing is not of a standard API diameter.
Weight
Select a casing Weight for this segment from the Casing Library or enter the Weight directly.
ID
If you selected a casing OD and Weight for this segment from the Casing Library, the corresponding casing inner
diameter (ID) will already be entered. Alternatively, you may enter the ID directly.
Grade
Select a casing grade for this segment from the selection box. This information is not currently used for anything other
than display and record-keeping purposes.
Other Options
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and Total Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
Wellbore Configuration Surface Line/Tubing [F7]
This screen allows you to specify how the wellbore is configured. FracproPT builds the wellbore from a number (up to 20)
of discrete wellbore segments.
75
FracproPT 2007
The well configuration, including perforations, is typically input in five discrete sections, each with a representative tab on
this screen:
Surface Line/Tubing
Segment #
The first column shows the Segment #. Up to 20 different segments can be specified. Whole segments (that is, rows in
the table) may be added or deleted: A blank line is inserted at the current cursor position by highlighting a Segment # and
pressing [Ins], while a line is deleted by highlighting a Segment # and pressing [Del].
Length
Length refers to the measured length, not the true vertical length, of the segment. The sum of all Length entries is the
measured depth (MD) of the wellbore. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection box (described below),
Length may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Top MD (measured depth at the beginning of
the segment) and Bottom MD (measured depth at the end of the segment). If Length is calculated, it will show up in blue.
Note:
If you are entering a segment to represent the surface line, which can be important in terms of performing a proper
flush at the end of the treatment, there is an easy method to get the correct surface-line volume; simply set the ID of
the segment to 32" and then enter the number of barrels in the surface line in the Length field.
76
FracproPT 2007
Top MD
Top MD is the measured depth at the beginning of the segment. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection
box (described below), Top MD may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Length (the measured
length of the segment) and Bottom MD (measured depth at the end of the segment). If Top MD is calculated, it will show
up in blue.
Bottom MD
Bottom MD is the measured depth at the end of the segment. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection
box (described below), Bottom MD may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Length (the
measured length of the segment) and Top MD (measured depth at the beginning of the segment). If Bottom MD is
calculated, it will show up in blue.
Surface Line/Tubing
This column contains a selection box that allows you to choose whether this segment is comprised of Tubing, Drill Pipe,
or a Packer. In addition, you have the additional choices of Surface Line or Surface CTU for the first segment.
Note:
If you are entering a segment to represent the surface line, which can be important in terms of performing a proper
flush at the end of the treatment, there is an easy method to get the correct surface-line volume; simply set the ID of
the segment to 32" and then enter the number of barrels in the surface line in the Length field.
OD
Select an outer diameter (OD) for this segment from the Tubing Library that contains all standard API tubing diameters or
enter the OD directly if the tubing is not of a standard API diameter.
Weight
Select a Weight for this segment from the Tubing Library or enter the Weight directly.
ID
If you selected an OD and a Weight for this segment from the Tubing Library, the corresponding segment inner diameter
(ID) will already be entered. Alternatively, you may enter the ID directly.
Note:
If you are entering a segment to represent the surface line, which can be important in terms of performing a proper
flush at the end of the treatment, there is an easy method to get the correct surface-line volume; simply set the ID of
the segment to 32" and then enter the number of barrels in the surface line in the Length field.
Grade
Select a grade for this segment from the selection box. This information is not currently used for anything other than
display and record-keeping purposes.
Other Options
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and Total Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
77
FracproPT 2007
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
Wellbore Configuration Perforated Intervals [F7]
This screen allows you to specify how the wellbore is configured. FracproPT builds the wellbore from a number (up to 20)
of discrete wellbore segments.
The well configuration, including perforations, is typically input in five discrete sections, each with a representative tab on
this screen:
78
FracproPT 2007
Perforated Intervals
FracproPT can model up to 20 separate perforated intervals. See Application Notes below for information on how to set
up and model some common well scenarios in terms of Perforated Intervals.
Use
Selecting, or checking, this box in the Use column specifies whether or not the perforations defined by this line are
actually used in the simulation. Therefore, if you do not want to use one or more sets of perforations that are entered, you
can simply unselect the Use box to ignore them.
Note:
While selecting and unselecting sets of perforations, you may notice that the display order in the table may change.
However, among the perforation sets that are actually used (that is, checked), their display order should be from
shallowest to deepest.
Top MD
Top MD is the measured depth at the top of the perforation interval.
Bottom MD
Bottom MD is the measured depth at the bottom of the perforation interval.
Top TVD
Using data from other tabs on this WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen, the true vertical depth (TVD) to the top of
the perforated interval is calculated and displayed in this field.
Bottom TVD
Using data from other tabs on this WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen, the true vertical depth (TVD) to the
bottom of the perforated interval is calculated and displayed in this field.
Diameter
Diameter is the average perforation diameter for the interval.
Number of Perfs
Number of Perfs is the total number of perforations for the interval.
Application Notes
Modeling as Multiple Perfed Intervals versus a Single Perfed Interval
There are three ways to model multiple perforated intervals in FracproPT. Below are some rules of thumb of when to use
each of these three different strategies:
For zones that are separate but still relatively close to one another in comparison to the total fracture
height that you are expecting (you are expecting substantial overlap between multiple fractures), it is
generally better to model them with a single perforated interval. You can account for the flow split and
additional leakoff between multiple fractures by selecting a Volume Factor and a Leakoff Factor in
the MULTIPLE FRACTURES [SHIFT+F7] screen that are equal to the number of perforated intervals.
You can also account for the interference between these multiple fractures by changing the Opening
Factor. Please refer to the MULTIPLE FRACTURES [SHIFT+F7} screen for more information.
People most often choose this option if they do not accurately know the rock properties, closure and
permeability profile with depth that drive fracture growth, and if they only want a very approximate
answer as to what they are achieving. The choice here is to keep it simple, as we dont have the
detailed information to justify a very detailed analysis.
When simulating limited-entry perforating where the number of perforations per interval is the main
driver for flow split between zones, define multiple perforated intervals on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen AND use Simplified Iteration on the Additional Options tab of the
FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen. In this case, you are assuming that closure stress
changes and net pressure changes per interval are small in comparison to the limited-entry
perforation friction pressure drop.
79
FracproPT 2007
When simulating limited-entry perforating of multiple zones AND when you know that properties such
as fracture closure stress and permeability vary significantly between the perforated intervals, you
may wish to model each zone as an independent fracture by specifying multiple perforated intervals
on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen AND use General Iteration on the Additional
Options tab of the FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen. In this case, the fracture model will
run much more slowly, because you are actually simulating several fractures growing at once. The
model may also slow considerably due to the complex nature of calculating the flow split and frictional
pressure losses between perforated intervals. When you do model more than one set of perforations,
simulator output (such as net pressure, fracture dimensions, or fracture/proppant pictures) is
displayed in terms of one fracture (that is, one perforated interval) at a time. You can toggle between
the different fractures (that is, the different perforated intervals) by pressing [CNTR+F] or by selecting
the Next Interval icon on the toolbar. Note that conducting net pressure history matching for multiple
intervals requires one match for each interval, and can therefore become quite a laborious task.
For each perforated interval, FracproPT automatically searches the interval for the lowest stress zone
and sets the center of that zone to be the Initial Frac Depth (as displayed on the RESERVOIR
PARAMETERS [F9] screen). Total perforated height for each interval, whether entered by you here,
or on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen in the case where you are ignoring the wellbore,
has no effect on the perforation friction predicted by FracproPT. Perforation friction is calculated
based solely on the flow rate, the number and diameter of the perfs you enter here, and on the data
entered on the PERF AND NEAR-WELLBORE FRICTION [F8] screen.
Therefore, you do not have to, nor do you necessarily always want to, enter the true total perforated
height. Rather, you may want to enter the perforation information such that fracture initiation in the
simulator is guaranteed at the location you desire.
Special cases are very large perforated heights and small-volume treatments. In those situations, you
may want to enter the actual perforated height and turn the Set Minimum Fracture Height option on.
Doing so causes the fracture to initiate from the entire perforated height (that is, as a line source
rather than a point source). The Set Minimum Fracture Height option is accessed from the MODEL
PARAMETERS screen.
Other Options
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and Total Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
80
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
FracproPT 2007
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
Wellbore Configuration Path Summary [F7]
This screen displays a summary of the path that treatment fluids take to go from the surface to the perforations. No input
of data is possible on this screen: The tubing, casing, and hole configuration as entered on various other tabs of the
WELLBORE CONFIGURATION screen are used to construct this summary. Hole deviation data is also shown.
Other Options
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and Total Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
81
FracproPT 2007
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
Wellbore Configuration Directional Survey [F7]
On this screen, you can manually enter a wellbore trajectory using up to 100 wellbore segments, or you can import a
FracproPT depth-based database file containing wellbore trajectory data (up to 1000 points). Input of wellbore trajectory
data may be accomplished in one of four different formats.
The well configuration, including perforations, is typically input in five discrete sections, each with a representative tab on
this screen:
Specify
Build, Turn, MD
82
FracproPT 2007
For this selection, enter the build rate, the turn rate, and the measured depth for the beginning of each segment in the
appropriate columns. The remaining data in the table is calculated and filled in automatically. If you have this data in an
Excel, you can also simple Copy and Paste columns to populate this screen.
Azimuth Format
Selecting the Azimuth Format checkbox toggles the Azimuth column between a simple degrees format and a compass
point display. In the latter format, you still enter simple degrees (that is, 0 to 359 degrees), but the entry is converted to the
compass point format.
Other Options
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and Total Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
83
FracproPT 2007
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
Surface N2 Temperature
84
FracproPT 2007
This is the temperature of the nitrogen before it is added to the main fluid-proppant stream.
Display Temperature at
Although fluid temperature is modeled throughout the wellbore (which can be viewed on the WELLBORE PROFILE
PICTURE [Alt+F9] screen), only one channel is available for plotting it in a standard time-varying plot. This output channel
is called Bottomhole Temperature but, by entering a depth in this field, the temperature at any point (depth) in the
wellbore can be plotted versus time. Check the Use Fracture Center Depth box to display Bottomhole Temperature at
the point (depth) of fracture initiation.
Offshore Wells
Select the Offshore Well check box if you are fracture treating an offshore well.
Note:
When you check this option, you will notice that the Surface Rock Temperature field becomes unavailable since you
now must enter Surface Water Temperature instead.
Water Depth
This is the depth of the water in which the well sits.
Seabed Temperature
This is the temperature at the bottom of the body of water.
Note:
Unless you use the Enter Temperature vs. Depth table (which applies to both the water depth and the depth from the
sea bed to the center of the frac depth), FracproPT assumes two linear temperature gradients: one between Surface
Water Temperature and Seabed Temperature and another between Seabed Temperature and Reservoir
Temperature at Frac Center Depth.
85
FracproPT 2007
Sea Current
This is the average sea current in knots. The current is assumed to be constant from the surface to bottom of the body of
water.
Note:
Risers typically limit the effects of currents.
Depth TVD
This is the true vertical depth to the point where you wish to specify a temperature.
Temperature
This is the temperature at the corresponding true vertical depth.
Other Options
Thermal Fluid Properties
Selecting this field takes you to the Fluid Loss and Thermal Properties tab of the Edit/View Interpolated Fluid Data
[SHIFT+F5] screen where those properties can be modified.
Reservoir Parameters - F9
Using Lithology-Based Reservoir Model
86
FracproPT 2007
To convert Permeability to Leak-Off Coefficient and vice versa as displayed on the Reservoir Parameters
[F9] screen.
As the initial fluid-loss driving pressure for the first simulator time step.
Note:
Once the fracture has initiated (for example, after the first time step), the actual pressure in the fracture is used to
drive fluid leakoff.
Compressibility
This is the compressibility (that is, the inverse of modulus) of the fluid in the pores. For oil reservoirs, compressibility can
be as low as 3e-6 1/psi. In gas reservoirs, the compressibility is the reciprocal of the pore pressure (for example, if the
pore pressure equals about 5000 psi, the compressibility would be about 0.0002 1/psi).
Pore Fluid Viscosity
This input refers to the mobile reservoir fluid. Typical values for a gas reservoir would be low, of order 0.01 to 0.1 cp, with
very little change with temperature. For an oil reservoir, typical values could be much higher, of order one to several
hundred cp, and significant changes with temperature would be expected.
Porosity
87
FracproPT 2007
This is the volume fraction of formation rock that is occupied by pores where oil or gas is stored. Typical values are
around 10% (entered as 0.10), but porosity may be as high as 60% (0.60) or as low as only a few percent.
Gas In Foam Leakoff Percentage
This parameter relates the quality of the leakoff fluid to the quality of the fluid in the fracture. For example, a Gas In Foam
Leakoff Percentage of 25 with 80-quality foam in the fracture means that the leakoff fluid is 20-quality (that is, 20 percent
gas, 80 percent liquid). This field is accessible only if you have foam inputs on the Treatment SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
Other Functions
Reservoir Depletion
Select this function to view the DEPLETION MENU screen where you can model the effects (on pore pressure, pore fluid
compressibility, and closure stress) of production from the reservoir. A message field adjacent to the Reservoir Depletion
selection indicates whether or not the depletion model is currently In Use or Not Used.
Set To Gas Defaults
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to values that are estimated for a typical gas reservoir. You may
change individual numbers afterwards.
Set To Oil Defaults
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to values that are estimated for a typical oil reservoir. You may
change individual numbers afterwards.
Set To User Defined
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to the values entered on the Reservoir Leakoff Parameters
screen that was used when you last choose User Specified as the Reservoir Type. You may change individual numbers
afterwards.
Reservoir Depletion
This screen is where you can model the change in closure stress, pore pressure, and pore-fluid compressibility that has
resulted from production in a finite region around a wellbore. For example, in an oil reservoir produced from an acid
fracture such that the region around the fracture has a pore pressure below the bubble point (that is, resulting in a higher
pore-fluid compressibility) and a lower closure stress due to the lower pore pressure.
Note:
When modeling depletion effects, you should enter the current (that is, depleted) values for closure stress on the
RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen.
88
FracproPT 2007
This is the virgin pore pressure. The depleted, or current, pore pressure is entered on either the Reservoir Leakoff
Parameters screen and it is displayed below for reference.
Note:
FracproPT multiplies the change in pore pressure by 0.5 (which is a mid-range value for the so-called poro-elastic
coefficient) to determine the change in closure stress due to depletion. At a distance from the wellbore equal to the
Radius of Depletion, the closure stress entered on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen (that is, the current
or depleted closure stress) is increased by the change in closure stress due to depletion and the pore pressure is
increased to this Original Pore Pressure.
Depleted Pore Pressure
This is the current (that is, depleted) pore pressure that is entered on the Reservoir Leakoff Parameters screen. This
number is displayed here for reference only.
Original Pore Fluid Compressibility
This is the virgin pore fluid compressibility. At a distance out from the wellbore equal to the Radius of Depletion, pore fluid
compressibility decreases to this Original Pore Fluid Compressibility.
Layer Display
This screen displays the lithology (that is, Rock Type) of the reservoir and a log-style view of the following properties:
stress, permeability, Young's modulus, Poisson's ratio, and fracture toughness.
Reservoir Parameters - F9
Lithology-Based Reservoir Parameters Layers [F9]
This screen is accessible only if you select Lithology Based Reservoir and either 3D Tip-Dominated Model or 3D
Conventional Model on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen. Here you specify all rock properties
according to lithology as defined by a single set of layer depths and the Rock Type in each layer.
Use this type of data entry if you do not know many properties about the reservoir, and if you want to set up a layered
profile quickly. Once you assigned the main properties of the lithologies that you are using and defining the depth of
individual layers, you are ready to start modeling.
89
FracproPT 2007
90
FracproPT 2007
This is where you define the layers comprising the reservoir and surrounding strata by entering the depth to the top of
each layer. Up to 100 layers may be entered, but only 8 are shown at any time. Blank rows in the table may be added by
selecting a whole row and pressing [Ins], and lines may be deleted by selecting the whole row and pressing [Del].
You must define at least three layers and the fractures must initiate in the middle layers. If you do not, FracproPT will
display an error message and the simulator will not run. The layers where the fractures initiate (depending on the position
of the perforated interval defined on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen) are highlighted yellow in the table.
If you have more than one perforated interval defined, you can cycle through them by pressing [CNTR+F] or selecting the
Next Interval toolbar button.
Depth TVD
If you select Enter TVD, enter the true vertical depth to the top of each layer in this column. If you select Enter MD, the
true vertical depth will be calculated and displayed in this column.
Depth MD
If you select Enter MD, enter the measured depth to the top of each layer in this column. If you select Enter TVD, the
measured depth will be calculated and displayed in this column.
Layer Thickness
This value represents the layer thickness in TVD. This value is not editable and calculated from the top of each layer in
the Depth TVD column.
Rock Type
Select a Rock Type from the drop-down list for each layer in this column.
Pore Fluid Permeability
If you select Enter Permeability, enter the Pore Fluid Permeability for each layer in this column. If you select Enter
Leakoff Coefficient, the permeability will be calculated and displayed in this column.
Leakoff Coefficient
If you select Enter Leakoff Coefficient, enter the (total) Leakoff Coefficient for each layer in this column. If you select
Enter Permeability, the leakoff coefficient will be calculated and displayed in this column.
Stress
Fracture closure in the middle of the layer that is calculated using the specified gradient under the Rock Properties tab.
Youngs Modulus
Youngs Modulus for the layer based on the assigned modulus for that lithology in the Rock Properties tab.
Poissons Ratio
Poissons Ratio for the layer based on the assigned Poissons ratio for that lithology in the Rock Properties tab.
Fracture Toughness
Fracture Toughness for the layer based on the assigned toughness for that lithology in the Rock Properties tab.
Composite Layering Effect
Composite layering effect for the layer based on the assigned composite layering effect for that lithology in the Rock
Properties tab.
Pay Zone
Use this check box to mark all zones that you consider pay zones. This is information is used by Fracture Design Mode
and also in the calculation of the Payzone Height Coverage Ratio and Payzone Fracture Area Ratio model channels.
In Production Analysis Mode, if you use the Import Frac Interval Properties function, Permeability on the
PRODUCTION ANALYSIS Reservoir Parameters [F9] screen is the average of all the permeabilities of all zones
marked as pay zones, not just the permeability of the zone containing the perforated interval. The average permeability is
calculated as sum of kh for all zones divided by the total height of all zones:
Average Permeability=kh/Total Height
Depth Entry Mode
Enter TVD
Select this option to enter the layer depths in the Reservoir Layer Table in terms of the true vertical depth (TVD). The
corresponding measured depth (MD) will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent column in the table.
Enter MD
Select this option to enter the layer depths in the Reservoir Layer Table in terms of the measured depth (MD). The
corresponding true vertical depth (TVD) will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent column in the table.
Fluid Loss Entry Mode
91
FracproPT 2007
You have the choice of entering either Permeability or (total) Leakoff Coefficient. Whichever one you choose to enter,
FracproPT uses a permeability-to-leakoff-coefficient relationship to calculate the other.
Enter Permeability
Select this option to enter the Pore-Fluid Permeability in the Set Lithology Permeability dialog for each Rock Type in the
Reservoir Layer Table. The corresponding (total) Leakoff Coefficient will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent
column in the table.
Enter Leakoff Coefficient
Select this option to enter the (total) Leakoff Coefficient in the Set Lithology Leakoff Coefficient dialog for each Rock Type
in the Reservoir Layer Table. The corresponding Pore-Fluid Permeability will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent
column in the table.
Set Lithology Permeability / Set Lithology Leakoff Coefficient
This option allows you to set the values for either Pore-Fluid Permeability or Leakoff Coefficient (depending on whether
you have chosen Enter Permeability or Enter Leakoff Coefficient above) for all the current reservoir layers specified with a
particular Rock Type. Selecting this function causes a dialog to appear where you select a Rock Type from a drop-down
list and then enter either the Pore-Fluid Permeability or Leakoff Coefficient for that Rock Type.
Otherwise, you may enter Pore-Fluid Permeability or Leakoff Coefficient on a layer-by-layer basis, regardless of Rock
Type.
Other Reservoir Properties
Reservoir Temperature
This is the reservoir temperature at the mid-perf depth. In addition to heat transfer calculations, this number is used to
select the correct rheology data from the Fluid Library.
Perforations
Total perforated height, whether entered by you here, or on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen in the case
where you are not modeling the wellbore, has no effect on the perforation friction predicted by FracproPT. Perforation
friction is calculated based solely on the flow rate and the data entered on the PERF AND NEAR-WELLBORE FRICTION
[F8] screen.
Note:
The perforation and initial frac depths are always entered and/or display here in terms of true vertical depth (TVD).
Note:
If you have more than one perforated interval defined on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen, you can
toggle through a display of each interval by pressing [Ctrl+F] or selecting the Next Interval toolbar button.
Note:
For large perforated intervals, you may elect to have the fracture initiate from a line source (details of which can be
found on the Growth Parameters tab of the FracproPT MODEL PARAMETERS screen).
Depth to Top of Perfs
If you choose Ignore Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, you must
enter a value for Depth to Top of Perfs here. If you choose Model Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE
SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, Depth to Top of Perfs is taken from data entered on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen and displayed (uneditable) on this screen.
Depth to Bottom of Perfs
If you choose Ignore Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, you must
enter a value for Depth to Bottom of Perfs here. If you choose Model Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE
SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, Depth to Bottom of Perfs is taken from data entered on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen and displayed (uneditable) on this screen.
Initial Frac Depth
FracproPT always calculates this value; it is approximately the center of the zone with lowest stress found within the
perforated interval. If you want to guarantee fracture initiation from a particular zone (regardless of the stress profile and
the true perforated interval), you can make the perforated interval small enough such that you control where the simulator
initiates the fracture.
Initial Frac Depth must fall within one of the inner Rock Type layers (that is, it cannot fall within either the top layer or the
bottom layer).
Other Functions
Layer Display
Select this function to view the INTEGRATED FRACTURE PICTURE with the Layer Properties Template.
92
FracproPT 2007
Logs/Layers Editor
If a standard Log ASCII (LAS) file is available, layers can be built automatically and properties can be assigned
automatically using the Logs/Layers Editor.
93
FracproPT 2007
This is the Fracture Toughness for each Rock Type. Reasonable values for Fracture Toughness will have a minimal effect
on all but relatively small fractures (for example, as in so-called micro-fracture stress tests).
Composite Layering Effect
On a per-layer basis, this number is multiplied by the default Tip Effects Coefficient, which is entered on the FracproPT
3D tab of the FracproPT MODEL Parameters [SHIFT+F3] screen. Generally, this number should be left at 1. However,
in order to specify the relative tip effects for any particular layers, thereby specifying the relative degree of fracture growth
into said layers, you may enter some number other than 1. For example, if you wanted a particular Rock Type to exhibit
higher composite layering effects characteristics, you would enter a number greater than 1.
Est Ht/Len Growth
This parameter provides an estimate for the ratio of fracture height growth versus fracture length growth if the composite
layering effect would be the main driving force for fracture growth. For example, if the Composite Layering effect is set to
10, the Est Ht/Len Growth shows that for every foot the fracture grows in length, it grows about 0.32 foot in height.
94
FracproPT 2007
95
FracproPT 2007
96
FracproPT 2007
To convert Permeability to Leak-Off Coefficient and vice versa as displayed on the RESERVOIR
PARAMETERS [F9] screen, Layers tab.
As the initial fluid-loss driving pressure for the first simulator time step.
Note:
Once the fracture has initiated (for example, after the first time step), the actual pressure in the fracture is used to
drive fluid leakoff and calculate the actual leakoff coefficient.
Pore Fluid Compressibility
This is the compressibility (that is, the inverse of modulus) of the fluid in the pores. For oil reservoirs, compressibility can
be as low as 3e-6 1/psi. In gas reservoirs, the compressibility is the generally the reciprocal of the pore pressure (for
example, if the pore pressure is about 5000 psi, the compressibility would be about 0.0002 1/psi).
Pore Fluid Viscosity
This input refers to the mobile reservoir fluid. Typical values for a gas reservoir would be low, of order 0.01 to 0.1 cp, with
very little change with temperature. For an oil reservoir, typical values could be much higher, of order one to several
hundred cp, and significant changes with temperature would be expected.
Porosity
This is the volume fraction of formation rock that is occupied by pores where oil or gas is stored. Typical values are
around 10% (entered as 0.10), but porosity may be as high as 60% (0.60) or as low as only a few percent.
Gas In Foam Leakoff Percentage
97
FracproPT 2007
This parameter relates the quality of the leakoff fluid to the quality of the fluid in the fracture. For example, a Gas In Foam
Leakoff Percentage of 25 with 80-quality foam in the fracture means that the leakoff fluid is 20-quality (that is, 20 percent
gas, 80 percent liquid). This field is accessible only if you have foam inputs on the Treatment SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
Set to Gas Defaults and Set to Oil Defaults
If you choose the buttons to Set to Gas Defaults or Set to Oil Defaults, the parameters on this screen are overwritten by
FracproPT. However, you can always set these parameters yourself after that by editing them individually.
Choosing Set to Gas Defaults or Set to Oil Defaults automatically sets a number of Reservoir Leakoff Parameters to
default values for "typical" reservoirs (that is, normally pressured, etc.). These parameters apply to all layers in the
Reservoir Layer Table.
Reservoir Depletion
Select this function to view the DEPLETION MENU screen where you can model the effects (on pore pressure, pore fluid
compressibility, and closure stress) of production from the reservoir. A message field adjacent to the Reservoir Depletion
selection indicates whether or not the depletion model is currently In Use or Not Used.
Drainage Area
The drainage area in terms of its extent and the well spacing is specified here.
X-Direction Extent
This parameter is the extent of the drainage area along the length of the fracture (that is, the x direction).
Y-Direction Extent
This parameter is the extent of the drainage area along the width of the fracture (that is, the y direction).
Well Spacing
This parameter is used to calculate a pseudo-steady state PI ratio in the Fracture Design module and is linked to the
Reservoir Extent in the Production Analysis module.
Fracture Azimuth
This parameter describes the fracture orientation with respect to north, with the positive direction defined to be clockwise
(for example, 45 degrees corresponds to the NE-to-SW direction). This parameter is used only for display purposes by the
Wellbore Viewer and does not affect model results.
Suggest Viscosity and Compressibility
Pressing this button will set Pore Fluid Viscosity and Pore Fluid Compressibility (described above) to suggested values.
98
FracproPT 2007
99
FracproPT 2007
To convert Permeability to Leak-Off Coefficient and vice versa as displayed on the Reservoir Parameters
[F9] screen.
As the initial fluid-loss driving pressure for the first simulator time step.
Note:
Once the fracture has initiated (for example, after the first time step), the actual pressure in the fracture is used to
drive fluid leakoff.
Compressibility
This is the compressibility (that is, the inverse of modulus) of the fluid in the pores. For oil reservoirs, compressibility can
be as low as 3e-6 1/psi. In gas reservoirs, the compressibility is the reciprocal of the pore pressure (for example, if the
pore pressure equals about 5000 psi, the compressibility would be about 0.0002 1/psi).
Pore Fluid Viscosity
This input refers to the mobile reservoir fluid. Typical values for a gas reservoir would be low, of order 0.01 to 0.1 cp, with
very little change with temperature. For an oil reservoir, typical values could be much higher, of order one to several
hundred cp, and significant changes with temperature would be expected.
Porosity
100
FracproPT 2007
This is the volume fraction of formation rock that is occupied by pores where oil or gas is stored. Typical values are
around 10% (entered as 0.10), but porosity may be as high as 60% (0.60) or as low as only a few percent.
Gas In Foam Leakoff Percentage
This parameter relates the quality of the leakoff fluid to the quality of the fluid in the fracture. For example, a Gas In Foam
Leakoff Percentage of 25 with 80-quality foam in the fracture means that the leakoff fluid is 20-quality (that is, 20 percent
gas, 80 percent liquid). This field is accessible only if you have foam inputs on the Treatment SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
Other Functions
Reservoir Depletion
Select this function to view the DEPLETION MENU screen where you can model the effects (on pore pressure, pore fluid
compressibility, and closure stress) of production from the reservoir. A message field adjacent to the Reservoir Depletion
selection indicates whether or not the depletion model is currently In Use or Not Used.
Set To Gas Defaults
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to values that are estimated for a typical gas reservoir. You may
change individual numbers afterwards.
Set To Oil Defaults
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to values that are estimated for a typical oil reservoir. You may
change individual numbers afterwards.
Set To User Defined
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to the values entered on the Reservoir Leakoff Parameters
screen that was used when you last choose User Specified as the Reservoir Type. You may change individual numbers
afterwards.
Reservoir Depletion
This screen is where you can model the change in closure stress, pore pressure, and pore-fluid compressibility that has
resulted from production in a finite region around a wellbore. For example, in an oil reservoir produced from an acid
fracture such that the region around the fracture has a pore pressure below the bubble point (that is, resulting in a higher
pore-fluid compressibility) and a lower closure stress due to the lower pore pressure.
Note:
When modeling depletion effects, you should enter the current (that is, depleted) values for closure stress on the
RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen.
101
FracproPT 2007
This is the virgin pore pressure. The depleted, or current, pore pressure is entered on either the Reservoir Leakoff
Parameters screen and it is displayed below for reference.
Note:
FracproPT multiplies the change in pore pressure by 0.5 (which is a mid-range value for the so-called poro-elastic
coefficient) to determine the change in closure stress due to depletion. At a distance from the wellbore equal to the
Radius of Depletion, the closure stress entered on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen (that is, the current
or depleted closure stress) is increased by the change in closure stress due to depletion and the pore pressure is
increased to this Original Pore Pressure.
Depleted Pore Pressure
This is the current (that is, depleted) pore pressure that is entered on the Reservoir Leakoff Parameters screen. This
number is displayed here for reference only.
Original Pore Fluid Compressibility
This is the virgin pore fluid compressibility. At a distance out from the wellbore equal to the Radius of Depletion, pore fluid
compressibility decreases to this Original Pore Fluid Compressibility.
Layer Display
This screen displays the lithology (that is, Rock Type) of the reservoir and a log-style view of the following properties:
stress, permeability, Young's modulus, Poisson's ratio, and fracture toughness.
Reservoir Parameters - F9
General Reservoir Parameters - Layers [F9]
This screen is accessible only if you select General Multi-Scale Reservoir or General Single Scale Reservoir and
when selecting one of the 3D Models on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen.
Use General Multi-Scale Reservoir from the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen if you can assign
reservoir properties using various different log files and if you have no log information on other parameters. Once you
have assigned specific properties using the Logs/Layers Editor, you need to provide only a few entries for estimates of
properties on which you do not have more specific data.
Use General Single Scale Reservoir from the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen if you can assign all
reservoir properties different log files. Once you have assigned specific properties using the Logs/Layers Editor, you are
ready to use the model.
This is where you define the layers and their various properties that comprise the reservoir and surrounding strata by
entering the depth to the top of each layer. Up to 100 layers may be entered, but only 14 are shown at any time. Blank
rows in the table may be added by right-clicking and selecting Insert Row, and rows may be deleted by right-clicking and
selecting Delete Row or by pressing [Del].
102
FracproPT 2007
You must define at least three layers in each of the data tables described below and the fracture must initiate in a middle
layer. The layers where the fractures initiate (depending on the position of the perforated interval defined on the
WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen) are highlighted yellow in the table. If you have more than one perforated
interval defined, you can cycle through them by pressing [CNTR+F] or selecting the Next Interval toolbar button.
Note:
The actual depths you enter and the numbers of layers you define do not have to be identical in each of the data
tables.
103
FracproPT 2007
If you select Lithology Based Reservoir, all mechanical properties (for opening, etc.), all chemical properties (for
acidizing), and all thermal properties (for injection-fluid heating and reservoir cooling) will be input to the simulator based
on rock type and a single set of depths.
In general, this is the most convenient way to specify model inputs. Once you have constructed your Lithology Based
Reservoir, FracproPT can automatically convert it to a General Reservoir if necessary. Unfortunately, there is no way to
convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir without loosing some of this data. However, you should
rarely, if ever, want or need to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir.
Use this type of data entry if you do not know many properties about the reservoir, and if you want to set up a layered
profile quickly. Once you assigned the main properties of the lithologies that you are using and defining the depth of
individual layers, you are ready to start modeling.
General Multi-Scale
If you select General Multi-Scale Reservoir, you will enter each of the mechanical properties (for example, stress,
modulus, etc.) with its own independent set of layer depths. Chemical properties (for acidizing) and thermal properties (for
injection-fluid heating and reservoir cooling) are input to the simulator based on rock type and a single set of depths.
FracproPT can automatically convert a Lithology Based Reservoir to a General Reservoir, if necessary. Unfortunately,
there is no way to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir without loosing some of this data.
However, you should rarely, if ever, want or need to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir.
Use this type of data entry if you can assign reservoir properties using various different log files and if you have no log
information on other parameters. Once you have assigned specific properties using the Log-Layer Editor, you need to
provide only a few entries for estimates of properties on which you do not have more specific data.
General Single Scale
If you select General Reservoir, you will enter each of the mechanical properties (for example, stress, modulus, etc.) with
its own independent set of layer depths. Chemical properties (for acidizing) and thermal properties (for injection-fluid
heating and reservoir cooling) are input to the simulator based on rock type and a single set of depths.
FracproPT can automatically convert a Lithology Based Reservoir to a General Reservoir, if necessary. Unfortunately,
there is no way to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir without loosing some of this data.
However, you should rarely, if ever, want or need to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir.
Use this type of data entry if you can assign all reservoir properties different log files. Once you have assigned specific
properties using the Log-Layer Editor, you are ready to use the model.
Reservoir Rock Type Table
Depth TVD / Depth MD
Depending on your selection in the Depth Entry Mode options, you enter either Depth TVD (true vertical depth) or Depth
MD (measured depth) to the top of each layer in this column.
Layer Thickness
This value represents the layer thickness in TVD. This value is not editable and calculated from the top of each layer in
the Depth TVD column.
Rock Type
Enter the rock type or lithology name in each layer in this column.
Reservoir Stress Table
Depth TVD / Depth MD
Depending on your selection in the Depth Entry Mode options, you enter either Depth TVD (true vertical depth) or Depth
MD (measured depth) to the top of each layer in this column.
Stress
Enter the closure stress in each layer in this column.
Reservoir Elastic Properties Table
Depth TVD / Depth MD
Depending on your selection in the Depth Entry Mode options, you enter either Depth TVD (true vertical depth) or Depth
MD (measured depth) to the top of each layer in this column.
Youngs Modulus
Enter the Young's Modulus in each layer in this column.
Poissons Ratio
Enter the Poisson's Ratio in each layer in this column.
Fracture Toughness
104
FracproPT 2007
Fracture toughness for the layer based on the assigned toughness for that lithology in the Rock Properties tab.
Composite Layering Effect
Composite layering effect for the layer based on the assigned composite layering effect for that lithology in the Rock
Properties tab.
On a per-layer basis, this number is multiplied by the default Tip Effects Coefficient, which is entered on the FracproPT
3D tab of the FracproPT MODEL Parameters [SHIFT+F3] screen. Generally, this number should be left at 1. However,
in order to specify the relative tip effects for any particular layers, thereby specifying the relative degree of fracture growth
into said layers, you may enter some number other than 1. For example, if you wanted a particular Rock Type to exhibit
higher composite layering effects characteristics, you would enter a number greater than 1.
Additional Information: Composite Layering Effects
Est Ht/Len Growth
This parameter provides an estimate for the ratio of fracture height growth versus fracture length growth if the composite
layering effect would be the main driving force for fracture growth. For example, if the Composite Layering effect is set to
10, the Est Ht/Len Growth shows that for every foot the fracture grows in length, it grows about 0.32 foot in height.
Reservoir Fluid Loss Table
Depth TVD / Depth MD
Depending on your selection in the Depth Entry Mode options, you enter either Depth TVD (true vertical depth) or Depth
MD (measured depth) to the top of each layer in this column.
Pore Fluid Permeability
If you select Enter Permeability in the Fluid Loss Entry Mode options, enter the Pore Fluid Permeability for each layer
in this column. If you select Enter Leakoff Coefficient, the permeability will be calculated and displayed in this column.
Leakoff Coefficient
If you select Enter Leakoff Coefficient in the Fluid Loss Entry Mode options, enter the (total) Leakoff Coefficient for
each layer in this column. If you select Enter Permeability, the leakoff coefficient will be calculated and displayed in this
column.
Pay Zone
Use this check box to mark all zones that you consider pay zones. This is information is used by Fracture Design Mode
and also in the calculation of the Payzone Height Coverage Ratio and Payzone Fracture Area Ratio model channels.
In Production Analysis Mode, if you use the Import Frac Interval Properties function, Permeability on the
PRODUCTION ANALYSIS Reservoir Parameters [F9] screen is the average of all the permeabilities of all zones
marked as pay zones, not just the permeability of the zone containing the perforated interval. The average permeability is
calculated as sum of kh for all zones divided by the total height of all zones:
Average Permeability=kh/Total Height
Depth Entry Mode
Enter TVD
Select this option to enter the layer depths in the Reservoir Tables in terms of the true vertical depth (TVD).
Enter MD
Select this option to enter the layer depths in the Reservoir Tables in terms of the measured depth (MD).
Fluid Loss Entry Mode
You have the choice of entering either Pore Fluid Permeability or (total) Leakoff Coefficient. Whichever one you choose to
enter, FracproPT uses a permeability-to-leakoff-coefficient relationship to calculate the other.
Enter Permeability
Select this option to enter the Pore-Fluid Permeability for each Rock Type in the Reservoir Layer Table. The
corresponding (total) Leakoff Coefficient will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent column in the table.
Enter Leakoff Coefficient
Select this option to enter the (total) Leakoff Coefficient for each Rock Type in the Reservoir Layer Table. The
corresponding Pore-Fluid Permeability will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent column in the table.
Perforations
Total perforated height, whether entered by you here, or on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen in the case
where you are not modeling the wellbore, has no effect on the perforation friction predicted by FracproPT. Perforation
friction is calculated based solely on the flow rate and the data entered on the PERF AND NEAR-WELLBORE FRICTION
[F8] screen.
Note:
105
FracproPT 2007
The perforation and initial frac depths are always entered and/or display here in terms of true vertical depth (TVD).
Note:
If you have more than one perforated interval defined on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen, you can
toggle through a display of each interval by pressing [Ctrl+F] or selecting the Next Interval toolbar button.
Note:
For large perforated intervals, you may elect to have the fracture initiate from a line source (details of which can be
found on the Growth Parameters tab of the FracproPT MODEL PARAMETERS screen).
Depth to Top of Perfs
If you choose Ignore Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, you must
enter a value for Depth to Top of Perfs here. If you choose Model Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE
SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, Depth to Top of Perfs is taken from data entered on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen and displayed (uneditable) on this screen.
Depth to Bottom of Perfs
If you choose Ignore Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, you must
enter a value for Depth to Bottom of Perfs here. If you choose Model Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE
SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, Depth to Bottom of Perfs is taken from data entered on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen and displayed (uneditable) on this screen.
Initial Frac Depth
FracproPT always calculates this value; it is approximately the center of the zone with lowest stress found within the
perforated interval. If you want to guarantee fracture initiation from a particular zone (regardless of the stress profile and
the true perforated interval), you can make the perforated interval small enough such that you control where the simulator
initiates the fracture.
Initial Frac Depth must fall within one of the inner Rock Type layers (that is, it cannot fall within either the top layer or the
bottom layer).
This screen is where you modify the composite layering effects on various layers of rock. This screen is available only if
you choose General Reservoir in the Reservoir Options on the FRACTURE Analysis OPTIONS [F4] screen.
Define the layers and their various properties that comprise the reservoir and surrounding strata by entering the depth to
the top of each layer. Up to 100 layers may be entered, but only 14 are shown at any time. Blank rows in the table may be
added by selecting a whole row and pressing [Ins], and rows may be deleted by selecting the whole row and pressing
[Del].
The layer where the fracture initiates (depending on the position of the perforated interval defined on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen) is highlighted yellow in the table. If you have more than one perforated interval defined,
you can cycle through them by pressing [Ctrl+F] or selecting the Next Interval toolbar button.
Note:
The actual depths you enter and the numbers of layers you define here do not have to coincide with the depths and
layers you enter in any other Reservoir Property Table.
Set Composite Layering Effect from
These options will only be available if 3D User-Defined is selected as the Fracture Model to Use option on the Fracture
Analysis Options [F4] screen.
Table Entry
Select this option to set the Composite Layering Effect in the Mechanical Rock Properties Table.
Payzone Flag
Select this option to set the Composite Layering Effect for all zones (no matter what the Rock Type) that are not
selected as Pay Zones on the Reservoir Parameters [F9] screen. The Composite Layering Effect for the Pay Zones
will automatically be set to 1.0, while the value for all non-Pay Zones is set below by the entry for Composite Layering
Effect Outside Payzone.
Composite Layering Effect Outside Payzone
If Payzone Flag is selected as the Set Composite Layering Effect from option (see description above), the value for
that effect is entered here. This value will overwrite all values entered in the Mechanical Rock Properties Table.
Additional Information: Composite Layering Effects
Other Functions
Layer Display
Select this function to view the INTEGRATED FRACTURE PICTURE with the Layer Properties Template.
Logs/Layers Editor
106
FracproPT 2007
If a standard Log ASCII (LAS) file is available, layers can be built automatically and properties can be assigned
automatically using the Logs/Layers Editor.
107
FracproPT 2007
108
FracproPT 2007
This parameter indicates the pressure inside the fracture soon after fracture initiation. A good estimate for this number is
typically about 500 psi higher than pay zone closure stress. This parameter has two functions:
To convert Permeability to Leak-Off Coefficient and vice versa as displayed on the RESERVOIR
PARAMETERS [F9] screen, Layers tab.
As the initial fluid-loss driving pressure for the first simulator time step.
Note:
Once the fracture has initiated (for example, after the first time step), the actual pressure in the fracture is used to
drive fluid leakoff and calculate the actual leakoff coefficient.
Pore Fluid Compressibility
This is the compressibility (that is, the inverse of modulus) of the fluid in the pores. For oil reservoirs, compressibility can
be as low as 3e-6 1/psi. In gas reservoirs, the compressibility is the generally the reciprocal of the pore pressure (for
example, if the pore pressure is about 5000 psi, the compressibility would be about 0.0002 1/psi).
Pore Fluid Viscosity
This input refers to the mobile reservoir fluid. Typical values for a gas reservoir would be low, of order 0.01 to 0.1 cp, with
very little change with temperature. For an oil reservoir, typical values could be much higher, of order one to several
hundred cp, and significant changes with temperature would be expected.
Porosity
This is the volume fraction of formation rock that is occupied by pores where oil or gas is stored. Typical values are
around 10% (entered as 0.10), but porosity may be as high as 60% (0.60) or as low as only a few percent.
Gas In Foam Leakoff Percentage
This parameter relates the quality of the leakoff fluid to the quality of the fluid in the fracture. For example, a Gas In Foam
Leakoff Percentage of 25 with 80-quality foam in the fracture means that the leakoff fluid is 20-quality (that is, 20 percent
gas, 80 percent liquid). This field is accessible only if you have foam inputs on the Treatment SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
Set to Gas Defaults and Set to Oil Defaults
If you choose the buttons to Set to Gas Defaults or Set to Oil Defaults, the parameters on this screen are overwritten by
FracproPT. However, you can always set these parameters yourself after that by editing them individually.
Choosing Set to Gas Defaults or Set to Oil Defaults automatically sets a number of Reservoir Leakoff Parameters to
default values for "typical" reservoirs (that is, normally pressured, etc.). These parameters apply to all layers in the
Reservoir Layer Table.
Reservoir Depletion
Select this function to view the DEPLETION MENU screen where you can model the effects (on pore pressure, pore fluid
compressibility, and closure stress) of production from the reservoir. A message field adjacent to the Reservoir Depletion
selection indicates whether or not the depletion model is currently In Use or Not Used.
Drainage Area
The drainage area in terms of its extent and the well spacing is specified here.
X-Direction Extent
This parameter is the extent of the drainage area along the length of the fracture (that is, the x direction).
Y-Direction Extent
This parameter is the extent of the drainage area along the width of the fracture (that is, the y direction).
Well Spacing
This parameter is used to calculate a pseudo-steady state PI ratio in the Fracture Design module and is linked to the
Reservoir Extent in the Production Analysis module.
Fracture Azimuth
This parameter describes the fracture orientation with respect to north, with the positive direction defined to be clockwise
(for example, 45 degrees corresponds to the NE-to-SW direction). This parameter is used only for display purposes by the
Wellbore Viewer and does not affect model results.
Suggest Viscosity and Compressibility
Pressing this button will set Pore Fluid Viscosity and Pore Fluid Compressibility (described above) to suggested values.
109
FracproPT 2007
Stress Perturbation
This screen is for proprietary use only. The purpose of this screen is to calculate the increase in closure stress in each
FracproPT Layer as caused by the presence of previously created fractures that have closed on proppant.
Stress
The minimum principle stress (or fracture closure stress) for each layer.
Perturbation
The Stress Perturbation column displays the increase or decrease in fracture closure stress at the location of the current
fracture due to the presence of fractures defined in the Import Fractures box.
Stress + Perturbation
Sum of the two values above.
IMPORT FRACTURES
Identifier
110
FracproPT 2007
Represents the name of the RFR file that contains the fracture geometry information. An RFR file is automatically created
for every FracproPT INP file once you Run the Fracture Analysis model. The RFR file contains the fracture dimensions,
the center depth of the fracture, and the net fracturing pressure as the fracture closes on proppant.
Fracture Center
X represents the coordinate along an East-West axis (with East being positive) of the center of the previously created
fracture. Y represents the coordinate along an North-South axis (with North being positive) of the center of the previously
created fracture. Both coordinates have to be entered in this screen. The Z coordinate represents the center depth (TVD)
of the fracture and originates from the RFR file.
Fracture Geometry
Lf represents the fracture half-length, and Hf represents the total fracture height. Pnet represents the net pressure in the
fracture at the time when the fracture closes on proppant. All these parameters originate from the RFR file.
STRESS IN PAY
Minimum Stress
The Minimum Stress equals the closure stress in the fracture initiation layer, which is represented in bright yellow in the
Stress Perturbation Table.
Intermediate Stress
The Intermediate Stress equals the intermediate (horizontal stress). Right now, this is not used for any calculation, but is
only displayed for comparison with the Stress+Perturbation in the Stress Perturbation Table.
Vertical Stress
Right now, this is not used for any calculation, but is only displayed for comparison with the Stress+Perturbation in the
Stress Perturbation Table.
Fracture Azimuth
We assume that all fractures (current and previously created and loaded in the Import Fractures table) have the same
Fracture Azimuth. Azimuth is defined from the North, with azimuths East of North as positive and West of North
negative.
Stress + Perturbation
Displays Stress + Perturbation column in the Stress Perturbation Table as the Stress column in the Layers tab of the
RESERVOIR PROPERTIES [F9] screen. To account for the influence of previous fractures, the fracture model needs to
be run using this selection.
Browse
Locate and add RFR files using this button.
Remove
Highlight the identifier of the fracture you would like to remove and select the Remove button.
References
111
FracproPT 2007
Sneddon, I.N. and H.A. Elliot: "The opening of a Griffith crack under internal pressure," The Quarterly of
Applied Mathematics, Vol IV, No. 3, pp. 262-267, 1946.
Sneddon, I.N. :"The distribution of Stress in the neighborhood of a crack in an elastic solid", Proceedings,
Royal Society, Series A, Vol 1987, 1946, pp. 229-260.
Warpinski, N.R. and Branagan, P.T.:"Altered-Stress Fracturing," SPE paper 17533 presented at the Rocky
Mounbtain Regional Meeting, Casper, WY, May 11-13, 1988.
112
FracproPT 2007
113
FracproPT 2007
Volume Factor
This parameter determines how many fractures are propagating (that is, taking fluid), with the volume split evenly between
the fractures. For example, a value of 2 means that two identical fractures are being propagated.
Leakoff Factor
This parameter determines how many fractures are leaking off fluid. For example, a value of 2 means that there are two
fractures are leaking off equal amounts of fluid, which is twice the amount that would occur if the value were 1.
Note:
This parameter can be used to simulated phenomena like pressure dependent leakoff.
Opening Factor
114
FracproPT 2007
This parameter determines how many (parallel) fractures are propagating and competing for the same opening space,
hence driving up net pressure.
Note:
The process of determining what values to enter for the three multiple fracture factors and for the time at which the
various factors should become active can sometimes be confusing. Therefore, it is highly recommended that you
verify what you are attempting to model by constructing a time-based plot of one or more of the factors for visual
reference.
No rules
This is the default option. Select it to allow entry of the multiple fracture parameters in whatever manner you see fit.
Other Functions
Reset to Defaults
Select this option to reset all entries in the Multiple Fracture Table to default values, which assumes growth of a single
fracture.
115
FracproPT 2007
Brief Instructions
Pinnacles Fracture Design Mode has been completely redesigned to introduce a new methodology for determining an
optimal pump schedule for a given reservoir. The Fluid Selection screen provides a way to automatically select a fracture
treatment fluid. FracproPT has internal fluid libraries containing numerous fluid systems from the 3 major service
companies, as well as other "general" fluids and any fluids that users may input themselves.
116
First, the user inputs a Minimum Apparent Viscosity (including the shear rate and time-of-interest) as
the primary Fluid Selection Criteria, which reflects the minimum viscosity that the user requires to keep
proppant in suspension within the fracture. Reservoir Temperature can be entered or edited on this
screen, but it is also editable on other screens as well. Average Permeability is calculated automatically
as the weighted-by-height permeability of all Pay Zones (as selected in the Reservoir Layer Table on the
Reservoir Parameters [F9] screen). Reservoir Pressure is input on another screen, but it is shown here
for reference. Additional proprietary fluid-selection criteria are available for some companies.
The next step is to make a Library Selection and a Vendor Selection such that only those fluids in which
you are interested are available. Note that you can select All for both of these criteria such that all fluids
are available.
Every time you make a change to any of the parameters above, the Qualifying Fluids table shows and
updates the fluid Vendor and System information, as well as Minimum Gel Loading, Apparent
Viscosity, and Fluid Cost information, for the minimum gel loading of all of the fluids systems that meet
the Fluid Selection Criteria. Fluids are sorted by cost in $/gal, but this information is not available for all
fluids. To sort on other parameters in the table, just click on the column header, and the arrow in the
header will indicate sorting in ascending or descending order.
Once the Qualifying Fluids table is filled with different fluids, the user can browse through the list and put
the cursor on the desired fluid, and then finally select that fluid using the Add button to move the fluid to
the Selected Fluids table.
Fluid properties can be edited using the Edit Design Fluid function, which activates the Edit/View
Interpolated Fluid Data [Shift-F5] screen. Frictional and rheological fluid properties of the selected fluid
can be viewed graphically using the App. Visc vs Time and Friction Pressure vs Rate functions.
FracproPT 2007
After selecting a fluid for the pump schedule, go to the Proppant Selection tab to select an appropriate
proppant. If no fluid was selected, FracproPT will not allow you to move to any other screen or tab.
Control Functions
Manual Fluid Selection
This function allows you manually select fluids from among all of FracproPTs fluid libraries.
Edit Design Fluid
Fluid properties of the selected design fluid can be edited using this function, which activates the
Interpolated Fluid Data [Shift+F5] screen.
Edit/View
QUALIFYING FLUIDS
Fluid System
This column of the Qualifying Fluids table shows the fluid "system" of all the fluids found to meet the criteria specified for
the fracture design.
Vendor
This column of the Qualifying Fluids table shows the vendor of all the fluids found to meet the criteria specified for the
fracture design.
Minimum Gel Loading
This column of the Qualifying Fluids table shows the minimum gel loading of all the fluids found to meet the criteria
specified for the fracture design.
117
FracproPT 2007
Apparent Viscosity
This column of the Qualifying Fluids table shows the apparent viscosity of all the fluids found to meet the criteria
specified for the fracture design.
Fluid Cost
This column of the Qualifying Fluids table shows the cost of all the fluids found to meet the criteria specified for the
fracture design.
Note:
Please note that this information is not available for most fluids at this point. In order to make this available, you can
either edit the FracproPT.fld file in the FracproPT "system" folder with a text editor and enter a price for the different
fluid systems if your local service company has made these prices available to you. Also, you can enter the price of a
fluid in the EDIT/VIEW INTERPOLATED FLUID DATA [SGIFT+F5] screen, Other Properties tab.
Move Up
Moves highlighted fluid upward in Selected Fluids table.
Move Down
Moves highlighted fluid downward in Selected Fluids table.
Add
Add highlighted fluid in Qualifying Fluids table to the Selected Fluids table.
Remove
Removes highlighted fluid from Selected Fluids table.
Add Fluid from Library
Opens library screen to add a fluid to the Selected Fluids table.
SELECTED FLUIDS
Fluid System
This column of the Selected Fluids table shows the fluid "system" of all the fluids found to meet the criteria specified for
the fracture design.
Note:
The first fluid in the table is highlighted in yellow, indicating that this is the main fluid for further design calculations.
Other fluids in this table can be used for quick comparison (although this feature is not yet functional for fluids in
FracproPT version 10.3).
If a fluid property is highlighted in red, this indicates that this property does not properly qualify, despite the fact that it
was selected by the user.
Vendor
This column of the Selected Fluids table shows the vendor of all the fluids found to meet the criteria specified for the
fracture design.
Minimum Gel Loading
This column of the Selected Fluids table shows the minimum gel loading of all the fluids found to meet the criteria
specified for the fracture design.
Apparent Viscosity
This column of the Selected Fluids table shows the apparent viscosity of all the fluids found to meet the criteria specified
for the fracture design.
Fluid Cost
This column of the Selected Fluids table shows the cost of all the fluids found to meet the criteria specified for the
fracture design.
Note:
Please note that this information is not available for most fluids at this point. In order to make this available, you can
either edit the FracproPT.fld file in the FracproPT "system" folder with a text editor and enter a price for the different
fluid systems if your local service company has made these prices available to you. Also, you can enter the price of a
fluid in the EDIT/VIEW INTERPOLATED FLUID DATA [SGIFT+F5] screen, Other Properties tab.
RESULTS PLOTS
118
FracproPT 2007
Brief Instructions
Pinnacles Fracture Design Mode has been completely redesigned to introduce a new methodology for determining an
optimal pump schedule for a given reservoir. The Proppant Selection screen provides a way to automatically select a
proppant for the fracture treatment. FracproPT has internal proppant libraries containing many proppants from the major
proppant vendors, as well as other "general" proppants and any proppants that users may input themselves.
1.
First, Closure Stress and Average Payzone Permeability are calculated automatically as the weightedby-layer-height average of those properties in all Pay Zones (as selected in the Layers tab on the
Reservoir Parameters [F9] screen). The difference between the Closure Stress and Bottomhole
Flowing Pressure determines the Effective Stress on Proppant during production; FracproPT
determines the proppant permeability under these effective stress conditions.
2.
Next, the user must also account for the Proppant Damage (including, if applicable, the so-called
apparent damage) to the proppant permeability from all flow-related and non-flow-related phenomena,
which is represented by the Total Damage Factor that FracproPT calculates and displays here. The
Total Damage Factor results from the effects of Proppant Embedment and Proppant Perm Damage.
119
FracproPT 2007
Select Proppant Perm Damage to access the Proppant Perm Damage screen where multiple
causes of this damage (or apparent damage) is modeled (see Help for that screen for more details on
how this is done).
1.
The next step is to make a Proppant Library Selection and a Proppant Type Selection such that only
those proppants in which you are interested are available. Note that you can select All for both of these
criteria such that all proppants are available.
2.
After the proppant-selection criteria are set and the required libraries and vendors are selected, the
Qualifying Proppants table will automatically update.
1.
The Qualifying Proppants table shows the proppant Vendor and System information, as well as
Mesh Size, Conductivity for 2 Pounds/Square-Foot, Proppant Cost, and Conductivity Cost
information, for all of the proppants (can be up to 100) that meet the Proppant Selection Criteria.
The proppants are sorted in terms of cost per unit fracture conductivity, with the lowest listed first and
highlighted in yellow.
Proppants are also filtered to be of a median proppant diameter that is equal to or smaller than 6
times the smallest perf diameter size specified on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen.
This admittance criterion is determined in various publications and, if adhered to, can minimize
proppant bridging at the perforations. Proppant costs were taken from StimLabs SLFrac (Version
2.21, November 2000) and have been multiplied by a factor of 1.25 to reflect changes in proppant
pricing. However, please check with you local vendor to determine the actual proppant price and
discount, since it can greatly vary with location and availability.
Once the Qualifying Proppants table is filled with different proppants, the user can browse through the list
and put the cursor on the desired proppant, and then finally select that proppant using the Add button to
move it to the Selected Proppants table. The first proppant in the Selected Proppants table will be used
throughout the fracture design process.
Proppant Damage
Proppant Damage Factor
This the damage factor resulting from non-flow-related proppant damage, such as gel residue.
Apparent Damage Factor (Non-Darcy, Multi-Phase Flow)
This is the apparent damage due to non-Darcy and multi-phase flow. In order to see a value here, you must select nonDarcy flow in the PROPPANT PERM DAMAGE screen, and specify an expected production rate.
Total Damage Factor
120
FracproPT 2007
This is the parameter actually used in FracproPT to calculate fracture conductivity and dimensions fracture conductivity.
This the total damage factor applied to the proppant permeability, which is calculated automatically from the damage
factors resulting from non-flow-related (that is, the Proppant Damage Factor) and flow-related (that is, the Apparent
Damage Factor) phenomena if you so specify; those damage factors are specified on the proppant perm damage
screen.
Note:
This damage factor is shown on this screen in read-only format.
Proppant Perm Damage
Select this function to go to the
proppant perm damage screen where you can enter information and select options,
including non-Darcy and multiphase flow effects, related to the calculation of proppant conductivity in the fractures
during production.
Control Functions
Search Proppants
Once you have entered all necessary Proppant Selection Criteria, Proppant Damage information, and made selections
in the Proppant Library and Vendor fields, select this function to search among the selected proppants for the ones that
meet the criteria. Those proppants, if any, will be listed in the Proppant Selection Results table.
Manual Proppant Selection
This function allows you manually select proppants from among all of FracproPTs proppant libraries.
Select Proppant for Design
Once the Proppant Selection Results table is filled with different proppants, you can browse through the list and put the
cursor on the proppant that you want to select. The selection can be executed using the Use Proppant for Design
function, which causes that proppant to be moved into row 1 and then highlighted in yellow. This proppant will be used
throughout the remainder of the fracture design process.
Select Backup Proppant for Design
You can also select a backup proppant, which can be used for comparison purposes later in the design process.
Edit Design Proppant
Proppant properties of the selected design proppant can be edited using this function, which activates the
proppant library screen.
Edit/View
QUALIFYING PROPPANTS
Proppant System
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the proppant "system" of all the proppants found to meet the
criteria specified for the fracture design.
Vendor
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the vendor of all the proppants found to meet the criteria
specified for the fracture design.
Mesh Size
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the mesh size of all the proppants found to meet the criteria
specified for the fracture design.
Conductivity for 2 Pounds/Square-Foot
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the conductivity (at 2 lb/square-ft) of all the proppants found
to meet the criteria specified for the fracture design.
Proppant Cost
121
FracproPT 2007
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the cost (per pound) of all the proppants found to meet the
criteria specified for the fracture design.
Conductivity Cost
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the cost (per mD-ft of conductivity) of all the proppants
found to meet the criteria specified for the fracture design.
Move Up
Moves highlighted fluid upward in Selected Proppants table.
Move Down
Moves highlighted fluid downward in Selected Proppants table.
Add
Add highlighted fluid in Qualifying Fluids table to the Selected Proppants table.
Remove
Removes highlighted fluid from Selected Proppants table.
Add Fluid from Library
Opens library screen to add a fluid to the Selected Proppants table.
SELECTED PROPPANTS
Proppant System
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the proppant "system" of all the proppants found to meet the
criteria specified for the fracture design.
Note:
The first proppant in the table is highlighted in yellow, indicating that this is the main fluid for further design
calculations. Other proppants in this table can be used for Proppant Comparison in the Economic Optimization
module.
If a proppant property is highlighted in red, this indicates that this property does not properly qualify, despite the fact
that it was selected by the user.
Vendor
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the vendor of all the proppants found to meet the criteria
specified for the fracture design.
Mesh Size
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the mesh size of all the proppants found to meet the criteria
specified for the fracture design.
Conductivity for 2 Pounds/Square-Foot
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the conductivity (at 2 lb/square-ft) of all the proppants found
to meet the criteria specified for the fracture design.
Proppant Cost
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the cost (per pound) of all the proppants found to meet the
criteria specified for the fracture design.
Conductivity Cost
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the cost (per mD-ft of conductivity) of all the proppants
found to meet the criteria specified for the fracture design.
Fluid Data - Shift + F5
122
FracproPT 2007
automatically and you must make those corrections in the data shown on this screen. There are some foamed fluids
stored in the System Fluid Library, but you should contact the service company to obtain friction pressure estimates for
the specific foamed fluids you are using.
Any changes made to the data on this screen do not affect the Fluid Library data. However, the contents of this screen are
saved with the other simulation inputs (for example, the treatment schedule, model parameters, reservoir parameters,
wellbore configuration, etc.) whenever you save an input file.
If you choose Ignore Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE Analysis OPTIONS [F4] screen, the wellborefriction parameters are displayed in blue on this screen and cannot accessed.
Selected Fluid
Name
This is the name of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library. To view the friction properties of another fluid listed on the
Fluid and Proppant Selection [F5] screen, simply select it from the Name drop-down list.
Vendor
This is the vendor of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
System
This is the fluid system as entered in the Fluid Library.
Description
This is the description of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
Modified Properties
This field displays a message indicating from where the data on this screen was interpolated or taken, and whether or not
any of the data have been modified since retrieval.
FracproPT 2007
Segment Number
This is the wellbore segment number for which wellbore friction data are currently displayed. Segment Number
corresponds to the entries on the Path Summary tab of the Wellbore Configuration [F7] screen, which are also
displayed directly below this field for reference.
To view the configuration and the friction data for a different wellbore segment, you can either enter a segment number
directly in the field, or you may use the Previous Segment and Next Segment functions described below.
Previous Segment
Select this function to view the configuration and the friction data for the previous wellbore segment.
Next Segment
Select this function to view the configuration and the friction data for the next wellbore segment.
If you select Use Multiplier, you can enter a value for Friction Multiplier to change all friction pressure (P)
values by the same factor. This method preserves the shape of the wellbore friction vs. flow-rate curve,
essentially shifting it up or down.
If you select Set Individual Values, you can change all of data points individually (both flow rate and friction
pressure).
Plot Data
Friction Pressure vs. Rate
Select this function to plot friction-pressure versus flow-rate data for the Selected Wellbore Segment. You have the option
of plotting this data for either the Selected Fluid or All Fluids.
Other Functions
Library Data
Select this function to view the FLUID LIBRARY DATA screen where you access (for viewing, entering, or editing) the
Fluid Library data for the fluids listed on the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen.
124
FracproPT 2007
Selected Fluid
Name
This is the name of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library. To view the rheology properties of another fluid listed on the
Fluid and Proppant Selection [F5] screen, simply select it from the Name drop-down list.
Vendor
This is the vendor of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
System
This is the fluid system as entered in the Fluid Library.
Description
This is the description of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
Modified Properties
This field displays a message indicating from where the data on this screen was interpolated or taken, and whether or not
any of the data have been modified since retrieval.
125
FracproPT 2007
n'
This is the flow behavior index for the Selected Fluid at the current Time and Reservoir Temperature.
K
This is the consistency index for the Selected Fluid at the current Time and Reservoir Temperature.
In Wellbore
Just below the five-row Rheology Data Table there are fields to enter values of n' and K' for the fluid while it is still in the
wellbore. For example, a crosslinked fluid would typically not be crosslinked until it was in the fracture. The In Wellbore
rheology values default to the initial n' and K' values from the table, which is correct for a linear gel. For a crosslinked gel,
you should enter the correct values.
Note:
The In Wellbore rheology is used for only two purposes:
In the Keck Correlation for calculating the effect of proppant on wellbore friction (see the Proppant
Effects on Wellbore Friction screen).
Plot Data
n' vs. Time
Select this function to plot n data as a function of time. You have the option of plotting this data for either the Selected
Fluid or All Fluids. You can also set the Maximum Time for Plots.
K vs. Time
Select this function to plot K data as a function of time. You have the option of plotting this data for either the Selected
Fluid or All Fluids. You can also set the Maximum Time for Plots.
Apparent Viscosity vs. Time
Select this function to plot apparent viscosity data (evaluated at the Shear Rate entered in the Apparent Viscosity
Calculator) as a function of time. You have the option of plotting this data for either the Selected Fluid or All Fluids. You
can also set the Maximum Time for Plots.
Other Functions
Library Data
Select this function to view the FLUID LIBRARY DATA screen where you access (for viewing, entering, or editing) the
Fluid Library data for the fluids listed on the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen.
126
FracproPT 2007
The Fluid Loss and Thermal Properties tab of the FLUID DATA screen.
Selected Fluid
Name
This is the name of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library. To view the properties of another fluid listed on the FLUID
AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen, simply select it from the Name drop-down list.
Vendor
This is the vendor of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
System
This is the fluid system as entered in the Fluid Library.
Description
This is the description of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
Modified Properties
This field displays a message indicating from where the data on this screen was interpolated or taken, and whether or not
any of the data have been modified since retrieval.
Thermal Properties
Thermal Conductivity
This is a measure of the fluids conductive heat transfer ability (in units of btu/foot-hour-F).
Specific Heat
For engineering purposes, this is essentially the heat capacity of the fluid, which is a measure of the heat transfer required
to increase a "unit mass" of the fluid by 1 degree (in units of btu/pound-F).
Fluid Density
This is the total density of the clean fluid (including all the fluid additives) in the units of specific gravity (for example, pure
water at 4 degrees Celsius has a specific gravity of 1.0). This parameter is extremely important in modeling the
hydrostatic pressure in the wellbore. Most water-based fracturing fluids have densities very close to 1.01. When using
fracturing fluids with different densities, be sure to enter the actual density for each fluid.
127
FracproPT 2007
Note:
The effects of proppant and foam on hydrostatic wellbore pressure are handled automatically.
Other Functions
128
FracproPT 2007
Library Data
Select this function to view the FLUID LIBRARY DATA screen where you access (for viewing, entering, or editing) the
Fluid Library data for the fluids listed on the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen.
Selected Fluid
Name
This is the name of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library. To view the properties of another fluid listed on the FLUID
AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen, simply select it from the Name drop-down list.
Vendor
This is the vendor of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
System
This is the fluid system as entered in the Fluid Library.
Description
This is the description of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
Modified Properties
129
FracproPT 2007
This field displays a message indicating from where the data on this screen was interpolated or taken, and whether or not
any of the data have been modified since retrieval.
Conductivity Calculation
Correlation
The default correlation in FracproPT for calculating acid-etched fracture conductivity is the Nierode-Kruk Correlation.
Maximum Effect of Acid on Leakoff
Fluid loss is increased due to acid, both by etching of rock and by degradation of filter cake. Leakoff increase due to acid
can increase no more than by the factor entered here. For example, a value of 2.5 means that leakoff can increase (due
to acid) by no more than 2.5 times the leakoff from a non-reactive fluid (assuming that there is enough acid to increase
leakoff by that amount before being completely spent).
Conductivity Multiplier Factor
The conductivity predicted by the correlation selected above is multiplied by this factor. For example, an entry of 2.0
implies that conductivity is twice that indicated by the correlation.
Producing Bottomhole Pressure
Enter a pressure here for use in calculating the net closure stress, which is necessary to calculate the conductivity of the
proppant or acid-etched fracture.
Other Functions
Reset Acid Properties to Defaults
Select this function to set all the Acid Properties to their default values.
Model Viscous Fingering
The Viscous Fingering Model is implemented to the ADP (Acid Design Program) acid fracturing model in FracproPT. The
model can handle viscous fingering development for a multi-stage acid treatment, which is recognized as an effective
means to create differential etching and longer acid etching length. With the modeling capabilities for viscous fingering,
and leakoff increase due to acid reaction, heat transfer calculation, and organic acid reactivity, the acid fracturing model is
a valuable tool for stimulation engineers.
The viscous fingering effect can occur during an acid fracture treatment when a viscous preflush is pumped prior to an
acid stage. There needs to be a viscosity difference of 50 cp or more between the preflush and acid stages. As a result of
this viscosity difference, the less viscous acid "channels" through the more viscous pad in the fracture. Because of the
viscous fingering effect, a long penetration distance can be achieved with a relatively modest amount of acid. The viscous
fingering effect is modeled by assuming that, for a given gross fracture height at any location along the fracture, the acid
can channel through only a fraction of this height. This fraction is called the Fingering Coefficient and can be estimated
from laboratory tests based on the viscosity difference between the viscous preflush and the acid. This coefficient has
been built into the program based on information provided by the fluid providers. Since the acid is less viscous and travels
130
FracproPT 2007
forward through a narrow channel created inside the viscous preflush region, it moves with a speed much greater than the
viscous preflush. Once the channels overtake the viscous preflush, they become widener, spreading out to cover the
entire fracture height. Before the acid overtakes the viscous preflush, the advancement of acid inside the fracture is rapid,
and the acid creates an effective etching pattern. Once the acid overtakes the viscous preflush, its advancement slows
down, resulting in a less effective etching pattern. Since the overflush usually has a viscosity comparable to the viscosity
of the acid, it will follow the channels created by the acid.
131
FracproPT 2007
The figure above shows the position of each fluid simulated by the viscous fingering model. The white color represents the
wellbore fluid; the red is the acid; the blue is the viscous preflush; and the green is the overflush.
References:
Lee, W.S.: "Geometry Determination for Multi-Stage Acidizing Treatment With or Without Viscous Preflush", SPE 14515,
presented at the SPE 1985 Eastern Regional Meeting held in Morgantown, West Virginia, November 6-8, 1985.
Gdanski, R.D. and Lee, W.S.: "On the Design of Fracture Acidizing Treatment", SPE 18885, presented at the SPE 1989
Production Operations Symposium held in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, March 13-14, 1989.
132
FracproPT 2007
Selected Fluid
Name
This is the name of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library. To view the properties of another fluid listed on the FLUID
AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen, simply select it from the Name drop-down list.
Vendor
This is the vendor of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
System
This is the fluid system as entered in the Fluid Library.
Description
This is the description of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
Costs
Unit Cost
This provides the total cost for the fluid, including all additives. This information will be used in the Fracture Design /
Economic Optimization module for fluid selection purposes, and in the Treatment Totals [F6] screen to calculate total
treatment cost. Note that most service companies do not disclose this information.
If you have this information available for many service company fluids, you could create User-defined fluids that include
the unit cost. Also, you could edit the FracproPT.fld file, which contains all FracproPT Fluids in the System Library, in the
..\FracproPT\Program directory using Notepad and manually add prices under the appropriate field.
133
FracproPT 2007
Columns
Match Factors: Correction factors, to multiply the pre-defined fluid properties to match the desired
user-defined properties.
Density: The density of the fluid, in lb/gal for atmospheric conditions (that is, at a temperature of
70.0F and a pressure of 14.7 psia).
OK: Exit the Edit Halliburton Fluid screen and save the current values of the properties of the active
fluid:
Tabs
Fields
Buttons
134
FracproPT 2007
Cancel: Exit the Edit Halliburton Fluid screen without saving the current values of the properties of
the selected or newly created user-defined fluid.
Save to User Library: Save the fluid with the current values of the properties to the User Library.
This saves the active fluid in an Extensible Markup Language (XML) ASCII text file in a folder similar
to "...\My Documents\MaterialsLibrary\UserMaterials\"; the names of the XML files are determined by
the identifier (OID) of the active fluid.
Annulus Data
This table shows the library entries (three points each) of Friction Pressure (P) versus Flow Rate (Q) for a number of
Casing ID-Tubing OD annuli.
Other Functions
Save Fluid to User Library
Select this function to save the Selected Fluid to the User Library of fluids. Any changes made to the data on this screen
are not saved unless you use this function.
135
FracproPT 2007
Note:
To change the friction-pressure versus flow-rate data interpolated from this screen and actually used by the simulator,
you must go to the Fluid Friction Properties tab of the FLUID DATA [SHIFT+F5] screen where any changes made
to the data are saved when you save the input file.
Delete Fluid from User Library
Select this function to delete the Selected Fluid from the User Library, which of course implies that the Selected Fluid is in
the User Library.
Note:
You cannot use this function to delete fluids from the System Library.
Selected Fluid
Name
This is the name of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library. To view the properties of another fluid listed on the FLUID
AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen, simply select it from the Name drop-down list.
Vendor
This is the vendor of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
System
This is the fluid system as entered in the Fluid Library.
Description
This is the description of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
136
FracproPT 2007
Rheology Data
This table shows the library entries (five points each) of Flow Behavior Index (n) and Consistency Index (K) for a number
of (reservoir) Temperatures.
Other Functions
Save Fluid to User Library
Select this function to save the Selected Fluid to the User Library of fluids. Any changes made to the data on this screen
are not saved unless you use this function.
Note:
To change the rheology data interpolated from this screen and actually used by the simulator, you must go to the
Fluid Rheology Properties tab of the FLUID DATA [SHIFT+F5] screen where any changes made to the data are
saved when you save the input file.
Delete Fluid from User Library
Select this function to delete the Selected Fluid from the User Library, which of course implies that the Selected Fluid is in
the User Library.
Note:
You cannot use this function to delete fluids from the System Library.
The Fluid Loss and Thermal Data tab of the Fluid Library Data screen.
Selected Fluid
Name
137
FracproPT 2007
This is the name of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library. To view the properties of another fluid listed on the FLUID
AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen, simply select it from the Name drop-down list.
Vendor
This is the vendor of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
System
This is the fluid system as entered in the Fluid Library.
Description
This is the description of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
Thermal Properties
Thermal Conductivity
Enter the thermal conductivity of the fluid in this field. A typical value for this parameter in oil field units is 0.3.
Specific Heat
Enter the specific heat of the fluid in this field. A typical value in oil field units is around 1.0.
Fluid Density
This is the total density of the clean fluid (including all the fluid additives) in the units of specific gravity (for example, pure
water at 4 degrees Celsius has a specific gravity of 1.0). This parameter is extremely important in modeling the
hydrostatic pressure in the wellbore. Most water-based fracturing fluids have densities very close to 1.01. When using
fracturing fluids with different densities, be sure to enter the actual density for each fluid.
Other Functions
Save Fluid to User Library
Select this function to save the Selected Fluid to the User Library of fluids. Any changes made to the data on this screen
are not saved unless you use this function.
Note:
To change the fluid loss and thermal data read directly from this screen and actually used by the simulator, you must
go to the Fluid Loss and Thermal Properties tab of the FLUID DATA [SHIFT+F5] screen where any changes made
to the data are saved when you save the input file.
Delete Fluid from User Library
Select this function to delete the Selected Fluid from the User Library, which of course implies that the Selected Fluid is in
the User Library.
Note:
You cannot use this function to delete fluids from the System Library.
Proppant Data
138
FracproPT 2007
Proppant Data
The Proppant Data screen is accessed by:
clicking on the Edit Current Proppant button in the Proppant Selection tab in the Fluid and Proppant
- F5 screen
selecting from the main menu Data > Fluids and Proppantns > Select Proppant
This screen is where properties of the current proppant are viewed, edited and, optionally, saved for future re-use. Other
proppants from the proppant list may be viewed by selecting the desired proppant in the Proppant Identifier drop-down
list.
The proppant list is shown on the the Proppant Selection tab in the Fluid and Proppant - F5 screen if you are in Fracture
Analysis Mode, Fracture Design Mode, or Economic Optimization Mode: it is shown on the Proppant Selection screen if
you are Production Analysis Mode.
There are two libraries, the System Library and the User Library.
Selected Proppant
139
FracproPT 2007
compiled from various sources (generally based on the most reliable proppant data that is
available).
vendors documentation (that is, not published on their World Wide Web site).
Stim-Lab 6.0
Stim-Lab 1999.
Status: This field displays a message indicating from which Proppant Library the data for the
Selected Proppant comes and whether or not it has been modified from library values.
proppant source
Cost: This is the cost of the proppant in dollars per pound, which is used for reports only.
Bulk Density: This is the bulk density of the proppant, which typically measures about 100 lb/ft^3 for
sand, and 110-150 lb/ft^3 for manufactured proppants.
Packed Porosity: This is the porosity of the proppant in a closed fracture. This value is calculated
from the Bulk Density and Specific Gravity.
Specific Gravity: This property is calculated from the Proppant Bulk Density and the Packed
Proppant Porosity.
Turbulence Coeff a / b at Low / High Stress: These are the coefficients that are used in the
correlation of Forcheimer's beta coefficient with proppant permeability (see the Cooke reference in
Technical References).
Threshold Stress: This is a threshold value to distinguish between low and high stress for the
Turbulence Coeff a / b. If the stress is less than the threshold stress, Turbulence Coeff a / b Low
Stress are used. Otherwise, Turbulence Coeff a / b High Stress are used.
Fields
Note:
If the diameter is less than the value entered in the Proppant Diameter Greater Than field on the Proppant Model tab
of the Fracpropt Model Parameters screen (the default is 0.0125 inches), the proppant is ignored for calculations of
propped dimensions, but it is considered in calculating wellbore friction and hydrostatic head. This function is useful
for modeling proppant slugs.
Width Correction a: The width reduction as a function of the effective stress on proppant for a 2
2
lbs/ft proppant pack. This data comes from a StimLab correlation.
Width Correction b: Initial width correction at 2000 psi as measured by StimLab at 2 lbs/ft .
140
Proppant Type: This refers to the general classification of the proppant (that is, Sand, Resin Coated
Sand, Ceramic, Low Density Ceramic, Medium Density Ceramic, High Density Ceramic, Resin
Coated Low Density Ceramic, Resin Coated Medium Density Ceramic, Resin Coated High Density
Ceramic).
For proppants from FracproPT 10.2 and earlier, the Proppant Type is automatically set to
undefined.
Proppant Coating: This refers to the type of proppant coating. The temperature correction for
proppant permeability is only used when the Proppant Coating is set to Precured or Curable.
For proppants from FracproPT 10.2 and earlier, Proppant Coating is automatically set to None.
FracproPT 2007
Effective Stress on Proppant: This is the value of effective closure stress acting on the proppant. In
a producing well, this is roughly similar to the difference between the far-field closure stress and the
bottomhole flowing pressure (BHFP).
prop=Pfrac-Pi-(Po-Pn)
where
prop is the stress on the proppant
Pfrac is the pressure required to open the fracture (roughly equal to frac gradient times depth)
Pi is the current, local pore pressure
is the poroelastic coefficient (typically 0.5)
Po is the original reservoir pressure
Pn is the current average reservoir pressure
Proppant Permeability: This is the permeability of the proppant pack corresponding to the value of closure stress.
Additional Information: ReservoirPT Stress on Proppant
For non-Halliburton proppants, the Proppant Permeability can be modified. In contrast, for Halliburton proppants, the
Proppant Permeability is computed during fracture model runs from a proprietary Halliburton model (this model is
available to all users).
Perm at Resvr Temp: Correlations for the Perm at Resvr Temp are adapted from PredK version 6.57, Feb 2002.
Proppant permeability is only corrected if Proppant Type is set to Precured or Curable.
Additional Information: Perm at Resvr Temp Correlations
Avg Width for 2 lb/ft2: This is the average fracture width for a proppant loading of 2 lbs/ft .
Avg Width after Embedment for 2 lb/ft2: This is the average fracture width after embedment is
2
subtracted (twice, for both walls) for a proppant loading of 2 lbs/ft .
Conductivity after Embedment for 2 lb/ft2: This is the conductivity of the proppant pack after
2
embedment is subtracted (twice, for both walls) for a proppant loading of 2 lbs/ft .
Beta Factor: Forcheimer's beta coefficient calculated from the permeability k using Cookes
turbulence coefficients a and b.
a
=b/k
Perm vs. Stress: Display plot of Proppant Permeability versus Effective Stress on Prop.
Width vs. Stress: Display plot of Avg Width for 2 lb/ft versus Effective Stress on Prop.
Conductivity vs. Stress: Display plot of Conductivity after Embedment for 2 lb/ft2 versus
Effective Stress on Prop.
Beta Factor vs. Stress: Display plot of Beta Factor versus Effective Stress on Prop.
Conductivity: Display bar diagram of Conductivity after Embedment for 2 lb/ft2 per proppant.
Plot Data
Buttons
Radio Buttons
Bar Diagrams
Independent Lab Verification: Whether the proppant data was obtained and verified by an
independent laboratory (for example, Stim-Lab) or by a laboratory that is somehow dependent on a
proppant vendor.
(that is, No, Yes)
141
FracproPT 2007
Comments: Notes that summarize the algorithms that were used to compile missing data for each
proppant, if relevant.
Save Proppant to User Library: Select this function to save the proppant to the User Library of
proppants. Any changes made to the data on this screen are not saved unless you use this function.
Delete Proppant from User Library: Select this function to delete the proppant from the User
Library, which of course implies that the proppant is in the User Library.
You cannot use this function to delete proppants from the System Library.
Additional Information: Proppant Data Compilation
142
FracproPT 2007
143
FracproPT 2007
Note:
Prior to Version 10.1, this was the actual number (damage factor) used by the simulator. But now that an additional
damage factor can also be applied (that is, the Apparent Damage Factor described below), the Total Damage
Factor (described below) is the actual number used by the simulator. However, if you recall an old input file saved
with an older version of FracproPT, the Apparent Damage Factor is set automatically to zero such that only this
Proppant Damage Factor is active and will, therefore, be equivalent to the Total Damage Factor.
This field is read-only if the Suggest value based on fluid type checkbox is enabled.
Suggest value based on fluid type
If this checkbox is enabed, a fluid can be selected from the adjacent drop-down menu. On the basis of this fluid, the value
for the Proppant Damage Factor will be set (and that field will be deactivated). These values are obtained from StimLabs Predict-K and Proppant Manager database.
144
X-Direction Extent
Y-Direction Extent
FracproPT 2007
40 acres
660 feet
660 feet
80 acres
933 feet
933 feet
160 acres
1,320 feet
1,320 feet
320 acres
1,867 feet
1,867 feet
640 acres
2,640 feet
2,640 feet
Reservoir Permeability
The permeability of the reservoir is displayed in this field.
Hydrocarbon Viscosity
The viscosity of the hydrocarbons is displayed in this field.
Net Pay Thickness
The thickness of the net pay is displayed in this field.
Initial Reservoir Pressure
The initial pressure of the reservoir is displayed in this field.
Porosity
The porosity is displayed in this field.
Proppant
Select the proppant from the list of proppant in the PROPPANT SELECTION screen for which the apparent and total
damage factor is to be displayed.
Apparent Damage Factor
This is the additional proppant permeability damage factor that is calculated from the entries describing the non-Darcy and
multiphase flow effects. This damage factor, along with the Proppant Damage Factor described above, are essentially
summed to obtain the Total Damage Factor (described below) that is actually used by the simulator.
Proppant Embedment
The embedment (that is, infiltration) of proppant into the reservoir that surrounds the fracture can be specified here.
Proppant Embedment
This field specifies the proppant embedment. This field is deactivated if the Suggest value based on payzone modulus
checkbox is selected.
145
FracproPT 2007
In soft rock, proppant tends to be pushed into the walls of the fracture. This reduces the final conductivity that can be
obtained from a fracture treatment, as the embedded proppant does not actively contribute to production. Proppant
embedment is in general a small or large fraction of a proppant grain.
This embedment is always for a single fracture face. Consequently, the total embedment effect for both fracture faces is
twice the number on this screen.
Embedment is never subtracted from fracture width. Instead, embdedment is used to adjust the effective conductivity of
the fracture.
Suggest value based on payzone modulus
If this checkbox is selected, a value for the Proppant Embedment is suggested based on the modulus of the payzone, and
the Proppant Embedment field is deactivated.
A correlation released by Stim-Lab in February 2001 is used to calculate the embedment of proppant based on the
modulus of the payzone rock. Above a modulus of 5,000,000 psi, embedment is absent. For relatively soft rock,
embedment can be of the order of the diameter of a proppant grain
Total Damage
Both the flowrate dependent and the non-flowrate dependent effects that damage, or appear to damage, proppant
permeability are accounted for in FracproPT by the Total Damage Factor, which is the sum of the damage represented
by the Proppant Damage Factor and the Apparent Damage Factor.
Total Damage Factor
This the total damage factor applied to the proppant permeability, which is calculated automatically from the damage
factors resulting from both non-flow-related (that is, the Proppant Damage Factor) and flow-related (that is, the
Apparent Damage Factor) phenomena. This is the parameter actually used by FracproPT.
Permeability Diagram
This diagram displays the proppant permeability versus the proppant name.
Conductivity Diagram
This diagram displays the proppnt conductivity versus the proppant name.
146
FracproPT 2007
Treatment Selection - F8
Treatment Selection [F8]
This screen will only be accessible if Automated Treatment Selection is chosen as the Fracture Design Goal option on
the Additional Options tab of the Fracture Design Options [F4] screen. After selecting the appropriate fluids and
proppants for the pump schedule on the Fluid and Proppant Selection [F5] screen, this Treatment Selection [F8]
screen is the next screen in the sequence.
This screen is used to investigate the sensitivities of fracture growth behavior so that a proper pump rate and maximum
treatment size can be selected. The user will basically determine how large a job needs to be pumped (in terms of fluid
volume and proppant concentration) in order to obtain a specified fracture dimension, while keeping the dimensionless
conductivity set at a user-defined goal.
There are four basic steps necessary to use this screen, which are described in greater detail below:
1.
Use the Injection Rate Selector to let FracproPT determine the maximum possible injection rate, or to
input a desired injection rate.
2.
Using the Obtain FcD Goal for Every Treatment Size inputs and functions, let FracproPT estimate the
total treatment volume required to achieve a range of fracture sizes while a user-defined dimensionless
conductivity is fulfilled. This will populate the Treatment Choices Table.
3.
Use the Treatment Size Selector to pick the treatment (that is, in terms of fluid volume and proppant
concentration) from the main table that meets various criteria (that is, criteria in addition to the fracture size
and fracture conductivity criteria). Various Plots are available to investigate the various sensitivities of
fracture growth (that is, fracture size).
4.
Once these four steps have been completed, the total fracture treatment size and proppant concentration
necessary to achieve the required fracture conductivity will have been approximated. As the final step in
the entire design process, the actual pump schedule necessary to achieve the required conductivity
distribution in the fracture (as function of the distance from the wellbore) that corresponds to the selected
fracture treatment size can be generated. This is done in the Fracture Design Control [F10] screen
(select Next).
147
FracproPT 2007
Injection Rate
If preferred over letting FracproPT estimate a maximum possible Injection Rate (see the Suggest Limit Using Criterion
option described below), manually enter an injection rate for the fracture treatment. If FracproPT estimates the injection
rate, this number will appear in red and will be uneditable.
Determine Rate
If you choose the Suggest Limit Using Criterion option described above, you must use this function (after selecting your
criterion of choice in the drop-down list) to have FracproPT use the wellbore model to estimate Injection Rate, which will
then be displayed (uneditable) in red. If you choose to enter Injection Rate manually, this function will not be available.
148
FracproPT 2007
In the second step of the fracture design process, FracproPT approximates the total treatment volume needed to obtain a
range of fracture sizes (that is, fracture lengths) while fulfilling a user-defined dimensionless conductivity criterion.
1.
The user first sets an FcD Goal (that is, a dimensionless conductivity goal). The default of 10 provides
nearly infinite conductivity, meaning that the fracture will not act as the bottleneck for production
performance. Recent work, for example by Valko, has shown that an ideal FcD is about 1.6. Note that it
may not be possible to achieve the FcD Goal if either Max TSO Net Pressure Increase or Max Proppant
Concentration is exceeded.
2.
Next, a Fracture Half-Length Increment is entered, which dictates the different between the fracture halflengths that FracproPT will consider. For high-perm frac-and-pack treatments, this value should be only a
few feet; it should be set to a larger value (for example, 50 ft or 100 ft) for low permeability reservoirs.
3.
Enter the Max TSO Net Pressure Increase to specify the maximum net pressure increase that
FracproPT will consider to achieve the FcD Goal. Generally, this parameter should be limited to 1,0002,000 psi, since excessive net pressure increases may cause formation or proppant pack damage. For
lithologies like coal that are very sensitive to such damage, this value should be limited to 100-500 psi.
4.
Enter the Max Proppant Concentration that you are willing to pump during a treatment to achieve the
FcD Goal. Typically, service companies are uncomfortable to pump proppant in excess of 22 ppg, since
this is getting very close to pumping a "solid" or immobile proppant.
5.
The final task in this second step of the process is to select the Determine Treatment Size vs Length
function, which will fill the Treatment Choices Table with treatments of varying size. Upon doing so,
FracproPT how much fluid must be pumped and how much proppant needs to be available in the fracture
to obtain the FcD Goal. For any given fracture size, the FracproPT model run will provide a fracture width
under normal circumstances. For the given width, FracproPT will calculate the sand concentration
necessary to provide the required conductivity. If the Max Proppant Concentration must be exceeded in
order to obtain the FcD Goal, fracture width is increased by changing the design to a tip screen-out
(TSO) design.
FcD Goal
This is the primary design criterion. This channel was called Dimls Cond Ratio in FracproPT versions prior to 10.1. The
average (over the fracture) dimensionless conductivity, FCD, is calculated by the following formula:
FCD=kfwf/(kLf)
where,
kf is the fracture permeability, which is calculated by multiplying the proppant permeability (determined from the Closure
Stress -vs- Proppant Perm table on the Edit/View Proppant Library screen) by the so-called Total Damage Factor,
wf is the propped fracture width (that is, the Avg Width on Proppant channel calculated by FracproPT); at any point in
time before the fracture has closed on proppant, the theoretical packed width is calculated for the current distribution of
proppant assuming all fluid leaks off without further proppant re-distribution,
k is the average reservoir permeability, which is the height-weighted permeability of all zones (that is, layers) identified as
Pay Zones on the Reservoir Parameters [F9] screen. In versions prior to 10.1, and in later versions if no zones are
identified as Pay Zones, the permeability is that entered for the zone where the fracture initiates (hence, when multiple
permeable zones with significantly varying permeabilities are propped, this calculation may be inaccurate); if the fracture
initiates in an impermeable zone, the closest permeable zone is used; and
Lf is the propped fracture length (Prop Length) calculated by FracproPT, which is dependent on the minimum proppant
concentration entered on the PROPPANT MODEL PARAMETERS screen.
The default of FcD Goal of 10 provides nearly infinite conductivity, which means that the fracture will not act as the
bottleneck for production performance. Recent work, for example by Valko, has shown that an ideal FcD is about 1.6.
149
FracproPT 2007
This parameter sets the maximum proppant concentration that FracproPT will allow while still achieving the user-defined
FcD Goal. The entry here may reflect equipment limitations or prior experiences where higher concentrations are not
easily accepted by the formations.
PI Ratio Estimate
This parameter reflects the approximate increase from the non-fractured production (based on steady-state flow solution)
to the propped-fracture production.
Fracture Height
This parameter shows the total height of the fracture at the wellbore.
Fracture Top
This parameter shows the depth to the top of the fracture.
Fracture Bottom
150
FracproPT 2007
FcD
This is the average dimensionless conductivity. If it is not possible to achieve the desired minimum conductivity
requirements because the Max Proppant Concentration and Max TSO Net Pressure Increase criteria would be
violated, this entry will be highlighted in red.
Slurry Volume
This parameter represents an estimate of the total slurry volume that will have to be pumped to achieve the required halflength and conductivity.
NPV, Incr. NPV, ROI, Incr. ROI Select either of these economic criteria in the first field. If an
economic criterion is selected, you will have to select the Economic Analysis button to go to the
OPTIMIZATION ECONOMIC DATA [F8] screen in FracproPTs Fracture Optimization module.
Fracture Top Depth / Fracture Bottom Depth Select either of these criteria, one of the three
operators (<, >, or =), and then enter a depth. As an example, these criteria can be used to avoid
upward or downward growth (or both) into a water-bearing zone.
Fracture Half Length Select this criterion, one of the three operators (<, >, or =), and then enter a
fracture half-length. As an example, this criterion can be used to specify the length of the fracture.
Payzone Height Coverage Ratio Select this criterion, one of the three operators (<, >, or =), and
then enter a payzone height coverage ratio. As an example, this criterion can be used to ensure that
most of the user-defined Pay Zone intervals (as defined on the Reservoir Parameters [F9] screen)
are covered by the propped fracture. Payzone height coverage ratio is defined as the total payzoneheight covered by the fracture divided by total height of all payzones.
151
FracproPT 2007
Payzone Fracture Area Ratio Select this criterion, one of the three operators (<, >, or =), and then
enter a payzone fracture area ratio. This is the ratio of the fracture (surface) area in contact with
payzones divided by the total fracture (surface) area. The Pay Zone intervals are defined on the
Reservoir Parameters [F9] screen. As an example, this criterion can be used to ensure that some
percentage of the total fracture area contacts payzones.
Payzone Proppant Ratio Select this criterion, one of the three operators (<, >, or =), and then
enter a payzone proppant ratio. This is the ratio of the amount of proppant placed opposite payzones
divided by the total amount of proppant in the fracture. The Pay Zone intervals are defined on the
Reservoir Parameters [F9] screen. As an example, this criterion can be used to ensure that some
percentage of the proppant is placed opposite payzones.
Once at least one user-specified selection criterion has been set, the Select Size Using Criteria function will be
available. Using this function will cause the automatically selected treatment (size) in the Treatment Choices Table to be
highlighted in yellow.
Economic Analysis
Go to the OPTIMIZATION ECONOMIC DATA [F8] screen in FracproPTs Fracture Optimization module. After specifying
costs here, click Next to define production constraints in the WELL PRODUCTION [F6] screen, and the onward to the
OPTIMIZATION CONTROL [F10] screen to calculate the economics for all jobs and select the one with the best economic
performance.
Plots
Various Plots are available to investigate the various sensitivities of fracture growth (that is, fracture size) by graphically
viewing the data in the Treatment Choices Table.
vs Length
Select this function to plot various parameters for the selection in the Treatment Choices Table as a function of fracture
half-length.
vs Time
Select this function to plot various parameters for the selection in the Treatment Choices Table as a function of pumping
time (and, thus, also as a function of total treatment volume).
Geometry
Select this function to show the Integrated Fracture Profile with fracture growth rings shown for every half-length
increment. This view provides an informative way to evaluate fracture growth behavior with increasing treatment volume.
PI Ratio
This plot (for proprietary use only) shows the required fracture conductivity versus fracture half-length, together with PI
Ratio curves.
Additional Information
Background Information
In detail, FracproPT conducts two primary tasks when the Determine Treatment Size vs Length function is invoked to
fill the Treatment Choices Table.
152
FracproPT 2007
Task 1
Determine the full dimensions, width, net pressure, etc. for the fracture at the specific half-lengths specified by the
Fracture Half-Length Increment. This task is accomplished by simply running the fracture model and reporting the
various parameters for each fracture half-length.
Task 2
Determine the necessary propped-fracture width based on the open-fracture width calculated during pumping. This task
requires additional calculations, which are described below.
The required width to obtain the FcD Goal at closure on proppant is a function of the width at the end of pumping and the
actual proppant concentration in the fracture at that time:
wclosedonproppant=wendofpumping[XpropvolCmax/(1-prop)/(1+XpropvolCmax)]
where Cmax is the maximum proppant concentration, prop is the proppant porosity, and Xpropvol is the proppant volume
factor in gal/lbs (which equals 1/ (SG*8.345404), where SG is the proppant Specific Gravity in kg/l).
The desired width to obtain the FcD Goal is calculated by
wFcDgoal=FcDkLf/kf+2Mdembedment
where k is the average permeability for all pay zones combined, Lf is the fracture half-length, and kf is the permeability
(after damage) of the proppant pack. M is the number of conductive multiples and dembedment is the embedment depth into
one fracture face.
Next, FracproPT determines the maximum proppant concentration that needs to be pumped to obtain the required
propped width by setting
wFcDgoal=wclosedonproppant
If
wFcdgoal>wclosedonproppant(Cmax=20 ppg)
with 20 set as the default Max Proppant Concentration, then the program will evaluate a tip screen-out (TSO) design.
To do this, the Max Proppant Concentration is maintained for the proppant concentration and the net pressure increase
is kept within the user-defined limits for the Max TSO Net Pressure Increase. The net pressure increase to reach the
FcD Goal can be calculated as follows:
pnet,Fcdgoal=pnet,endofpumpingwFcDgoal/wclosedonproppant(Cmax=20 ppg)
It could be that the FcD Goal cannot be achieved, in which case the only other available alternative is to pump higherconductivity proppant or a higher maximum proppant concentration. Pumping at higher rates may also help, as this
increases slurry efficiency, thereby making it possible to create more fracture width with the same amount of pumped
fluid. For these cases, the reported FcD value in the Treatment Choices Table will be smaller than the FcD Goal, and
TSO Net Pressure Increase and Max Proppant Concentration will be maximized at the values entered by the user in
the Obtain FcD Goal for Every Treatment Size area of the screen.
153
FracproPT 2007
154
FracproPT 2007
User Specified Pad Volume Percentage / Calculated Pad Volume Extra Safety Margin
If you select the User Specified Pad Volume option above, you enter that pad volume (percentage) in this field. If you
select either the FracproPT Calculated Pad Volume or the Tip Screenout Design option above, you can use this field
to enter a number by which to modify (that is, add to or subract from) the pad volume calculated by the simulator. This
entry is defined as the pad-fluid percentage of the total slurry volume to be pumped.
Proppant Options
Range of Values for Proppant in Slurry at End of Pumping
This field is where you specify the final (surface) proppant concentration in your pump schedule. You do this in terms of a
range of final concentrations using Min and Max. For example, if you enter 5 for Min and 8 for Max, FracproPT will try to
design a job such that the last proppant concentration in it is greater than 5 ppg by no more than 8 ppg.
Available equipment, fluid type, and previous experience with the formation to be fracture treated, and economics typically
place some upper limits on the maximum proppant concentration that can be pumped. A minimum value should also be
entered to limit the lowest proppant concentrations in the slurry that you want to consider (which is primarily for time-toclosure and conductivity reasons).
Proppant Ramp Exponent Modifier
This parameter allows you to modify how fast the simulator steps-up proppant concentration in the treatment schedule,
thereby tailoring the FracproPT-generated proppant ramp to any desired shape.
If you are using the FracproPT Calculated Pad Volume Percentage option and a value close to 0% for the Calculated
Pad Volume Extra Safety Margin, the default entry of 1.0 produces a constant volume-fraction of proppant in slurry
throughout the fracture at the end of pumping, which minimizes the in-fracture density differences that drives proppant
convection. In high-efficiency (low fluid-loss) situations, the default value of 1.0 yields a very steep ramp up to the
maximum concentration. If you prefer a more gradual ramp, use a lower value (for example, 0.5 or 0.2). If you prefer an
even steeper ramp, use a value greater than 1.0.
Once the design iteration is completed, you can view the details of the proppant ramp, either graphically in the Proppant
Concentration versus Time display on the Fracture Design Control [F10] screen or numerically on the Treatment
Schedule [F6] screen.
Design Parameters
Desired Propped Fracture Length
Enter the desired propped-fracture length that you would like to generate with the design.
Fracture Area is Considered Propped for Conc > Than
You must specify a proppant concentration threshold here such that low-concentration parts of the fracture are not
considered propped. Only locations within the fracture having in-fracture proppant concentrations higher than this
threshold are considered propped. A typical value in low permeability reservoir situations is 0.2 pounds/square-foot, which
corresponds approximately to a packed single layer of 20/40-mesh proppant.
Desired Average Proppant Concentration in Fracture at End of Pumping
Specify a lower limit on in-fracture proppant concentration that you would like to see at the end of pumping in this field.
FracproPT attempts to exceed this user-entered value while staying within the user-specified Range of Values for
Proppant in Slurry at End of Pumping. If the value you enter cannot be achieved within the other specified limits, a
message is displayed indicating what specifications need to be changed.
Maximum Net Pressure Increase
Specify the maximum increase (above the average level before proppant starts) in net pressure that is tolerable in the
treatment.
% of Multiple Fracs Are Considered Conductive
This field becomes visible if you model the simultaneous growth of multiple hydraulic fractures on the MULTIPLE
FRACTURES [SHIFT+F7] screen. FracproPT already calculates the reduction in conductivity due to embedment and will
correct for that when designing a treatment schedule. If you believe that there is additional damage and that some of the
"equivalent" multiple fractures may not contribute to production, you can specify a number smaller that 100% here, and
FracproPT will correct this loss in conductivity.
155
FracproPT 2007
Brief Instructions
The first step on this screen is to choose the "ideal" Conductivity Profile, which the actual conductivity
profile will be matched to as closely as possible.
FracproPT will be iterating to have the actual conductivity profile match the selected Conductivity Profile,
so the user must enter the Iteration Settings to control the process. The Current Error is weighted more
heavily toward the wellbore because it is more important to match the profile in that region than it is farther
toward the fracture tip.
To start the iteration, select the Fit Conductivity Profile function; it may take several minutes before
FracproPT finds the best fit to the Conductivity Profile. FracproPT will automatically change the ramp
schedule, pad size, and maximum proppant concentration as it iterates to find the best match the ideal
conductivity profile.
Finally, when the iteration completes and FracproPT has created a pump schedule that achieves the FcD
Goal and fracture dimensions, the Proppant Concentration vs. Time area of the screen will display a
graphical representation of the proppant schedule. Select Next to go to the Treatment Schedule [F6]
screen to view the pump schedule that has been generated.
Conductivity Profile
Select one of FracproPTs "ideal" conductivity profiles (that is, fracture conductivity as a function of distance from the
wellbore) to which the actual conductivity profile that results from the pump schedule will be matched as closely as
possible.
156
The Standard Profile is intended to minimize slurry density differences (after leakoff) in the fracture,
which will minimize proppant convection.
FracproPT 2007
The Linear Profile is simply a linear decrease in proppant concentration from the wellbore to the
fracture tip for linear fluid flow in long, confined fractures.
The Proprietary Profile minimizes the proppant required and maximizes the achievable fracture length
while ensuring a constant pressure drop along the fracture length.
Fracture Half-Length
This parameter is for display purposes only. It was taken from the (approximate) treatment selected from the Treatment
Choices Table on the Treatment Selection [F8] screen.
Slurry Rate
This parameter is for display purposes only. It was taken from the (approximate) treatment selected from the Treatment
Choices Table on the Treatment Selection [F8] screen.
Selected Fluid
This is the fluid chosen on the Fluid Selection tab of the Fluid and Proppant Selection [F5] screen.
Selected Proppant
This is the proppant chosen on the Proppant Selection tab of the Fluid and Proppant Selection [F5] screen.
Fracture Efficiency
As FracproPT iterates (that is, as the fracture model runs) to generate the final pump schedule, the final fracture
efficiency of each completed iteration is shown in this field.
Iteration Settings
Maximum # of Iterations
157
FracproPT 2007
Enter the maximum number of FracproPT iterations that should be completed during the process of generating the final
pump schedule. If an appropriate pump schedule is determined before reaching this number, the program will stop
automatically and display a graphical representation of the proppant schedule in the Proppant Concentration vs Time
viewing area.
Current Iteration
This uneditable field shows the number of the last iteration that was executed.
Max Error
Enter the maximum percent error that should be allowed during the process of generating the final pump schedule.
Current Error
This uneditable field shows the percent error of the last iteration that was executed.
Other Options
Run Treatment Schedule Iteration
Use this function to start the pump-schedule iteration process.
Stop
Use this function to stop the pump-schedule iteration process at any time.
Next
Select this function to view the pump schedule that you just generated.
selecting from the main menu Options > Quick Fracture Design Mode
The Quick Fracture Design mode is part of FracproXPRESS. This mode provides for a quick single-screen approach to
fracture design for coarse preliminary simulations. The results can be transferred to the Fracture Design mode.
Only the following basic data needs to be entered:
well
formation of the layer above the payzone, the payzone, and the layer below the payzone
reservoir
fracturing model
The Quick Fracture Design mode will then calculate either the Fracture Dimensions (from the Treatment Schedule) or
the Treatment Schedule (from the Fracture Dimensions).
158
FracproPT 2007
Well
Well Fluid: This is the type of fluid that is pumped down the well.
Casing/Tubing ID: This is the inner diameter (ID) of the casing or tubing inside the well.
Top of Pay / Bottom of Pay: This is the true vertical depth (TVD) of the top or bottom of the
payzone.
Reservoir Type: This is the type of hydrocarbon (Gas or Oil) that is to be produced from the
reservoir.
Reservoir
159
FracproPT 2007
3D Fracture: This is the type of model for the hydraulic fracturing simulation. Built-in models are
displayed with a white background, and custom (calibrated) models are displayed with a yellow
background.
Treatment
If the Calc... Frac Dimensions from Treatment Schedule radio button is selected, then this sections is used to specify
the desired Quick Fracture Design parameters in terms of the Treatment Schedule.
If the Calc... Treatment from Frac Dimensions radio button is selected, then this section displays the results of the
Quick Fracture Design calculations in terms of the Treatment Schedule. The fields will be read-only.
Slurry Rate
This is the pump rate of the slurry for the Treatment Schedule.
Clean Vol: This is the volume of clean fluid that is pumped during the stage.
Prop Conc: This is the concentration of proppant that is pumped during the stage.
Stage Prop: This is the amount of proppant that is pumped during the stage.
Add Fluid: Press this button to add the selected fluid to the selected stage in the Treatment
Schedule table.
Add Proppant: Press this button to add the selected proppant to the selected stage in the Treatment
Schedule table.
Fracture Dimensions
If the Calculate... Frac Dimensions from Treatment Schedule radio button is selected, then this section displays the
results of the Quick Fracture Design calculations in terms of the Fracture Dimensions. The fields will be read-only.
If the Calculate... Treatment from Frac Dimensions radio button is selected, then this sections is used to specify the
desired Quick Fracture Design parameters in terms of the Fracture Dimensions.
Propped Half-Length: This is the half-length of the propped fracture after closure.
Propped Height: This is the height of the propped fracture after closure.
Avg. Width on Prop: This is average width of the propped fracture after closure.
FcD: This is the dimensionless conductivity, which is the ratio of the ability of a fracture to carry oil or
gas to the well to the ability of the formation to feed oil or gas into the fracture.
For conventional reservoirs it is widely accepted that one should design to achieve Fcd of 2. For tight
gas sands one needs an extra margin of safety with the optimum Fcd range being 8 to 10 to ensure
cleanup.
EOJ Net Pressure: This is the net pressure at the end of the job (EOJ).
EOJ Slurry Efficiency: This is the efficiency of the slurry at the end of the job (EOJ).
Frac Dimensions From Treatment Schedule: Select this radio button to calculate the Fracture
Dimensions from the Treatment Schedule.
Treatment Schedule From Frac Dimensions: Select this radio button to calculate the Treatment
Schedule from the Fracture Dimensions.
Calculate...
160
FracproPT 2007
Run: This button is only displayed if the Frac Dimensions From Treatment Schedule radio button
is selected. Press this button to run through the Quick Fracture Design calculations.
Iterate: This button is only displayed if the Treatment Schedule From Frac Dimensions radio
button is selected. Press this button to iterate through the Quick Fracture Design calculations.
FracproPTXPRESS
FracproXPRESS consists of the Quick Fracture Design mode and the Quick Minifrac Analysis mode. These two modes
provide for a quick single quick single-screen approach to fracture design and minifrac analysis for coarse preliminary
simulations. The results can be transferred to the Fracture Design mode and the Fracture Analysis mode, respectively.
Only the following basic data needs to be entered:
well
formation of the layer above the payzone, the payzone, and the layer below the payzone
reservoir
treatment schedule or fracture dimensions (for the Quick Fracture Design mode)
The Quick Fracture Design mode will then calculate either the Fracture Dimensions (from the Treatment Schedule) or
the Treatment Schedule (from the Fracture Dimensions).
The Quick Minifrac Analysis modewill then calculate the results of a minifrac analysis from the measured minifrac data,
and an entered Treatment Schedule.
The General Information tab is the first tab on the Well and Treatment Information - F3 screen.
161
FracproPT 2007
This screen is used to enter various data and information, such as general comments, about the simulation represented
by this input file. Some of the information can be included automatically on plot titles and report page headers.
The information entered here is also displayed in the Input File Preview area of the standard FileOpen dialog. It can
also be used by the Input File Search utility that is also a part of that dialog.
Note:
The path and file name of the current input file are displayed at the top of this screen, which is common to all four
FracproPT modes.
The Job Comments tab is the second tab on the Well and Treatment Information - F3 screen.
This screen is used to record, as a function of model time, information about noteworthy events that occur during a frac
job. Model time is displayed in the Status Bar in the lower-right corner of the FracproPT window.
For example, you may want to record the time a pump went down, when additives were started, or when you start the
wellbore flush. You can enter these comments manually on this screen, or you can right click on any channel of a
162
FracproPT 2007
particular plot, which you specify, to enter them more conveniently. Aside from being able to see all these events together
on this screen, you can also view (and print) these comments on the corresponding plot.
Columns
Date: For database files that are collected or converted using FracproPT version 10.3, the date is
saved as part of the DBS file. The Date shown here comes from the database file and cannot be
edited. The Date column is not shown if the date is not present in the DBS file.
Time: For database files that are collected or converted using FracproPT version 10.3, the absolute
time is saved as part of the DBS file. The Time shown here comes from the database file and cannot
be edited. The Time column is not shown if the time is not present in the DBS file.
Database Time: You may enter the Database Time manually here. Or, if you are viewing the plot
selected for comments, you may right click on any data channel, select Add Comment and the
Database Time will be automatically entered in this table. If you enter the Database Time manually
and would rather type in decimal minutes, FracproPT will automatically convert the time to the
correct units.
Comments: Any comments corresponding to a particular time at which some event occurs should be
entered in this field.
Buttons
163
FracproPT 2007
Display Plot # from Plot List: This button allows you to view the plot on which all of the comments
should be included. The plot number refers to the number in the Plot Display List - ALT+F8 screen. If
you are in the selected plot, you may right click on any data channel, select Add Comment and the
Time will be automatically entered in this table.
Note:
These comments are shown only on the plot selected in this field.
Add Stage Comments: This function adds comments from the stages in the Treatment Schedule F6 screen.
Delete: This function deletes comment and time (that is, the entire row in the table) at the current
cursor position.
Delete All: This function deletes all of the comments and times in the Job Comments table.
The Fracture Diagnostic Results tab is the third tab on the Well and Treatment Information - F3 screen.
This screen is used to record information about results from fracture diagnostics that is related to the frac job.
164
FracproPT 2007
Fracture Diagnostic Results tab of the Well and Treatment Information screen
Fracture Diagnostic
Enable or disable these checkboxes to indicate whether these measurements have been performed.
Microseismic Mapping
Temperature Logging
Tracer Logging
Numeric Fields
Enter the various properties of the fracture determined by fracture diagnostics into the appropriate numeric fields.
Fracture Half-Length
Fracture Top
Fracture Bottom
Fracture Azimuth
Fracture Dip
Fracture Asymmetry: Enable or disable this checkbox to indicate whether it has been determined
from fracture diagnostic results that the fracture is likely assymmetric.
Comments: Enter comments that are related to fracture diagnostic results in this textbox.
165
FracproPT 2007
Database Data
Select this option if real data exists in FracproPT's database format or ASCII or Excel format, and that you would like to
use as input to the fracture simulator (for example, data from a service company ASCII file converted using
DataConvertPT, or data previously recorded using FracproPT in real-time). Next, you must select the database file in
the Database File Location fields by choosing Select. Any database channels that you specify on the
CHANNEL
INPUTS FOR MODEL [Shift+F6] screen will be used as inputs to the fracture simulator. However, even when running the
simulator from database data, FracproPT still uses the stage times, fluid types, and proppant types specified on the
TREATMENT SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
Real-Time Data
Select this option when you are running FracproPT from real-time data (that is, using data being sent from a service
company data acquisition system). Any real-time channels that you specify on the
CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL
[Shift+F6] screen will be used as inputs to the fracture simulator, however the stage times, fluid types, and proppant
types specified on the
TREATMENT SCHEDULE [F6] screen still used.
166
3D Shear-Decoupled (Default)
3D Tip-Dominated
2D PKN
FracproPT 2007
2D KGD
2D Radial
3D Shear-Decoupled (Default)
This is the new default model for FracproPT version 10.3. In hundreds of fracture treatments where Pinnacle has utilized
direct fracture diagnostics (microseismic fracture mapping and tiltmeter fracture mapping), we have seen that fracture
growth is in general more confined than we would initially think based on "classical" assumptions, for example the
presence of closure stress barriers or permeability barriers. In several cases, we have seen confined fracture growth
(length-height aspect ratios of 2 and larger) in areas with a single thick pay zone and no nearby barriers (see SPE paper
56724). It has long been postulated that this is due to a "composite layering effect". This composite layering effect causes
partial decoupling of the fracture width profile along layer interfaces, and results in slower fracture growth trough layer
interfaces (in fracture height).
The 3D Shear-Decoupled model predicts longer, more confined fractures caused by the introduction of an average
Composite Layering Effect (CLE) for the layers outside the Pay Zone. This average value is based on hundreds of
fracture treatment that were monitored using direct fracture diagnostics. As a result of greater confinement, net pressures
are typically also slightly higher for the 3D Shear-Decoupled model than for the 3D Tip-Dominated model. Note however,
that the Composite Layering Effect that is needed to match actual geometries can sometimes vary widely in different
regions and formations, and the default Composite Layering Effect of 25 (resulting in an estimated incremental
height/length growth of about 0.25 outside the pay) used in the 3D Shear-Decoupled model is only an average. All other
parameters for this model are the same as for the 3D Tip-Dominated model described below.
3D Tip-Dominated
This is the lumped 3D model developed for GRI, which is not a so-called pseudo 3D model. In general, the model predicts
shorter, wider fractures due to higher predicted net pressures that, in general, have been found to match very closely with
observed field data. In the 3D Tip-Dominated model, the most important parameter that is hardwired is the Tip Effect
Coefficient (see FRACPROPT MODEL PARAMETERS [Shift+F3] screen, FracproPT 3D Parameters tab), to a value of
0.0001.
3D Calibrated
To load a calibrated settings file, select this 3D Calibrated radio button and then select the appropriate file in the
associated combo box on the left. Only engineers from Pinnacle can save and generate these calibrated settings files,
which are located in the FracproPT program folder (for example, for a default installation: c:\Program Files\Pinnacle
Technologies\FracproPT\Program) as CMS-files (Calibrated Model Settings).
Pinnacle has learned from direct fracture diagnostic data, such as tiltmeter fracture mapping and micro-seismic fracture
mapping, that fractures can grow very differently in different environments. In some areas, the default settings in fracture
models accurately predict directly observed fracture growth, but in other areas these default settings do not accurately
reflect actual fracture growth. In these areas, the default model settings do not provide an accurate description of fracture
growth, and other physical mechanisms such composite layering effects should be introduced by changing the default
fracture model parameters to provide a calibrated 3D model.
Pinnacle has provided some model settings that have been released for publication in this category, and the number of
released model settings keeps on growing as we learn more about fracture growth behavior in more regions and
formations. Note that Pinnacle also distributes confidential calibrated model settings to clients that have utilized our
fracture mapping services.
If a 3D Calibrated model is selected, the FracproPT logo on the Navigation Bar and in hardcopies of plots changes to the
FracproXACT logo, indicating that model settings were used that tie back to direct measurements of fracture growth in
that environment. This should provide a better estimate of fracture growth behavior for that specific region of formation
that one of the "hardwired" model settings.
3D User-Defined
If you routinely change the default model parameters for your work in one or more areas, you can save those model
parameters and easily recall them at any time.
Saving a User-Defined Model You first select this 3D User-Defined option and then go to the
FracproPT 3D Parameters tab of the FRACproPT MODEL PARAMETERS [Shift-F3] screen and
167
FracproPT 2007
change any of the model parameters. While still on this screen and after making your changes, press
the Save These Settings As A User-Defined Parameter File, which will create and save a UMS-file
(User-defined Model Settings) in the FracproPT program folder (for example, c:\Program
Files\Pinnacle Technologies\FracproPT\Program).
Using a User-Defined Model Press the Load These Settings As A User-Defined Parameter File
and then select the desired UMS-file. Of course you must have first created or copied a UMS-file
before you can select one.
2D
You can choose from among the three common 2D models using this drop-down list.
PKN 2D Model This is one of the classical 2D models with constant (specified) height and width
proportional to height. It is still often used (with high gel viscosity) to force a pressure "match" in the
later treatment stages, almost always ignoring early pressure data that results from water injection.
KGD 2D Model This is one of the classical 2D models with constant (specified) height and with
width proportional to length. It can rarely be used to match measured pressures (except perhaps with
forced use of backstress).
Radial Model This is one of the classical 2D models. The model assumes axisymmetry in radial
growth.
The 2D PKN and 2D KGD models do not, in general, give reasonable answers, even in reservoirs where there is almost
perfect containment, due to their unrealistically low net fracturing pressure predictions. The same is true of the 2D radial
model, even in homogeneous reservoirs where radial fractures may indeed be created. The 2D radial model generally
predicts dramatically lower net fracturing pressures than are observed in the field and, thus, predicts fractures with much
larger radii and much smaller widths than are actually created.
The 2D models are available in FracproPT for a number of reasons. Results (especially dimensions) from the 2D models
can be compared to 3D results. As well, the 2D models can be used in an attempt to match observed net pressures, a
process that should readily demonstrate their inadequacy. Also, the 2D models can be used as a starting point for
understanding typical fracture treatment designs provided to you on the basis of other 2D models.
Other Options
FracproPT Model Parameters
Select this button as a shortcut to get to the FracproPT Model Parameters [Shift+F3] screen.
Fracture Analysis Additional Options [F4]
This screen is where you choose from among the numerous, but less often used, options available for fracture simulation
and analysis (that is, when running in Fracture Analysis Mode).
168
FracproPT 2007
Lumped-Parameter (Default)
This is the original leakoff model used in the FracproPT system. It can best be described as a classical leakoff model in
terms of the physics that are modeled, however it has been formulated such that it executes extremely fast (that is, for
real-time analysis). The model formulation gives rise to the model characterization as "lumped."
This model generally works quite well in most situations, however it may lose accuracy in higher permeability situations
and in reservoirs with complex permeability profiles (that is, when permeability varies significantly with depth).
Additional details regarding the Lumped-Parameter Model can be found in the FracproPT Technical Description section of
Help.
Grid-Based Classical
This is a classical leakoff model in terms of the physics that are modeled. However, this model overlays a grid on the
fracture face and tracks the leakoff history of each individual grid block in time. In general, this model should be more
accurate than the Lumped-Parameter Model, but it is also noticeably slower and the difference between it and the
Lumped-Parameter Model will most often be very small. Use this model if you have permeability contrast of at least 2
orders of magnitude.
Additional details regarding the Grid-Based Classical Model can be found in the FracproPT Technical Description section
of Help.
Grid-Based FLIC
This model is similar to the Grid-Based Classical model, however two additional physical processes are accounted for:
Dynamic filter cake buildup and non-Newtonian gel invasion into the reservoir. Use this model if you have a pay zone
permeability of at least 100 mD.
169
FracproPT 2007
Additional details regarding the Grid-Based FLIC Model can be found in the FracproPT Technical Description section of
Help.
Backstress
Ignore
Backstress is the change in formation closure stress induced by elevated (or reduced) pore pressure, which is caused by
fluid leakoff from the fracture (or production from the reservoir). In reservoirs that are not near 100% liquid saturation (that
is, dry gas reservoirs), the increase in backstress is usually not significant and may needlessly complicate the analysis
and slow numerical computations. In such cases, you should choose to ignore this option.
Model
This option should be used only when there is relatively high fluid leakoff, very high fluid saturation, and (therefore) low
pore-fluid compressibility (for example, in oil reservoirs). Sometimes, measured data provides a justification to Model
Backstress when the fracture closure stress (measure using pressure decline analysis) continues to increase with
subsequent injections.
ADP
If you are an authorized user of FracproPT, you will have the choice of choosing an acid reactivity model based on a
proprietary acid frac model.
Freeze Dimensions
Most other fracture models generally freeze fracture dimensions at shut in, so this option is provided (primarily) for
comparison purposes. Also, certain stress profiles may sometimes cause near-discontinuous fracture growth from the
simulator after shut-in. Use this option when pressure decline behavior shows an almost constant slope.
Convection
Proppant Convection may be a dominant mechanism for proppant transport and placement in hydraulic-fracture
stimulation treatments. However, the convective process will be slowed impeded by fracture offsets (for example, at
bedding planes), narrow fractures (for example, when multiple fractures are created), and highly viscous fluids in the
fracture.
Proppant Convection is a process whereby heavier treatment stages (for example, proppant stages) displace rapidly
downward from the perforations to the bottom of the fracture. Those stages nearest the perforations may then be replaced
by the pad or by low-concentration proppant stages.
170
FracproPT 2007
Use this option for linear or crosslink gel treatments, where proppant convection is generally more important than
proppant settling.
No Convection or Settling
No Convection or Settling should be selected only when modeling a horizontal fracture where those effects can be
ignored.
Fracture Orientation
Vertical
Vertical Fracture is generally selected. The FRACTURE PICTURE [Alt+F5] screen, the STAGE PROFILE PICTURE
[Ctrl+F5] screen, and the WIDTH PROFILE PICTURE [Alt+F7] screen all show a vertical fracture with a depth scale and
a vertical profile of the minimum horizontal stress.
Horizontal
If you select Horizontal Fracture, FracproPT grows a horizontal fracture at the Initial Frac Depth shown on the
RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen. You must first select Lithology Based Reservoir (in another section of this
FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen) before selecting Horizontal Fracture. The FRACTURE PICTURE
[Alt+F5] screen, the STAGE PROFILE PICTURE [Ctrl+F5] screen, and the WIDTH PROFILE PICTURE [Alt+F7] screen
display the horizontal fracture, but with a vertical screen orientation.
Model
Choosing this option activates FracproPT's wellbore temperature model. The calculated bottomhole temperature of the
pumped fluids is then passed to the fracture model where any additional heat transfer between the reservoir rock and the
pumped fluids is calculated. Various parameters for the model are entered on the WELLBORE HEAT TRANSFER
screen, which is accessed by selecting Wellbore Heat Transfer from the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen.
171
FracproPT 2007
General Multi-Scale
If you select General Multi-Scale Reservoir, you will enter each of the mechanical properties (for example, stress,
modulus, etc.) with its own independent set of layer depths. Chemical properties (for acidizing) and thermal properties (for
injection-fluid heating and reservoir cooling) are input to the simulator based on rock type and a single set of depths.
FracproPT can automatically convert a Lithology Based Reservoir to a General Reservoir, if necessary. Unfortunately,
there is no way to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir without loosing some of this data.
However, you should rarely, if ever, want or need to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir.
Use this type of data entry if you can assign reservoir properties using various different log files and if you have no log
information on other parameters. Once you have assigned specific properties using the Log-Layer Editor, you need to
provide only a few entries for estimates of properties on which you do not have more specific data.
Real-Time Use
Real-Time Control [Ctrl+F1]
This screen is where real-time data from a treatment is input to FracproPT. Note that this screen will automatically
become available in the FracproPT Next-loop if Run Fracture and Wellbore Models from Real-Time Data is
selected on the FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen.
The data is received from DataAcqPT, which can be configured to accept data from a variety of sources, such as direct
serial (cable) connection, a cellular phone/modem connection to a service company computer system or from a shared
network file. FracproPT then reads the data from that file in real-time.
172
FracproPT 2007
Recording service company data on-site is a relatively simple procedure since all of the major service companies routinely
provide data to computers running FracproPT on site, either for clients or for themselves. In general, you should notify the
service company well before going to the field so that they can make sure their field personnel can transmit the data to
you without difficulty. You can also collect real-time data for FracproPT modeling remotely by using a modem to receive
data from the service company computer at the well site. Further details on both setups for receiving real-time data can be
found in the DataAcqPT Help system.
Most data shown on the REAL-TIME CONTROL screen are read directly from DataAcqPT and are displayed for control
purposes in read-only format.
Select Load DataAcqPT on this screen to start the data acquisition program, DataAcqPT.
Once data acquisition has started in DataAcqPT, FracproPT automatically starts receiving data.
FracproPT is collecting and saving real-time data and is ready for real-time use.
From the DataAcqPT main screen, select Setup to prepare for data acquisition (from within DataAcqPT,
press F1 or select Help to view detailed instructions on how to set up and start the data acquisition
program).
Return to this screen in FracproPT, either by minimizing DataAcqPT or selecting FracproPTs icon on the
taskbar.
Using the Select checkboxes in the DataAcqPT Data Table or the Select All function, select the channels
being passed from DataAcqPT to FracproPT that you wish to use from the database file that DataAcqPT
is generating.
DataAcqPT Data
Data Format
This shows the format of the data currently being received from DataAcqPT.
173
FracproPT 2007
Columns
DataAcqPT Channels
This column lists all channels received from DataAcqPT. Channel names are specified during setup
procedure inside DataAcqPT and cannot be edited here. To edit channel names, you must switch
back to DataAcqPT, either by selecting Go to DataAcqPT or by selecting the DataAcqPT icon on
the taskbar.
Unit
This column displays the units for each data channel received. Units are specified during setup of
DataAcqPT and cannot be edited here. To edit the units, you must switch back to DataAcqPT, either
by selecting Load DataAcqPT / Go To DataAcqPT or by selecting the DataAcqPT icon on the
taskbar.
ID
This column displays the 4-character channel IDs for each channel received. IDs are specified
during setup of DataAcqPT and cannot be edited here. To edit the IDs, you must switch back to
DataAcqPT, either by selecting Show Server or by selecting the DataAcqPT icon on the taskbar.
Incoming Data
This column shows the numeric values for each channel of incoming data received from DataAcqPT.
Select
The check boxes in this column allow you to select and unselect individual channels for use in
FracproPT.
Buttons
Select All
By selecting this function, all channels being received from DataAcqPT are marked as selected for
use in FracproPT.
Unselect All
By selecting this function, all channels being received from DataAcqPT are unmarked for use in
FracproPT.
ACQUISITION PROGRESS
Status
This field indicates the Status of data transmission, which displays either On or Off to indicate that FracproPT is
connected or disconnected from DataAcqPT. However, even though On may be displayed, you must also make sure that
DataAcqPT is activated and receiving data.
Records Received
This field displays the number of records (data lines) received by FracproPT from DataAcqPT. The maximum expected
number of data records (Maximum Acquisition Time in minutes from DataAcqPT * 60 / Time Step from DataAcqPT) is
displayed in parentheses.
Channels Received
This field shows the total number of data channels (both selected and unselected) received by FracproPT from
DataAcqPT. Currently, FracproPT can receive a maximum of 45 channels.
Channels To Be Acquired
This field displays the number of selected data channels being used by FracproPT (that is, the number of selected
channels). Currently, FracproPT can acquire a maximum of 45 channels.
174
FracproPT 2007
Channel Name
Channel Name is where the name of each data channel is displayed.
Unit
The corresponding unit is displayed for each channel in the Unit column. Units are specified during setup of DataAcqPT
and cannot be edited here. These Units will show up on all on-screen and hardcopy plots and printouts.
ID
ID is the 4-letter identifier for each data channel. IDs are specified during setup of DataAcqPT and cannot be edited here.
These IDs will show up on all on-screen and hardcopy plots and printouts.
Multiplier
Multiplier values are for display only: they are specified during setup of DataAcqPT and cannot be edited here.
Offset
Offset values are for display only: they are specified during setup of the DataAcqPT and cannot be edited here.
Unscaled Value
Unscaled Value displays the "raw" data as received by DataAcqPT.
Scaled Value
Scaled Value displays the data as used and stored in the FracproPT database. Scaled Value is the Unscaled Value after
being scaled by the Multiplier and the Offset.
175
FracproPT 2007
176
FracproPT 2007
Unit
This column displays the unit for each of the Model Input Channels.
177
FracproPT 2007
After specifying the real-data model inputs (either real-time or database), you must choose an Observed Net Pressure
Calculation Mode from among the available options. The number of options (up to the maximum of four) and your final
choice depend upon what measured pressure data you specify as model inputs.
Other Functions
View Measured Data
Selecting View Measured Data takes you to a plot of the Measured Data (for example, the channels entered on this
screen, incorporated in automatic plot #36 on the PLOT LIST [ALT+F8] screen).
From that plot screen, you may choose the Cursor Editing option in order to simplify synchronization of the TREATMENT
SCHEDULE [F6] (that is, the stage lengths, fluid types, and proppant types used for each stage) with the measured data.
Specific information about this option is available in the Cursor Editing help screen.
178
FracproPT 2007
Other Functions
View Measured Data
Selecting View Measured Data takes you to a plot of the Measured Data (for example, the channels entered on this
screen, incorporated in automatic plot #36 on the PLOT LIST [ALT+F8] screen).
Wellbore Configuration - F7
Wellbore Configuration Drilled Hole [F7]
This screen allows you to specify how the wellbore is configured. FracproPT builds the wellbore from a number (up to 20)
of discrete wellbore segments.
The well configuration, including perforations, is typically input in five discrete sections, each with a representative tab on
this screen:
Note that the information on this tab is NOT used for any of the calculations in FracproPT. The only time this information is
used is for the SCHEMATIC VIEW, the 2D SCHEMATIC VIEW and WELLBORE VIEWER, all of which can be selected
from the icon bar or the FracproPT Menu > View.
179
FracproPT 2007
Segment #
The first column shows the Segment #. Up to 20 different segments can be specified. Whole segments (that is, rows in
the table) may be added or deleted: A blank line is inserted at the current cursor position by highlighting a Segment # and
pressing [Ins], while a line is deleted by highlighting a Segment # and pressing [Del].
Length
Length refers to the measured length, not the true vertical length, of the segment. The sum of all Length entries is the
measured depth (MD) of the wellbore. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection box (described below),
Length may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Top MD (measured depth at the beginning of
the segment) and Bottom MD (measured depth at the end of the segment). If Length is calculated, it will show up in blue.
Top MD
Top MD is the measured depth at the beginning of the segment. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection
box (described below), Top MD may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Length (the measured
length of the segment) and Bottom MD (measured depth at the end of the segment). If Top MD is calculated, it will show
up in blue.
Bottom MD
Bottom MD is the measured depth at the end of the segment. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection
box (described below), Bottom MD may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Length (the
180
FracproPT 2007
measured length of the segment) and Top MD (measured depth at the beginning of the segment). If Bottom MD is
calculated, it will show up in blue.
Open Hole
This column contains a selection box that allows you to choose whether this segment is open hole (Open Hole) or
cemented open hole (Cemented OH). This choice affects only the wellbore schematic views, not the model results.
Bit Diameter
You enter the Bit Diameter in this column. This entry affects only the wellbore schematic views, not the model results.
Effective Diameter
You enter the Effective Diameter of the drilled hole in this column. This choice affects only the wellbore schematic views,
not the model results.
Other Options
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and zotal Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
Wellbore Configuration Casing [F7]
This screen allows you to specify how the wellbore is configured. FracproPT builds the wellbore from a number (up to 20)
of discrete wellbore segments.
The well configuration, including perforations, is typically input in five discrete sections, each with a representative tab on
this screen:
181
FracproPT 2007
Casing
This table is used to describe the casing, whether or not any or the entire casing is actually the pipe string used to carry
the treatment fluids. The Top MD entry for segment number one defaults to zero. For each segment, the user must enter
the OD and ID, while Weight and Grade are optional.
Segment #
The first column shows the Segment #. Up to 20 different segments can be specified. Whole segments (that is, rows in
the table) may be added or deleted: A blank line is inserted at the current cursor position by highlighting a Segment # and
pressing [Ins], while a line is deleted by highlighting a Segment # and pressing [Del].
Length
Length refers to the measured length, not the true vertical length, of the segment. The sum of all Length entries is the
measured depth (MD) of the wellbore. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection box (described below),
Length may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Top MD (measured depth at the beginning of
the segment) and Bottom MD (measured depth at the end of the segment). If Length is calculated, it will show up in blue.
Top MD
Top MD is the measured depth at the beginning of the segment. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection
box (described below), Top MD may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Length (the measured
length of the segment) and Bottom MD (measured depth at the end of the segment). If Top MD is calculated, it will show
up in blue.
Bottom MD
Bottom MD is the measured depth at the end of the segment. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection
box (described below), Bottom MD may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Length (the
182
FracproPT 2007
measured length of the segment) and Top MD (measured depth at the beginning of the segment). If Bottom MD is
calculated, it will show up in blue.
Casing
This column contains a selection box that allows you to choose whether this segment is Cemented Casing or Free
Casing that is not cemented. This choice affects only the wellbore schematic views, not the model results.
OD
Select a casing outer diameter (OD) for this segment from the Casing Library that contains all standard API casing
diameters or enter the OD directly if the casing is not of a standard API diameter.
Weight
Select a casing Weight for this segment from the Casing Library or enter the Weight directly.
ID
If you selected a casing OD and Weight for this segment from the Casing Library, the corresponding casing inner
diameter (ID) will already be entered. Alternatively, you may enter the ID directly.
Grade
Select a casing grade for this segment from the selection box. This information is not currently used for anything other
than display and record-keeping purposes.
Other Options
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and Total Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
Wellbore Configuration Surface Line/Tubing [F7]
This screen allows you to specify how the wellbore is configured. FracproPT builds the wellbore from a number (up to 20)
of discrete wellbore segments.
183
FracproPT 2007
The well configuration, including perforations, is typically input in five discrete sections, each with a representative tab on
this screen:
Surface Line/Tubing
Segment #
The first column shows the Segment #. Up to 20 different segments can be specified. Whole segments (that is, rows in
the table) may be added or deleted: A blank line is inserted at the current cursor position by highlighting a Segment # and
pressing [Ins], while a line is deleted by highlighting a Segment # and pressing [Del].
Length
Length refers to the measured length, not the true vertical length, of the segment. The sum of all Length entries is the
measured depth (MD) of the wellbore. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection box (described below),
Length may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Top MD (measured depth at the beginning of
the segment) and Bottom MD (measured depth at the end of the segment). If Length is calculated, it will show up in blue.
Note:
If you are entering a segment to represent the surface line, which can be important in terms of performing a proper
flush at the end of the treatment, there is an easy method to get the correct surface-line volume; simply set the ID of
the segment to 32" and then enter the number of barrels in the surface line in the Length field.
184
FracproPT 2007
Top MD
Top MD is the measured depth at the beginning of the segment. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection
box (described below), Top MD may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Length (the measured
length of the segment) and Bottom MD (measured depth at the end of the segment). If Top MD is calculated, it will show
up in blue.
Bottom MD
Bottom MD is the measured depth at the end of the segment. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection
box (described below), Bottom MD may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Length (the
measured length of the segment) and Top MD (measured depth at the beginning of the segment). If Bottom MD is
calculated, it will show up in blue.
Surface Line/Tubing
This column contains a selection box that allows you to choose whether this segment is comprised of Tubing, Drill Pipe,
or a Packer. In addition, you have the additional choices of Surface Line or Surface CTU for the first segment.
Note:
If you are entering a segment to represent the surface line, which can be important in terms of performing a proper
flush at the end of the treatment, there is an easy method to get the correct surface-line volume; simply set the ID of
the segment to 32" and then enter the number of barrels in the surface line in the Length field.
OD
Select an outer diameter (OD) for this segment from the Tubing Library that contains all standard API tubing diameters or
enter the OD directly if the tubing is not of a standard API diameter.
Weight
Select a Weight for this segment from the Tubing Library or enter the Weight directly.
ID
If you selected an OD and a Weight for this segment from the Tubing Library, the corresponding segment inner diameter
(ID) will already be entered. Alternatively, you may enter the ID directly.
Note:
If you are entering a segment to represent the surface line, which can be important in terms of performing a proper
flush at the end of the treatment, there is an easy method to get the correct surface-line volume; simply set the ID of
the segment to 32" and then enter the number of barrels in the surface line in the Length field.
Grade
Select a grade for this segment from the selection box. This information is not currently used for anything other than
display and record-keeping purposes.
Other Options
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and Total Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
185
FracproPT 2007
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
Tip for Entering a Frac Pack Configuration
Enter the correct tubing size and length down to the top of the crossover.
Even though in reality you will be injecting down the casing-screen annulus below the crossover tool, enter
that wellbore segment as a tubing segment of the actual length but with a diameter that yields the correct
wellbore volume (that is, the actual casing-screen volume). You may adjust the friction to represent the
actual friction expected for this segment, but it is typically quite small and can be ignored.
Although this step is usually skipped, you may enter a segment to represent the crossover by selecting
tubing with the corresponding size and length. If necessary, you can adjust the wellbore friction for this
segment by selecting the correct segment and fluids on the Fluid Friction Properties tab of the
EDIT/VIEW INTERPOLATED FLUID DATA [SHIFT+F5]Fluid_Friction_Properties screen.
186
FracproPT 2007
Perforated Intervals
FracproPT can model up to 20 separate perforated intervals. See Application Notes below for information on how to set
up and model some common well scenarios in terms of Perforated Intervals.
Use
Selecting, or checking, this box in the Use column specifies whether or not the perforations defined by this line are
actually used in the simulation. Therefore, if you do not want to use one or more sets of perforations that are entered, you
can simply unselect the Use box to ignore them.
Note:
While selecting and unselecting sets of perforations, you may notice that the display order in the table may change.
However, among the perforation sets that are actually used (that is, checked), their display order should be from
shallowest to deepest.
Top MD
Top MD is the measured depth at the top of the perforation interval.
Bottom MD
Bottom MD is the measured depth at the bottom of the perforation interval.
Top TVD
Using data from other tabs on this WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen, the true vertical depth (TVD) to the top of
the perforated interval is calculated and displayed in this field.
Bottom TVD
187
FracproPT 2007
Using data from other tabs on this WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen, the true vertical depth (TVD) to the
bottom of the perforated interval is calculated and displayed in this field.
Diameter
Diameter is the average perforation diameter for the interval.
Number of Perfs
Number of Perfs is the total number of perforations for the interval.
Application Notes
Modeling as Multiple Perfed Intervals versus a Single Perfed Interval
There are three ways to model multiple perforated intervals in FracproPT. Below are some rules of thumb of when to use
each of these three different strategies:
For zones that are separate but still relatively close to one another in comparison to the total fracture
height that you are expecting (you are expecting substantial overlap between multiple fractures), it is
generally better to model them with a single perforated interval. You can account for the flow split and
additional leakoff between multiple fractures by selecting a Volume Factor and a Leakoff Factor in
the MULTIPLE FRACTURES [SHIFT+F7] screen that are equal to the number of perforated intervals.
You can also account for the interference between these multiple fractures by changing the Opening
Factor. Please refer to the MULTIPLE FRACTURES [SHIFT+F7} screen for more information.
People most often choose this option if they do not accurately know the rock properties, closure and
permeability profile with depth that drive fracture growth, and if they only want a very approximate
answer as to what they are achieving. The choice here is to keep it simple, as we dont have the
detailed information to justify a very detailed analysis.
When simulating limited-entry perforating where the number of perforations per interval is the main
driver for flow split between zones, define multiple perforated intervals on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen AND use Simplified Iteration on the Additional Options tab of the
FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen. In this case, you are assuming that closure stress
changes and net pressure changes per interval are small in comparison to the limited-entry
perforation friction pressure drop.
When simulating limited-entry perforating of multiple zones AND when you know that properties such
as fracture closure stress and permeability vary significantly between the perforated intervals, you
may wish to model each zone as an independent fracture by specifying multiple perforated intervals
on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen AND use General Iteration on the Additional
Options tab of the FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen. In this case, the fracture model will
run much more slowly, because you are actually simulating several fractures growing at once. The
model may also slow considerably due to the complex nature of calculating the flow split and frictional
pressure losses between perforated intervals. When you do model more than one set of perforations,
simulator output (such as net pressure, fracture dimensions, or fracture/proppant pictures) is
displayed in terms of one fracture (that is, one perforated interval) at a time. You can toggle between
the different fractures (that is, the different perforated intervals) by pressing [CNTR+F] or by selecting
the Next Interval icon on the toolbar. Note that conducting net pressure history matching for multiple
intervals requires one match for each interval, and can therefore become quite a laborious task.
188
For each perforated interval, FracproPT automatically searches the interval for the lowest stress zone
and sets the center of that zone to be the Initial Frac Depth (as displayed on the RESERVOIR
PARAMETERS [F9] screen). Total perforated height for each interval, whether entered by you here,
or on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen in the case where you are ignoring the wellbore,
has no effect on the perforation friction predicted by FracproPT. Perforation friction is calculated
based solely on the flow rate, the number and diameter of the perfs you enter here, and on the data
entered on the PERF AND NEAR-WELLBORE FRICTION [F8] screen.
Therefore, you do not have to, nor do you necessarily always want to, enter the true total perforated
height. Rather, you may want to enter the perforation information such that fracture initiation in the
simulator is guaranteed at the location you desire.
Special cases are very large perforated heights and small-volume treatments. In those situations, you
may want to enter the actual perforated height and turn the Set Minimum Fracture Height option on.
Doing so causes the fracture to initiate from the entire perforated height (that is, as a line source
rather than a point source). The Set Minimum Fracture Height option is accessed from the MODEL
PARAMETERS screen.
FracproPT 2007
Other Options
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and Total Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
Wellbore Configuration Path Summary [F7]
This screen displays a summary of the path that treatment fluids take to go from the surface to the perforations. No input
of data is possible on this screen: The tubing, casing, and hole configuration as entered on various other tabs of the
WELLBORE CONFIGURATION screen are used to construct this summary. Hole deviation data is also shown.
189
FracproPT 2007
Other Options
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and Total Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
190
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
FracproPT 2007
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
Wellbore Configuration Directional Survey [F7]
On this screen, you can manually enter a wellbore trajectory using up to 100 wellbore segments, or you can import a
FracproPT depth-based database file containing wellbore trajectory data (up to 1000 points). Input of wellbore trajectory
data may be accomplished in one of four different formats.
The well configuration, including perforations, is typically input in five discrete sections, each with a representative tab on
this screen:
Specify
Build, Turn, MD
For this selection, enter the build rate, the turn rate, and the measured depth for the beginning of each segment in the
appropriate columns. The remaining data in the table is calculated and filled in automatically. If you have this data in an
Excel, you can also simple Copy and Paste columns to populate this screen.
191
FracproPT 2007
For this selection, enter the measured depth, the inclination, and the azimuth for the beginning of each segment in the
appropriate columns. The remaining data in the table is calculated and filled in automatically. If you have this data in an
Excel, you can also simple Copy and Paste columns to populate this screen.
Azimuth Format
Selecting the Azimuth Format checkbox toggles the Azimuth column between a simple degrees format and a compass
point display. In the latter format, you still enter simple degrees (that is, 0 to 359 degrees), but the entry is converted to the
compass point format.
Other Options
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and Total Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
192
FracproPT 2007
Surface N2 Temperature
This is the temperature of the nitrogen before it is added to the main fluid-proppant stream.
193
FracproPT 2007
Display Temperature at
Although fluid temperature is modeled throughout the wellbore (which can be viewed on the WELLBORE PROFILE
PICTURE [Alt+F9] screen), only one channel is available for plotting it in a standard time-varying plot. This output channel
is called Bottomhole Temperature but, by entering a depth in this field, the temperature at any point (depth) in the
wellbore can be plotted versus time. Check the Use Fracture Center Depth box to display Bottomhole Temperature at
the point (depth) of fracture initiation.
Offshore Wells
Select the Offshore Well check box if you are fracture treating an offshore well.
Note:
When you check this option, you will notice that the Surface Rock Temperature field becomes unavailable since you
now must enter Surface Water Temperature instead.
Water Depth
This is the depth of the water in which the well sits.
Seabed Temperature
This is the temperature at the bottom of the body of water.
Note:
Unless you use the Enter Temperature vs. Depth table (which applies to both the water depth and the depth from the
sea bed to the center of the frac depth), FracproPT assumes two linear temperature gradients: one between Surface
Water Temperature and Seabed Temperature and another between Seabed Temperature and Reservoir
Temperature at Frac Center Depth.
Sea Current
This is the average sea current in knots. The current is assumed to be constant from the surface to bottom of the body of
water.
Note:
Risers typically limit the effects of currents.
194
FracproPT 2007
Depth TVD
This is the true vertical depth to the point where you wish to specify a temperature.
Temperature
This is the temperature at the corresponding true vertical depth.
Other Options
Thermal Fluid Properties
Selecting this field takes you to the Fluid Loss and Thermal Properties tab of the Edit/View Interpolated Fluid Data
[SHIFT+F5] screen where those properties can be modified.
The heat transfer between fluids pumped along the wellbore is handled as linear flow. The heat transfer between the
wellbore fluids and the formation is handled through a heat transfer coefficient, which is automatically estimated based on
the correlations found in the literature. Finally, the heat transfer in the formation is handled as radial flow.
The correlation for the wellbore heat transfer coefficient is dependent on fluid properties, flow regime, wellbore geometry,
thickness of the pipe wall, thickness of the cement sheath, the presence or absence of a deal fluid in the annulus, etc.
However, the estimated wellbore heat transfer coefficient may vary because of complex wellbore conditions. To overcome
the problem, you can calibrate the wellbore heat transfer coefficient using the Wellbore Heat Transfer Coefficient
Multiplier.
The default value for Wellbore Heat Transfer Coefficient Multiplier is 1.0, however, if model results are different from any
measured wellbore temperature data that you may have, you can adjust the multiplier until the model and measurements
match. For a typical fracturing treatment, the fluid pumped is cooler than the reservoir rock, therefore the reservoir rock
loses heat to the pumped fluids and they are heated up during the job. In this case, increasing the Wellbore Heat Transfer
Coefficient Multiplier will speed up the wellbore fluid heat-up process.
Reference:
195
FracproPT 2007
The heat transfer between fluids pumped along the fracture is handled as linear flow. The heat transfer between the
fracture fluids and the formation is handled through a heat transfer coefficient. Finally, the heat transfer in the formation is
also handled as linear flow.
The correlation for the fracture heat transfer coefficient is dependent on fluid properties and flow regime, however it may
vary from estimates due to unknown flow patterns, unknown reservoir properties, or other complexities. To overcome this
problem, you can calibrate the fracture heat transfer coefficient using the Fracture Heat Transfer Coefficient Multiplier.
The default value for Fracture Heat Transfer Coefficient Multiplier is 1.0, however, if model results are different from any
measured temperature data that you may have, you can adjust the multiplier until the model and measurements match.
Unfortunately, it is difficult to generalize the effect of changing the multiplier: increasing it will increase the heat transfer
rate, but the limited supply of heat in the rock near the fracture face will limit that increase. Other issues such as the
amount of fluid leaked off also complicate the process of providing a simple rule of thumb as to the effect of changing the
Fracture Heat Transfer Coefficient Multiplier.
Reference:
Reservoir Parameters - F9
Using Lithology-Based Reservoir Model
196
FracproPT 2007
To convert Permeability to Leak-Off Coefficient and vice versa as displayed on the Reservoir Parameters
[F9] screen.
As the initial fluid-loss driving pressure for the first simulator time step.
Note:
Once the fracture has initiated (for example, after the first time step), the actual pressure in the fracture is used to
drive fluid leakoff.
Compressibility
This is the compressibility (that is, the inverse of modulus) of the fluid in the pores. For oil reservoirs, compressibility can
be as low as 3e-6 1/psi. In gas reservoirs, the compressibility is the reciprocal of the pore pressure (for example, if the
pore pressure equals about 5000 psi, the compressibility would be about 0.0002 1/psi).
Pore Fluid Viscosity
This input refers to the mobile reservoir fluid. Typical values for a gas reservoir would be low, of order 0.01 to 0.1 cp, with
very little change with temperature. For an oil reservoir, typical values could be much higher, of order one to several
hundred cp, and significant changes with temperature would be expected.
Porosity
197
FracproPT 2007
This is the volume fraction of formation rock that is occupied by pores where oil or gas is stored. Typical values are
around 10% (entered as 0.10), but porosity may be as high as 60% (0.60) or as low as only a few percent.
Gas In Foam Leakoff Percentage
This parameter relates the quality of the leakoff fluid to the quality of the fluid in the fracture. For example, a Gas In Foam
Leakoff Percentage of 25 with 80-quality foam in the fracture means that the leakoff fluid is 20-quality (that is, 20 percent
gas, 80 percent liquid). This field is accessible only if you have foam inputs on the Treatment SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
Other Functions
Reservoir Depletion
Select this function to view the DEPLETION MENU screen where you can model the effects (on pore pressure, pore fluid
compressibility, and closure stress) of production from the reservoir. A message field adjacent to the Reservoir Depletion
selection indicates whether or not the depletion model is currently In Use or Not Used.
Set To Gas Defaults
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to values that are estimated for a typical gas reservoir. You may
change individual numbers afterwards.
Set To Oil Defaults
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to values that are estimated for a typical oil reservoir. You may
change individual numbers afterwards.
Set To User Defined
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to the values entered on the Reservoir Leakoff Parameters
screen that was used when you last choose User Specified as the Reservoir Type. You may change individual numbers
afterwards.
Reservoir Depletion
This screen is where you can model the change in closure stress, pore pressure, and pore-fluid compressibility that has
resulted from production in a finite region around a wellbore. For example, in an oil reservoir produced from an acid
fracture such that the region around the fracture has a pore pressure below the bubble point (that is, resulting in a higher
pore-fluid compressibility) and a lower closure stress due to the lower pore pressure.
Note:
When modeling depletion effects, you should enter the current (that is, depleted) values for closure stress on the
RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen.
198
FracproPT 2007
This is the virgin pore pressure. The depleted, or current, pore pressure is entered on either the Reservoir Leakoff
Parameters screen and it is displayed below for reference.
Note:
FracproPT multiplies the change in pore pressure by 0.5 (which is a mid-range value for the so-called poro-elastic
coefficient) to determine the change in closure stress due to depletion. At a distance from the wellbore equal to the
Radius of Depletion, the closure stress entered on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen (that is, the current
or depleted closure stress) is increased by the change in closure stress due to depletion and the pore pressure is
increased to this Original Pore Pressure.
Depleted Pore Pressure
This is the current (that is, depleted) pore pressure that is entered on the Reservoir Leakoff Parameters screen. This
number is displayed here for reference only.
Original Pore Fluid Compressibility
This is the virgin pore fluid compressibility. At a distance out from the wellbore equal to the Radius of Depletion, pore fluid
compressibility decreases to this Original Pore Fluid Compressibility.
Layer Display
This screen displays the lithology (that is, Rock Type) of the reservoir and a log-style view of the following properties:
stress, permeability, Young's modulus, Poisson's ratio, and fracture toughness.
Reservoir Parameters - F9
Lithology-Based Reservoir Parameters Layers [F9]
This screen is accessible only if you select Lithology Based Reservoir and either 3D Tip-Dominated Model or 3D
Conventional Model on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen. Here you specify all rock properties
according to lithology as defined by a single set of layer depths and the Rock Type in each layer.
Use this type of data entry if you do not know many properties about the reservoir, and if you want to set up a layered
profile quickly. Once you assigned the main properties of the lithologies that you are using and defining the depth of
individual layers, you are ready to start modeling.
199
FracproPT 2007
200
FracproPT 2007
This is where you define the layers comprising the reservoir and surrounding strata by entering the depth to the top of
each layer. Up to 100 layers may be entered, but only 8 are shown at any time. Blank rows in the table may be added by
selecting a whole row and pressing [Ins], and lines may be deleted by selecting the whole row and pressing [Del].
You must define at least three layers and the fractures must initiate in the middle layers. If you do not, FracproPT will
display an error message and the simulator will not run. The layers where the fractures initiate (depending on the position
of the perforated interval defined on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen) are highlighted yellow in the table.
If you have more than one perforated interval defined, you can cycle through them by pressing [CNTR+F] or selecting the
Next Interval toolbar button.
Depth TVD
If you select Enter TVD, enter the true vertical depth to the top of each layer in this column. If you select Enter MD, the
true vertical depth will be calculated and displayed in this column.
Depth MD
If you select Enter MD, enter the measured depth to the top of each layer in this column. If you select Enter TVD, the
measured depth will be calculated and displayed in this column.
Layer Thickness
This value represents the layer thickness in TVD. This value is not editable and calculated from the top of each layer in
the Depth TVD column.
Rock Type
Select a Rock Type from the drop-down list for each layer in this column.
Pore Fluid Permeability
If you select Enter Permeability, enter the Pore Fluid Permeability for each layer in this column. If you select Enter
Leakoff Coefficient, the permeability will be calculated and displayed in this column.
Leakoff Coefficient
If you select Enter Leakoff Coefficient, enter the (total) Leakoff Coefficient for each layer in this column. If you select
Enter Permeability, the leakoff coefficient will be calculated and displayed in this column.
Stress
Fracture closure in the middle of the layer that is calculated using the specified gradient under the Rock Properties tab.
Youngs Modulus
Youngs Modulus for the layer based on the assigned modulus for that lithology in the Rock Properties tab.
Poissons Ratio
Poissons Ratio for the layer based on the assigned Poissons ratio for that lithology in the Rock Properties tab.
Fracture Toughness
Fracture Toughness for the layer based on the assigned toughness for that lithology in the Rock Properties tab.
Composite Layering Effect
Composite layering effect for the layer based on the assigned composite layering effect for that lithology in the Rock
Properties tab.
Pay Zone
Use this check box to mark all zones that you consider pay zones. This is information is used by Fracture Design Mode
and also in the calculation of the Payzone Height Coverage Ratio and Payzone Fracture Area Ratio model channels.
In Production Analysis Mode, if you use the Import Frac Interval Properties function, Permeability on the
PRODUCTION ANALYSIS Reservoir Parameters [F9] screen is the average of all the permeabilities of all zones
marked as pay zones, not just the permeability of the zone containing the perforated interval. The average permeability is
calculated as sum of kh for all zones divided by the total height of all zones:
Average Permeability=kh/Total Height
Depth Entry Mode
Enter TVD
Select this option to enter the layer depths in the Reservoir Layer Table in terms of the true vertical depth (TVD). The
corresponding measured depth (MD) will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent column in the table.
Enter MD
Select this option to enter the layer depths in the Reservoir Layer Table in terms of the measured depth (MD). The
corresponding true vertical depth (TVD) will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent column in the table.
Fluid Loss Entry Mode
201
FracproPT 2007
You have the choice of entering either Permeability or (total) Leakoff Coefficient. Whichever one you choose to enter,
FracproPT uses a permeability-to-leakoff-coefficient relationship to calculate the other.
Enter Permeability
Select this option to enter the Pore-Fluid Permeability in the Set Lithology Permeability dialog for each Rock Type in the
Reservoir Layer Table. The corresponding (total) Leakoff Coefficient will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent
column in the table.
Enter Leakoff Coefficient
Select this option to enter the (total) Leakoff Coefficient in the Set Lithology Leakoff Coefficient dialog for each Rock Type
in the Reservoir Layer Table. The corresponding Pore-Fluid Permeability will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent
column in the table.
Set Lithology Permeability / Set Lithology Leakoff Coefficient
This option allows you to set the values for either Pore-Fluid Permeability or Leakoff Coefficient (depending on whether
you have chosen Enter Permeability or Enter Leakoff Coefficient above) for all the current reservoir layers specified with a
particular Rock Type. Selecting this function causes a dialog to appear where you select a Rock Type from a drop-down
list and then enter either the Pore-Fluid Permeability or Leakoff Coefficient for that Rock Type.
Otherwise, you may enter Pore-Fluid Permeability or Leakoff Coefficient on a layer-by-layer basis, regardless of Rock
Type.
Other Reservoir Properties
Reservoir Temperature
This is the reservoir temperature at the mid-perf depth. In addition to heat transfer calculations, this number is used to
select the correct rheology data from the Fluid Library.
Perforations
Total perforated height, whether entered by you here, or on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen in the case
where you are not modeling the wellbore, has no effect on the perforation friction predicted by FracproPT. Perforation
friction is calculated based solely on the flow rate and the data entered on the PERF AND NEAR-WELLBORE FRICTION
[F8] screen.
Note:
The perforation and initial frac depths are always entered and/or display here in terms of true vertical depth (TVD).
Note:
If you have more than one perforated interval defined on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen, you can
toggle through a display of each interval by pressing [Ctrl+F] or selecting the Next Interval toolbar button.
Note:
For large perforated intervals, you may elect to have the fracture initiate from a line source (details of which can be
found on the Growth Parameters tab of the FracproPT MODEL PARAMETERS screen).
Depth to Top of Perfs
If you choose Ignore Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, you must
enter a value for Depth to Top of Perfs here. If you choose Model Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE
SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, Depth to Top of Perfs is taken from data entered on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen and displayed (uneditable) on this screen.
Depth to Bottom of Perfs
If you choose Ignore Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, you must
enter a value for Depth to Bottom of Perfs here. If you choose Model Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE
SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, Depth to Bottom of Perfs is taken from data entered on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen and displayed (uneditable) on this screen.
Initial Frac Depth
FracproPT always calculates this value; it is approximately the center of the zone with lowest stress found within the
perforated interval. If you want to guarantee fracture initiation from a particular zone (regardless of the stress profile and
the true perforated interval), you can make the perforated interval small enough such that you control where the simulator
initiates the fracture.
Initial Frac Depth must fall within one of the inner Rock Type layers (that is, it cannot fall within either the top layer or the
bottom layer).
Other Functions
Layer Display
Select this function to view the INTEGRATED FRACTURE PICTURE with the Layer Properties Template.
202
FracproPT 2007
Logs/Layers Editor
If a standard Log ASCII (LAS) file is available, layers can be built automatically and properties can be assigned
automatically using the Logs/Layers Editor.
203
FracproPT 2007
204
FracproPT 2007
into said layers, you may enter some number other than 1. For example, if you wanted a particular Rock Type to exhibit
higher composite layering effects characteristics, you would enter a number greater than 1.
Est Ht/Len Growth
This parameter provides an estimate for the ratio of fracture height growth versus fracture length growth if the composite
layering effect would be the main driving force for fracture growth. For example, if the Composite Layering effect is set to
10, the Est Ht/Len Growth shows that for every foot the fracture grows in length, it grows about 0.32 foot in height.
205
FracproPT 2007
206
FracproPT 2007
207
FracproPT 2007
208
FracproPT 2007
This parameter indicates the pressure inside the fracture soon after fracture initiation. A good estimate for this number is
typically about 500 psi higher than pay zone closure stress. This parameter has two functions:
To convert Permeability to Leak-Off Coefficient and vice versa as displayed on the RESERVOIR
PARAMETERS [F9] screen, Layers tab.
As the initial fluid-loss driving pressure for the first simulator time step.
Note:
Once the fracture has initiated (for example, after the first time step), the actual pressure in the fracture is used to
drive fluid leakoff and calculate the actual leakoff coefficient.
Pore Fluid Compressibility
This is the compressibility (that is, the inverse of modulus) of the fluid in the pores. For oil reservoirs, compressibility can
be as low as 3e-6 1/psi. In gas reservoirs, the compressibility is the generally the reciprocal of the pore pressure (for
example, if the pore pressure is about 5000 psi, the compressibility would be about 0.0002 1/psi).
Pore Fluid Viscosity
This input refers to the mobile reservoir fluid. Typical values for a gas reservoir would be low, of order 0.01 to 0.1 cp, with
very little change with temperature. For an oil reservoir, typical values could be much higher, of order one to several
hundred cp, and significant changes with temperature would be expected.
Porosity
This is the volume fraction of formation rock that is occupied by pores where oil or gas is stored. Typical values are
around 10% (entered as 0.10), but porosity may be as high as 60% (0.60) or as low as only a few percent.
Gas In Foam Leakoff Percentage
This parameter relates the quality of the leakoff fluid to the quality of the fluid in the fracture. For example, a Gas In Foam
Leakoff Percentage of 25 with 80-quality foam in the fracture means that the leakoff fluid is 20-quality (that is, 20 percent
gas, 80 percent liquid). This field is accessible only if you have foam inputs on the Treatment SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
Set to Gas Defaults and Set to Oil Defaults
If you choose the buttons to Set to Gas Defaults or Set to Oil Defaults, the parameters on this screen are overwritten by
FracproPT. However, you can always set these parameters yourself after that by editing them individually.
Choosing Set to Gas Defaults or Set to Oil Defaults automatically sets a number of Reservoir Leakoff Parameters to
default values for "typical" reservoirs (that is, normally pressured, etc.). These parameters apply to all layers in the
Reservoir Layer Table.
Reservoir Depletion
Select this function to view the DEPLETION MENU screen where you can model the effects (on pore pressure, pore fluid
compressibility, and closure stress) of production from the reservoir. A message field adjacent to the Reservoir Depletion
selection indicates whether or not the depletion model is currently In Use or Not Used.
Drainage Area
The drainage area in terms of its extent and the well spacing is specified here.
X-Direction Extent
This parameter is the extent of the drainage area along the length of the fracture (that is, the x direction).
Y-Direction Extent
This parameter is the extent of the drainage area along the width of the fracture (that is, the y direction).
Well Spacing
This parameter is used to calculate a pseudo-steady state PI ratio in the Fracture Design module and is linked to the
Reservoir Extent in the Production Analysis module.
Fracture Azimuth
This parameter describes the fracture orientation with respect to north, with the positive direction defined to be clockwise
(for example, 45 degrees corresponds to the NE-to-SW direction). This parameter is used only for display purposes by the
Wellbore Viewer and does not affect model results.
Suggest Viscosity and Compressibility
Pressing this button will set Pore Fluid Viscosity and Pore Fluid Compressibility (described above) to suggested values.
209
FracproPT 2007
Additional Information
Set Lithology Permeability / Leakoff
You can use this dialog to set the primary leakoff parameter (Pore Fluid Permeability or Leakoff Coefficient, depending
on your choice for the Fluid Loss Entry Mode option on the Reservoir Parameters [F9] screen) for all layers with a
given lithology (as opposed to setting that leakoff parameter individually for each layer).
210
FracproPT 2007
211
FracproPT 2007
To convert Permeability to Leak-Off Coefficient and vice versa as displayed on the Reservoir Parameters
[F9] screen.
As the initial fluid-loss driving pressure for the first simulator time step.
Note:
Once the fracture has initiated (for example, after the first time step), the actual pressure in the fracture is used to
drive fluid leakoff.
Compressibility
This is the compressibility (that is, the inverse of modulus) of the fluid in the pores. For oil reservoirs, compressibility can
be as low as 3e-6 1/psi. In gas reservoirs, the compressibility is the reciprocal of the pore pressure (for example, if the
pore pressure equals about 5000 psi, the compressibility would be about 0.0002 1/psi).
Pore Fluid Viscosity
This input refers to the mobile reservoir fluid. Typical values for a gas reservoir would be low, of order 0.01 to 0.1 cp, with
very little change with temperature. For an oil reservoir, typical values could be much higher, of order one to several
hundred cp, and significant changes with temperature would be expected.
Porosity
212
FracproPT 2007
This is the volume fraction of formation rock that is occupied by pores where oil or gas is stored. Typical values are
around 10% (entered as 0.10), but porosity may be as high as 60% (0.60) or as low as only a few percent.
Gas In Foam Leakoff Percentage
This parameter relates the quality of the leakoff fluid to the quality of the fluid in the fracture. For example, a Gas In Foam
Leakoff Percentage of 25 with 80-quality foam in the fracture means that the leakoff fluid is 20-quality (that is, 20 percent
gas, 80 percent liquid). This field is accessible only if you have foam inputs on the Treatment SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
Other Functions
Reservoir Depletion
Select this function to view the DEPLETION MENU screen where you can model the effects (on pore pressure, pore fluid
compressibility, and closure stress) of production from the reservoir. A message field adjacent to the Reservoir Depletion
selection indicates whether or not the depletion model is currently In Use or Not Used.
Set To Gas Defaults
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to values that are estimated for a typical gas reservoir. You may
change individual numbers afterwards.
Set To Oil Defaults
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to values that are estimated for a typical oil reservoir. You may
change individual numbers afterwards.
Set To User Defined
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to the values entered on the Reservoir Leakoff Parameters
screen that was used when you last choose User Specified as the Reservoir Type. You may change individual numbers
afterwards.
Reservoir Depletion
This screen is where you can model the change in closure stress, pore pressure, and pore-fluid compressibility that has
resulted from production in a finite region around a wellbore. For example, in an oil reservoir produced from an acid
fracture such that the region around the fracture has a pore pressure below the bubble point (that is, resulting in a higher
pore-fluid compressibility) and a lower closure stress due to the lower pore pressure.
Note:
When modeling depletion effects, you should enter the current (that is, depleted) values for closure stress on the
RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen.
213
FracproPT 2007
This is the virgin pore pressure. The depleted, or current, pore pressure is entered on either the Reservoir Leakoff
Parameters screen and it is displayed below for reference.
Note:
FracproPT multiplies the change in pore pressure by 0.5 (which is a mid-range value for the so-called poro-elastic
coefficient) to determine the change in closure stress due to depletion. At a distance from the wellbore equal to the
Radius of Depletion, the closure stress entered on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen (that is, the current
or depleted closure stress) is increased by the change in closure stress due to depletion and the pore pressure is
increased to this Original Pore Pressure.
Depleted Pore Pressure
This is the current (that is, depleted) pore pressure that is entered on the Reservoir Leakoff Parameters screen. This
number is displayed here for reference only.
Original Pore Fluid Compressibility
This is the virgin pore fluid compressibility. At a distance out from the wellbore equal to the Radius of Depletion, pore fluid
compressibility decreases to this Original Pore Fluid Compressibility.
Layer Display
This screen displays the lithology (that is, Rock Type) of the reservoir and a log-style view of the following properties:
stress, permeability, Young's modulus, Poisson's ratio, and fracture toughness.
Reservoir Parameters - F9
General Reservoir Parameters - Layers [F9]
This screen is accessible only if you select General Multi-Scale Reservoir or General Single Scale Reservoir and
when selecting one of the 3D Models on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen.
Use General Multi-Scale Reservoir from the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen if you can assign
reservoir properties using various different log files and if you have no log information on other parameters. Once you
have assigned specific properties using the Logs/Layers Editor, you need to provide only a few entries for estimates of
properties on which you do not have more specific data.
Use General Single Scale Reservoir from the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen if you can assign all
reservoir properties different log files. Once you have assigned specific properties using the Logs/Layers Editor, you are
ready to use the model.
This is where you define the layers and their various properties that comprise the reservoir and surrounding strata by
entering the depth to the top of each layer. Up to 100 layers may be entered, but only 14 are shown at any time. Blank
rows in the table may be added by right-clicking and selecting Insert Row, and rows may be deleted by right-clicking and
selecting Delete Row or by pressing [Del].
214
FracproPT 2007
You must define at least three layers in each of the data tables described below and the fracture must initiate in a middle
layer. The layers where the fractures initiate (depending on the position of the perforated interval defined on the
WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen) are highlighted yellow in the table. If you have more than one perforated
interval defined, you can cycle through them by pressing [CNTR+F] or selecting the Next Interval toolbar button.
Note:
The actual depths you enter and the numbers of layers you define do not have to be identical in each of the data
tables.
215
FracproPT 2007
If you select Lithology Based Reservoir, all mechanical properties (for opening, etc.), all chemical properties (for
acidizing), and all thermal properties (for injection-fluid heating and reservoir cooling) will be input to the simulator based
on rock type and a single set of depths.
In general, this is the most convenient way to specify model inputs. Once you have constructed your Lithology Based
Reservoir, FracproPT can automatically convert it to a General Reservoir if necessary. Unfortunately, there is no way to
convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir without loosing some of this data. However, you should
rarely, if ever, want or need to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir.
Use this type of data entry if you do not know many properties about the reservoir, and if you want to set up a layered
profile quickly. Once you assigned the main properties of the lithologies that you are using and defining the depth of
individual layers, you are ready to start modeling.
General Multi-Scale
If you select General Multi-Scale Reservoir, you will enter each of the mechanical properties (for example, stress,
modulus, etc.) with its own independent set of layer depths. Chemical properties (for acidizing) and thermal properties (for
injection-fluid heating and reservoir cooling) are input to the simulator based on rock type and a single set of depths.
FracproPT can automatically convert a Lithology Based Reservoir to a General Reservoir, if necessary. Unfortunately,
there is no way to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir without loosing some of this data.
However, you should rarely, if ever, want or need to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir.
Use this type of data entry if you can assign reservoir properties using various different log files and if you have no log
information on other parameters. Once you have assigned specific properties using the Log-Layer Editor, you need to
provide only a few entries for estimates of properties on which you do not have more specific data.
General Single Scale
If you select General Reservoir, you will enter each of the mechanical properties (for example, stress, modulus, etc.) with
its own independent set of layer depths. Chemical properties (for acidizing) and thermal properties (for injection-fluid
heating and reservoir cooling) are input to the simulator based on rock type and a single set of depths.
FracproPT can automatically convert a Lithology Based Reservoir to a General Reservoir, if necessary. Unfortunately,
there is no way to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir without loosing some of this data.
However, you should rarely, if ever, want or need to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir.
Use this type of data entry if you can assign all reservoir properties different log files. Once you have assigned specific
properties using the Log-Layer Editor, you are ready to use the model.
Reservoir Rock Type Table
Depth TVD / Depth MD
Depending on your selection in the Depth Entry Mode options, you enter either Depth TVD (true vertical depth) or Depth
MD (measured depth) to the top of each layer in this column.
Layer Thickness
This value represents the layer thickness in TVD. This value is not editable and calculated from the top of each layer in
the Depth TVD column.
Rock Type
Enter the rock type or lithology name in each layer in this column.
Reservoir Stress Table
Depth TVD / Depth MD
Depending on your selection in the Depth Entry Mode options, you enter either Depth TVD (true vertical depth) or Depth
MD (measured depth) to the top of each layer in this column.
Stress
Enter the closure stress in each layer in this column.
Reservoir Elastic Properties Table
Depth TVD / Depth MD
Depending on your selection in the Depth Entry Mode options, you enter either Depth TVD (true vertical depth) or Depth
MD (measured depth) to the top of each layer in this column.
Youngs Modulus
Enter the Young's Modulus in each layer in this column.
Poissons Ratio
Enter the Poisson's Ratio in each layer in this column.
Fracture Toughness
216
FracproPT 2007
Fracture toughness for the layer based on the assigned toughness for that lithology in the Rock Properties tab.
Composite Layering Effect
Composite layering effect for the layer based on the assigned composite layering effect for that lithology in the Rock
Properties tab.
On a per-layer basis, this number is multiplied by the default Tip Effects Coefficient, which is entered on the FracproPT
3D tab of the FracproPT MODEL Parameters [SHIFT+F3] screen. Generally, this number should be left at 1. However,
in order to specify the relative tip effects for any particular layers, thereby specifying the relative degree of fracture growth
into said layers, you may enter some number other than 1. For example, if you wanted a particular Rock Type to exhibit
higher composite layering effects characteristics, you would enter a number greater than 1.
Additional Information: Composite Layering Effects
Est Ht/Len Growth
This parameter provides an estimate for the ratio of fracture height growth versus fracture length growth if the composite
layering effect would be the main driving force for fracture growth. For example, if the Composite Layering effect is set to
10, the Est Ht/Len Growth shows that for every foot the fracture grows in length, it grows about 0.32 foot in height.
Reservoir Fluid Loss Table
Depth TVD / Depth MD
Depending on your selection in the Depth Entry Mode options, you enter either Depth TVD (true vertical depth) or Depth
MD (measured depth) to the top of each layer in this column.
Pore Fluid Permeability
If you select Enter Permeability in the Fluid Loss Entry Mode options, enter the Pore Fluid Permeability for each layer
in this column. If you select Enter Leakoff Coefficient, the permeability will be calculated and displayed in this column.
Leakoff Coefficient
If you select Enter Leakoff Coefficient in the Fluid Loss Entry Mode options, enter the (total) Leakoff Coefficient for
each layer in this column. If you select Enter Permeability, the leakoff coefficient will be calculated and displayed in this
column.
Pay Zone
Use this check box to mark all zones that you consider pay zones. This is information is used by Fracture Design Mode
and also in the calculation of the Payzone Height Coverage Ratio and Payzone Fracture Area Ratio model channels.
In Production Analysis Mode, if you use the Import Frac Interval Properties function, Permeability on the
PRODUCTION ANALYSIS Reservoir Parameters [F9] screen is the average of all the permeabilities of all zones
marked as pay zones, not just the permeability of the zone containing the perforated interval. The average permeability is
calculated as sum of kh for all zones divided by the total height of all zones:
Average Permeability=kh/Total Height
Depth Entry Mode
Enter TVD
Select this option to enter the layer depths in the Reservoir Tables in terms of the true vertical depth (TVD).
Enter MD
Select this option to enter the layer depths in the Reservoir Tables in terms of the measured depth (MD).
Fluid Loss Entry Mode
You have the choice of entering either Pore Fluid Permeability or (total) Leakoff Coefficient. Whichever one you choose to
enter, FracproPT uses a permeability-to-leakoff-coefficient relationship to calculate the other.
Enter Permeability
Select this option to enter the Pore-Fluid Permeability for each Rock Type in the Reservoir Layer Table. The
corresponding (total) Leakoff Coefficient will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent column in the table.
Enter Leakoff Coefficient
Select this option to enter the (total) Leakoff Coefficient for each Rock Type in the Reservoir Layer Table. The
corresponding Pore-Fluid Permeability will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent column in the table.
Perforations
Total perforated height, whether entered by you here, or on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen in the case
where you are not modeling the wellbore, has no effect on the perforation friction predicted by FracproPT. Perforation
friction is calculated based solely on the flow rate and the data entered on the PERF AND NEAR-WELLBORE FRICTION
[F8] screen.
Note:
217
FracproPT 2007
The perforation and initial frac depths are always entered and/or display here in terms of true vertical depth (TVD).
Note:
If you have more than one perforated interval defined on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen, you can
toggle through a display of each interval by pressing [Ctrl+F] or selecting the Next Interval toolbar button.
Note:
For large perforated intervals, you may elect to have the fracture initiate from a line source (details of which can be
found on the Growth Parameters tab of the FracproPT MODEL PARAMETERS screen).
Depth to Top of Perfs
If you choose Ignore Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, you must
enter a value for Depth to Top of Perfs here. If you choose Model Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE
SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, Depth to Top of Perfs is taken from data entered on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen and displayed (uneditable) on this screen.
Depth to Bottom of Perfs
If you choose Ignore Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, you must
enter a value for Depth to Bottom of Perfs here. If you choose Model Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE
SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, Depth to Bottom of Perfs is taken from data entered on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen and displayed (uneditable) on this screen.
Initial Frac Depth
FracproPT always calculates this value; it is approximately the center of the zone with lowest stress found within the
perforated interval. If you want to guarantee fracture initiation from a particular zone (regardless of the stress profile and
the true perforated interval), you can make the perforated interval small enough such that you control where the simulator
initiates the fracture.
Initial Frac Depth must fall within one of the inner Rock Type layers (that is, it cannot fall within either the top layer or the
bottom layer).
This screen is where you modify the composite layering effects on various layers of rock. This screen is available only if
you choose General Reservoir in the Reservoir Options on the FRACTURE Analysis OPTIONS [F4] screen.
Define the layers and their various properties that comprise the reservoir and surrounding strata by entering the depth to
the top of each layer. Up to 100 layers may be entered, but only 14 are shown at any time. Blank rows in the table may be
added by selecting a whole row and pressing [Ins], and rows may be deleted by selecting the whole row and pressing
[Del].
The layer where the fracture initiates (depending on the position of the perforated interval defined on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen) is highlighted yellow in the table. If you have more than one perforated interval defined,
you can cycle through them by pressing [Ctrl+F] or selecting the Next Interval toolbar button.
Note:
The actual depths you enter and the numbers of layers you define here do not have to coincide with the depths and
layers you enter in any other Reservoir Property Table.
Set Composite Layering Effect from
These options will only be available if 3D User-Defined is selected as the Fracture Model to Use option on the Fracture
Analysis Options [F4] screen.
Table Entry
Select this option to set the Composite Layering Effect in the Mechanical Rock Properties Table.
Payzone Flag
Select this option to set the Composite Layering Effect for all zones (no matter what the Rock Type) that are not
selected as Pay Zones on the Reservoir Parameters [F9] screen. The Composite Layering Effect for the Pay Zones
will automatically be set to 1.0, while the value for all non-Pay Zones is set below by the entry for Composite Layering
Effect Outside Payzone.
Composite Layering Effect Outside Payzone
If Payzone Flag is selected as the Set Composite Layering Effect from option (see description above), the value for
that effect is entered here. This value will overwrite all values entered in the Mechanical Rock Properties Table.
Additional Information: Composite Layering Effects
Other Functions
Layer Display
Select this function to view the INTEGRATED FRACTURE PICTURE with the Layer Properties Template.
Logs/Layers Editor
218
FracproPT 2007
If a standard Log ASCII (LAS) file is available, layers can be built automatically and properties can be assigned
automatically using the Logs/Layers Editor.
Radial fracture growth if stress profile is uniform (theoretical decrease in net pressure with pump time)
Confined height growth if closure stress "barriers" are present (theoretical increase in net pressure
with pump time).
The effectiveness of a fracture growth "barrier" is determined by the level of the closure stress contrast between pay zone
and the layers above and below the pay, and the level of the net pressure inside the fracture. If the net pressure is high in
comparison to the closure stress contrast, the fracture will significantly grow into the neighboring zones.
The best and most reliable way to measure the stress is to do a pump-in shut-in test. This is typically done prior to the
fracture treatment in attempt to determine the fracture closure stress in the pay zone. Fracture closure stress
measurements can also be done separately in the zones around the pay zone by shooting some perforations in these
zones and conducting a pump-in shut-in test, but this is generally somewhat costly and not without risks.
Fracture closure stress is sometimes determined using a dipole sonic log. This log measures the dynamic Poissons ratio,
and various assumptions are required to "translate" that into a closure stress profile. Unfortunately, these assumptions
drive the final results, and it has often been observed that sonic-log derived closure stresses are very different from
directly measured closure stresses. In the absence of more than one directly measure closure stress (in the pay zone),
the dipole sonic log interpretation of stress is often used as a first guess of the stress contrast, while the pump-in shut-in
closure measurement in the pay is used as a calibration point.
In the absence of any knowledge about stress in a reservoir (apart from the pump-in shut-in measurement prior to the
propped frac), a typical sand-shale closure stress contrast of about 0.05 - 0.1 psi/ft can be assumed, with the lower
closure stress in the sands. The main reason for this is that sands typically have a slightly lower Poissons ratio than
shales, and thus transfer less of the overburden stress gradient into a horizontal stress component.
A lower contrast should be assumed if sands are not clean. A higher sand-shale closure stress contrast should be
anticipated if there has been significant depletion in the sand. A rule-of thumb is that the closure stress in the san reduces
by about 2/3 of the reduction in pore pressure. For example, if reservoir pressure has been depleted by 1000 psi, a 670
psi reduction in the closure stress can be assumed, on top of the original contrast of 0.05 0.1 psi/ft.
If you have evidence that fracture growth is confined, for example because you know that the fracture is not penetrating a
nearby water-bearing zone, you can use this knowledge to contain the fracture more in the model by increasing the
fracture closure stress in the zones above and below the pay zone. Once you have to raise the fracture closure stress
above about 1.0 psi/ft to get the desired confinement, you need to switch over to other confinement mechanisms, such as
the composite layering effect.
Poisson's Ratio
The Poisson's Ratio () is typically not a very important parameter in fracture growth and has only a second-order effect
on the fracture geometry.
Typical Poissons ratios range between about 0.2 for sandstones and about 0.3 for shales. Coals have a relatively high
Poissons Ratio of about 0.4.
Young's Modulus
Youngs Modulus is a measure of the stiffness of the rock. It should be obtained from static loading tests on core,
preferably similar to stress conditions in the reservoir of interest. You can generally use core data from nearby wells and
use this to populate modulus data in FracproPT.
In the absence of any core measurements, static Youngs Modulus could also be indirectly obtained from measurement of
dynamic modulus using sonic log measurements. Note however, that rocks appear stiffer under dynamic load, and the
dynamic Youngs modulus is usually at least two times higher than the static modulus. In soft rock, the dynamic/static
modulus ratio can be significantly higher than 2.
Sometimes, it is possible to correlate the modulus with the shale fraction in the rock or with the porosity. These
correlations are generally based on a few core measurements, after which this correlation is used to estimate modulus
along the entire depth of the interval of interest based on Vshale or porosity log measurements.
Typical Young's Moduli range between 100,000 psi for soft rocks such as coals, diatomite or unconsolidated sands, to up
to 10,000,000 psi for extremely hard rocks such as granite. Well-consolidated sandstones typically have a Young's
Modulus in the range of 3,000,000 to 6,000,000 psi.
Permeability to Leakoff Coefficient Relationship
219
FracproPT 2007
You have the option to enter either Pore Fluid Permeability (which is the permeability of the formation to the oil or gas in
the reservoir) or Leakoff Coefficient (which is the total leakoff coefficient, C_total). Whichever parameter you enter,
FracproPT automatically solves for and displays the other in blue to indicate that it is a calculated value. In general, it is
more appropriate to enter permeability since FracproPT runs internally from permeabilities.
The relationship between permeability and leak-off coefficient is a function of the parameters accessed by selecting
Additional Reservoir Properties. Each time one of the leakoff parameters is changed, FracproPT re-solves the
permeability-to-leakoff coefficient relationship, holding constant the last value entered for either Pore Fluid Permeability or
Leakoff Coefficient (that is, the column of numbers displayed in black type are held constant).
The "total" Leakoff Coefficient determines the rate of fluid leakoff into the formation, per unit area. Values typically range
from 0.04 to 0.0001 feet/square-root-minute. Leakoff coefficient can be found reliably only by using FracproPT to match
the pressure decline during a shut-in. FracproPT calculates the most reasonable estimate of fracture contact with
permeable area and takes into account the change in fracture dimensions, as well as fluid leakoff, when calculating the
pressure decline during shut-in.
Matching a pressure decline with any fracture model (including type curves) to determine leakoff coefficient is geometry
dependent (that is, dependent upon fracture area in contact with permeable rock). Therefore, leakoff coefficients derived
from one fracture model cannot accurately be used with other fracture models. However, the deduced efficiency may not
be greatly different between most models.
220
FracproPT 2007
Choosing Multi-Layer allows you to set those same Reservoir Leakoff Parameters to whatever values you choose, but
now they can be set differently to each layer in the Reservoir Layer Table. As you might expect, the Reservoir LEAKOFF
PARAMETERS screen will appear somewhat different in this case.
HC Type
The type of hydrocarbons is specified here.
Gas Well
The well is used primarily to produce gas.
Oil Well
The well is used primarily to produce oil.
Leakoff Fluid Permeability Ratio, Kp/Kl
This is the ratio of formation pore-fluid permeability to formation leakoff-fluid permeability (usually water). Typical values
for this ratio are from 1.0 to 50. For oil reservoirs, values close to 1.0 are common. For gas reservoirs, values of order 10
or higher are common.
Reservoir Pore Pressure
This parameter is commonly measured for other reasons (for example, reserve calculations) and is usually a well-known
parameter. A typical pore pressure gradient is about 0.43 psi/foot.
Average Pressure In Fracture
This parameter indicates the pressure inside the fracture soon after fracture initiation. A good estimate for this number is
typically about 500 psi higher than pay zone closure stress. This parameter has two functions:
To convert Permeability to Leak-Off Coefficient and vice versa as displayed on the RESERVOIR
PARAMETERS [F9] screen, Layers tab.
As the initial fluid-loss driving pressure for the first simulator time step.
Note:
Once the fracture has initiated (for example, after the first time step), the actual pressure in the fracture is used to
drive fluid leakoff and calculate the actual leakoff coefficient.
Pore Fluid Compressibility
This is the compressibility (that is, the inverse of modulus) of the fluid in the pores. For oil reservoirs, compressibility can
be as low as 3e-6 1/psi. In gas reservoirs, the compressibility is the generally the reciprocal of the pore pressure (for
example, if the pore pressure is about 5000 psi, the compressibility would be about 0.0002 1/psi).
Pore Fluid Viscosity
This input refers to the mobile reservoir fluid. Typical values for a gas reservoir would be low, of order 0.01 to 0.1 cp, with
very little change with temperature. For an oil reservoir, typical values could be much higher, of order one to several
hundred cp, and significant changes with temperature would be expected.
Porosity
This is the volume fraction of formation rock that is occupied by pores where oil or gas is stored. Typical values are
around 10% (entered as 0.10), but porosity may be as high as 60% (0.60) or as low as only a few percent.
Gas In Foam Leakoff Percentage
This parameter relates the quality of the leakoff fluid to the quality of the fluid in the fracture. For example, a Gas In Foam
Leakoff Percentage of 25 with 80-quality foam in the fracture means that the leakoff fluid is 20-quality (that is, 20 percent
gas, 80 percent liquid). This field is accessible only if you have foam inputs on the Treatment SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
Set to Gas Defaults and Set to Oil Defaults
If you choose the buttons to Set to Gas Defaults or Set to Oil Defaults, the parameters on this screen are overwritten by
FracproPT. However, you can always set these parameters yourself after that by editing them individually.
Choosing Set to Gas Defaults or Set to Oil Defaults automatically sets a number of Reservoir Leakoff Parameters to
default values for "typical" reservoirs (that is, normally pressured, etc.). These parameters apply to all layers in the
Reservoir Layer Table.
Reservoir Depletion
Select this function to view the DEPLETION MENU screen where you can model the effects (on pore pressure, pore fluid
compressibility, and closure stress) of production from the reservoir. A message field adjacent to the Reservoir Depletion
selection indicates whether or not the depletion model is currently In Use or Not Used.
221
FracproPT 2007
Drainage Area
The drainage area in terms of its extent and the well spacing is specified here.
X-Direction Extent
This parameter is the extent of the drainage area along the length of the fracture (that is, the x direction).
Y-Direction Extent
This parameter is the extent of the drainage area along the width of the fracture (that is, the y direction).
Well Spacing
This parameter is used to calculate a pseudo-steady state PI ratio in the Fracture Design module and is linked to the
Reservoir Extent in the Production Analysis module.
Fracture Azimuth
This parameter describes the fracture orientation with respect to north, with the positive direction defined to be clockwise
(for example, 45 degrees corresponds to the NE-to-SW direction). This parameter is used only for display purposes by the
Wellbore Viewer and does not affect model results.
Suggest Viscosity and Compressibility
Pressing this button will set Pore Fluid Viscosity and Pore Fluid Compressibility (described above) to suggested values.
222
FracproPT 2007
Stress Perturbation
This screen is for proprietary use only. The purpose of this screen is to calculate the increase in closure stress in each
FracproPT Layer as caused by the presence of previously created fractures that have closed on proppant.
223
FracproPT 2007
Fracturing pressures have been observed to increase with subsequent fracture stages in horizontal wells, because
previous propped fractures that are closed on proppant change the state of stress in the reservoir. This change has an
impact on the fracture design for subsequent fracture treatments. For example, the stress increase in a pay zone due to
the presence of a propped fracture created in a previous stage could cause the new fracture to grow preferentially outside
the pay zone if the new fracture is placed close to the previous one. This can have a huge impact on the wells production
performance.
Pinnacle Technologies has implemented existing algorithms and equations to calculate the change in closure stress
profile along a well due to the presence of nearby hydraulic fractures that have been pumped in previous fracture
treatments. The existing algorithms and equations are explained in detail by Sneddon [1946a], Sneddon [1946b], Uhri
[1987] and Warpinski et al. [1988].
STRESS PERTURBATION TABLE
This lists all layer depths and rocktypes as defined in the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] Layers tab.
Stress
The minimum principle stress (or fracture closure stress) for each layer.
Perturbation
The Stress Perturbation column displays the increase or decrease in fracture closure stress at the location of the current
fracture due to the presence of fractures defined in the Import Fractures box.
Stress + Perturbation
Sum of the two values above.
IMPORT FRACTURES
Identifier
Represents the name of the RFR file that contains the fracture geometry information. An RFR file is automatically created
for every FracproPT INP file once you Run the Fracture Analysis model. The RFR file contains the fracture dimensions,
the center depth of the fracture, and the net fracturing pressure as the fracture closes on proppant.
Fracture Center
X represents the coordinate along an East-West axis (with East being positive) of the center of the previously created
fracture. Y represents the coordinate along an North-South axis (with North being positive) of the center of the previously
created fracture. Both coordinates have to be entered in this screen. The Z coordinate represents the center depth (TVD)
of the fracture and originates from the RFR file.
Fracture Geometry
Lf represents the fracture half-length, and Hf represents the total fracture height. Pnet represents the net pressure in the
fracture at the time when the fracture closes on proppant. All these parameters originate from the RFR file.
STRESS IN PAY
Minimum Stress
The Minimum Stress equals the closure stress in the fracture initiation layer, which is represented in bright yellow in the
Stress Perturbation Table.
Intermediate Stress
The Intermediate Stress equals the intermediate (horizontal stress). Right now, this is not used for any calculation, but is
only displayed for comparison with the Stress+Perturbation in the Stress Perturbation Table.
Vertical Stress
Right now, this is not used for any calculation, but is only displayed for comparison with the Stress+Perturbation in the
Stress Perturbation Table.
224
FracproPT 2007
Fracture Azimuth
We assume that all fractures (current and previously created and loaded in the Import Fractures table) have the same
Fracture Azimuth. Azimuth is defined from the North, with azimuths East of North as positive and West of North
negative.
Stress + Perturbation
Displays Stress + Perturbation column in the Stress Perturbation Table as the Stress column in the Layers tab of the
RESERVOIR PROPERTIES [F9] screen. To account for the influence of previous fractures, the fracture model needs to
be run using this selection.
Browse
Locate and add RFR files using this button.
Remove
Highlight the identifier of the fracture you would like to remove and select the Remove button.
References
Sneddon, I.N. and H.A. Elliot: "The opening of a Griffith crack under internal pressure," The Quarterly of
Applied Mathematics, Vol IV, No. 3, pp. 262-267, 1946.
Sneddon, I.N. :"The distribution of Stress in the neighborhood of a crack in an elastic solid", Proceedings,
Royal Society, Series A, Vol 1987, 1946, pp. 229-260.
Warpinski, N.R. and Branagan, P.T.:"Altered-Stress Fracturing," SPE paper 17533 presented at the Rocky
Mounbtain Regional Meeting, Casper, WY, May 11-13, 1988.
225
FracproPT 2007
226
FracproPT 2007
Fracture Toughness
Enter the fracture toughness for the layer of rock you are fracturing.
Reservoir Type
Define the reservoir type by selecting either Oil or Gas from the drop-down list.
Reservoir Lithology
Make a selection from the available Rock Types from the drop-down list. The rock type is important (in this simulation)
only for chemical properties (for example, for acid reaction) and for thermal properties (for example, fluid heating).
selecting from the main menu Data > Fluids and Proppants > Select Fluids and Proppants F5
The Fluid Selection tab is the first tab on the Fluid and Proppant Selection - F5 screen.
The fluids listed on this screen are the ones available for use in the current fracture and reservoir simulations. Up to ten
fluids can be selected. They are a subset of the hundreds found in the Fluid Libraries (there are System Libraries and
User Libraries for fluids). The fluids displayed here are either selected from the libraries or created from scratch.
227
FracproPT 2007
Fluids List
This is the list of fluids currently available for use in the simulator. Additional fluids may be added from the Fluid Libraries.
Note:
Fluids with a red background indicate fluids that have acid added to them. Fluids displayed on a faint yellow
background are actually used in the Treatment Schedule - F6 screen or elsewhere in FracproPT in other modules.
Columns
Edit Current Fluid: Use this function to view the friction, rheology, fluid-loss, thermal, and chemical
data for any fluid in the list by first selecting the fluid and then selecting this function. Alternatively,
Buttons
228
FracproPT 2007
you can also simply double-click on the fluid. Both actions display the Fluid Data [Shift+F5] screen
where those data are accessible.
Add New Fluid to List: Select this function to add a new fluid to the list from either the System
Library or User Library of fluids in the Select Fluid screen. See also description for Add New
Halliburton 2007 Fluid to List button below.
Note:
If you wish to create a modified version of a fluid that is already on the Fluids List, select the fluid by clicking on the
row number and then press [Ins]. This action will create a new fluid that is a copy of the first fluid, the only difference
being that "-A" will be appended to the name. If you repeat this process to create more copies of the original fluid,
they will have -B, -C, etc. appended to the original name. You can then modify the new fluid's properties. This is a
handy feature for foam treatments where you need to use the same basic fluid with varying quality.
Remove Fluid from List: Select a fluid with the cursor and then use this function to delete it from the
Fluid List.
Note:
If a fluid is currently in use on the Treatment Schedule - F6 screen, you will not be able to remove it unless you
remove it from the schedule first.
Create User Defined Fluid: Select this function to create a fluid from "scratch." A blank version of the
Fluid Data - Shift+F5 screen will appear where you must enter a fluid name, rheology data, friction
data, and fluid-loss data. The fluid will not be a valid fluid (that is, it will not be usable) until all
necessary data are entered.
Add New Halliburton 2007 Fluid to List: Select this function to add a new Halliburton fluid to the list
from either the System Library or User Library of Halliburton fluids in the Select Halliburton Fluid
screen.
Select Fluid
The Select Fluid screen can be accessed by clicking on the Add New Fluid to List button on the Fluid Selection tab of
the Fluid and Proppant Selection - F5 screen.
This screen is where you select a fluid from one of FracproPTs fluid libraries for use in the pump schedule.
Library
System: The System fluid library contains all of the fluids supplied with FracproPT. These data were
obtained directly from the service companies.
User: The User fluid library contains data that you have stored when entering a fluid from scratch, or
if you have modified fluids from the System library and saved it to the User library.
Vendor
229
FracproPT 2007
After selecting a fluid Library, you should select a Vendor in this field.
System
After selecting a fluid Library and Vendor, you should select a fluid System in this field.
Name - Description
After selecting a fluid Library, Vendor, and System, you should select the actual fluid (that is, in terms of a fluid Name
and Description) in this field.
230
FracproPT 2007
In addition, FracproPT overrides the properties of Halliburtons fluids in the Material Library to make them more suitable
for use in FracproPT:
spurt loss
For non-wall-building fluids, FracproPT overrides these two properties to zero. The reason is that non-wall-building fluids
have no wall-building characteristics. Consequently, it would make sense to set the wall building coefficient and the spurt
to zero. However, Halliburtons Material Library is using the classical definition where the wall building coefficient is equal
to half the slope of the fluid loss versus square-root time (that is, the rate of fluid leakoff). Of course, for non-wall-building
fluids this is a very steep slope compared to fracturing gels. However, when the wall building coefficient is defined like
this, for non-wall-building fluids it has to be a non-zero value, since it has a leakoff volume over time. Unfortunately, this
definition may be confusing for FracproPT users.
Additional Information: Wallbuilding Coefficient
User-defined Fluids
The Material Library contains all the standard Halliburton stimulation fluids. However, in field operations fluids are
formulated for specific job applications. The Material Library facilitates definition of such formulated fluids. User-defined
fluids can be exported and sent to other users for their use, and received from other users and imported into the User
Library.
User Library
When a user-defined fluid is created by editing a pre-defined system fluid or another user-defined fluid, it is automatically
added to the User Library. In the Select Halliburton Fluid screen, fluids in the User Library are displayed as rows with a
yellow background, which distinguishes them from pre-defined system fluids with a white background. The fluids in the
User Library are stored in separate Extensible Markup Language (XML) ASCII text files in a folder similar to ...\My
Documents\MaterialsLibrary\UserMaterials\; the names of these XML files are determined by the identifier (OID) of
each user-defined fluid in the User Library.
Columns
Name: The common, unique name of the fluid. The names of pre-defined system fluids cannot be
edited. The names of user-defined fluid may be changed
OID: The unique identifier of the fluid, which is used for internal purposes only. For pre-defined
system fluids, the OIDs are generally the same as or similar to the fluid names. However, for userdefined fluids, a unique OID is generated, which unfortunately looks rather obscure (for example,
AFAZYL0IIJ33OAAA).
water-based
231
FracproPT 2007
Well Type: The type of well for the primary application of the fluid.
(that is, Gas, Oil)
CO2 Compatibility: Whether the fluid is compatible for use with carbon dioxide (CO2) gas.
(that is, true, false)
Minimum Temperature: The minimum applicable temperature for which the fluid is recommended, in
degrees Fahrenheit (F).
Maximum Temperature: The minimum applicable temperature for which the fluid is recommended,
in degrees Fahrenheit (F).
Sorting
By default, the fluids are listed in alphabetical order by their name. Each column can be sorted by clicking on the column
header. Subsequently clicking on the same column header toggles the sorting between ascending and descending order.
Filtering
The columns can be filtered by clicking on the downward pointing arrow
box
column Context Type:
below the column headers. By default, all filter choices are checked on. For example, for the
Filters are summative (that is, setting multiple filters requires that all filter conditions be met).
Buttons
Import: Read a user-defined fluid from an Extensible Markup Language (XML) ASCII text file into the
User Library. A single XML file can contain multiple fluids, and all of these fluids will be read into the
User Library.
Edit: Modify the properties of the fluid. This converts a pre-defined system fluid to a user-defined
fluid.
Save: Generate a new user-defined fluid based on the currently active fluid. This function will not only
make a copy of a pre-defined system fluid, but also of another user-defined fluid. Thus, subsequent
derivatives of a user-defined fluid may be created as needed.
Delete: Remove a user-defined fluid from the User Library. Multiple user-defined fluids can be
removed from the User Library by selecting them in the fluid selection screen before pressing the
"Delete" button. Upon delete of one or more user-defined fluids, the fluid in the row below the lowest
deleted fluid becomes the active fluid. Pre-defined system fluids cannot be deleted.
Export: Write a user-defined fluid from the User Library to an Extensible Markup Language (XML)
ASCII text file. Multiple user-defined fluids can be exported by selecting them in the fluid selection
screen before pressing the "Export" button. This functionality can be used to make a backup copy of
the User Library in a single file for safekeeping.
OK: Exit the Select Halliburton Fluid screen and add the active fluid to the list of selected fluids.
Cancel: Exit the Select Halliburton Fluid screen without adding the active fluid to the list of selected
fluids.
Proppant Selection - F5
232
selecting from the main menu Data > Fluids and Proppants > Select Fluids and Proppants F5
FracproPT 2007
The Proppant Selection tab is the second tab on the Fluid and Proppant Selection - F5 screen.
The proppants listed on this screen are the ones available for use in the current fracture and reservoir simulations. Up to
ten proppants can be selected. They are a subset of the proppants found in the Proppant Libraries (there are System
Libraries and User Libraries for proppants). The proppants displayed here are either selected from the libraries or created
from scratch.
Proppants List
This is the list of proppants currently available for use in the simulator. Additional proppants may be added from the
Proppant Libraries.
Note:
If the diameter for a proppant displayed in the list is smaller than the threshold diameter defined on the Proppant
Model Parameters tab of the FracproPT Model Parameters - Shift + F3 screen (so that it will be ignored as proppant
233
FracproPT 2007
by the fracture simulator), the proppant will be displayed with a yellow background in the list. Proppants displayed on
a faint yellow background are actually used in the Treatment Schedule - F6 screen or elsewhere in FracproPT in
other modules.
Columns
COMP: Compiled from various sources (generally based on the most reliable proppant data that
is available).
DOC: The vendors documentation (that is, not published on their World Wide Web site).
Buttons
Edit Current Proppant: Use this function to view data (for example, density, porosity, average
diameter) the data describing any fluid in the list by first selecting the proppant and then selecting this
function. Alternatively, you can also simply double-click on the proppant. Both actions display the
Proppant Data screen where that data are accessible.
Add New Proppant to List: Select this function to add a new proppant to the list from either the
System Library or User Library of proppants in the Select Proppant screen.
Create User Defined Proppant: Select this function to create a proppant from "scratch." A blank
version of the Proppant Data screen will appear where you must enter a proppant name and other
data to describe the proppant. The proppant will not be a valid proppant (that is, it will not be usable)
until all necessary data are entered.
Remove Proppant from List: Select a proppant with the cursor and then use this function to delete it
from the Proppant List.
Note:
If a proppant is currently in use on the Treatment Schedule - F6 screen, you will not be able to remove it unless you
remove it from the schedule first.
Proppant Effects on Wellbore Friction: Select this function to view the Proppant Effects On
Wellbore FrictioN screen where the effects of proppant on wellbore friction can be viewed and
modified.
Producing Bottomhole Pressure: Enter a pressure here for use in calculating the net closure stress
on the proppant, which is necessary to calculate the conductivity of the propped fracture. This
pressure has a wide range of values that may depend on gathering-system line pressure, reservoir or
proppant sensitivity to the drawdown pressure, or some other production-related constraint. This
pressure will always be less than reservoir pressure and it may be as low as a few tens or hundreds
of psi (above zero) in low-permeability gas wells.
Note:
This is the same parameter shown on the Proppant Perm Damage screen.
Proppant Damage Factor: This the damage factor applied to the proppant permeability resulting
from non-flow-related phenomena such as gel residue. This damage factor can be specified on the
Proppant Perm Damage screen.
Note:
This damage factor is shown on this screen in read-only format.
Note:
234
Apparent Damage Factor (Non-Darcy, Multi-Phase Flow): This attempts to estimate the apparent
damage factors resulting from flow-related phenomena such as non-Darcy and multi-phase flow
effects. This damage factor can be specified on the Proppant Perm Damage screen.
FracproPT 2007
Proppant Perm Damage: Select this function to go to the Proppant Perm Damage screen where you
can enter information and select options, including non-Darcy and multiphase flow effects, related
to the calculation of proppant conductivity in the fractures during production.
Select Proppant
The Select Proppant screen is accessed by clicking on the Add New Proppant to List button on the Proppant Selection
tab of the Fluid and Proppant Selection - F5 screen.
This screen is where you select a proppant from one of FracproPTs proppant libraries for use in the pump schedule.
Library
HES: The Halliburton proppants. They account for the non-linear effects of the proppant
2
2
concentration (that is, the conductivity at 2 lb/ft is not twice the conductivity at 1 lb/ft ). Since the
Halliburton library returns a conductivity, it is converted back to permeability to display on the
Proppant Data screen.
235
FracproPT 2007
Columns
COMP: Compiled from various sources (generally based on the most reliable proppant data that
is available).
DOC: The vendors documentation (that is, not published on their World Wide Web site).
Lab Verif.: Whether the proppant data was obtained and verified by an independent laboratory (for
example, Stim-Lab) or by a laboratory that is somehow dependent on a proppant vendor.
(that is, No, Yes)
Sorting
By default, the proppants are listed in alphabetical order by their name. Each column can be sorted by clicking on the
column header. Subsequently clicking on the same column header toggles the sorting between ascending and
descending order.
Filtering
The columns can be filtered by clicking on the downward pointing arrow
below the column headers. By default, all filter choices are set to All. For example, for the column
"Coating":
Filters are exclusive (that is, only one filter value can be set for each column).
Fields
236
Comments: Notes that summarize the algorithms that were used to compile missing data for each
proppant, if relevant.
FracproPT 2007
Buttons
OK: Exit the Select Proppant screen and add the active proppant to the list of selected proppants.
Cancel: Exit the Select Proppant screen without adding the active proppant to the list of selected
proppants.
237
FracproPT 2007
Selected Fluid
Name
This is the name of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library. To view the friction properties of another fluid listed on the
Fluid and Proppant Selection [F5] screen, simply select it from the Name drop-down list.
Vendor
This is the vendor of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
System
This is the fluid system as entered in the Fluid Library.
Description
This is the description of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
Modified Properties
This field displays a message indicating from where the data on this screen was interpolated or taken, and whether or not
any of the data have been modified since retrieval.
If you select Use Multiplier, you can enter a value for Friction Multiplier to change all friction pressure (P)
values by the same factor. This method preserves the shape of the wellbore friction vs. flow-rate curve,
essentially shifting it up or down.
If you select Set Individual Values, you can change all of data points individually (both flow rate and friction
pressure).
Plot Data
Friction Pressure vs. Rate
Select this function to plot friction-pressure versus flow-rate data for the Selected Wellbore Segment. You have the option
of plotting this data for either the Selected Fluid or All Fluids.
238
FracproPT 2007
Other Functions
Library Data
Select this function to view the FLUID LIBRARY DATA screen where you access (for viewing, entering, or editing) the
Fluid Library data for the fluids listed on the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen.
Selected Fluid
Name
This is the name of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library. To view the rheology properties of another fluid listed on the
Fluid and Proppant Selection [F5] screen, simply select it from the Name drop-down list.
Vendor
This is the vendor of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
239
FracproPT 2007
System
This is the fluid system as entered in the Fluid Library.
Description
This is the description of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
Modified Properties
This field displays a message indicating from where the data on this screen was interpolated or taken, and whether or not
any of the data have been modified since retrieval.
In the Keck Correlation for calculating the effect of proppant on wellbore friction (see the Proppant
Effects on Wellbore Friction screen).
Plot Data
n' vs. Time
Select this function to plot n data as a function of time. You have the option of plotting this data for either the Selected
Fluid or All Fluids. You can also set the Maximum Time for Plots.
K vs. Time
Select this function to plot K data as a function of time. You have the option of plotting this data for either the Selected
Fluid or All Fluids. You can also set the Maximum Time for Plots.
Apparent Viscosity vs. Time
Select this function to plot apparent viscosity data (evaluated at the Shear Rate entered in the Apparent Viscosity
Calculator) as a function of time. You have the option of plotting this data for either the Selected Fluid or All Fluids. You
can also set the Maximum Time for Plots.
Other Functions
Library Data
240
FracproPT 2007
Select this function to view the FLUID LIBRARY DATA screen where you access (for viewing, entering, or editing) the
Fluid Library data for the fluids listed on the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen.
The Fluid Loss and Thermal Properties tab of the FLUID DATA screen.
Selected Fluid
Name
This is the name of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library. To view the properties of another fluid listed on the FLUID
AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen, simply select it from the Name drop-down list.
Vendor
This is the vendor of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
System
This is the fluid system as entered in the Fluid Library.
Description
This is the description of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
Modified Properties
This field displays a message indicating from where the data on this screen was interpolated or taken, and whether or not
any of the data have been modified since retrieval.
241
FracproPT 2007
Thermal Properties
Thermal Conductivity
This is a measure of the fluids conductive heat transfer ability (in units of btu/foot-hour-F).
Specific Heat
For engineering purposes, this is essentially the heat capacity of the fluid, which is a measure of the heat transfer required
to increase a "unit mass" of the fluid by 1 degree (in units of btu/pound-F).
Fluid Density
This is the total density of the clean fluid (including all the fluid additives) in the units of specific gravity (for example, pure
water at 4 degrees Celsius has a specific gravity of 1.0). This parameter is extremely important in modeling the
hydrostatic pressure in the wellbore. Most water-based fracturing fluids have densities very close to 1.01. When using
fracturing fluids with different densities, be sure to enter the actual density for each fluid.
Note:
The effects of proppant and foam on hydrostatic wellbore pressure are handled automatically.
242
FracproPT 2007
Other Functions
Library Data
Select this function to view the FLUID LIBRARY DATA screen where you access (for viewing, entering, or editing) the
Fluid Library data for the fluids listed on the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen.
243
FracproPT 2007
Selected Fluid
Name
This is the name of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library. To view the properties of another fluid listed on the FLUID
AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen, simply select it from the Name drop-down list.
Vendor
This is the vendor of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
System
This is the fluid system as entered in the Fluid Library.
Description
This is the description of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
Modified Properties
This field displays a message indicating from where the data on this screen was interpolated or taken, and whether or not
any of the data have been modified since retrieval.
244
FracproPT 2007
Retardation Factor
This factor is used to affect the acid reaction rate (typically to retard the acid reaction). For example, entering 0.75 means
that the reaction rate occurs at 75% of its maximum value.
Conductivity Calculation
Correlation
The default correlation in FracproPT for calculating acid-etched fracture conductivity is the Nierode-Kruk Correlation.
Maximum Effect of Acid on Leakoff
Fluid loss is increased due to acid, both by etching of rock and by degradation of filter cake. Leakoff increase due to acid
can increase no more than by the factor entered here. For example, a value of 2.5 means that leakoff can increase (due
to acid) by no more than 2.5 times the leakoff from a non-reactive fluid (assuming that there is enough acid to increase
leakoff by that amount before being completely spent).
Conductivity Multiplier Factor
The conductivity predicted by the correlation selected above is multiplied by this factor. For example, an entry of 2.0
implies that conductivity is twice that indicated by the correlation.
Producing Bottomhole Pressure
Enter a pressure here for use in calculating the net closure stress, which is necessary to calculate the conductivity of the
proppant or acid-etched fracture.
Other Functions
Reset Acid Properties to Defaults
Select this function to set all the Acid Properties to their default values.
Model Viscous Fingering
The Viscous Fingering Model is implemented to the ADP (Acid Design Program) acid fracturing model in FracproPT. The
model can handle viscous fingering development for a multi-stage acid treatment, which is recognized as an effective
means to create differential etching and longer acid etching length. With the modeling capabilities for viscous fingering,
and leakoff increase due to acid reaction, heat transfer calculation, and organic acid reactivity, the acid fracturing model is
a valuable tool for stimulation engineers.
The viscous fingering effect can occur during an acid fracture treatment when a viscous preflush is pumped prior to an
acid stage. There needs to be a viscosity difference of 50 cp or more between the preflush and acid stages. As a result of
this viscosity difference, the less viscous acid "channels" through the more viscous pad in the fracture. Because of the
viscous fingering effect, a long penetration distance can be achieved with a relatively modest amount of acid. The viscous
fingering effect is modeled by assuming that, for a given gross fracture height at any location along the fracture, the acid
can channel through only a fraction of this height. This fraction is called the Fingering Coefficient and can be estimated
from laboratory tests based on the viscosity difference between the viscous preflush and the acid. This coefficient has
been built into the program based on information provided by the fluid providers. Since the acid is less viscous and travels
forward through a narrow channel created inside the viscous preflush region, it moves with a speed much greater than the
viscous preflush. Once the channels overtake the viscous preflush, they become widener, spreading out to cover the
entire fracture height. Before the acid overtakes the viscous preflush, the advancement of acid inside the fracture is rapid,
and the acid creates an effective etching pattern. Once the acid overtakes the viscous preflush, its advancement slows
down, resulting in a less effective etching pattern. Since the overflush usually has a viscosity comparable to the viscosity
of the acid, it will follow the channels created by the acid.
245
FracproPT 2007
Then select the acid to be used for the job by going to the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen ( icon),
and selecting Add New Fluid to List. Most acids can be found under Vendor-Miscellaneous and System-Acids. Some
acids are listed for different Vendors. Select the acid and choose OK.
Go to the acids data page by double-clicking the fluid name on the FLUID SELECTION [F5] screen or selecting the
Shift+F5 hotkey combination and checking Model Viscous Fingering on the Acid Properties Tab.
As described above, a viscous pad prior to an acid stage in the TREATMENT SCHEDULE [F6] screen is required in order
to achieve the viscous fingering effect.
The figure above shows the position of each fluid simulated by the viscous fingering model. The white color represents the
wellbore fluid; the red is the acid; the blue is the viscous preflush; and the green is the overflush.
246
FracproPT 2007
References:
Lee, W.S.: "Geometry Determination for Multi-Stage Acidizing Treatment With or Without Viscous Preflush", SPE 14515,
presented at the SPE 1985 Eastern Regional Meeting held in Morgantown, West Virginia, November 6-8, 1985.
Gdanski, R.D. and Lee, W.S.: "On the Design of Fracture Acidizing Treatment", SPE 18885, presented at the SPE 1989
Production Operations Symposium held in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, March 13-14, 1989.
247
FracproPT 2007
Selected Fluid
Name
This is the name of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library. To view the properties of another fluid listed on the FLUID
AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen, simply select it from the Name drop-down list.
Vendor
This is the vendor of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
System
This is the fluid system as entered in the Fluid Library.
Description
This is the description of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
Costs
Unit Cost
This provides the total cost for the fluid, including all additives. This information will be used in the Fracture Design /
Economic Optimization module for fluid selection purposes, and in the Treatment Totals [F6] screen to calculate total
treatment cost. Note that most service companies do not disclose this information.
If you have this information available for many service company fluids, you could create User-defined fluids that include
the unit cost. Also, you could edit the FracproPT.fld file, which contains all FracproPT Fluids in the System Library, in the
..\FracproPT\Program directory using Notepad and manually add prices under the appropriate field.
248
FracproPT 2007
Columns
Match Factors: Correction factors, to multiply the pre-defined fluid properties to match the desired
user-defined properties.
Density: The density of the fluid, in lb/gal for atmospheric conditions (that is, at a temperature of
70.0F and a pressure of 14.7 psia).
OK: Exit the Edit Halliburton Fluid screen and save the current values of the properties of the active
fluid:
Tabs
Fields
Buttons
249
FracproPT 2007
Cancel: Exit the Edit Halliburton Fluid screen without saving the current values of the properties of
the selected or newly created user-defined fluid.
Save to User Library: Save the fluid with the current values of the properties to the User Library.
This saves the active fluid in an Extensible Markup Language (XML) ASCII text file in a folder similar
to "...\My Documents\MaterialsLibrary\UserMaterials\"; the names of the XML files are determined by
the identifier (OID) of the active fluid.
Annulus Data
This table shows the library entries (three points each) of Friction Pressure (P) versus Flow Rate (Q) for a number of
Casing ID-Tubing OD annuli.
Other Functions
Save Fluid to User Library
Select this function to save the Selected Fluid to the User Library of fluids. Any changes made to the data on this screen
are not saved unless you use this function.
250
FracproPT 2007
Note:
To change the friction-pressure versus flow-rate data interpolated from this screen and actually used by the simulator,
you must go to the Fluid Friction Properties tab of the FLUID DATA [SHIFT+F5] screen where any changes made
to the data are saved when you save the input file.
Delete Fluid from User Library
Select this function to delete the Selected Fluid from the User Library, which of course implies that the Selected Fluid is in
the User Library.
Note:
You cannot use this function to delete fluids from the System Library.
Selected Fluid
Name
This is the name of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library. To view the properties of another fluid listed on the FLUID
AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen, simply select it from the Name drop-down list.
Vendor
This is the vendor of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
System
This is the fluid system as entered in the Fluid Library.
Description
This is the description of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
251
FracproPT 2007
Rheology Data
This table shows the library entries (five points each) of Flow Behavior Index (n) and Consistency Index (K) for a number
of (reservoir) Temperatures.
Other Functions
Save Fluid to User Library
Select this function to save the Selected Fluid to the User Library of fluids. Any changes made to the data on this screen
are not saved unless you use this function.
Note:
To change the rheology data interpolated from this screen and actually used by the simulator, you must go to the
Fluid Rheology Properties tab of the FLUID DATA [SHIFT+F5] screen where any changes made to the data are
saved when you save the input file.
Delete Fluid from User Library
Select this function to delete the Selected Fluid from the User Library, which of course implies that the Selected Fluid is in
the User Library.
Note:
You cannot use this function to delete fluids from the System Library.
The Fluid Loss and Thermal Data tab of the Fluid Library Data screen.
Selected Fluid
Name
252
FracproPT 2007
This is the name of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library. To view the properties of another fluid listed on the FLUID
AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen, simply select it from the Name drop-down list.
Vendor
This is the vendor of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
System
This is the fluid system as entered in the Fluid Library.
Description
This is the description of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
Thermal Properties
Thermal Conductivity
Enter the thermal conductivity of the fluid in this field. A typical value for this parameter in oil field units is 0.3.
Specific Heat
Enter the specific heat of the fluid in this field. A typical value in oil field units is around 1.0.
Fluid Density
This is the total density of the clean fluid (including all the fluid additives) in the units of specific gravity (for example, pure
water at 4 degrees Celsius has a specific gravity of 1.0). This parameter is extremely important in modeling the
hydrostatic pressure in the wellbore. Most water-based fracturing fluids have densities very close to 1.01. When using
fracturing fluids with different densities, be sure to enter the actual density for each fluid.
Other Functions
Save Fluid to User Library
Select this function to save the Selected Fluid to the User Library of fluids. Any changes made to the data on this screen
are not saved unless you use this function.
Note:
To change the fluid loss and thermal data read directly from this screen and actually used by the simulator, you must
go to the Fluid Loss and Thermal Properties tab of the FLUID DATA [SHIFT+F5] screen where any changes made
to the data are saved when you save the input file.
Delete Fluid from User Library
Select this function to delete the Selected Fluid from the User Library, which of course implies that the Selected Fluid is in
the User Library.
Note:
You cannot use this function to delete fluids from the System Library.
Interpolation of Friction Data from the Libraries
253
FracproPT 2007
For the purposes of comparison and selecting friction data from the Fluid Libraries, FracproPT converts the wellbore
configuration that you enter on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen (including annuli) to an effective
diameter. Then, using the effective diameter(s), wellbore-friction data for an equivalent configuration is read from the
Fluid Library data.
If the effective diameter of your wellbore configuration lies within the range of the library data,
FracproPT interpolates between library entries.
If the effective diameter of your wellbore configuration lies outside the range of the library data,
FracproPT uses data from the closest effective diameter (which is not necessarily very close) in the
library and gives you a warning message indicating that it is doing so. The warning message also
indicates from what wellbore configuration the friction data was taken.
Note:
There could be significant error in the friction-pressure calculations if the actual wellbore configuration is much
different from those configurations entered on this screen.
Interpolation of Rheology Data from the Libraries
The Fluid Libraries contain measurements of n' and K' at two times, for a range of temperatures.
If the reservoir temperature you enter falls within the range of temperatures contained in the library
data, FracproPT interpolates between temperatures to find n' and K' as functions of time for the
current reservoir temperature.
If the reservoir temperature entered falls outside the range of the library data for the fluid, FracproPT
uses library data for the temperature closest to reservoir temperature you entered (which is not
necessarily very close), and gives you a warning message indicating that it is doing so.
Note:
There could be significant error in the rheology data if the actual reservoir temperature is much different from those
entered on this screen.
Modeling No Wallbuilding Effects
The units for Wallbuilding Coefficient are in terms of conductancethe inverse of the resistanceand this sometimes
causes confusion. A fluid that exhibits much lower leakoff than water, by virtue of building a relatively impermeable filtercake layer, has a lower Wall Building Coefficient (for example, 0.0002), whereas a fluid that exhibits very little additional
resistance to leakoff due to filter-cake effects has a higher value of Wall Building Coefficient (for example, 0.05).
For a fluid where no Wallbuilding Coefficient is entered, FracproPT assumes no additional resistance to leakoff created
by a filter-cake and displays a value of 0.0000. Note that this is a special case. A Wall Building Coefficient of 0.0000
normally implies infinite resistance to fluid leakoff, and a Wallbuilding Coefficient of infinity normally implies no additional
resistance to fluid leakoff. However, infinity is not an easy number to enter on the computer, while 0.0000 is, therefore
0.0000 was chosen to represent no data entered (that is, no additional leakoff resistance due to filter-cake).
Proppant Data
Proppant Data
The Proppant Data screen is accessed by:
clicking on the Edit Current Proppant button in the Proppant Selection tab in the Fluid and Proppant
- F5 screen
selecting from the main menu Data > Fluids and Proppantns > Select Proppant
This screen is where properties of the current proppant are viewed, edited and, optionally, saved for future re-use. Other
proppants from the proppant list may be viewed by selecting the desired proppant in the Proppant Identifier drop-down
list.
The proppant list is shown on the the Proppant Selection tab in the Fluid and Proppant - F5 screen if you are in Fracture
Analysis Mode, Fracture Design Mode, or Economic Optimization Mode: it is shown on the Proppant Selection screen if
you are Production Analysis Mode.
There are two libraries, the System Library and the User Library.
254
FracproPT 2007
Selected Proppant
compiled from various sources (generally based on the most reliable proppant data that is
available).
vendors documentation (that is, not published on their World Wide Web site).
Stim-Lab 6.0
Stim-Lab 1999.
Status: This field displays a message indicating from which Proppant Library the data for the
Selected Proppant comes and whether or not it has been modified from library values.
proppant source
255
FracproPT 2007
Fields
Cost: This is the cost of the proppant in dollars per pound, which is used for reports only.
Bulk Density: This is the bulk density of the proppant, which typically measures about 100 lb/ft^3 for
sand, and 110-150 lb/ft^3 for manufactured proppants.
Packed Porosity: This is the porosity of the proppant in a closed fracture. This value is calculated
from the Bulk Density and Specific Gravity.
Specific Gravity: This property is calculated from the Proppant Bulk Density and the Packed
Proppant Porosity.
Turbulence Coeff a / b at Low / High Stress: These are the coefficients that are used in the
correlation of Forcheimer's beta coefficient with proppant permeability (see the Cooke reference in
Technical References).
Threshold Stress: This is a threshold value to distinguish between low and high stress for the
Turbulence Coeff a / b. If the stress is less than the threshold stress, Turbulence Coeff a / b Low
Stress are used. Otherwise, Turbulence Coeff a / b High Stress are used.
Note:
If the diameter is less than the value entered in the Proppant Diameter Greater Than field on the Proppant Model tab
of the Fracpropt Model Parameters screen (the default is 0.0125 inches), the proppant is ignored for calculations of
propped dimensions, but it is considered in calculating wellbore friction and hydrostatic head. This function is useful
for modeling proppant slugs.
Width Correction a: The width reduction as a function of the effective stress on proppant for a 2
2
lbs/ft proppant pack. This data comes from a StimLab correlation.
Width Correction b: Initial width correction at 2000 psi as measured by StimLab at 2 lbs/ft .
Proppant Type: This refers to the general classification of the proppant (that is, Sand, Resin Coated
Sand, Ceramic, Low Density Ceramic, Medium Density Ceramic, High Density Ceramic, Resin
Coated Low Density Ceramic, Resin Coated Medium Density Ceramic, Resin Coated High Density
Ceramic).
For proppants from FracproPT 10.2 and earlier, the Proppant Type is automatically set to
undefined.
Proppant Coating: This refers to the type of proppant coating. The temperature correction for
proppant permeability is only used when the Proppant Coating is set to Precured or Curable.
For proppants from FracproPT 10.2 and earlier, Proppant Coating is automatically set to None.
Effective Stress on Proppant: This is the value of effective closure stress acting on the proppant. In
a producing well, this is roughly similar to the difference between the far-field closure stress and the
bottomhole flowing pressure (BHFP).
prop=Pfrac-Pi-(Po-Pn)
where
prop is the stress on the proppant
Pfrac is the pressure required to open the fracture (roughly equal to frac gradient times depth)
Pi is the current, local pore pressure
is the poroelastic coefficient (typically 0.5)
Po is the original reservoir pressure
Pn is the current average reservoir pressure
Proppant Permeability: This is the permeability of the proppant pack corresponding to the value of closure stress.
Additional Information: ReservoirPT Stress on Proppant
For non-Halliburton proppants, the Proppant Permeability can be modified. In contrast, for Halliburton proppants, the
256
FracproPT 2007
Proppant Permeability is computed during fracture model runs from a proprietary Halliburton model (this model is
available to all users).
Perm at Resvr Temp: Correlations for the Perm at Resvr Temp are adapted from PredK version 6.57, Feb 2002.
Proppant permeability is only corrected if Proppant Type is set to Precured or Curable.
Additional Information: Perm at Resvr Temp Correlations
Avg Width for 2 lb/ft2: This is the average fracture width for a proppant loading of 2 lbs/ft .
Avg Width after Embedment for 2 lb/ft2: This is the average fracture width after embedment is
2
subtracted (twice, for both walls) for a proppant loading of 2 lbs/ft .
Conductivity after Embedment for 2 lb/ft2: This is the conductivity of the proppant pack after
2
embedment is subtracted (twice, for both walls) for a proppant loading of 2 lbs/ft .
Beta Factor: Forcheimer's beta coefficient calculated from the permeability k using Cookes
turbulence coefficients a and b.
a
=b/k
Perm vs. Stress: Display plot of Proppant Permeability versus Effective Stress on Prop.
Width vs. Stress: Display plot of Avg Width for 2 lb/ft versus Effective Stress on Prop.
Conductivity vs. Stress: Display plot of Conductivity after Embedment for 2 lb/ft2 versus
Effective Stress on Prop.
Beta Factor vs. Stress: Display plot of Beta Factor versus Effective Stress on Prop.
Conductivity: Display bar diagram of Conductivity after Embedment for 2 lb/ft2 per proppant.
Plot Data
Buttons
Radio Buttons
Bar Diagrams
Independent Lab Verification: Whether the proppant data was obtained and verified by an
independent laboratory (for example, Stim-Lab) or by a laboratory that is somehow dependent on a
proppant vendor.
(that is, No, Yes)
Comments: Notes that summarize the algorithms that were used to compile missing data for each
proppant, if relevant.
Save Proppant to User Library: Select this function to save the proppant to the User Library of
proppants. Any changes made to the data on this screen are not saved unless you use this function.
Delete Proppant from User Library: Select this function to delete the proppant from the User
Library, which of course implies that the proppant is in the User Library.
You cannot use this function to delete proppants from the System Library.
Additional Information: Proppant Data Compilation
257
FracproPT 2007
kT=kTcorr
where
kT is the proppant perm after correcting for temperature effects
k is the reference perm before temperature correction, and
Tcorr is the correction factor.
Uncoated Sands
If T <175F
Tcorr=1
If T = 175F
b
Tcorr=aT
a=3.5310 stress
6.89
a=1.6910 stress
-12.5
Tcorr=(0.014T-2.53)2.73
258
FracproPT 2007
c=0.0019T+0.525
Algorithm
a
=1/k=b/k log10=(a-1)log10k-log10b
Stim-Labs Predict-K Baseline Conductivity Report
input
"Number of Cycles" = 1
"Bottomhole Temperature"
sand: 150F
ceramic: 200F
output
versus , and k versus versus k log10versus log10k
Plot of "Tau" verus "Permeability"
"Slope High Stress" and "Intersect High Stress": from best-fit straight line for first 25% of data
points
(that is, for low permeability and high stress)
"Slope Low Stress" and "Intersect Low Stress": from best-fit straight line for last 25% of data
points
(that is, for high permeability and low stress)
259
FracproPT 2007
"Permeability" (D)
"Stress" (psi)
"Width at 2 PSF"
"Width at 2 PSF" = 2 "Width at 1 PSF"
260
FracproPT 2007
Material-dependent Properties
"Specific Gravity"
Data Source
same proppant, different mesh
(for example, Colorado Silica 12/20 from Colorado Silica 10/20, 16/30, 16/40)
Algorithm
"unknown value" = mean("known values")
Properties
Size-dependent Properties
"Packed Porosity"
"Diameter"
Data Source
different proppant, same mesh
(for example, Colorado Silica 12/20 from Badger Sand 12/20)
Algorithm
"unknown value" = mean("known values")
"Bulk Density"
"Threshold Stress"
"Width at 2 PSF"
Data Source
different proppant, same and different mesh
versus
same proppant, different mesh
(for example, Colorado Silica 12/20 from
Example
Badger Sand -, 12/20, 16/30, 20/40, 30/50
versus
Colorado Silica 10/20, x, 16/30, 16/40, Algorithm
261
FracproPT 2007
use log10("known values") if "known values" vary significantly (that is, over an order of magnitude or
more)
262
FracproPT 2007
263
FracproPT 2007
This is the distance from the wellbore to the drainage boundary in the direction parallel to the fracture. You may wish to
make this number greater than the Y-Direction Extent by an amount equal to the propped-fracture length. Values for this
parameter that describe common reservoir/drainage sizes are shown in the table found in the description of Drainage
Area shown below.
Y-Direction Extent
This is the distance from the wellbore to the drainage boundary in the direction normal to the fracture. Values for this
parameter that describe common reservoir/drainage sizes are shown in the table found in the description of Drainage
Area shown below.
Drainage Area
This is a calculated number, based on your entries for X-Direction Extent and Y-Direction Extent. The following table
lists values for some common drainage areas.
Drainage Area
X-Direction Extent
Y-Direction Extent
40 acres
660 feet
660 feet
80 acres
933 feet
933 feet
160 acres
1,320 feet
1,320 feet
320 acres
1,867 feet
1,867 feet
640 acres
2,640 feet
2,640 feet
Reservoir Permeability
The permeability of the reservoir is displayed in this field.
Hydrocarbon Viscosity
The viscosity of the hydrocarbons is displayed in this field.
Net Pay Thickness
The thickness of the net pay is displayed in this field.
Initial Reservoir Pressure
The initial pressure of the reservoir is displayed in this field.
Porosity
The porosity is displayed in this field.
Proppant
Select the proppant from the list of proppant in the PROPPANT SELECTION screen for which the apparent and total
damage factor is to be displayed.
264
FracproPT 2007
Proppant Embedment
The embedment (that is, infiltration) of proppant into the reservoir that surrounds the fracture can be specified here.
Proppant Embedment
This field specifies the proppant embedment. This field is deactivated if the Suggest value based on payzone modulus
checkbox is selected.
In soft rock, proppant tends to be pushed into the walls of the fracture. This reduces the final conductivity that can be
obtained from a fracture treatment, as the embedded proppant does not actively contribute to production. Proppant
embedment is in general a small or large fraction of a proppant grain.
This embedment is always for a single fracture face. Consequently, the total embedment effect for both fracture faces is
twice the number on this screen.
Embedment is never subtracted from fracture width. Instead, embdedment is used to adjust the effective conductivity of
the fracture.
Suggest value based on payzone modulus
If this checkbox is selected, a value for the Proppant Embedment is suggested based on the modulus of the payzone, and
the Proppant Embedment field is deactivated.
A correlation released by Stim-Lab in February 2001 is used to calculate the embedment of proppant based on the
modulus of the payzone rock. Above a modulus of 5,000,000 psi, embedment is absent. For relatively soft rock,
embedment can be of the order of the diameter of a proppant grain
Total Damage
Both the flowrate dependent and the non-flowrate dependent effects that damage, or appear to damage, proppant
permeability are accounted for in FracproPT by the Total Damage Factor, which is the sum of the damage represented
by the Proppant Damage Factor and the Apparent Damage Factor.
Total Damage Factor
265
FracproPT 2007
This the total damage factor applied to the proppant permeability, which is calculated automatically from the damage
factors resulting from both non-flow-related (that is, the Proppant Damage Factor) and flow-related (that is, the
Apparent Damage Factor) phenomena. This is the parameter actually used by FracproPT.
Permeability Diagram
This diagram displays the proppant permeability versus the proppant name.
Conductivity Diagram
This diagram displays the proppnt conductivity versus the proppant name.
266
FracproPT 2007
FracproPT now accounts for all of these effects in both the 2D reservoir production model (that is, when running in
Production Analysis Mode) and in the fracture geometry model (that is, when running in Fracture Analysis, Fracture
Design, or Economic Optimization Mode) using proppant damage factors.
Non-Darcy Effects
Non-Darcy flow effects are more pronounced for gas wells because of the anticipated high flow rates. As was done in
prior versions of the FracproPT system, non-Darcy effects are always included in the two-dimensional, numerical
reservoir simulator available in Production Analysis Mode, which handles these effects through the Forchheimer
equation using Beta values estimated from the Cooke correlation for updated proppant libraries (see discussion of nonDarcy flow).
For the Fracture Analysis, Fracture Design, and Economic Optimization Modes you can now choose to include nonDarcy effects to correct the proppant permeability. To do so you must select a reservoir type (oil or gas) and enter the
standard gravity for the produced hydrocarbon. Next you must either to enter an estimated hydrocarbon production rate or
allow FracproPT to estimate the production rate based on a semi-analytical model for fractured wells. Finally, you must
estimate a propped fracture length, as well as an in-fracture proppant concentration (pounds per square-foot) for fracture
width and flow velocity calculations (the values for these parameters obtained from the last model run may be entered
automatically).
267
FracproPT 2007
268
FracproPT 2007
This is the number actually used by the simulator to calculate the increase in wellbore friction due to the addition of
proppant.
Default Proppant Concentration
This column is for reference only. It displays the default proppant concentrations for which friction factors are known.
Default Friction Factor
This column is for reference only. It displays the default friction factors associated with the default proppant concentrations
in the adjacent column. The values displayed here depend on whether you last selected the Reset to Default Values
function or the Reset to Alternate Values function.
The default values represent data published in Western's `Friction Pressure Manual'. These data
have also been duplicated by other investigations.
The alternate values come from data published by Keck, Nehmer & Strumolo in SPE 19771, page
10. These data agree almost exactly with results published by Shah in SPE Production and
Facilities, May 1993.
Other Functions
Reset to Default Values
Select this function to overwrite any changes you have made to the Proppant Concentration and Friction Factor columns
with the default values that are displayed in the last two columns of the table.
Reset to Alternate Values
Select this function to overwrite any changes you have made to the Proppant Concentration and Friction Factor columns
with the alternate values that are displayed in the last two columns of the table.
Use Keck Correlation / Use Table Based Values
If you select Use Table Based Data, the friction factors actually used in the calculations of wellbore
friction will always be those found in the Multiplied Friction Factor column. The table-based data
are the same for all fluids, all proppants, and all wellbore segments (that is, pipe sizes).
If you are using the table, you can modify the values. However, you should modify these numbers
only if you cannot match the actual (measured) wellbore friction by simply changing the fluid friction
parameters on the Fluid Friction Properties tab of the FLUID DATA [SHIFT+F5] screen or by
changing the Multiply Proppant Effect By parameter on this screen.
If you select Use Keck Correlation, the different shear rates in different size pipes, fluid viscosity, the
proppant density, and the proppant loading are taken into account (as shown in SPE 19771, Eqns 31
and 32).
Note:
In either case, the resulting friction factor is itself multiplied by the Multiply Proppant Effect By parameter.
Multiply Proppant Effect by
Changing this multiplier from its default value of 0.5 changes all the friction factors proportionally to the number you enter.
This multiplier also affects the Keck Correlation. In general, this should be the only number that you need to change on
this screen.
Note:
It was determined from the matching of field data that this multiplier had to be changed from 1.0 (the original default
value, which works reasonably well when pumping down casing) to 0.5 for most commonly used pipe diameters (that
is, tubing). Therefore, you may need to use a multiplier closer to 1.0 when pumping down very large tubing or casing.
Treatment Schedule - F6
Actual Treatment Schedule [F6]
This screen is where information defining the stages of a fracture treatment that has been, or is currently being, pumped is
displayed or entered. The pump schedule table has spreadsheet-like capabilities for parameters such as stage volumes,
stage lengths, pump rates, sand concentrations, fluid types, and proppant types.
If you have selected either Database Data or Real-Time Data in the Run Fracture and Wellbore Models From
section of the Simulation Options [F4] screen, then you are running the fracture model from real data, as opposed to
directly from the pump schedule. In this case, the Design Treatment Schedule will not be editable.
The basic idea behind having two treatment schedules is that you use the Design Treatment Schedule to do your frac
design work, and then use the Actual Treatment Schedule once the frac job is in progress or completed (that is, when
running the simulator from real data). The two schedules allow an easy comparison of what you planned to pump with
what was actually pumped.
269
FracproPT 2007
Basic Methodology for Using the Design and Actual Treatment Schedules
Enter information into the Design Treatment Schedule when doing your pre-frac design work. You can
either type the treatment design schedule yourself, or have FracproPT assist you with making the schedule
in the Fracture Design module. You can run the model from the Design Treatment Schedule when
selecting Job-Design Data on the FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen.
See also: Running from the Design Treatment Schedule.
When you go to the field to monitor and analyze the treatment as it is pumped, or when you do the
analysis after the job back in the office, you will be running the simulator from Database Data or RealTime Data on the FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen, so both the Design Treatment Schedule
and the Actual Treatment Schedule will be available.
Note:
To save time when you begin the process of actually pumping, use the Copy Design to Actual Schedule function to
copy your design information to the Actual Treatment Schedule.
See also: Running from the Actual Treatment Schedule.
The Design Treatment Schedule is now "locked" so that no changes can be made there anymore and your original design
is saved for comparison purposes. It now serves as a record of what you planned to pump and it can be compared to
what was actually pumped (as will be shown in this Actual Treatment Schedule). However, pressing the Edit
Schedule button (which is only visible in Fracture Analysis mode) will "unlock" the Design Treatment Schedule
again.
The Actual Treatment Schedule will reflect all changes made to plan when you synchronize the treatment
schedule to measured data (see Help for the Actual Treatment Schedule for information on synchronizing
the treatment schedule). You can synchronize the Actual Treatment Schedule with the actual data by
selecting the Set Staging from Measured Data button.
270
1.
Manually by simply viewing the treatment data on a plot, noting the length (that is, time) of each stage and
then entering that time in the Stage Length field of the Actual Treatment Schedule;
2.
Graphically using a special Cursor Edit plot (specific instructions for this procedure can be found on the
Cursor Edit Help screen); or
3.
Automatically using the Auto Stage function available on a Cursor Edit plot (specific instructions for this
procedure can be found on the Cursor Edit Help screen).
FracproPT 2007
Treatment Type Use this option to indicate whether or not you will be adding nitrogen or carbon
dioxide to the slurry being pumped. If you are (either nitrogen, carbon dioxide, or both), columns will
automatically be added to the Pump Schedule Table where you can enter the appropriate foam rates,
qualities, and volumes.
Note:
If you select any of the foam Treatment Type options, other options related to foam will appear at the bottom of the
screen below the Pump Schedule Table.
Proppant Ramp Mode Use this option to indicate whether or not you will be ramping the addition of
proppant to the slurry being pumped. If you are, each proppant concentration and flow rate entry in
the Pump Schedule Table will have two fields; one for specifying the value at the beginning of the
stage and a second for specifying the value at the end of the stage. If you are not ramping proppant,
there will be only one field for each proppant concentration or flow rate entry.
CalculateBottomhole from Surface / Surface from Bottomhole If you are pumping a foamed
treatment, you can either enter surface values that define the foam schedule and have the
bottomhole values calculated, or vice versa.
CalculateVolume from Time / Time from Volume Based on the flow rate(s) you enter in the
Pump Schedule Table, this option determines whether volume is calculated from the time or time is
calculated from volume.
All of the possible columns in the Treatment Schedule Table are described below.
Stage Number
FracproPT accepts up to 150 separate stages in the pump schedule. You can delete entire stages by selecting the entire
stage (that is, the entire row by clicking once on the Stage Number) and pressing [Del]. Insert new stages between two
existing stages (that is, at the current cursor position) by pressing [Ins].
Stage Type
271
FracproPT 2007
You can select a Stage Type from the drop-down list in this column to identify each stage in the treatment schedule. This
identification makes it easier to keep up with where you are in the treatment, and it also serves to identify minifracs and
other diagnostic injections that can be analyzed semi-automatically using some of FracproPTs diagnostic utilities.
In general, this is an optional selection. However, there is one Stage Type that must be selected to correctly simulate a
fracture treatment. A Circulation stage, when there is one, must be correctly identified to properly track the materials
being pumped down the wellbore and into the fracture. The full list of possible Stage Types reads as follows:
Water injection
Step-rate test
Minifrac
Proppant slug
Circulation
Note:
If you select Circulation for a stage, the fluid and proppant displaced from the wellbore will not be injected into the
fracture. This feature is useful for modeling "Frac Packs" or any other operation with a circulation stage before or
during a treatment.
Note:
The Terminated main frac is useful if you want to neglect prior stages in the various functions for which Stage Type
is used.
N2 Rate 1 / N2 Rate 2
Nitrogen flow rate fields will be visible on if you choose N2 or N2 & CO2 as the Treatment Type option. Two fields for the
entry of nitrogen flow rate (specified at the surface for the beginning and end of the stage) are provided for treatments
where proppant is ramped. If you select None as the Prop Ramp Mode option, only one N2 Rate is available.
Entries for N2 Rate are not used if you are running the fracture simulator from real data and you specified nitrogen rate as
a real-data input on the CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL [Shift+F6] screen. However, you should input the approximate
actual nitrogen flow rate so that the calculated leakoff coefficient (displayed on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9]
screen) is as close as possible to the value actually calculated during the treatment.
Note:
Nitrogen rate is always measured at standard temperature and pressure (that is, in units of standard cubic feet per
minute or standard cubic meters per minute).
272
FracproPT 2007
the approximate actual carbon dioxide flow rate so that the calculated leakoff coefficient (displayed on the RESERVOIR
PARAMETERS [F9] screen) is as close as possible to the value actually calculated during the treatment.
FracproPT assumes that carbon dioxide flow rate is being measured at a constant density (that is, constant temperature
and pressure).
Note:
Unlike nitrogen rate, which is always measured at standard temperature and pressure (that is, in units of standard
cubic feet per minute or standard cubic meters per minute), CO2 rate is measured at the flow meter (that is,
pumping) conditions. This means that the surface CO2 rate that is the input to FracproPT could be measured at
either the low-pressure side or the high-pressure side of the frac pumps. The measurement point makes a difference
in the density of the fluid, and has led to some confusion in the past. When dealing with CO2 in FracproPT, it is
important to remember the following important points:
You should know in advance where the CO2 flow meter will be so that you can enter the correct
temperature and pressure at the flow meter (see Metering Pressure and Metering Temperature
described below).
FracproPTs surface CO2 rate shown in the Pump Schedule Table is defined as being at the CO2
flow meter conditions (that is, at the Metering Pressure and Metering Temperature described
below).
The density (see Density at Flow Meter described below) at the CO2 flow meter is automatically
calculated based on the Metering Pressure and Metering Temperature that you enter.
The mass of CO2 calculated by FracproPT is based on the Density at Flow Meter, not at a so-called
standard density. This is true even when you are entering a design treatment schedule with a surface
CO2 rate.
If you are designing a CO2 treatment using surface rates (rather than bottomhole quality), it is very
important to know where you are planning to meter the CO2 rate because that metering location will
affect the treatment design. For example, if you are trying to achieve a specific bottomhole foam
quality, the surface pump schedule will be different depending on whether you are metering the CO2
on the low pressure side of the pumps (for example, Halliburton) or the high pressure side of the
pumps (for example, Schlumberger),
The CO2 totals in FracproPT are all calculated based on the CO2 rate at the Metering Pressure and
Metering Temperature that you enter, which will result in the correct CO2 mass calculation. If you are
interested in the volume at standard conditions (that is, the volume in the CO2 transport tankers), you
can convert the mass of CO2 to barrels at standard conditions using the standard density of 8.51
lb/gal at tanker conditions, or simply view the value shown on the Treatment Totals tab of this
Treatment Schedule [F6] screen.
Bottomhole N2 Quality
This is the desired (or calculated) bottomhole nitrogen foam quality. Depending upon your choice for Ramp/Quality
Option (discussed below), this can be either the conventional quality or the constant internal phase quality.
Conventional quality, which is defined as the percentage of the total fluid volume (that is, gel plus nitrogen plus carbon
dioxide) that is composed of nitrogen, is calculated according to the following formula:
VolumeN/(VolumeN2+VolumeCO2+Volumeliquid)
Constant internal phase quality, which includes the proppant volume with the nitrogen volume, is calculated according to
the following formula:
(VolumeN+Volumeproppant)/(VolumeN2+VolumeCO2+Volumeliquid+Volumeproppant)
For binary foams, if you select constant internal phase quality, this applies only to CO2 Qual and not to N2 Qual.
It is important to note that Bottomhole N2 Quality is defined at a bottomhole temperature that can be one of two values.
If you selected Model Heat Transfer Effects on the Simulation Options [F4] screen, then bottomhole quality is
assumed to be at the bottomhole pumping temperature. If you selected Ignore Heat Transfer Effects, then bottomhole
quality is assumed to be at the Reservoir Temperature entered on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen. This
can make a substantial difference in predictions, so be careful of which temperature you specify for bottomhole quality.
273
FracproPT 2007
This is the desired (or calculated) bottomhole carbon dioxide quality. Depending upon your choice for Ramp/Quality
Option (discussed below), this can be either the conventional quality or the constant internal phase quality.
Conventional quality, which is defined as the percentage of the total fluid volume (that is, gel plus nitrogen plus carbon
dioxide) that is composed of carbon dioxide, is calculated according to the following formula:
VolumeCO2/(VolumeN2+VolumeCO2+Volumeliquid)
Constant internal phase quality, which includes the proppant volume with the carbon dioxide volume, is calculated
according to the following formula:
(VolumeCO2+Volumeproppant)/(VolumeN2+VolumeCO2+Volumeliquid+Volumeproppant)
It is important to note that Bottomhole CO2 Quality is defined at a bottomhole temperature that can be one of two
values. If you selected Model Heat Transfer Effects on the Simulation Options [F4] screen, then bottomhole quality is
assumed to be at the bottomhole pumping temperature. If you selected Ignore Heat Transfer Effects, then bottomhole
quality is assumed to be at the Reservoir Temperature entered on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen. This
can make a substantial difference in predictions, so be careful of which temperature you specify for bottomhole quality.
Clean Volume
If you select Calculate Time From Volume as the Job Design Mode option, you enter the desired clean volume of liquid
for each stage in this field. Clean Volume and Flow Rate (which you also must enter) are then used to calculate Stage
Length. Note that entries for Clean Volume are not accepted until a non-zero Slurry Rate is entered.
If you select Calculate Volume From Time, you cannot access the Clean Volume fields since it is calculated from Slurry
Rate and Stage Length.
Values entered for Clean Volume are not used if you are running the fracture simulator from real data and you specified
flow rate (either clean or slurry) as a real-data input on the CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL [Shift+F6] screen.
Stage Length
This field always defines the length of the stage, whether running the fracture simulator from real-data or from the
treatment schedule entries for flow rates and proppants (hence the need to synchronize the Actual Treatment Schedule
with the real data).
If you select Calculate Volume From Time at the Job Design Mode option, you enter stage length (in decimal minutes)
in this field. If you enter Stage Length before entering Flow Rate, the stage will be treated as a shut-in, as indicated in
the Fluid Type column. Stage Length and Flow Rate are used to calculate Clean Volume. To model shut-ins, you must
enter a non-zero Stage Length and zero for Flow Rate. This is typically how you would add a stage at the end of the
treatment to simulate the pressure decline.
If you select Calculate Time From Volume you cannot access Stage Length since it is calculated from Flow Rate and
Clean Volume.
274
FracproPT 2007
Wellbore Fluid
Although you have the option of ignoring the wellbore in Fracture Analysis Mode, it is typically modeled and therefore
you must select the fluid that fills (or partially fills) it initially before pumping starts. You select the Wellbore Fluid in the
same manner that you select Fluid Type for all other stages (that is, via a drop-down list). If you choose Ignore Wellbore
and Perforations on the SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, this field will not be accessible. A Wellbore Fluid must be
selected whenever you Run From Database Data or Run From Real-Time Data. The Wellbore Fluid is reported as
Stage #0 in reports and various program display screens.
The wellbore (hence, the Wellbore Fluid) is ignored by the fracture simulator in Economic Optimization Mode. However,
you can model the wellbore from a production standpoint when running in either Reservoir Production Mode or
Economic Optimization Mode.
Fluid Type
This field contains a drop-down list from which you select a fluid to use in the stage. The list displays all fluids listed on the
FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen. If you are modeling the wellbore, you also must select a fluid in the
Wellbore Fluid field located near the bottom-right corner of the screen.
With the exception of shut-ins, each stage in the treatment schedule must have a Fluid Type specified. Whenever you
define a new stage, Fluid Type defaults to the fluid selected in the previous stage.
Proppant Type
This field contains a drop-down list from which you select a proppant to use in the stage. This field will only be active if
there is a corresponding non-zero Proppant Concentration entry in the table. The list displays all proppants listed on the
FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen.
Whenever you define a new proppant stage (that is, with a non-zero entry for Prop Concentration), Proppant Type
defaults to the proppant type selected in the previous stage.
As a very useful special case (for example, when pumping proppant slugs), when you select 100 Mesh as the Proppant
Type, that particular field in the treatment schedule will appear with a yellow background to indicate that this proppant is
being ignored in propped-dimension calculations. However, hydrostatic head and wellbore friction effects are not ignored.
FracproPT ignores any proppant (for purpose of calculating propped fracture dimensions) whose diameter is less than
the threshold entered on the Proppant Model Parameters tab of the Fracpropt MODEL PARAMETERS [shift+f3] screen.
The default threshold diameter is 0.0125 inches.
The following information describes the various options located below the Treatment Schedule Table.
Treatment Type
Use this option to indicate whether or not you will be adding nitrogen or carbon dioxide to the slurry being pumped. Your
choice of No foam, N2 foam, CO2 foam, or N2 & CO2 foam determines which fields (i.e. columns) will be available in
the Pump Schedule Table.
275
FracproPT 2007
Note:
If you select any of the foam Treatment Type options, other options related to foam, which are described below, will
appear at the bottom of the screen below the Pump Schedule Table.
Wellbore Volume
This non-editable field displays the wellbore volume as calculated from the wellbore segment entries on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen. This number is provided here so that displacement volumes can be checked without
having to switch between screens.
Quality Option
Use this option to select whether you will be using the so-called Constant Internal Phase or the Conventional Quality
for the calculations in the Pump Schedule Table. Definitions of these two options are shown in the Help text above
describing the Bottomhole CO2 Quality and Bottomhole N2 Quality fields.
276
FracproPT 2007
CO2 Properties
These parameters appear on this screen if you select CO2 foam or N2 & CO2 foam as the Treatment Type.
Metering Pressure
Enter the pressure at the point where the CO2 flow rate is metered in this field. This pressure, as well as the temperature
described below, is used in the calculation of Density at Flow Meter.
Metering Temperature
Enter the temperature at the point where the CO2 flow rate is metered in this field. This temperature, as well as the
pressure described above, is used in the calculation of Density at Flow Meter.
277
FracproPT 2007
If you have selected either Database Data or Real-Time Data in the Run Fracture and Wellbore Models From
section of the SIMULATIONS OPTIONS [F4] screen, then you are running the fracture model from real data, as opposed
to directly from the pump schedule. In this case, this Design Treatment Schedule will not be editable.
The basic idea behind having two treatment schedules is that you use the Design Treatment Schedule to do your frac
design work, and then use the Actual Treatment Schedule once the frac job is in progress or completed (that is, when
running the simulator from real data). The two schedules allow an easy comparison of what you planned to pump with
what was actually pumped.
Basic Methodology for Using the Design and Actual Treatment Schedules
1.
Enter information into the Design Treatment Schedule when doing your pre-frac design work.
See also: Running from the Design Treatment Schedule.
2.
When you go to the field to monitor and analyze the treatment as it is pumped, or when you do the
analysis after the job back in the office, you will be running the simulator from database or real-time data,
so both the Design Treatment Schedule and the Actual Treatment Schedule will be available.
Note:
To save time when you begin the process of actually pumping, use the Copy Design to Actual Schedule function to
copy your design information to the Actual Treatment Schedule.
See also: Running from the Actual Treatment Schedule.
1.
The Design Treatment Schedule is now "locked" so that no changes can be made there. It now serves as
a record of what you planned to pump and it can be compared to what was actually pumped (as will be
shown in the Actual Treatment Schedule). However, pressing the Edit Schedule button (which is only
visible in Fracture Analysis mode) will "unlock" the Design Treatment Schedule again.
2.
The Actual Treatment Schedule will reflect all changes made to plan when you synchronize the treatment
schedule to measured data (see Help for the Actual Treatment Schedule for information on synchronizing
the treatment schedule).
278
Treatment Type Use this option to indicate whether or not you will be adding nitrogen or carbon
dioxide to the slurry being pumped. If you are (either nitrogen, carbon dioxide, or both), columns will
FracproPT 2007
automatically be added to the Pump Schedule Table where you can enter the appropriate foam rates,
qualities, and volumes.
Note:
If you select any of the foam Treatment Type options, other options related to foam will appear at the bottom of the
screen below the Pump Schedule Table.
Proppant Ramp Mode Use this option to indicate whether to not you will be ramping the addition of
proppant to the slurry being pumped. If you are, each proppant concentration and flow rate entry in
the Pump Schedule Table will have two fields; one for specifying the value at the beginning of the
stage and a second for specifying the value at the end of the stage. If you are not ramping proppant,
there will be only one field for each proppant concentration or flow rate entry.
CalculateBottomhole from Surface / Surface from Bottomhole If you are pumping a foamed
treatment, you can either enter surface values that define the foam schedule and have the
bottomhole values calculated, or vice versa.
CalculateVolume from Time / Time from Volume Based on the flow rate(s) you enter in the
Pump Schedule Table, this option determines whether volume is calculated from the time or time is
calculated from volume.
All of the possible columns in the Treatment Schedule Table are described below.
Stage Number
FracproPT accepts up to 150 separate stages in the pump schedule. You can delete entire stages by selecting the entire
stage (that is, the entire row by clicking once on the Stage Number) and pressing [Del]. Insert new stages between two
existing stages (that is, at the current cursor position) by pressing [Ins].
Stage Type
You can select a Stage Type from the drop-down list in this column to identify each stage in the treatment schedule. This
identification makes it easier to keep up with where you are in the treatment, and it also serves to identify minifracs and
other diagnostic injections that can be analyzed semi-automatically using some of FracproPTs diagnostic utilities.
In general, this is an optional selection. However, there is one Stage Type that must be selected to correctly simulate a
fracture treatment. A Circulation stage, when there is one, must be correctly identified to properly track the materials
being pumped down the wellbore and into the fracture. The full list of possible Stage Types reads as follows:
Water injection
Step-rate test
Minifrac
Proppant slug
Circulation
Note:
If you select Circulation for a stage, the fluid and proppant displaced from the wellbore will not be injected into the
fracture. This feature is useful for modeling "Frac Packs" or any other operation with a circulation stage before or
during a treatment.
Note:
The Terminated main frac is useful if you want to neglect prior stages in the various functions for which Stage Type
is used.
279
FracproPT 2007
coefficient (displayed on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen) is as close as possible to the value actually
calculated during the treatment.
To model flow back at the end of a treatment, you can enter a negative flow rate. If you are running from Database or
Real-Time data at input, the simulator uses the negative flow rate (ignoring the measured flow data) during the flow back
stage.
N2 Rate 1 / N2 Rate 2
Nitrogen flow rate fields will be visible on if you choose N2 or N2 & CO2 as the Treatment Type option. Two fields for the
entry of nitrogen flow rate (specified at the surface for the beginning and end of the stage) are provided for treatments
where proppant is ramped. If you select None as the Prop Ramp Mode option, only one N2 Rate is available.
Entries for N2 Rate are not used if you are running the fracture simulator from real data and you specified nitrogen rate as
a real-data input on the CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL [Shift+F6] screen. However, you should input the approximate
actual nitrogen flow rate so that the calculated leakoff coefficient (displayed on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9]
screen) is as close as possible to the value actually calculated during the treatment.
Note:
Nitrogen rate is always measured at standard temperature and pressure (that is, in units of standard cubic feet per
minute or standard cubic meters per minute).
280
You should know in advance where the CO2 flow meter will be, so that you can enter the correct
temperature and pressure at the flow meter (see Metering Pressure and Metering Temperature
described below).
FracproPTs surface CO2 rate shown in the Pump Schedule Table is defined as being at the CO2
flow meter conditions (that is, at the Metering Pressure and Metering Temperature described
below).
The density (see Density at Flow Meter described below) at the CO2 flow meter is automatically
calculated based on the Metering Pressure and Metering Temperature that you enter.
The mass of CO2 calculated by FracproPT is based on the Density at Flow Meter, not at a socalled standard density. This is true even when you are entering a design treatment schedule with a
surface CO2 rate.
If you are designing a CO2 treatment using surface rates (rather than bottomhole quality), it is very
important to know where you are planning to meter the CO2 rate because that metering location will
affect the treatment design. For example, if you are trying to achieve a specific bottomhole foam
quality, the surface pump schedule will be different depending on whether you are metering the CO2
on the low pressure side of the pumps (for example, Halliburton) or the high pressure side of the
pumps (for example, Schlumberger),
The CO2 totals in FracproPT are all calculated based on the CO2 rate at the Metering Pressure and
Metering Temperature that you enter, which will result in the correct CO2 mass calculation. If you
are interested in the volume at standard conditions (that is, the volume in the CO2 transport tankers),
you can convert the mass of CO2 to barrels at standard conditions using the standard density of 8.51
FracproPT 2007
lb/gal at tanker conditions, or simply view the value shown on the Treatment Totals tab of this
Treatment Schedule [F6] screen.
Bottomhole N2 Quality
This is the desired (or calculated) bottomhole nitrogen foam quality. Depending upon your choice for Ramp/Quality
Option (discussed below), this can be either the conventional quality or the constant internal phase quality.
Conventional quality, which is defined as the percentage of the total fluid volume (that is, gel plus nitrogen plus carbon
dioxide) that is composed of nitrogen, is calculated according to the following formula:
VolumeN2/(VolumeN2+VolumeCO2+Volumeliquid)
Constant internal phase quality, which includes the proppant volume with the nitrogen volume, is calculated according to
the following formula:
(VolumeN2+Volumeproppant)(VolumeN2+VolumeCO2+Volumeliquid+Volumeproppant)
For binary foams, if you select constant internal phase quality, this applies only to CO2 Qual and not to N2 Qual.
It is important to note that Bottomhole N2 Quality is defined at a bottomhole temperature that can be one of two values.
If you selected Model Heat Transfer Effects on the Simulation Options [F4] screen, then bottomhole quality is
assumed to be at the bottomhole pumping temperature. If you selected Ignore Heat Transfer Effects, then bottomhole
quality is assumed to be at the Reservoir Temperature entered on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen. This
can make a substantial difference in predictions, so be careful of which temperature you specify for bottomhole quality.
281
FracproPT 2007
Clean Volume
If you select Calculate Time From Volume as the Job Design Mode option, you enter the desired clean volume of liquid
for each stage in this field. Clean Volume and Flow Rate (which you also must enter) are then used to calculate Stage
Length. Note that entries for Clean Volume are not accepted until a non-zero Slurry Rate is entered.
If you select Calculate Volume From Time, you cannot access the Clean Volume fields since it is calculated from Slurry
Rate and Stage Length.
Values entered for Clean Volume are not used if you are running the fracture simulator from real data and you specified
flow rate (either clean or slurry) as a real-data input on the CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL [Shift+F6] screen.
Stage Length
This field always defines the length of the stage, whether running the fracture simulator from real-data or from the
treatment schedule entries for flow rates and proppants (hence the need to synchronize the Actual Treatment Schedule
with the real data).
If you select Calculate Volume From Time at the Job Design Mode option, you enter stage length (in decimal minutes)
in this field. If you enter Stage Length before entering Flow Rate, the stage will be treated as a shut-in, as indicated in
the Fluid Type column. Stage Length and Flow Rate are used to calculate Clean Volume. To model shut-ins, you must
enter a non-zero Stage Length and zero for Flow Rate. This is typically how you would add a stage at the end of the
treatment to simulate the pressure decline.
If you select Calculate Time From Volume you cannot access Stage Length since it is calculated from Flow Rate and
Clean Volume.
Wellbore Fluid
Although you have the option of ignoring the wellbore in Fracture Analysis Mode, it is typically modeled and therefore
you must select the fluid that fills (or partially fills) it initially before pumping starts. You select the Wellbore Fluid in the
same manner that you select Fluid Type for all other stages (that is, via a drop-down list). If you choose Ignore Wellbore
and Perforations on the SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, this field will not be accessible. A Wellbore Fluid must be
selected whenever you Run From Database Data or Run From Real-Time Data. The Wellbore Fluid is reported as
Stage #0 in reports and various program display screens.
The wellbore (hence, the Wellbore Fluid) is ignored by the fracture simulator in Economic Optimization Mode. However,
you can model the wellbore from a production standpoint when running in either Reservoir Production Mode or
Economic Optimization Mode.
Fluid Type
282
FracproPT 2007
This field contains a drop-down list from which you select a fluid to use in the stage. The list displays all fluids listed on the
FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen. If you are modeling the wellbore, you also must select a fluid in the
Wellbore Fluid field located near the bottom-right corner of the screen.
With the exception of shut-ins, each stage in the treatment schedule must have a Fluid Type specified. Whenever you
define a new stage, Fluid Type defaults to the fluid selected in the previous stage.
Proppant Type
This field contains a drop-down list from which you select a proppant to use in the stage. This field will only be active if
there is a corresponding non-zero Proppant Concentration entry in the table. The list displays all proppants listed on the
FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen.
Whenever you define a new proppant stage (that is, with a non-zero entry for Prop Concentration), Proppant Type
defaults to the proppant type selected in the previous stage.
As a very useful special case (for example, when pumping proppant slugs), when you select 100 Mesh as the Proppant
Type, that particular field in the treatment schedule will appear with a yellow background to indicate that this proppant is
being ignored in propped-dimension calculations. However, hydrostatic head and wellbore friction effects are not ignored.
FracproPT ignores any proppant (for purpose of calculating propped fracture dimensions) whose diameter is less than
the threshold entered on the Proppant Model Parameters tab of the Fracpropt MODEL PARAMETERS [shift+f3]
screen. The default threshold diameter is 0.0125 inches.
The following information describes the various options located below the Treatment Schedule Table.
Treatment Type
Use this option to indicate whether or not you will be adding nitrogen or carbon dioxide to the slurry being pumped. Your
choice of No foam, N2 foam, CO2 foam, or N2 & CO2 foam determines which fields (i.e. columns) will be available in
the Pump Schedule Table.
Note:
If you select any of the foam Treatment Type options, other options related to foam, which are described below, will
appear at the bottom of the screen below the Pump Schedule Table.
Wellbore Volume
This non-editable field displays the wellbore volume as calculated from the wellbore segment entries on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen. This number is provided here so that displacement volumes can be checked without
having to switch between screens.
The following options and fields will only be visible if you select one of the foam options as the Treatment Type.
283
FracproPT 2007
If you are pumping a foamed treatment, you can either enter surface values of the pumping parameters that define the
foam schedule and have the bottomhole values calculated, or vice versa. The most common scenario is to Calculate
Surface from Bottomhole where you enter the desired down hole pump schedule and let FracproPT calculate the
corresponding surface pump schedule.
Quality Option
Use this option to select whether you will be using the so-called Constant Internal Phase or the Conventional Quality
for the calculations in the Pump Schedule Table. Definitions of these two options are shown in the Help text above
describing the Bottomhole CO2 Quality and Bottomhole N2 Quality fields.
CO2 Properties
These parameters appear on this screen if you select CO2 foam or N2 & CO2 foam as the Treatment Type.
Metering Pressure
Enter the pressure at the point where the CO2 flow rate is metered in this field. This pressure, as well as the temperature
described below, is used in the calculation of Density at Flow Meter.
Metering Temperature
Enter the temperature at the point where the CO2 flow rate is metered in this field. This temperature, as well as the
pressure described above, is used in the calculation of Density at Flow Meter.
284
FracproPT 2007
The density of the carbon dioxide (in terms of specific gravity) at the flow-meter conditions is displayed in this field. The
density is calculated according to results taken from the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Fluids
Database 12, which is based on the most accurate equations currently available. The thermodynamic properties of pure
fluids are determined with a Helmholtz energy equation (FEQ), a modified Benedict-Webb-Rubin equation (mBWR), or an
extended corresponding states model (ECS). Viscosity and thermal conductivity values are determined with either a fluid
specific model or with a variation of the ECS method. It is important to have the correct CO2 density at the flow meter
whether you are running from design or from real-data. If you are measuring the CO2 rate at low-pressure (tanker)
conditions, the density will be on the order of 1.02. If you are measuring the CO2 rate at high-pressure (wellhead)
conditions, then the density will typically be even greater.
Treatment Totals [F6]
This screen is used to display to total amounts of fluids, proppants and other materials required in a proposed fracture
treatment (from the Design Treatment Schedule), or the total amounts actually used in an executed fracture treatment
(from the Actual Treatment Schedule). You can sort by Materials or Stage, and also view required and used materials in
common storage volumes (such as tanks and sacks). Pricing information for fluid and proppants is also available on this
screen.
Totals for
Design Schedule
Select this option to display the totals from the Design Treatment Schedule, which will show the materials required for
the pump schedule.
Actual Data
Select this option to display the totals from the Actual Treatment Schedule, which will show what materials were actually
pumped in the current fracture treatment (that is, as represented in the current database or real-time data file shown on
the Fracture Simulation Options [F4] screen). Note that you do need to run the model at least once to see totals for the
actual treatment.
Totals split by
285
FracproPT 2007
Materials
Select this option to group the totals in the Proppant and Fluid Table and the Additional Items Table by material.
Injection
Select this option to group the totals in the Proppant and Fluid Table and the Additional Items Table by stage.
N2 Storage Volume
Enter the total volume of each nitrogen transport in this field.
Treatment Specs
Except for Wellbore Volume, the values shown here are design values only. These numbers are based on Stage Type
(for example, the fluid volume of all stages identified as Main Frac Pad are added together to calculate Design Pad
Volume). All of these fields are non-editable.
Pad Fraction
This is the ratio of Pad Volume to Slurry Volume (both of which are defined below).
Pad Volume
This is the volume sum of all stages identified with the Main Frac Pad selection for Stage Type.
Flush Volume
This is the fluid (slurry) volume sum of all stages identified with the Main Frac Flush selection for Stage Type.
286
FracproPT 2007
287
FracproPT 2007
on the Fracture Analysis Options - F4 screen. The column heights represent the stage lengths. As the simulator runs,
colored bars traverse the columns to indicate the progress of the simulation.
End Time
End Time lets the simulator identify how much memory to allocate for storage of results. Normally, you set this time to
some value greater than or equal to the duration of all pumping and shut-ins stages (as indicated on the Treatment
Schedule - F6 screen). However, End Time can also be set to any number as a simple means of checking model output at
that particular time. For instance, you can set End Time to 15 minutes if you want to check the fracture dimensions and
net pressure after pumping for 15 minutes. End Time is displayed in decimal minutes.
Time Step
Time Step determines how often the simulator performs its calculations. Normally, Time Step is set to between 0.1 and
0.5 minutes. Typically, the model is ran at a small Time Step (0.017 - 0.1 minutes) before conducting Minifrac Analysis
or Friction Analysis, and is ran at a courser Time Step (0.1 0.5 minutes) when conducting net pressure matching. Of
course, a simulation run with a small Time Step requires more memory and disk space for results storage and takes
longer to complete. Time Step is displayed in decimal minutes
Run Simulator
Selecting this function begins model execution. Pressing [Alt] -[R] from any screen also starts the model.
If you are running from real data (either real time or database data), selecting Run Simulator causes FracproPT to run to
the end of the real data currently available and then switch over and run from the remainder of the TREATMENT
SCHEDULE [F6] (if there is any). This feature allows you to run the simulator from measured data up to the current time
and then forecast the ultimate treatment outcome based on whatever stages remain in the TREATMENT SCHEDULE
[F6].
Stop Simulator
Selecting this function stops (or pauses) model execution. Pressing [Alt+S] from any screen also stops (or pauses) the
model.
Resume Run
Selecting this function resumes the current model run, but only if it was paused using Stop Simulator (or [Alt+S]) before
reaching the end of the data on the TREATMENT SCHEDULE [F6] or the End Time. Pressing [Alt+C] from any screen
also resumes the current model run.
288
FracproPT 2007
Entry Friction
Selecting this function takes you to the Perf and Near-Wellbore Friction - F8 screen where you can graphically analyze
rate step down tests to determine the level and cause of fracture entry friction.
Manual Matching
Selecting this function takes you to the Manual Matching tab of the Net Pressure Matching - Ctrl + F8 screen where
numerous parameters (from other FracproPT screens) that are commonly changed during net pressure matching are
located.
Auto Matching
Selecting this function takes you to the Auto Matching tab of the Net Pressure Matching - Ctrl + F8 screen where you can
have FracproPT attempt to automatically match net pressure.
Model Output
Pressure Match
Selecting this function takes you to an automatically configured plot of net pressure. If you are running the simulator from
real data, both Net Pressure and Observed Net Pressure are shown (that is, this is the net pressure match). If you are
running from treatment schedule data, only Net Pressure is shown.
Fracture Dimensions
Selecting this function takes you to an automatically configured plot of hydraulic (that is, created) fracture dimensions.
Propped Dimensions
Selecting this function takes you to an automatically configured plot of propped fracture dimensions.
Plot List
Selecting this function takes you to the Plot List - Alt + F8 screen where all the plots (pre-configured, autoscaled as well
as user-configurable) can be quickly accessed.
Fracture Profile
Selecting this function takes you to the FRACTURE PICTURE [Alt+F5] screen that displays a schematic of the fracture
geometry.
Stage Profiles
Selecting this function takes you to the STAGE PROFILES List screen where seven different STAGE PROFILE pictures
can be easily accessed. You can display proppant concentration, fracture conductivity, proppant volume-fraction, fluid
temperature, fluid viscosity, volumetric acid concentration, or degree of acid etching as a function of position in the
fracture. Pressing [Ctrl+F5] at any time re-displays the last active STAGE PROFILE picture.
Wellbore Profile
Selecting this function takes you directly to the Wellbore Profile Picture - Alt + F9 screen where a picture of the wellbore
is displayed. This picture shows the position of various treatment stages as they are pumped down the wellbore.
Width Profile
Selecting this function takes you to the Width Profile - Alt + F7 screen where the width profile of the fracture is displayed.
System Messages
Warnings and error messages are displayed on the left side of the status bar as FracproPT generates them. Multiple
messages are sometimes difficult to read since later ones overwrite the early messages. Selecting System Messages
takes you to the System Messages - Alt + F1 screen where all the most recent messages and warnings are displayed in a
top-down stack arrangement (that is, the message on top is the latest). The System Messages - Alt + F1 screen is cleared
whenever a new input file is loaded, and blank lines are inserted between messages whenever the simulator is run again.
Numeric Output
289
FracproPT 2007
Selecting this function takes you to the Numeric Output - Alt + F3 screen where numerical values for all model calculations
of input and output channels are displayed.
Generate Report
Selecting this function takes you to the Report Setup - Shift + F2 screen where simulation reports can be generated with
minimal effort.
Compare Results
Selecting this function takes you to the Compare Simulation Results - Shift + F4 screen where results and inputs from up
to four previously stored simulations (input and results files) are specified for comparison.
Pressure Analysis
Entry Friction (Perf and Near-Wellbore Friction - F8)
Injection rate step-down tests to distinguish between friction from perforations or near-wellbore
tortuosity. This is the most common technique for entry friction characterization, as it provides more
definitive and useful information than the abrupt flowrate change technique.
Abrupt injection rate changes of significant magnitude (either up or down), to use near-wellbore
friction to smooth Observed Net Pressure behavior at rate changes. Note that this analysis does not
affect perforation friction a true rate stepdown test is required to separate fracture entry friction into
perf and near-wellbore friction components.
ISIPs (instantaneous shut-in pressure) a special case for an abrupt flow-rate change to zero.
In what follows, the parameters and equations are described in oilfield units. If you are using a different unit system,
FracproPT will make the appropriate unit conversions.
290
FracproPT 2007
Pperf=KperfQ
Pnear-wellbore=Knear-wellboreQ
where is the Near-Wellbore Friction Exponent (default 0.5) that is entered on the Near-Wellbore Friction tab of the
FRACPROPT MODEL PARAMETERS screen.
When the table contains more than one entry, near-wellbore friction and the perf coefficient multiplier are linearly
interpolated between table entry times. Note that this is computationally accomplished through linear interpolation of Kperf
and Knear-wellbore as defined above.
When only one set of entries is made in the table, the near-wellbore friction and perf friction parameters are modeled as
constant over the entire treatment.
You can enter these data manually, or you can use FracproPTs engineering tools/utilities to enter the data more easily.
For example, if you use the Rate Step-Down Test Analyzer (described below) on a rate step-down test during your net
pressure analysis, simply select the Use Results in Entry Friction Time Table function to automatically add a new entry
(that is, a new line) to this table. For each rate step-down test or flow-rate change analyzed, a line of data is entered into
this table. To aid in editing the table, you can insert a row of blank entries at the current cursor position by selecting a row
number pressing [Ins]. Likewise, pressing [Del] deletes the row of entries.
If you are simulating a treatment design, there are typically no entries here (unless you know by field experience that xamount of near-wellbore friction will nearly always be present).
Time
This is the time at which the instantaneous shut-in pressure (ISIP), flow-rate change, or flow rate step-down test occurs.
291
FracproPT 2007
Rate #1
This is the magnitude of the flow rate just before the instantaneous shut-in pressure (ISIP), flow-rate change, or flow rate
step-down test occurs.
Rate #2
This is the magnitude of the flow rate just after the instantaneous shut-in pressure (ISIP), flow-rate change, or flow rate
step-down test occurs.
Near-Wellbore Friction
This is the change in near-wellbore friction observed when going from Rate #1 to Rate #2. Note that near-wellbore friction
commonly varies across an injection sequence, and can be affected by injected volume, fluid viscosity, flow rate, and the
passage of proppant.
Perf Coefficient Multiplier
This is the ratio of actual perforation friction to theoretical perf friction. Theoretical perf friction is calculated from the
combination of flow rate, hole size, diameter, and other parameters appropriate for the perf model assumed. Actual perf
friction is generally derived from a rate step-down test.
This parameter commonly varies with time or injection number, due to changes in the number of holes open or perforation
erosion.
Perfs Open (effective)
The effective number of perfs open is the number of holes required to explain the observed perforation pressure drop,
which is directly calculated using the following relationship:
2
Pperfs1/N
where P is pressure and N is the number of perforations. Thus,
2
0.5
Neffective=(Nshot /Perf Coefficient Multiplier)
where Neffective is the effective number of perfs open and Nshot is the number of perfs shot.
Pperfs=0.237(Q/N) /(Cd D )
where,
= slurry density in ppg,
Q = flow rate in bpm,
N = number of perfs,
D = perf diameter in inches, and
Cd = discharge coefficient.
The only difference between the three options regards the discharge coefficient. For the Default FracproPT Model
option, the value is constant at 0.8. The FFCF Linear Gel Correlation and FFCF X-link Gel Correlation options use
correlations for the discharge coefficient developed at the Fracturing Fluid Characterization Facility (FFCF) at
Oklahoma University. The FFCF X-link Gel Correlation also includes an additional term for excess pressure loss. (See
SPE 38373, El-Rabaa, et. al.)
There are two important facts you should remember if you switch the perf pressure drop model:
When performing a rate step-down analysis on real data (that is, either real-time data or database data are
input to the simulator), changing the perf pressure drop model will affect the values calculated for both Perf
Coefficient Multiplier and Perfs Open (effective). However, the magnitude of the perf pressure drop
determined from the rate step-down test would not change since its calculation is based on measured
pressure data.
In contrast, when you are using the simulator in a design mode (that is, running from the treatment
schedule with no real-data model inputs), changing the perf pressure drop model will affect the calculated
perforation pressure drop, but the number of perforations is a design input in this case and will not change.
292
FracproPT 2007
erosion model will change perforation friction as a function of the proppant pumped through the perforation while
reconciling with the rate stepdown test results. See also the Cramer's Perforation Erosion Model screen.
Perforation Data
The location (measured depth) of the perforated intervals are entered on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen
and is displayed here. The number of number of perforation and their diameter can also be entered on that screen, but
they can also be entered or changed here.
Frac #
Frac number, or perhaps more appropriately, perforated interval number, ranges from 1 to 20 depending on your entries
on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen.
Top MD
These are the measured depths to the top of the (up to twenty) perfed intervals.
Bottom MD
These are the measured depths to the bottom of the (up to twenty) perfed intervals.
# Perfs
This is the number of perforations you believe are open for each of the (up to twenty) perfed intervals.
Diameter
This is the estimated average diameter of perforations for each of the (up to twenty) perfed intervals.
Wellbore Friction
Fluid
This is the fluid that is pumped down the wellbore, for which the wellbore friction is calculated.
Friction Multiplier
This is the multiplier with which the friction will be multiplied (with default value of 1.00).
Data Table
As you mark the beginning and ending of each rate step-down in a test using cursor editing, the test input data are written
into this table. Up to 5 rate steps can be included in a single rate step-down test. The final step should always end at a
rate of zero.
Time
The Time for each rate step-down is taken as the average between the beginning and end times for that step (as marked
by you on a cursor-editing plot).
Rate #1
This is the Bottomhole Slurry Rate at the beginning time of each rate step-down, as marked by you on a cursor-editing
plot. If the injected fluid is relatively incompressible (e.g. water), Bottomhole Slurry Rate will be equal to the measured
surface injection rate. For a compressible fluid such as foam, Bottomhole Slurry Rate will be calculated based on
measured or calculated bottomhole pressure.
Rate #2
This is the Bottomhole Slurry Rate at the end time of each rate step-down, as marked by you on a cursor-editing plot.
Change in Friction
This is the change in the Measured Bottomhole Pressure channel that occurs in response to each step down in rate.
The Measured Bottomhole Pressure channel is set equal to true bottom hole pressure if it is available (that is, if it is
measured). If the rate step-down analysis is based on surface pressure or pressure measured at some other depth in the
wellbore, the Measured Bottomhole Pressure channel will be calculated based on the measured pressure, corrected for
the wellbore friction and the hydrostatic pressure difference between the measurement point and frac depth.
293
FracproPT 2007
If fracture entry friction is dominated by perf friction, will generally be near 2. If near-wellbore friction dominates, will
generally be closer to 0.5. A value of above 2 or significantly below 0.5 generally indicates either a) a problem with stepdown test behavior (for example, the assumption of constant pressure in the fracture during the step-down is not true), or
b) incorrect wellbore friction fluid parameters (as set on the Edit/View Interpolated Fluid Data [shift+F5] screen).
Perf Friction Coeff K and NWB Friction Coeff K
The perforation and near-wellbore friction components are analytically separated by fitting the rate step-down test data to
the following equation:
Total Entry Friction = Perf Friction + Near Wellbore Friction
where,
2
294
In the Perf and Near-Wellbore Friction - F8 screen, select the button Display Step-Down Plot.
In the Perf and Near-Wellbore Friction - F8 screen, select the button New Step-Down Plot.
FracproPT 2007
Procedure
Select Step-down Test
Set the green vertical line at the approximate beginning and the red vertical line at the approximate end of
the step-down test that you would like to analyze.
If needed, right click on the Time axis, to adjust the Axis Limits.
Once you have selected the correct time window, select the button OK in the dialog.
295
FracproPT 2007
FracproPT will automatically adjust the Time axis to zoom into the selected time window of the step-down
test. FracproPT will then attempt to add more pairs of green and red lines, reflecting the approximate
beginning and end of the pressure steps on the basis of its analysis of the step-down data. However, this
automatic selection may have to be adjusted for better accuracy.
Modify: Set the green vertical lines at the approximate beginnings and the red vertical lines at the
approximate ends of the pressure steps.
Insert: Right click on the approximate location of the missing pair of green and red lines, and in the
confirmation dialog, select the button Yes.
Delete: Right click on a green or red line of the pair that you want to remove, and in the confirmation
dialog, select the button Yes.
Last Red Line Fixed: If the last red line is fixed at the right boundary of the plot, then the checkbox Use
ISIP Pick for Step-Down Test is selected in the Options tab of the Minifrac Analysis - Shift + F8 screen. In
this case, the pick for the instantaneous shut-in pressure (ISIP) is used for the step-down test.
This automatically sets the last red line to the End Pumping time from the Input tab of the Minifrac
Analysis - Shift + F8 screen.
When selecting this option, ensure that the staging is set correctly, such that the End Pumping time has a
meaningful value.
296
FracproPT 2007
FracproPT includes a perforation erosion module based on work conducted by Dave Cramer of BJ Services in Denver.
This perforation erosion model describes the reduction of perforation friction due to smoothing of the perforation tunnel
and gradual enlargement of the perforation. These two effects are governed by a change in discharge coefficient and a
change in diameter as a function of the amount of proppant pumped through the perforation. This perforation erosion
model will change perforation friction as a function of the proppant pumped through the perforation while reconciling with
the rate stepdown test results.
Technical Background
The common equation for theoretical perforation friction is
2
pperf,theo=0.2369(Q/N) 1/C D
where Q represents the flow rate in bpm, N represents the number of perforations, C represents the discharge coefficient,
D represents the perforation diameter in in., and r represents the slurry density in lbs/gal.
Cramer found from laboratory testing that both the discharge coefficient C and the perforation diameter D are changing as
a function of the amount of proppant that is pumped through the perforation. He identified two regimes for the change in
perforation diameter:
297
FracproPT 2007
Additional Information
Analyzing Flow Rate Step-Down Tests
This procedure will show you how to use one of FracproPTs tools to easily analyze a flow rate step-down test so that
you may distinguish perforation friction from near-wellbore friction. You can graphically choose points from a suitable plot
of pressure and flow data and then automatically enter those points into the Rate Step-Down Test Analyzer (a sort of
calculator) that will do the analysis for you. The results of the rate step-down test analysis can then be accounted for in
your net pressure analysis by automatically including them in the Entry Friction versus Time table. In fact, multiple rate
step-down tests from the same treatment may be analyzed and included.
When measured bottomhole pressure is available, rate step-down analysis is straightforward and accurate. For
treatments where only surface pressure is available, wellbore friction is a third source of system friction that must be
accounted for. Wellbore friction parameters are set on the Fluid Friction Properties tab of the Edit/View Interpolated
Fluid Data [shift+F5] screen.
Wellbore friction can vary significantly with relatively small changes in fluid formulation. As a result, surface pressure rate
step-down analyses will generally involve greater uncertainty. However, despite the uncertainties, rate step-down
analyses based on surface pressure can generally provide useful engineering answers if wellbore friction is relatively
small, if wellbore friction is known (or can be bounded) with reasonable accuracy, or if total entry friction is relatively large
compared to wellbore friction.
Note that the friction resulting from turbulent flow in the wellbore is functionally close to perforation friction, which is very
different than near-wellbore friction. Thus, even if there is uncertainty in the split between perforation and wellbore friction,
calculated near-wellbore friction is generally relatively unaffected.
298
After setting the stages so that FracproPT knows what fluids and proppants are pumped in each one, run
the fracture model with a small time step (for example, 0.02 to 0.05 minutes) to capture the details of the
flow rate and the corresponding friction pressure changes.
Go to the PLOT LIST [Alt+F8] screen and configure a user-configured plot with the channels for
Measured Bottomhole Pressure and Bottomhole Slurry Rate (both of these are calculated FracproPT
model channels).
Note that the Measured Bottomhole Pressure channel will be calculated based on surface pressure,
unless actual measured bottomhole pressure is available as an input to the model (as specified on the
CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL [SHIFT+F6] screen). The Bottomhole Slurry Rate channel will be
equal to surface injection rate except for compressible fluids.
Activate cursor editing for the plot (for example, by selecting the Cursor Editing toolbar button) and put
the cursor on the Measured Bottomhole Pressure channel.
Move the cursor to a point just before the first rate cut begins and mark that point in time by pressing
[Alt+B] or by selecting Begin from the controls at the bottom of the plot. This will result in the appearance
of a vertical line to indicate the mark, and the values for flow rate and observed net pressure at that point
will be temporarily displayed in the System Messages area at the bottom left corner of the screen. Use the
mark and the temporary display to confirm that you have marked a position with the correct flow rate
because there is sometimes a small time mismatch between the flow rate and pressure data.
FracproPT 2007
Move the cursor to the point where pressure has leveled off in response to the first drop in rate and mark
that point in time by pressing [Alt+E] or by selecting End from the controls at the bottom of the plot.
Note:
In a properly executed rate step-down test (that is, with succeeding drop in rate executed as soon as the pressure
stabilizes) this point will be just before the next drop in rate.
This will result in the appearance of a second vertical line to indicate the mark, and the values for flow rate and
observed net pressure at that point will again be temporarily displayed in the System Messages area at the bottom
left corner of the screen. Use the mark and the temporary display to confirm that you have marked a position with the
correct flow rate because there is sometimes a small time mismatch between the flow rate and pressure data.
Select Step Rate to automatically calculate the changes in friction and flow rate between the marked
Begin and End times, which also automatically enters this data in the Rate Step-Down Test Analyzer
data table. Do not select Calculate NWB Friction, since this function is used to account for near-wellbore
friction only.
Note:
When selecting Step Rate for the first time during the analysis of any rate step-down test, you will be asked whether
or not you wish to delete all the current entries in the Rate Step-Down Test Analyzer table. If you are beginning
analysis of a new rate step-down test, select Yes. If you are attempting to change data in a previous test or to enter
new data in a previous test, you should select No.
Move the cursor to a point just before the second rate cut and mark that point by again pressing [Alt+B] or
selecting Begin. Note that for a properly executed rate step-down test, the cursor does not even have to
be moved. In other words, the Begin mark will be at the same location as the End mark from the previous
step down.
Position the cursor to a point just after the second rate cut ends (and pressure has stabilized) and mark
that point by again pressing [Alt+E] or selecting End.
Again select Step Rate to automatically calculate the changes in friction and flow rate for the second step
and enter that data into the Rate Step-Down Test Analyzer.
Continue this procedure, repeating 7 through 9, for all remaining steps of the rate step-down test.
Note:
The last step of the rate step-down test must have a final flow rate of zero (or, at least, less than 1 bpm).
The results of the analysis can now be viewed numerically in the Rate Step-Down Test Analyzer data
table. The Step-Down Friction Analysis results table will show the various curve-fit parameters as well as
the estimated perforation and near-wellbore friction at the maximum (that is, at the beginning of the test)
flow rate.
If you wish to use the analysis results (that is, in the calculation of Observed Net Pressure), select the
Use Results in Entry Friction versus Time table function. Doing so will automatically make an entry in
that table, which is the data actually used by the simulator to account for near-wellbore friction. This entry
will show a Time equal to the approximate center of the rate step-down test.
To assist with understanding rate step-down analyses, the results may be viewed graphically. To do this,
simply make a plot of the three friction channels (Observed Friction, which is calculated based on the
overall power-law , Estimated NWB Friction, and Estimated Perf Friction) versus flow rate. The plot
shows the how the relative magnitudes of the friction components vary with injection rate.
Continue this procedure for each rate step-down test that you wish to analyze and account for.
299
FracproPT 2007
not changed. Thus, this type of analysis is mainly used for smoothing Observed Net Pressure behavior at rate changes.
A true rate step-down test is required to separate fracture entry friction into perf and near-wellbore friction components.
Analyses of abrupt flow rate changes are most accurate when bottomhole pressure is directly measured. However, the
technique can also provide accurate results using surface pressure if wellbore friction is relatively small, if wellbore
friction is known (or can be bounded) with reasonable accuracy, or if total entry friction is relatively large compared to
wellbore friction.
After setting the stages so that FracproPT knows what fluids and proppants are pumped in each one, run
the fracture model with a small time step (for example, 0.02 to 0.05 minutes) to capture the details of the
flow rate and the corresponding friction pressure changes.
Go to the PLOT LIST [Alt+F8] screen and configure a user-configurable plot such that Observed Net
Pressure and the real-data flow rate channel being input to the fracture model (that is, the channel
specified on the CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL [SHIFT+F6] screen) are displayed.
Activate cursor editing for the plot (for example, by selecting the Cursor Editing toolbar button) and put
the cursor on the Observed Net Pressure channel.
Move the cursor to a point just before the flow rate change begins (that is, just before the upward or
downward pressure spike) and mark that point in time by pressing [Alt+B] or selecting Begin from the
controls at the bottom of the plot. This will result in the appearance of a vertical line to indicate the mark.
The values for flow rate and observed net pressure at that point will be temporarily displayed in the System
Messages area at the bottom left corner of the screen. Use the mark and the temporary display to confirm
that you have marked a position with the correct flow rate because there is sometimes a small time
mismatch between the flow rate and observed net pressure data.
Move the cursor to a point just after the flow rate change ends (that is, just after the upward or downward
pressure spike) and mark that point in time by pressing [Alt+E] or selecting End from the controls at the
bottom of the plot. This will result in the appearance of a second vertical line to indicate the mark. Again,
the values for flow rate and observed net pressure at that point will be temporarily displayed in the System
Messages area at the bottom left corner of the screen. Use the mark and the temporary display to confirm
that you have marked a position with the correct flow rate because there is sometimes a small time
mismatch between the flow rate and observed net pressure data.
Select Calculate NWB Friction to automatically calculate the changes in near-wellbore friction and flow
rate between the marked Begin and End times, which also automatically enters the relevant data into the
Entry Friction versus Time table with a Time coinciding with the approximate center (in time) of the flow
rate change. Do not select Step Rate since this function is used specifically for analyzing rate step-down
tests.
Note:
When selecting Calculate NWB Friction for the first time during the analysis of an abrupt flow rate change, you will be
asked whether or not you wish to delete all the current entries in the Entry Friction versus Time table. Selecting Yes
will delete all the data, including entries that may have resulted from Rate Step-Down Test analyses. If you have
already analyzed other flow rate changes or rate step-down tests whose data you do not wish to delete, you should
select No.
Continue this procedure for each abrupt flow rate change that you wish to analyze and account for.
Note:
A rule of thumb is to only use flow rate changes that are equal to 20% (or more) of the total flow rate.
300
FracproPT 2007
of rapid net pressure change due to proppant effects. Unless the changing net pressure in these cases can be accounted
for, the rate step-down test results will be in error. To improve the ability to separate perf and near-wellbore friction, it can
also be helpful to do smaller magnitude rate changes at the high rate (that is, the first step down) and at the lowest rate
(that is, the final step down, or shut-in).
Example (with three steps to ISIP):
Suppose that you are pumping at 30 bpm.
After noting (for example, marking in cursor editing) the pressure at 30 bpm, quickly drop the rate to
25 bpm and hold it there long enough to allow the friction and water-hammer dynamics to dampen
(for example, typically 10 to 20 seconds)
After recording the pressure at 25 bpm, quickly drop the rate to 15 bpm and again hold it there until
the dynamics have dissipated
After recording the pressure at 15 bpm, repeat the same process for 5 bpm
Finally, shut down the injection completely and record the ISIP
From these data, a table or plot of the change in friction versus flow rate (using the value for flow rate before the actual
flow-rate change) can be constructed and the flow-rate dependence of the measured friction can be determined.
FracproPTs Rate Step-Down Test Analyzer allows you to graphically enter the stepdown table data and plot the data
for analysis.
301
FracproPT 2007
Wellbore friction
Perforation friction
Near-wellbore friction
Note:
The wellbore friction term is not used if bottomhole pressure is measured and used as an input to FracproPT.
Predicting Too Much Friction
Indications that the simulator is predicting too much friction (for example, Figure 1) will manifest themselves as:
Observed Net Pressure spikes upward with sudden decreases in flow rate, or
Observed Net Pressure spikes downward for sudden increases in flow rate.
If you are running the simulator from measured surface pressure, then wellbore friction may be too high. Fluid friction
properties can be modified on the Fluid Friction Properties tab of the EDIT/VIEW INTERPOLATED FLUID DATA
[SHIFT+F5] screen, and the effects of proppant on wellbore friction can be modified by selecting the Proppant Effects on
Wellbore Friction function on the Fluid and proppant selection [F5] screen. Alternatively, perf friction or near-wellbore
friction may have dropped from initial assumptions or from values determined from a previous rate step-down test.
Observed Net Pressure spikes downward for sudden decreases in flow rate, or
Observed Net Pressure spikes upward for sudden increases in flow rate.
If you are running the simulator from measured surface pressure, then wellbore friction may be too low. Fluid friction
properties can be modified on the Fluid Friction Properties tab of the EDIT/VIEW INTERPOLATED FLUID DATA
screen, and the effects of proppant on wellbore friction can be modified by selecting the Proppant Effects on Wellbore
Friction function on the Fluid and proppant selection screen. Otherwise, perf friction or near-wellbore friction may have
increased from initial assumptions or from values determined from a previous rate stepdown test.
302
FracproPT 2007
303
FracproPT 2007
Multiple fracture initiation at pre-existing micro cracks (natural, drilling-induced, or perforationinduced), and
Sharp transitions from the fracture initiation plane to the preferred orientation.
Either mechanism may result in inadequate near-wellbore fracture width, which is likely to lead to proppant bridging.
Perforation friction can be analytically separated from near-wellbore friction because of their different functional
dependence on injection rate. As orifice flow, perforation friction varies with the square of the injection rate. In contrast,
near-wellbore friction varies approximately with the square root of injection rate. This fact is the basis of flow rate stepdown tests.
304
Run the fracture model with a relatively small time step (for example, 0.017 to 0.1 minutes). At this point, it
does not yet matter if the model run predicts a good net pressure match.
Define up to three injection-decline sequences by entering the 3 times that define each one. This can be
done manually, or it can also be done automatically with the Auto Time checkbox, which uses the
treatment schedule Stage Types.
Select the Create Plots function for each defined injection-decline sequence to automatically set up the
analysis plots.
Press View Summary Plot to determine if all start and end times are appropriately set. If the Start and
End times are not correct, drag the vertical lines to the correct position, and all Start and End times will be
updated.
FracproPT 2007
Switch to the Closure Stress and the Reservoir Pressure tab to view the plots and conduct the closure
stress analysis and reservoir pressure analysis.
Additional and more detailed information on this procedure can be found below and on the Help screen for the
Closure
Stress tab.
305
FracproPT 2007
End Pumping
This is the time when pumping end for the injection-decline sequence you wish to analyze. If you select the Auto function
and make a Pumping selection (as explained above), a time is automatically entered in this field. You may also enter a
time manually (for example, after viewing a plot of measured data and visually picking the time).
End Decline
This is the time when the pressure decline ends for the injection-decline sequence you wish to analyze. If you select the
Auto function and make a Pumping selection (as explained above), a time is automatically entered in this field. You may
also enter a time manually (for example, after viewing a plot of measured data and visually picking the time).
Create Plots
Once the correct times for the injection-decline sequences are selected (either automatically or manually) and the fracture
model has run past the End Decline time, select this function to automatically configure all the standard analysis plots.
The plots are selected for viewing and analysis from the
Results tab of this screen.
Reset Plot Time Axes
This function is useful when running in the field from real-time data. It is used to update the analysis plots to include a
larger decline interval by automatically changing the time scale while leaving the y-axis scales as they are. In other words,
this function increases the End Decline time for last injection-decline sequence being analyzed.
View Summary Plot
This plot provides an overview of the entire fluid injection and pressure decline period.
Additional Information: Injection Summary Plot
306
FracproPT 2007
307
FracproPT 2007
ISIP Plot
SQRT Plot
G-Function Plot
Log-Log Plot
Rate-Normalized Plot
BH ISIP
This is the ISIP (instantaneous shut-in pressure) in terms of bottomhole pressure. This number may be entered
automatically using ISIP diagnostic plot, or you may enter it manually.
ISIP Gradient
The value for BH ISIP is divided by Depth to Middle of Perfs (displayed near the bottom of this screen) to calculate this
number.
Surf ISIP
This is the ISIP (instantaneous shut-in pressure) in terms of surface pressure.
BH Closure
This is the closure stress in the pay zone. This number may be entered automatically using several of the diagnostic plots
or you may enter it manually.
Closure Gradient
308
FracproPT 2007
The value for BH Closure is divided by Depth to Middle of Perfs (displayed near the bottom of this screen) to calculate
this number.
Surf Closure
This is equivalent surface pressure for which fracture closure occurs in the pay zone. It is calculated using the hydrostatic
head at the end of the injection.
Closure Time
Based on your selection/calculation of BH ISIP, the time to closure from the End of Pumping is displayed here.
Dimensionless Closure Time
This is the ratio of the difference between End of Pumping time and Closure Time to the difference between Start of
Pumping time and End of Pumping time. In other words, the ratio of the time-to-close to the total-pump-time.
Implied Slurry Efficiency
Based on you choice for BH Closure and BH ISIP, this value is calculated to show the slurry efficiency implied by those
choices. The implied efficiency indicates what the efficiency would be at the end of the job, if fracture closure occurred at
that moment. The following equation provides the implied slurry efficiency (ISE):
309
FracproPT 2007
Horner Plot
Reservoir Pressure
This is the Pore Pressure estimate in the reservoir, obtained from the intersection of the user-defined tangent line and the
vertical line corresponding to a Horner time of 1.
Reservoir Pressure Gradient
The value for Reservoir Pressure is divided by Depth to Middle of Perfs (displayed near the bottom of this screen) to
calculate this number.
310
FracproPT 2007
Step-Rate Plot
This plot is not yet implemented. When implemented, this plot can provide an upper-bound estimate for fracture closure
stress. The data is plotted with the log of Injection Rate on the x-axis and the log of difference between BH Pressure and
Reservoir Pressure (Delta Pressure) on the y-axis.
When there is radial flow from the wellbore into the formation, Delta Pressure is a linear function of Injection Rate and
plots with a unit slope on a log-log scale. When pumping into an open fracture, the Delta Pressure is a function of the
Injection Rate to the power and plots with -slope on a log-log scale. An upper estimate of fracture closure is obtained
by selecting the intersection point of these two lines.
311
FracproPT 2007
Matching Parameters
Pay Zone Permeability
This field displays the estimated formation permeability using the Mayerhofer method.
Fracture Half-Length
This field displays the estimated fracture half-length estimated from matching the pressure decline behavior.
Fracture Face Resistance
This field displays the estimated fracture face resistance estimated from matching the pressure decline behavior.
ITERATION SETTINGS
Maximum # of Iterations
Enter the maximum number of auto match iterations that you would like the program to execute. A good number to start
with is 10 iterations. If no match can be obtained, an error message will display some suggestions about what you might
change in order to get a good match.
Current Iteration
The number of the current iteration is displayed in this field.
Maximum Error
Enter the maximum error in the auto match process that you will tolerate in this field. A small number may require much
iteration or may not be achievable. A good number to start with is 25 percent, but this number may be reduced once you
get a preliminary match. If no match can be obtained, an error message will display some suggestions about what you
might change in order to get a good match.
Current Error
The error for the current iteration is displayed in this field.
Duration of Water Hammer
A waterhammer can seriously decrease the quality of a match and needs to be excluded from the analysis.
PERFORM ANALYSIS
Run Analysis for Current Matching Parameters
Will run the analysis and build a plot based on the current parameters listed in the Matching Parameters and Input Data
for Permeability Analysis.
Iterate on Matching Parameters to Find Best Match
Will run iteration until a best match is found that fits the iteration settings.
Display Plot
Shows automatically set log-log plot with match of Modeled Delta Pressure and Measured Delta Pressure (Perm Analysis
Plot).
Reset Plot
This button is to be used in case you go back to the closure stress analysis and change your mind about the ISIP, then
this forces the recalculation and re-display of the delta-p curves.
Stop
Stops iteration.
312
FracproPT 2007
Background Information
1
In 1994, Pinnacles Dr. Mike Mayerhofer introduced a method to estimate reservoir permeability and reservoir pressure
2
using pressure decline data from diagnostic injection tests. Mikes work was modified by Valko and Economides and
3
Halliburtons David Craig and is commonly known as the "Modified Mayerhofer Method" - which separates the
calculations of reservoir permeability and reservoir pressure (simplifying the analysis). The strength of these techniques is
the ability to determine reservoir permeability and reservoir pressure from fracture pressure decline data before the
fracture closes, which is essential in low permeability reservoirs where the application of "after closure" analysis methods
is not practical. In recent years, operators and service companies have started to apply this technique to improve fracture
treatment designs and aid in infill drilling programs. This technology is especially useful in multi-zone completions to
identify variations in reservoir permeability modifying treatment designs accordingly, to determine which zones are
fracturing targets eliminating uneconomic zones, and for gathering reservoir pressure data to optimize well spacing &
placement.
The basis of the Mayerhofer method of estimating reservoir permeability is rooted in pressure transient analysis,
integrating pressure transient solutions for an infinite conductivity vertical fracture with a varying filter cake skin effect to
describe the filtration phenomena of leakoff during a diagnostic injection test. The Mayerhofer approach couples
unsteady-state linear flow from a fracture with a varying skin effect at the fracture face and superposes the leakoff history
on the pressure decline. This guarantees a correct rate-convolution to account for pressure dependent leakoff in the
subsequent permeability analysis.
Analysis Methodology
The first step in the analysis is to determine fracture closure pressure, typically using a combination of G-function and
Log-Log analyses. Figure 1 illustrates a typical G-function closure analysis.
313
FracproPT 2007
Mayerhofer, M.J., et al: "Pressure-Transient Analysis of Fracture Calibration Tests", JPT (March 1995)
229-34.
2.
Valko, P.P., and Economides, M.J.: "Fluid Leakoff Delineation in High-Permeability Fracturing", SPE
Production & Facilities (May 1999) 117-30.
3.
Craig, D.P., and Brown, T.D.: "Estimating Pore Pressure and Permeability in Massively Stacked Lenticular
Reservoirs Using Diagnostic Fracture-Injection Tests," SPE 56600 presented at 1999 ATC in Houston.
Additional Information: Procedures for Diagnostic Fracture Injection Tests
314
1.
Perforate the well as usual. The hole must be loaded with 2% KCl-water (or substitute) and surfactants to
prevent clay swelling and capillary retention. The test should be performed several days prior to the
hydraulic fracture treatment to allow for changes to the actual fracture design (if data indicates that
changes are necessary).
2.
Install high-resolution surface electronic memory gauges on wellhead. The gauges should have at least 1psi resolution and data should be recorded in 1 to 2 second intervals. Start recording before pumping
starts and end recording after the falloff is complete. It must be possible to isolate the electronic gauges
from the injection pump so that they are not affected by the rig down of the pump and will record surface
pressures continuously without interruption.
FracproPT 2007
3.
The test can be performed with one high-pressure pump (e.g. acid pump truck or frac pump).
4.
The pump must also have the capability of recording injection rate and pressures versus time (preferably
1-second) since its injection rate data will later be merged with high-resolution surface gauge data.
5.
The injection rate should be high enough to breakdown the perforations and create a small fracture.
Typical rates are about 5 to 7 bbls/min. A basic pumping procedure is to first breakdown the formation,
followed by a constant rate injection (5 to 7 bbls/min). The total volume should be about 20 bbls to 80 bbls
depending on zone thickness, using 2% KCl-water and surfactants.
6.
Shut-down the pump, and record pressure data with the pumping equipment for about 30 minutes. Then
rig down the pumping equipment without disturbing the isolated electronic gauges, which are continuously
recording the pressure falloff data. Ensure that the well stays shut-in without any disturbances for the
entire falloff period.
7.
After falloff is complete, bleed off tubing pressure and download pressure data from the gauges. If surface
pressure falls to zero in less than the planned falloff time the test can be terminated earlier.
8.
Provide Ascii files of pressure and rate data versus time (Two files: one is from pump truck, the other from
isolated electronic gauges). In addition client should provide well logs, estimates of petrophysical
properties (porosity, water saturation, net pay) and PVT information to injection test analyst. Also provide a
report of any unusual problems during the injection and falloff.
What are Basic Analysis Steps and What Does the Analysis Provide?
1.
Estimate fracture closure pressure and leakoff type from G-function diagnostic plot (after Barree et al.Figure 1).
2.
Identify after-closure pseudo-linear flow and after-closure pseudo- radial flow (if present, usually only in
higher permeability reservoirs) and estimate reservoir pressure (after Nolte et al.- Figure 2 & Figure 3).
3.
Estimate reservoir permeability from before-closure analysis using Mayerhofer method (previously
estimated pore pressure is now an input for the permeability analysis - Figure 4).
4.
Crosscheck before-closure permeability estimate with predicted time period for after-closure linear flow
based on permeability value. If predicted time period is not correct, repeat before-closure analysis with
different fracture height assumption until after-closure linear flow predictions are consistent with actual data
(after Craig et al. - Figure 2).
5.
6.
Provide client with results of fracture gradient, fracture closure pressure, reservoir pressure, reservoir
permeability (flow capacity kh) and description of fracturing leakoff complexities, if present (example:
fissure-opening during injection).
7.
Provide recommendations for fracture design changes if indicated by analysis results (for example: pump a
foam fracture if low pore pressure was measured or skip zone if too tight).
315
FracproPT 2007
316
FracproPT 2007
317
FracproPT 2007
Figure 3 Estimate of Pore Pressure from Pseudo-Linear Flow (After Nolte et al.)
318
FracproPT 2007
Steprate test is selected as a Stage Type in the Treatment Schedule - F6 screen, and
Steprate test is selected as Pumping for one of the Injections in the Input tab of the Minifrac
Analysis - Shift + F8 screen.
319
FracproPT 2007
Columns
Database Time: This column displays the time from the database file.
BH Slurry Rate: This column displays the bottomhole (BH) slurry rate.
Measured Database Pressure: This column displays the measured pressure from the database file.
Measured Btm Pressure: This column displays the measured bottom pressure.
Measured Frac Pressure: This column displays the measured fracturing pressure.
Display Steprate vs Time Plot: Press this button to display the Steprate versus Time Plot.
Display Linear Pressure-Rate Plot: Press this button to display the Linear Pressure-Rate Plot.
Display Log-Log Pressure Rate Plot: Press this button to display the Log-Log Pressure Rate Plot.
Buttons
320
Estimated BH Extension Pressure: This field displays the estimated bottomhole (BH) extension
pressure.
Estimated BH Extension Pressure Gradient: This field displays the estimated gradient of the
bottomhole (BH) extension pressure.
Estimated Fracture Extension Rate: This field displays the estimated fracture extension rate.
Depth to Middle of Perfs: This field displays the depth to the middle of the perforations.
Current BH Closure Pressure: This field displays the current bottomhole (BH) closure pressure.
FracproPT 2007
Current BH Closure Pressure Gradient: This field displays the current gradient of the bottomhole
(BH) closure pressure.
Y-Axis Auto Scaling: Choose Max to have the upper plot limit scale automatically, or choose
MinMax to have both the upper and lower plot limits scale automatically.
Y-Axis Plot Range: The best way to describe this option is with an example. Consider the Implied
Slurry Efficiency channel, which goes from 0 to 1. If you choose Full, the plot limits are 0 and 1. If you
choose 1/2, the plot limits are 0 to 2. If you choose 1/4, the plot limits are 0 to 4.
Information Text Box: This option controls whether or not a text box containing various information
regarding a plot is automatically shown.
Stage Markers: This option controls whether or not the three Stage Markers, associated with the
Begin Injection, End Injection and End Decline, should be automatically shown.
Closure Stress Marker: This option controls whether or not the Closure Stress Marker, the vertical
line that is drawn after you have picked closure, should be automatically shown.
Tangent Line Marker: This option controls whether or not the Tangent Line Marker, the tangent line
that is drawn after you have picked closure, should be automatically shown.
321
FracproPT 2007
Database Pressure Channel: Even though the Measured BH Pressure channel (which is actually
calculated by FracproPT if you are running the simulator from a measured surface pressure) is used
to pick fracture closure stress, the actual Database Pressure Channel is used to calculate the
derivative. This is the default option.
Measured BH Pressure: As described above, the actual Database Pressure Channel is normally
used to calculate the derivative of pressure. However, in high temperature deep wells, the Measured
BH Pressure channel may change relative to the Database Pressure Channel due to fluid heating.
In such cases, you may choose this option to calculate the pressure derivative more realistically.
Use Single-Sided Derivative for Most Recent Data: For the most recent real-time data, calculate
the derivates using a single-sided (backwards-looking) approach.
Do Not Calculate Derivative for Most Recent Data: For the most recent real-time data, do not
calculate any derivates.
Intersection of 2 Straight Lines: Choose this option if you want to add two tangent lines to a plot,
and then select the intersection of those lines.
Deviation from Single Line: This is the default option. Choose this option if you want to be able to
select a point (that is, a closure stress) where a suitably positioned tangent line deviates from a curve.
If you select this option, the Intersection of 2 Straight Lines method described above still works.
Even if you select this option, the ISIP Plot always uses the intersection of a tangent line and the End
Pumping line.
Use Automated Pick: Select this option to use FracproPTs automated pick.
Derivative Options
Spread Equals ... % of Plot Window X-Axis: Initial setting for all derivative calculations for plots
associated with Minifrac Analysis. The Derivative Spread can be set for each individual plot by
clicking the Plot Preferences icon, selecting the Frame Style tab and selecting Derivative Options.
322
icon from the plot icon bar. Follow these steps below to complete the analysis:
1.
A tangent line will already be placed on the Measured Bottomhole Pressure channel. You can manually
add this line by right-clicking on this channel and selecting Add Tangent Line from the dialog.
2.
Position the tangent line using the mouse so that it is properly aligned with the Measured Bottomhole
Pressure channel. Near-wellbore effect and any "water hammer" could potentially make it difficult to pick
the true ISIP, which should be a reflection of the pressure in the main body of the fracture. The best way to
determine ISIP in such cases is to align the tangent line to the pressure curve at a point after near-wellbore
effects have dissipated. Typically, you would place the tangent line about half a minute to a minute after
shut-in to pick a stabilized ISIP.
FracproPT 2007
3.
Once you are happy about the alignment of the tangent line, click Yes in the dialog in the top right of the
window to add the results to the table on the Closure Stress tab of the MINIFRAC Analysis [Shift+F8]
screen. Close the plot.
4.
Back on the Closure Stress tab of the MINIFRAC Analysis [Shift+F8] screen, verify that the pick for ISIP
is updated in the appropriate table.
SQRT Plot
This plot shows the pressure decline versus the square root of closure time. The plot Legend Box (shown below)
provides useful information about the injection-decline sequence.
For the quickest analysis, make sure that you check the Use Automated Pick checkbox on the MINIFRAC Analysis
[Shift+F8] screen, Options tab or have clicked the
the analysis:
icon from the plot icon bar. Follow these steps below to complete
1.
A tangent line is automatically added to the Measured Bottomhole Pressure channel. You add it
manually by right clicking on this channel by right-clicking on this channel and selecting Add Tangent Line
from the dialog.
2.
Position the tangent line using the mouse so that they are properly aligned with the Measured
Bottomhole Pressure channel. This can be done by moving the cursor over the vertical tangent helper
line and dragging it to the desired location by holding down the left mouse button. The circle indicates the
position where the program has determined that the channel data starts deviation significantly from the
slope of the tangent line.
3.
If the closure stress pick is not to your liking, you can move the mouse over the vertical closure stress line
and move this line to a different time by holding down the left mouse button.
4.
Click Yes in the dialog at the top right of the graph to add it to the table on the Closure Stress tab of the
MINIFRAC Analysis [Shift+F8] screen. Of course, you may decline to accept the data and simply use the
plot to pick a BH Closure Stress on your own.
Additional Information: What is "Implied Slurry Efficiency?"
323
FracproPT 2007
G-Function Plot
This plot shows the pressure decline, its derivative, and its superposition derivative, all plotted versus G-function time. The
plot Legend Box (shown below) provides useful information about the injection-decline sequence. Click the button below
to read additional information on the interpretation of G-Function plots.
Additional Information: Interpretation of G-Function Plot
For the quickest analysis, make sure that you check the Use Automated Pick checkbox on the MINIFRAC Analysis
[Shift+F8] screen, Options tab or have clicked the
the analysis:
icon from the plot icon bar. Follow these steps below to complete
1.
A tangent line is automatically added to the Measured Bottomhole Pressure superposition derivative
(G dP/dG) channel. You add it manually by right clicking on this channel by right-clicking on this channel
and selecting Add Tangent Line from the dialog.
2.
Position the tangent line using the mouse so that they are properly aligned with the Measured
Bottomhole Pressure superposition derivative (G dP/dG) channel. This can be done by moving the
cursor over the vertical tangent helper line and dragging it to the desired location by holding down the left
mouse button. The circle indicates the position where the program has determined that the channel data
starts deviation significantly from the slope of the tangent line.
3.
If the closure stress pick is not to your liking, you can move the mouse over the vertical closure stress line
and move this line to a different time by holding down the left mouse button.
4.
Click Yes in the dialog at the top right of the graph to add it to the table on the Closure Stress tab of the
MINIFRAC Analysis [Shift+F8] screen. Of course, you may decline to accept the data and simply use the
plot to pick a BH Closure Stress on your own.
Additional Information: What is "Implied Slurry Efficiency?"
324
FracproPT 2007
Recently Barree and Mukherjee [SPE 36424] presented G-function derivative analysis for identifying the leakoff
mechanism following a diagnostic fracture injection test. G-function derivative analysis requires a graph of bottomhole
pressure, the derivative of pressure (dP/dG), and the "superposition" derivative (GdP/dG) versus the G-function. The
leakoff type is identified using the characteristic shape of the derivative and superposition derivative curves.
The objective of the G-function derivative analysis is to identify the leakoff type and fracture closure stress. In most cases,
the superposition derivative provides a definitive indication of hydraulic fracture closure when the data deviate downward
from an extrapolated straight line through the period of normal leakoff.
In what follows, the G-function derivative graphs for the four common leakoff types are shown and explained.
Normal Leakoff Behavior
Normal leakoff behavior occurs when fracture area is constant during shut-in and leakoff is through a homogeneous rock
matrix. With G-function derivative analysis, normal leakoff is indicated by a constant derivative and when the
superposition derivative lies on a straight line through the origin. Fracture closure is identified when the superposition
derivative data deviate downward from the straight line.
325
FracproPT 2007
326
FracproPT 2007
327
FracproPT 2007
Log-Log Plot
This log-log plot shows Measured Delta Pressure and its Measured Delta Pressure Derivative (T d/dt) plotted versus
time. The plot Legend Box (shown below) provides useful information about the injection-decline sequence.
For the quickest analysis, make sure that you check the Use Automated Pick checkbox on the MINIFRAC Analysis
[Shift+F8] screen, Options tab or have clicked the
the analysis:
icon from the plot icon bar. Follow these steps below to complete
1.
A tangent line is automatically added to the Measured Delta Pressure Derivative (T d/dt) channel. You
add it manually by right clicking on this channel by right-clicking on this channel and selecting Add
Tangent Line from the dialog.
2.
Position the -slope tangent line using the mouse so that they are properly aligned with the Measured
Delta Pressure Derivative (T d/dt) channel. This can be done by moving the cursor over the vertical
tangent helper line and dragging it to the desired location by holding down the left mouse button. The circle
indicates the position where the program has determined that the channel data starts deviation significantly
from the slope of the tangent line.
3.
If the closure stress pick is not to your liking, you can move the mouse over the vertical closure stress line
and move this line to a different time by holding down the left mouse button.
4.
Click Yes in the dialog at the top right of the graph to add it to the table on the Closure Stress tab of the
MINIFRAC Analysis [Shift+F8] screen. Of course, you may decline to accept the data and simply use the
plot to pick a BH Closure Stress on your own.
Of course, you may decline to accept the data and simply use the plot to pick the data on your own.
Additional Information: What is "Implied Slurry Efficiency?"
328
FracproPT 2007
Rate-Normalized Plot
This log-log plot shows rate-normalized delta pressure and its superposition derivative requires plotted versus time. The
plot Legend Box (shown below) provides useful information about the injection-decline sequence.
For the quickest analysis, make sure that you check the Use Automated Pick checkbox on the MINIFRAC Analysis
[Shift+F8] screen, Options tab or have clicked the
the analysis:
icon from the plot icon bar. Follow these steps below to complete
1.
A tangent line is automatically added to the Leakoff Normalized Pressure Derivative (T d/dt) channel.
You add it manually by right clicking on this channel by right-clicking on this channel and selecting Add
Tangent Line from the dialog.
2.
Position the -slope tangent line using the mouse so that they are properly aligned with the Leakoff
Normalized Pressure Derivative (T d/dt) channel. This can be done by moving the cursor over the
vertical tangent helper line and dragging it to the desired location by holding down the left mouse button.
The circle indicates the position where the program has determined that the channel data starts deviation
significantly from the slope of the tangent line.
3.
If the closure stress pick is not to your liking, you can move the mouse over the vertical closure stress line
and move this line to a different time by holding down the left mouse button.
4.
Click Yes in the dialog at the top right of the graph to add it to the table on the Closure Stress tab of the
MINIFRAC Analysis [Shift+F8] screen. Of course, you may decline to accept the data and simply use the
plot to pick a BH Closure Stress on your own.
Additional Information: What is "Implied Slurry Efficiency?"
329
FracproPT 2007
The standard log-log plot of delta pressure versus time can only be used to identify half-slope linear flow if leakoff rate is
approximately constant during the pressure falloff. In the case of changing leakoff rate, the rate normalized plot provides
a more rigorous diagnostic tool. This is equivalent to standard pressure transient analysis where flow rates vary. If linear
flow can be clearly identified on the standard log-log plot of delta pressure it is not necessary to use the rate normalized
plot.
Rate (leakoff rate) normalized pressure (RNP) is defined as the ratio of delta pressure and delta leakoff rate during the
pressure falloff:
RNP=[ISIP-P(t)]/[q(tISIP-q(t)]
Linear elasticity and mass balance dictate that leakoff rate is proportional to the first derivative of the pressure change.
When using rate-normalized pressure as a diagnostic for identifying closure pressure, it is not necessary to explicitly
calculate leakoff rate (this would require knowledge of fracture area and fracture compliance). Instead, FracproPT
calculates the leakoff rate term as a constant multiplied by the first derivative of pressure. Please refer to SPE 26527 for
more details.
Linear Plot
This plot provides an overview of the entire pressure decline period on a linear time scale. This time scale can be used to
compare flow pulses that are conducted during a pressure decline period. The plot Legend Box (shown below) provides
useful information about the injection-decline sequence.
Additional Information: What is "Implied Slurry Efficiency?"
330
FracproPT 2007
Additional Information
Near-Wellbore Effect on Pressure Decline
This is sometimes also called pressure equilibration referring to the resultant pressure transient period from the point
when pumping stops to the point when pressure approaches the decline rate and magnitude that would have been
expected with a "perfect" wellbore to fracture connection.
This effect is characterized by a faster than normal pressure decline (normal being dependent primarily on the formations
permeability to leakoff fluid), which can be easily misinterpreted as a higher-than-expected reservoir permeability. The
transient period is usually less than about 1 minute in length, but a proppant-packed wellbore to fracture connection may
make the period many times longer.
What is "Implied Slurry Efficiency?"
Implied slurry efficiency (ISE) can be calculated using the following (very) approximate formula that assumes that leakoff
rate is independent of differential pressure::
ISE=tclosure/(tpumping+tclosure)
where
tclosure is the time from the point when pumping stops until the time when the fracture closes; and
tpumping is the total pump time.
This simple equation yields a result that is within 10% of the actual efficiency, which is calculated through an equation
using the so-called Nolte Time, which is what is used in FracproPT:
where tcD is the dimensionless fracture closure time. The Implied slurry efficiency curve indicates what the efficiency would
be at the end of the job (that is, at the end of pumping) if fracture closure occurs at any given moment.
331
FracproPT 2007
Based one the Implied Slurry Efficiency, estimates can be made about the proper pad size for the propped fracture
treatment. Conservative estimates of pad size as a fraction of the slurry volume, assuming proppant reaches the tip of the
fracture at the end of the treatment, are provided by the following equations:
2
332
icon from the plot icon bar. Follow these steps below to complete the
1.
Move the vertical red line (indicating the end of pseudo-linear flow) to the left side of a time period where
you see a -slope in the Pressure Difference (T d/dt) channel. Move the vertical green line (indicating
the beginning of pseudo-linear flow) to the right side of a time period where you see a -slope.
2.
If you see a period toward the left of the graph where the Pressure Difference (T d/dt) channel follows a
unit slope, you can end start and end time markers for pseudo-radial flow by right-clicking on the channel
and answering Yes to the question in the dialog. Note that the presence of this data is rather unusual and
only happens when extensive shut-in data is available typically several days of shut-in data for lowpermeability formations and several hours of shut-in data for higher permeability formations.
3.
Close the plot once the pseudo-linear flow (and pseudo-radial) flow period(s) have been identified.
FracproPT 2007
icon from the plot icon bar. Follow these steps below to complete the
1.
The tangent line is automatically positioned to match the Measured Bottomhole Pressure channel over
the time period between the green start marker and the red end marker. You can move the tangent by
moving the cursor over the vertical tangent helper line and dragging it to the desired position.
2.
Move the cursor to Y axis (Linear Flow Time of 0), right click and select Yes to add to the Reservoir
Pressure table, or simply select Yes in the dialog box on the top right of the screen.
Field Example
Application of the after-closure analysis methodology is illustrated by analyzing the pressure monitored during the field
calibration tests. Analysis of the injection pressure for the calibration test determined that the fracture is best described by
the radial fracture geometry model. The fracture is approximated as having a rectangular shape of equal area to facilitate
the after-closure analysis. The shut-in pressure is analyzed, from which the leakoff coefficient CL is calculated to be
2
1.6210 ft/min . A closure pressure of 4,375 psi was inferred from the step rate test.
Background information
The stabilized pressure on the bottomhole gauge is 3,726 psi. The stabilized pressure measurement provides an
independent, objective assessment of the reservoir pressure. A log-determined porosity of 19% and a saturation-weighted
1
formation compressibility of 8.0 105 psi were also obtained. PVT analysis indicated a relatively high oil viscosity of 4
cp.
After-closure Linear Flow Determination
The shut-in pressure measured following the calibration test is investigated for after-closure linear flow behavior. The
observed potential period of linear flow is confirmed by pressure derivative analysis.
333
FracproPT 2007
334
icon from the plot icon bar. Follow these steps below to complete the
1.
The tangent line is automatically positioned to match the Measured Bottomhole Pressure channel over
the time period between the green start marker and the red end marker. You can move the tangent by
moving the cursor over the vertical tangent helper line and dragging it to the desired position.
2.
Move the cursor to Y axis (Linear Flow Time of 0), right click and select Yes to add to the Reservoir
Pressure table, or simply select Yes in the dialog box on the top right of the screen.
FracproPT 2007
Field Example
Application of the after-closure analysis methodology is illustrated by analyzing the pressure monitored during the field
calibration tests. Analysis of the injection pressure for the calibration test determined that the fracture is best described by
the radial fracture geometry model. The fracture is approximated as having a rectangular shape of equal area to facilitate
the after-closure analysis. The shut-in pressure is analyzed, from which the leakoff coefficient CL is calculated to be
2
1.6210 ft/min . A closure pressure of 4,375 psi was inferred from the step rate test.
Background information
The stabilized pressure on the bottomhole gauge is 3,726 psi. The stabilized pressure measurement provides an
independent, objective assessment of the reservoir pressure. A log-determined porosity of 19% and a saturation-weighted
5
1
formation compressibility of 8.010 psi were also obtained. PVT analysis indicated a relatively high oil viscosity of 4 cp.
Radial Flow Identification
After-closure pseudo-radial flow is observed in the reservoir for the initial mini-falloff test, as shown by the diagnostic loglog plot.
335
FracproPT 2007
A Cartesian plot of the pressure versus {FL(t/tc)} during the after-closure period is shown.
336
FracproPT 2007
Horner Plot
This plot can be used to determine to obtain a lower-bound estimate for closure stress and to estimate reservoir pressure.
However, you must have enough pressure decline data collected past the point of fracture closure.
For the quickest analysis, make sure that you check the Use Automated Pick checkbox on the Options tab of teh Minifrac
Analysis - Shift+F8 screen or have clicked the
analysis:
icon from the plot icon bar. Follow these steps below to complete the
1.
2.
Position the tangent line using the mouse so that it is properly aligned with the Measured Bottomhole
Pressure after fracture closure (meaning toward the left of the Horner plot). When you have sufficient data
available after the point of fracture closure, data on the left-hand side of the plot (that is, the late time data)
should have a constant slope indicating radial flow from the wellbore.
3.
Move the cursor to Y axis (Horner time of 1.0), right click and select Yes to add to the Reservoir Pressure
table.
337
FracproPT 2007
338
FracproPT 2007
It displays numerically:
Fracture calibration pressure decline has been used in the past for the determination of the leakoff coefficient, a bulk
variable describing the process of fluid influx into the reservoir, normal to the created fracture face. The fluid loss is given
in terms of the controlling mechanism: flow through the filtercake, the invaded zone, and the reservoir. A rigorous model
describes unsteady state fluid flow from the fracture of varying area into the formation with the filtercake considered as a
time-and rate-dependent skin effect. The injection history is superposed on the pressure decline. This work provides a
straight-line technique for determination of the reservoir permeability and the fracture face resistance, which, in turn,
enable the separate computation of the compressibility-controlled component of the leakoff coefficient and the combined
cake and viscosity-controlled components. Log-log diagnostic plots provide the means to identify the closure time and
pressure, and recognize visually whether the transient response is dominated by flow in the reservoir or by flow at the
fracture face. It has been found that the pressure transient is very frequently controlled by the flow in the reservoir rather
than through the filtercake. Case studies show that fracture calibration treatment data can be convincingly Interpreted with
this model, that a rigorous desorption of leakoff phenomena can be obtained and that the reservoir permeability (an
essential value for fracture design that is usually not available)can be estimated.
The analysis of the pressure decline following the injection test in a fracture calibration treatment can yield the formation
permeability, the filtercake resistance, and the area of the created fracture. The analysis uses the log-log diagnostic plot of
the rate normalized pressure (RNP) calculated using leakoff rates computed from material balance and fracture
compliance considerations and the RNP derivative with respect to the logarithm of elapsed time between the end of
339
FracproPT 2007
pumping and fracture closure. Sensitivity studies have shown that this plot clearly indicates when the treatment behavior
is dominated by the effects of the filtercake and when it is dominated by the transient pressure response associated with
linear flow in the formation. The reservoir permeability and the fracture face resistance are computed using a specialized
plot with axes defined to provide a straight line for all the data acquired during the pressure decline up to the time of
fracture closure. The results are verified on a plot of the pressure change and its derivative showing the measured data
matching a simulation of the pressure response using the model for pressure decline.
The values for permeability and fracture face resistance frequently are not and often cannot be determined by any other
procedure.
Additional Information
During pumping, while the fracture volume grows, some of the fracturing fluid leaks off into the formation. After the end of
pumping the fluid leakoff into the formation continues until the fracture is closed. Material balance, coupled with a model of
propagation, permits estimation of the rate of fluid loss during pumping [1, 2, 3].
The behavior of the pressure decline after the end of pumping has been used to estimate the leakoff (fluid loss coefficient
[4, 5] using techniques pioneered by Nolte and Castillo [9] using Noltes G-function for modeling the pressure decline
behavior, developed the straight-line plot of the G-function versus pressure. The slope of this curve is used for the
computation of the leakoff coefficient that is independent of pressure.
The concept of the leakoff coefficient suffers from two distinct and important issues. First, it does not discriminate the
controlling phenomena and the nature of their inherent deviations from ideality. Second, the leakoff coefficient is pressuredependent. Nolte and his coworkers have recognized this and offered a lengthy list of diagnostic and qualitative
responses for a variety of phenomena that may alter the pressure response [10, 11].
Fluid loss occurs normal to the fracture face through the filtercake, and into an invaded zone that does not extend more
than a few centimeters into the formation. Outside the filtrate invaded zone the pressure perturbation due to injection may
extend for a significant distance into the formation. Within this entire zone, the fluid flow streamlines are primarily parallel
and normal to the fracture face, implying linear flow. The pressure decline response of the injection test should be
sensitive to the formation permeability. In tight formations with permeabilities less than 1 md for oil and 0.01 md for gas a
conventional well test cannot be performed because the reservoir may not even flow without hydraulic fracture stimulation.
Yet, the reservoir permeability is an essential parameter for determining the optimum fracture size [12, 13].
Although the pressure drop in the reservoir can be intuitively understood based on well test pressure transient analysis as
linear flow, the injection test response, when dominated by the pressure drop across the filtercake, is also characterized
by linear flow. The difficulty in distinguishing these two phenomena led to the use of the (lumped) leakoff coefficient.
To understand better the nature of flow through the filtercake, results of a series of experiments were published by
Mayerhofer et al [16]. A recent paper described a model that decoupled the reservoir and filtercake behavior as flow in the
formation from an infinite-conductivity fracture with a rate-and time-dependent skin effect analogous to the Cinco and
Samaniego [19] fracture face damage skin effect. In this work, the model in [17] is refined to account for variable fracture
area.
In modern well test interpretation Iog-log diagnostic plots of the pressure change and the derivative function [20] are used
to distinguish various flow regimes which develop characteristic patterns. Once the flow regime is identified, specialized
plots are used to compute important well or reservoir parameters. The governing filtration model which was introduced
previously [17] can be analyzed in the same manner. For fracturing fluid leakoff during fracture closing, by estimating the
variable leakoff rate, the rate-normalized pressure and its derivative can be employed as the diagnostic tool for flow
regime identification [21, 22].
References
340
1.
Perkins, T.K., and Kern, L.R.: "Widths of Hydraulic Fractures," JPT (1961) 213, 937-949; Trans., AIME,
222.
2.
Khristianovic, S.A., and Zheltov, Y.P.: "Formation of Vertical Fractures by Means of Highly Viscous Liquid,"
Proc., Fourth World Pet. Cong., Rome(1955).
3.
Nolte, K,G.: "Fracture Design Considerations Based on Pressure Analysis," paper SPE 10911, 1982
[published as two papers, SPEPE (Feb, 1988) 22-42].
4.
Carter, R.D.: Appendix to Howard, G.C., and Fast, C.R.: "Optimum Fluid Characteristics for Fracture
Extension," presented at the 1957 API Mid-Cont. Dist. Spring Meeting, Tulsa.
5.
Nolte, K.G.: "Determination of Fracture Parameters from Fracture Pressure Decline," paper SPE 8341,
1979.
6.
Nolte, K.G.: "A General Analysis of Fracturing Pressure Decline With Application to Three Models," SPEFE
(Dec. 1986) 571-563.
7.
Nolte, K.G.: "Determlnation of Propppant and Fluid Schedules from Fracturing Pressure Decline," SPEPE
(July 1986) 255-265.
8.
Nolte, K.G.: "Fluid Flow Considerations in Hydraulic Fracturing," paper SPE 18537, 1988.
9.
Castillo, J.L.: "Modified Fracture Pressure Decline Analysis including Pressure-Dependent Leakoff," paper
SPE 16417, 1987.
FracproPT 2007
10. Nolte, K.G.: "Fracture Pressure Analysis for Nonideal Behavior," JPT (Feb. 1991) 210-218.
11. Nolte, K.G., Mack, M.G., and Lie, W.L: "A Systematic Approach for Applying Fracturing Pressure Decline:
Part 1," paper SPE 25845,1993.
12. Meng, H-Z., and Brown, K.E.: "Coupling of Production Forecasting, Fracture Geometry Requirements and
Treatment Scheduling in the Optimum Hydraulic Fracture Design," paper SPE 16435,1987.
13. Balen, M.R., Meng, H-Z., and Economies, M.J.: "Application of the NPV (Net Present Value) in the
Optimization of Hydraulic Fractures," paper SPE 18451, 1988.
14. Mayerhofer, M.J., Economides, M.J. and Nolte, K.G.: "Experimental Study of Fracturing Fluid Loss," paper
CIM/AOSTRA 91-92 presented at the Annual Technical Conference of the Petroleum Society of CIM and
AOSTRA, Banff, April 21-24.
15. Mayerhofer, M.J., Economides, M.J. and Nolte, K.G.: "An Experimental and Fundamental Interpretation of
Fittercake Fracturing Fluid Loss," paper SPE 22873, 1991.
16. Zeilinger, S., Mayerhofer, M.J., and Economides, M.J.: "A Comparison of the Fluid-Loss Properties of
Borate-Zirconate-Crosslinked and Non-Crosslinked Fracturing Fluids," paper SPE 23435,1991.
17. Mayerhofer, M.J., and Economides, M.J.: "Permeability Estimation From Fracture Calibration Tests," paper
SPE 26039, May 1993.
18. Gringarten, A.C., Ramey, H.J., Jr., and Raghavan, R.: "Unsteady-State Pressure Distributions Created by
a Well With a Single Infinite--Conductivity Vertical Fracture," SPEJ (Aug. 1974) 347-360.
19. Cinco-Ley, H., and Samaniego-V.F.: "Transient Pressure Analysis: Finite Conductivity Fracture Case
Versus Damaged Fracture Case," paper SPE 10179, 1981.
20. Bourdet, D., Whittle, T.M., Douglas, A.A. and Pirard, Y.-M.: "A New Set of Type Curves Simplifies Well
Test Analysis," World Oil (May 1983) 95-106.
21. Kuchuk, F.J.: "Application of Convolution and Deconvolution to Transient Well Tests," SPEFE (Dec.1990).
22. Josef, J.A., Ehlig-Economides, C.A., and Kuchuk, F.J.: "The Role of Downhole Flow and Pressure
Measurements in Reservoir Testing," paper SPE 16379, 1988.
Source
Mayerhofer, M.J., Ehlig-Economides, C.A., and Economides, M.J., "Pressure Transient Analysis of Fracture Calibratoin
Tests," SPE paper 26527, 1993.
Net Pressure Matching - Ctrl + F8
4 Basic Steps
Brief Guide
Modeling Friction
Real-Time Use
The parameters listed in this screen are the ones that engineers from Pinnacle Technologies generally use to obtain a net
pressure match, so they reflect to some degree our philosophy on net pressure history matching.
341
FracproPT 2007
Proppant Drag Effect/ Tip Effects Coefficient/ Tip Screen-Out Backfill Coefficient
Access to three parameters that affect level of net pressure is provided here. Values here are taken from the FracproPT
MODEL PARAMETERS [shift+f3] screen.
Other Functions
Model Parameters
342
FracproPT 2007
This function takes you to the FracproPT MODEL PARAMETERS [shift+f3] screen where many of the parameters that
control model function are located.
Display Plot #from Plot List
This function takes you to a plot of your choice. You choose the plot by entering a number in the field that corresponds to
a plot as listed on the Plot List [Alt+F8] screen.
4 Basic Steps
Brief Guide
Modeling Friction
Real-Time Use
Choose the portion of your data you wish to match (that is, the match window). We strongly recommend that you
choose a pressure decline (shut-in), or at least include significant shut-in data as well as pumping data in the match
window.
Select the parameter(s) that the program will iterate on in order to match the two pressures. There are seven
parameters available, split into two groups.
Parameters Parameters
Affecting Affecting
the Level the Slope of
of Net
Net
Pressure Pressure
Decline
Closure
Permeability
Stress in a in the pay
bounding zone
layer
Fracture
Tip Effect
Wall
Building
Coefficient
Proppant Multiple
Drag Effect Fractures
(Leakoff)
Multiple
Fractures
(Opening)
Composite
Layering
Effect
Set the error criterion and the maximum number of iterations.
343
FracproPT 2007
Matching Parameters
The eight matching parameters described below are available for auto matching. You must select at least one of them to
iterate on and you may select up to two at any one time, but only one from each group of parameters. For each parameter
there is a default range of acceptable values as shown in the Minimum and Maximum fields. You should check that this
range of values is realistic for your reservoir and, if not, change them. The Current value of the parameter in the current
iteration is displayed, and the final Best Fit value is also displayed at the end of the iteration.
At the end of the iteration you can select the Use Best Fit Value to automatically copy that value to the appropriate field
on the FracproPT screen where the parameter is normally entered.
Note:
You can perform several iterations using different parameters each time to refine your net pressure match.
Lithology Permeability for
Select this check box to use this parameter in the iteration and select the lithology (that is, Rock Type of interest. The
various lithologies and layering of the reservoir are defined on the
Lithology-Based Reservoir Parameters [F9]
screen. Of course you should only select a Rock Type that is actually used in defining the reservoir.
Wall Building Coefficient for
Select this check box to use this parameter in the iteration and select the Fluid Type of interest. The fluids are listed on
the
Fluid and Proppant Selection [F5] screen. Of course you should only select a Fluid Type that is actually used in
the
Treatment Schedule [F6].
Bounding Closure Stress Gradient in
Select this check box to use this parameter in the iteration and select the lithology (that is, Rock Type of interest. The
various lithologies and layering of the reservoir are defined on the
Lithology-Based Reservoir Parameters [F9]
screen and the closure stress gradients for the lithologies are shown on the
Mechanical Rock Properties screen.
Tip Effects Coefficient
344
FracproPT 2007
Select this check box to use this parameter in the iteration. The Tip Effects Coefficient is entered on the FracproPT 3D
tab of the
FracproPT Model Parameters [shift+F3] screen. This parameter will not be available if you select either
the 3D Tip-Dominated or 3D Conventional model option on the Fracture Analysis Options [F4] screen.
Proppant Drag Exponent
Select this check box to use this parameter in the iteration. The Proppant Drag Effect Exponent is entered on the
Proppant Model Parameters tab of the
FracproPT Model Parameters [shift+F3] screen.
Opening Factor at
Select this check box to use this parameter in the iteration and enter the Time at which you want the change in this
parameter to occur. The multiple fractures Opening Factor is entered on the
Multiple Fractures screen.
Leakoff Factor at
Select this check box to use this parameter in the iteration and enter the Time at which you want the change in this
parameter to occur. The multiple fractures Leakoff Factor is entered on the
Multiple Fractures screen.
Match Window
Matching Start Time
Enter a time where auto matching starts in this field, or select the Pick from Start of Stage check box and enter a stage
number to set the time automatically. We strongly recommend that the match window include a pressure decline (shut-in),
or at least significant shut-in data as well as pumping data.
Matching End Time
Enter a time where auto matching ends in this field, or select the Pick from End of Stage check box and enter a stage
number to set the time automatically. We strongly recommend that the match window include a pressure decline (shut-in),
or at least significant shut-in data as well as pumping data.
Iteration Settings
Maximum # of Iterations
Enter the maximum number of auto match iterations that you would like the program to execute. A good number to start
with is 10 iterations. If no match can be obtained, an error message will display some suggestions about what you might
change in order to get a good match.
Current Iteration
The number of the current iteration is displayed in this field.
Maximum Error
Enter the maximum error in the auto match process that you will tolerate in this field. A small number may require much
iteration or may not be achievable. A good number to start with is 15 percent, but this number may be reduced once you
get a preliminary auto match. If no match can be obtained, an error message will display some suggestions about what
you might change in order to get a good match.
Current Error
The error for the current iteration is displayed in this field.
Other Functions
Display Plot #from Plot List
This function takes you to a plot of your choice. You choose the plot by entering a number in the field that corresponds to
a plot as listed on the Plot List [Alt+F8] screen.
Find Best Match
Select this function to start the auto match iteration.
Stop
Use this function to stop the current auto match iteration.
345
FracproPT 2007
Water and Waste Injection Matching tab of the Pressure Matching screen.
346
FracproPT 2007
This user-defined parameter represents the change in fracture closure stress in all selected pay zones for the current
injection versus the height-weighted average in closure stress over all selected pay zones in the first injection.
Closure Stress
This calculated parameter represents the height-weighted fracture closure stress in all selected pay zones for the current
injection.
Additional Information
Observed Net Pressure
Observed net pressure is determined from one of the following, depending on what measured pressures are available:
Before the automatic history matching is started, it is important that the user first ensures that the correct observed net
pressure is being calculated. Determining the correct observed net pressure depends on several parameters during
pumping, but only on two parameters during a shut-in. These two parameters are the hydrostatic head in the wellbore (or
annulus) and the fracture closure pressure. FracproPT automatically calculates the hydrostatic head, so the main
unknown is the fracture closure pressure.
There are many methods for determining fracture closure pressure. Many of these methods are addressed in
FracproPTs Fracture Closure Stress Analysis module. It is important to note that automatic history matching will not
determine the closure stress for you. You must choose a closure stress before starting the automatic history matching
iteration. Of course, if the result of the iteration is physically unrealistic (for example, too high a permeability) it may
indicate that the closure stress you used is incorrect and must be adjusted.
The other main unknown in determining observed net pressure is friction, but this is only important if you are also using
automatic history matching to match data during pumping. In general, it is not necessary to do this, since if you match the
entire pressure decline, you will also match the pressure at the end of pumping. The program does allow you to use data
during pumping for the automatic history matching process if you choose to do so, but you must realize that friction can
change dramatically with time, which this could dramatically affect your results.
Modeling Friction
To make sure that you have modeled friction as well as possible, there is a simple observation you can
make: verify that the Observed Net channel does not make an instantaneous change when the flow-rate
changes. It is not physically possible for the real net pressure to change instantaneously, except for very
small fractures in very high-perm situations where a mini-frac might close in a matter of seconds.
Therefore, so if you observe any such "step" changes in your Observed Net channel then you have not
modeled the friction properly. If the Observed Net Pressure jumps up at a shut-in, then you are modeling
too much friction (Figure 1). If the Observed Net pressure drops down at a shut-in, then you are too little
friction (Figure 2). Ideally, the Observed Net pressure should remain smooth during any flow-rate transition
(Figure 3). Sometimes you may observe a "spike" when the rate changes (that is, at a shut-in), but this is
usually caused by a slight time mismatch between the flow-rate change and the pressure change. You can
ignore "spikes" that occur in the Observed Net pressure as long as the value after the "spike" is the same
as the value before the "spike".
If you are lucky enough to have "Dead String" or bottomhole pressure data, then you only have to worry
about Perforation and Near Wellbore Friction. If your Observed Net pressure makes an instantaneous
change when the flow-rate changes abruptly, then there is some friction that is not being modeled. You
can use a special feature in Cursor Editing mode to estimate the Near Wellbore Friction. In most cases,
Perforation Friction is not significant. You can determine whether the friction that you observe is NearWellbore friction or Perforation friction if you have done a step-rate shutdown test and you make a plot of
the friction pressure versus rate. If the curve is concave up, then the friction is dominated by perforation
friction. If the curve is concave down, then it is dominated by Near Wellbore friction. Features in FracproPT
make this process easier, so check the help screen on the Perforation and Near Wellbore Friction screen.
If you are working only with Surface Pressure, then you have to first make your best assumption about the
Wellbore Friction before you can determine whether there are any other significant frictions in the system.
The more flow-rate changes and shut-ins you can execute (with different fluids in the wellbore and with
proppant in the wellbore), the better you will be able to model friction. All three types of friction (Wellbore,
347
FracproPT 2007
Near Wellbore and Perforation) have a different relationship to flow-rate, proppant concentration, and fluid
rheology, so if you can measure the friction at different flow-rates, with different fluids and proppant
concentrations, you will be able to better model the three types of friction.
348
FracproPT 2007
349
FracproPT 2007
Volume Factor
This parameter determines how many fractures are propagating (that is, taking fluid), with the volume split evenly between
the fractures. For example, a value of 2 means that two identical fractures are being propagated.
Leakoff Factor
This parameter determines how many fractures are leaking off fluid. For example, a value of 2 means that there are two
fractures are leaking off equal amounts of fluid, which is twice the amount that would occur if the value were 1.
Note:
This parameter can be used to simulated phenomena like pressure dependent leakoff.
Opening Factor
350
FracproPT 2007
This parameter determines how many (parallel) fractures are propagating and competing for the same opening space,
hence driving up net pressure.
Note:
The process of determining what values to enter for the three multiple fracture factors and for the time at which the
various factors should become active can sometimes be confusing. Therefore, it is highly recommended that you
verify what you are attempting to model by constructing a time-based plot of one or more of the factors for visual
reference.
No rules
This is the default option. Select it to allow entry of the multiple fracture parameters in whatever manner you see fit.
Other Functions
Reset to Defaults
Select this option to reset all entries in the Multiple Fracture Table to default values, which assumes growth of a single
fracture.
Additional Information
Fractures growing more or less independently of each other along different parts of the wellbore or in
different directions
Fractures grow parallel to each other and compete for fracture opening space (width)
351
FracproPT 2007
Multiple fractures growing both independently and interfering with each other.
When large perforated or open-hole intervals are stimulated, which allows fractures to propagate into
the formation from many different locations along the wellbore
When the preferred fracture plane (plane of fracture propagation in the far field) does not coincide
with the wellbore orientation
Fracture multiples may either result from complex wellbore initiation at the perforations, or from bifurcation at natural
fracture or joint intersections. Multiple fracture initiation can occur when the fracture plane and the plane of the wellbore
are different, and where fractures that initiate at different perforations do not link up. Direct fracture diagnostics have
shown that there is quite often misalignment between fracture and wellbore.
As shown by the figure below, the simultaneous growth of multiple hydraulic fractures can only be modeled in a simplified
way. In FracproPT, the number of fracture multiples is termed as an "equivalent" because it considers the number of
identical and parallel fractures that result in the observed net pressure response. In reality, the number of fractures could
be much larger than this "equivalent" number, since the fractures will be of different shapes and sizes.
What are multiple fractures?
What are the implications of multiple fractures?
352
FracproPT 2007
Modeling a complex system of multiple fractures (top) using equal-sized "equivalent" fractures (bottom).
A significantly increased screen-out potential because each individual fracture is narrower than a
single fracture propagated in the same environment would be.
Fractures are shorter and narrower because the fluid (and proppant) has to be shared by a number
of multiple hydraulic fractures. However, the total width of all multiple fractures is larger than for a
single fracture, which results in higher near-wellbore conductivity.
Net pressures are higher because fractures open against one other and compete for fracture width.
Proppant convection may become less severe and fluid rheology may play a more important role
during the fracture treatment as a result of the width reduction.
Fractures are less confined in height due to the increase in net pressure.
Figure 1 shows how simultaneous growth of multiple fractures may change fracture dimensions. The
achievable fracture radius decreases as the number of multiple fractures increases (for radial
fractures this is proportional to the number of multiple fractures to the power -2/9) because fluid (and
proppant) has to be shared by more fractures. The fracture width for each fracture becomes smaller
than the width of a single fracture (for radial fractures this is proportional to the number of multiples
fractures to the power -5/9), but the total width of all fractures combined increases with an increasing
number of fractures. The smaller individual fracture widths can (and often do) lead to problems
placing proppant in the fracture, resulting in a bridging screen-out. The minimum fracture widths in
Figure 1 were calculated using an admittance criterion of three proppant grain diameters. In this
particular example the fracture will not accept 20/40-mesh proppant when there are more than 14
simultaneously propagating fractures and it will not accept 12/20-mesh proppant when there are more
than 6 simultaneously propagating fractures. Of course, screen-out may also result due to multiplefracture-induced near-wellbore fracture tortuosity.
Simultaneous propagation of hydraulic fractures also results in higher net pressures and higher surface pressures. The
cause of this pressure rise depends on the particular fracture geometry. For fractures that grow parallel to each other the
net pressure increases because the fractures compete for fracture width. Net pressure may increase as strongly as the
number of multiple fractures to the power 2/3 for the case of radial fracture geometry. Multiple fractures can also lead to
higher net fracturing pressures through increased fluid leakoff, due to increased fracture area, and the resulting rise in
slurry proppant concentrations within the fractures.
353
FracproPT 2007
Figure 2 shows another net pressure match. This example not only shows that the net pressure at the beginning of the
treatment can be higher due to multiple fractures, but is also shows that the net pressure may increase during the
treatment as the number of multiple fractures increases with time. Figure 2 also shows the calculated net pressure for a
single fracture and for 3 simultaneously propagating fractures (constant number during pumping). The figure shows that
the calculated net pressure for a single fracture remains too low and that the calculated net pressure for the constant
number of simultaneous fractures is too high at the beginning of the treatment.
In naturally fractured reservoirs (virtually all rocks) hydraulic fracture initiation may occur wherever a natural fracture
intersects the wellbore or is intersected by a growing hydraulic fracture. Therefore, multiple hydraulic fractures are
typically initiated and propagated, often in increasing numbers as more natural fractures are intersected by the growing
hydraulic fractures. This process is self reinforcing since the propagation of multiple hydraulic fractures tends to elevate
the net pressure, which in turn makes it easier to start hydraulic fracture propagation at newly intersected natural
fractures.
It is not possible to completely avoid the simultaneous propagation of multiple hydraulic fractures. However, there are
some possible remedies to decrease the number of simultaneous fractures:
Use high flow rates and/or high fluid viscosities during fracture initiation to link fractures that initiate
simultaneously from each of the perforations and cause tortuosity.
Use a minimum amount of perforations, preferably 0-phasing, to decrease the number of multiple
fracture initiation sites.
Figure 1: Example of the change in individual fracture width, cumulative fracture width and fracture radius with a
change in the number of simultaneously propagating fractures.
354
FracproPT 2007
Figure 2: Example of observed and calculated net fracturing pressures for a single fracture and for 3
simultaneously propagating fractures (increasing number with time).
If you want a constant number of fractures in time, enter that number for 0 minutes and then the same
number for 1,000 minutes (that is, some large number of minutes).
We have found that it is usually best to use the start and stop times of diagnostic injections and
propped fracture treatments for the Time values in the Multiple Fracture Table (see the DOLOMF.INP startup file that comes with the installation for an example).
We typically assume that the multiple fracture settings change only during injections and not during
shut-in periods.
If the number of multiple fractures is specified to be different at two subsequent times in the table,
FracproPT linearly interpolates the number of multiple fractures between those points.
At times after the last time that is specified in the table, the number of multiple fractures remains
constant.
The time function can be used to simulate the initiation of multiple fractures and then their gradual
closing until one (or a few) becomes dominant. Of course, you can also simulate the converse by
increasing the number of fractures as a function of time, for example to simulate a fracture
intersecting natural fractures.
355
FracproPT 2007
In this case, the multiple fractures interfere with one other from the start of their growth, thereby
driving up net pressure.
The Volume Factor and Opening Factor are automatically linked together so that changing the
Volume Factor changes the level of the net pressure.
In this case, fractures are growing from multiple perforations but they are not initially interfering with
one in terms of fracture width to drive up net pressure (however, later in the treatment there can be
an increasing competition for width).
You should set both Volume Factor and Leakoff Factor to 3, which implies that the volume (that is,
flow rate) is divided equally between three fractures and that there is three times the normal leakoff
area.
The Opening Factor would be set to 1, since the fractures are not growing parallel and competing for
opening space.
Note:
The value of 3 is an arbitrary number, which can be smaller if there is a good chance individual fractures link up and
larger (up to the number of perforations) if the wellbore and fractures are very much misaligned.
selecting from the main menu Options > Minifrac Analysis Mode
The Quick Minfrac Analysis mode is part of FracproXPRESS. This mode provides for a quick single-screen approach to
minifrac analysis for coarse preliminary simulations. The results can be transferred to the Fracture Analysis mode.
Only the following basic data needs to be entered:
well
formation of the layer above the payzone, the payzone, and the layer below the payzone
perforations
reservoir
The Quick Minifrac Analysis mode will then calculate the results of a minifrac analysis from the measured minifrac data,
and an entered Treatment Schedule.
356
FracproPT 2007
Well
Well Fluid: This is the type of fluid that is pumped down the well.
Casing/Tubing ID: This is the inner diameter (ID) of the casing or tubing inside the well.
Tubing Tail Depth: This the depth of the tail of the tubing (that is, the additional tubing below the
packer).
Top of Pay / Bottom of Pay: This is the true vertical depth (TVD) of the top or bottom of the
payzone.
Reservoir Type: This is the type of hydrocarbon (Gas or Oil) that is to be produced from the
reservoir.
Pay Zone
Reservoir
357
FracproPT 2007
Pressure Gauge Location: This is the location of the pressure gauge (that is, Dead String,
Bottomhole, Surface) that is obtained from the Minifrac Data file. This drop-down listbox is inactive if
the Real-Time Analysis radio button is selected.
Minifrac Data: Select this radio button to use a file with measured Minifrac Data for the analysis. If
this radio button is selected, a Minifrac Data file needs to be selected, by pressing the Select...
button.
Real-Time Analysis: Select this radio button to use measured real-time data with minifrac data for
the analysis.
Measurement
Treatment
This sections is used to specify and display the Treatment Schedule.
Autostage: Press this button to automatically set the stages in the Treatment Schedule.
Clean Vol: This is the volume of clean fluid that is pumped during the stage.
Prop Conc: This is the concentration of proppant that is pumped during the stage.
Stage Len: This is the length (that is, time duration) of the stage.
Add Fluid: Press this button to add the selected fluid to the selected stage in the Treatment
Schedule table.
Minifrac Results
The results of the Quick Minifrac Analysis are presented in this section.
Payzone Closure Stress: This is the calculated closure stress in the payzone.
Closure Stress Gradient: This is the calculated gradient of the closure stress.
Reservoir Pressure: This is the calculated initial, ambient pressure of the reservoir.
FracproPTXPRESS
FracproXPRESS consists of the Quick Fracture Design mode and the Quick Minifrac Analysis mode. These two modes
provide for a quick single quick single-screen approach to fracture design and minifrac analysis for coarse preliminary
simulations. The results can be transferred to the Fracture Design mode and the Fracture Analysis mode, respectively.
Only the following basic data needs to be entered:
358
well
formation of the layer above the payzone, the payzone, and the layer below the payzone
reservoir
FracproPT 2007
treatment schedule or fracture dimensions (for the Quick Fracture Design mode)
The Quick Fracture Design mode will then calculate either the Fracture Dimensions (from the Treatment Schedule) or
the Treatment Schedule (from the Fracture Dimensions).
The Quick Minifrac Analysis modewill then calculate the results of a minifrac analysis from the measured minifrac data,
and an entered Treatment Schedule.
The General Information tab is the first tab on the Well and Treatment Information - F3 screen.
This screen is used to enter various data and information, such as general comments, about the simulation represented
by this input file. Some of the information can be included automatically on plot titles and report page headers.
The information entered here is also displayed in the Input File Preview area of the standard FileOpen dialog. It can
also be used by the Input File Search utility that is also a part of that dialog.
Note:
The path and file name of the current input file are displayed at the top of this screen, which is common to all four
FracproPT modes.
359
FracproPT 2007
360
FracproPT 2007
Reservoir
In this section, the user may choose to use a 2D Model (FraPS) or a 3D Layered Analytical Model (A3D). Depending on
the model selected, some of the subsequent screens will differ slightly.
2D Model
ReservoirPT uses FraPS when you select this option. FraPS is a finite-difference reservoir simulator especially designed
to handle hydraulically fractured wells. It accounts for non-uniform conductivity, stress-sensitive proppant permeability,
and fracture non-Darcy flow. FraPS makes the assumptions of one mobile phase and two-dimensional reservoir flow in
order to execute quickly. A more complete description of the model can be found in the ReservoirPT Technical
Description section.
361
FracproPT 2007
Wellbore
Not Present
Selecting this option causes the wellbore to be ignored in all production calculations. All output data is referenced to
bottomhole conditions.
Present
When this option is selected, you have access to the ReservoirPT WELLBORE PARAMETERS [F5] screen where you
enter production-string lengths and diameters. If a gas well is being simulated, head and frictional pressure losses in the
production string are calculated. Also, you may select surface pressure as a production constraint on the WELL
PRODUCTION CONSTRAINTS [F6] screen if you choose this option.
Cleanup Effects
Ignore
Select this option to ignore damage due to frac-fluid invasion in the reservoir.
Model
Select this option and FraPS simulates both temporary and permanent damage caused by frac-fluid invasion in the
reservoir. If you select this option, you will also have access to the FILTRATE CLEANUP EFFECTS screen.
Fracture
Not Present
Select this option to simulate the non-fractured well production response for comparison purposes.
Present
If this option is selected, you have access to the FRACTURE PARAMETERS [F5] screen that contains the proppedfracture geometry (either as generated by FracproPT, or entered manually by you).
PVT Correlations
Manual Entry
If you select this option, you have access to the RESERVOIR PVT PARAMETERS screen where you must enter volume
factors and viscosities.
Automatic
Selecting this option to use PVT data calculated from the appropriate oil or gas correlations (which also uses non-carbon
components).
Production Schedule
User Defined
Select this option if you want to use the production schedule that you enter on the WELL PRODUCTION [F6] screen.
Automatic
Select this option to automatically generate and use a production schedule.
362
FracproPT 2007
This option becomes available when selecting Production Constraints Come From Production Database Derived
Table. Select this function to open the standard FileOpen dialog where you can open a file that contains production
data. This can either be a standard FracproPT database file, an ASCII file or an Excel file. The database File Path and
File Name are displayed here after you select and open it.
How to Use the FracproPT Reservoir Simulator Interface
The following procedure can be used to set-up the FracproPT Reservoir Simulator Interface:
1.
2.
Go to Production Analysis
3.
4.
5.
6.
Click Next
7.
8.
9.
363
FracproPT 2007
364
FracproPT 2007
Unit
This column displays the unit for each of the Model Input Channels.
365
FracproPT 2007
After specifying the real-data model inputs (either real-time or database), you must choose an Observed Net Pressure
Calculation Mode from among the available options. The number of options (up to the maximum of four) and your final
choice depend upon what measured pressure data you specify as model inputs.
Other Functions
View Measured Data
Selecting View Measured Data takes you to a plot of the Measured Data (for example, the channels entered on this
screen, incorporated in automatic plot #36 on the PLOT LIST [ALT+F8] screen).
From that plot screen, you may choose the Cursor Editing option in order to simplify synchronization of the TREATMENT
SCHEDULE [F6] (that is, the stage lengths, fluid types, and proppant types used for each stage) with the measured data.
Specific information about this option is available in the Cursor Editing help screen.
366
FracproPT 2007
Other Functions
View Measured Data
Selecting View Measured Data takes you to a plot of the Measured Data (for example, the channels entered on this
screen, incorporated in automatic plot #36 on the PLOT LIST [ALT+F8] screen).
Reservoir Parameters - F9
Production Analysis Reservoir Parameters
367
FracproPT 2007
368
Drainage Area
X-Direction Extent
Y-Direction Extent
40 acres
660 feet
660 feet
FracproPT 2007
80 acres
933 feet
933 feet
160 acres
1,320 feet
1,320 feet
320 acres
1,867 feet
1,867 feet
640 acres
2,640 feet
2,640 feet
Drainage Area
This is a calculated number, based on your entries for X-Direction Extent and Y-Direction Extent.
Fracture Gradient
This number, which is also known as closure stress gradient, is used to calculate closure stress on the proppant, local
reservoir pressure, and any backstress effects.
Wellbore Effects
Wellbore Hole Diameter
This number is used to model reservoir-fluid flow near the wellbore more precisely than it would be with the default
reservoir simulation grid. "Hole" is included to emphasize that this is the hole diameter, not the casing diameter. The
default grid is generated if 0.0 is entered.
Skin Factor
This parameter is used to include skin damage effects (that is, a small region of reduced permeability around the
wellbore). Entries less than zero (indicating stimulation rather than damage) are ignored. Stimulation may be modeled
either by a fracture or by an enhanced Wellbore Hole Diameter.
369
FracproPT 2007
370
Depth to Top of Layer: This is the depth to the top of each layer. These depths are automatically
taken over from the Fracture Simulation mode reservoir description. These layers may not be edited
manually. All layers that are in contact with the fracture are automatically included. If the top or
bottom layer is larger than desired for the reservoir simulation, then it is necessary to go back to
Fracture Simulation mode and refine the layer description, so that all the layers were the fracture
grows are defined with more resolution.
Gross Thickness: This is the total layer thickness, including any unproductive intervals in the layer.
Net Thickness: This is the total thickness of all productive intervals in the layer. This number is used
to calculate hydrocarbons-in-place and well productivity.
Perm. (kx): This is the reservoir permeability in the x-direction (that is, parallel to the fracture).
Perm. (ky): This is the reservoir permeability in the y-direction (that is, perpendicular to the fracture).
This is the most important value as it dominates the linear flow into the fracture.
Perm. (kz): This is the vertical reservoir permeability for the layer. This is typically modeled as a small
fraction of the horizontal permeability, to account for layering within the up-scaled reservoir
description. If you are modeling the reservoir with a high level of detail, and including the intervening
shale layers, then the vertical permeability for the payzone layers should probably not be much
smaller than the horizontal permeabilities.
Porosity: This is the porosity of the reservoir, which is entered as a fractional number less than one.
Reservoir Pressure: This is the reservoir pressure in the layer. If you enter different reservoir
pressures in adjacent layers, these would normally only be different by the hydrostatic gradient. If
there are really two layers with different reservoir pressures (i.e. due to depletion) then there should
be an impermeable layer (shale) between them in your reservoir description.
Water Saturation: This parameter represents the immobile water saturation, which is entered as a
fractional number less than one. This number is used to adjust the Porosity. It will also affect the
water production in your simulation, depending on how you set the relative permeability curves (i.e. is
the water mobile or not).
Producing Through Fracture: This field informs you if the reservoir layer is being produced through
the fracture or by direct connection to the wellbore (un-stimulated).
FracproPT 2007
Layer Group: This column indicates how the reservoir layers will be grouped (merged) in the final 3D
numerical simulation. These values are set automatically by the program, but can be changed by the
user. There are two reasons to change these numbers. In one case, you may wish to split up a group
which has been created by the program. In the other case, you may wish to merge more layers into a
single reservoir simulation layer. The reason for this feature is that the number of layers typically
entered in the fracture simulation model is much larger than the number of layers typically used in a
reservoir simulation. The maximum number of layers that can be used on this screen is 100. The
maximum number of groups is therefore also 100, for the case when all the layers on this screen
would be passed to the reservoir simulator. In general, the number of groups should not exceed 20, in
order to avoid very long execution times for the reservoir simulation.
Include all payzone layers (also non-stimulated): This option allows you to model the production
from additional reservoir layers which are not intersected by the fracture. If you choose this option,
then all payzone layers from your Fracture Simulation mode reservoir description will be included
when importing layers. This means that any additional layers which will be producing should be
entered into the Fracture Simulation mode reservoir description, since it is not possible to add layers
on this screen.
Import Reservoir Data from Fracture Simulation: Pressing this button imports all the relevant
information from the Fracture Simulation mode reservoir description into the Production Analysis
reservoir parameters table. Once you have pressed this button, you can adjust the layer groupings or
the permeabilities if necessary.
Set Horizontal Permeabilities to be equal: This option, which is normally selected, automatically
sets the x-direction permeability equal to the y-direction permeability. Unless you have specific data
about directional permeabilities, you should leave this selection checked.
Set Vertical Perm from Horizontal Perm: This option, which is normally selected, sets the vertical
permeability equal to the main horizontal permeability (Y Perm perpendicular to fracture). By
default, the permeability ratio is one.
Ratio of Vertical to Horizontal Permeability: This parameter lets you set the vertical permeability as
fraction of the horizontal permeability. This parameter only has an effect if the previous option is
selected. The value for this parameter depends on the amount of layering (heterogeneity) that has
been "smoothed" out when up-scaling the layers.
X-Direction Extent: This is the distance from the well to the edge of the reservoir block in the
direction parallel to the fracture length direction. For longitudinal fractures, this is therefore the extent
of the drainage area along the horizontal wellbore. For transverse fractures, this is the extent of the
drainage area perpendicular to the wellbore.
Y-Direction Extent: This is the distance from the well to the edge of the reservoir block in the
direction perpendicular to the fracture length direction. For longitudinal fractures, this is the drainage
extent perpendicular to the wellbore. For transverse fractures, this is the drainage extent along the
horizontal wellbore.
Additional Information
Select Frac Interval Properties
Import Stimulation Interval Properties
In Fracture Analysis Mode, you can define many layers of varying permeability, while in Reservoir Analysis Mode you
can define only one productive layer. Therefore, when using the 2D reservoir model, you must somehow enter this more
limited reservoir description to adequately and accurately predict the production.
Click on the Import Stimulation Interval Properties button to automatically generate this more limited reservoir
description from the Production Analysis Reservoir Parameters tab of the Reservoir Parameters - F9 screen for your last
371
FracproPT 2007
fracture simulation. You can select from among a number of parameters to import. Once you import the properties, you
should your own engineering judgment to determine if the imported properties are suitable for the current simulation.
372
FracproPT 2007
Minimum Pressure
This is the minimum pressure expected during the simulation.
Maximum Pressure
This is the maximum pressure expected during the simulation (normally, the initial reservoir pressure).
Impurities
These are the fraction mol-% concentrations for Nitrogen, Carbon Dioxide, and Hydrogen Sulfide used by the PVT
correlations. These impurities are valid only when simulating for gas reservoirs.
Oil Properties
Bubble Point and Initial Solution Gas/Oil Ratio are mutually exclusively used to calculate PVT correlations for oil
reservoirs: If both are non-zero, Initial Solution Gas/Oil Ratio is used. Solution Gas Gravity is also required for oil PVT
correlations.
373
FracproPT 2007
This is the pressure at which the other PVT properties are entered in the table.
Note:
The pressure should be entered in an increasing fashion. In other words, the lowest pressure for which you have PVT
data should do in row number one of the table and the pressure should increase as you move down in the table.
Note:
If the pressure during your simulation goes out of the range of pressures for which you have defined PVT properties,
the PVT properties for the closest pressure are used. In other words, the simulator does not try to extrapolate
properties outside the range of the table.
Formation Volume Factor
This is the volume of the mobile reservoir fluid (at reservoir conditions, for each pressure entry) divided by the volume at
standard conditions.
Note:
This parameter must decrease with increasing pressure.
Gas Deviation Factor
Also known as the z-factor, this is the ratio of the volume actually occupied by a gas at a given pressure and temperature
to the volume the gas would occupy at the same pressure and temperature if it behaved like an ideal gas. For an ideal
gas, the z-factor is one.
Viscosity
This is the viscosity of the mobile reservoir fluid at each pressure entry.
Solution Gas/Oil Ratio
Enter the solution gas to oil ratio of the produced fluid here.
Wellbore Configuration - F7
Wellbore Parameters [F5]
This screen, which is available only if Wellbore Present is selected on the production analysis OPTIONS [F4] screen,
is where you enter the configuration of the production wellbore (as opposed to the wellbore for stimulation).
374
FracproPT 2007
Surface Temperature
This number is used in the frictional and head-loss wellbore calculations.
Wellbore Volume
This number, which is used to simulate wellbore storage effects, is the total "live" volume in the wellbore. For example, if
the well was being produced up the tubing and the annulus was not packed off, Wellbore Volume would be the sum of
the tubing and annular volumes, plus the casing volume below the end of the tubing (including the "rat hole" volume).
Wellbore storage is important during very early in time, such as during well tests. Enter 0.0 to ignore wellbore storage
effects.
375
FracproPT 2007
Fracture Parameters tab of the Fracture Parameters and Proppant Selection screen for the 2D reservoir model.
376
Fracture Segment #: Each half of the fracture must be divided up into 6 segments, with segment
number 1 closest to the wellbore. The segments lengths do not have to be equal, but the total must
add up to the total propped-fracture length.
Segment Length: This is the length of each individual fracture segment. You must use all six
segments, but they do not have to be of equal length. If you elect to Use FracproPT Results, the
total propped half-length is divided up into six equal segments.
Propped Height: This is the propped-fracture height for each segment that is in contact with the pay.
Proppant Conc: This is the average proppant concentration over the segment.
Proppant Type: This field contains a drop-down list from which you select a proppant to use in this
segment. The list displays all proppants listed on the PROPPANT SELECTION screen.
FracproPT 2007
Proppant Damage Factor: This factor reduces the permeability of the proppant pack (that is, it
reduces fracture conductivity). For example, a value of 0.25, which is typical, reduces conductivity by
25%. This factor represents conductivity damage (for example, from fines migration or gel damage)
that is in addition to that caused by proppant crushing, non-Darcy flow, and multiphase flow effects,
which are handled automatically by the FraPS 2D reservoir simulator. Enter 0.0 to model no
additional proppant damage.
Note:
This is the same parameter shown/entered on the PROPPANT PERM DAMAGE screen, in Fracture Analysis Mode.
Suggest value based on fluid type: If this checkbox is enabed, a fluid can be selected from the
adjacent drop-down menu. On the basis of this fluid, the value for the Proppant Damage Factor will
be set (and that field will be deactivated). These values are obtained from Stim-Labs Predict-K and
Proppant Manager database.
Model Non-Darcy Flow Effects: The model can incorporate non-Darcy flow effects during
production.
Model Multi-Phase Flow Effects: Although the model is not a multi-phase simulator, it can estimate
the effect of a secondary phase on the production of the primary phase by calculating the apparent
damage due to the flow of this phase.
Liquid/Gas Ratio: Enter an estimate liquid/gas ratio for the production in this field. This parameter is
used to estimate the permeability reduction in the fracture, based on a correlation released by
StimLab in February 2001. If you are simulating oil production, this field will not be accessible.
Best Case Convection: This option refers to a model where the primary factor governing proppant
transport is the density difference between stages. Rather than tracking the settling of proppant within
the treatment fluid, whole stages move relative to one another. Stages with higher density (that is,
with higher proppant concentration) tend to fall toward the bottom of the fracture.
The basic ring-like shape of stages being pumped toward the tip of the fracture (as opposed, for
example, to the piston-like lateral displacement of proppant in simple 2D fracture models) is
maintained throughout the simulation, including after shut in.
Stratified Convection: This option refers to a model where the primary factor governing proppant
transport is the density difference between stages. Rather than tracking the settling of proppant within
the treatment fluid, whole stages move relative to one another. Stages with higher density (that is,
with higher proppant concentration) tend to fall toward the bottom of the fracture.
The ring-like shape of stages being pumped toward the tip of the fracture (as opposed, for example,
to the piston-like lateral displacement of proppant in simple 2D fracture models) is not maintained
throughout the simulation. The size (that is, volume) of each particular stage does not change, but
each one is allowed to fall completely down to the bottom of the fracture, with the heaviest stage at
the bottom, the next heaviest on top of that one, etc. In other words, the stages stratify in the fracture
according to density.
Worst Case Transport: This option essentially assumes a complete failure of the treatment fluids in
terms of proppant suspension whereby proppant from all stages is allowed to mix and fall completely
to the bottom of the fracture.
Use Fracture Analysis Results: Selecting this function takes one of the FracproPT-predicted
proppant profiles and writes or maps it automatically into the Fracture Definition Table. You determine
which proppant profile to use with your Calculate Proppant Distribution Using selection.
If you have just run FracproPT to simulate an acid fracture, choosing this option will calculate an
"equivalent" propped fracture that yields a conductivity profile that approximates the acid fracture
conductivity. When using results from an acid fracture, Proppant Conc in the Fracture Definition
Table is actually the width of the equivalent propped fracture. FracproPT creates a proppant called
ACIDPROP which has the permeability versus stress behavior calculated to approximate the
behavior of the Nierode-Kruk correlation.
377
FracproPT 2007
Proppant Embedment
The embedment (that is, infiltration) of proppant into the reservoir that surrounds the fracture can be specified here.
Proppant Embedment: This field specifies the proppant embedment. This field is deactivated if the
Suggest value based on payzone modulus checkbox is selected.
In soft rock, proppant tends to be pushed into the walls of the fracture. This reduces the final
conductivity that can be obtained from a fracture treatment, as the embedded proppant does not
actively contribute to production. Proppant embedment is in general a small or large fraction of a
proppant grain.
Suggest value based on payzone modulus: If this checkbox is selected, a value for the Proppant
Embedment is suggested based on the modulus of the payzone, and the Proppant Embedment field
is deactivated.
A correlation released by Stim-Lab in February 2001 is used to calculate the embedment of proppant
based on the modulus of the payzone rock. Above a modulus of 5,000,000 psi, embedment is absent.
For relatively soft rock, embedment can be of the order of the diameter of a proppant grain
Other Options
The thickness of the filter cake in the fracture, and whether the effects of the filter cake on the conductivity of the fracture
should be included can be specified here.
Fracture Filter Cake Thickness: This field specifies the thickness of the filter cake in the fracture.
Include Filtercake Effects: Select this checkbox to include the effects of the filter cake.
Use Effective Propped Length: The Use Effective Propped Length option is available in order to
more realistically model the actual propped fracture half length that contributes to the post-fracture
production. Experience has shown that especially in low permeability formations, the actual fracture
length that contributes to the production can be significantly less than the created propped fracture
half length. This can occur for several reasons, but the main reason is thought to be poor cleanup of
the gel residue in the proppant pack. Additional factors can be proppant embedment and filtercake
embedment, which are modeled separately in FracproPT.
By checking the Use Effective Propped Length checkbox, you are turning on an additional
calculation, which uses a theoretical formula to predict the effectiveness of the post-fracture cleanup,
based on the fracture half length, conductivity and reservoir permeability. The formula for effective
length calculations is based on correlations developed by the Stim-Lab consortium in 2006. The
effective length is strongly a function of the reservoir permeability.
The better the reservoir permeability, the closer the effective fracture half length will be to the created
propped half length. Since fracture conductivity is also a factor, increasing the proppant size, or going
to a higher grade of proppant will also increase the effective length. The gel damage that is entered
(or calculated from the fluid type) will also affect the effective length through the conductivity term.
Since the fracture conductivity is a function of non-Darcy effects, which are in turn a function of the
production rate, which is a function of the effective length, a simple iteration is used to solve for the
effective fracture length including non-Darcy and multi-phase effects.
The program uses a simple analytic solution for the pseudo-steady state flow to estimate the
production rate within this iteration. It should be noted that in Production Analysis mode, the program
does not try to model a changing effective fracture length versus time. Rather, it first calculates what
the estimated ultimate effective length will be, and passes that number to the reservoir simulator. This
is the same number that is displayed on the Fracture Parameters tab of the Fracture Parameters and
Proppant Selection - F5 screen. It is important to enter a reasonable value for the Stabilized
Bottomhole Flowing Pressure on this screen (also called Producing Bottomhole Pressure on
other screens) to get the correct estimate for the effective fracture length.
378
FracproPT 2007
Proppants List
This is the list of proppants currently available for use in the simulator. Additional proppant may be added from the
Proppant Libraries.
379
FracproPT 2007
Select this function to add a new proppant to the list from either the System Library or User Library of proppants.
clicking on the Edit Current Proppant button in the Proppant Selection tab in the Fluid and Proppant
- F5 screen
selecting from the main menu Data > Fluids and Proppantns > Select Proppant
This screen is where properties of the current proppant are viewed, edited and, optionally, saved for future re-use. Other
proppants from the proppant list may be viewed by selecting the desired proppant in the Proppant Identifier drop-down
list.
The proppant list is shown on the the Proppant Selection tab in the Fluid and Proppant - F5 screen if you are in Fracture
Analysis Mode, Fracture Design Mode, or Economic Optimization Mode: it is shown on the Proppant Selection screen if
you are Production Analysis Mode.
There are two libraries, the System Library and the User Library.
380
FracproPT 2007
Selected Proppant
compiled from various sources (generally based on the most reliable proppant data that is
available).
vendors documentation (that is, not published on their World Wide Web site).
Stim-Lab 6.0
Stim-Lab 1999.
Status: This field displays a message indicating from which Proppant Library the data for the
Selected Proppant comes and whether or not it has been modified from library values.
proppant source
Cost: This is the cost of the proppant in dollars per pound, which is used for reports only.
Bulk Density: This is the bulk density of the proppant, which typically measures about 100 lb/ft^3 for
sand, and 110-150 lb/ft^3 for manufactured proppants.
Packed Porosity: This is the porosity of the proppant in a closed fracture. This value is calculated
from the Bulk Density and Specific Gravity.
Specific Gravity: This property is calculated from the Proppant Bulk Density and the Packed
Proppant Porosity.
Turbulence Coeff a / b at Low / High Stress: These are the coefficients that are used in the
correlation of Forcheimer's beta coefficient with proppant permeability (see the Cooke reference in
Technical References).
Threshold Stress: This is a threshold value to distinguish between low and high stress for the
Turbulence Coeff a / b. If the stress is less than the threshold stress, Turbulence Coeff a / b Low
Stress are used. Otherwise, Turbulence Coeff a / b High Stress are used.
Fields
Note:
If the diameter is less than the value entered in the Proppant Diameter Greater Than field on the Proppant Model tab
of the Fracpropt Model Parameters screen (the default is 0.0125 inches), the proppant is ignored for calculations of
propped dimensions, but it is considered in calculating wellbore friction and hydrostatic head. This function is useful
for modeling proppant slugs.
Width Correction a: The width reduction as a function of the effective stress on proppant for a 2
2
lbs/ft proppant pack. This data comes from a StimLab correlation.
Width Correction b: Initial width correction at 2000 psi as measured by StimLab at 2 lbs/ft .
381
FracproPT 2007
Exponent"
where "Number of stress cycles" can be entered in the Proppant Perm Damage screen in the
Additional Damage Effects section after enabling Include effect of stress cycles on proppant
permeability checkbox.
Proppant Type: This refers to the general classification of the proppant (that is, Sand, Resin Coated
Sand, Ceramic, Low Density Ceramic, Medium Density Ceramic, High Density Ceramic, Resin
Coated Low Density Ceramic, Resin Coated Medium Density Ceramic, Resin Coated High Density
Ceramic).
For proppants from FracproPT 10.2 and earlier, the Proppant Type is automatically set to
undefined.
Proppant Coating: This refers to the type of proppant coating. The temperature correction for
proppant permeability is only used when the Proppant Coating is set to Precured or Curable.
For proppants from FracproPT 10.2 and earlier, Proppant Coating is automatically set to None.
Effective Stress on Proppant: This is the value of effective closure stress acting on the proppant. In
a producing well, this is roughly similar to the difference between the far-field closure stress and the
bottomhole flowing pressure (BHFP).
prop=Pfrac-Pi-(Po-Pn)
where
prop is the stress on the proppant
Pfrac is the pressure required to open the fracture (roughly equal to frac gradient times depth)
Pi is the current, local pore pressure
is the poroelastic coefficient (typically 0.5)
Po is the original reservoir pressure
Pn is the current average reservoir pressure
Proppant Permeability: This is the permeability of the proppant pack corresponding to the value of closure stress.
Additional Information: ReservoirPT Stress on Proppant
For non-Halliburton proppants, the Proppant Permeability can be modified. In contrast, for Halliburton proppants, the
Proppant Permeability is computed during fracture model runs from a proprietary Halliburton model (this model is
available to all users).
Perm at Resvr Temp: Correlations for the Perm at Resvr Temp are adapted from PredK version 6.57, Feb 2002.
Proppant permeability is only corrected if Proppant Type is set to Precured or Curable.
Additional Information: Perm at Resvr Temp Correlations
Avg Width for 2 lb/ft2: This is the average fracture width for a proppant loading of 2 lbs/ft .
Avg Width after Embedment for 2 lb/ft2: This is the average fracture width after embedment is
2
subtracted (twice, for both walls) for a proppant loading of 2 lbs/ft .
Conductivity after Embedment for 2 lb/ft2: This is the conductivity of the proppant pack after
2
embedment is subtracted (twice, for both walls) for a proppant loading of 2 lbs/ft .
Beta Factor: Forcheimer's beta coefficient calculated from the permeability k using Cookes
turbulence coefficients a and b.
a
=b/k
Perm vs. Stress: Display plot of Proppant Permeability versus Effective Stress on Prop.
Width vs. Stress: Display plot of Avg Width for 2 lb/ft versus Effective Stress on Prop.
Conductivity vs. Stress: Display plot of Conductivity after Embedment for 2 lb/ft2 versus
Effective Stress on Prop.
Beta Factor vs. Stress: Display plot of Beta Factor versus Effective Stress on Prop.
Plot Data
Buttons
2
Radio Buttons
382
FracproPT 2007
Bar Diagrams
Conductivity: Display bar diagram of Conductivity after Embedment for 2 lb/ft2 per proppant.
Independent Lab Verification: Whether the proppant data was obtained and verified by an
independent laboratory (for example, Stim-Lab) or by a laboratory that is somehow dependent on a
proppant vendor.
(that is, No, Yes)
Comments: Notes that summarize the algorithms that were used to compile missing data for each
proppant, if relevant.
Save Proppant to User Library: Select this function to save the proppant to the User Library of
proppants. Any changes made to the data on this screen are not saved unless you use this function.
Delete Proppant from User Library: Select this function to delete the proppant from the User
Library, which of course implies that the proppant is in the User Library.
You cannot use this function to delete proppants from the System Library.
Additional Information: Proppant Data Compilation
383
FracproPT 2007
Revenues
Gas/Oil Price (Net)
The income stream for the economic model is simply this number multiplied by the change in cumulative production over
one time step. This price should be net of royalties, partial interests, and severance taxes.
Discount Rate
Future income streams are discounted at this rate for the discounted-cash-flow calculation. This parameter may also be
known as the hurdle rate or opportunity rate.
Costs
Operating Costs
These monthly costs are subtracted from the cash flow.
Initial Investment
This quantity and Stimulation Cost are used to obtain the total investment, which is subtracted from the cash flow at time
zero. Total investment is also used as the basis for the return on investment (ROI) calculation. ROI is simply net present
384
FracproPT 2007
value (NPV) divided by Initial Investment. Initial Investment may be the entire well cost, the completion cost, or,
alternatively, just the treatment cost.
Stimulation Cost
This cost is added to Initial Investment to obtain cash flow at time zero.
Well Production - F6
Well Production [F6] - Production Constraints
This screen, which is available if you select User Defined Production Schedule on the production analysis OPTIONS
[F4] screen, is where you enter a schedule by which to produce the well. If you are attempting to match the measured
production rate and pressure in a FracproPT database file, enter a production schedule here that matches as closely as
possible the wells actual production schedule. The easiest way to do this is by selecting Production Constraints Come
From Production Database Derived Table on the PRODUCTION ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen
You can produce the well based on one of the following two constraints:
With reference to the Production Schedule Table and other fields described below:
The simulator produces the well at the Minimum Pressure (constant-pressure solution) unless doing
so causes the production rate to exceed Maximum HC Rate.
At this point the simulator produces the well with a rate equal to Maximum HC Rate (constant-rate
solution). Production continues at that rate until maintaining that rate cannot be achieved at the
Minimum Pressure.
At this point the well is again produced at the Minimum Pressure (constant-pressure solution) until
the rate falls to Minimum HC Rate.
385
FracproPT 2007
The Well Production Constraints screen when using User Entered Table.
386
FracproPT 2007
The Well Production Constraints screen when using Production Database Derived Table.
Time Step #
387
FracproPT 2007
Time Interval
This is the time in days over which the other production constraints on the same line of the schedule apply. Essentially,
this is the time step for the reservoir simulator. A suggested series of entries for this field to simulate a total of five years of
production is as follows: 30, 60, 92.5, 182.5, 182.5, 182.5, 365, 365, and 365.
In general, consecutive entries in this field should not increase by more than a factor of two between entries (for example,
10 days, 20 days, 40 days, etc.). The same type of logic holds true when Time Interval should be made small to capture
the details of a pressure build-up. In such a case, you should not reduce consecutive entries in this field by more than a
factor of one-half (for example, 1 day, 0.5 day, 0.25 day, etc.).
Total Time
This is the summation (calculated by the program) of all the Time Interval entries.
Maximum HC Rate
Production Analysis switches to constant-rate production at this value if constant-pressure production causes the
production rate to exceed this value.
Minimum Pressure
The well is produced at this pressure unless the production rate exceeds Maximum HC Rate. This pressure must be less
than the current average reservoir pressure. Typically, gas wells are initially produced at high pressures (that is, small
draw-downs), but are rapidly drawn down to the vicinity of 1000 psi over the first six months to one year of production.
Pressure Location
This field refers to the location where the pressures entered on this screen are measured or specified. Pressure Location
can be toggled between Bottomhole and Surface pressures using the drop-down list. Surface is available only if
Wellbore Present is selected on the RESERVOIR analysis OPTIONS [F4] screen. You must also have entered the
appropriate tubing data on the RESERVOIR WELLBORE PARAMETERS [F5] screen and you must be simulating gas
production.
Maximum HC Rate
Production Analysis switches to constant-rate production at this value if constant-pressure production causes the
production rate to exceed this value.
Minimum Pressure
The well is produced at this pressure unless the production rate exceeds Maximum HC Rate. This pressure must be less
than the current average reservoir pressure. Typically, gas wells are initially produced at high pressures (that is, small
draw-downs), but are rapidly drawn down to the vicinity of 1000 psi over the first six months to one year of production.
Pressure Location
This field refers to the location where the pressures entered on this screen are measured or specified. Pressure Location
can be toggled between Bottomhole and Surface pressures using the drop-down list. Surface is available only if Wellbore
Present is selected on the RESERVOIR analysis OPTIONS [F4] screen. You must also have entered the appropriate
tubing data on the RESERVOIR WELLBORE PARAMETERS [F5] screen and you must be simulating gas production.
Setup Table
If you do not want to enter a complete production schedule yourself, you can use this function to set up the Production
Schedule Table automatically. To do this, you must first enter the total time that you want to produce the well in the Time
Interval column of the first row. Then you enter Maximum HC Rate and Minimum Pressure in that same row. Finally,
select this function to fill out the table automatically.
388
FracproPT 2007
Setup Table
If you do not want to enter a complete production schedule yourself, you can use this function to set up the Production
Schedule Table automatically. To do this, you must first enter the total time that you want to produce the well in the Time
Interval column of the first row. Then you enter Maximum HC Rate and Minimum Pressure in that same row. Finally,
select this function to fill out the table automatically.
Other Functions
Minimum HC Rate
The current simulator run is terminated when production rate falls below this value. Production Analysis attempts to
solve for the exact time when the production rate falls below this value.
Maximum Drawdown
The simulator strives to produce the well at this maximum drawdown from average reservoir pressure. The Maximum HC
Rate and Minimum HC Rate constraints are still honored.
Filtrate Cleanup Effects [F6]
This screen, which is available if you select 2D Model and Model Cleanup Effects on the production analysis
OPTIONS [F4] screen, is where you enter the parameters necessary for modeling the cleanup of filtrate (for example, the
fluid leaked off during fracturing) from the reservoir.
389
FracproPT 2007
Filtrate Viscosity
This number is used to reduce the mobility of near-fracture reservoir fluids (that is, to account for relative permeability
effects). This number is normally in the range of 1-10.
390
FracproPT 2007
Other Functions
System Messages
Select this function to view the SYSTEM MESSAGES [Alt+F1] screen.
Generate Report
Select this function to view the Production Analysis REPORT [Shift+F2] screen.
391
FracproPT 2007
Run Options
Select this function to view the production analysis OPTIONS [F4] screen.
Production Schedule
Select this function to view the Well PRODUCTION Constraints [F6] screen.
Fracture Screen
Select this function to view the FRACTURE PARAMETERS [F7] screen.
Economics Screen
Select this function to view the Production Analysis ECONOMIC data [F8] screen.
Production Plot
Select this function to view an automatically configured plot of Production Rate and Cumulative Production versus time
(that is, Plot #28 on the PLOT LIST [Alt+F8] screen).
Pressure Plot
Select this function to view an automatically configured plot of Surface Pressure and Downhole Pressure versus time
(that is, Plot #29 on the PLOT LIST [Alt+F8] screen).
Economics Plot
Select this function to view an automatically configured plot of Net Present Value and Return on Investment versus time
(that is, Plot #30 on the PLOT LIST [Alt+F8] screen).
Compare Results
Select this function to view the COMPARE SIMULATION RESULTS [Shift+F4] screen.
Run Simulator
Select this function to start the reservoir simulator. The simulator may also be started from any screen by pressing
[Alt+R].
Stop Simulator
Select this function to stop or pause the simulator. The simulator may also be stopped or paused from any screen by
pressing [Alt+S].
Resume Execution
Select this function to resume a simulation that was paused using the Stop Simulator function. The simulator may also
be resumed from any screen by pressing [Alt+C].
392
FracproPT 2007
Obtain the production history file, which will most likely be an ASCII or and Excel spreadsheet file. This file
will typically contain surface pressure and production rate (either gas or oil). If you are lucky, you will also
have bottomhole pressure. For oil well history matching, you need to have bottomhole pressure, either
measured or calculated, in your dataset. Choose the "Import ASCII Data" option from the main menu, and
convert your input file into a FracproPT database (.dbs) file.
For post-frac production matching, you will probably already have a FracproPT input file for your fracture
treatment. Start by loading this input file and running the fracture model. Then switch to Production
Analysis mode, and go through the sequence of screens. On the options screen, select "Production
Database Derived Table" and open the database you just created.
On the next screen, you need to tell the program which data channels you have, by double clicking next to
the appropriate row in the table. In most cases, you will specify a database channel for the Surface
Producing Pressure and either the Production Oil Rate or the Production Gas Rate. The other rate
channels are not used by the model, but they are shown on the plots. For gas wells, you can use either
surface pressure or bottomhole pressure. For oil wells, you must have bottomhole pressure, either
measured or calculated (using another program).
On the next screen, the reservoir parameters screen, you can either type in all the relevant reservoir
parameters, or use the automatic "Import Fracture Interval Properties" button, which will take the data from
the fracture model input screens. You also need to specify the PVT properties on this screen.
393
FracproPT 2007
The next screen is the proppant and fracture information screen. If you have imported your fracture results,
you dont need to do anything here. If you dont have fracture simulation results, but you still want to match
post-frac production, you can enter your initial guess for the propped fracture length and select the correct
proppant type from the proppant library.
On the next screen, you can enter the economics parameters, if you want to. This will not affect the
automatic history matching at all.
On the next screen, you will select whether you want to match on pressure or rate. For tight gas wells, with
fairly constant flowing pressure, it is better to constrain the pressure, and match on the rate. If you have
good pressure data throughout the production history, it is better to constrain the rate and match on the
pressure. You then press the "Setup Table" button. Now examine the table to check the production
constraints. If there are too many timesteps (so that your total simulation time is less than the amount of
production data in your database), you can increase the minimum rate change threshold. If there are too
few timesteps (not enough resolution), you can decrease the minimum rate change threshold.
On the next screen, select the button labeled "Production Matching". This takes you to the production
matching screen. In the next section, we explain the different items on this screen.
Matching Parameters:
There are 8 matching parameters available for the automatic production history matching function. These 8 parameters
are divided up into three groups, based on whether they affect the early time behavior (transient production) or the late
time behavior (steady-state), or both.
The approximate transition point between the early and late time behavior is shown at the bottom of the screen. If you
want to override the programs choice for this transition, you can do that by checking the "Set Transition Manually" box.
The first group of two parameters affects both early and late time behavior. It consists of net pay height (h) and
permeability (k), which together form the most important parameter, the permeability height product (kh). These
parameters are coupled, so it is only possible to iterate on one of these two at a time. Usually you can decide which one
to iterate on based where you have more uncertainty.
The second group of parameters only affects the late time behavior. It consists of the reservoir dimensions, either parallel
or normal to the fracture face. You can iterate on one or both of these parameters.
The final group of parameters affects only the early-time behavior. Since the early time behavior is dominated by the
fracture response, these parameters are only available if you are modeling a fracture in your reservoir. This group
consists of the proppant damage factor, the propped fracture half length, the filtrate viscosity and the number of pore
volumes to achieve filtrate cleanup. The last two parameters are only available if you have chosen to enable the fracture
cleanup model.
At the bottom of the screen are all the different options which control how the automatic history matching is performed.
You must specify a window for the program to look at (where it will minimize the error between the model and the actual
data). You can specify this window based on either a timestep number from the production schedule, or based on a time
you enter. You can also adjust the transition point between early and late-time behavior. Normally you will not need to do
this, unless you have an extreme case, and the program is not able to achieve a production match. Such a case might be
a very low permeability well, when the transition is a very large number (hundreds of days), and the program cannot
achieve a match because it is not trying to adjust the drainage area. The opposite situation can also occur, in a very high
perm well, the transition could happen after a matter of hours, and then the program will not try to iterate on the fracture
parameters enough.
The final option controls whether the proppant concentration is adjusted when the fracture length is adjusted. In some
cases, when you believe that all the proppant pumped is contributing to production, and your uncertainty about the
fracture length is based on a lack of certainty in how the fracture geometry grew, then you should enable this option. This
means that as the program changes the fracture length, it adjusts the proppant concentration to conserve proppant. So, if
the fracture should have been only half as long, then it should also have had twice the proppant concentration.
The other situation is that you have less uncertainty about how large the fracture grew, but instead, more uncertainty
about how much of the fracture is actually contributing to the production (the effective propped length). In this case, it is
better to leave this option unchecked, because if the effective propped length is changed to get a history match, then what
this really means is that part of the proppant pack is not contributing at all to the production, so we should not adjust the
proppant concentration when adjusting the length. Instead, we just decrease (in most cases) the length and leave the
proppant concentration unchanged.
The final set of parameters have to do with the number of iterations allowed, and the maximum error which is acceptable.
The default value of 10% was chosen to allow quick convergence over a wide range of cases. If you wish to get a very
close match of a long buildup, for example, you will probably want to make this a smaller number. If you are working with
very rough long term production data, then this default value is probably a good choice.
When you select the parameters you wish to iterate on, you should double check the minimum and maximum values to be
sure that these cover the appropriate range of realistic values for your reservoir. To start the automatic matching iteration,
simply press the "Find Best Match" button. Once the error criterion has been met, you can choose to accept the
parameters by pressing the "Use Best-Fit Value" for each parameter. If you want to then further refine your match, you
can decrease the maximum error value and perform another iteration. If the iteration does not converge, try to increase
394
FracproPT 2007
the number of allowed iterations, or else increase the maximum error. You might also need to extend the range of
possible values for the parameter in question. If this is the case, the program will give you a message to that effect.
Quick Comparison
Quick Production Comparison
Comparison Table
Eleven pre-set parameters can be selected for a production analysis comparison. Only a single parameter can be
selected for comparison by selecting the Compare checkbox. So, for example, to determine the sensitivity of production
results to permeability and fracture half-length, two separate comparison runs are needed.
Plot Data
Comparison plots become available once the model has finished running. Plots can be opened by clicking on each plot
button.
Comparison Cases
Up to four comparison cases may be selected. The number of cases displayed in the Comparison Table depends on the
number entered in this field.
Run Comparison
You can run through up to four comparison cases by selecting this button.
395
FracproPT 2007
ReservoirSimulator File Generation screen (for 3D Numerical Model Interface): For Vertical Wells.
396
FracproPT 2007
ReservoirSimulator File Generation screen (for 3D Numerical Model Interface): For Horizontal Wells.
These parameters are required by the numerical 3D reservoir simulator. It is important to put in the correct date if you are
going to perform history matching with measured data.
Grid Size for Frac Width: This is the most important parameter. It sets the actual grid width for the
smallest sub-grid for the local grid refinement of the fracture. There are limits on this value based on a
heuristic formula using the fracture length. In theory, this number can be as small as the actual frac
width, but in practice this would require very small timesteps in the reservoir simulation, so it is
usually better to use a somewhat larger value. Typing zero will force the program to calculate a value
for you.
Extra High Resolution Gridding in Fracture: This flag should normally be turned off. This option
can be turned on for cases where it is desired to have a very fine local grid to model the flow in the
fracture. Use of this option will slow down the reservoir simulation execution significantly.
397
FracproPT 2007
Generate File: Pressing this button creates the files that can be used to run a numerical 3D reservoir
simulator (based on the selected file format). The files will be saved in the directory specified in the
field below. For detailed information on the methods behind the grid generation and the simulation
methodology, refer to the topic Technical Reference for ResSim Interface.
Output File Format: Here you can choose which reservoir simulator input format you would to use.
At the current time, only Eclipse and IMEX are supported. VIP is currently not supported, but will be at
some time in the future.
File Name: The file name specified here is the "Base File Name" for all the files created for the
reservoir simulation input. If Eclipse output is chosen, then six files are created. All the filenames will
start with this file name, and have a different ending. The main file has a suffix ".DAT". The rest of the
files are include files which are used by the main file, and they have the suffix ".INC". If the IMEX
option is chosen, then only one file is created.
The file(s) created give all the information necessary to perform the reservoir simulation except for the
production constraints, the PVT data and the relative permeability data. This information should be
added by creating the additional include files that are referenced in the .DAT file. This can be done
most easily using the appropriate pre-processing tool, such as "Eclipse Office". For detailed
information on how to use the files within Eclipse or IMEX, please review the Short Description of
Output Files.
For detailed information on how to use the files within Eclipse or IMEX, please review the topic Short
Description of Output Files.
Well Type: There are four possible options for well type. The program will generate the input for the
numerical reservoir simulator depending on which option you choose here.
Vertical Well: This is the simplest option, a vertical well with a single fracture.
Horizontal Well with Transverse Fractures: This is the most common horizontal well
configuration for low permeability fracturing. The fracture orientation is 90 degrees with respect
to the wellbore. The conductivity profile for all the fractures is the same, based on the current
fracture simulation results. This option is useful for optimizing the number of fracture treatments
for a horizontal well, as well as the fracture spacing.
Horizontal Well with Longitudinal Fractures: This option is useful for higher permeability
situations, water injection wells, or producers used in conjunction with similarly configured water
injection wells. The fractures are all identical, and are positioned along the wellbore.
Distance From Heel to First Frac: This option is only available for horizontal wells. This gives
the offset from the beginning of the horizontal section to the center of the first fracture.
Distance Between Fractures: This option is also only available for horizontal wells. This gives
the center-to-center spacing of the fractures.
Number of Fractures: This is option is only available for horizontal wells. This gives the number
of fractures along the horizontal section.
Additional Information: 3D Simulator File Generation
Additional Information: 3D Simulator File Generation
The development and capabilities of a novel and unique tool that interfaces a hydraulic fracture model and a reservoir
simulator is described here. The typical way to model hydraulically fractured wells in 3D reservoir simulators is to
approximate the fracture behavior with a modified skin or productivity index (PI). Neither method captures all the important
physics of flow into and through the fracture. This becomes even more critical in cases of multiphase flow and multilayered reservoirs. Modeling the cleanup phase following hydraulic fracture treatments can be very important in tight gas
reservoirs, and this requires a more detailed simulation of the fracture. Realistic modeling of horizontal wells with multiple
hydraulic fractures is another capability that is needed in the industry. A new tool was developed within a commercial
lumped 3D fracture simulation model to generate automatically reservoir simulator input files representing the geometry
and hydraulic properties of the reservoir, the fracture, the damaged zone around the fracture and the initial pressure and
filtrate fluid distribution in the reservoir. High permeability grid blocks that capture the two-dimensional variation of the
fracture conductivity within the reservoir simulator input files represent the fracture. If the fracture width used in the
reservoir model is larger than the actual fracture width, the permeability and porosity of the fracture blocks are reduced in
order to maintain the transmissibility and porous volume of the actual fracture. Both proppant and acid fracturing are
handled with this approach. To capture the changes in fracture conductivity over time as the bottomhole flowing pressure
(BHFP) changes, the pressure dependent behavior of the fracture is passed to the reservoir simulator. Local grid
refinement (LGR) is used in the region of the wellbore and the fracture tip, as well as in the blocks adjacent to the fracture
plane. The reservoir simulator input can be created for multiphase fluid systems with multiple layers and different
permeabilities.
398
FracproPT 2007
Introduction
Historically, there have been three basic approaches commonly used for predicting the production from hydraulically
fractured wells. First, analytic solutions were most commonly used, based on an infinite conductivity or later a finite
conductivity fracture with a given half-length. This approach was also extended to cover horizontal multiple fractured wells
[1]. With the development of reservoir simulators, two other approaches were developed.
For complicated multi-well, multi-layer, multi-phase simulations (that is, full field models), the fracture stimulation was
usually approximated as a negative skin. This is the same as increasing the effective wellbore radius in the simulation
model. An alternate approach, developed initially for tight gas applications, was to develop a numeric reservoir simulator
for special purposes that could explicitly model the flow in the fracture and take into account the special properties of the
proppant, such as the stress dependant permeability or the possibility of non-Darcy flow. Such models typically were
limited to a single layer, single-phase (oil or gas) situation.
More recently, with the advent of faster computers with sufficient memory, it became feasible to avoid the compromises
that were made in the past when trying to model hydraulic fractures with a normal 3D reservoir simulator. Initially, people
manually built grid refinement into their reservoir models to represent a hydraulic fracture [2]. Although this method works,
it is time consuming for the engineer, because complicated gridding schemes are necessary to represent the fracture
geometry. In addition, the detailed description of the fracture properties from a fracture simulation was not usually passed
through to the reservoir model, resulting in the assumption of constant properties (that is, permeability) for the fracture.
This method of simulation is not very efficient and can lead to inconsistencies in the data used in the different simulations.
With the development of the tool described in this article, it has now become feasible to run routinely full 3D simulations of
multi-phase production from multi-layer reservoirs while explicitly modeling multiple hydraulic fracture(s) in the reservoir
model. In order to make this practical, it was necessary to develop a tool to interface the hydraulic fracture modeling
software and the reservoir simulation software. This new tool takes the results from the fracture growth model, and
automatically translates them into the proper format for the reservoir simulator. It completely automates the process of
setting up the grid and initializing the grid block properties for the reservoir and fracture grid blocks.
The idea of transferring the output from a fracture model to a reservoir simulation model was described by Behr in an
earlier publication [3], but this initial approach was quite different from what is described in this article. In this earlier work,
the goal was to take a few key parameters from the report output of a fracture model, and generate an equivalent fracture
sub-grid within an existing multi-well reservoir simulation model. The result of the work reported here is the creation of a
stand-alone simulation model for a single well reservoir using the data taken directly from the internal state variables of
the fracture model itself.
399
FracproPT 2007
Figure 1: Example of fracture model output: fracture conductivity and fracture dimensions.
400
FracproPT 2007
401
FracproPT 2007
Reservoir data
The reservoir simulator input file is created from the reservoir layer information that was already entered as part of the
fracture growth simulation, saving the user a significant amount of work. A semi-automated up-scaling feature is included
in the interface to reduce the number of actual layers in the final reservoir simulation model. Horizontal permeability is
taken from the fracture model and vertical permeability can be specified as a fraction of the horizontal permeability, or can
be entered separately.
The user is required to enter the reservoir extent (distance to the drainage boundary from the well) for a rectangular
geometry. The extent is defined based on quarter symmetry for the vertical well case or half symmetry for the horizontal
well case. The reservoir extent information is used to generate automatically a reservoir grid with the desired drainage
area.
402
FracproPT 2007
Figure 3: Gridding example for a single fracture in vertical well, showing quarter symmetry and LGR refinement.
403
FracproPT 2007
The host grid in the XY (horizontal) plane consists of relatively few grid blocks (typically around 100). The grid blocks
increase in size with increasing distance from the fracture in both X and Y directions. The minimum grid block size is
comparable with the fracture half-length xf. The global discretization in the Z (vertical) direction is based on the reservoir
layering, thereby taking into account that a grid block cannot contain rocks from different reservoir layers without
additional upscaling. The reservoir layers with a large thickness are subdivided to a typical grid block height to provide a
uniform grid in the Z direction.
The typical dimensions of the refined region are related to the fracture extent. The LGR extends to 1.5 times xf in the X
direction (along the fracture) and to 2 xf in the Y direction (normal to the fracture). In the Z direction, the LGR is defined for
the host grid blocks that contain the fracture height and approximately half of the fracture height above and below the
fracture itself. These parameters are flexible to account for different situations such as when the fracture top is near a
reservoir layer boundary.
The fracture in the LGR is represented by a two-dimensional (XZ) series of grid blocks. The mesh for the fracture
conductivity distribution supplied by the fracture simulator is considered as a starting point for the discretization within the
LGR. In the XY plane outside the fracture, the number of grid blocks increases towards the LGR boundary or to the
middle point between fractures (for the horizontal well case). A finer grid is built around the well and fracture tips to
capture the dominant radial character of the flow in these regions. The grid blocks near the fracture plane have a
particularly small y (normal to the fracture plane) to ensure an accurate computation of the high-rate transient flow during
the initial production period. This can be seen clearly in Figure 4, which shows the gridding in the XY plane for a horizontal
well case with transverse fractures.
Figure 4: Grid refinement for a horizontal well case with transverse fractures.
This type of gridding allows for an accurate representation of the filtrate fluid distribution around the fracture that is
transferred from the fracture simulator. The typical filtrate leakoff depth varies from centimeters to tens of centimeters in
tight gas reservoirs, or to even larger depths in higher permeability reservoirs. In determining the sizes x and y in the
fracture vicinity, we generally followed the empirical guidelines for choosing an appropriate finite-difference model of the
fractured well as presented by Bennett et al. [5]. The subgrid in the vertical Z direction is made nearly uniform using a
typical grid size z.
404
FracproPT 2007
Every grid block in the host grid and the LGR is assigned one value of each distributed reservoir characteristic: porosity,
permeabilities in three directions, phase saturations and pore pressure. This basic information is taken from the input to
the fracture simulator.
The fracture in the reservoir simulation model is not necessarily modeled with its actual width b, but with a fictive width
that is the size of the corresponding fracture grid block yf. The fictive width is normally set to a value larger than the
actual width, to allow for larger time step sizes in the reservoir simulation. This feature is user selectable, so the user can
also choose to model the fracture width in the reservoir simulator using the actual maximum width of the fracture at the
wellbore. Since the porous volumes and the transmissibilities of the fracture blocks should remain unchanged, regardless
of the width used for the fracture in the reservoir simulator, the fracture porosities and permeabilities are recalculated, to
adjust the fracture properties (denoted with subscript fi) as shown in Equations 1 and 2. Note that the permeability in the
fracture is assumed isotropic, for both proppant and acid fracture cases.
kf=kfib/yf (Equation 1)
f=fib/yf (Equation 2)
The automatically generated reservoir simulation input file is setup so that three different region numbers are assigned to
the all the grid blocks. The three types of regions defined are:
The values are given in a series of tables for each region within the grid.
Examples
Vertical Propped Fracture Well Oil, Water and Gas
There are many moderate permeability oil reservoirs being produced using hydraulic fracturing, especially in the former
Soviet Union. Hydraulic fracturing is beneficial in these cases for several reasons. First, the reservoirs are highly
laminated, so a hydraulic fracture can connect to more of the available kh. Secondly, because of multiphase flow involving
both gas and water in addition to the oil, fracture stimulation is beneficial even with reservoir permeabilities approximately
30100 mD. In this example, we see the results from an actual fracture treatment, which is going to produce from two
layers. The automatically generated reservoir simulation grid is shown in Figure 5.
405
FracproPT 2007
The highest water saturation is near the wellbore, were the most fluid leakoff takes place. There is also more water in the
lower zone compared to the upper zone, because the permeability there is higher (70 mD vs. 40 mD).
Because of the multi-phase capability of the reservoir simulator, we could simulate and history-match all the production
rates. Alternatively, the fracture treatment design could be optimized, taking into account the multi-phase flow in the
fracture and reservoir. Figure 6 shows the simulation results for the first years production, assuming a constant
bottomhole pressure of 500 psi (i.e. using an ESP). Because of the quarter symmetry, the rates shown on the plot must
be multiplied by a factor of four. Most of the production of fracture filtrate water occurs over the first 40 days, and 540 b of
water are produced, compared to the 650 b of water that was injected in the stimulation treatment.
Figure 6: Simulation results, showing oil & gas rates and total water production.
406
FracproPT 2007
Figure 7: Reservoir simulation grid for Tight Gas example with grid permeability.
Figure 8: Simulation of initial post-frac production from a tight gas well, showing well being "beaned-up". Clean
up to filtrate fluids takes 10 days.
407
FracproPT 2007
408
FracproPT 2007
Figure 10: Cumulative gas production for one to five longitudinal fractures in a horizontal well.
Conclusions
This new tool makes detailed production modeling more efficient because it automatically couples the fracture simulator
with a 3D reservoir simulator. The only other commercial tool [6] with similar capabilities does not provide a full and
automatic coupling with a fracture simulator. This other tool is tied to a single reservoir simulator, rather than being able to
work with standard industry leading reservoir simulators. Another new tool has been reported recently in the literature [7],
but this tool is also coupled to a particular reservoir simulator, and as far as we know, is not yet available as a commercial
product.
The new tool improves the modeling capabilities available to the industry for production modeling and history matching for
complicated reservoir cases involving fracture stimulation. These cases include: horizontal wells, multi-layer reservoirs,
multi-phase production and non-Darcy flow. The new tool makes the optimization of horizontal well fracturing much easier,
because it can automatically generate a complete reservoir simulation model for a horizontal well with an arbitrary number
of longitudinal or transverse fractures.
The new tool makes it practical to use more realistic numerical simulations for optimizing horizontal well fracturing, since
dozens of cases with different fracture half lengths, fracture orientations, fracture spacings and fracture conductivities can
be simulated in a short time. Unlike analytical solutions, the simulations can now include non-Darcy effects, multi-phase
flow, fracture cleanup, and contributions from multiple layers with different permeabilities, pressures, and different fluid
types.
References
1.
Basquet, R., Alabert, F., Caltagirone, J.-P., SPE 56683: Analytical Solutions for Productivity Evaluation of
MultifracturedWells in Multilayered and Bounded Reservoirs. SPE Annual Technical Conference and
Exhibition, 36 October 1999, Houston, Texas.
2.
Ehrl, E., Schueler, S. K.: Simulation of a Tight Gas Reservoir with Horizontal Multifractured Wells. SPE
65108, SPE European Petroleum Conference, 2425 October 2000, Paris, France.
3.
Behr, A., Mtchedlishvili G., Friedel G., Haefner F.: Consideration of Damage Zone in Tight Gas Reservoir
Model with Hydraulically Fractured Well. SPE 82298, SPE European Formation Damage Conference
2003, The Hague, The Netherlands.
409
FracproPT 2007
4.
Nierode, D. E., Kruk, N. F.: An Evaluation of Acid Fluid Loss Additives, Retarded Acids, and Acidized
Fracture Conductivity. SPE 4549, SPE Annual Meeting, September 1973, Las Vegas, Nevada.
5.
Bennett, C. O., Reynolds, A. C., Raghavan, R., Elbel, J. L.: Performance of Finite-Conductivity, Vertically
Fractured Wells in single-Layers Reservoirs. SPE 11029, SPE Formation Evaluation, August 1986, pp.
399420.
6.
Olson, K. E., Haidar, S., Milton-Tayler, D., Olsen, E.: Multiphase Non-Darcy Pressure Drop in Hydraulic
Fracturing. SPE 90406, SPE Annual Meeting 2004, Houston, TX.
7.
Al-Tawad, F., Agyapong, D., Banerjee, R., Issaka, M. B.: Pressure Transient Analysis of Horizontal Wells
in a Fractured Reservoir; Gridding Between Art and Science. SPE 87013, SPE Asia Pacific Conference on
Integrated Modelling for Asset Management, 2930 March 2004, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia.
Source
Shaoul, J.R., A. Behr, and G. Mtchedlishvili: "Automatic Generation of 3D Reservoir Simulation Input Files Directly from a
Fracture Simulation Model," Reservoir Engineering, OIL GAS European Magazine, 4/2006, pp. 176-182.
Short Description of Output Files
The first file specifies the geometry of the computational grid (combination of the global grid and local grid refinement).
The second file specifies the grid properties (porosity, permeability, etc.) in each grid block.
PROPS
The PROPS section of the input data contains pressure and saturation dependent properties of the reservoir fluids and
rocks for each correspondent region (see description of the next file). The thermodynamic properties of the fluid (density,
viscosity, etc.) are given in the file: Project_name_PVT.INC (generated by user) and the functions of the fluid saturations
(relative permeability, capillary pressure) are given in the forms of tables in Project_name_SATFUN.INC (generated by
user). Both files must be created by the user, using existing information about the properties of the reservoir layers.
REGIONS
This section splits the computational grid into regions for specifying PVT properties and regions for specifying saturation
functions. The file has the name Project_ name_Region.INC (automatically generated). For each layer, one saturation
function region is specified. The regions are numbered from top to bottom within the reservoir. The last region
corresponds to the fracture gridblocks (the region number for the fracture is equal to the number of regions plus one).
Only one PVT region is used for the whole grid, that is, there is no difference between the properties of the fluid in the
fracture and in the reservoir.
SOLUTION
Specification of initial conditions in reservoir (such as fluid saturation, pressure, solubility ratios). The file is named:
Project_ name_Init.INC (automatically generated).
SUMMARY
This file specifies the data (results) to be written in the output file after each time step.
The file is named: Project_name_Output.INC (defined by user).
SCHEDULE
This section is subdivided into two files:
410
FracproPT 2007
The first file specifies the well and its connections within the grid. The second file contains production control parameters
and constraints. Additionally, this second file may also contain specified data for pressure drop/loss calculations (vertical
flow performance tables and multi-segment well option) and simulator tuning parameters.
Instructions for Using the Files
Before starting ECLIPSE Office, the user should create the manually generated files with the correct names. The names
can be seen in the include statements in the Project_name_Input.data file. If you already have these files from an
existing project, you can just copy and rename them. If you need to create these files from scratch, then just create them
first as empty files, and use ECLIPSE Office to enter all the required data. FracproPT does not generate empty files, so
that your own files are not over-written. When all files are available, the Project_name_Input.DATA file must be imported
into ECLIPSE Office using the menu option Case | Import. ECLIPSE Office can be used to view/edit all project files, as
necessary. It should not be necessary to edit the automatically generated files.
Automatically Generated
Files
Project_name_Input.DAT
Project_name_PVT.INC
Project_name_Geom.INC
Project_name_SATFUN.INC
Project_name_GridProp.INC Project_name_Well2.INC
Project_name_Region.INC
Project_name_Output.INC
Project_name_Init.INC
Project_name_Well1.INC
Suggestions About Timestepping
To control the simulator run very useful keyword is TUNING, so you can set yourself some simulator control parameters,
for example, maximum length of initial time step, this value must be small enough to make possible the well production at
the beginning of clean-up period when the well has the huge pressure gradient. You can also set the time step increase
factor, to accelerate the run at the late time period. Try also to set the maximum number of iterations at high values (The
default value for linear Newton iteration is 25). For very complicated cases, if the simulator has some convergence
problems activate the keyword: TUNINGDP. This keyword automatically modifies the simulator parameters to achieve the
better convergence behavior.
Project_name_pvt.INC
Project_name_relperm.INC
Project_name_init.INC
Project_name_well.INC
Project_name_hist.INC
411
FracproPT 2007
Project_name_pvt.INC
The FracproPT ResSim interface has been implemented to allow simulating the following fluid component models in
IMEX :
Blackoil
GasWater
GasWater with Condensate
OilWater
Reservoir Temperature
Gas Formation Volume Factor (Bg) versus Pressure
Gas Compressibility Factor (Zg) versus Pressure
Solution Gas-Oil Ratio (Rs) versus Pressure
Oil Formation Volume Factor (Bo) versus Pressure
Oil Viscosity (mo) and Gas Viscosity (mg) versus Pressure
Oil, Gas and Water Compressibility (co, cg and cw)
Gas Gravity
Water Density
Project_name_relperm.INC
As mentioned already, the relperm data must be specified two times, once for the reservoir rock and once for the fracture
(proppant pack).
Typical RelPerm data that can be included:
Project_name_init.INC
The initial saturation values Water/Gas/Oil Saturations (Sw, Sg and So) are included in the main file (*.dat) The other data
in this include file is needed to initialize the reservoir:
Project_name_well.INC
The wellbore geometry and connection data (Wellbore Radius, Perforation Interval(s)) is automatically specified in the
main (.dat) file. The following additional data can be included in the well file:
412
Well Name
Skin
FracproPT 2007
Project_name_hist.INC
The production constraint information must be entered in this include file:
Introduction
Historically, there have been three basic approaches commonly used for predicting the production from hydraulically
fractured wells. First, analytic solutions were most commonly used, based on an infinite conductivity or later a finite
conductivity fracture with a given half-length. This approach was also extended to cover horizontal multiple fractured
wells. With the development of reservoir simulators, two other approaches were developed.
For complicated multi-well, multi-layer, multi-phase simulations (that is, full field models), the fracture stimulation was
usually approximated as a negative skin. This is the same as increasing the effective wellbore radius in the simulation
model. An alternate approach, developed initially for tight gas applications, was to develop a special purpose numeric
reservoir simulator which could explicitly model the flow in the fracture and take into account the special properties of the
proppant, such as the stress dependant permeability or the possibility of non-Darcy flow. Such models typically were
limited to a single layer, single-phase (oil or gas) situation.
More recently, with the advent of faster computers with sufficient memory, it became feasible to avoid the compromises
that were made in the past when trying to model hydraulic fractures with a normal 3D reservoir simulator. Initially, people
manually built grid refinement into their reservoir models to represent a hydraulic fracture. Although this method works
fine, it is very time consuming for the engineer, because complicated gridding schemes are necessary to correctly
represent the fracture geometry. In addition, the detailed description of the fracture properties from a fracture simulation
was not usually passed through to the reservoir model, resulting in the assumption of constant properties (i.e.
permeability) for the fracture. This method of simulation is not very efficient and can lead to inconsistencies in the data
used in the different simulations.
With the development of the ResSim tool in FracproPT, it has now become feasible to routinely run full 3D simulations of
multi-phase production from multi-layer reservoirs while explicitly modeling multiple hydraulic fracture(s) in the reservoir
model. The ResSim tool takes the results from the FracproPT fracture growth model and automatically translates them
into the proper format for the reservoir simulator. It completely automates the process of setting up the grid and initializing
the grid block properties for the reservoir and fracture grid blocks.
Specifying the number of fractures for a horizontal well and the orientation (transverse or longitudinal) is enough to
generate the entire grid. The user makes use of the reservoir simulators normal user interface to enter additional
information that is required, such as the production history and the PVT information.
413
FracproPT 2007
Figure 1: Example of fracture model output, showing fracture conductivity distribution and fracture dimensions.
The FracproPT model can handle both proppant and acid fractures. In either case, the most important outputs for the
reservoir simulation are the fracture dimensions and the fracture conductivity. For both proppant and acid fractures, the
conductivity profile varies with respect to the fracture length and height. An example of this type of output from the fracture
model is shown in Figure 1.
The spatial variation is converted to a gridded rectangular geometry for the reservoir simulator (Figure 2). Of course, since
the fracture grid block width is a constant in the reservoir simulator, the only way to model the varying width (and varying
conductivity) of the fracture is to adjust the permeability of the reservoir grid blocks representing the fracture. By obtaining
an equivalent conductivity with a constant width, a realistic result can be achieved.
414
FracproPT 2007
Figure 2: Detail of fracture permeability/conductivity for 2 longitudinal fractures along a horizontal wellbore,
corresponding to fracture model results from Figure 1.
To calculate the effective permeability, a uniform Cartesian grid is overlaid on top of the elliptical fracture conductivity
profile, and a numerical averaging method is used to calculate an average conductivity for each grid block in the new
Cartesian grid. The size of the Cartesian grid can be set by the user to capture as much detail as is needed for the
reservoir simulation. Typical values used for the grid block size in the fracture are 10 x 10 ft or 20 x 20 ft. This grid size
gives sufficient resolution for a typical fracture treatments dimensions. For cases with very long fracture half- lengths, the
x grid block size can be increased to avoid having too many grid cells in the reservoir simulator grid, thereby speeding up
the model execution time.
The fracture growth model tracks the fluid leakoff (filtrate) from the fracture into the formation. There is more filtrate fluid
leaking off near the wellbore than at the fracture tip. A novel feature of the ResSim tool is that the leakoff history is
accurately and automatically transferred to the reservoir simulator, by initializing the water saturation in the appropriate
grid blocks adjacent to the fracture face. Of course, the fracture grid blocks themselves are considered to have 100%
water saturation at the beginning of production. The capability to accurately include the filtrate fluid in the reservoir
simulation input is very important when trying to accurately model (or history match) the initial post-fracture cleanup
period, which is especially interesting in tight-gas reservoirs.
Fracture conductivity data is very important for accurate predictions from the reservoir simulator. Fracture conductivity
decreases with increasing net stress for both propped and acid fractures. For the case of propped fractures, this behavior
1
is published by the proppant manufacturing companies and is used in our program. For acid fractures, the Nierode-Kruk
correlation is used to estimate the pressure dependant conductivity of an etched fracture. This correlation can be adjusted
in the program based on the users own data, and then the resulting conductivity data is passed to the reservoir simulator
in the form of a table for pressure dependant permeability for the grid blocks representing the fracture. This feature
enhances engineering consistency in much improved way for fracture modeling.
Non-Darcy and multi-phase effects in the proppant pack can also be very important in certain situations. Since the various
commercially available reservoir simulators do not all have the capability to model non-Darcy flow, we chose to give the
user two options. For simulators that do not have any non-Darcy capability, the program will take the non-Darcy effects
into account in the fracture simulator, before passing the modified effective fracture permeabilities onto the reservoir
simulator. The advantage of this approach is that we can then approximately mimic the effects even if the numeric
reservoir simulator does not handle non-Darcy flow. The second option is for reservoir simulators that do model nonDarcy flow. In this case we do not modify the fracture permeability, and we allow the non-Darcy effects to be calculated by
the reservoir simulator.
415
FracproPT 2007
In the first case, the non-Darcy effects are estimated for the type of proppant used, based on the library data from the
proppant manufacturer. The user can enter the nominal hydrocarbon flow rate, which is then used to estimate the nonDarcy effects at a given bottomhole flowing pressure, which is also entered by the user. It is preferred; if possible, to
model the non-Darcy effects in the reservoir simulator, by using the second option, so that changing bottomhole pressure
can be taken into account when calculating the non-Darcy pressure drop in the fracture.
We assume that the user will use the multi-phase capability of the reservoir simulator to model multi-phase production
situations, making superfluous any additional modifications to the proppant permeability to account for multi-phase nonDarcy effects. If the user chose to run the reservoir simulator in a single-phase mode, however, it would still be possible to
include an approximation of the multi-phase non-Darcy effects by using the built-in correlation in the fracture model and
adjusting the effective permeability of the fracture. The benefit of this approach is that the reservoir simulator runs several
orders of magnitude faster when only Darcy flow is being modeled.
The well inflow in the finite-difference numerical model is calculated using Peacemans approach, which assumes that the
well radius is less than the equivalent well grid block radius. If this is not the case (the well blocks belonging to the fracture
grid blocks may have quite small dimensions), the well radius is set to its maximum allowed value. Note that this
correction does not affect the calculations for the pressure drop along the well that are calculated using the actual well
radius.
Figure 3: Gridding example for a single fracture in vertical well, showing quarter symmetry and LGR refinement.
416
to adapt the grid to the geometry of the reservoir, layers and fracture as well as to the flow around the
fractures, and
to have an optimal number of grid blocks in terms of minimum storage space/CPU time versus required
accuracy of the simulation.
FracproPT 2007
To satisfy these requirements, a three dimensional Cartesian grid is provided that includes a local model with refined cells
covering the vicinity of all the fractures. The principles of grid generation are illustrated in Figure 3 by the example of the
vertical well with one fracture.
The host grid in the XY (horizontal) plane consists of relatively few grid blocks (typically around 100). The grid blocks
increase in size as we move away from the fracture in both X and Y directions. The minimum grid block size is
comparable with the fracture half-length xf. The global discretization in the Z (vertical) direction is based on the reservoir
layering, thereby taking into account that a grid block cannot contain rocks from different reservoir layers without
additional upscaling. The reservoir layers with a large thickness are subdivided to a typical grid block height to provide a
more uniform grid in the Z direction.
The typical dimensions of the refined region are related to the fracture extent. The LGR extends to 1.5 times xf in the X
direction (along the fracture) and to 2 xf in the Y direction (normal to the fracture). In the Z direction, the LGR is defined for
the host grid blocks that contain the fracture height and approximately half of the fracture height above and below the
fracture itself. These parameters are flexible to account for different situations such as when the fracture top is near a
reservoir layer boundary.
The fracture in the LGR is represented by a two-dimensional (XZ) series of grid blocks. The mesh for the fracture
conductivity distribution supplied by the fracture simulator is considered as a starting point for the discretization within the
LGR. In the XY plane outside the fracture, the number of grid blocks increases towards the LGR boundary or to the
middle point between fractures (for the horizontal well case). A finer grid is built around the well and fracture tips to
capture the dominant radial character of the flow in these regions. The grid blocks near the fracture plane have a
particularly small y (normal to the fracture plane) to ensure an accurate computation of the high-rate transient flow during
the initial production period. This can be seen clearly in Figure 4, which shows the gridding in the XY plane for a horizontal
well case with transverse fractures.
Figure 4: Grid refinement for a horizontal well case with transverse fractures.
This type of gridding allows for an accurate representation of the filtrate fluid distribution around the fracture that is
transferred from the fracture simulator. Note that the typical filtrate leakoff depth varies from centimeters to tens of
centimeters in tight gas reservoirs, or to even larger depths in higher permeability reservoirs. In determining the sizes x
417
FracproPT 2007
and y in the fracture vicinity, we generally followed the empirical guidelines for choosing an appropriate finite-difference
2
model of the fractured well as presented by Bennett et al. The subgrid in the vertical Z direction is made nearly uniform in
accordance with a calculated typical grid size z.
The values are given in a series of tables for each region within the grid. The PVT properties for the density and viscosity
of the reservoir fluid(s) are assumed to be identical for the entire reservoir, including the fracture. The saturation functions
for the relative permeability and capillary pressure as well as the functions for the porosity and permeability may be
different for each layer and for the region representing the fracture. The definition of the different regions in the grid and
the assignment of the three different region numbers to every grid block are performed automatically by the tool.
References
Nierode, D.E., Kruk, N.F.: "An Evaluation of Acid Fluid Loss Additives, Retarded Acids, and Acidized
Fracture Conductivity", SPE 4549, SPE Annual Meeting, September 1973, Las Vegas, Nevada.
Bennett, C.O., Reynolds, A.C., Raghavan, R., Elbel, J.L.: "Performance of Finite-Conductivity, Vertically
Fractured Wells in single-Layers Reservoirs", SPE 11029, SPE Formation Evaluation, August, 1986, pp.
399-420.
Source
Shaoul, J.R., Behr A., and Mtchedlishvili, G.: "Developing a Tool for 3D Reservoir Simulation of Hydraulically Fractured
Wells," SPE 108321, SPE Reservoir Evaluation & Engineering, Vol. 10, No. 1, 2007, pp. 50-59.
Economic Optimization
Overview - Economic Optimization Mode
In Economic Optimization Mode the fracture model is connected, via ReservoirPT, to the reservoir model in a
treatment-size optimization loop that is used to roughly scope, and then accurately determine, the economically optimum
treatment size for a given reservoir. Like all other FracproPT modes, Economic Optimization Mode is selected from the
MAIN [F2] screen; a message is displayed in the status bar at the bottom of the screen indicating that this is the active
mode.
When you select a mode from the MAIN [F2] screen, you may use the Next field to progress through a sequence of
screens, beginning with the
WELL AND TREATMENT INFORMATION [F3] screen and ending with the
OPTIMIZATION CONTROL [F10] screen for that mode. The screens are listed here in the same order that you will
see them if you use the Next fields to progress through the sequence of screens.
418
FracproPT 2007
The General Information tab is the first tab on the Well and Treatment Information - F3 screen.
This screen is used to enter various data and information, such as general comments, about the simulation represented
by this input file. Some of the information can be included automatically on plot titles and report page headers.
The information entered here is also displayed in the Input File Preview area of the standard FileOpen dialog. It can
also be used by the Input File Search utility that is also a part of that dialog.
Note:
The path and file name of the current input file are displayed at the top of this screen, which is common to all four
FracproPT modes.
419
FracproPT 2007
420
FracproPT 2007
3D Shear-Decoupled (Default)
3D Tip-Dominated
2D PKN
2D KGD
2D Radial
3D Shear-Decoupled (Default)
This is the new default model for FracproPT version 10.3. In hundreds of fracture treatments where Pinnacle has utilized
direct fracture diagnostics (microseismic fracture mapping and tiltmeter fracture mapping), we have seen that fracture
growth is in general more confined than we would initially think based on "classical" assumptions, for example the
presence of closure stress barriers or permeability barriers. In several cases, we have seen confined fracture growth
(length-height aspect ratios of 2 and larger) in areas with a single thick pay zone and no nearby barriers (see SPE paper
56724). It has long been postulated that this is due to a "composite layering effect". This composite layering effect causes
partial decoupling of the fracture width profile along layer interfaces, and results in slower fracture growth trough layer
interfaces (in fracture height).
The 3D Shear-Decoupled model predicts longer, more confined fractures caused by the introduction of an average
Composite Layering Effect (CLE) for the layers outside the Pay Zone. This average value is based on hundreds of
fracture treatment that were monitored using direct fracture diagnostics. As a result of greater confinement, net pressures
are typically also slightly higher for the 3D Shear-Decoupled model than for the 3D Tip-Dominated model. Note however,
that the Composite Layering Effect that is needed to match actual geometries can sometimes vary widely in different
regions and formations, and the default Composite Layering Effect of 25 (resulting in an estimated incremental
height/length growth of about 0.25 outside the pay) used in the 3D Shear-Decoupled model is only an average. All other
parameters for this model are the same as for the 3D Tip-Dominated model described below.
421
FracproPT 2007
3D Tip-Dominated
This is the lumped 3D model developed for GRI, which is not a so-called pseudo 3D model. In general, the model predicts
shorter, wider fractures due to higher predicted net pressures that, in general, have been found to match very closely with
observed field data. In the 3D Tip-Dominated model, the most important parameter that is hardwired is the Tip Effect
Coefficient (see FRACPROPT MODEL PARAMETERS [Shift+F3] screen, FracproPT 3D Parameters tab), to a value of
0.0001.
3D Conventional (Linear Elastic)
This mode should give results very similar to those from the few other 3D models available. Note that this also is not a
pseudo 3D model, although it may predict similar results and it has many of the same problems (for example, low net
pressures and great sensitivity to fluid rheology). In the 3D Conventional model, the most important parameter that is
hardwired is the Tip Effect Coefficient (see FRACPROPT MODEL PARAMETERS [SHIFT+F3] screen, FracproPT 3D
Parameters tab), to a value of 0.4.
3D Calibrated
To load a calibrated settings file, select this 3D Calibrated radio button and then select the appropriate file in the
associated combo box on the left. Only engineers from Pinnacle can save and generate these calibrated settings files,
which are located in the FracproPT program folder (for example, for a default installation: c:\Program Files\Pinnacle
Technologies\FracproPT\Program) as CMS-files (Calibrated Model Settings).
Pinnacle has learned from direct fracture diagnostic data, such as tiltmeter fracture mapping and micro-seismic fracture
mapping, that fractures can grow very differently in different environments. In some areas, the default settings in fracture
models accurately predict directly observed fracture growth, but in other areas these default settings do not accurately
reflect actual fracture growth. In these areas, the default model settings do not provide an accurate description of fracture
growth, and other physical mechanisms such composite layering effects should be introduced by changing the default
fracture model parameters to provide a calibrated 3D model.
Pinnacle has provided some model settings that have been released for publication in this category, and the number of
released model settings keeps on growing as we learn more about fracture growth behavior in more regions and
formations. Note that Pinnacle also distributes confidential calibrated model settings to clients that have utilized our
fracture mapping services.
If a 3D Calibrated model is selected, the FracproPT logo on the Navigation Bar and in hardcopies of plots changes to the
FracproXACT logo, indicating that model settings were used that tie back to direct measurements of fracture growth in
that environment. This should provide a better estimate of fracture growth behavior for that specific region of formation
that one of the "hardwired" model settings.
3D User-Defined
If you routinely change the default model parameters for your work in one or more areas, you can save those model
parameters and easily recall them at any time.
Saving a User-Defined Model You first select this 3D User-Defined option and then go to the
FracproPT 3D Parameters tab of the FRACproPT MODEL PARAMETERS [Shift-F3] screen and
change any of the model parameters. While still on this screen and after making your changes, press
the Save These Settings As A User-Defined Parameter File, which will create and save a UMS-file
(User-defined Model Settings) in the FracproPT program folder (for example, c:\Program
Files\Pinnacle Technologies\FracproPT\Program).
Using a User-Defined Model Press the Load These Settings As A User-Defined Parameter File
and then select the desired UMS-file. Of course you must have first created or copied a UMS-file
before you can select one.
2D
You can choose from among the three common 2D models using this drop-down list.
PKN 2D Model This is one of the classical 2D models with constant (specified) height and width
proportional to height. It is still often used (with high gel viscosity) to force a pressure "match" in the
later treatment stages, almost always ignoring early pressure data that results from water injection.
KGD 2D Model This is one of the classical 2D models with constant (specified) height and with
width proportional to length. It can rarely be used to match measured pressures (except perhaps with
forced use of backstress).
Radial Model This is one of the classical 2D models. The model assumes axisymmetry in radial
growth.
The 2D PKN and 2D KGD models do not, in general, give reasonable answers, even in reservoirs where there is almost
perfect containment, due to their unrealistically low net fracturing pressure predictions. The same is true of the 2D radial
model, even in homogeneous reservoirs where radial fractures may indeed be created. The 2D radial model generally
predicts dramatically lower net fracturing pressures than are observed in the field and, thus, predicts fractures with much
larger radii and much smaller widths than are actually created.
422
FracproPT 2007
The 2D models are available in FracproPT for a number of reasons. Results (especially dimensions) from the 2D models
can be compared to 3D results. As well, the 2D models can be used in an attempt to match observed net pressures, a
process that should readily demonstrate their inadequacy. Also, the 2D models can be used as a starting point for
understanding typical fracture treatment designs provided to you on the basis of other 2D models.
Other Options
FracproPT Model Parameters
Select this button as a shortcut to get to the FracproPT Model Parameters [Shift+F3] screen.
423
FracproPT 2007
FracproPT can automatically convert a Lithology Based Reservoir to a General Reservoir, if necessary. Unfortunately,
there is no way to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir without loosing some of this data.
However, you should rarely, if ever, want or need to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir.
Use this type of data entry if you can assign all reservoir properties different log files. Once you have assigned specific
properties using the Log-Layer Editor, you are ready to use the model.
Backstress
Ignore
Backstress is the change in formation closure stress induced by elevated (or reduced) pore pressure, which is caused by
fluid leakoff from the fracture (or production from the reservoir). In reservoirs that are not near 100% liquid saturation (that
is, dry gas reservoirs), the increase in backstress is usually not significant and may needlessly complicate the analysis
and slow numerical computations. In such cases, you should choose this option.
Model
This option should be used only when there is relatively high fluid leakoff, very high fluid saturation, and (therefore) low
pore-fluid compressibility (for example, in oil reservoirs). Of course, you can calculate backstress effects in a gas
reservoir, but the amount of backstress will be extremely small and the calculation will slow simulator execution speed
unnecessarily.
Fracture Orientation
Vertical
Vertical Fracture is generally selected. The FRACTURE PICTURE [Alt+F5] screen, the STAGE PROFILE PICTURE
[Ctrl+F5] screen, and the WIDTH PROFILE PICTURE [Alt+F7] screen all show a vertical fracture with a depth scale and
a vertical profile of the minimum horizontal stress.
Horizontal
If you select Horizontal Fracture, FracproPT grows a horizontal fracture at the Initial Frac Depth shown on the
RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen. You must first select Lithology Based Reservoir (in another section of this
FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen) before selecting Horizontal Fracture. The FRACTURE PICTURE
[Alt+F5] screen, the STAGE PROFILE PICTURE [Ctrl+F5] screen, and the WIDTH PROFILE PICTURE [Alt+F7] screen
display the horizontal fracture, but with a vertical screen orientation.
424
FracproPT 2007
production string are calculated. Also, you may select surface pressure as a production constraint on the WELL
PRODUCTION CONSTRAINTS screen, if you choose Wellbore Present on this screen.
PVT Correlations
Manual PVT Entry
If you select Manual PVT Entry, you have access to the USER-ENTERED PVT PROPERTIES screen where you must
enter volume factors and viscosities for PVT calculations.
Automatic PVT Correlations
Selecting Automatic PVT Correlations causes ReservoirPT to use PVT data calculated from the appropriate oil or gas
correlations on the PVT CORRELATIONS screen.
Cleanup Effects
Ignore Cleanup Effects
Selecting Ignore Cleanup Effects causes ReservoirPT to ignore any damage caused by frac-fluid invasion in the
reservoir.
Model Cleanup Effects
Selecting Model Cleanup Effects causes ReservoirPT, with FraPS, to simulate both temporary and permanent damage
caused by frac-fluid invasion in the reservoir. If you select Model Cleanup Effects, you have access to the FILTRATE
CLEANUP EFFECTS screen.
Production Schedule
User Defined Production Schedule
Selecting User Defined Production Schedule causes ReservoirPT to use the production schedule that you enter on the
WELL PRODUCTION CONSTRAINTS screen.
Automatic Production Schedule
Selecting Automatic Production Schedule causes ReservoirPT to automatically generate and use a production schedule.
Wellbore Configuration - F7
Note that the information on this tab is NOT used for any of the calculations in FracproPT. The only time this information is
used is for the SCHEMATIC VIEW, the 2D SCHEMATIC VIEW and WELLBORE VIEWER, all of which can be selected
from the icon bar or the FracproPT Menu > View.
425
FracproPT 2007
426
FracproPT 2007
This column contains a selection box that allows you to choose whether this segment is open hole (Open Hole) or
cemented open hole (Cemented OH). This choice affects only the wellbore schematic views, not the model results.
Bit Diameter
You enter the Bit Diameter in this column. This entry affects only the wellbore schematic views, not the model results.
Effective Diameter
You enter the Effective Diameter of the drilled hole in this column. This choice affects only the wellbore schematic views,
not the model results.
Other Options
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and zotal Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
427
FracproPT 2007
Casing
This table is used to describe the casing, whether or not any or the entire casing is actually the pipe string used to carry
the treatment fluids. The Top MD entry for segment number one defaults to zero. For each segment, the user must enter
the OD and ID, while Weight and Grade are optional.
Segment #
The first column shows the Segment #. Up to 20 different segments can be specified. Whole segments (that is, rows in
the table) may be added or deleted: A blank line is inserted at the current cursor position by highlighting a Segment # and
pressing [Ins], while a line is deleted by highlighting a Segment # and pressing [Del].
Length
Length refers to the measured length, not the true vertical length, of the segment. The sum of all Length entries is the
measured depth (MD) of the wellbore. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection box (described below),
Length may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Top MD (measured depth at the beginning of
the segment) and Bottom MD (measured depth at the end of the segment). If Length is calculated, it will show up in blue.
Top MD
Top MD is the measured depth at the beginning of the segment. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection
box (described below), Top MD may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Length (the measured
length of the segment) and Bottom MD (measured depth at the end of the segment). If Top MD is calculated, it will show
up in blue.
Bottom MD
Bottom MD is the measured depth at the end of the segment. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection
box (described below), Bottom MD may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Length (the
measured length of the segment) and Top MD (measured depth at the beginning of the segment). If Bottom MD is
calculated, it will show up in blue.
Casing
This column contains a selection box that allows you to choose whether this segment is Cemented Casing or Free
Casing that is not cemented. This choice affects only the wellbore schematic views, not the model results.
428
FracproPT 2007
OD
Select a casing outer diameter (OD) for this segment from the Casing Library that contains all standard API casing
diameters or enter the OD directly if the casing is not of a standard API diameter.
Weight
Select a casing Weight for this segment from the Casing Library or enter the Weight directly.
ID
If you selected a casing OD and Weight for this segment from the Casing Library, the corresponding casing inner
diameter (ID) will already be entered. Alternatively, you may enter the ID directly.
Grade
Select a casing grade for this segment from the selection box. This information is not currently used for anything other
than display and record-keeping purposes.
Other Options
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and Total Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
429
FracproPT 2007
Surface Line/Tubing
Segment #
The first column shows the Segment #. Up to 20 different segments can be specified. Whole segments (that is, rows in
the table) may be added or deleted: A blank line is inserted at the current cursor position by highlighting a Segment # and
pressing [Ins], while a line is deleted by highlighting a Segment # and pressing [Del].
Length
Length refers to the measured length, not the true vertical length, of the segment. The sum of all Length entries is the
measured depth (MD) of the wellbore. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection box (described below),
Length may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Top MD (measured depth at the beginning of
the segment) and Bottom MD (measured depth at the end of the segment). If Length is calculated, it will show up in blue.
Note:
If you are entering a segment to represent the surface line, which can be important in terms of performing a proper
flush at the end of the treatment, there is an easy method to get the correct surface-line volume; simply set the ID of
the segment to 32" and then enter the number of barrels in the surface line in the Length field.
Top MD
Top MD is the measured depth at the beginning of the segment. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection
box (described below), Top MD may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Length (the measured
length of the segment) and Bottom MD (measured depth at the end of the segment). If Top MD is calculated, it will show
up in blue.
Bottom MD
Bottom MD is the measured depth at the end of the segment. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection
box (described below), Bottom MD may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Length (the
measured length of the segment) and Top MD (measured depth at the beginning of the segment). If Bottom MD is
calculated, it will show up in blue.
Surface Line/Tubing
430
FracproPT 2007
This column contains a selection box that allows you to choose whether this segment is comprised of Tubing, Drill Pipe,
or a Packer. In addition, you have the additional choices of Surface Line or Surface CTU for the first segment.
Note:
If you are entering a segment to represent the surface line, which can be important in terms of performing a proper
flush at the end of the treatment, there is an easy method to get the correct surface-line volume; simply set the ID of
the segment to 32" and then enter the number of barrels in the surface line in the Length field.
OD
Select an outer diameter (OD) for this segment from the Tubing Library that contains all standard API tubing diameters or
enter the OD directly if the tubing is not of a standard API diameter.
Weight
Select a Weight for this segment from the Tubing Library or enter the Weight directly.
ID
If you selected an OD and a Weight for this segment from the Tubing Library, the corresponding segment inner diameter
(ID) will already be entered. Alternatively, you may enter the ID directly.
Note:
If you are entering a segment to represent the surface line, which can be important in terms of performing a proper
flush at the end of the treatment, there is an easy method to get the correct surface-line volume; simply set the ID of
the segment to 32" and then enter the number of barrels in the surface line in the Length field.
Grade
Select a grade for this segment from the selection box. This information is not currently used for anything other than
display and record-keeping purposes.
Other Options
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and Total Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
431
FracproPT 2007
Perforated Intervals
FracproPT can model up to 20 separate perforated intervals. See Application Notes below for information on how to set
up and model some common well scenarios in terms of Perforated Intervals.
Use
Selecting, or checking, this box in the Use column specifies whether or not the perforations defined by this line are
actually used in the simulation. Therefore, if you do not want to use one or more sets of perforations that are entered, you
can simply unselect the Use box to ignore them.
Note:
While selecting and unselecting sets of perforations, you may notice that the display order in the table may change.
However, among the perforation sets that are actually used (that is, checked), their display order should be from
shallowest to deepest.
Top MD
Top MD is the measured depth at the top of the perforation interval.
Bottom MD
Bottom MD is the measured depth at the bottom of the perforation interval.
Top TVD
Using data from other tabs on this WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen, the true vertical depth (TVD) to the top of
the perforated interval is calculated and displayed in this field.
432
FracproPT 2007
Bottom TVD
Using data from other tabs on this WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen, the true vertical depth (TVD) to the
bottom of the perforated interval is calculated and displayed in this field.
Diameter
Diameter is the average perforation diameter for the interval.
Number of Perfs
Number of Perfs is the total number of perforations for the interval.
Application Notes
Modeling as Multiple Perfed Intervals versus a Single Perfed Interval
There are three ways to model multiple perforated intervals in FracproPT. Below are some rules of thumb of when to use
each of these three different strategies:
For zones that are separate but still relatively close to one another in comparison to the total fracture
height that you are expecting (you are expecting substantial overlap between multiple fractures), it is
generally better to model them with a single perforated interval. You can account for the flow split and
additional leakoff between multiple fractures by selecting a Volume Factor and a Leakoff Factor in
the MULTIPLE FRACTURES [SHIFT+F7] screen that are equal to the number of perforated intervals.
You can also account for the interference between these multiple fractures by changing the Opening
Factor. Please refer to the MULTIPLE FRACTURES [SHIFT+F7} screen for more information.
People most often choose this option if they do not accurately know the rock properties, closure and
permeability profile with depth that drive fracture growth, and if they only want a very approximate
answer as to what they are achieving. The choice here is to keep it simple, as we dont have the
detailed information to justify a very detailed analysis.
When simulating limited-entry perforating where the number of perforations per interval is the main
driver for flow split between zones, define multiple perforated intervals on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen AND use Simplified Iteration on the Additional Options tab of the
FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen. In this case, you are assuming that closure stress
changes and net pressure changes per interval are small in comparison to the limited-entry
perforation friction pressure drop.
When simulating limited-entry perforating of multiple zones AND when you know that properties such
as fracture closure stress and permeability vary significantly between the perforated intervals, you
may wish to model each zone as an independent fracture by specifying multiple perforated intervals
on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen AND use General Iteration on the Additional
Options tab of the FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen. In this case, the fracture model will
run much more slowly, because you are actually simulating several fractures growing at once. The
model may also slow considerably due to the complex nature of calculating the flow split and frictional
pressure losses between perforated intervals. When you do model more than one set of perforations,
simulator output (such as net pressure, fracture dimensions, or fracture/proppant pictures) is
displayed in terms of one fracture (that is, one perforated interval) at a time. You can toggle between
the different fractures (that is, the different perforated intervals) by pressing [CNTR+F] or by selecting
the Next Interval icon on the toolbar. Note that conducting net pressure history matching for multiple
intervals requires one match for each interval, and can therefore become quite a laborious task.
For each perforated interval, FracproPT automatically searches the interval for the lowest stress zone
and sets the center of that zone to be the Initial Frac Depth (as displayed on the RESERVOIR
PARAMETERS [F9] screen). Total perforated height for each interval, whether entered by you here,
or on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen in the case where you are ignoring the wellbore,
has no effect on the perforation friction predicted by FracproPT. Perforation friction is calculated
based solely on the flow rate, the number and diameter of the perfs you enter here, and on the data
entered on the PERF AND NEAR-WELLBORE FRICTION [F8] screen.
Therefore, you do not have to, nor do you necessarily always want to, enter the true total perforated
height. Rather, you may want to enter the perforation information such that fracture initiation in the
simulator is guaranteed at the location you desire.
Special cases are very large perforated heights and small-volume treatments. In those situations, you
may want to enter the actual perforated height and turn the Set Minimum Fracture Height option on.
Doing so causes the fracture to initiate from the entire perforated height (that is, as a line source
rather than a point source). The Set Minimum Fracture Height option is accessed from the MODEL
PARAMETERS screen.
Other Options
433
FracproPT 2007
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and Total Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
434
FracproPT 2007
Other Options
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and Total Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
435
FracproPT 2007
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
Specify
Build, Turn, MD
For this selection, enter the build rate, the turn rate, and the measured depth for the beginning of each segment in the
appropriate columns. The remaining data in the table is calculated and filled in automatically. If you have this data in an
Excel, you can also simple Copy and Paste columns to populate this screen.
MD, Inclination, Azimuth
For this selection, enter the measured depth, the inclination, and the azimuth for the beginning of each segment in the
appropriate columns. The remaining data in the table is calculated and filled in automatically. If you have this data in an
Excel, you can also simple Copy and Paste columns to populate this screen.
N-S, E-W, TVD
436
FracproPT 2007
For this selection, enter the north-south distance, the east-west distance, and the true vertical depth for the beginning of
each segment in the appropriate columns. The remaining data in the table is calculated and filled in automatically. If you
have this data in an Excel, you can also simple Copy and Paste columns to populate this screen.
MD, TVD, Azimuth
For this selection, enter the measured depth, the true vertical depth, and the azimuth for the beginning of each segment in
the appropriate columns. The remaining data in the table is calculated and filled in automatically. If you have this data in
an Excel, you can also simple Copy and Paste columns to populate this screen.
Other Options
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and Total Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
437
FracproPT 2007
438
FracproPT 2007
439
FracproPT 2007
Fracture Toughness
Enter the fracture toughness for the layer of rock you are fracturing.
Reservoir Type
Define the reservoir type by selecting either Oil or Gas from the drop-down list.
Reservoir Lithology
Make a selection from the available Rock Types from the drop-down list. The rock type is important (in this simulation)
only for chemical properties (for example, for acid reaction) and for thermal properties (for example, fluid heating).
440
FracproPT 2007
To convert Permeability to Leak-Off Coefficient and vice versa as displayed on the Reservoir Parameters
[F9] screen.
As the initial fluid-loss driving pressure for the first simulator time step.
Note:
Once the fracture has initiated (for example, after the first time step), the actual pressure in the fracture is used to
drive fluid leakoff.
Compressibility
This is the compressibility (that is, the inverse of modulus) of the fluid in the pores. For oil reservoirs, compressibility can
be as low as 3e-6 1/psi. In gas reservoirs, the compressibility is the reciprocal of the pore pressure (for example, if the
pore pressure equals about 5000 psi, the compressibility would be about 0.0002 1/psi).
Pore Fluid Viscosity
This input refers to the mobile reservoir fluid. Typical values for a gas reservoir would be low, of order 0.01 to 0.1 cp, with
very little change with temperature. For an oil reservoir, typical values could be much higher, of order one to several
hundred cp, and significant changes with temperature would be expected.
Porosity
This is the volume fraction of formation rock that is occupied by pores where oil or gas is stored. Typical values are
around 10% (entered as 0.10), but porosity may be as high as 60% (0.60) or as low as only a few percent.
Gas In Foam Leakoff Percentage
This parameter relates the quality of the leakoff fluid to the quality of the fluid in the fracture. For example, a Gas In Foam
Leakoff Percentage of 25 with 80-quality foam in the fracture means that the leakoff fluid is 20-quality (that is, 20 percent
gas, 80 percent liquid). This field is accessible only if you have foam inputs on the Treatment SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
Other Functions
Reservoir Depletion
Select this function to view the DEPLETION MENU screen where you can model the effects (on pore pressure, pore fluid
compressibility, and closure stress) of production from the reservoir. A message field adjacent to the Reservoir Depletion
selection indicates whether or not the depletion model is currently In Use or Not Used.
Set To Gas Defaults
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to values that are estimated for a typical gas reservoir. You may
change individual numbers afterwards.
Set To Oil Defaults
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to values that are estimated for a typical oil reservoir. You may
change individual numbers afterwards.
Set To User Defined
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to the values entered on the Reservoir Leakoff Parameters
screen that was used when you last choose User Specified as the Reservoir Type. You may change individual numbers
afterwards.
Reservoir Depletion
This screen is where you can model the change in closure stress, pore pressure, and pore-fluid compressibility that has
resulted from production in a finite region around a wellbore. For example, in an oil reservoir produced from an acid
fracture such that the region around the fracture has a pore pressure below the bubble point (that is, resulting in a higher
pore-fluid compressibility) and a lower closure stress due to the lower pore pressure.
Note:
When modeling depletion effects, you should enter the current (that is, depleted) values for closure stress on the
RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen.
441
FracproPT 2007
Layer Display
This screen displays the lithology (that is, Rock Type) of the reservoir and a log-style view of the following properties:
stress, permeability, Young's modulus, Poisson's ratio, and fracture toughness.
442
FracproPT 2007
Reservoir Parameters - F9
Lithology-Based Reservoir Parameters Layers [F9]
This screen is accessible only if you select Lithology Based Reservoir and either 3D Tip-Dominated Model or 3D
Conventional Model on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen. Here you specify all rock properties
according to lithology as defined by a single set of layer depths and the Rock Type in each layer.
Use this type of data entry if you do not know many properties about the reservoir, and if you want to set up a layered
profile quickly. Once you assigned the main properties of the lithologies that you are using and defining the depth of
individual layers, you are ready to start modeling.
443
FracproPT 2007
If you select Lithology Based Reservoir, all mechanical properties (for opening, etc.), all chemical properties (for
acidizing), and all thermal properties (for injection-fluid heating and reservoir cooling) will be input to the simulator based
on rock type and a single set of depths.
In general, this is the most convenient way to specify model inputs. Once you have constructed your Lithology Based
Reservoir, FracproPT can automatically convert it to a General Reservoir if necessary. Unfortunately, there is no way to
convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir without loosing some of this data. However, you should
rarely, if ever, want or need to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir.
Use this type of data entry if you do not know many properties about the reservoir, and if you want to set up a layered
profile quickly. Once you assigned the main properties of the lithologies that you are using and defining the depth of
individual layers, you are ready to start modeling.
General Multi-Scale
If you select General Multi-Scale Reservoir, you will enter each of the mechanical properties (for example, stress,
modulus, etc.) with its own independent set of layer depths. Chemical properties (for acidizing) and thermal properties (for
injection-fluid heating and reservoir cooling) are input to the simulator based on rock type and a single set of depths.
FracproPT can automatically convert a Lithology Based Reservoir to a General Reservoir, if necessary. Unfortunately,
there is no way to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir without loosing some of this data.
However, you should rarely, if ever, want or need to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir.
Use this type of data entry if you can assign reservoir properties using various different log files and if you have no log
information on other parameters. Once you have assigned specific properties using the Log-Layer Editor, you need to
provide only a few entries for estimates of properties on which you do not have more specific data.
General Single Scale
If you select General Reservoir, you will enter each of the mechanical properties (for example, stress, modulus, etc.) with
its own independent set of layer depths. Chemical properties (for acidizing) and thermal properties (for injection-fluid
heating and reservoir cooling) are input to the simulator based on rock type and a single set of depths.
FracproPT can automatically convert a Lithology Based Reservoir to a General Reservoir, if necessary. Unfortunately,
there is no way to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir without loosing some of this data.
However, you should rarely, if ever, want or need to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir.
Use this type of data entry if you can assign all reservoir properties different log files. Once you have assigned specific
properties using the Log-Layer Editor, you are ready to use the model.
Reservoir Layer Table
This is where you define the layers comprising the reservoir and surrounding strata by entering the depth to the top of
each layer. Up to 100 layers may be entered, but only 8 are shown at any time. Blank rows in the table may be added by
selecting a whole row and pressing [Ins], and lines may be deleted by selecting the whole row and pressing [Del].
You must define at least three layers and the fractures must initiate in the middle layers. If you do not, FracproPT will
display an error message and the simulator will not run. The layers where the fractures initiate (depending on the position
of the perforated interval defined on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen) are highlighted yellow in the table.
If you have more than one perforated interval defined, you can cycle through them by pressing [CNTR+F] or selecting the
Next Interval toolbar button.
Depth TVD
If you select Enter TVD, enter the true vertical depth to the top of each layer in this column. If you select Enter MD, the
true vertical depth will be calculated and displayed in this column.
Depth MD
If you select Enter MD, enter the measured depth to the top of each layer in this column. If you select Enter TVD, the
measured depth will be calculated and displayed in this column.
Layer Thickness
This value represents the layer thickness in TVD. This value is not editable and calculated from the top of each layer in
the Depth TVD column.
Rock Type
Select a Rock Type from the drop-down list for each layer in this column.
Pore Fluid Permeability
If you select Enter Permeability, enter the Pore Fluid Permeability for each layer in this column. If you select Enter
Leakoff Coefficient, the permeability will be calculated and displayed in this column.
Leakoff Coefficient
If you select Enter Leakoff Coefficient, enter the (total) Leakoff Coefficient for each layer in this column. If you select
Enter Permeability, the leakoff coefficient will be calculated and displayed in this column.
444
FracproPT 2007
Stress
Fracture closure in the middle of the layer that is calculated using the specified gradient under the Rock Properties tab.
Youngs Modulus
Youngs Modulus for the layer based on the assigned modulus for that lithology in the Rock Properties tab.
Poissons Ratio
Poissons Ratio for the layer based on the assigned Poissons ratio for that lithology in the Rock Properties tab.
Fracture Toughness
Fracture Toughness for the layer based on the assigned toughness for that lithology in the Rock Properties tab.
Composite Layering Effect
Composite layering effect for the layer based on the assigned composite layering effect for that lithology in the Rock
Properties tab.
Pay Zone
Use this check box to mark all zones that you consider pay zones. This is information is used by Fracture Design Mode
and also in the calculation of the Payzone Height Coverage Ratio and Payzone Fracture Area Ratio model channels.
In Production Analysis Mode, if you use the Import Frac Interval Properties function, Permeability on the
PRODUCTION ANALYSIS Reservoir Parameters [F9] screen is the average of all the permeabilities of all zones
marked as pay zones, not just the permeability of the zone containing the perforated interval. The average permeability is
calculated as sum of kh for all zones divided by the total height of all zones:
Average Permeability=kh/Total Height
Depth Entry Mode
Enter TVD
Select this option to enter the layer depths in the Reservoir Layer Table in terms of the true vertical depth (TVD). The
corresponding measured depth (MD) will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent column in the table.
Enter MD
Select this option to enter the layer depths in the Reservoir Layer Table in terms of the measured depth (MD). The
corresponding true vertical depth (TVD) will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent column in the table.
Fluid Loss Entry Mode
You have the choice of entering either Permeability or (total) Leakoff Coefficient. Whichever one you choose to enter,
FracproPT uses a permeability-to-leakoff-coefficient relationship to calculate the other.
Enter Permeability
Select this option to enter the Pore-Fluid Permeability in the Set Lithology Permeability dialog for each Rock Type in the
Reservoir Layer Table. The corresponding (total) Leakoff Coefficient will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent
column in the table.
Enter Leakoff Coefficient
Select this option to enter the (total) Leakoff Coefficient in the Set Lithology Leakoff Coefficient dialog for each Rock Type
in the Reservoir Layer Table. The corresponding Pore-Fluid Permeability will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent
column in the table.
Set Lithology Permeability / Set Lithology Leakoff Coefficient
This option allows you to set the values for either Pore-Fluid Permeability or Leakoff Coefficient (depending on whether
you have chosen Enter Permeability or Enter Leakoff Coefficient above) for all the current reservoir layers specified with a
particular Rock Type. Selecting this function causes a dialog to appear where you select a Rock Type from a drop-down
list and then enter either the Pore-Fluid Permeability or Leakoff Coefficient for that Rock Type.
Otherwise, you may enter Pore-Fluid Permeability or Leakoff Coefficient on a layer-by-layer basis, regardless of Rock
Type.
Other Reservoir Properties
Reservoir Temperature
This is the reservoir temperature at the mid-perf depth. In addition to heat transfer calculations, this number is used to
select the correct rheology data from the Fluid Library.
Perforations
Total perforated height, whether entered by you here, or on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen in the case
where you are not modeling the wellbore, has no effect on the perforation friction predicted by FracproPT. Perforation
friction is calculated based solely on the flow rate and the data entered on the PERF AND NEAR-WELLBORE FRICTION
[F8] screen.
445
FracproPT 2007
Note:
The perforation and initial frac depths are always entered and/or display here in terms of true vertical depth (TVD).
Note:
If you have more than one perforated interval defined on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen, you can
toggle through a display of each interval by pressing [Ctrl+F] or selecting the Next Interval toolbar button.
Note:
For large perforated intervals, you may elect to have the fracture initiate from a line source (details of which can be
found on the Growth Parameters tab of the FracproPT MODEL PARAMETERS screen).
Depth to Top of Perfs
If you choose Ignore Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, you must
enter a value for Depth to Top of Perfs here. If you choose Model Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE
SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, Depth to Top of Perfs is taken from data entered on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen and displayed (uneditable) on this screen.
Depth to Bottom of Perfs
If you choose Ignore Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, you must
enter a value for Depth to Bottom of Perfs here. If you choose Model Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE
SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, Depth to Bottom of Perfs is taken from data entered on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen and displayed (uneditable) on this screen.
Initial Frac Depth
FracproPT always calculates this value; it is approximately the center of the zone with lowest stress found within the
perforated interval. If you want to guarantee fracture initiation from a particular zone (regardless of the stress profile and
the true perforated interval), you can make the perforated interval small enough such that you control where the simulator
initiates the fracture.
Initial Frac Depth must fall within one of the inner Rock Type layers (that is, it cannot fall within either the top layer or the
bottom layer).
Other Functions
Layer Display
Select this function to view the INTEGRATED FRACTURE PICTURE with the Layer Properties Template.
Logs/Layers Editor
If a standard Log ASCII (LAS) file is available, layers can be built automatically and properties can be assigned
automatically using the Logs/Layers Editor.
Reservoir Parameters Rock Properties [F9]
This screen is where you view and/or enter the mechanical properties for the various Rock Types.
446
FracproPT 2007
447
FracproPT 2007
448
FracproPT 2007
Select this function to overwrite any changes that you may have made in the chemical properties of the System Library
of Rock Types. Properties for any User Library Rock Types are not modified.
449
FracproPT 2007
450
FracproPT 2007
This parameter indicates the pressure inside the fracture soon after fracture initiation. A good estimate for this number is
typically about 500 psi higher than pay zone closure stress. This parameter has two functions:
To convert Permeability to Leak-Off Coefficient and vice versa as displayed on the RESERVOIR
PARAMETERS [F9] screen, Layers tab.
As the initial fluid-loss driving pressure for the first simulator time step.
Note:
Once the fracture has initiated (for example, after the first time step), the actual pressure in the fracture is used to
drive fluid leakoff and calculate the actual leakoff coefficient.
Pore Fluid Compressibility
This is the compressibility (that is, the inverse of modulus) of the fluid in the pores. For oil reservoirs, compressibility can
be as low as 3e-6 1/psi. In gas reservoirs, the compressibility is the generally the reciprocal of the pore pressure (for
example, if the pore pressure is about 5000 psi, the compressibility would be about 0.0002 1/psi).
Pore Fluid Viscosity
This input refers to the mobile reservoir fluid. Typical values for a gas reservoir would be low, of order 0.01 to 0.1 cp, with
very little change with temperature. For an oil reservoir, typical values could be much higher, of order one to several
hundred cp, and significant changes with temperature would be expected.
Porosity
This is the volume fraction of formation rock that is occupied by pores where oil or gas is stored. Typical values are
around 10% (entered as 0.10), but porosity may be as high as 60% (0.60) or as low as only a few percent.
Gas In Foam Leakoff Percentage
This parameter relates the quality of the leakoff fluid to the quality of the fluid in the fracture. For example, a Gas In Foam
Leakoff Percentage of 25 with 80-quality foam in the fracture means that the leakoff fluid is 20-quality (that is, 20 percent
gas, 80 percent liquid). This field is accessible only if you have foam inputs on the Treatment SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
Set to Gas Defaults and Set to Oil Defaults
If you choose the buttons to Set to Gas Defaults or Set to Oil Defaults, the parameters on this screen are overwritten by
FracproPT. However, you can always set these parameters yourself after that by editing them individually.
Choosing Set to Gas Defaults or Set to Oil Defaults automatically sets a number of Reservoir Leakoff Parameters to
default values for "typical" reservoirs (that is, normally pressured, etc.). These parameters apply to all layers in the
Reservoir Layer Table.
Reservoir Depletion
Select this function to view the DEPLETION MENU screen where you can model the effects (on pore pressure, pore fluid
compressibility, and closure stress) of production from the reservoir. A message field adjacent to the Reservoir Depletion
selection indicates whether or not the depletion model is currently In Use or Not Used.
Drainage Area
The drainage area in terms of its extent and the well spacing is specified here.
X-Direction Extent
This parameter is the extent of the drainage area along the length of the fracture (that is, the x direction).
Y-Direction Extent
This parameter is the extent of the drainage area along the width of the fracture (that is, the y direction).
Well Spacing
This parameter is used to calculate a pseudo-steady state PI ratio in the Fracture Design module and is linked to the
Reservoir Extent in the Production Analysis module.
Fracture Azimuth
This parameter describes the fracture orientation with respect to north, with the positive direction defined to be clockwise
(for example, 45 degrees corresponds to the NE-to-SW direction). This parameter is used only for display purposes by the
Wellbore Viewer and does not affect model results.
Suggest Viscosity and Compressibility
Pressing this button will set Pore Fluid Viscosity and Pore Fluid Compressibility (described above) to suggested values.
451
FracproPT 2007
452
FracproPT 2007
To convert Permeability to Leak-Off Coefficient and vice versa as displayed on the Reservoir Parameters
[F9] screen.
As the initial fluid-loss driving pressure for the first simulator time step.
Note:
Once the fracture has initiated (for example, after the first time step), the actual pressure in the fracture is used to
drive fluid leakoff.
Compressibility
This is the compressibility (that is, the inverse of modulus) of the fluid in the pores. For oil reservoirs, compressibility can
be as low as 3e-6 1/psi. In gas reservoirs, the compressibility is the reciprocal of the pore pressure (for example, if the
pore pressure equals about 5000 psi, the compressibility would be about 0.0002 1/psi).
Pore Fluid Viscosity
This input refers to the mobile reservoir fluid. Typical values for a gas reservoir would be low, of order 0.01 to 0.1 cp, with
very little change with temperature. For an oil reservoir, typical values could be much higher, of order one to several
hundred cp, and significant changes with temperature would be expected.
Porosity
453
FracproPT 2007
This is the volume fraction of formation rock that is occupied by pores where oil or gas is stored. Typical values are
around 10% (entered as 0.10), but porosity may be as high as 60% (0.60) or as low as only a few percent.
Gas In Foam Leakoff Percentage
This parameter relates the quality of the leakoff fluid to the quality of the fluid in the fracture. For example, a Gas In Foam
Leakoff Percentage of 25 with 80-quality foam in the fracture means that the leakoff fluid is 20-quality (that is, 20 percent
gas, 80 percent liquid). This field is accessible only if you have foam inputs on the Treatment SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
Other Functions
Reservoir Depletion
Select this function to view the DEPLETION MENU screen where you can model the effects (on pore pressure, pore fluid
compressibility, and closure stress) of production from the reservoir. A message field adjacent to the Reservoir Depletion
selection indicates whether or not the depletion model is currently In Use or Not Used.
Set To Gas Defaults
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to values that are estimated for a typical gas reservoir. You may
change individual numbers afterwards.
Set To Oil Defaults
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to values that are estimated for a typical oil reservoir. You may
change individual numbers afterwards.
Set To User Defined
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to the values entered on the Reservoir Leakoff Parameters
screen that was used when you last choose User Specified as the Reservoir Type. You may change individual numbers
afterwards.
Reservoir Depletion
This screen is where you can model the change in closure stress, pore pressure, and pore-fluid compressibility that has
resulted from production in a finite region around a wellbore. For example, in an oil reservoir produced from an acid
fracture such that the region around the fracture has a pore pressure below the bubble point (that is, resulting in a higher
pore-fluid compressibility) and a lower closure stress due to the lower pore pressure.
Note:
When modeling depletion effects, you should enter the current (that is, depleted) values for closure stress on the
RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen.
454
FracproPT 2007
This is the virgin pore pressure. The depleted, or current, pore pressure is entered on either the Reservoir Leakoff
Parameters screen and it is displayed below for reference.
Note:
FracproPT multiplies the change in pore pressure by 0.5 (which is a mid-range value for the so-called poro-elastic
coefficient) to determine the change in closure stress due to depletion. At a distance from the wellbore equal to the
Radius of Depletion, the closure stress entered on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen (that is, the current
or depleted closure stress) is increased by the change in closure stress due to depletion and the pore pressure is
increased to this Original Pore Pressure.
Depleted Pore Pressure
This is the current (that is, depleted) pore pressure that is entered on the Reservoir Leakoff Parameters screen. This
number is displayed here for reference only.
Original Pore Fluid Compressibility
This is the virgin pore fluid compressibility. At a distance out from the wellbore equal to the Radius of Depletion, pore fluid
compressibility decreases to this Original Pore Fluid Compressibility.
Layer Display
This screen displays the lithology (that is, Rock Type) of the reservoir and a log-style view of the following properties:
stress, permeability, Young's modulus, Poisson's ratio, and fracture toughness.
Reservoir Parameters - F9
Reservoir Parameters - Rock Library [F9]
This screen is used to maintain a database (library) of Rock Types with particular mechanical, chemical, and thermal
properties. There are several pre-defined rock-types included with FracproPT in the System Library, but these can be
edited, deleted, or renamed, as the user requires.
455
FracproPT 2007
456
FracproPT 2007
You must define at least three layers in each of the data tables described below and the fracture must initiate in a middle
layer. The layers where the fractures initiate (depending on the position of the perforated interval defined on the
WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen) are highlighted yellow in the table. If you have more than one perforated
interval defined, you can cycle through them by pressing [CNTR+F] or selecting the Next Interval toolbar button.
Note:
The actual depths you enter and the numbers of layers you define do not have to be identical in each of the data
tables.
457
FracproPT 2007
If you select Lithology Based Reservoir, all mechanical properties (for opening, etc.), all chemical properties (for
acidizing), and all thermal properties (for injection-fluid heating and reservoir cooling) will be input to the simulator based
on rock type and a single set of depths.
In general, this is the most convenient way to specify model inputs. Once you have constructed your Lithology Based
Reservoir, FracproPT can automatically convert it to a General Reservoir if necessary. Unfortunately, there is no way to
convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir without loosing some of this data. However, you should
rarely, if ever, want or need to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir.
Use this type of data entry if you do not know many properties about the reservoir, and if you want to set up a layered
profile quickly. Once you assigned the main properties of the lithologies that you are using and defining the depth of
individual layers, you are ready to start modeling.
General Multi-Scale
If you select General Multi-Scale Reservoir, you will enter each of the mechanical properties (for example, stress,
modulus, etc.) with its own independent set of layer depths. Chemical properties (for acidizing) and thermal properties (for
injection-fluid heating and reservoir cooling) are input to the simulator based on rock type and a single set of depths.
FracproPT can automatically convert a Lithology Based Reservoir to a General Reservoir, if necessary. Unfortunately,
there is no way to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir without loosing some of this data.
However, you should rarely, if ever, want or need to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir.
Use this type of data entry if you can assign reservoir properties using various different log files and if you have no log
information on other parameters. Once you have assigned specific properties using the Log-Layer Editor, you need to
provide only a few entries for estimates of properties on which you do not have more specific data.
General Single Scale
If you select General Reservoir, you will enter each of the mechanical properties (for example, stress, modulus, etc.) with
its own independent set of layer depths. Chemical properties (for acidizing) and thermal properties (for injection-fluid
heating and reservoir cooling) are input to the simulator based on rock type and a single set of depths.
FracproPT can automatically convert a Lithology Based Reservoir to a General Reservoir, if necessary. Unfortunately,
there is no way to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir without loosing some of this data.
However, you should rarely, if ever, want or need to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir.
Use this type of data entry if you can assign all reservoir properties different log files. Once you have assigned specific
properties using the Log-Layer Editor, you are ready to use the model.
Reservoir Rock Type Table
Depth TVD / Depth MD
Depending on your selection in the Depth Entry Mode options, you enter either Depth TVD (true vertical depth) or Depth
MD (measured depth) to the top of each layer in this column.
Layer Thickness
This value represents the layer thickness in TVD. This value is not editable and calculated from the top of each layer in
the Depth TVD column.
Rock Type
Enter the rock type or lithology name in each layer in this column.
Reservoir Stress Table
Depth TVD / Depth MD
Depending on your selection in the Depth Entry Mode options, you enter either Depth TVD (true vertical depth) or Depth
MD (measured depth) to the top of each layer in this column.
Stress
Enter the closure stress in each layer in this column.
Reservoir Elastic Properties Table
Depth TVD / Depth MD
Depending on your selection in the Depth Entry Mode options, you enter either Depth TVD (true vertical depth) or Depth
MD (measured depth) to the top of each layer in this column.
Youngs Modulus
Enter the Young's Modulus in each layer in this column.
Poissons Ratio
Enter the Poisson's Ratio in each layer in this column.
Fracture Toughness
458
FracproPT 2007
Fracture toughness for the layer based on the assigned toughness for that lithology in the Rock Properties tab.
Composite Layering Effect
Composite layering effect for the layer based on the assigned composite layering effect for that lithology in the Rock
Properties tab.
On a per-layer basis, this number is multiplied by the default Tip Effects Coefficient, which is entered on the FracproPT
3D tab of the FracproPT MODEL Parameters [SHIFT+F3] screen. Generally, this number should be left at 1. However,
in order to specify the relative tip effects for any particular layers, thereby specifying the relative degree of fracture growth
into said layers, you may enter some number other than 1. For example, if you wanted a particular Rock Type to exhibit
higher composite layering effects characteristics, you would enter a number greater than 1.
Additional Information: Composite Layering Effects
Est Ht/Len Growth
This parameter provides an estimate for the ratio of fracture height growth versus fracture length growth if the composite
layering effect would be the main driving force for fracture growth. For example, if the Composite Layering effect is set to
10, the Est Ht/Len Growth shows that for every foot the fracture grows in length, it grows about 0.32 foot in height.
Reservoir Fluid Loss Table
Depth TVD / Depth MD
Depending on your selection in the Depth Entry Mode options, you enter either Depth TVD (true vertical depth) or Depth
MD (measured depth) to the top of each layer in this column.
Pore Fluid Permeability
If you select Enter Permeability in the Fluid Loss Entry Mode options, enter the Pore Fluid Permeability for each layer
in this column. If you select Enter Leakoff Coefficient, the permeability will be calculated and displayed in this column.
Leakoff Coefficient
If you select Enter Leakoff Coefficient in the Fluid Loss Entry Mode options, enter the (total) Leakoff Coefficient for
each layer in this column. If you select Enter Permeability, the leakoff coefficient will be calculated and displayed in this
column.
Pay Zone
Use this check box to mark all zones that you consider pay zones. This is information is used by Fracture Design Mode
and also in the calculation of the Payzone Height Coverage Ratio and Payzone Fracture Area Ratio model channels.
In Production Analysis Mode, if you use the Import Frac Interval Properties function, Permeability on the
PRODUCTION ANALYSIS Reservoir Parameters [F9] screen is the average of all the permeabilities of all zones
marked as pay zones, not just the permeability of the zone containing the perforated interval. The average permeability is
calculated as sum of kh for all zones divided by the total height of all zones:
Average Permeability=kh/Total Height
Depth Entry Mode
Enter TVD
Select this option to enter the layer depths in the Reservoir Tables in terms of the true vertical depth (TVD).
Enter MD
Select this option to enter the layer depths in the Reservoir Tables in terms of the measured depth (MD).
Fluid Loss Entry Mode
You have the choice of entering either Pore Fluid Permeability or (total) Leakoff Coefficient. Whichever one you choose to
enter, FracproPT uses a permeability-to-leakoff-coefficient relationship to calculate the other.
Enter Permeability
Select this option to enter the Pore-Fluid Permeability for each Rock Type in the Reservoir Layer Table. The
corresponding (total) Leakoff Coefficient will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent column in the table.
Enter Leakoff Coefficient
Select this option to enter the (total) Leakoff Coefficient for each Rock Type in the Reservoir Layer Table. The
corresponding Pore-Fluid Permeability will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent column in the table.
Perforations
Total perforated height, whether entered by you here, or on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen in the case
where you are not modeling the wellbore, has no effect on the perforation friction predicted by FracproPT. Perforation
friction is calculated based solely on the flow rate and the data entered on the PERF AND NEAR-WELLBORE FRICTION
[F8] screen.
Note:
459
FracproPT 2007
The perforation and initial frac depths are always entered and/or display here in terms of true vertical depth (TVD).
Note:
If you have more than one perforated interval defined on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen, you can
toggle through a display of each interval by pressing [Ctrl+F] or selecting the Next Interval toolbar button.
Note:
For large perforated intervals, you may elect to have the fracture initiate from a line source (details of which can be
found on the Growth Parameters tab of the FracproPT MODEL PARAMETERS screen).
Depth to Top of Perfs
If you choose Ignore Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, you must
enter a value for Depth to Top of Perfs here. If you choose Model Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE
SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, Depth to Top of Perfs is taken from data entered on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen and displayed (uneditable) on this screen.
Depth to Bottom of Perfs
If you choose Ignore Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, you must
enter a value for Depth to Bottom of Perfs here. If you choose Model Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE
SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, Depth to Bottom of Perfs is taken from data entered on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen and displayed (uneditable) on this screen.
Initial Frac Depth
FracproPT always calculates this value; it is approximately the center of the zone with lowest stress found within the
perforated interval. If you want to guarantee fracture initiation from a particular zone (regardless of the stress profile and
the true perforated interval), you can make the perforated interval small enough such that you control where the simulator
initiates the fracture.
Initial Frac Depth must fall within one of the inner Rock Type layers (that is, it cannot fall within either the top layer or the
bottom layer).
This screen is where you modify the composite layering effects on various layers of rock. This screen is available only if
you choose General Reservoir in the Reservoir Options on the FRACTURE Analysis OPTIONS [F4] screen.
Define the layers and their various properties that comprise the reservoir and surrounding strata by entering the depth to
the top of each layer. Up to 100 layers may be entered, but only 14 are shown at any time. Blank rows in the table may be
added by selecting a whole row and pressing [Ins], and rows may be deleted by selecting the whole row and pressing
[Del].
The layer where the fracture initiates (depending on the position of the perforated interval defined on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen) is highlighted yellow in the table. If you have more than one perforated interval defined,
you can cycle through them by pressing [Ctrl+F] or selecting the Next Interval toolbar button.
Note:
The actual depths you enter and the numbers of layers you define here do not have to coincide with the depths and
layers you enter in any other Reservoir Property Table.
Set Composite Layering Effect from
These options will only be available if 3D User-Defined is selected as the Fracture Model to Use option on the Fracture
Analysis Options [F4] screen.
Table Entry
Select this option to set the Composite Layering Effect in the Mechanical Rock Properties Table.
Payzone Flag
Select this option to set the Composite Layering Effect for all zones (no matter what the Rock Type) that are not
selected as Pay Zones on the Reservoir Parameters [F9] screen. The Composite Layering Effect for the Pay Zones
will automatically be set to 1.0, while the value for all non-Pay Zones is set below by the entry for Composite Layering
Effect Outside Payzone.
Composite Layering Effect Outside Payzone
If Payzone Flag is selected as the Set Composite Layering Effect from option (see description above), the value for
that effect is entered here. This value will overwrite all values entered in the Mechanical Rock Properties Table.
Additional Information: Composite Layering Effects
Other Functions
Layer Display
Select this function to view the INTEGRATED FRACTURE PICTURE with the Layer Properties Template.
Logs/Layers Editor
460
FracproPT 2007
If a standard Log ASCII (LAS) file is available, layers can be built automatically and properties can be assigned
automatically using the Logs/Layers Editor.
Reservoir Parameters Additional Properties [F9]
461
FracproPT 2007
This parameter is commonly measured for other reasons (for example, reserve calculations) and is usually a well-known
parameter. A typical pore pressure gradient is about 0.43 psi/foot.
Average Pressure In Fracture
This parameter indicates the pressure inside the fracture soon after fracture initiation. A good estimate for this number is
typically about 500 psi higher than pay zone closure stress. This parameter has two functions:
To convert Permeability to Leak-Off Coefficient and vice versa as displayed on the RESERVOIR
PARAMETERS [F9] screen, Layers tab.
As the initial fluid-loss driving pressure for the first simulator time step.
Note:
Once the fracture has initiated (for example, after the first time step), the actual pressure in the fracture is used to
drive fluid leakoff and calculate the actual leakoff coefficient.
Pore Fluid Compressibility
This is the compressibility (that is, the inverse of modulus) of the fluid in the pores. For oil reservoirs, compressibility can
be as low as 3e-6 1/psi. In gas reservoirs, the compressibility is the generally the reciprocal of the pore pressure (for
example, if the pore pressure is about 5000 psi, the compressibility would be about 0.0002 1/psi).
Pore Fluid Viscosity
This input refers to the mobile reservoir fluid. Typical values for a gas reservoir would be low, of order 0.01 to 0.1 cp, with
very little change with temperature. For an oil reservoir, typical values could be much higher, of order one to several
hundred cp, and significant changes with temperature would be expected.
Porosity
This is the volume fraction of formation rock that is occupied by pores where oil or gas is stored. Typical values are
around 10% (entered as 0.10), but porosity may be as high as 60% (0.60) or as low as only a few percent.
Gas In Foam Leakoff Percentage
This parameter relates the quality of the leakoff fluid to the quality of the fluid in the fracture. For example, a Gas In Foam
Leakoff Percentage of 25 with 80-quality foam in the fracture means that the leakoff fluid is 20-quality (that is, 20 percent
gas, 80 percent liquid). This field is accessible only if you have foam inputs on the Treatment SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
Set to Gas Defaults and Set to Oil Defaults
If you choose the buttons to Set to Gas Defaults or Set to Oil Defaults, the parameters on this screen are overwritten by
FracproPT. However, you can always set these parameters yourself after that by editing them individually.
Choosing Set to Gas Defaults or Set to Oil Defaults automatically sets a number of Reservoir Leakoff Parameters to
default values for "typical" reservoirs (that is, normally pressured, etc.). These parameters apply to all layers in the
Reservoir Layer Table.
Reservoir Depletion
Select this function to view the DEPLETION MENU screen where you can model the effects (on pore pressure, pore fluid
compressibility, and closure stress) of production from the reservoir. A message field adjacent to the Reservoir Depletion
selection indicates whether or not the depletion model is currently In Use or Not Used.
Drainage Area
The drainage area in terms of its extent and the well spacing is specified here.
X-Direction Extent
This parameter is the extent of the drainage area along the length of the fracture (that is, the x direction).
Y-Direction Extent
This parameter is the extent of the drainage area along the width of the fracture (that is, the y direction).
Well Spacing
This parameter is used to calculate a pseudo-steady state PI ratio in the Fracture Design module and is linked to the
Reservoir Extent in the Production Analysis module.
Fracture Azimuth
462
FracproPT 2007
This parameter describes the fracture orientation with respect to north, with the positive direction defined to be clockwise
(for example, 45 degrees corresponds to the NE-to-SW direction). This parameter is used only for display purposes by the
Wellbore Viewer and does not affect model results.
Suggest Viscosity and Compressibility
Pressing this button will set Pore Fluid Viscosity and Pore Fluid Compressibility (described above) to suggested values.
463
FracproPT 2007
Porosity
This is the porosity of the reservoir, which is entered as a fractional number less than one.
Water Saturation
FraPS allows only one mobile phase, however the immobile water phase is allowed to expand as reservoir pressure
drops. This number is entered as a fractional number less than one.
X-Direction Extent, Y-Direction Extent
X-Direction Extent is the distance from the wellbore to the drainage boundary in the direction parallel to the fracture. You
may wish to make this number greater than Y-Direction Extent, which is the distance from the wellbore to the drainage
boundary in the direction normal to the fracture, by an amount equal to the propped-fracture length.
The following table lists values for X-Direction Extent and Y-Direction Extent for some common drainage areas.
Drainage Area
X-Direction Extent
Y-Direction Extent
40 acres
660 feet
660 feet
80 acres
933 feet
933 feet
160 acres
1,320 feet
1,320 feet
320 acres
1,867 feet
1,867 feet
640 acres
2,640 feet
2,640 feet
Drainage Area
This is a calculated number, based on your entries for X-Direction Extent and Y-Direction Extent.
Fracture Gradient
This number, which is also known as closure stress gradient, is used to calculate closure stress on the proppant, local
reservoir pressure, and any backstress effects.
Wellbore Effects
Wellbore Hole Diameter
This number is used to model reservoir-fluid flow near the wellbore more precisely than it would be with the default
reservoir simulation grid. "Hole" is included to emphasize that this is the hole diameter, not the casing diameter. The
default grid is generated if 0.0 is entered.
Skin Factor
This parameter is used to include skin damage effects (that is, a small region of reduced permeability around the
wellbore). Entries less than zero (indicating stimulation rather than damage) are ignored. Stimulation may be modeled
either by a fracture or by an enhanced Wellbore Hole Diameter.
Compaction Effects Table
The table of Compaction Effects located on the right side of this screen is used to allow reservoir permeability to decrease
as effective vertical stress increases with reservoir depletion. Effective stress is equal to the vertical or overburden stress
minus pore pressure.
Effective Vertical Stress
This is the "effective" vertical stress acting on the reservoir rock matrix. Effective vertical stress is equal to vertical or
overburden stress minus pore pressure.
Permeability Multiplier
This is the factor by which reservoir permeability (entered as Y-Direction Permeability on this screen) is multiplied by for
each value of effective stress. This table has no effect on proppant-pack permeability if each Permeability Multiplier is set
to 1.0.
Vertical Stress Gradient
This is the parameter that is used to calculate the exact vertical stress in the middle of the pay interval. This vertical stress
is then used to calculate the correct the correct Permeability Multiplier from the Compaction Effects Table.
Import Reservoir Data
Import Stimulation Interval Properties
464
FracproPT 2007
In Fracture Analysis Mode, you can define many layers of varying permeability, while in Production Analysis Mode
you can define only one productive layer. Therefore, when using the 2D reservoir model, you must somehow enter this
more limited reservoir description to adequately and accurately predict the production.
Click on the Import Frac Interval Properties button to display the Select Pay Interval Properties dialog to automatically
generate this more limited reservoir description from the Reservoir Parameters screen for you last fracture simulation.
You can select from among a number of parameters to import. Once you import the properties, you should your own
engineering judgment to determine if the imported properties are suitable for the current simulation.
465
FracproPT 2007
This is the porosity of the reservoir, which is entered as a fractional number less than one.
Skin
This parameter is used to include skin damage effects (that is, a small region of reduced permeability around the
wellbore). Skins less than zero (indicating stimulation rather than damage) are ignored.
Water Saturation
This parameter represents the immobile water saturation, which is entered as a fractional number less than one. This
number is used to adjust the Porosity.
Lambda
This parameter, which is used by the dual-porosity model and also known as the "interporosity parameter," is proportional
to the ratio of rock permeability to fracture permeability.
Omega
This parameter, which is used by the dual-porosity model and also known as the "storativity ratio," is the ratio of the
fracture pore volume to the total reservoir pore volume.
Reservoir Shape
The shape of the reservoir is defined by selecting one three options. For each of those options, other parameters must be
entered to completely characterize the shape in terms of production simulation from that shape.
Infinite
Initial Pressure This is the pore pressure throughout the reservoir at the beginning of the simulation.
Rectangular
Initial Pressure This is the pore pressure throughout the reservoir at the beginning of the simulation.
X-Direction Extent This is the drainage distance in the direction parallel to the fracture. You may wish to make this
number greater than Y-Direction Extent by an amount equal to the propped-fracture length.
Y-Direction Extent This is the drainage distance in the direction normal to the face of the fracture.
The following table lists values for X-Direction Extent and Y-Direction Extent for some common drainage areas.
Drainage XYArea
Direction Direction
Extent Extent
40 acres 660 feet 660 feet
80 acres 933 feet 933 feet
160
acres
1,320
feet
1,320
feet
320
acres
1,867
feet
1,867
feet
640
acres
2,640
feet
2,640
feet
Cylindrical
Initial Pressure This is the pore pressure throughout the reservoir at the beginning of the simulation.
Reservoir Radius This is the drainage distance from the wellbore to the reservoir boundary.
The following table lists values for Reservoir Radius for some common drainage areas.
Drainage Reservoir
Area
Radius
80 acres 1,053 feet
466
160
acres
1,489 feet
320
acres
2,106 feet
FracproPT 2007
640
acres
2,979 feet
PVT
Reservoir Parameters [F9] - PVT
This screen, which is accessed if you select Manual PVT Entry on the production analysis OPTIONS [F4] screen, is
where you enter the various PVT properties needed to define the reservoir hydrocarbons.
467
FracproPT 2007
Pressure
This is the pressure at which the other PVT properties are entered in the table.
Note:
The pressure should be entered in an increasing fashion. In other words, the lowest pressure for which you have PVT
data should do in row number one of the table and the pressure should increase as you move down in the table.
Note:
If the pressure during your simulation goes out of the range of pressures for which you have defined PVT properties,
the PVT properties for the closest pressure are used. In other words, the simulator does not try to extrapolate
properties outside the range of the table.
Formation Volume Factor
This is the volume of the mobile reservoir fluid (at reservoir conditions, for each pressure entry) divided by the volume at
standard conditions.
Note:
This parameter must decrease with increasing pressure.
Gas Deviation Factor
Also known as the z-factor, this is the ratio of the volume actually occupied by a gas at a given pressure and temperature
to the volume the gas would occupy at the same pressure and temperature if it behaved like an ideal gas. For an ideal
gas, the z-factor is one.
Viscosity
This is the viscosity of the mobile reservoir fluid at each pressure entry.
Solution Gas/Oil Ratio
Enter the solution gas to oil ratio of the produced fluid here.
468
FracproPT 2007
This is gas specific gravity for gas reservoirs, or API gravity for oil reservoirs, both at standard conditions. Entering values
of smaller than or equal to 1.5 for the Standard Gravity of HC Phase will automatically toggle the HC (Hydrocarbon)
Type to gas, as displayed to the right of this field. Entering values of greater than or equal to 10.0 for the Standard
Gravity of HC Phase will toggle the HC Type to oil. For oil reservoirs, the equation to convert from specific gravity (SG)
to API gravity is as follows:
API gravity=141.5/SG-131.5.
Reservoir Temperature
This is the temperature used for the PVT calculations.
Minimum Pressure
This is the minimum pressure expected during the simulation.
Maximum Pressure
This is the maximum pressure expected during the simulation (normally, the initial reservoir pressure).
Impurities
These are the fraction mol-% concentrations for Nitrogen, Carbon Dioxide, and Hydrogen Sulfide used by the PVT
correlations. These impurities are valid only when simulating for gas reservoirs.
Oil Properties
Bubble Point and Initial Solution Gas/Oil Ratio are mutually exclusively used to calculate PVT correlations for oil
reservoirs: If both are non-zero, Initial Solution Gas/Oil Ratio is used. Solution Gas Gravity is also required for oil PVT
correlations.
Multiple Fractures - Shift + F7
469
FracproPT 2007
470
FracproPT 2007
The process of determining what values to enter for the three multiple fracture factors and for the time at which the
various factors should become active can sometimes be confusing. Therefore, it is highly recommended that you
verify what you are attempting to model by constructing a time-based plot of one or more of the factors for visual
reference.
Other Functions
Reset to Defaults
Select this option to reset all entries in the Multiple Fracture Table to default values, which assumes growth of a single
fracture.
Fluid & Proppant Data
Fluid Selection - F5
Fluid and Proppant Selection - Fluid Selection [F5]
Pinnacle has introduced a new methodology to determine a hydraulic fracture design that is based on what treatment is
required to optimally stimulate the reservoir. This Fluid Selection tab provides functionality to help the user select the
proper fluid for the fracture treatment.
471
FracproPT 2007
472
First, the user inputs a Minimum Apparent Viscosity (including the shear rate and time-of-interest) as
the primary Fluid Selection Criteria, which reflects the minimum viscosity that the user requires to keep
proppant in suspension within the fracture. Reservoir Temperature can be entered or edited on this
screen, but it is also editable on other screens as well. Average Permeability is calculated automatically
as the weighted-by-height permeability of all Pay Zones (as selected in the Reservoir Layer Table on the
Reservoir Parameters [F9] screen). Reservoir Pressure is input on another screen, but it is shown here
for reference. Additional proprietary fluid-selection criteria are available for some companies.
The next step is to make a Library Selection and a Vendor Selection such that only those fluids in which
you are interested are available. Note that you can select All for both of these criteria such that all fluids
are available.
Every time you make a change to any of the parameters above, the Qualifying Fluids table shows and
updates the fluid Vendor and System information, as well as Minimum Gel Loading, Apparent
Viscosity, and Fluid Cost information, for the minimum gel loading of all of the fluids systems that meet
the Fluid Selection Criteria. Fluids are sorted by cost in $/gal, but this information is not available for all
fluids. To sort on other parameters in the table, just click on the column header, and the arrow in the
header will indicate sorting in ascending or descending order.
Once the Qualifying Fluids table is filled with different fluids, the user can browse through the list and put
the cursor on the desired fluid, and then finally select that fluid using the Add button to move the fluid to
the Selected Fluids table.
Fluid properties can be edited using the Edit Design Fluid function, which activates the Edit/View
Interpolated Fluid Data [Shift-F5] screen. Frictional and rheological fluid properties of the selected fluid
can be viewed graphically using the App. Visc vs Time and Friction Pressure vs Rate functions.
FracproPT 2007
After selecting a fluid for the pump schedule, go to the Proppant Selection tab to select an appropriate
proppant. If no fluid was selected, FracproPT will not allow you to move to any other screen or tab.
Edit/View
473
FracproPT 2007
Fluid Cost
This column of the Qualifying Fluids table shows the cost of all the fluids found to meet the criteria specified for the
fracture design.
Note:
Please note that this information is not available for most fluids at this point. In order to make this available, you can
either edit the FracproPT.fld file in the FracproPT "system" folder with a text editor and enter a price for the different
fluid systems if your local service company has made these prices available to you. Also, you can enter the price of a
fluid in the EDIT/VIEW INTERPOLATED FLUID DATA [SGIFT+F5] screen, Other Properties tab.
Move Up
Moves highlighted fluid upward in Selected Fluids table.
Move Down
Moves highlighted fluid downward in Selected Fluids table.
Add
Add highlighted fluid in Qualifying Fluids table to the Selected Fluids table.
Remove
Removes highlighted fluid from Selected Fluids table.
Add Fluid from Library
Opens library screen to add a fluid to the Selected Fluids table.
SELECTED FLUIDS
Fluid System
This column of the Selected Fluids table shows the fluid "system" of all the fluids found to meet the criteria specified for
the fracture design.
Note:
The first fluid in the table is highlighted in yellow, indicating that this is the main fluid for further design calculations.
Other fluids in this table can be used for quick comparison (although this feature is not yet functional for fluids in
FracproPT version 10.3).
If a fluid property is highlighted in red, this indicates that this property does not properly qualify, despite the fact that it
was selected by the user.
Vendor
This column of the Selected Fluids table shows the vendor of all the fluids found to meet the criteria specified for the
fracture design.
Minimum Gel Loading
This column of the Selected Fluids table shows the minimum gel loading of all the fluids found to meet the criteria
specified for the fracture design.
Apparent Viscosity
This column of the Selected Fluids table shows the apparent viscosity of all the fluids found to meet the criteria specified
for the fracture design.
Fluid Cost
This column of the Selected Fluids table shows the cost of all the fluids found to meet the criteria specified for the
fracture design.
Note:
Please note that this information is not available for most fluids at this point. In order to make this available, you can
either edit the FracproPT.fld file in the FracproPT "system" folder with a text editor and enter a price for the different
fluid systems if your local service company has made these prices available to you. Also, you can enter the price of a
fluid in the EDIT/VIEW INTERPOLATED FLUID DATA [SGIFT+F5] screen, Other Properties tab.
RESULTS PLOTS
Apparent Viscosity versus Time
This function displays a plot of Apparent Viscosity versus Time for the fluid to be used in the design process.
Friction Pressure versus Rate
This function displays a plot of Friction Pressure versus Flow Rate for the fluid to be used in the design process.
474
FracproPT 2007
Proppant Selection - F5
Fluid and Proppant Selection - Proppant Selection [F5]
Pinnacle has introduced a new methodology to determine a hydraulic fracture design that is based on what treatment is
required to optimally stimulate the reservoir. This Proppant Selection tab provides functionality to help the user select a
proper proppant for the fracture treatment.
First, Closure Stress and Average Payzone Permeability are calculated automatically as the weightedby-layer-height average of those properties in all Pay Zones (as selected in the Layers tab on the
Reservoir Parameters [F9] screen). The difference between the Closure Stress and Bottomhole
Flowing Pressure determines the Effective Stress on Proppant during production; FracproPT
determines the proppant permeability under these effective stress conditions.
2.
Next, the user must also account for the Proppant Damage (including, if applicable, the so-called
apparent damage) to the proppant permeability from all flow-related and non-flow-related phenomena,
which is represented by the Total Damage Factor that FracproPT calculates and displays here. The
Total Damage Factor results from the effects of Proppant Embedment and Proppant Perm Damage.
Select Proppant Perm Damage to access the Proppant Perm Damage screen where multiple
causes of this damage (or apparent damage) is modeled (see Help for that screen for more details on
how this is done).
475
FracproPT 2007
1.
The next step is to make a Proppant Library Selection and a Proppant Type Selection such that only
those proppants in which you are interested are available. Note that you can select All for both of these
criteria such that all proppants are available.
2.
After the proppant-selection criteria are set and the required libraries and vendors are selected, the
Qualifying Proppants table will automatically update.
1.
The Qualifying Proppants table shows the proppant Vendor and System information, as well as
Mesh Size, Conductivity for 2 Pounds/Square-Foot, Proppant Cost, and Conductivity Cost
information, for all of the proppants (can be up to 100) that meet the Proppant Selection Criteria.
The proppants are sorted in terms of cost per unit fracture conductivity, with the lowest listed first and
highlighted in yellow.
Proppants are also filtered to be of a median proppant diameter that is equal to or smaller than 6
times the smallest perf diameter size specified on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen.
This admittance criterion is determined in various publications and, if adhered to, can minimize
proppant bridging at the perforations. Proppant costs were taken from StimLabs SLFrac (Version
2.21, November 2000) and have been multiplied by a factor of 1.25 to reflect changes in proppant
pricing. However, please check with you local vendor to determine the actual proppant price and
discount, since it can greatly vary with location and availability.
Once the Qualifying Proppants table is filled with different proppants, the user can browse through the list
and put the cursor on the desired proppant, and then finally select that proppant using the Add button to
move it to the Selected Proppants table. The first proppant in the Selected Proppants table will be used
throughout the fracture design process.
476
FracproPT 2007
Edit/View
QUALIFYING PROPPANTS
Proppant System
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the proppant "system" of all the proppants found to meet the
criteria specified for the fracture design.
Vendor
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the vendor of all the proppants found to meet the criteria
specified for the fracture design.
Mesh Size
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the mesh size of all the proppants found to meet the criteria
specified for the fracture design.
Conductivity for 2 Pounds/Square-Foot
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the conductivity (at 2 lb/square-ft) of all the proppants found
to meet the criteria specified for the fracture design.
Proppant Cost
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the cost (per pound) of all the proppants found to meet the
criteria specified for the fracture design.
Conductivity Cost
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the cost (per mD-ft of conductivity) of all the proppants
found to meet the criteria specified for the fracture design.
Move Up
Moves highlighted fluid upward in Selected Proppants table.
Move Down
Moves highlighted fluid downward in Selected Proppants table.
477
FracproPT 2007
Add
Add highlighted fluid in Qualifying Fluids table to the Selected Proppants table.
Remove
Removes highlighted fluid from Selected Proppants table.
Add Fluid from Library
Opens library screen to add a fluid to the Selected Proppants table.
SELECTED PROPPANTS
Proppant System
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the proppant "system" of all the proppants found to meet the
criteria specified for the fracture design.
Note:
The first proppant in the table is highlighted in yellow, indicating that this is the main fluid for further design
calculations. Other proppants in this table can be used for Proppant Comparison in the Economic Optimization
module.
If a proppant property is highlighted in red, this indicates that this property does not properly qualify, despite the fact
that it was selected by the user.
Vendor
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the vendor of all the proppants found to meet the criteria
specified for the fracture design.
Mesh Size
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the mesh size of all the proppants found to meet the criteria
specified for the fracture design.
Conductivity for 2 Pounds/Square-Foot
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the conductivity (at 2 lb/square-ft) of all the proppants found
to meet the criteria specified for the fracture design.
Proppant Cost
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the cost (per pound) of all the proppants found to meet the
criteria specified for the fracture design.
Conductivity Cost
This column of the Proppant Selection Results table shows the cost (per mD-ft of conductivity) of all the proppants
found to meet the criteria specified for the fracture design.
Fluid Properties
Fluid Data Fluid Friction Properties [Shift+F5]
This tab of the FLUID DATA screen shows the actual wellbore-friction data used by the simulator for any of the fluids
listed on the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen. All the wellbore-friction data are interpolated or taken
directly from the two Fluid Libraries, which are the System Library (which contains data supplied to Pinnacle by the
service companies) and the User Library (which contains data input by you when defining fluids).
Note:
The effects of proppant on fluid friction are handled on the
Proppant Effects on Wellbore Friction screen. However,
the changes in friction associated with the addition of nitrogen or carbon dioxide for foamed fluids is not handled
automatically and you must make those corrections in the data shown on this screen. There are some foamed fluids
stored in the System Fluid Library, but you should contact the service company to obtain friction pressure estimates for
the specific foamed fluids you are using.
Any changes made to the data on this screen do not affect the Fluid Library data. However, the contents of this screen are
saved with the other simulation inputs (for example, the treatment schedule, model parameters, reservoir parameters,
wellbore configuration, etc.) whenever you save an input file.
If you choose Ignore Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE Analysis OPTIONS [F4] screen, the wellborefriction parameters are displayed in blue on this screen and cannot accessed.
478
FracproPT 2007
Selected Fluid
Name
This is the name of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library. To view the friction properties of another fluid listed on the
Fluid and Proppant Selection [F5] screen, simply select it from the Name drop-down list.
Vendor
This is the vendor of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
System
This is the fluid system as entered in the Fluid Library.
Description
This is the description of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
Modified Properties
This field displays a message indicating from where the data on this screen was interpolated or taken, and whether or not
any of the data have been modified since retrieval.
Selected Wellbore Segment
Segment Number
This is the wellbore segment number for which wellbore friction data are currently displayed. Segment Number
corresponds to the entries on the Path Summary tab of the Wellbore Configuration [F7] screen, which are also
displayed directly below this field for reference.
To view the configuration and the friction data for a different wellbore segment, you can either enter a segment number
directly in the field, or you may use the Previous Segment and Next Segment functions described below.
Previous Segment
Select this function to view the configuration and the friction data for the previous wellbore segment.
Next Segment
479
FracproPT 2007
Select this function to view the configuration and the friction data for the next wellbore segment.
Friction Data for Selected Fluid and Wellbore Segment
Three points of friction-pressure versus flow-rate data are shown for each Selected Fluid in each Selected Wellbore
Segment. The first and second flow-rate/pressure points define the laminar-flow regime, while the second and third points
define the turbulent-flow regime.
Q
This the flow rate for which friction pressure, P, is measured.
P
This is the friction pressure corresponding to the flow rate, Q.
Peff
This the actual friction pressure (that is, the effective friction pressure) that the model will actually use when you select
Use Multiplier as the Wellbore Friction Modification Mode. It is the product of the Friction Multiplier and the friction
pressure, P.
Wellbore Friction Modification Mode
These controls facilitate two methods by which you may change the wellbore friction parameters:
If you select Use Multiplier, you can enter a value for Friction Multiplier to change all friction pressure (P)
values by the same factor. This method preserves the shape of the wellbore friction vs. flow-rate curve,
essentially shifting it up or down.
If you select Set Individual Values, you can change all of data points individually (both flow rate and friction
pressure).
Plot Data
Friction Pressure vs. Rate
Select this function to plot friction-pressure versus flow-rate data for the Selected Wellbore Segment. You have the option
of plotting this data for either the Selected Fluid or All Fluids.
Other Functions
Library Data
Select this function to view the FLUID LIBRARY DATA screen where you access (for viewing, entering, or editing) the
Fluid Library data for the fluids listed on the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen.
480
FracproPT 2007
Selected Fluid
Name
This is the name of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library. To view the rheology properties of another fluid listed on the
Fluid and Proppant Selection [F5] screen, simply select it from the Name drop-down list.
Vendor
This is the vendor of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
System
This is the fluid system as entered in the Fluid Library.
Description
This is the description of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
Modified Properties
This field displays a message indicating from where the data on this screen was interpolated or taken, and whether or not
any of the data have been modified since retrieval.
Rheology for Selected Fluid
In-fracture rheology data for the current fluid (n' and K' as functions of time, at the current reservoir temperature) are
shown in this table. Notice that there is room in the rheology table for five different entries (that is, n' and K' at five different
times), while the rheology data taken from the Fluid Libraries consists of only two entries. This is so that you can enter a
more detailed rheology time-history if it is available (for example, for fluids that have been more fully investigated in a
laboratory).
Time
This is the time (at temperature) for which n and K are measured.
n'
This is the flow behavior index for the Selected Fluid at the current Time and Reservoir Temperature.
K
481
FracproPT 2007
This is the consistency index for the Selected Fluid at the current Time and Reservoir Temperature.
In Wellbore
Just below the five-row Rheology Data Table there are fields to enter values of n' and K' for the fluid while it is still in the
wellbore. For example, a crosslinked fluid would typically not be crosslinked until it was in the fracture. The In Wellbore
rheology values default to the initial n' and K' values from the table, which is correct for a linear gel. For a crosslinked gel,
you should enter the correct values.
Note:
The In Wellbore rheology is used for only two purposes:
In the Keck Correlation for calculating the effect of proppant on wellbore friction (see the Proppant
Effects on Wellbore Friction screen).
482
FracproPT 2007
The Fluid Loss and Thermal Properties tab of the FLUID DATA screen.
Selected Fluid
Name
This is the name of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library. To view the properties of another fluid listed on the FLUID
AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen, simply select it from the Name drop-down list.
Vendor
This is the vendor of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
System
This is the fluid system as entered in the Fluid Library.
Description
This is the description of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
Modified Properties
This field displays a message indicating from where the data on this screen was interpolated or taken, and whether or not
any of the data have been modified since retrieval.
Thermal Properties
Thermal Conductivity
This is a measure of the fluids conductive heat transfer ability (in units of btu/foot-hour-F).
Specific Heat
For engineering purposes, this is essentially the heat capacity of the fluid, which is a measure of the heat transfer required
to increase a "unit mass" of the fluid by 1 degree (in units of btu/pound-F).
Fluid Density
This is the total density of the clean fluid (including all the fluid additives) in the units of specific gravity (for example, pure
water at 4 degrees Celsius has a specific gravity of 1.0). This parameter is extremely important in modeling the
hydrostatic pressure in the wellbore. Most water-based fracturing fluids have densities very close to 1.01. When using
fracturing fluids with different densities, be sure to enter the actual density for each fluid.
Note:
483
FracproPT 2007
The effects of proppant and foam on hydrostatic wellbore pressure are handled automatically.
Wall Building Coefficient
Wall Building Coefficient
The Wall Building Coefficient is used to model the additional resistance to fluid leakoff created by the polymer filter-cake
that builds up on the fracture walls as fluid leaks off. Wall Building Coefficient is entered in units of feet/square-rootminute, as given by service company fluid manuals (that is, with 1,000 psi of pressure across the filter-cake). Select here
for additional information on the wall-building coefficient.
If you select either the Grid-Based Classical Model or the Grid-Based FLIC Model on the
Simulation Options [F4]
screen, you will see entries for low (1md) and high-perm (1,000 md) wall building coefficients (read additional information
on these parameters).
The wall-building coefficient for low perm (1 mD) will normally always be around 0.003 for 180 F but will adjust with
temperature slightly (higher number with higher temperature). Fluids without filtercakes are typically modeled using higher
spurt values.
The wall-building coefficient for high perm (1,000 mD) will typically be very large for linear gels (for example, 0.1), while it
is typically very close to the low perm (1 mD) value for crosslinked fluids.
Note:
Enter 0.0 to model no wall building effects.
Other Fluid Loss Properties
Spurt Loss
This parameter is defined as the amount of fluid that must leak off (per unit area) before a contiguous filter-cake begins to
form. Spurt loss (defined at 1 md and 1,000 psi) will range from 0.003 to 0.006 for most borate crosslinked fluids. The
higher the gel loading and viscosity, the lower the value. Spurt loss ranges from 0.005 to 0.009 for most metal crosslinked
systems (Ti/Zr, etc.). Values range from 0.01 to 0.02 for linear gels, while fluids without filtercakes can be modeled using a
value of 10. Read additional information on spurt loss.
Newtonian Leakoff Filtrate Viscosity
This parameter is the viscosity of the fluid leaking off from the fracture (that is, the filtrate fluid). This value is typically
close to that of water at the leakoff temperature.
Dynamic Equilibrium Fluid Loss Coefficient
If you select either the Grid-Based Classical Model or the Grid-Based FLIC Model on the
Simulation Options [F4]
screen, you will have access to this parameter. This parameter accounts for filtercake removal due to the shear forces
applied by fluid/proppant flow in the fracture.
This parameter is set at the conditions of 1 mD, 1,000 psi, 50 1/seconds, and 180 degrees F. The value is 0.0 for noncrosslinked fluids, while it ranges from 0.0 to 0.0007 (feet/minute) for borate crosslinked fluids and 0.0 to 0.0015 for metal
crosslinked fluids. An initial guess of 0.0005 is good for borate fluids, while a guess of 0.0008 would be best for metal
crosslinked fluids. The higher the polymer loading and viscosity, the greater the value will become.
Filtercake Compressibility Exponent
If you select either the Grid-Based Classical Model or the Grid-Based FLIC Model on the
Simulation Options [F4]
screen, you will have access to this parameter, which should always be around 0.2 for all polymer fluids.
Particulate Loss Additive
If you select either the Grid-Based Classical Model or the Grid-Based FLIC Model on the
Simulation Options [F4]
screen, you have access to this selection. If you activate this option, the effect of reduced fluid loss due to particulate
additives will be modeled.
Leakoff Parameters Reference Table
This table displays, for the current fluid, the effect of the Wall Building Coeff on the Total Leakoff Coeff. The Depth, Pore
Fluid Perm, and Reservoir Leakoff Coeff are taken from the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen and are displayed
in the table. The resulting Total Leakoff Coeff for each individual layer (which is a combination of the Reservoir Leakoff
Coeff and the Wall Building Coeff) is also displayed in the table. Only 10 layers are displayed in the table at any one time,
but up to a maximum of 100 can be accessed using the scroll bar.
The displayed Total Leakoff Coeff is for the current fluid only, and it is not necessarily representative of the overall leakoff
of a treatment if other fluids are also used. Note that a given Wall Building Coeff may dramatically affect the Total Leakoff
Coeff in a higher permeability zone while having a negligible effect on the Total Leakoff Coeff in a lower permeability
zone.
Other Functions
Library Data
Select this function to view the FLUID LIBRARY DATA screen where you access (for viewing, entering, or editing) the
Fluid Library data for the fluids listed on the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen.
484
FracproPT 2007
This screen shows the Fluid Library entries of friction-pressure versus flow-rate data for the Selected Fluid, for a number
of different wellbore configurations. Three points of friction-pressure versus flow-rate data are shown: The first and second
flow-rate/pressure points define the laminar-flow regime, while the second and third points define the turbulent-flow
regime. There are two Fluid Libraries: The System Library (which contains data supplied to Pinnacle by the service
companies) and the User Library (which contains data input by you when defining fluids).
The wellbore-friction data actually used by the simulator are shown on the FLUID DATA [SHIFT+F5] screen. Those data
are taken directly from this screen if the current wellbore configuration corresponds to one of the configurations for which
data are entered. If the current wellbore configuration does not correspond to one of the configurations in the tables on
this screen, the friction data are interpolated.
485
FracproPT 2007
486
FracproPT 2007
To change the rheology data interpolated from this screen and actually used by the simulator, you must go to the
Fluid Rheology Properties tab of the FLUID DATA [SHIFT+F5] screen where any changes made to the data are
saved when you save the input file.
Delete Fluid from User Library
Select this function to delete the Selected Fluid from the User Library, which of course implies that the Selected Fluid is in
the User Library.
Note:
You cannot use this function to delete fluids from the System Library.
The Fluid Loss and Thermal Data tab of the Fluid Library Data screen.
Selected Fluid
Name
This is the name of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library. To view the properties of another fluid listed on the FLUID
AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen, simply select it from the Name drop-down list.
Vendor
This is the vendor of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
System
This is the fluid system as entered in the Fluid Library.
Description
This is the description of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
Wall Building Coefficient
Wall Building Coefficient
487
FracproPT 2007
The Wall Building Coefficient is used to model the additional resistance to fluid leakoff created by the polymer filter-cake
that builds up on the fracture walls as fluid leaks off. Wall Building Coefficient is entered in units of feet/square-rootminute, as given by service company fluid manuals (that is, with 1,000 psi of pressure across the filter-cake).
Click here for additional information on the wall-building coefficient.
Note:
Enter 0.0 to model no wall building effects.
Other Fluid Loss Properties
Spurt Loss
This parameter is defined as the amount of fluid that must leak off (per unit area) before a contiguous filter-cake begins to
form. Spurt Loss is generally not a parameter that plays a significant role in hydraulic fracturing. Values for Spurt Loss can
be obtained for different fluids from service company fluid-data books. Spurt Loss not only changes with fluid type,
additives, temperature, etc., but it also changes over the range of formation permeability.
Newtonian Leakoff Filtrate Viscosity
Enter the viscosity of the leakoff fluid in this field, which is typically around 1 centipoise.
Thermal Properties
Thermal Conductivity
Enter the thermal conductivity of the fluid in this field. A typical value for this parameter in oil field units is 0.3.
Specific Heat
Enter the specific heat of the fluid in this field. A typical value in oil field units is around 1.0.
Fluid Density
This is the total density of the clean fluid (including all the fluid additives) in the units of specific gravity (for example, pure
water at 4 degrees Celsius has a specific gravity of 1.0). This parameter is extremely important in modeling the
hydrostatic pressure in the wellbore. Most water-based fracturing fluids have densities very close to 1.01. When using
fracturing fluids with different densities, be sure to enter the actual density for each fluid.
Other Functions
Save Fluid to User Library
Select this function to save the Selected Fluid to the User Library of fluids. Any changes made to the data on this screen
are not saved unless you use this function.
Note:
To change the fluid loss and thermal data read directly from this screen and actually used by the simulator, you must
go to the Fluid Loss and Thermal Properties tab of the FLUID DATA [SHIFT+F5] screen where any changes made
to the data are saved when you save the input file.
Delete Fluid from User Library
Select this function to delete the Selected Fluid from the User Library, which of course implies that the Selected Fluid is in
the User Library.
Note:
You cannot use this function to delete fluids from the System Library.
Proppant Properties
Proppant Data
The Proppant Data screen is accessed by:
clicking on the Edit Current Proppant button in the Proppant Selection tab in the Fluid and Proppant
- F5 screen
selecting from the main menu Data > Fluids and Proppantns > Select Proppant
This screen is where properties of the current proppant are viewed, edited and, optionally, saved for future re-use. Other
proppants from the proppant list may be viewed by selecting the desired proppant in the Proppant Identifier drop-down
list.
The proppant list is shown on the the Proppant Selection tab in the Fluid and Proppant - F5 screen if you are in Fracture
Analysis Mode, Fracture Design Mode, or Economic Optimization Mode: it is shown on the Proppant Selection screen if
you are Production Analysis Mode.
There are two libraries, the System Library and the User Library.
488
FracproPT 2007
compiled from various sources (generally based on the most reliable proppant data that is
available).
vendors documentation (that is, not published on their World Wide Web site).
Stim-Lab 6.0
Stim-Lab 1999.
Status: This field displays a message indicating from which Proppant Library the data for the
Selected Proppant comes and whether or not it has been modified from library values.
proppant source
489
FracproPT 2007
Fields
Cost: This is the cost of the proppant in dollars per pound, which is used for reports only.
Bulk Density: This is the bulk density of the proppant, which typically measures about 100 lb/ft^3 for
sand, and 110-150 lb/ft^3 for manufactured proppants.
Packed Porosity: This is the porosity of the proppant in a closed fracture. This value is calculated
from the Bulk Density and Specific Gravity.
Specific Gravity: This property is calculated from the Proppant Bulk Density and the Packed
Proppant Porosity.
Turbulence Coeff a / b at Low / High Stress: These are the coefficients that are used in the
correlation of Forcheimer's beta coefficient with proppant permeability (see the Cooke reference in
Technical References).
Threshold Stress: This is a threshold value to distinguish between low and high stress for the
Turbulence Coeff a / b. If the stress is less than the threshold stress, Turbulence Coeff a / b Low
Stress are used. Otherwise, Turbulence Coeff a / b High Stress are used.
Note:
If the diameter is less than the value entered in the Proppant Diameter Greater Than field on the Proppant Model tab
of the Fracpropt Model Parameters screen (the default is 0.0125 inches), the proppant is ignored for calculations of
propped dimensions, but it is considered in calculating wellbore friction and hydrostatic head. This function is useful
for modeling proppant slugs.
Width Correction a: The width reduction as a function of the effective stress on proppant for a 2
2
lbs/ft proppant pack. This data comes from a StimLab correlation.
Width Correction b: Initial width correction at 2000 psi as measured by StimLab at 2 lbs/ft .
Proppant Type: This refers to the general classification of the proppant (that is, Sand, Resin Coated
Sand, Ceramic, Low Density Ceramic, Medium Density Ceramic, High Density Ceramic, Resin
Coated Low Density Ceramic, Resin Coated Medium Density Ceramic, Resin Coated High Density
Ceramic).
For proppants from FracproPT 10.2 and earlier, the Proppant Type is automatically set to
undefined.
Proppant Coating: This refers to the type of proppant coating. The temperature correction for
proppant permeability is only used when the Proppant Coating is set to Precured or Curable.
For proppants from FracproPT 10.2 and earlier, Proppant Coating is automatically set to None.
Effective Stress on Proppant: This is the value of effective closure stress acting on the proppant. In
a producing well, this is roughly similar to the difference between the far-field closure stress and the
bottomhole flowing pressure (BHFP).
prop=Pfrac-Pi-(Po-Pn)
where
prop is the stress on the proppant
Pfrac is the pressure required to open the fracture (roughly equal to frac gradient times depth)
Pi is the current, local pore pressure
is the poroelastic coefficient (typically 0.5)
Po is the original reservoir pressure
Pn is the current average reservoir pressure
Proppant Permeability: This is the permeability of the proppant pack corresponding to the value of closure stress.
Additional Information: ReservoirPT Stress on Proppant
For non-Halliburton proppants, the Proppant Permeability can be modified. In contrast, for Halliburton proppants, the
Proppant Permeability is computed during fracture model runs from a proprietary Halliburton model (this model is
available to all users).
490
FracproPT 2007
Perm at Resvr Temp: Correlations for the Perm at Resvr Temp are adapted from PredK version 6.57, Feb 2002.
Proppant permeability is only corrected if Proppant Type is set to Precured or Curable.
Additional Information: Perm at Resvr Temp Correlations
Avg Width for 2 lb/ft2: This is the average fracture width for a proppant loading of 2 lbs/ft .
Avg Width after Embedment for 2 lb/ft2: This is the average fracture width after embedment is
2
subtracted (twice, for both walls) for a proppant loading of 2 lbs/ft .
Conductivity after Embedment for 2 lb/ft2: This is the conductivity of the proppant pack after
2
embedment is subtracted (twice, for both walls) for a proppant loading of 2 lbs/ft .
Beta Factor: Forcheimer's beta coefficient calculated from the permeability k using Cookes
turbulence coefficients a and b.
a
=b/k
Perm vs. Stress: Display plot of Proppant Permeability versus Effective Stress on Prop.
Width vs. Stress: Display plot of Avg Width for 2 lb/ft versus Effective Stress on Prop.
Conductivity vs. Stress: Display plot of Conductivity after Embedment for 2 lb/ft2 versus
Effective Stress on Prop.
Beta Factor vs. Stress: Display plot of Beta Factor versus Effective Stress on Prop.
Conductivity: Display bar diagram of Conductivity after Embedment for 2 lb/ft2 per proppant.
Plot Data
Buttons
Radio Buttons
Bar Diagrams
Independent Lab Verification: Whether the proppant data was obtained and verified by an
independent laboratory (for example, Stim-Lab) or by a laboratory that is somehow dependent on a
proppant vendor.
(that is, No, Yes)
Comments: Notes that summarize the algorithms that were used to compile missing data for each
proppant, if relevant.
Save Proppant to User Library: Select this function to save the proppant to the User Library of
proppants. Any changes made to the data on this screen are not saved unless you use this function.
Delete Proppant from User Library: Select this function to delete the proppant from the User
Library, which of course implies that the proppant is in the User Library.
You cannot use this function to delete proppants from the System Library.
Additional Information: Proppant Data Compilation
491
FracproPT 2007
492
FracproPT 2007
Note:
Prior to Version 10.1, this was the actual number (damage factor) used by the simulator. But now that an additional
damage factor can also be applied (that is, the Apparent Damage Factor described below), the Total Damage
Factor (described below) is the actual number used by the simulator. However, if you recall an old input file saved
with an older version of FracproPT, the Apparent Damage Factor is set automatically to zero such that only this
Proppant Damage Factor is active and will, therefore, be equivalent to the Total Damage Factor.
This field is read-only if the Suggest value based on fluid type checkbox is enabled.
Suggest value based on fluid type
If this checkbox is enabed, a fluid can be selected from the adjacent drop-down menu. On the basis of this fluid, the value
for the Proppant Damage Factor will be set (and that field will be deactivated). These values are obtained from StimLabs Predict-K and Proppant Manager database.
Flowrate Dependent Damage
The flowrate dependent effects that damage, or appear to damage, proppant permeability are accounted for in FracproPT
by the Apparent Damage Factor.
These options allow you to approximate the reduced hydrocarbon production attributable to non-Darcy and multiphase
flow effects in the proppant pack. You can model non-Darcy effects only, or Non-Darcy effects and multiphase flow
effects, but you cannot model multiphase flow effects only.
Include Non-Darcy Effects
Select the check box to include non-Darcy flow effects. You must also select the type of hydrocarbon you will be
producing and estimate the rate at which it will be produced (this can be done manually or automatically).
Well Type
Select either Gas Well or Oil Well in this field. If you receive an error message when you enter the Hydrocarbon
Standard Gravity in the next field, then you may have to change your selection.
Hydrocarbon Standard Gravity
This is gas gravity (at standard conditions) if you selected Gas Well as the Well Type, or API gravity if you select Gas
Well as the Well Type.
Proppant Concentration per Frac
Enter the average expected in-fracture proppant concentration in this field. If you are dealing with a multiple
(simultaneous) fracture scenario, this is the value for one of the fractures. Rather than manually entering this parameter,
you can use the result from the last run of the fracture model by selecting the Use Frac Length and Prop Conc from
Last Run function described below.
Enter HC Production Rate / Automatically Estimate HC Production Rate
Use this option to choose whether you want to enter your own estimate of what the postfrac hydrocarbon production will
be, or to have FracproPT automatically estimate the production. If you choose the later, the following fields will be
activated and you must enter various reservoir and fracture characteristics in order for the postfrac production to be
estimated.
Water Saturation
This number is entered as a fractional number less than one. For example, a value of 0.25 indicates that 25% of the
porosity does not contain hydrocarbons.
X-Direction Extent
This is the distance from the wellbore to the drainage boundary in the direction parallel to the fracture. You may wish to
make this number greater than the Y-Direction Extent by an amount equal to the propped-fracture length. Values for this
parameter that describe common reservoir/drainage sizes are shown in the table found in the description of Drainage
Area shown below.
Y-Direction Extent
This is the distance from the wellbore to the drainage boundary in the direction normal to the fracture. Values for this
parameter that describe common reservoir/drainage sizes are shown in the table found in the description of Drainage
Area shown below.
Drainage Area
This is a calculated number, based on your entries for X-Direction Extent and Y-Direction Extent. The following table
lists values for some common drainage areas.
Drainage Area
X-Direction Extent
Y-Direction Extent
40 acres
660 feet
660 feet
493
FracproPT 2007
80 acres
933 feet
933 feet
160 acres
1,320 feet
1,320 feet
320 acres
1,867 feet
1,867 feet
640 acres
2,640 feet
2,640 feet
Reservoir Permeability
The permeability of the reservoir is displayed in this field.
Hydrocarbon Viscosity
The viscosity of the hydrocarbons is displayed in this field.
Net Pay Thickness
The thickness of the net pay is displayed in this field.
Initial Reservoir Pressure
The initial pressure of the reservoir is displayed in this field.
Porosity
The porosity is displayed in this field.
Proppant
Select the proppant from the list of proppant in the PROPPANT SELECTION screen for which the apparent and total
damage factor is to be displayed.
Apparent Damage Factor
This is the additional proppant permeability damage factor that is calculated from the entries describing the non-Darcy and
multiphase flow effects. This damage factor, along with the Proppant Damage Factor described above, are essentially
summed to obtain the Total Damage Factor (described below) that is actually used by the simulator.
Proppant Embedment
The embedment (that is, infiltration) of proppant into the reservoir that surrounds the fracture can be specified here.
Proppant Embedment
This field specifies the proppant embedment. This field is deactivated if the Suggest value based on payzone modulus
checkbox is selected.
In soft rock, proppant tends to be pushed into the walls of the fracture. This reduces the final conductivity that can be
obtained from a fracture treatment, as the embedded proppant does not actively contribute to production. Proppant
embedment is in general a small or large fraction of a proppant grain.
494
FracproPT 2007
This embedment is always for a single fracture face. Consequently, the total embedment effect for both fracture faces is
twice the number on this screen.
Embedment is never subtracted from fracture width. Instead, embdedment is used to adjust the effective conductivity of
the fracture.
Suggest value based on payzone modulus
If this checkbox is selected, a value for the Proppant Embedment is suggested based on the modulus of the payzone, and
the Proppant Embedment field is deactivated.
A correlation released by Stim-Lab in February 2001 is used to calculate the embedment of proppant based on the
modulus of the payzone rock. Above a modulus of 5,000,000 psi, embedment is absent. For relatively soft rock,
embedment can be of the order of the diameter of a proppant grain
Fracture Filter Cake
The thickness of the filter cake in the fracture, and whether the effects of the filter cake on the conductivity of the fracture
should be included can be specified here.
Fracture Filter Cake Thickness
This field specifies the thickness of the filter cake in the fracture.
Include Filtercake effects on conductivity
Select this checkbox to include the effects of the filter cake on the conductivity of the fracture.
Additional Damage Effects
The additional damage effects of temperature and stress cycles on proppant permeability can be specified here.
Include effect of temperature on proppant permeability
Select this checkbox to include the additional damage effect of temperature on proppant permeability.
Research by Stim-Lab indicates that resin-coated proppant can show higher damage at higher temperatures as the resin
flows into the pore space of the proppant grains. The temperature multiplier has a direct effect on the Perm at Resvr
Temp column in the PROPPANT DATA screen.
Include effect of stress cycles on proppant permeability
Select this checkbox to include the additional damage effect of stress cycles on proppant permeability.
Number of stress cycles
Select the Include effect of stress cycles on proppant permeability checkbox to modify the value in this field to specify
the number of stress cycles. The default value is 1.
Total Damage
Both the flowrate dependent and the non-flowrate dependent effects that damage, or appear to damage, proppant
permeability are accounted for in FracproPT by the Total Damage Factor, which is the sum of the damage represented
by the Proppant Damage Factor and the Apparent Damage Factor.
Total Damage Factor
This the total damage factor applied to the proppant permeability, which is calculated automatically from the damage
factors resulting from both non-flow-related (that is, the Proppant Damage Factor) and flow-related (that is, the
Apparent Damage Factor) phenomena. This is the parameter actually used by FracproPT.
Permeability Diagram
This diagram displays the proppant permeability versus the proppant name.
Conductivity Diagram
This diagram displays the proppnt conductivity versus the proppant name.
Beta Factor Diagram
This diagram displays the proppant beta factor versus the proppant name.
Calculation of Proppant Perm Damage Factors
The values for the proppant perm damage factor change during a fracture model simulation, because the inputs to the
damage factor calculation are dependent on the fracture model results.
For the non-Darcy damage factor and the multi-phase effect, the flow geometry is needed. This depends on the payzone
height and the fracture height.
495
FracproPT 2007
Before running the fracture model, the geometry is not yet known. Consequently, the smaller of the net pay height and
100 ft i is used. Once the model is run, the propped height is used, unless the pay height is less than the propped height,
in which case the average of the two is used.
The damage factor shown on this screen also uses the Proppant Concentration per Frac and the Fracture Half-Length
that can be entered in the Include Non-Darcy Effects section in the Flowrate Dependent Damage section.
In all the calculations and results that are displayed in the reports, these values are not used. Instead, the internally
calculated damage factor (that depends on the fracture length and width from the most recent FracproPT simulation) is
used. Consequently, the results in this screen do not necessarily match up with the damage factor in the reports.
After running the model, the final values for the proppant perm damage factors on this screen do not necessarily match up
with those in the reports. The reason is that the logic of this screen is that the damage factor can be (pre-) calculated
based on the inputs on this screen (for example, length, concentration), in contrast to the values obtained from the results
of the model run. To view the values that are obtained from the model run, click on the Use Frac Length and Prop Conc
from Last Run button in the Include Non-Darcy Effects section in the Flowrate Dependent Damage section.
Treatment Schedule - F6
496
The user first sets an FcD Goal (that is, a dimensionless conductivity goal). The default of 10 provides
nearly infinite conductivity, meaning that the fracture will not act as the bottleneck for production
FracproPT 2007
performance. Recent work, for example by Valko, has shown that an ideal FcD is approximately 1.6. It may
not be possible to achieve the FcD Goal if either Max TSO Net Pressure Increase or Max Proppant
Concentration is exceeded.
Next, a Fracture Half-Length Increment is entered, which dictates the different between the fracture halflengths that FracproPT will consider. For high-perm frac-and-pack treatments, this value should be only a
few feet. It should be set to a larger value (for example, 50 ft or 100 ft) for low permeability reservoirs.
Enter the Max TSO Net Pressure Increase to specify the maximum tip screen-out (TSO) net pressure
increase that FracproPT will consider to achieve the FcD Goal. Generally, this parameter should be
limited to 1,000 to 2,000 psi, since excessive net pressure increases may cause formation or proppant
pack damage. For lithologies like coal that are very sensitive to such damage, this value should be limited
to 100 to 500 psi.
Enter the Max Proppant Concentration that you are willing to pump during a treatment to achieve the
FcD Goal. Typically, service companies are uncomfortable to pump proppant in excess of 22 ppg, since
this is getting very close to pumping a "solid" or immobile proppant.
Fracture Half-Length Increment: This parameter reflects the fracture half-lengths that FracproPT
will consider when the user starts the sensitivity study. For high-perm frac-and-pack treatments, this
value should be as small as a few feet, while for low-perm treatments this parameter should be set to
a larger value (for example, 50 or 100 feet).
Max TSO Net Pressure Increase: This parameter reflects the maximum pressure that FracproPT
will allow while still achieving the user-defined FcD Goal. Generally, this parameter should be limited
to 1,000 to 2,000 psi since excessive net pressure increases may cause formation or proppant-pack
damage. For lithologies that are very sensitive to damage be excessive pressurization (for example,
coals), this parameter should be even further limited (for example, 100 to 500 psi).
Max Proppant Concentration: This parameter sets the maximum proppant concentration that
FracproPT will allow while still achieving the user-defined FcD Goal. The entry here may reflect
equipment limitations or prior experiences where higher concentrations are not easily accepted by the
formations.
Use Effective Propped Length: The Use Effective Propped Length option is available in order to
more realistically model the actual propped fracture half length that contributes to the post-fracture
production. Experience has shown that especially in low permeability formations, the actual fracture
length that contributes to the production can be significantly less than the created propped fracture
half length. This can occur for several reasons, but the main reason is thought to be poor cleanup of
the gel residue in the proppant pack. Additional factors can be proppant embedment and filtercake
embedment, which are modeled separately in FracproPT.
By checking the Use Effective Propped Length checkbox, you are turning on an additional
calculation, which uses a theoretical formula to predict the effectiveness of the post-fracture cleanup,
based on the fracture half length, conductivity and reservoir permeability. The formula for effective
length calculations is based on correlations developed by the Stim-Lab consortium in 2006. The
497
FracproPT 2007
Revenues
Gas/Oil Price (Net)
The income stream for the economic model is simply this number multiplied by the change in cumulative production over
one time step. This price should be net of royalties, partial interests, and severance taxes.
Price Escalation Rate
498
FracproPT 2007
The gas/oil price used in each time step is escalated at this rate.
Discount Rate
Future income streams are discounted at this rate for the discounted-cash-flow calculation. This parameter may also be
known as the hurdle rate or opportunity rate.
Costs
Operating Costs
These monthly costs are subtracted from the cash flow.
Cost Escalation Rate
Monthly costs are escalated at this rate.
Initial Investment
This value, plus Fixed Frac Costs and Variable Frac Costs, is used to obtain the total investment, which is subtracted
from the cash flow at time zero. The total investment is also used as the basis for the return on investment (ROI)
calculation. ROI is simply net present value (NPV) divided by Initial Investment. The Initial Investment may be the entire
well cost, the completion cost, or just the treatment cost.
Note:
The so-called Incremental ROI and Incremental NPV are calculated using only the Stimulation Cost (that is, they
do not include the Initial Investment). The production used to calculate these variables is the total (stimulated)
production minus the unstimulated production.
Fixed Frac Costs
These are treatment costs that do not vary directly with job size (for example, rig time, hydraulic horsepower, mileage
charges, and engineering time).
Variable Frac Costs
These are costs that vary linearly with job size. The most important variable-cost items are fluid and proppant. This
parameter is entered in terms of $/Unit Fracture Treatment, which is the treatment currently entered on the TREATMENT
SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
With reference to the Production Schedule Table and other fields described below:
The simulator produces the well at the Minimum Pressure (constant-pressure solution) unless doing
so causes the production rate to exceed Maximum HC Rate.
499
FracproPT 2007
At this point the simulator produces the well with a rate equal to Maximum HC Rate (constant-rate
solution). Production continues at that rate until maintaining that rate cannot be achieved at the
Minimum Pressure.
At this point the well is again produced at the Minimum Pressure (constant-pressure solution) until
the rate falls to Minimum HC Rate.
The Well Production Constraints screen when using User Entered Table.
500
FracproPT 2007
The Well Production Constraints screen when using Production Database Derived Table.
501
FracproPT 2007
Time Interval
This is the time in days over which the other production constraints on the same line of the schedule apply. Essentially,
this is the time step for the reservoir simulator. A suggested series of entries for this field to simulate a total of five years of
production is as follows: 30, 60, 92.5, 182.5, 182.5, 182.5, 365, 365, and 365.
In general, consecutive entries in this field should not increase by more than a factor of two between entries (for example,
10 days, 20 days, 40 days, etc.). The same type of logic holds true when Time Interval should be made small to capture
the details of a pressure build-up. In such a case, you should not reduce consecutive entries in this field by more than a
factor of one-half (for example, 1 day, 0.5 day, 0.25 day, etc.).
Total Time
This is the summation (calculated by the program) of all the Time Interval entries.
Maximum HC Rate
Production Analysis switches to constant-rate production at this value if constant-pressure production causes the
production rate to exceed this value.
Minimum Pressure
The well is produced at this pressure unless the production rate exceeds Maximum HC Rate. This pressure must be less
than the current average reservoir pressure. Typically, gas wells are initially produced at high pressures (that is, small
draw-downs), but are rapidly drawn down to the vicinity of 1000 psi over the first six months to one year of production.
Pressure Location
This field refers to the location where the pressures entered on this screen are measured or specified. Pressure Location
can be toggled between Bottomhole and Surface pressures using the drop-down list. Surface is available only if
Wellbore Present is selected on the RESERVOIR analysis OPTIONS [F4] screen. You must also have entered the
appropriate tubing data on the RESERVOIR WELLBORE PARAMETERS [F5] screen and you must be simulating gas
production.
502
FracproPT 2007
Other Functions
Minimum HC Rate
The current simulator run is terminated when production rate falls below this value. Production Analysis attempts to
solve for the exact time when the production rate falls below this value.
Maximum Drawdown
The simulator strives to produce the well at this maximum drawdown from average reservoir pressure. The Maximum HC
Rate and Minimum HC Rate constraints are still honored.
Optimization Control - F10
503
FracproPT 2007
Fracture Half-Length
Hydraulic fracture half-length for each simulation
Lifetime PI Ratio
Calculated production for the fractured well vs the unfractured well for the duration specified in the WELL PRODUCTION
[F6] screen, Production Constraints tab.
Cum Production
Cumulative production for the duration specified in the WELL PRODUCTION [F6] screen, Production Constraints tab.
NPV
This value represents the Net Present Value (NPV) at the end of the specified well production period. Final NPV after a
period of n years is calculated using the following equation:
Incrl NPV
This number is calculated using only the Stimulation Cost (that is, they do not include the Initial Investment). The
production used to calculate this number is the total (stimulated) production minus the unstimulated production.
Incrl ROI
This number is calculated using only the Stimulation Cost (that is, they do not include the Initial Investment). The
production used to calculate this number is the total (stimulated) production minus the unstimulated production.
Treatment Cost
Calculated Treatment Cost based on OPTIMIZATION ECONOMIC DATA [F8] screen and the required treatment size to
obtain the given Fracture Half-Length.
Model Output
Economics Plot
Select this function to display an automatically configured plot of Net Present Value (NPV) and Return on Investment
(ROI) versus Propped Length (that is, Plot #31 on the PLOT LIST [Alt+F8] screen).
Propped Length Plot
Select this function to display an automatically configured plot of Propped Length versus Total Injected Volume (that is,
Plot #32 on the PLOT LIST [Alt+F8] screen).
Compare Results
Select this function to view the COMPARE SIMULATION RESULTS [Shift+F4] screen.
Generate Report
Select this function to go to the REPORT SETUP [SHIFT+F2] screen..
Economic Analysis
Select Size Using Economic Criterion
Select this function to pick the maximum value of either NPV, Incremental NPV, ROI or Incremental ROI from the
Optimization Output Table.
Generate Treatment Schedule
Select this function to jump to the FRACTURE DESIGN CONTROL [F10] screen in the Fracture Design module to
generate the treatment schedule to achieve the desired fracture half-length and conductivity.
Treatment Selection
Select this function to jump to the TREATMENT SELECTION [F8] screen in the Fracture Design module to evaluate
additional fracture design constraints.
Proppant Comparison
Compare Proppants
Runs Economic Optimization automatically for up to 4 Selected Proppants in the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION
[F5] screen, Proppant Selection tab.
NPV vs Length Plot
504
FracproPT 2007
The General Information tab is the first tab on the Well and Treatment Information - F3 screen.
This screen is used to enter various data and information, such as general comments, about the simulation represented
by this input file. Some of the information can be included automatically on plot titles and report page headers.
The information entered here is also displayed in the Input File Preview area of the standard FileOpen dialog. It can
also be used by the Input File Search utility that is also a part of that dialog.
Note:
The path and file name of the current input file are displayed at the top of this screen, which is common to all four
FracproPT modes.
505
FracproPT 2007
506
FracproPT 2007
3D Shear-Decoupled (Default)
3D Tip-Dominated
2D PKN
2D KGD
2D Radial
3D Shear-Decoupled (Default)
This is the new default model for FracproPT version 10.3. In hundreds of fracture treatments where Pinnacle has utilized
direct fracture diagnostics (microseismic fracture mapping and tiltmeter fracture mapping), we have seen that fracture
growth is in general more confined than we would initially think based on "classical" assumptions, for example the
presence of closure stress barriers or permeability barriers. In several cases, we have seen confined fracture growth
(length-height aspect ratios of 2 and larger) in areas with a single thick pay zone and no nearby barriers (see SPE paper
56724). It has long been postulated that this is due to a "composite layering effect". This composite layering effect causes
partial decoupling of the fracture width profile along layer interfaces, and results in slower fracture growth trough layer
interfaces (in fracture height).
The 3D Shear-Decoupled model predicts longer, more confined fractures caused by the introduction of an average
Composite Layering Effect (CLE) for the layers outside the Pay Zone. This average value is based on hundreds of
fracture treatment that were monitored using direct fracture diagnostics. As a result of greater confinement, net pressures
are typically also slightly higher for the 3D Shear-Decoupled model than for the 3D Tip-Dominated model. Note however,
that the Composite Layering Effect that is needed to match actual geometries can sometimes vary widely in different
regions and formations, and the default Composite Layering Effect of 25 (resulting in an estimated incremental
height/length growth of about 0.25 outside the pay) used in the 3D Shear-Decoupled model is only an average. All other
parameters for this model are the same as for the 3D Tip-Dominated model described below.
507
FracproPT 2007
3D Tip-Dominated
This is the lumped 3D model developed for GRI, which is not a so-called pseudo 3D model. In general, the model predicts
shorter, wider fractures due to higher predicted net pressures that, in general, have been found to match very closely with
observed field data. In the 3D Tip-Dominated model, the most important parameter that is hardwired is the Tip Effect
Coefficient (see FRACPROPT MODEL PARAMETERS [Shift+F3] screen, FracproPT 3D Parameters tab), to a value of
0.0001.
3D Conventional (Linear Elastic)
This mode should give results very similar to those from the few other 3D models available. Note that this also is not a
pseudo 3D model, although it may predict similar results and it has many of the same problems (for example, low net
pressures and great sensitivity to fluid rheology). In the 3D Conventional model, the most important parameter that is
hardwired is the Tip Effect Coefficient (see FRACPROPT MODEL PARAMETERS [SHIFT+F3] screen, FracproPT 3D
Parameters tab), to a value of 0.4.
3D Calibrated
To load a calibrated settings file, select this 3D Calibrated radio button and then select the appropriate file in the
associated combo box on the left. Only engineers from Pinnacle can save and generate these calibrated settings files,
which are located in the FracproPT program folder (for example, for a default installation: c:\Program Files\Pinnacle
Technologies\FracproPT\Program) as CMS-files (Calibrated Model Settings).
Pinnacle has learned from direct fracture diagnostic data, such as tiltmeter fracture mapping and micro-seismic fracture
mapping, that fractures can grow very differently in different environments. In some areas, the default settings in fracture
models accurately predict directly observed fracture growth, but in other areas these default settings do not accurately
reflect actual fracture growth. In these areas, the default model settings do not provide an accurate description of fracture
growth, and other physical mechanisms such composite layering effects should be introduced by changing the default
fracture model parameters to provide a calibrated 3D model.
Pinnacle has provided some model settings that have been released for publication in this category, and the number of
released model settings keeps on growing as we learn more about fracture growth behavior in more regions and
formations. Note that Pinnacle also distributes confidential calibrated model settings to clients that have utilized our
fracture mapping services.
If a 3D Calibrated model is selected, the FracproPT logo on the Navigation Bar and in hardcopies of plots changes to the
FracproXACT logo, indicating that model settings were used that tie back to direct measurements of fracture growth in
that environment. This should provide a better estimate of fracture growth behavior for that specific region of formation
that one of the "hardwired" model settings.
3D User-Defined
If you routinely change the default model parameters for your work in one or more areas, you can save those model
parameters and easily recall them at any time.
Saving a User-Defined Model You first select this 3D User-Defined option and then go to the
FracproPT 3D Parameters tab of the FRACproPT MODEL PARAMETERS [Shift-F3] screen and
change any of the model parameters. While still on this screen and after making your changes, press
the Save These Settings As A User-Defined Parameter File, which will create and save a UMS-file
(User-defined Model Settings) in the FracproPT program folder (for example, c:\Program
Files\Pinnacle Technologies\FracproPT\Program).
Using a User-Defined Model Press the Load These Settings As A User-Defined Parameter File
and then select the desired UMS-file. Of course you must have first created or copied a UMS-file
before you can select one.
2D
You can choose from among the three common 2D models using this drop-down list.
PKN 2D Model This is one of the classical 2D models with constant (specified) height and width
proportional to height. It is still often used (with high gel viscosity) to force a pressure "match" in the
later treatment stages, almost always ignoring early pressure data that results from water injection.
KGD 2D Model This is one of the classical 2D models with constant (specified) height and with
width proportional to length. It can rarely be used to match measured pressures (except perhaps with
forced use of backstress).
Radial Model This is one of the classical 2D models. The model assumes axisymmetry in radial
growth.
The 2D PKN and 2D KGD models do not, in general, give reasonable answers, even in reservoirs where there is almost
perfect containment, due to their unrealistically low net fracturing pressure predictions. The same is true of the 2D radial
model, even in homogeneous reservoirs where radial fractures may indeed be created. The 2D radial model generally
predicts dramatically lower net fracturing pressures than are observed in the field and, thus, predicts fractures with much
larger radii and much smaller widths than are actually created.
508
FracproPT 2007
The 2D models are available in FracproPT for a number of reasons. Results (especially dimensions) from the 2D models
can be compared to 3D results. As well, the 2D models can be used in an attempt to match observed net pressures, a
process that should readily demonstrate their inadequacy. Also, the 2D models can be used as a starting point for
understanding typical fracture treatment designs provided to you on the basis of other 2D models.
Other Options
FracproPT Model Parameters
Select this button as a shortcut to get to the FracproPT Model Parameters [Shift+F3] screen.
509
FracproPT 2007
FracproPT can automatically convert a Lithology Based Reservoir to a General Reservoir, if necessary. Unfortunately,
there is no way to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir without loosing some of this data.
However, you should rarely, if ever, want or need to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir.
Use this type of data entry if you can assign all reservoir properties different log files. Once you have assigned specific
properties using the Log-Layer Editor, you are ready to use the model.
Backstress
Ignore
Backstress is the change in formation closure stress induced by elevated (or reduced) pore pressure, which is caused by
fluid leakoff from the fracture (or production from the reservoir). In reservoirs that are not near 100% liquid saturation (that
is, dry gas reservoirs), the increase in backstress is usually not significant and may needlessly complicate the analysis
and slow numerical computations. In such cases, you should choose this option.
Model
This option should be used only when there is relatively high fluid leakoff, very high fluid saturation, and (therefore) low
pore-fluid compressibility (for example, in oil reservoirs). Of course, you can calculate backstress effects in a gas
reservoir, but the amount of backstress will be extremely small and the calculation will slow simulator execution speed
unnecessarily.
Fracture Orientation
Vertical
Vertical Fracture is generally selected. The FRACTURE PICTURE [Alt+F5] screen, the STAGE PROFILE PICTURE
[Ctrl+F5] screen, and the WIDTH PROFILE PICTURE [Alt+F7] screen all show a vertical fracture with a depth scale and
a vertical profile of the minimum horizontal stress.
Horizontal
If you select Horizontal Fracture, FracproPT grows a horizontal fracture at the Initial Frac Depth shown on the
RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen. You must first select Lithology Based Reservoir (in another section of this
FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen) before selecting Horizontal Fracture. The FRACTURE PICTURE
[Alt+F5] screen, the STAGE PROFILE PICTURE [Ctrl+F5] screen, and the WIDTH PROFILE PICTURE [Alt+F7] screen
display the horizontal fracture, but with a vertical screen orientation.
510
FracproPT 2007
production string are calculated. Also, you may select surface pressure as a production constraint on the WELL
PRODUCTION CONSTRAINTS screen, if you choose Wellbore Present on this screen.
PVT Correlations
Manual PVT Entry
If you select Manual PVT Entry, you have access to the USER-ENTERED PVT PROPERTIES screen where you must
enter volume factors and viscosities for PVT calculations.
Automatic PVT Correlations
Selecting Automatic PVT Correlations causes ReservoirPT to use PVT data calculated from the appropriate oil or gas
correlations on the PVT CORRELATIONS screen.
Cleanup Effects
Ignore Cleanup Effects
Selecting Ignore Cleanup Effects causes ReservoirPT to ignore any damage caused by frac-fluid invasion in the
reservoir.
Model Cleanup Effects
Selecting Model Cleanup Effects causes ReservoirPT, with FraPS, to simulate both temporary and permanent damage
caused by frac-fluid invasion in the reservoir. If you select Model Cleanup Effects, you have access to the FILTRATE
CLEANUP EFFECTS screen.
Production Schedule
User Defined Production Schedule
Selecting User Defined Production Schedule causes ReservoirPT to use the production schedule that you enter on the
WELL PRODUCTION CONSTRAINTS screen.
Automatic Production Schedule
Selecting Automatic Production Schedule causes ReservoirPT to automatically generate and use a production schedule.
Wellbore Configuration - F7
Note that the information on this tab is NOT used for any of the calculations in FracproPT. The only time this information is
used is for the SCHEMATIC VIEW, the 2D SCHEMATIC VIEW and WELLBORE VIEWER, all of which can be selected
from the icon bar or the FracproPT Menu > View.
511
FracproPT 2007
512
FracproPT 2007
This column contains a selection box that allows you to choose whether this segment is open hole (Open Hole) or
cemented open hole (Cemented OH). This choice affects only the wellbore schematic views, not the model results.
Bit Diameter
You enter the Bit Diameter in this column. This entry affects only the wellbore schematic views, not the model results.
Effective Diameter
You enter the Effective Diameter of the drilled hole in this column. This choice affects only the wellbore schematic views,
not the model results.
Other Options
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and zotal Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
513
FracproPT 2007
Casing
This table is used to describe the casing, whether or not any or the entire casing is actually the pipe string used to carry
the treatment fluids. The Top MD entry for segment number one defaults to zero. For each segment, the user must enter
the OD and ID, while Weight and Grade are optional.
Segment #
The first column shows the Segment #. Up to 20 different segments can be specified. Whole segments (that is, rows in
the table) may be added or deleted: A blank line is inserted at the current cursor position by highlighting a Segment # and
pressing [Ins], while a line is deleted by highlighting a Segment # and pressing [Del].
Length
Length refers to the measured length, not the true vertical length, of the segment. The sum of all Length entries is the
measured depth (MD) of the wellbore. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection box (described below),
Length may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Top MD (measured depth at the beginning of
the segment) and Bottom MD (measured depth at the end of the segment). If Length is calculated, it will show up in blue.
Top MD
Top MD is the measured depth at the beginning of the segment. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection
box (described below), Top MD may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Length (the measured
length of the segment) and Bottom MD (measured depth at the end of the segment). If Top MD is calculated, it will show
up in blue.
Bottom MD
Bottom MD is the measured depth at the end of the segment. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection
box (described below), Bottom MD may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Length (the
measured length of the segment) and Top MD (measured depth at the beginning of the segment). If Bottom MD is
calculated, it will show up in blue.
Casing
This column contains a selection box that allows you to choose whether this segment is Cemented Casing or Free
Casing that is not cemented. This choice affects only the wellbore schematic views, not the model results.
514
FracproPT 2007
OD
Select a casing outer diameter (OD) for this segment from the Casing Library that contains all standard API casing
diameters or enter the OD directly if the casing is not of a standard API diameter.
Weight
Select a casing Weight for this segment from the Casing Library or enter the Weight directly.
ID
If you selected a casing OD and Weight for this segment from the Casing Library, the corresponding casing inner
diameter (ID) will already be entered. Alternatively, you may enter the ID directly.
Grade
Select a casing grade for this segment from the selection box. This information is not currently used for anything other
than display and record-keeping purposes.
Other Options
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and Total Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
515
FracproPT 2007
Surface Line/Tubing
Segment #
The first column shows the Segment #. Up to 20 different segments can be specified. Whole segments (that is, rows in
the table) may be added or deleted: A blank line is inserted at the current cursor position by highlighting a Segment # and
pressing [Ins], while a line is deleted by highlighting a Segment # and pressing [Del].
Length
Length refers to the measured length, not the true vertical length, of the segment. The sum of all Length entries is the
measured depth (MD) of the wellbore. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection box (described below),
Length may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Top MD (measured depth at the beginning of
the segment) and Bottom MD (measured depth at the end of the segment). If Length is calculated, it will show up in blue.
Note:
If you are entering a segment to represent the surface line, which can be important in terms of performing a proper
flush at the end of the treatment, there is an easy method to get the correct surface-line volume; simply set the ID of
the segment to 32" and then enter the number of barrels in the surface line in the Length field.
Top MD
Top MD is the measured depth at the beginning of the segment. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection
box (described below), Top MD may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Length (the measured
length of the segment) and Bottom MD (measured depth at the end of the segment). If Top MD is calculated, it will show
up in blue.
Bottom MD
Bottom MD is the measured depth at the end of the segment. Depending on the choice made in the Compute selection
box (described below), Bottom MD may either be entered or it may be calculated based on entries for Length (the
measured length of the segment) and Top MD (measured depth at the beginning of the segment). If Bottom MD is
calculated, it will show up in blue.
Surface Line/Tubing
516
FracproPT 2007
This column contains a selection box that allows you to choose whether this segment is comprised of Tubing, Drill Pipe,
or a Packer. In addition, you have the additional choices of Surface Line or Surface CTU for the first segment.
Note:
If you are entering a segment to represent the surface line, which can be important in terms of performing a proper
flush at the end of the treatment, there is an easy method to get the correct surface-line volume; simply set the ID of
the segment to 32" and then enter the number of barrels in the surface line in the Length field.
OD
Select an outer diameter (OD) for this segment from the Tubing Library that contains all standard API tubing diameters or
enter the OD directly if the tubing is not of a standard API diameter.
Weight
Select a Weight for this segment from the Tubing Library or enter the Weight directly.
ID
If you selected an OD and a Weight for this segment from the Tubing Library, the corresponding segment inner diameter
(ID) will already be entered. Alternatively, you may enter the ID directly.
Note:
If you are entering a segment to represent the surface line, which can be important in terms of performing a proper
flush at the end of the treatment, there is an easy method to get the correct surface-line volume; simply set the ID of
the segment to 32" and then enter the number of barrels in the surface line in the Length field.
Grade
Select a grade for this segment from the selection box. This information is not currently used for anything other than
display and record-keeping purposes.
Other Options
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and Total Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
517
FracproPT 2007
Perforated Intervals
FracproPT can model up to 20 separate perforated intervals. See Application Notes below for information on how to set
up and model some common well scenarios in terms of Perforated Intervals.
Use
Selecting, or checking, this box in the Use column specifies whether or not the perforations defined by this line are
actually used in the simulation. Therefore, if you do not want to use one or more sets of perforations that are entered, you
can simply unselect the Use box to ignore them.
Note:
While selecting and unselecting sets of perforations, you may notice that the display order in the table may change.
However, among the perforation sets that are actually used (that is, checked), their display order should be from
shallowest to deepest.
Top MD
Top MD is the measured depth at the top of the perforation interval.
Bottom MD
Bottom MD is the measured depth at the bottom of the perforation interval.
Top TVD
Using data from other tabs on this WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen, the true vertical depth (TVD) to the top of
the perforated interval is calculated and displayed in this field.
518
FracproPT 2007
Bottom TVD
Using data from other tabs on this WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen, the true vertical depth (TVD) to the
bottom of the perforated interval is calculated and displayed in this field.
Diameter
Diameter is the average perforation diameter for the interval.
Number of Perfs
Number of Perfs is the total number of perforations for the interval.
Application Notes
Modeling as Multiple Perfed Intervals versus a Single Perfed Interval
There are three ways to model multiple perforated intervals in FracproPT. Below are some rules of thumb of when to use
each of these three different strategies:
For zones that are separate but still relatively close to one another in comparison to the total fracture
height that you are expecting (you are expecting substantial overlap between multiple fractures), it is
generally better to model them with a single perforated interval. You can account for the flow split and
additional leakoff between multiple fractures by selecting a Volume Factor and a Leakoff Factor in
the MULTIPLE FRACTURES [SHIFT+F7] screen that are equal to the number of perforated intervals.
You can also account for the interference between these multiple fractures by changing the Opening
Factor. Please refer to the MULTIPLE FRACTURES [SHIFT+F7} screen for more information.
People most often choose this option if they do not accurately know the rock properties, closure and
permeability profile with depth that drive fracture growth, and if they only want a very approximate
answer as to what they are achieving. The choice here is to keep it simple, as we dont have the
detailed information to justify a very detailed analysis.
When simulating limited-entry perforating where the number of perforations per interval is the main
driver for flow split between zones, define multiple perforated intervals on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen AND use Simplified Iteration on the Additional Options tab of the
FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen. In this case, you are assuming that closure stress
changes and net pressure changes per interval are small in comparison to the limited-entry
perforation friction pressure drop.
When simulating limited-entry perforating of multiple zones AND when you know that properties such
as fracture closure stress and permeability vary significantly between the perforated intervals, you
may wish to model each zone as an independent fracture by specifying multiple perforated intervals
on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen AND use General Iteration on the Additional
Options tab of the FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen. In this case, the fracture model will
run much more slowly, because you are actually simulating several fractures growing at once. The
model may also slow considerably due to the complex nature of calculating the flow split and frictional
pressure losses between perforated intervals. When you do model more than one set of perforations,
simulator output (such as net pressure, fracture dimensions, or fracture/proppant pictures) is
displayed in terms of one fracture (that is, one perforated interval) at a time. You can toggle between
the different fractures (that is, the different perforated intervals) by pressing [CNTR+F] or by selecting
the Next Interval icon on the toolbar. Note that conducting net pressure history matching for multiple
intervals requires one match for each interval, and can therefore become quite a laborious task.
For each perforated interval, FracproPT automatically searches the interval for the lowest stress zone
and sets the center of that zone to be the Initial Frac Depth (as displayed on the RESERVOIR
PARAMETERS [F9] screen). Total perforated height for each interval, whether entered by you here,
or on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen in the case where you are ignoring the wellbore,
has no effect on the perforation friction predicted by FracproPT. Perforation friction is calculated
based solely on the flow rate, the number and diameter of the perfs you enter here, and on the data
entered on the PERF AND NEAR-WELLBORE FRICTION [F8] screen.
Therefore, you do not have to, nor do you necessarily always want to, enter the true total perforated
height. Rather, you may want to enter the perforation information such that fracture initiation in the
simulator is guaranteed at the location you desire.
Special cases are very large perforated heights and small-volume treatments. In those situations, you
may want to enter the actual perforated height and turn the Set Minimum Fracture Height option on.
Doing so causes the fracture to initiate from the entire perforated height (that is, as a line source
rather than a point source). The Set Minimum Fracture Height option is accessed from the MODEL
PARAMETERS screen.
Other Options
519
FracproPT 2007
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and Total Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
520
FracproPT 2007
Other Options
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and Total Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
521
FracproPT 2007
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
Specify
Build, Turn, MD
For this selection, enter the build rate, the turn rate, and the measured depth for the beginning of each segment in the
appropriate columns. The remaining data in the table is calculated and filled in automatically. If you have this data in an
Excel, you can also simple Copy and Paste columns to populate this screen.
MD, Inclination, Azimuth
For this selection, enter the measured depth, the inclination, and the azimuth for the beginning of each segment in the
appropriate columns. The remaining data in the table is calculated and filled in automatically. If you have this data in an
Excel, you can also simple Copy and Paste columns to populate this screen.
N-S, E-W, TVD
522
FracproPT 2007
For this selection, enter the north-south distance, the east-west distance, and the true vertical depth for the beginning of
each segment in the appropriate columns. The remaining data in the table is calculated and filled in automatically. If you
have this data in an Excel, you can also simple Copy and Paste columns to populate this screen.
MD, TVD, Azimuth
For this selection, enter the measured depth, the true vertical depth, and the azimuth for the beginning of each segment in
the appropriate columns. The remaining data in the table is calculated and filled in automatically. If you have this data in
an Excel, you can also simple Copy and Paste columns to populate this screen.
Other Options
Injection is Down
Select Tubing, Annulus, or Casing to specify the path in the wellbore through which treatment fluids flow to the
perforations.
If you select Tubing, fluid will flow through the tubing in any wellbore segments where tubing is
present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
If you select Annulus, fluid will flow through the casing/tubing annulus in any wellbore segments
where tubing is present and through the casing in any wellbore segments where tubing is not present.
Select Frac String Full if the wellbore is completely full of fluid at the start of pumping. In this case,
Frac String Volume and Total Frac String Volume are non-editable fields and will display the same
values.
Select Frac String Partially Full if the wellbore is not completely full of fluid at the start of pumping,
and then enter the volume of fluid in the frac string in the Frac String Volume field. In this case Total
Frac String Volume is a non-editable field and shows the total volume of the frac string.
Compute
Using the Compute selection box to select one of three options for entering the depth/length data for each wellbore
segment:
Length Length for each segment is calculated from entries for Top MD and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Top MD Top MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Bottom MD for each
segment.
Bottom MD Bottom MD for each segment is calculated from entries for Length and Top MD for each
segment.
The Compute option can be changed at any time, and it is not necessary to use the same option for whole sections of
Drilled Hole, Casing, or Surface Line/Tubing.
523
FracproPT 2007
524
FracproPT 2007
525
FracproPT 2007
Fracture Toughness
Enter the fracture toughness for the layer of rock you are fracturing.
Reservoir Type
Define the reservoir type by selecting either Oil or Gas from the drop-down list.
Reservoir Lithology
Make a selection from the available Rock Types from the drop-down list. The rock type is important (in this simulation)
only for chemical properties (for example, for acid reaction) and for thermal properties (for example, fluid heating).
526
FracproPT 2007
To convert Permeability to Leak-Off Coefficient and vice versa as displayed on the Reservoir Parameters
[F9] screen.
As the initial fluid-loss driving pressure for the first simulator time step.
Note:
Once the fracture has initiated (for example, after the first time step), the actual pressure in the fracture is used to
drive fluid leakoff.
Compressibility
This is the compressibility (that is, the inverse of modulus) of the fluid in the pores. For oil reservoirs, compressibility can
be as low as 3e-6 1/psi. In gas reservoirs, the compressibility is the reciprocal of the pore pressure (for example, if the
pore pressure equals about 5000 psi, the compressibility would be about 0.0002 1/psi).
Pore Fluid Viscosity
This input refers to the mobile reservoir fluid. Typical values for a gas reservoir would be low, of order 0.01 to 0.1 cp, with
very little change with temperature. For an oil reservoir, typical values could be much higher, of order one to several
hundred cp, and significant changes with temperature would be expected.
Porosity
This is the volume fraction of formation rock that is occupied by pores where oil or gas is stored. Typical values are
around 10% (entered as 0.10), but porosity may be as high as 60% (0.60) or as low as only a few percent.
Gas In Foam Leakoff Percentage
This parameter relates the quality of the leakoff fluid to the quality of the fluid in the fracture. For example, a Gas In Foam
Leakoff Percentage of 25 with 80-quality foam in the fracture means that the leakoff fluid is 20-quality (that is, 20 percent
gas, 80 percent liquid). This field is accessible only if you have foam inputs on the Treatment SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
Other Functions
Reservoir Depletion
Select this function to view the DEPLETION MENU screen where you can model the effects (on pore pressure, pore fluid
compressibility, and closure stress) of production from the reservoir. A message field adjacent to the Reservoir Depletion
selection indicates whether or not the depletion model is currently In Use or Not Used.
Set To Gas Defaults
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to values that are estimated for a typical gas reservoir. You may
change individual numbers afterwards.
Set To Oil Defaults
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to values that are estimated for a typical oil reservoir. You may
change individual numbers afterwards.
Set To User Defined
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to the values entered on the Reservoir Leakoff Parameters
screen that was used when you last choose User Specified as the Reservoir Type. You may change individual numbers
afterwards.
Reservoir Depletion
This screen is where you can model the change in closure stress, pore pressure, and pore-fluid compressibility that has
resulted from production in a finite region around a wellbore. For example, in an oil reservoir produced from an acid
fracture such that the region around the fracture has a pore pressure below the bubble point (that is, resulting in a higher
pore-fluid compressibility) and a lower closure stress due to the lower pore pressure.
Note:
When modeling depletion effects, you should enter the current (that is, depleted) values for closure stress on the
RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen.
527
FracproPT 2007
Layer Display
This screen displays the lithology (that is, Rock Type) of the reservoir and a log-style view of the following properties:
stress, permeability, Young's modulus, Poisson's ratio, and fracture toughness.
528
FracproPT 2007
Reservoir Parameters - F9
Lithology-Based Reservoir Parameters Layers [F9]
This screen is accessible only if you select Lithology Based Reservoir and either 3D Tip-Dominated Model or 3D
Conventional Model on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen. Here you specify all rock properties
according to lithology as defined by a single set of layer depths and the Rock Type in each layer.
Use this type of data entry if you do not know many properties about the reservoir, and if you want to set up a layered
profile quickly. Once you assigned the main properties of the lithologies that you are using and defining the depth of
individual layers, you are ready to start modeling.
529
FracproPT 2007
If you select Lithology Based Reservoir, all mechanical properties (for opening, etc.), all chemical properties (for
acidizing), and all thermal properties (for injection-fluid heating and reservoir cooling) will be input to the simulator based
on rock type and a single set of depths.
In general, this is the most convenient way to specify model inputs. Once you have constructed your Lithology Based
Reservoir, FracproPT can automatically convert it to a General Reservoir if necessary. Unfortunately, there is no way to
convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir without loosing some of this data. However, you should
rarely, if ever, want or need to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir.
Use this type of data entry if you do not know many properties about the reservoir, and if you want to set up a layered
profile quickly. Once you assigned the main properties of the lithologies that you are using and defining the depth of
individual layers, you are ready to start modeling.
General Multi-Scale
If you select General Multi-Scale Reservoir, you will enter each of the mechanical properties (for example, stress,
modulus, etc.) with its own independent set of layer depths. Chemical properties (for acidizing) and thermal properties (for
injection-fluid heating and reservoir cooling) are input to the simulator based on rock type and a single set of depths.
FracproPT can automatically convert a Lithology Based Reservoir to a General Reservoir, if necessary. Unfortunately,
there is no way to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir without loosing some of this data.
However, you should rarely, if ever, want or need to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir.
Use this type of data entry if you can assign reservoir properties using various different log files and if you have no log
information on other parameters. Once you have assigned specific properties using the Log-Layer Editor, you need to
provide only a few entries for estimates of properties on which you do not have more specific data.
General Single Scale
If you select General Reservoir, you will enter each of the mechanical properties (for example, stress, modulus, etc.) with
its own independent set of layer depths. Chemical properties (for acidizing) and thermal properties (for injection-fluid
heating and reservoir cooling) are input to the simulator based on rock type and a single set of depths.
FracproPT can automatically convert a Lithology Based Reservoir to a General Reservoir, if necessary. Unfortunately,
there is no way to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir without loosing some of this data.
However, you should rarely, if ever, want or need to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir.
Use this type of data entry if you can assign all reservoir properties different log files. Once you have assigned specific
properties using the Log-Layer Editor, you are ready to use the model.
Reservoir Layer Table
This is where you define the layers comprising the reservoir and surrounding strata by entering the depth to the top of
each layer. Up to 100 layers may be entered, but only 8 are shown at any time. Blank rows in the table may be added by
selecting a whole row and pressing [Ins], and lines may be deleted by selecting the whole row and pressing [Del].
You must define at least three layers and the fractures must initiate in the middle layers. If you do not, FracproPT will
display an error message and the simulator will not run. The layers where the fractures initiate (depending on the position
of the perforated interval defined on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen) are highlighted yellow in the table.
If you have more than one perforated interval defined, you can cycle through them by pressing [CNTR+F] or selecting the
Next Interval toolbar button.
Depth TVD
If you select Enter TVD, enter the true vertical depth to the top of each layer in this column. If you select Enter MD, the
true vertical depth will be calculated and displayed in this column.
Depth MD
If you select Enter MD, enter the measured depth to the top of each layer in this column. If you select Enter TVD, the
measured depth will be calculated and displayed in this column.
Layer Thickness
This value represents the layer thickness in TVD. This value is not editable and calculated from the top of each layer in
the Depth TVD column.
Rock Type
Select a Rock Type from the drop-down list for each layer in this column.
Pore Fluid Permeability
If you select Enter Permeability, enter the Pore Fluid Permeability for each layer in this column. If you select Enter
Leakoff Coefficient, the permeability will be calculated and displayed in this column.
Leakoff Coefficient
If you select Enter Leakoff Coefficient, enter the (total) Leakoff Coefficient for each layer in this column. If you select
Enter Permeability, the leakoff coefficient will be calculated and displayed in this column.
530
FracproPT 2007
Stress
Fracture closure in the middle of the layer that is calculated using the specified gradient under the Rock Properties tab.
Youngs Modulus
Youngs Modulus for the layer based on the assigned modulus for that lithology in the Rock Properties tab.
Poissons Ratio
Poissons Ratio for the layer based on the assigned Poissons ratio for that lithology in the Rock Properties tab.
Fracture Toughness
Fracture Toughness for the layer based on the assigned toughness for that lithology in the Rock Properties tab.
Composite Layering Effect
Composite layering effect for the layer based on the assigned composite layering effect for that lithology in the Rock
Properties tab.
Pay Zone
Use this check box to mark all zones that you consider pay zones. This is information is used by Fracture Design Mode
and also in the calculation of the Payzone Height Coverage Ratio and Payzone Fracture Area Ratio model channels.
In Production Analysis Mode, if you use the Import Frac Interval Properties function, Permeability on the
PRODUCTION ANALYSIS Reservoir Parameters [F9] screen is the average of all the permeabilities of all zones
marked as pay zones, not just the permeability of the zone containing the perforated interval. The average permeability is
calculated as sum of kh for all zones divided by the total height of all zones:
Average Permeability=kh/Total Height
Depth Entry Mode
Enter TVD
Select this option to enter the layer depths in the Reservoir Layer Table in terms of the true vertical depth (TVD). The
corresponding measured depth (MD) will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent column in the table.
Enter MD
Select this option to enter the layer depths in the Reservoir Layer Table in terms of the measured depth (MD). The
corresponding true vertical depth (TVD) will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent column in the table.
Fluid Loss Entry Mode
You have the choice of entering either Permeability or (total) Leakoff Coefficient. Whichever one you choose to enter,
FracproPT uses a permeability-to-leakoff-coefficient relationship to calculate the other.
Enter Permeability
Select this option to enter the Pore-Fluid Permeability in the Set Lithology Permeability dialog for each Rock Type in the
Reservoir Layer Table. The corresponding (total) Leakoff Coefficient will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent
column in the table.
Enter Leakoff Coefficient
Select this option to enter the (total) Leakoff Coefficient in the Set Lithology Leakoff Coefficient dialog for each Rock Type
in the Reservoir Layer Table. The corresponding Pore-Fluid Permeability will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent
column in the table.
Set Lithology Permeability / Set Lithology Leakoff Coefficient
This option allows you to set the values for either Pore-Fluid Permeability or Leakoff Coefficient (depending on whether
you have chosen Enter Permeability or Enter Leakoff Coefficient above) for all the current reservoir layers specified with a
particular Rock Type. Selecting this function causes a dialog to appear where you select a Rock Type from a drop-down
list and then enter either the Pore-Fluid Permeability or Leakoff Coefficient for that Rock Type.
Otherwise, you may enter Pore-Fluid Permeability or Leakoff Coefficient on a layer-by-layer basis, regardless of Rock
Type.
Other Reservoir Properties
Reservoir Temperature
This is the reservoir temperature at the mid-perf depth. In addition to heat transfer calculations, this number is used to
select the correct rheology data from the Fluid Library.
Perforations
Total perforated height, whether entered by you here, or on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen in the case
where you are not modeling the wellbore, has no effect on the perforation friction predicted by FracproPT. Perforation
friction is calculated based solely on the flow rate and the data entered on the PERF AND NEAR-WELLBORE FRICTION
[F8] screen.
531
FracproPT 2007
Note:
The perforation and initial frac depths are always entered and/or display here in terms of true vertical depth (TVD).
Note:
If you have more than one perforated interval defined on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen, you can
toggle through a display of each interval by pressing [Ctrl+F] or selecting the Next Interval toolbar button.
Note:
For large perforated intervals, you may elect to have the fracture initiate from a line source (details of which can be
found on the Growth Parameters tab of the FracproPT MODEL PARAMETERS screen).
Depth to Top of Perfs
If you choose Ignore Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, you must
enter a value for Depth to Top of Perfs here. If you choose Model Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE
SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, Depth to Top of Perfs is taken from data entered on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen and displayed (uneditable) on this screen.
Depth to Bottom of Perfs
If you choose Ignore Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, you must
enter a value for Depth to Bottom of Perfs here. If you choose Model Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE
SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, Depth to Bottom of Perfs is taken from data entered on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen and displayed (uneditable) on this screen.
Initial Frac Depth
FracproPT always calculates this value; it is approximately the center of the zone with lowest stress found within the
perforated interval. If you want to guarantee fracture initiation from a particular zone (regardless of the stress profile and
the true perforated interval), you can make the perforated interval small enough such that you control where the simulator
initiates the fracture.
Initial Frac Depth must fall within one of the inner Rock Type layers (that is, it cannot fall within either the top layer or the
bottom layer).
Other Functions
Layer Display
Select this function to view the INTEGRATED FRACTURE PICTURE with the Layer Properties Template.
Logs/Layers Editor
If a standard Log ASCII (LAS) file is available, layers can be built automatically and properties can be assigned
automatically using the Logs/Layers Editor.
Reservoir Parameters Rock Properties [F9]
This screen is where you view and/or enter the mechanical properties for the various Rock Types.
532
FracproPT 2007
533
FracproPT 2007
534
FracproPT 2007
Select this function to overwrite any changes that you may have made in the chemical properties of the System Library
of Rock Types. Properties for any User Library Rock Types are not modified.
535
FracproPT 2007
536
FracproPT 2007
This parameter indicates the pressure inside the fracture soon after fracture initiation. A good estimate for this number is
typically about 500 psi higher than pay zone closure stress. This parameter has two functions:
To convert Permeability to Leak-Off Coefficient and vice versa as displayed on the RESERVOIR
PARAMETERS [F9] screen, Layers tab.
As the initial fluid-loss driving pressure for the first simulator time step.
Note:
Once the fracture has initiated (for example, after the first time step), the actual pressure in the fracture is used to
drive fluid leakoff and calculate the actual leakoff coefficient.
Pore Fluid Compressibility
This is the compressibility (that is, the inverse of modulus) of the fluid in the pores. For oil reservoirs, compressibility can
be as low as 3e-6 1/psi. In gas reservoirs, the compressibility is the generally the reciprocal of the pore pressure (for
example, if the pore pressure is about 5000 psi, the compressibility would be about 0.0002 1/psi).
Pore Fluid Viscosity
This input refers to the mobile reservoir fluid. Typical values for a gas reservoir would be low, of order 0.01 to 0.1 cp, with
very little change with temperature. For an oil reservoir, typical values could be much higher, of order one to several
hundred cp, and significant changes with temperature would be expected.
Porosity
This is the volume fraction of formation rock that is occupied by pores where oil or gas is stored. Typical values are
around 10% (entered as 0.10), but porosity may be as high as 60% (0.60) or as low as only a few percent.
Gas In Foam Leakoff Percentage
This parameter relates the quality of the leakoff fluid to the quality of the fluid in the fracture. For example, a Gas In Foam
Leakoff Percentage of 25 with 80-quality foam in the fracture means that the leakoff fluid is 20-quality (that is, 20 percent
gas, 80 percent liquid). This field is accessible only if you have foam inputs on the Treatment SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
Set to Gas Defaults and Set to Oil Defaults
If you choose the buttons to Set to Gas Defaults or Set to Oil Defaults, the parameters on this screen are overwritten by
FracproPT. However, you can always set these parameters yourself after that by editing them individually.
Choosing Set to Gas Defaults or Set to Oil Defaults automatically sets a number of Reservoir Leakoff Parameters to
default values for "typical" reservoirs (that is, normally pressured, etc.). These parameters apply to all layers in the
Reservoir Layer Table.
Reservoir Depletion
Select this function to view the DEPLETION MENU screen where you can model the effects (on pore pressure, pore fluid
compressibility, and closure stress) of production from the reservoir. A message field adjacent to the Reservoir Depletion
selection indicates whether or not the depletion model is currently In Use or Not Used.
Drainage Area
The drainage area in terms of its extent and the well spacing is specified here.
X-Direction Extent
This parameter is the extent of the drainage area along the length of the fracture (that is, the x direction).
Y-Direction Extent
This parameter is the extent of the drainage area along the width of the fracture (that is, the y direction).
Well Spacing
This parameter is used to calculate a pseudo-steady state PI ratio in the Fracture Design module and is linked to the
Reservoir Extent in the Production Analysis module.
Fracture Azimuth
This parameter describes the fracture orientation with respect to north, with the positive direction defined to be clockwise
(for example, 45 degrees corresponds to the NE-to-SW direction). This parameter is used only for display purposes by the
Wellbore Viewer and does not affect model results.
Suggest Viscosity and Compressibility
Pressing this button will set Pore Fluid Viscosity and Pore Fluid Compressibility (described above) to suggested values.
537
FracproPT 2007
538
FracproPT 2007
To convert Permeability to Leak-Off Coefficient and vice versa as displayed on the Reservoir Parameters
[F9] screen.
As the initial fluid-loss driving pressure for the first simulator time step.
Note:
Once the fracture has initiated (for example, after the first time step), the actual pressure in the fracture is used to
drive fluid leakoff.
Compressibility
This is the compressibility (that is, the inverse of modulus) of the fluid in the pores. For oil reservoirs, compressibility can
be as low as 3e-6 1/psi. In gas reservoirs, the compressibility is the reciprocal of the pore pressure (for example, if the
pore pressure equals about 5000 psi, the compressibility would be about 0.0002 1/psi).
Pore Fluid Viscosity
This input refers to the mobile reservoir fluid. Typical values for a gas reservoir would be low, of order 0.01 to 0.1 cp, with
very little change with temperature. For an oil reservoir, typical values could be much higher, of order one to several
hundred cp, and significant changes with temperature would be expected.
Porosity
539
FracproPT 2007
This is the volume fraction of formation rock that is occupied by pores where oil or gas is stored. Typical values are
around 10% (entered as 0.10), but porosity may be as high as 60% (0.60) or as low as only a few percent.
Gas In Foam Leakoff Percentage
This parameter relates the quality of the leakoff fluid to the quality of the fluid in the fracture. For example, a Gas In Foam
Leakoff Percentage of 25 with 80-quality foam in the fracture means that the leakoff fluid is 20-quality (that is, 20 percent
gas, 80 percent liquid). This field is accessible only if you have foam inputs on the Treatment SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
Other Functions
Reservoir Depletion
Select this function to view the DEPLETION MENU screen where you can model the effects (on pore pressure, pore fluid
compressibility, and closure stress) of production from the reservoir. A message field adjacent to the Reservoir Depletion
selection indicates whether or not the depletion model is currently In Use or Not Used.
Set To Gas Defaults
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to values that are estimated for a typical gas reservoir. You may
change individual numbers afterwards.
Set To Oil Defaults
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to values that are estimated for a typical oil reservoir. You may
change individual numbers afterwards.
Set To User Defined
Select this function to set the parameters on this screen to the values entered on the Reservoir Leakoff Parameters
screen that was used when you last choose User Specified as the Reservoir Type. You may change individual numbers
afterwards.
Reservoir Depletion
This screen is where you can model the change in closure stress, pore pressure, and pore-fluid compressibility that has
resulted from production in a finite region around a wellbore. For example, in an oil reservoir produced from an acid
fracture such that the region around the fracture has a pore pressure below the bubble point (that is, resulting in a higher
pore-fluid compressibility) and a lower closure stress due to the lower pore pressure.
Note:
When modeling depletion effects, you should enter the current (that is, depleted) values for closure stress on the
RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen.
540
FracproPT 2007
This is the virgin pore pressure. The depleted, or current, pore pressure is entered on either the Reservoir Leakoff
Parameters screen and it is displayed below for reference.
Note:
FracproPT multiplies the change in pore pressure by 0.5 (which is a mid-range value for the so-called poro-elastic
coefficient) to determine the change in closure stress due to depletion. At a distance from the wellbore equal to the
Radius of Depletion, the closure stress entered on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen (that is, the current
or depleted closure stress) is increased by the change in closure stress due to depletion and the pore pressure is
increased to this Original Pore Pressure.
Depleted Pore Pressure
This is the current (that is, depleted) pore pressure that is entered on the Reservoir Leakoff Parameters screen. This
number is displayed here for reference only.
Original Pore Fluid Compressibility
This is the virgin pore fluid compressibility. At a distance out from the wellbore equal to the Radius of Depletion, pore fluid
compressibility decreases to this Original Pore Fluid Compressibility.
Layer Display
This screen displays the lithology (that is, Rock Type) of the reservoir and a log-style view of the following properties:
stress, permeability, Young's modulus, Poisson's ratio, and fracture toughness.
Reservoir Parameters - F9
Reservoir Parameters - Rock Library [F9]
This screen is used to maintain a database (library) of Rock Types with particular mechanical, chemical, and thermal
properties. There are several pre-defined rock-types included with FracproPT in the System Library, but these can be
edited, deleted, or renamed, as the user requires.
541
FracproPT 2007
542
FracproPT 2007
You must define at least three layers in each of the data tables described below and the fracture must initiate in a middle
layer. The layers where the fractures initiate (depending on the position of the perforated interval defined on the
WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen) are highlighted yellow in the table. If you have more than one perforated
interval defined, you can cycle through them by pressing [CNTR+F] or selecting the Next Interval toolbar button.
Note:
The actual depths you enter and the numbers of layers you define do not have to be identical in each of the data
tables.
543
FracproPT 2007
If you select Lithology Based Reservoir, all mechanical properties (for opening, etc.), all chemical properties (for
acidizing), and all thermal properties (for injection-fluid heating and reservoir cooling) will be input to the simulator based
on rock type and a single set of depths.
In general, this is the most convenient way to specify model inputs. Once you have constructed your Lithology Based
Reservoir, FracproPT can automatically convert it to a General Reservoir if necessary. Unfortunately, there is no way to
convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir without loosing some of this data. However, you should
rarely, if ever, want or need to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir.
Use this type of data entry if you do not know many properties about the reservoir, and if you want to set up a layered
profile quickly. Once you assigned the main properties of the lithologies that you are using and defining the depth of
individual layers, you are ready to start modeling.
General Multi-Scale
If you select General Multi-Scale Reservoir, you will enter each of the mechanical properties (for example, stress,
modulus, etc.) with its own independent set of layer depths. Chemical properties (for acidizing) and thermal properties (for
injection-fluid heating and reservoir cooling) are input to the simulator based on rock type and a single set of depths.
FracproPT can automatically convert a Lithology Based Reservoir to a General Reservoir, if necessary. Unfortunately,
there is no way to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir without loosing some of this data.
However, you should rarely, if ever, want or need to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir.
Use this type of data entry if you can assign reservoir properties using various different log files and if you have no log
information on other parameters. Once you have assigned specific properties using the Log-Layer Editor, you need to
provide only a few entries for estimates of properties on which you do not have more specific data.
General Single Scale
If you select General Reservoir, you will enter each of the mechanical properties (for example, stress, modulus, etc.) with
its own independent set of layer depths. Chemical properties (for acidizing) and thermal properties (for injection-fluid
heating and reservoir cooling) are input to the simulator based on rock type and a single set of depths.
FracproPT can automatically convert a Lithology Based Reservoir to a General Reservoir, if necessary. Unfortunately,
there is no way to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir without loosing some of this data.
However, you should rarely, if ever, want or need to convert from General Reservoir to Lithology Based Reservoir.
Use this type of data entry if you can assign all reservoir properties different log files. Once you have assigned specific
properties using the Log-Layer Editor, you are ready to use the model.
Reservoir Rock Type Table
Depth TVD / Depth MD
Depending on your selection in the Depth Entry Mode options, you enter either Depth TVD (true vertical depth) or Depth
MD (measured depth) to the top of each layer in this column.
Layer Thickness
This value represents the layer thickness in TVD. This value is not editable and calculated from the top of each layer in
the Depth TVD column.
Rock Type
Enter the rock type or lithology name in each layer in this column.
Reservoir Stress Table
Depth TVD / Depth MD
Depending on your selection in the Depth Entry Mode options, you enter either Depth TVD (true vertical depth) or Depth
MD (measured depth) to the top of each layer in this column.
Stress
Enter the closure stress in each layer in this column.
Reservoir Elastic Properties Table
Depth TVD / Depth MD
Depending on your selection in the Depth Entry Mode options, you enter either Depth TVD (true vertical depth) or Depth
MD (measured depth) to the top of each layer in this column.
Youngs Modulus
Enter the Young's Modulus in each layer in this column.
Poissons Ratio
Enter the Poisson's Ratio in each layer in this column.
Fracture Toughness
544
FracproPT 2007
Fracture toughness for the layer based on the assigned toughness for that lithology in the Rock Properties tab.
Composite Layering Effect
Composite layering effect for the layer based on the assigned composite layering effect for that lithology in the Rock
Properties tab.
On a per-layer basis, this number is multiplied by the default Tip Effects Coefficient, which is entered on the FracproPT
3D tab of the FracproPT MODEL Parameters [SHIFT+F3] screen. Generally, this number should be left at 1. However,
in order to specify the relative tip effects for any particular layers, thereby specifying the relative degree of fracture growth
into said layers, you may enter some number other than 1. For example, if you wanted a particular Rock Type to exhibit
higher composite layering effects characteristics, you would enter a number greater than 1.
Additional Information: Composite Layering Effects
Est Ht/Len Growth
This parameter provides an estimate for the ratio of fracture height growth versus fracture length growth if the composite
layering effect would be the main driving force for fracture growth. For example, if the Composite Layering effect is set to
10, the Est Ht/Len Growth shows that for every foot the fracture grows in length, it grows about 0.32 foot in height.
Reservoir Fluid Loss Table
Depth TVD / Depth MD
Depending on your selection in the Depth Entry Mode options, you enter either Depth TVD (true vertical depth) or Depth
MD (measured depth) to the top of each layer in this column.
Pore Fluid Permeability
If you select Enter Permeability in the Fluid Loss Entry Mode options, enter the Pore Fluid Permeability for each layer
in this column. If you select Enter Leakoff Coefficient, the permeability will be calculated and displayed in this column.
Leakoff Coefficient
If you select Enter Leakoff Coefficient in the Fluid Loss Entry Mode options, enter the (total) Leakoff Coefficient for
each layer in this column. If you select Enter Permeability, the leakoff coefficient will be calculated and displayed in this
column.
Pay Zone
Use this check box to mark all zones that you consider pay zones. This is information is used by Fracture Design Mode
and also in the calculation of the Payzone Height Coverage Ratio and Payzone Fracture Area Ratio model channels.
In Production Analysis Mode, if you use the Import Frac Interval Properties function, Permeability on the
PRODUCTION ANALYSIS Reservoir Parameters [F9] screen is the average of all the permeabilities of all zones
marked as pay zones, not just the permeability of the zone containing the perforated interval. The average permeability is
calculated as sum of kh for all zones divided by the total height of all zones:
Average Permeability=kh/Total Height
Depth Entry Mode
Enter TVD
Select this option to enter the layer depths in the Reservoir Tables in terms of the true vertical depth (TVD).
Enter MD
Select this option to enter the layer depths in the Reservoir Tables in terms of the measured depth (MD).
Fluid Loss Entry Mode
You have the choice of entering either Pore Fluid Permeability or (total) Leakoff Coefficient. Whichever one you choose to
enter, FracproPT uses a permeability-to-leakoff-coefficient relationship to calculate the other.
Enter Permeability
Select this option to enter the Pore-Fluid Permeability for each Rock Type in the Reservoir Layer Table. The
corresponding (total) Leakoff Coefficient will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent column in the table.
Enter Leakoff Coefficient
Select this option to enter the (total) Leakoff Coefficient for each Rock Type in the Reservoir Layer Table. The
corresponding Pore-Fluid Permeability will be calculated and displayed in the adjacent column in the table.
Perforations
Total perforated height, whether entered by you here, or on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen in the case
where you are not modeling the wellbore, has no effect on the perforation friction predicted by FracproPT. Perforation
friction is calculated based solely on the flow rate and the data entered on the PERF AND NEAR-WELLBORE FRICTION
[F8] screen.
Note:
545
FracproPT 2007
The perforation and initial frac depths are always entered and/or display here in terms of true vertical depth (TVD).
Note:
If you have more than one perforated interval defined on the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen, you can
toggle through a display of each interval by pressing [Ctrl+F] or selecting the Next Interval toolbar button.
Note:
For large perforated intervals, you may elect to have the fracture initiate from a line source (details of which can be
found on the Growth Parameters tab of the FracproPT MODEL PARAMETERS screen).
Depth to Top of Perfs
If you choose Ignore Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, you must
enter a value for Depth to Top of Perfs here. If you choose Model Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE
SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, Depth to Top of Perfs is taken from data entered on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen and displayed (uneditable) on this screen.
Depth to Bottom of Perfs
If you choose Ignore Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, you must
enter a value for Depth to Bottom of Perfs here. If you choose Model Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE
SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen, Depth to Bottom of Perfs is taken from data entered on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen and displayed (uneditable) on this screen.
Initial Frac Depth
FracproPT always calculates this value; it is approximately the center of the zone with lowest stress found within the
perforated interval. If you want to guarantee fracture initiation from a particular zone (regardless of the stress profile and
the true perforated interval), you can make the perforated interval small enough such that you control where the simulator
initiates the fracture.
Initial Frac Depth must fall within one of the inner Rock Type layers (that is, it cannot fall within either the top layer or the
bottom layer).
This screen is where you modify the composite layering effects on various layers of rock. This screen is available only if
you choose General Reservoir in the Reservoir Options on the FRACTURE Analysis OPTIONS [F4] screen.
Define the layers and their various properties that comprise the reservoir and surrounding strata by entering the depth to
the top of each layer. Up to 100 layers may be entered, but only 14 are shown at any time. Blank rows in the table may be
added by selecting a whole row and pressing [Ins], and rows may be deleted by selecting the whole row and pressing
[Del].
The layer where the fracture initiates (depending on the position of the perforated interval defined on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen) is highlighted yellow in the table. If you have more than one perforated interval defined,
you can cycle through them by pressing [Ctrl+F] or selecting the Next Interval toolbar button.
Note:
The actual depths you enter and the numbers of layers you define here do not have to coincide with the depths and
layers you enter in any other Reservoir Property Table.
Set Composite Layering Effect from
These options will only be available if 3D User-Defined is selected as the Fracture Model to Use option on the Fracture
Analysis Options [F4] screen.
Table Entry
Select this option to set the Composite Layering Effect in the Mechanical Rock Properties Table.
Payzone Flag
Select this option to set the Composite Layering Effect for all zones (no matter what the Rock Type) that are not
selected as Pay Zones on the Reservoir Parameters [F9] screen. The Composite Layering Effect for the Pay Zones
will automatically be set to 1.0, while the value for all non-Pay Zones is set below by the entry for Composite Layering
Effect Outside Payzone.
Composite Layering Effect Outside Payzone
If Payzone Flag is selected as the Set Composite Layering Effect from option (see description above), the value for
that effect is entered here. This value will overwrite all values entered in the Mechanical Rock Properties Table.
Additional Information: Composite Layering Effects
Other Functions
Layer Display
Select this function to view the INTEGRATED FRACTURE PICTURE with the Layer Properties Template.
Logs/Layers Editor
546
FracproPT 2007
If a standard Log ASCII (LAS) file is available, layers can be built automatically and properties can be assigned
automatically using the Logs/Layers Editor.
Reservoir Parameters Additional Properties [F9]
547
FracproPT 2007
This parameter is commonly measured for other reasons (for example, reserve calculations) and is usually a well-known
parameter. A typical pore pressure gradient is about 0.43 psi/foot.
Average Pressure In Fracture
This parameter indicates the pressure inside the fracture soon after fracture initiation. A good estimate for this number is
typically about 500 psi higher than pay zone closure stress. This parameter has two functions:
To convert Permeability to Leak-Off Coefficient and vice versa as displayed on the RESERVOIR
PARAMETERS [F9] screen, Layers tab.
As the initial fluid-loss driving pressure for the first simulator time step.
Note:
Once the fracture has initiated (for example, after the first time step), the actual pressure in the fracture is used to
drive fluid leakoff and calculate the actual leakoff coefficient.
Pore Fluid Compressibility
This is the compressibility (that is, the inverse of modulus) of the fluid in the pores. For oil reservoirs, compressibility can
be as low as 3e-6 1/psi. In gas reservoirs, the compressibility is the generally the reciprocal of the pore pressure (for
example, if the pore pressure is about 5000 psi, the compressibility would be about 0.0002 1/psi).
Pore Fluid Viscosity
This input refers to the mobile reservoir fluid. Typical values for a gas reservoir would be low, of order 0.01 to 0.1 cp, with
very little change with temperature. For an oil reservoir, typical values could be much higher, of order one to several
hundred cp, and significant changes with temperature would be expected.
Porosity
This is the volume fraction of formation rock that is occupied by pores where oil or gas is stored. Typical values are
around 10% (entered as 0.10), but porosity may be as high as 60% (0.60) or as low as only a few percent.
Gas In Foam Leakoff Percentage
This parameter relates the quality of the leakoff fluid to the quality of the fluid in the fracture. For example, a Gas In Foam
Leakoff Percentage of 25 with 80-quality foam in the fracture means that the leakoff fluid is 20-quality (that is, 20 percent
gas, 80 percent liquid). This field is accessible only if you have foam inputs on the Treatment SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
Set to Gas Defaults and Set to Oil Defaults
If you choose the buttons to Set to Gas Defaults or Set to Oil Defaults, the parameters on this screen are overwritten by
FracproPT. However, you can always set these parameters yourself after that by editing them individually.
Choosing Set to Gas Defaults or Set to Oil Defaults automatically sets a number of Reservoir Leakoff Parameters to
default values for "typical" reservoirs (that is, normally pressured, etc.). These parameters apply to all layers in the
Reservoir Layer Table.
Reservoir Depletion
Select this function to view the DEPLETION MENU screen where you can model the effects (on pore pressure, pore fluid
compressibility, and closure stress) of production from the reservoir. A message field adjacent to the Reservoir Depletion
selection indicates whether or not the depletion model is currently In Use or Not Used.
Drainage Area
The drainage area in terms of its extent and the well spacing is specified here.
X-Direction Extent
This parameter is the extent of the drainage area along the length of the fracture (that is, the x direction).
Y-Direction Extent
This parameter is the extent of the drainage area along the width of the fracture (that is, the y direction).
Well Spacing
This parameter is used to calculate a pseudo-steady state PI ratio in the Fracture Design module and is linked to the
Reservoir Extent in the Production Analysis module.
Fracture Azimuth
548
FracproPT 2007
This parameter describes the fracture orientation with respect to north, with the positive direction defined to be clockwise
(for example, 45 degrees corresponds to the NE-to-SW direction). This parameter is used only for display purposes by the
Wellbore Viewer and does not affect model results.
Suggest Viscosity and Compressibility
Pressing this button will set Pore Fluid Viscosity and Pore Fluid Compressibility (described above) to suggested values.
549
FracproPT 2007
Porosity
This is the porosity of the reservoir, which is entered as a fractional number less than one.
Water Saturation
FraPS allows only one mobile phase, however the immobile water phase is allowed to expand as reservoir pressure
drops. This number is entered as a fractional number less than one.
X-Direction Extent, Y-Direction Extent
X-Direction Extent is the distance from the wellbore to the drainage boundary in the direction parallel to the fracture. You
may wish to make this number greater than Y-Direction Extent, which is the distance from the wellbore to the drainage
boundary in the direction normal to the fracture, by an amount equal to the propped-fracture length.
The following table lists values for X-Direction Extent and Y-Direction Extent for some common drainage areas.
Drainage Area
X-Direction Extent
Y-Direction Extent
40 acres
660 feet
660 feet
80 acres
933 feet
933 feet
160 acres
1,320 feet
1,320 feet
320 acres
1,867 feet
1,867 feet
640 acres
2,640 feet
2,640 feet
Drainage Area
This is a calculated number, based on your entries for X-Direction Extent and Y-Direction Extent.
Fracture Gradient
This number, which is also known as closure stress gradient, is used to calculate closure stress on the proppant, local
reservoir pressure, and any backstress effects.
Wellbore Effects
Wellbore Hole Diameter
This number is used to model reservoir-fluid flow near the wellbore more precisely than it would be with the default
reservoir simulation grid. "Hole" is included to emphasize that this is the hole diameter, not the casing diameter. The
default grid is generated if 0.0 is entered.
Skin Factor
This parameter is used to include skin damage effects (that is, a small region of reduced permeability around the
wellbore). Entries less than zero (indicating stimulation rather than damage) are ignored. Stimulation may be modeled
either by a fracture or by an enhanced Wellbore Hole Diameter.
Compaction Effects Table
The table of Compaction Effects located on the right side of this screen is used to allow reservoir permeability to decrease
as effective vertical stress increases with reservoir depletion. Effective stress is equal to the vertical or overburden stress
minus pore pressure.
Effective Vertical Stress
This is the "effective" vertical stress acting on the reservoir rock matrix. Effective vertical stress is equal to vertical or
overburden stress minus pore pressure.
Permeability Multiplier
This is the factor by which reservoir permeability (entered as Y-Direction Permeability on this screen) is multiplied by for
each value of effective stress. This table has no effect on proppant-pack permeability if each Permeability Multiplier is set
to 1.0.
Vertical Stress Gradient
This is the parameter that is used to calculate the exact vertical stress in the middle of the pay interval. This vertical stress
is then used to calculate the correct the correct Permeability Multiplier from the Compaction Effects Table.
Import Reservoir Data
Import Stimulation Interval Properties
550
FracproPT 2007
In Fracture Analysis Mode, you can define many layers of varying permeability, while in Production Analysis Mode
you can define only one productive layer. Therefore, when using the 2D reservoir model, you must somehow enter this
more limited reservoir description to adequately and accurately predict the production.
Click on the Import Frac Interval Properties button to display the Select Pay Interval Properties dialog to automatically
generate this more limited reservoir description from the Reservoir Parameters screen for you last fracture simulation.
You can select from among a number of parameters to import. Once you import the properties, you should your own
engineering judgment to determine if the imported properties are suitable for the current simulation.
551
FracproPT 2007
This is the porosity of the reservoir, which is entered as a fractional number less than one.
Skin
This parameter is used to include skin damage effects (that is, a small region of reduced permeability around the
wellbore). Skins less than zero (indicating stimulation rather than damage) are ignored.
Water Saturation
This parameter represents the immobile water saturation, which is entered as a fractional number less than one. This
number is used to adjust the Porosity.
Lambda
This parameter, which is used by the dual-porosity model and also known as the "interporosity parameter," is proportional
to the ratio of rock permeability to fracture permeability.
Omega
This parameter, which is used by the dual-porosity model and also known as the "storativity ratio," is the ratio of the
fracture pore volume to the total reservoir pore volume.
Reservoir Shape
The shape of the reservoir is defined by selecting one three options. For each of those options, other parameters must be
entered to completely characterize the shape in terms of production simulation from that shape.
Infinite
Initial Pressure This is the pore pressure throughout the reservoir at the beginning of the simulation.
Rectangular
Initial Pressure This is the pore pressure throughout the reservoir at the beginning of the simulation.
X-Direction Extent This is the drainage distance in the direction parallel to the fracture. You may wish to make this
number greater than Y-Direction Extent by an amount equal to the propped-fracture length.
Y-Direction Extent This is the drainage distance in the direction normal to the face of the fracture.
The following table lists values for X-Direction Extent and Y-Direction Extent for some common drainage areas.
Drainage XYArea
Direction Direction
Extent Extent
40 acres 660 feet 660 feet
80 acres 933 feet 933 feet
160
acres
1,320
feet
1,320
feet
320
acres
1,867
feet
1,867
feet
640
acres
2,640
feet
2,640
feet
Cylindrical
Initial Pressure This is the pore pressure throughout the reservoir at the beginning of the simulation.
Reservoir Radius This is the drainage distance from the wellbore to the reservoir boundary.
The following table lists values for Reservoir Radius for some common drainage areas.
Drainage Reservoir
Area
Radius
80 acres 1,053 feet
552
160
acres
1,489 feet
320
acres
2,106 feet
FracproPT 2007
640
acres
2,979 feet
PVT
Reservoir Parameters [F9] - PVT
This screen, which is accessed if you select Manual PVT Entry on the production analysis OPTIONS [F4] screen, is
where you enter the various PVT properties needed to define the reservoir hydrocarbons.
553
FracproPT 2007
Pressure
This is the pressure at which the other PVT properties are entered in the table.
Note:
The pressure should be entered in an increasing fashion. In other words, the lowest pressure for which you have PVT
data should do in row number one of the table and the pressure should increase as you move down in the table.
Note:
If the pressure during your simulation goes out of the range of pressures for which you have defined PVT properties,
the PVT properties for the closest pressure are used. In other words, the simulator does not try to extrapolate
properties outside the range of the table.
Formation Volume Factor
This is the volume of the mobile reservoir fluid (at reservoir conditions, for each pressure entry) divided by the volume at
standard conditions.
Note:
This parameter must decrease with increasing pressure.
Gas Deviation Factor
Also known as the z-factor, this is the ratio of the volume actually occupied by a gas at a given pressure and temperature
to the volume the gas would occupy at the same pressure and temperature if it behaved like an ideal gas. For an ideal
gas, the z-factor is one.
Viscosity
This is the viscosity of the mobile reservoir fluid at each pressure entry.
Solution Gas/Oil Ratio
Enter the solution gas to oil ratio of the produced fluid here.
554
FracproPT 2007
This is gas specific gravity for gas reservoirs, or API gravity for oil reservoirs, both at standard conditions. Entering values
of smaller than or equal to 1.5 for the Standard Gravity of HC Phase will automatically toggle the HC (Hydrocarbon)
Type to gas, as displayed to the right of this field. Entering values of greater than or equal to 10.0 for the Standard
Gravity of HC Phase will toggle the HC Type to oil. For oil reservoirs, the equation to convert from specific gravity (SG)
to API gravity is as follows:
API gravity=141.5/SG-131.5.
Reservoir Temperature
This is the temperature used for the PVT calculations.
Minimum Pressure
This is the minimum pressure expected during the simulation.
Maximum Pressure
This is the maximum pressure expected during the simulation (normally, the initial reservoir pressure).
Impurities
These are the fraction mol-% concentrations for Nitrogen, Carbon Dioxide, and Hydrogen Sulfide used by the PVT
correlations. These impurities are valid only when simulating for gas reservoirs.
Oil Properties
Bubble Point and Initial Solution Gas/Oil Ratio are mutually exclusively used to calculate PVT correlations for oil
reservoirs: If both are non-zero, Initial Solution Gas/Oil Ratio is used. Solution Gas Gravity is also required for oil PVT
correlations.
Multiple Fractures - Shift + F7
555
FracproPT 2007
556
FracproPT 2007
The process of determining what values to enter for the three multiple fracture factors and for the time at which the
various factors should become active can sometimes be confusing. Therefore, it is highly recommended that you
verify what you are attempting to model by constructing a time-based plot of one or more of the factors for visual
reference.
Other Functions
Reset to Defaults
Select this option to reset all entries in the Multiple Fracture Table to default values, which assumes growth of a single
fracture.
Fluid & Proppant Data
selecting from the main menu Data > Fluids and Proppants > Select Fluids and Proppants F5
The Fluid Selection tab is the first tab on the Fluid and Proppant Selection - F5 screen.
The fluids listed on this screen are the ones available for use in the current fracture and reservoir simulations. Up to ten
fluids can be selected. They are a subset of the hundreds found in the Fluid Libraries (there are System Libraries and
User Libraries for fluids). The fluids displayed here are either selected from the libraries or created from scratch.
557
FracproPT 2007
Edit Current Fluid: Use this function to view the friction, rheology, fluid-loss, thermal, and chemical
data for any fluid in the list by first selecting the fluid and then selecting this function. Alternatively,
you can also simply double-click on the fluid. Both actions display the Fluid Data [Shift+F5] screen
where those data are accessible.
Buttons
558
FracproPT 2007
Add New Fluid to List: Select this function to add a new fluid to the list from either the System
Library or User Library of fluids in the Select Fluid screen. See also description for Add New
Halliburton 2007 Fluid to List button below.
Note:
If you wish to create a modified version of a fluid that is already on the Fluids List, select the fluid by clicking on the
row number and then press [Ins]. This action will create a new fluid that is a copy of the first fluid, the only difference
being that "-A" will be appended to the name. If you repeat this process to create more copies of the original fluid,
they will have -B, -C, etc. appended to the original name. You can then modify the new fluid's properties. This is a
handy feature for foam treatments where you need to use the same basic fluid with varying quality.
Remove Fluid from List: Select a fluid with the cursor and then use this function to delete it from the
Fluid List.
Note:
If a fluid is currently in use on the Treatment Schedule - F6 screen, you will not be able to remove it unless you
remove it from the schedule first.
Create User Defined Fluid: Select this function to create a fluid from "scratch." A blank version of the
Fluid Data - Shift+F5 screen will appear where you must enter a fluid name, rheology data, friction
data, and fluid-loss data. The fluid will not be a valid fluid (that is, it will not be usable) until all
necessary data are entered.
Add New Halliburton 2007 Fluid to List: Select this function to add a new Halliburton fluid to the list
from either the System Library or User Library of Halliburton fluids in the Select Halliburton Fluid
screen.
selecting from the main menu Data > Fluids and Proppants > Select Fluids and Proppants F5
The Proppant Selection tab is the second tab on the Fluid and Proppant Selection - F5 screen.
The proppants listed on this screen are the ones available for use in the current fracture and reservoir simulations. Up to
ten proppants can be selected. They are a subset of the proppants found in the Proppant Libraries (there are System
Libraries and User Libraries for proppants). The proppants displayed here are either selected from the libraries or created
from scratch.
559
FracproPT 2007
560
FracproPT 2007
COMP: Compiled from various sources (generally based on the most reliable proppant data that
is available).
DOC: The vendors documentation (that is, not published on their World Wide Web site).
Buttons
Edit Current Proppant: Use this function to view data (for example, density, porosity, average
diameter) the data describing any fluid in the list by first selecting the proppant and then selecting this
function. Alternatively, you can also simply double-click on the proppant. Both actions display the
Proppant Data screen where that data are accessible.
Add New Proppant to List: Select this function to add a new proppant to the list from either the
System Library or User Library of proppants in the Select Proppant screen.
Create User Defined Proppant: Select this function to create a proppant from "scratch." A blank
version of the Proppant Data screen will appear where you must enter a proppant name and other
data to describe the proppant. The proppant will not be a valid proppant (that is, it will not be usable)
until all necessary data are entered.
Remove Proppant from List: Select a proppant with the cursor and then use this function to delete it
from the Proppant List.
Note:
If a proppant is currently in use on the Treatment Schedule - F6 screen, you will not be able to remove it unless you
remove it from the schedule first.
Proppant Effects on Wellbore Friction: Select this function to view the Proppant Effects On
Wellbore FrictioN screen where the effects of proppant on wellbore friction can be viewed and
modified.
Producing Bottomhole Pressure: Enter a pressure here for use in calculating the net closure stress
on the proppant, which is necessary to calculate the conductivity of the propped fracture. This
pressure has a wide range of values that may depend on gathering-system line pressure, reservoir or
proppant sensitivity to the drawdown pressure, or some other production-related constraint. This
pressure will always be less than reservoir pressure and it may be as low as a few tens or hundreds
of psi (above zero) in low-permeability gas wells.
Note:
This is the same parameter shown on the Proppant Perm Damage screen.
Proppant Damage Factor: This the damage factor applied to the proppant permeability resulting
from non-flow-related phenomena such as gel residue. This damage factor can be specified on the
Proppant Perm Damage screen.
Note:
This damage factor is shown on this screen in read-only format.
Apparent Damage Factor (Non-Darcy, Multi-Phase Flow): This attempts to estimate the apparent
damage factors resulting from flow-related phenomena such as non-Darcy and multi-phase flow
effects. This damage factor can be specified on the Proppant Perm Damage screen.
Note:
This damage factor is shown on this screen in read-only format.
Total Damage Factor: This is the damage parameter that FracproPT actually uses to calculate
conductivity and dimensionless conductivity. This total damage factor is applied to the proppant
permeability, which is calculated automatically from the damage factors resulting from non-flowrelated (that is, the Proppant Damage Factor) and flow-related (that is, the Apparent Damage
Factor) phenomena if you so specify; those damage factors are specified on the Proppant Perm
Damage screen. The Total Damage Factor is calculated using the following simple equation:
Dtotal=1-[(1-Dapparent)(1-Dproppant)]
Note:
This damage factor is shown on this screen in read-only format.
561
FracproPT 2007
Proppant Perm Damage: Select this function to go to the Proppant Perm Damage screen where you
can enter information and select options, including non-Darcy and multiphase flow effects, related
to the calculation of proppant conductivity in the fractures during production.
Fluid Properties
Fluid Data Fluid Friction Properties [Shift+F5]
This tab of the FLUID DATA screen shows the actual wellbore-friction data used by the simulator for any of the fluids
listed on the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen. All the wellbore-friction data are interpolated or taken
directly from the two Fluid Libraries, which are the System Library (which contains data supplied to Pinnacle by the
service companies) and the User Library (which contains data input by you when defining fluids).
Note:
The effects of proppant on fluid friction are handled on the
Proppant Effects on Wellbore Friction screen. However,
the changes in friction associated with the addition of nitrogen or carbon dioxide for foamed fluids is not handled
automatically and you must make those corrections in the data shown on this screen. There are some foamed fluids
stored in the System Fluid Library, but you should contact the service company to obtain friction pressure estimates for
the specific foamed fluids you are using.
Any changes made to the data on this screen do not affect the Fluid Library data. However, the contents of this screen are
saved with the other simulation inputs (for example, the treatment schedule, model parameters, reservoir parameters,
wellbore configuration, etc.) whenever you save an input file.
If you choose Ignore Wellbore and Perforations on the FRACTURE Analysis OPTIONS [F4] screen, the wellborefriction parameters are displayed in blue on this screen and cannot accessed.
Selected Fluid
562
FracproPT 2007
Name
This is the name of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library. To view the friction properties of another fluid listed on the
Fluid and Proppant Selection [F5] screen, simply select it from the Name drop-down list.
Vendor
This is the vendor of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
System
This is the fluid system as entered in the Fluid Library.
Description
This is the description of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
Modified Properties
This field displays a message indicating from where the data on this screen was interpolated or taken, and whether or not
any of the data have been modified since retrieval.
Selected Wellbore Segment
Segment Number
This is the wellbore segment number for which wellbore friction data are currently displayed. Segment Number
corresponds to the entries on the Path Summary tab of the Wellbore Configuration [F7] screen, which are also
displayed directly below this field for reference.
To view the configuration and the friction data for a different wellbore segment, you can either enter a segment number
directly in the field, or you may use the Previous Segment and Next Segment functions described below.
Previous Segment
Select this function to view the configuration and the friction data for the previous wellbore segment.
Next Segment
Select this function to view the configuration and the friction data for the next wellbore segment.
Friction Data for Selected Fluid and Wellbore Segment
Three points of friction-pressure versus flow-rate data are shown for each Selected Fluid in each Selected Wellbore
Segment. The first and second flow-rate/pressure points define the laminar-flow regime, while the second and third points
define the turbulent-flow regime.
Q
This the flow rate for which friction pressure, P, is measured.
P
This is the friction pressure corresponding to the flow rate, Q.
Peff
This the actual friction pressure (that is, the effective friction pressure) that the model will actually use when you select
Use Multiplier as the Wellbore Friction Modification Mode. It is the product of the Friction Multiplier and the friction
pressure, P.
Wellbore Friction Modification Mode
These controls facilitate two methods by which you may change the wellbore friction parameters:
If you select Use Multiplier, you can enter a value for Friction Multiplier to change all friction pressure (P)
values by the same factor. This method preserves the shape of the wellbore friction vs. flow-rate curve,
essentially shifting it up or down.
If you select Set Individual Values, you can change all of data points individually (both flow rate and friction
pressure).
Plot Data
Friction Pressure vs. Rate
Select this function to plot friction-pressure versus flow-rate data for the Selected Wellbore Segment. You have the option
of plotting this data for either the Selected Fluid or All Fluids.
Other Functions
Library Data
Select this function to view the FLUID LIBRARY DATA screen where you access (for viewing, entering, or editing) the
Fluid Library data for the fluids listed on the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen.
563
FracproPT 2007
Selected Fluid
Name
This is the name of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library. To view the rheology properties of another fluid listed on the
Fluid and Proppant Selection [F5] screen, simply select it from the Name drop-down list.
Vendor
This is the vendor of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
System
This is the fluid system as entered in the Fluid Library.
Description
This is the description of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
564
FracproPT 2007
Modified Properties
This field displays a message indicating from where the data on this screen was interpolated or taken, and whether or not
any of the data have been modified since retrieval.
Rheology for Selected Fluid
In-fracture rheology data for the current fluid (n' and K' as functions of time, at the current reservoir temperature) are
shown in this table. Notice that there is room in the rheology table for five different entries (that is, n' and K' at five different
times), while the rheology data taken from the Fluid Libraries consists of only two entries. This is so that you can enter a
more detailed rheology time-history if it is available (for example, for fluids that have been more fully investigated in a
laboratory).
Time
This is the time (at temperature) for which n and K are measured.
n'
This is the flow behavior index for the Selected Fluid at the current Time and Reservoir Temperature.
K
This is the consistency index for the Selected Fluid at the current Time and Reservoir Temperature.
In Wellbore
Just below the five-row Rheology Data Table there are fields to enter values of n' and K' for the fluid while it is still in the
wellbore. For example, a crosslinked fluid would typically not be crosslinked until it was in the fracture. The In Wellbore
rheology values default to the initial n' and K' values from the table, which is correct for a linear gel. For a crosslinked gel,
you should enter the correct values.
Note:
The In Wellbore rheology is used for only two purposes:
In the Keck Correlation for calculating the effect of proppant on wellbore friction (see the Proppant
Effects on Wellbore Friction screen).
565
FracproPT 2007
Any changes made to the data on this screen do not affect the Fluid Library data. However, the contents of this screen are
saved with the other simulation inputs (for example, the treatment schedule, model parameters, reservoir parameters,
wellbore configuration, etc.) whenever you save an input file.
The Fluid Loss and Thermal Properties tab of the FLUID DATA screen.
Selected Fluid
Name
This is the name of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library. To view the properties of another fluid listed on the FLUID
AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen, simply select it from the Name drop-down list.
Vendor
This is the vendor of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
System
This is the fluid system as entered in the Fluid Library.
Description
This is the description of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
Modified Properties
This field displays a message indicating from where the data on this screen was interpolated or taken, and whether or not
any of the data have been modified since retrieval.
Thermal Properties
Thermal Conductivity
This is a measure of the fluids conductive heat transfer ability (in units of btu/foot-hour-F).
Specific Heat
For engineering purposes, this is essentially the heat capacity of the fluid, which is a measure of the heat transfer required
to increase a "unit mass" of the fluid by 1 degree (in units of btu/pound-F).
Fluid Density
566
FracproPT 2007
This is the total density of the clean fluid (including all the fluid additives) in the units of specific gravity (for example, pure
water at 4 degrees Celsius has a specific gravity of 1.0). This parameter is extremely important in modeling the
hydrostatic pressure in the wellbore. Most water-based fracturing fluids have densities very close to 1.01. When using
fracturing fluids with different densities, be sure to enter the actual density for each fluid.
Note:
The effects of proppant and foam on hydrostatic wellbore pressure are handled automatically.
Wall Building Coefficient
Wall Building Coefficient
The Wall Building Coefficient is used to model the additional resistance to fluid leakoff created by the polymer filter-cake
that builds up on the fracture walls as fluid leaks off. Wall Building Coefficient is entered in units of feet/square-rootminute, as given by service company fluid manuals (that is, with 1,000 psi of pressure across the filter-cake). Select here
for additional information on the wall-building coefficient.
If you select either the Grid-Based Classical Model or the Grid-Based FLIC Model on the
Simulation Options [F4]
screen, you will see entries for low (1md) and high-perm (1,000 md) wall building coefficients (read additional information
on these parameters).
The wall-building coefficient for low perm (1 mD) will normally always be around 0.003 for 180 F but will adjust with
temperature slightly (higher number with higher temperature). Fluids without filtercakes are typically modeled using higher
spurt values.
The wall-building coefficient for high perm (1,000 mD) will typically be very large for linear gels (for example, 0.1), while it
is typically very close to the low perm (1 mD) value for crosslinked fluids.
Note:
Enter 0.0 to model no wall building effects.
Other Fluid Loss Properties
Spurt Loss
This parameter is defined as the amount of fluid that must leak off (per unit area) before a contiguous filter-cake begins to
form. Spurt loss (defined at 1 md and 1,000 psi) will range from 0.003 to 0.006 for most borate crosslinked fluids. The
higher the gel loading and viscosity, the lower the value. Spurt loss ranges from 0.005 to 0.009 for most metal crosslinked
systems (Ti/Zr, etc.). Values range from 0.01 to 0.02 for linear gels, while fluids without filtercakes can be modeled using a
value of 10. Read additional information on spurt loss.
Newtonian Leakoff Filtrate Viscosity
This parameter is the viscosity of the fluid leaking off from the fracture (that is, the filtrate fluid). This value is typically
close to that of water at the leakoff temperature.
Dynamic Equilibrium Fluid Loss Coefficient
If you select either the Grid-Based Classical Model or the Grid-Based FLIC Model on the
Simulation Options [F4]
screen, you will have access to this parameter. This parameter accounts for filtercake removal due to the shear forces
applied by fluid/proppant flow in the fracture.
This parameter is set at the conditions of 1 mD, 1,000 psi, 50 1/seconds, and 180 degrees F. The value is 0.0 for noncrosslinked fluids, while it ranges from 0.0 to 0.0007 (feet/minute) for borate crosslinked fluids and 0.0 to 0.0015 for metal
crosslinked fluids. An initial guess of 0.0005 is good for borate fluids, while a guess of 0.0008 would be best for metal
crosslinked fluids. The higher the polymer loading and viscosity, the greater the value will become.
Filtercake Compressibility Exponent
If you select either the Grid-Based Classical Model or the Grid-Based FLIC Model on the
Simulation Options [F4]
screen, you will have access to this parameter, which should always be around 0.2 for all polymer fluids.
Particulate Loss Additive
If you select either the Grid-Based Classical Model or the Grid-Based FLIC Model on the
Simulation Options [F4]
screen, you have access to this selection. If you activate this option, the effect of reduced fluid loss due to particulate
additives will be modeled.
Leakoff Parameters Reference Table
This table displays, for the current fluid, the effect of the Wall Building Coeff on the Total Leakoff Coeff. The Depth, Pore
Fluid Perm, and Reservoir Leakoff Coeff are taken from the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen and are displayed
in the table. The resulting Total Leakoff Coeff for each individual layer (which is a combination of the Reservoir Leakoff
Coeff and the Wall Building Coeff) is also displayed in the table. Only 10 layers are displayed in the table at any one time,
but up to a maximum of 100 can be accessed using the scroll bar.
The displayed Total Leakoff Coeff is for the current fluid only, and it is not necessarily representative of the overall leakoff
of a treatment if other fluids are also used. Note that a given Wall Building Coeff may dramatically affect the Total Leakoff
Coeff in a higher permeability zone while having a negligible effect on the Total Leakoff Coeff in a lower permeability
zone.
Other Functions
567
FracproPT 2007
Library Data
Select this function to view the FLUID LIBRARY DATA screen where you access (for viewing, entering, or editing) the
Fluid Library data for the fluids listed on the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen.
568
FracproPT 2007
Select this function to delete the Selected Fluid from the User Library, which of course implies that the Selected Fluid is in
the User Library.
Note:
You cannot use this function to delete fluids from the System Library.
569
FracproPT 2007
The Fluid Loss and Thermal Data tab of the Fluid Library Data screen.
Selected Fluid
Name
This is the name of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library. To view the properties of another fluid listed on the FLUID
AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen, simply select it from the Name drop-down list.
Vendor
This is the vendor of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
System
This is the fluid system as entered in the Fluid Library.
570
FracproPT 2007
Description
This is the description of the fluid as entered in the Fluid Library.
Wall Building Coefficient
Wall Building Coefficient
The Wall Building Coefficient is used to model the additional resistance to fluid leakoff created by the polymer filter-cake
that builds up on the fracture walls as fluid leaks off. Wall Building Coefficient is entered in units of feet/square-rootminute, as given by service company fluid manuals (that is, with 1,000 psi of pressure across the filter-cake).
Click here for additional information on the wall-building coefficient.
Note:
Enter 0.0 to model no wall building effects.
Other Fluid Loss Properties
Spurt Loss
This parameter is defined as the amount of fluid that must leak off (per unit area) before a contiguous filter-cake begins to
form. Spurt Loss is generally not a parameter that plays a significant role in hydraulic fracturing. Values for Spurt Loss can
be obtained for different fluids from service company fluid-data books. Spurt Loss not only changes with fluid type,
additives, temperature, etc., but it also changes over the range of formation permeability.
Newtonian Leakoff Filtrate Viscosity
Enter the viscosity of the leakoff fluid in this field, which is typically around 1 centipoise.
Thermal Properties
Thermal Conductivity
Enter the thermal conductivity of the fluid in this field. A typical value for this parameter in oil field units is 0.3.
Specific Heat
Enter the specific heat of the fluid in this field. A typical value in oil field units is around 1.0.
Fluid Density
This is the total density of the clean fluid (including all the fluid additives) in the units of specific gravity (for example, pure
water at 4 degrees Celsius has a specific gravity of 1.0). This parameter is extremely important in modeling the
hydrostatic pressure in the wellbore. Most water-based fracturing fluids have densities very close to 1.01. When using
fracturing fluids with different densities, be sure to enter the actual density for each fluid.
Other Functions
Save Fluid to User Library
Select this function to save the Selected Fluid to the User Library of fluids. Any changes made to the data on this screen
are not saved unless you use this function.
Note:
To change the fluid loss and thermal data read directly from this screen and actually used by the simulator, you must
go to the Fluid Loss and Thermal Properties tab of the FLUID DATA [SHIFT+F5] screen where any changes made
to the data are saved when you save the input file.
Delete Fluid from User Library
Select this function to delete the Selected Fluid from the User Library, which of course implies that the Selected Fluid is in
the User Library.
Note:
You cannot use this function to delete fluids from the System Library.
Proppant Properties
Proppant Data
The Proppant Data screen is accessed by:
clicking on the Edit Current Proppant button in the Proppant Selection tab in the Fluid and Proppant
- F5 screen
selecting from the main menu Data > Fluids and Proppantns > Select Proppant
This screen is where properties of the current proppant are viewed, edited and, optionally, saved for future re-use. Other
proppants from the proppant list may be viewed by selecting the desired proppant in the Proppant Identifier drop-down
list.
571
FracproPT 2007
The proppant list is shown on the the Proppant Selection tab in the Fluid and Proppant - F5 screen if you are in Fracture
Analysis Mode, Fracture Design Mode, or Economic Optimization Mode: it is shown on the Proppant Selection screen if
you are Production Analysis Mode.
There are two libraries, the System Library and the User Library.
572
compiled from various sources (generally based on the most reliable proppant data that is
available).
vendors documentation (that is, not published on their World Wide Web site).
Stim-Lab 6.0
Stim-Lab 1999.
FracproPT 2007
Status: This field displays a message indicating from which Proppant Library the data for the
Selected Proppant comes and whether or not it has been modified from library values.
proppant source
Cost: This is the cost of the proppant in dollars per pound, which is used for reports only.
Bulk Density: This is the bulk density of the proppant, which typically measures about 100 lb/ft^3 for
sand, and 110-150 lb/ft^3 for manufactured proppants.
Packed Porosity: This is the porosity of the proppant in a closed fracture. This value is calculated
from the Bulk Density and Specific Gravity.
Specific Gravity: This property is calculated from the Proppant Bulk Density and the Packed
Proppant Porosity.
Turbulence Coeff a / b at Low / High Stress: These are the coefficients that are used in the
correlation of Forcheimer's beta coefficient with proppant permeability (see the Cooke reference in
Technical References).
Threshold Stress: This is a threshold value to distinguish between low and high stress for the
Turbulence Coeff a / b. If the stress is less than the threshold stress, Turbulence Coeff a / b Low
Stress are used. Otherwise, Turbulence Coeff a / b High Stress are used.
Fields
Note:
If the diameter is less than the value entered in the Proppant Diameter Greater Than field on the Proppant Model tab
of the Fracpropt Model Parameters screen (the default is 0.0125 inches), the proppant is ignored for calculations of
propped dimensions, but it is considered in calculating wellbore friction and hydrostatic head. This function is useful
for modeling proppant slugs.
Width Correction a: The width reduction as a function of the effective stress on proppant for a 2
2
lbs/ft proppant pack. This data comes from a StimLab correlation.
Width Correction b: Initial width correction at 2000 psi as measured by StimLab at 2 lbs/ft .
Proppant Type: This refers to the general classification of the proppant (that is, Sand, Resin Coated
Sand, Ceramic, Low Density Ceramic, Medium Density Ceramic, High Density Ceramic, Resin
Coated Low Density Ceramic, Resin Coated Medium Density Ceramic, Resin Coated High Density
Ceramic).
For proppants from FracproPT 10.2 and earlier, the Proppant Type is automatically set to
undefined.
Proppant Coating: This refers to the type of proppant coating. The temperature correction for
proppant permeability is only used when the Proppant Coating is set to Precured or Curable.
For proppants from FracproPT 10.2 and earlier, Proppant Coating is automatically set to None.
Effective Stress on Proppant: This is the value of effective closure stress acting on the proppant. In
a producing well, this is roughly similar to the difference between the far-field closure stress and the
bottomhole flowing pressure (BHFP).
prop=Pfrac-Pi-(Po-Pn)
where
prop is the stress on the proppant
Pfrac is the pressure required to open the fracture (roughly equal to frac gradient times depth)
Pi is the current, local pore pressure
is the poroelastic coefficient (typically 0.5)
573
FracproPT 2007
Proppant Permeability: This is the permeability of the proppant pack corresponding to the value of closure stress.
Additional Information: ReservoirPT Stress on Proppant
For non-Halliburton proppants, the Proppant Permeability can be modified. In contrast, for Halliburton proppants, the
Proppant Permeability is computed during fracture model runs from a proprietary Halliburton model (this model is
available to all users).
Perm at Resvr Temp: Correlations for the Perm at Resvr Temp are adapted from PredK version 6.57, Feb 2002.
Proppant permeability is only corrected if Proppant Type is set to Precured or Curable.
Additional Information: Perm at Resvr Temp Correlations
Avg Width for 2 lb/ft2: This is the average fracture width for a proppant loading of 2 lbs/ft .
Avg Width after Embedment for 2 lb/ft2: This is the average fracture width after embedment is
2
subtracted (twice, for both walls) for a proppant loading of 2 lbs/ft .
Conductivity after Embedment for 2 lb/ft2: This is the conductivity of the proppant pack after
2
embedment is subtracted (twice, for both walls) for a proppant loading of 2 lbs/ft .
Beta Factor: Forcheimer's beta coefficient calculated from the permeability k using Cookes
turbulence coefficients a and b.
a
=b/k
Perm vs. Stress: Display plot of Proppant Permeability versus Effective Stress on Prop.
Width vs. Stress: Display plot of Avg Width for 2 lb/ft versus Effective Stress on Prop.
Conductivity vs. Stress: Display plot of Conductivity after Embedment for 2 lb/ft2 versus
Effective Stress on Prop.
Beta Factor vs. Stress: Display plot of Beta Factor versus Effective Stress on Prop.
Conductivity: Display bar diagram of Conductivity after Embedment for 2 lb/ft2 per proppant.
Plot Data
Buttons
Radio Buttons
Bar Diagrams
Independent Lab Verification: Whether the proppant data was obtained and verified by an
independent laboratory (for example, Stim-Lab) or by a laboratory that is somehow dependent on a
proppant vendor.
(that is, No, Yes)
Comments: Notes that summarize the algorithms that were used to compile missing data for each
proppant, if relevant.
Save Proppant to User Library: Select this function to save the proppant to the User Library of
proppants. Any changes made to the data on this screen are not saved unless you use this function.
Delete Proppant from User Library: Select this function to delete the proppant from the User
Library, which of course implies that the proppant is in the User Library.
You cannot use this function to delete proppants from the System Library.
Additional Information: Proppant Data Compilation
574
FracproPT 2007
then effectively summed to arrive at a total damage factor that is the actual parameter used to reduce the effective infracture proppant permeability (that is, fracture conductivity), as shown in the figure below.
A damage factor of 1 represents 100% damage, or a proppant permeability of zero. A damage factor of 0 implies no
damage and the proppant has the permeability corresponding to the value interpreted from the Closure Stress versus
Proppant Permeability table shown on the PROPPANT DATA screen.
Additional Information: Proppant Damage Factors
575
FracproPT 2007
This is the same parameter shown on the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen; changing this
parameter on either screen will change it on the other as well.
Proppant Damage Factor
In prior versions of FracproPT, this parameter (which was also called the Proppant Damage Factor) was the only (and
total) damage applied to the proppant permeability. However, with Version 10.1 the capability to account for certain flowdependent phenomena that, in essence, behave like proppant permeability damage has been added (see below).
Therefore, this parameter is now meant to account only for non-flow-dependent proppant damage, such as that from gel
residue.
Note:
Prior to Version 10.1, this was the actual number (damage factor) used by the simulator. But now that an additional
damage factor can also be applied (that is, the Apparent Damage Factor described below), the Total Damage
Factor (described below) is the actual number used by the simulator. However, if you recall an old input file saved
with an older version of FracproPT, the Apparent Damage Factor is set automatically to zero such that only this
Proppant Damage Factor is active and will, therefore, be equivalent to the Total Damage Factor.
This field is read-only if the Suggest value based on fluid type checkbox is enabled.
Suggest value based on fluid type
If this checkbox is enabed, a fluid can be selected from the adjacent drop-down menu. On the basis of this fluid, the value
for the Proppant Damage Factor will be set (and that field will be deactivated). These values are obtained from StimLabs Predict-K and Proppant Manager database.
Flowrate Dependent Damage
The flowrate dependent effects that damage, or appear to damage, proppant permeability are accounted for in FracproPT
by the Apparent Damage Factor.
These options allow you to approximate the reduced hydrocarbon production attributable to non-Darcy and multiphase
flow effects in the proppant pack. You can model non-Darcy effects only, or Non-Darcy effects and multiphase flow
effects, but you cannot model multiphase flow effects only.
Include Non-Darcy Effects
Select the check box to include non-Darcy flow effects. You must also select the type of hydrocarbon you will be
producing and estimate the rate at which it will be produced (this can be done manually or automatically).
Well Type
Select either Gas Well or Oil Well in this field. If you receive an error message when you enter the Hydrocarbon
Standard Gravity in the next field, then you may have to change your selection.
Hydrocarbon Standard Gravity
This is gas gravity (at standard conditions) if you selected Gas Well as the Well Type, or API gravity if you select Gas
Well as the Well Type.
Proppant Concentration per Frac
Enter the average expected in-fracture proppant concentration in this field. If you are dealing with a multiple
(simultaneous) fracture scenario, this is the value for one of the fractures. Rather than manually entering this parameter,
you can use the result from the last run of the fracture model by selecting the Use Frac Length and Prop Conc from
Last Run function described below.
Enter HC Production Rate / Automatically Estimate HC Production Rate
Use this option to choose whether you want to enter your own estimate of what the postfrac hydrocarbon production will
be, or to have FracproPT automatically estimate the production. If you choose the later, the following fields will be
activated and you must enter various reservoir and fracture characteristics in order for the postfrac production to be
estimated.
Water Saturation
This number is entered as a fractional number less than one. For example, a value of 0.25 indicates that 25% of the
porosity does not contain hydrocarbons.
X-Direction Extent
This is the distance from the wellbore to the drainage boundary in the direction parallel to the fracture. You may wish to
make this number greater than the Y-Direction Extent by an amount equal to the propped-fracture length. Values for this
parameter that describe common reservoir/drainage sizes are shown in the table found in the description of Drainage
Area shown below.
Y-Direction Extent
This is the distance from the wellbore to the drainage boundary in the direction normal to the fracture. Values for this
parameter that describe common reservoir/drainage sizes are shown in the table found in the description of Drainage
Area shown below.
576
FracproPT 2007
Drainage Area
This is a calculated number, based on your entries for X-Direction Extent and Y-Direction Extent. The following table
lists values for some common drainage areas.
Drainage Area
X-Direction Extent
Y-Direction Extent
40 acres
660 feet
660 feet
80 acres
933 feet
933 feet
160 acres
1,320 feet
1,320 feet
320 acres
1,867 feet
1,867 feet
640 acres
2,640 feet
2,640 feet
Reservoir Permeability
The permeability of the reservoir is displayed in this field.
Hydrocarbon Viscosity
The viscosity of the hydrocarbons is displayed in this field.
Net Pay Thickness
The thickness of the net pay is displayed in this field.
Initial Reservoir Pressure
The initial pressure of the reservoir is displayed in this field.
Porosity
The porosity is displayed in this field.
Proppant
Select the proppant from the list of proppant in the PROPPANT SELECTION screen for which the apparent and total
damage factor is to be displayed.
Apparent Damage Factor
This is the additional proppant permeability damage factor that is calculated from the entries describing the non-Darcy and
multiphase flow effects. This damage factor, along with the Proppant Damage Factor described above, are essentially
summed to obtain the Total Damage Factor (described below) that is actually used by the simulator.
Proppant Embedment
The embedment (that is, infiltration) of proppant into the reservoir that surrounds the fracture can be specified here.
577
FracproPT 2007
Proppant Embedment
This field specifies the proppant embedment. This field is deactivated if the Suggest value based on payzone modulus
checkbox is selected.
In soft rock, proppant tends to be pushed into the walls of the fracture. This reduces the final conductivity that can be
obtained from a fracture treatment, as the embedded proppant does not actively contribute to production. Proppant
embedment is in general a small or large fraction of a proppant grain.
This embedment is always for a single fracture face. Consequently, the total embedment effect for both fracture faces is
twice the number on this screen.
Embedment is never subtracted from fracture width. Instead, embdedment is used to adjust the effective conductivity of
the fracture.
Suggest value based on payzone modulus
If this checkbox is selected, a value for the Proppant Embedment is suggested based on the modulus of the payzone, and
the Proppant Embedment field is deactivated.
A correlation released by Stim-Lab in February 2001 is used to calculate the embedment of proppant based on the
modulus of the payzone rock. Above a modulus of 5,000,000 psi, embedment is absent. For relatively soft rock,
embedment can be of the order of the diameter of a proppant grain
Fracture Filter Cake
The thickness of the filter cake in the fracture, and whether the effects of the filter cake on the conductivity of the fracture
should be included can be specified here.
Fracture Filter Cake Thickness
This field specifies the thickness of the filter cake in the fracture.
Include Filtercake effects on conductivity
Select this checkbox to include the effects of the filter cake on the conductivity of the fracture.
Additional Damage Effects
The additional damage effects of temperature and stress cycles on proppant permeability can be specified here.
Include effect of temperature on proppant permeability
Select this checkbox to include the additional damage effect of temperature on proppant permeability.
Research by Stim-Lab indicates that resin-coated proppant can show higher damage at higher temperatures as the resin
flows into the pore space of the proppant grains. The temperature multiplier has a direct effect on the Perm at Resvr
Temp column in the PROPPANT DATA screen.
Include effect of stress cycles on proppant permeability
Select this checkbox to include the additional damage effect of stress cycles on proppant permeability.
Number of stress cycles
Select the Include effect of stress cycles on proppant permeability checkbox to modify the value in this field to specify
the number of stress cycles. The default value is 1.
Total Damage
Both the flowrate dependent and the non-flowrate dependent effects that damage, or appear to damage, proppant
permeability are accounted for in FracproPT by the Total Damage Factor, which is the sum of the damage represented
by the Proppant Damage Factor and the Apparent Damage Factor.
Total Damage Factor
This the total damage factor applied to the proppant permeability, which is calculated automatically from the damage
factors resulting from both non-flow-related (that is, the Proppant Damage Factor) and flow-related (that is, the
Apparent Damage Factor) phenomena. This is the parameter actually used by FracproPT.
Permeability Diagram
This diagram displays the proppant permeability versus the proppant name.
Conductivity Diagram
This diagram displays the proppnt conductivity versus the proppant name.
Beta Factor Diagram
This diagram displays the proppant beta factor versus the proppant name.
Calculation of Proppant Perm Damage Factors
578
FracproPT 2007
The values for the proppant perm damage factor change during a fracture model simulation, because the inputs to the
damage factor calculation are dependent on the fracture model results.
For the non-Darcy damage factor and the multi-phase effect, the flow geometry is needed. This depends on the payzone
height and the fracture height.
Before running the fracture model, the geometry is not yet known. Consequently, the smaller of the net pay height and
100 ft i is used. Once the model is run, the propped height is used, unless the pay height is less than the propped height,
in which case the average of the two is used.
The damage factor shown on this screen also uses the Proppant Concentration per Frac and the Fracture Half-Length
that can be entered in the Include Non-Darcy Effects section in the Flowrate Dependent Damage section.
In all the calculations and results that are displayed in the reports, these values are not used. Instead, the internally
calculated damage factor (that depends on the fracture length and width from the most recent FracproPT simulation) is
used. Consequently, the results in this screen do not necessarily match up with the damage factor in the reports.
After running the model, the final values for the proppant perm damage factors on this screen do not necessarily match up
with those in the reports. The reason is that the logic of this screen is that the damage factor can be (pre-) calculated
based on the inputs on this screen (for example, length, concentration), in contrast to the values obtained from the results
of the model run. To view the values that are obtained from the model run, click on the Use Frac Length and Prop Conc
from Last Run button in the Include Non-Darcy Effects section in the Flowrate Dependent Damage section.
Treatment Schedule - F6
Basic Methodology for Using the Design and Actual Treatment Schedules
1.
Enter information into the Design Treatment Schedule when doing your pre-frac design work.
See also: Running from the Design Treatment Schedule.
2.
When you go to the field to monitor and analyze the treatment as it is pumped, or when you do the
analysis after the job back in the office, you will be running the simulator from database or real-time data,
so both the Design Treatment Schedule and the Actual Treatment Schedule will be available.
Note:
To save time when you begin the process of actually pumping, use the Copy Design to Actual Schedule function to
copy your design information to the Actual Treatment Schedule.
See also: Running from the Actual Treatment Schedule.
1.
The Design Treatment Schedule is now "locked" so that no changes can be made there. It now serves as
a record of what you planned to pump and it can be compared to what was actually pumped (as will be
shown in the Actual Treatment Schedule). However, pressing the Edit Schedule button (which is only
visible in Fracture Analysis mode) will "unlock" the Design Treatment Schedule again.
2.
The Actual Treatment Schedule will reflect all changes made to plan when you synchronize the treatment
schedule to measured data (see Help for the Actual Treatment Schedule for information on synchronizing
the treatment schedule).
579
FracproPT 2007
Treatment Type Use this option to indicate whether or not you will be adding nitrogen or carbon
dioxide to the slurry being pumped. If you are (either nitrogen, carbon dioxide, or both), columns will
automatically be added to the Pump Schedule Table where you can enter the appropriate foam rates,
qualities, and volumes.
Note:
If you select any of the foam Treatment Type options, other options related to foam will appear at the bottom of the
screen below the Pump Schedule Table.
Proppant Ramp Mode Use this option to indicate whether to not you will be ramping the addition of
proppant to the slurry being pumped. If you are, each proppant concentration and flow rate entry in
the Pump Schedule Table will have two fields; one for specifying the value at the beginning of the
stage and a second for specifying the value at the end of the stage. If you are not ramping proppant,
there will be only one field for each proppant concentration or flow rate entry.
CalculateBottomhole from Surface / Surface from Bottomhole If you are pumping a foamed
treatment, you can either enter surface values that define the foam schedule and have the
bottomhole values calculated, or vice versa.
CalculateVolume from Time / Time from Volume Based on the flow rate(s) you enter in the
Pump Schedule Table, this option determines whether volume is calculated from the time or time is
calculated from volume.
All of the possible columns in the Treatment Schedule Table are described below.
Stage Number
FracproPT accepts up to 150 separate stages in the pump schedule. You can delete entire stages by selecting the entire
stage (that is, the entire row by clicking once on the Stage Number) and pressing [Del]. Insert new stages between two
existing stages (that is, at the current cursor position) by pressing [Ins].
Stage Type
580
FracproPT 2007
You can select a Stage Type from the drop-down list in this column to identify each stage in the treatment schedule. This
identification makes it easier to keep up with where you are in the treatment, and it also serves to identify minifracs and
other diagnostic injections that can be analyzed semi-automatically using some of FracproPTs diagnostic utilities.
In general, this is an optional selection. However, there is one Stage Type that must be selected to correctly simulate a
fracture treatment. A Circulation stage, when there is one, must be correctly identified to properly track the materials
being pumped down the wellbore and into the fracture. The full list of possible Stage Types reads as follows:
Water injection
Step-rate test
Minifrac
Proppant slug
Circulation
Note:
If you select Circulation for a stage, the fluid and proppant displaced from the wellbore will not be injected into the
fracture. This feature is useful for modeling "Frac Packs" or any other operation with a circulation stage before or
during a treatment.
Note:
The Terminated main frac is useful if you want to neglect prior stages in the various functions for which Stage Type
is used.
Flow Rate 1 / Flow Rate 2
This is the slurry flow rate, which includes the gel and proppant. If you are pumping nitrogen or carbon dioxide, the Flow
Rate field(s) refers to the liquid-plus-proppant flow rate just downstream of the blender, before the nitrogen or carbon
dioxide is added.
Two fields are provided for treatments where proppant is ramped (Flow Rate 1 at the beginning of the stage and Flow
Rate 2 at the end of the stage). If you are not ramping proppant only one Flow Rate field is available. Flow Rate is used
to calculate either Clean Vol or Stage Length, depending upon which of the two you enter.
The simulator does not use the values entered for Flow Rate if you run the simulator from real data and you specify flow
rate (either clean or slurry) as a real-data input on the CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL [Shift+F6] screen. However, if
there is pumping in a stage you must enter some non-zero flow rate in order for the simulator to use the correct Fluid
Type for that stage. Furthermore, you should input the approximate actual flow rate so that the calculated leakoff
coefficient (displayed on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen) is as close as possible to the value actually
calculated during the treatment.
To model flow back at the end of a treatment, you can enter a negative flow rate. If you are running from Database or
Real-Time data at input, the simulator uses the negative flow rate (ignoring the measured flow data) during the flow back
stage.
N2 Rate 1 / N2 Rate 2
Nitrogen flow rate fields will be visible on if you choose N2 or N2 & CO2 as the Treatment Type option. Two fields for the
entry of nitrogen flow rate (specified at the surface for the beginning and end of the stage) are provided for treatments
where proppant is ramped. If you select None as the Prop Ramp Mode option, only one N2 Rate is available.
Entries for N2 Rate are not used if you are running the fracture simulator from real data and you specified nitrogen rate as
a real-data input on the CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL [Shift+F6] screen. However, you should input the approximate
actual nitrogen flow rate so that the calculated leakoff coefficient (displayed on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9]
screen) is as close as possible to the value actually calculated during the treatment.
Note:
Nitrogen rate is always measured at standard temperature and pressure (that is, in units of standard cubic feet per
minute or standard cubic meters per minute).
CO2 Rate 1 / CO2 Rate 2
Carbon dioxide flow rate fields will be visible only if you choose CO2 or N2 & CO2 as the Treatment Type option. Two
fields for the entry of carbon dioxide flow rate (specified at the surface for the beginning and end of the stage) are
provided for treatments where proppant is ramped. If you select None as the Prop Ramp Mode option, only one CO2
Rate is available.
Entries for CO2 Rate are not used if you are running the fracture simulator from real data and you specified carbon
dioxide rate as a real-data input on the CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL [Shift+F6] screen. However, you should input
the approximate actual carbon dioxide flow rate so that the calculated leakoff coefficient (displayed on the RESERVOIR
PARAMETERS [F9] screen) is as close as possible to the value actually calculated during the treatment.
FracproPT assumes that carbon dioxide flow rate is being measured at a constant density (that is, constant temperature
and pressure.
581
FracproPT 2007
Note:
Unlike nitrogen rate, which is always measured at standard temperature and pressure (that is, in units of standard
cubic feet per minute or standard cubic meters per minute), CO2 rate is measured at the flow meter (that is,
pumping) conditions. This means that the surface CO2 rate that is the input to FracproPT could be measured at either
the low-pressure side or the high-pressure side of the frac pumps. The measurement point makes a difference in the
density of the fluid, and has led to some confusion in the past. When dealing with CO2 in FracproPT, it is important to
remember the following important points:
You should know in advance where the CO2 flow meter will be, so that you can enter the correct
temperature and pressure at the flow meter (see Metering Pressure and Metering Temperature
described below).
FracproPTs surface CO2 rate shown in the Pump Schedule Table is defined as being at the CO2
flow meter conditions (that is, at the Metering Pressure and Metering Temperature described
below).
The density (see Density at Flow Meter described below) at the CO2 flow meter is automatically
calculated based on the Metering Pressure and Metering Temperature that you enter.
The mass of CO2 calculated by FracproPT is based on the Density at Flow Meter, not at a socalled standard density. This is true even when you are entering a design treatment schedule with a
surface CO2 rate.
If you are designing a CO2 treatment using surface rates (rather than bottomhole quality), it is very
important to know where you are planning to meter the CO2 rate because that metering location will
affect the treatment design. For example, if you are trying to achieve a specific bottomhole foam
quality, the surface pump schedule will be different depending on whether you are metering the CO2
on the low pressure side of the pumps (for example, Halliburton) or the high pressure side of the
pumps (for example, Schlumberger),
The CO2 totals in FracproPT are all calculated based on the CO2 rate at the Metering Pressure and
Metering Temperature that you enter, which will result in the correct CO2 mass calculation. If you
are interested in the volume at standard conditions (that is, the volume in the CO2 transport tankers),
you can convert the mass of CO2 to barrels at standard conditions using the standard density of 8.51
lb/gal at tanker conditions, or simply view the value shown on the Treatment Totals tab of this
Treatment Schedule [F6] screen.
582
FracproPT 2007
(VolumeCO2+Volumeproppant)(VolumeN2+VolumeCO2+Volumeliquid+Volumeproppant)
It is important to note that Bottomhole CO2 Quality is defined at a bottomhole temperature that can be one of two
values. If you selected Model Heat Transfer Effects on the Simulation Options [F4] screen, then bottomhole quality is
assumed to be at the bottomhole pumping temperature. If you selected Ignore Heat Transfer Effects, then bottomhole
quality is assumed to be at the Reservoir Temperature entered on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen. This
can make a substantial difference in predictions, so be careful of which temperature you specify for bottomhole quality.
Proppant Concentration 1 / Proppant Concentration 2
Two fields for entry of proppant concentration are provided for treatments where proppant is ramped. If you are not
ramping proppant, then only one Proppant Concentration is available.
Values entered for Proppant Concentration are not used if you are running the fracture simulator from real data and you
specified proppant concentration (or slurry density) as a real-data input on the CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL
[Shift+F6] screen. However, you must enter some non-zero proppant concentration in order for the simulator to use the
correct Proppant Type for that stage.
If you are pumping a nitrogen or carbon dioxide (i.e. a foam treatment), Proppant Concentration refers to the proppant
concentration at the blender, before the nitrogen or carbon dioxide is added.
Bottomhole Proppant Concentration 1 / Bottomhole Proppant Concentration 2
Two fields for entry of proppant concentration are provided for treatments where proppant is ramped. If you are not
ramping proppant, then only one Proppant Concentration is available.
Values entered for Proppant Concentration are not used if you are running the fracture simulator from real data and you
specified proppant concentration (or slurry density) as a real-data input on the CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL
[Shift+F6] screen. However, you must enter some non-zero proppant concentration in order for the simulator to use the
correct Proppant Type for that stage.
Clean Volume
If you select Calculate Time From Volume as the Job Design Mode option, you enter the desired clean volume of liquid
for each stage in this field. Clean Volume and Flow Rate (which you also must enter) are then used to calculate Stage
Length. Note that entries for Clean Volume are not accepted until a non-zero Slurry Rate is entered.
If you select Calculate Volume From Time, you cannot access the Clean Volume fields since it is calculated from Slurry
Rate and Stage Length.
Values entered for Clean Volume are not used if you are running the fracture simulator from real data and you specified
flow rate (either clean or slurry) as a real-data input on the CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL [Shift+F6] screen.
Bottomhole Foam Clean Volume
Enter the stage clean volume of foam in this field, which includes liquid (gel), carbon dioxide, and nitrogen at bottomhole
conditions.
Stage Length
This field always defines the length of the stage, whether running the fracture simulator from real-data or from the
treatment schedule entries for flow rates and proppants (hence the need to synchronize the Actual Treatment Schedule
with the real data).
If you select Calculate Volume From Time at the Job Design Mode option, you enter stage length (in decimal minutes)
in this field. If you enter Stage Length before entering Flow Rate, the stage will be treated as a shut-in, as indicated in
the Fluid Type column. Stage Length and Flow Rate are used to calculate Clean Volume. To model shut-ins, you must
enter a non-zero Stage Length and zero for Flow Rate. This is typically how you would add a stage at the end of the
treatment to simulate the pressure decline.
If you select Calculate Time From Volume you cannot access Stage Length since it is calculated from Flow Rate and
Clean Volume.
Treatment Info (user selectable)
This field displays one of several user-selected quantities that are calculated from other information entered in the
treatment schedule. The Treatment Info drop-down list where you select the quantity for display is located directly above
the Pump Schedule Table. The choices for the display are as follows:
Cumul Time Cumulative job time in minutes:seconds format
Stage Slurry Stage slurry volume
Cumul Gel Cumulative clean volume
Stage Prop Stage proppant weight
Cumul Prop Cumulative proppant weight
Clean Rate Calculated clean flow rate
583
FracproPT 2007
The following information describes the various options located below the Treatment Schedule Table.
Treatment Type
Use this option to indicate whether or not you will be adding nitrogen or carbon dioxide to the slurry being pumped. Your
choice of No foam, N2 foam, CO2 foam, or N2 & CO2 foam determines which fields (i.e. columns) will be available in
the Pump Schedule Table.
Note:
If you select any of the foam Treatment Type options, other options related to foam, which are described below, will
appear at the bottom of the screen below the Pump Schedule Table.
Proppant Ramp Mode
Use this option to indicate whether to not you will be ramping the addition of proppant to the slurry being pumped. If you
are, choose Ideal. In this case, each proppant concentration and flow rate entry in the Pump Schedule Table will have two
fields; one for specifying the value at the beginning of the stage and a second for specifying the value at the end of the
stage. If you are not ramping proppant you should choose None; as a result, there will be only one field for each proppant
concentration or flow rate entry.
CalculateVolume from Time / Time from Volume
Based on the flow rate(s) you enter in the Pump Schedule Table, this option determines whether volume is calculated
from the time or time is calculated from volume. These calculations use the following fields in the Pump Schedule Table:
Flow Rate, Stage Length, and Clean Vol.
Note:
584
FracproPT 2007
You should typically select Calculate Time from Volume when entering design data into the Pump Schedule Table.
Calculate Volume from Time is typically used when synchronizing real data with the Pump Schedule Table.
Wellbore Volume
This non-editable field displays the wellbore volume as calculated from the wellbore segment entries on the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen. This number is provided here so that displacement volumes can be checked without
having to switch between screens.
The following options and fields will only be visible if you select one of the foam options as the Treatment Type.
CalculateBottomhole from Surface / Surface from Bottomhole
If you are pumping a foamed treatment, you can either enter surface values of the pumping parameters that define the
foam schedule and have the bottomhole values calculated, or vice versa. The most common scenario is to Calculate
Surface from Bottomhole where you enter the desired down hole pump schedule and let FracproPT calculate the
corresponding surface pump schedule.
Quality Option
Use this option to select whether you will be using the so-called Constant Internal Phase or the Conventional Quality
for the calculations in the Pump Schedule Table. Definitions of these two options are shown in the Help text above
describing the Bottomhole CO2 Quality and Bottomhole N2 Quality fields.
CO2 Properties
These parameters appear on this screen if you select CO2 foam or N2 & CO2 foam as the Treatment Type.
Metering Pressure
Enter the pressure at the point where the CO2 flow rate is metered in this field. This pressure, as well as the temperature
described below, is used in the calculation of Density at Flow Meter.
585
FracproPT 2007
Metering Temperature
Enter the temperature at the point where the CO2 flow rate is metered in this field. This temperature, as well as the
pressure described above, is used in the calculation of Density at Flow Meter.
Density at Flow Meter
The density of the carbon dioxide (in terms of specific gravity) at the flow-meter conditions is displayed in this field. The
density is calculated according to results taken from the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Fluids
Database 12, which is based on the most accurate equations currently available. The thermodynamic properties of pure
fluids are determined with a Helmholtz energy equation (FEQ), a modified Benedict-Webb-Rubin equation (mBWR), or an
extended corresponding states model (ECS). Viscosity and thermal conductivity values are determined with either a fluid
specific model or with a variation of the ECS method. It is important to have the correct CO2 density at the flow meter
whether you are running from design or from real-data. If you are measuring the CO2 rate at low-pressure (tanker)
conditions, the density will be on the order of 1.02. If you are measuring the CO2 rate at high-pressure (wellhead)
conditions, then the density will typically be even greater.
Totals for
Design Schedule
Select this option to display the totals from the Design Treatment Schedule, which will show the materials required for
the pump schedule.
Actual Data
Select this option to display the totals from the Actual Treatment Schedule, which will show what materials were actually
pumped in the current fracture treatment (that is, as represented in the current database or real-time data file shown on
the Fracture Simulation Options [F4] screen). Note that you do need to run the model at least once to see totals for the
actual treatment.
586
FracproPT 2007
Totals split by
Materials
Select this option to group the totals in the Proppant and Fluid Table and the Additional Items Table by material.
Injection
Select this option to group the totals in the Proppant and Fluid Table and the Additional Items Table by stage.
Treatment Specs
Except for Wellbore Volume, the values shown here are design values only. These numbers are based on Stage Type
(for example, the fluid volume of all stages identified as Main Frac Pad are added together to calculate Design Pad
Volume). All of these fields are non-editable.
Pad Fraction
This is the ratio of Pad Volume to Slurry Volume (both of which are defined below).
Pad Volume
This is the volume sum of all stages identified with the Main Frac Pad selection for Stage Type.
Clean Volume (Main Frac)
This is the fluid volume sum (that is, not including proppant volume) of all stages identified with Main Frac Pad, Main Frac
Slurry, and Main Frac Flush selections for Stage Type.
Slurry Volume (Main Frac)
This is the fluid-plus-proppant volume sum (that is, including proppant volume) of all stages identified with Main Frac Pad,
Main Frac Slurry, and Main Frac Flush selections for Stage Type.
Total Proppant (Main Frac)
This is the weight sum of proppant included in all stages identified with the Main Frac Slurry selection for Stage Type.
Flush Volume
This is the fluid (slurry) volume sum of all stages identified with the Main Frac Flush selection for Stage Type.
587
FracproPT 2007
Revenues
Gas/Oil Price (Net)
The income stream for the economic model is simply this number multiplied by the change in cumulative production over
one time step. This price should be net of royalties, partial interests, and severance taxes.
Price Escalation Rate
The gas/oil price used in each time step is escalated at this rate.
Discount Rate
Future income streams are discounted at this rate for the discounted-cash-flow calculation. This parameter may also be
known as the hurdle rate or opportunity rate.
Costs
Operating Costs
These monthly costs are subtracted from the cash flow.
Cost Escalation Rate
Monthly costs are escalated at this rate.
Initial Investment
This value, plus Fixed Frac Costs and Variable Frac Costs, is used to obtain the total investment, which is subtracted
from the cash flow at time zero. The total investment is also used as the basis for the return on investment (ROI)
588
FracproPT 2007
calculation. ROI is simply net present value (NPV) divided by Initial Investment. The Initial Investment may be the entire
well cost, the completion cost, or just the treatment cost.
Note:
The so-called Incremental ROI and Incremental NPV are calculated using only the Stimulation Cost (that is, they
do not include the Initial Investment). The production used to calculate these variables is the total (stimulated)
production minus the unstimulated production.
Fixed Frac Costs
These are treatment costs that do not vary directly with job size (for example, rig time, hydraulic horsepower, mileage
charges, and engineering time).
Variable Frac Costs
These are costs that vary linearly with job size. The most important variable-cost items are fluid and proppant. This
parameter is entered in terms of $/Unit Fracture Treatment, which is the treatment currently entered on the TREATMENT
SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
With reference to the Production Schedule Table and other fields described below:
The simulator produces the well at the Minimum Pressure (constant-pressure solution) unless doing
so causes the production rate to exceed Maximum HC Rate.
At this point the simulator produces the well with a rate equal to Maximum HC Rate (constant-rate
solution). Production continues at that rate until maintaining that rate cannot be achieved at the
Minimum Pressure.
At this point the well is again produced at the Minimum Pressure (constant-pressure solution) until
the rate falls to Minimum HC Rate.
589
FracproPT 2007
The Well Production Constraints screen when using User Entered Table.
590
FracproPT 2007
The Well Production Constraints screen when using Production Database Derived Table.
591
FracproPT 2007
Time Interval
This is the time in days over which the other production constraints on the same line of the schedule apply. Essentially,
this is the time step for the reservoir simulator. A suggested series of entries for this field to simulate a total of five years of
production is as follows: 30, 60, 92.5, 182.5, 182.5, 182.5, 365, 365, and 365.
In general, consecutive entries in this field should not increase by more than a factor of two between entries (for example,
10 days, 20 days, 40 days, etc.). The same type of logic holds true when Time Interval should be made small to capture
the details of a pressure build-up. In such a case, you should not reduce consecutive entries in this field by more than a
factor of one-half (for example, 1 day, 0.5 day, 0.25 day, etc.).
Total Time
This is the summation (calculated by the program) of all the Time Interval entries.
Maximum HC Rate
Production Analysis switches to constant-rate production at this value if constant-pressure production causes the
production rate to exceed this value.
Minimum Pressure
The well is produced at this pressure unless the production rate exceeds Maximum HC Rate. This pressure must be less
than the current average reservoir pressure. Typically, gas wells are initially produced at high pressures (that is, small
draw-downs), but are rapidly drawn down to the vicinity of 1000 psi over the first six months to one year of production.
Pressure Location
This field refers to the location where the pressures entered on this screen are measured or specified. Pressure Location
can be toggled between Bottomhole and Surface pressures using the drop-down list. Surface is available only if
Wellbore Present is selected on the RESERVOIR analysis OPTIONS [F4] screen. You must also have entered the
appropriate tubing data on the RESERVOIR WELLBORE PARAMETERS [F5] screen and you must be simulating gas
production.
592
FracproPT 2007
Other Functions
Minimum HC Rate
The current simulator run is terminated when production rate falls below this value. Production Analysis attempts to
solve for the exact time when the production rate falls below this value.
Maximum Drawdown
The simulator strives to produce the well at this maximum drawdown from average reservoir pressure. The Maximum HC
Rate and Minimum HC Rate constraints are still honored.
593
FracproPT 2007
594
FracproPT 2007
This factor is applied to the invaded reservoir-region permeability throughout the life of the well. For example, if the initial
reservoir permeability was 2.0 mD and this factor is set to 0.25, the permeability of the rock around the fracture that was
invaded by filtrate (that is, the damaged zone) will be reduced to only 1.5 mD.
Number of Pore Volumes Produced to Achieve 50% Filtrate Cleanup
This is the number of pore volumes produced (of the reservoir fluid plus filtrate) until 50% of the filtrate is cleaned up. In
other words, this is the number of pore volumes required to pass through the invaded region in order to achieve 50%
cleanup (that is, removal) of the filtrate. This number is fit to an exponential function so that cleanup occurs rapidly at early
times, but slows exponentially. Normally, it is in the range of 1-10 for oil wells, and 10-100 for gas wells.
Optimization Control - F10
595
FracproPT 2007
This value represents the Net Present Value (NPV) at the end of the specified well production period. Final NPV after a
period of n years is calculated using the following equation:
Incrl NPV
This number is calculated using only the Stimulation Cost (that is, they do not include the Initial Investment). The
production used to calculate this number is the total (stimulated) production minus the unstimulated production.
Incrl ROI
This number is calculated using only the Stimulation Cost (that is, they do not include the Initial Investment). The
production used to calculate this number is the total (stimulated) production minus the unstimulated production.
Treatment Cost
Calculated Treatment Cost based on OPTIMIZATION ECONOMIC DATA [F8] screen and the required treatment size to
obtain the given Fracture Half-Length.
Model Output
Economics Plot
Select this function to display an automatically configured plot of Net Present Value (NPV) and Return on Investment
(ROI) versus Propped Length (that is, Plot #31 on the PLOT LIST [Alt+F8] screen).
Propped Length Plot
Select this function to display an automatically configured plot of Propped Length versus Total Injected Volume (that is,
Plot #32 on the PLOT LIST [Alt+F8] screen).
Compare Results
Select this function to view the COMPARE SIMULATION RESULTS [Shift+F4] screen.
Generate Report
Select this function to go to the REPORT SETUP [SHIFT+F2] screen..
Economic Analysis
Select Size Using Economic Criterion
Select this function to pick the maximum value of either NPV, Incremental NPV, ROI or Incremental ROI from the
Optimization Output Table.
Generate Treatment Schedule
Select this function to jump to the FRACTURE DESIGN CONTROL [F10] screen in the Fracture Design module to
generate the treatment schedule to achieve the desired fracture half-length and conductivity.
Treatment Selection
Select this function to jump to the TREATMENT SELECTION [F8] screen in the Fracture Design module to evaluate
additional fracture design constraints.
Proppant Comparison
Compare Proppants
Runs Economic Optimization automatically for up to 4 Selected Proppants in the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION
[F5] screen, Proppant Selection tab.
NPV vs Length Plot
Plots NPV vs Length for up to 4 different proppants.
FracproXCHANGE
FracproPTXCHANGE
Select the FracproXCHANGE mode by selecting from the main menu Options > FracproXCHANGE.
This mode represents FracproPT without the hydraulic fracturing simulator, and all of the related functionality.
Working in this mode greatly simplifies the interface of FracproPT for tasks that do not require the hydraulic fracturing
simulator (for example, real-time data acquisition).
596
FracproPT 2007
597
FracproPT 2007
598
FracproPT 2007
Screen Templates
This is the list of saved templates for the layouts of the screens.
Screens
For the selected Screen Template, this is the list of screens that contained in the saved layout.
Buttons
Delete Template: Press this button to delete the selected Screen Template.
OK: Press this button to accept all changes and exit this screen.
Cancel: Press this button to "undo" all changes and exit this screen.
599
FracproPT 2007
1 Net Pressure
This is the pressure in the fracture minus the closure stress (the stress in the fracture initiation zone entered on the
RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen) that is calculated by the fracture model.
2 Observed Net
This is the pressure in the fracture (minus the closure stress entered on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen in
the yellow-highlighted fracture initiation zone) that is calculated by the wellbore model using one of the three possible
measured pressures (Surface Treating Pressure, Bottomhole Pressure, or Dead String Pressure, as specified on the
CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL [SHIFT+F6] screen). Observed Net is not calculated when running only from data in the
treatment schedule.
3 Surf Pressure
This is pressure at the top of the wellbore (that is, the surface pressure). If the model is running from Surface Treating
Pressure (as specified on the CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL [SHIFT+F6] screen), Surf Pressure will be equal to the
measured pressure. If you are running from Bottomhole Pressure or Dead String Pressure, Surf Pressure will be
calculated by the wellbore model, based on fluid friction and density properties. Note that this is a channel that is
calculated, so if the selected Timestep on the SIMULATION CONTROL [F10] screen is large, this will also be reflected in
this channel, and it may look slightly different from a measured Surface Pressure channel.
4 Btmh Pressure
This is the bottomhole pressure calculated by the fracture model. It is obtained by adding Net Pressure, closure stress in
the pay zone, perforation friction, and near-wellbore friction.
600
FracproPT 2007
8 Hydr Pressure
This is the hydrostatic pressure of the fluid and proppant in the wellbore, which is based on the density of these materials
and their distribution in the wellbore.
9 Wbore Friction
This is the calculated wellbore friction. The calculation takes into account pipe size, different fluids, different proppant
concentrations, and different velocities in the wellbore.
10 Perf Friction
This is the calculated friction pressure drop through the perforations.
11 NearWbore Fric
This is the calculated friction pressure drop through the near-wellbore region.
12 Total Friction
This is the sum of all the calculated friction pressures. If the model is running from Surface Treating Pressure (as
specified on the CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL [SHIFT+F6] screen), it is equal to the sum of the wellbore friction,
perforation friction, and near-wellbore friction. If the model is running from Bottomhole Pressure or Dead String
Pressure (as specified on the CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL [Shft+F6] screen), it is equal to the sum of the
perforation friction, near-wellbore friction and the depth correction term.
13 Backstress
This is the formation closure stress increase due to the increase in pore pressure resulting from fluid that has leaked off
during the treatment.
14 Thermal Stress
This is the formation closure stress reduction due to the formation cooling caused by fluid invasion.
15 MeasWbore Fric
If you have measured Dead String Pressure or Bottomhole Pressure available in addition to measured Surface
Treating Pressure (as specified on the CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL [SHIFT+F6] screen), the model can display the
measured wellbore friction, which is the actual friction in the wellbore. This information can be used to calibrate the Wbore
Friction value that FracproPT predicts using data in its Fluid Library.
16 Frac Length
This is the (half) length of the created hydraulic fracture.
601
FracproPT 2007
17 Frac Upper Ht
This is the distance from the fracture initiation depth to the top of the created hydraulic fracture.
18 Frac Lower Ht
This is the distance from the fracture initiation depth to the bottom of the created hydraulic fracture.
19 Prop Length
This is the length of the propped fracture. This calculation is dependent on the value entered for the Fracture Area is
Considered Propped for Proppant Conc. Greater than field on the PROPPANT MODEL PARAMETERS screen.
20 Prop Upper Ht
This is the distance from the fracture initiation depth to the top of the propped fracture. This calculation is dependent on
the value entered for the Fracture Area is Considered Propped for Proppant Conc. Greater than field on the
PROPPANT MODEL PARAMETERS screen.
21 Prop Lower Ht
This is the distance from the fracture initiation depth to the bottom of the propped fracture. This calculation is dependent
on the value entered for the Fracture Area is Considered Propped for Proppant Conc. Greater than field on the
PROPPANT MODEL PARAMETERS screen.
22 Width at Perfs
This is the width of the fracture at the wellbore, reported at the fracture initiation depth.
23 Max Width
This is the maximum width of the fracture at the wellbore.
24 Average Width
This is the average width of the fracture (that is, the total fracture volume divided by the total fracture area).
29 Clean Total
This is the total volume of clean fluid pumped in the fracture (that is, this does not include the proppant volume nor any
CO2 or N2).
30 Prop Total
This is the total proppant (weight) pumped into the fracture. Prop Total does not include any proppant with a diameter that
falls below the Proppant Diameter Greater than threshold set on PROPPANT MODEL PARAMETERS screen (this
function is used to exclude proppant slugs from Prop Total).
602
FracproPT 2007
31 thru 36 SurfClean Tot, SurfSlry Tot, SurfProp Tot, Surf N2 Tot, Surf CO2 Tot,
Slurry Total
These totals are all measured at the wellhead. They do not include any materials that were already in the wellbore when
pumping started, but they do include any materials that have been pumped into the wellbore and not yet reached the
fracture. The value reported for Surf CO2 Tot is calculated using the same density entered on the Treatment Schedule
screen.
40 Slurry Rate
This is the total flow rate at the surface, excluding nitrogen (if used). Slurry Rate includes gel, proppant, and carbon
dioxide. This channel complements Clean Total and Prop Total, which are calculated based on what has passed through
the perforations into the fracture.
41 Clean Rate
This is the clean fluid flow rate at the surface (that is, gel but not carbon dioxide or nitrogen).
42 Prop Conc
This is the concentration of proppant in slurry at the surface.
43 Wellbore Visc
This is the initial viscosity of the fluid that is currently being pumped into the wellbore.
44 Fracture Visc
This is the initial viscosity of the fluid that is currently entering the fracture from the wellbore.
603
FracproPT 2007
This is the volume quality of nitrogen at bottomhole conditions (that is, just upstream of the perforations, at a pressure
equal to Measd Btmh Press).
59 Fluid Efficiency
This is the volume of fluid (gel, carbon dioxide, and nitrogen) currently in the fracture divided by the amount of fluid that
has been pumped into the fracture. If a fracture closes (that is, all fluid leaks off and Fluid Efficiency goes to zero), Fluid
Efficiency is reinitialized at the start of the next injection and the previous (leaked off) fluid is not included in the new
calculation.
60 Slurry Efficiency
This is the volume of slurry (gel, carbon dioxide, nitrogen, and proppant) currently in the fracture divided by the amount of
slurry that has been pumped into the fracture. If a fracture closes (that is, all fluid leaks off and Fluid Efficiency goes to
zero), Fluid Efficiency is reinitialized at the start of the next injection and the previous (leaked off) fluid is not included in
the new calculation.
61 Fracture Vol
This is the current total volume of the fracture.
62 Prop Conc
This is the average proppant concentration in the fracture.
604
FracproPT 2007
This is the average fracture conductivity in the fracture, as calculated by multiplying the average fracture permeability, the
Avg. Width on Proppant channel and (1- Total Damage Factor).
In FracproPT, k is the permeability of (only) the layer where the fracture initiates (as shown on the Reservoir
Parameters [F9] screen). In ReservoirPT (the reservoir production simulator) there is only one permeable layer, which
could be different from the permeability of the fracture initiation layer in FracproPT.
With regard to calculating kf, FracproPT uses the closure stress in the fracture initiation zone and the Producing
Bottomhole Pressure (entered by the user on the Fluid and Proppant Selection [F5] screen), which are both
constants, to calculate the net stress on the proppant. In ReservoirPT, both closure stress and bottomhole flowing
pressure change with time (as calculated by the production model), so the net stress on proppant is also changing with
time.
With regard to wf, FracproPT uses an average "closed on proppant" fracture width for the whole fracture (a simple
averagesee definition shown above), while ReservoirPT calculates a harmonic average of the fracture conductivity
(permeability times width) over all the grid blocks defining the fracture.
68 Acid Conc.
This is the average acid concentration in the fracture.
69 Hydr Horsepower
This is the current horsepower required at the current flow rate and treating pressure.
70 Frac Center
605
FracproPT 2007
FracproPT allows (as an option) the center of the fracture to shift from where it was initially, based on asymmetric height
growth. This channel displays the current center of the fracture.
71 Btmhole Temp
This is the current bottomhole temperature if heat transfer effects are being modeled (as specified on the Simulation
Options [F4] screen). If heat transfer effects are being ignored, Btmhole Temp displays the (static) reservoir temperature
as entered on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen.
Numeric Display
Four screens with numerical displays can be setup in the Numeric Displays screen. This is similar to the Numeric Output Alt + F3 screen, except that these four screens are user-configurable.
606
FracproPT 2007
Numeric Displays
This feature is accessible by selecting from the main menu View > Numeric Display > Setup
Title: Specify the title of the numeric display screen in this field.
Background: Select the color of the background of the numeric display screen from the Color dialog.
Channel List: This textbox list the selected channels and thus simulates the appearance of the
numeric display screen.
Color: Select the color of the font of the selected channel from the Color dialog.
Delete: Remove the selected channel from the list of channels in the numeric display screen.
Insert...: Add a new channel to the list of channels in the numeric display screen.
Font...: Select the font of the selected channel from the Font dialog.
Bg Colors for All...: Select the color of the background of all four numeric display screens.
Fonts for All...: Select the font from the Font dialog of all four numeric display screens.
Set Colors to Default: Set the colors of the background and the fonts of all four numeric display
screens to the default values.
Buttons
Buttons
607
FracproPT 2007
608
FracproPT 2007
Report Content
Check the various content to include in the FracproPT Microsoft Word report. You can also use the Select All and Clear
All buttons to select or unselect all of the content.
Report Layout
Report Font
Use the drop-down lists to select a font type and size of the report text.
Logo
Check this option if you would like to include a company logo on each text page of the report. Use the Select Logo
function to locate the graphic file that represents the logo.
Left Header
Enter any information in this field that you would like to appear in the upper-left corner of each text page of the report.
Right Header
Enter any information in this field that you would like to appear in the upper-right corner of each text page of the report.
Center Header
Enter any information in this field that you would like to appear in the upper-middle location of each text page of the report.
Left Footer
Enter any information in this field that you would like to appear in the lower-left corner of each text page of the report.
609
FracproPT 2007
Generate Report
Select this function to begin generation of the FracproPT report. Depending on the number of plots selected for inclusion
in the report, this process may take a significant amount of time.
Report Setup - Plots in Word Report [Shift+F2]
Use this screen to automatically generate and include any of FracproPTs plots (as shown on the Plot Display List
[Alt+F8] screen) in a Microsoft Word report. By default, the plots and pictures shown in Automatically Generated Plots
list on the Content and Layout tab of this REPORT SETUP screen are included automatically when you generate the
report.
610
FracproPT 2007
Remove
Select a plot and use this function to remove it from the Selected Report Plots list.
Add
Select a plot in the Available FracproPT Plots list and use this function to add it to the Selected Report Plots list.
Remove All
Use this function to remove all plots currently shown in the Selected Report Plots list.
Add All
Use this function to add all plots in the Available FracproPT Plots list to the Selected Report Plots list.
Move Up
Select a plot and use this function to move it up in the Selected Report Plots list.
Move Down
Select a plot and use this function to move it down in the Selected Report Plots list.
Plot Titles
Main
If you select Embed Titles in Plot as the Placement option (described below), the text you enter in this field will appear
at the top-left corner of the plots. Rather than entering this text manually, you can also use the Set Titles from Well Info
function described below to copy specific text already entered on the General Information tab of the WELL AND
TREATMENT INFORMATION [F3] screen. If you select Use Titles for Plot Captions as the Placement Option, the text
from this field will appear in the plot (figure) caption.
Sub
If you select Embed Titles in Plot as the Placement option (described below), the text you enter in this field will appear
at the top-left corner of the plots, just below the text from the Main plot title. Rather than entering this text manually, you
can also use the Set Titles from Well Info function described below to copy specific text already entered on the General
Information tab of the WELL AND TREATMENT INFORMATION [F3] screen. If you select Use Titles for Plot Captions
as the Placement Option, the text from this field will appear in the plot (figure) caption.
Foot
If you select Embed Titles in Plot as the Placement option (described below), the text you enter in this field will appear
at the bottom-right corner of the plots. Rather than entering this text manually, you can also use the Set Titles from Well
Info function described below to copy specific text already entered on the General Information tab of the WELL AND
TREATMENT INFORMATION [F3] screen. If you select Use Titles for Plot Captions as the Placement Option, the text
from this field will appear in the plot (figure) caption.
611
FracproPT 2007
top of the fracture profile picture. If you select Use Titles for Plot Captions as the Placement Option, the text from this
field will appear in the picture (figure) caption.
Placement
Use this option to either Embed Titles in Plot or Use Titles for Plot Captions. With the first option, the titles are actually
a part of the "picture," while in the second option the titles are included in the caption that is added to the "picture."
Clear Titles
Use this function to clear all text from all the title fields.
Field Name
Well Name
Well Location
Sub
Formation
Name Stage
Info
Perforation
Details
Foot
Date
Font
Use the drop-down lists to select a font type and size. A Sample of the selection is displayed to the right of the Font fields.
Include in Display
Grid Lines
Check this option to include grid lines in the plots.
Symbols
Check this option to draw symbols on each data curve.
Lines
Check this option to draw lines to represent the data on plots. If you also check the Symbols option described above, you
can uncheck this option.
Annotations
Check this option to include on the report plots any annotations that you make have added to them.
612
FracproPT 2007
Logo
Check this option if you would like to include a company logo on each of your plots. Use the Select Logo function to
locate the graphic file that represents the logo.
Other Functions
Line Thickness Multiplier
Enter a number in this field to change the line thickness of the plotted data. A value of 0 is the default value.
Color Mode
Use the drop-down list to select whether or not you would like the report plots to be generated in Black & White, Color,
and Reverse Color.
Generate Report
Select this function to begin generation of the FracproPT report.
Report Setup - Excel Report Content [Shift+F2]
Use the options on this screen to control what text-based data are included in the FracproPT Microsoft Excel report.
These data can include any of the model parameters, reservoir inputs, fluid properties, etc. Other options controlling the
format of the report are also available on this screen.
Report Content
Check the various content to include in the FracproPT report. You can also use the Select All and Clear All buttons to
select or unselect all of the content.
613
FracproPT 2007
614
FracproPT 2007
The following information describes how to set up, change, and use various plot features. These operations are performed
using preference screens, menu commands, toolbar buttons, and graphically using mouse right-click features.
Plot Setup
Most of the plot setup functions can be performed using the three preferences screens, which are accessible from toolbar
buttons (shown below), menu commands, or graphically by right-clicking in specific plot locations.
Plot Preferences
Select this function to view the
PLOT PREFERENCES dialog where you can modify plot properties such as
channels displayed, frame style, and scales.
Frame Preferences
Select this function to view the
FRAME PREFERENCES dialog where you can modify plot properties such as
colors, fonts, grids, annotations, tangent lines, and the cursor style. You can also modify audio alarm settings.
Channel Preferences
Select this function to view the
CHANNEL PREFERENCES dialog where you can modify channel-related plot
properties such as color, line width, and symbol type.
615
FracproPT 2007
Switch Labels
This function causes the channel name and the y-axis scale to toggle between all the different channels that are
plotted. You can also press [TAB] to switch between channels.
Autoscale Plot
This function performs a rescaling operation that automatically adjusts the x and y-axes scales to the data
ranges for all channels.
Select View
This function allows you to select an area on the plot with the mouse and zoom-in to view it in more detail. After
selecting the toolbar button, place the cursor on the plot, press the left mouse button, and drag the selection
rectangle over the area on the plot that you want to magnify. The plot will be rescaled and updated with the new
limits once you release the mouse button.
Zoom Out
Select this function to shrink the plot image.
Zoom In
Select this function to enlarge the plot image.
616
FracproPT 2007
(as described here) also apply to cursor editing plots, there is also some additional functionality that is described on the
Cursor Edit Help screen.
Finally, you can use mouse right-click functionality on a plot to show the current value of each plotted channel in a table
at the right edge of the plot (see figure below). However, since these are the current values, they may be of little use in
reading data from the plot.
Cursor Editing
This function activates and deactivates Cursor Editing mode on the current plot.
Annotation List
Select this function to view the
ANNOTATION dialog where you can view and edit plot annotations.
617
FracproPT 2007
Creating Annotations
Right click on a channel where you would like the annotation to be added and select Add Annotation.
Displaying Annotations
After you create annotations, you can choose whether or not to actually display them on the plot using the Show
Annotations check box on the
Annotations dialog or the Show Annotations menu command.
If you do display them, you can decide whether to display just the marker or the marker and box. You can do this with the
Show Marker and Show Annotation check boxes on the
Annotations dialog.
On the plot itself, if the box is visible, click on the X in the box to hide it. If only the marker is visible, click on it to display
the box.
Editing Annotations
The text in an annotations text box can be edited on the
ANNOTATIONS dialog. To open the dialog, double click any
text box, right click any text box, or use the Edit Annotations menu command.
Moving Annotations
You can move any annotation text box to a new position on a plot by clicking and holding the mouse button on it, and then
dragging the annotation text box to the desired new position.
Deleting Annotations
The simplest and most reliable method to delete annotations is using the Delete All Annotations menu command.
You can also delete annotations using the Delete and Delete All functions on the
certain situations, these commands may not function properly.
Click and hold the left mouse button near either end of the tangent line to make it longer or shorter or
to change its angle.
Click and hold the left mouse button near the middle of the tangent line to move it around the plot
while maintaining the same line length and angle.
618
FracproPT 2007
Show Annotations
This function activates the display of all annotations on the plot. Deselecting this option hides all annotations.
Read Data
Selecting this function allows you to move the cursor along the selected channel with the mouse and view the Slope, YValue, and X-Value in the status bar for the data point at the cursor position. You can switch between channels using
[Tab] or the Switch Labels toolbar button.
619
FracproPT 2007
Select View
This function allows you to select an area on the plot with the mouse and zoom-in to view it in more detail. You may also
use the Select View toolbar button. After selecting this menu item, place the cursor on the plot, press the left mouse
button, and drag the selection rectangle over the area on the plot that you want to magnify. The plot will be rescaled and
updated with the new limits once you release the left mouse button.
Restore View
Select this function to restore the scales and view area to the settings present before the Select View command was
used.
Autoscale
This function performs a rescaling operation, which automatically adjusts the x and y-axes scales to the current data
ranges for all channels.
Autoscale Current
This function performs a rescaling operation, which automatically adjusts the x and y-axes scales to the current data
ranges for only the currently selected channel.
Zoom In
This function enlarges plot details by zooming in.
Zoom Out
This function reduces plot details by zooming out.
Setup
This menu choice provides access to all screens dealing with the modification of plots: the
CHANNEL
PREFERENCES screen, the
PLOT PREFERENCES screen, and the
FRAME Preferences screen.
Plot Annotations
Annotation text and display properties can be viewed or edited individually on this dialog, which consists of a table listing
all annotations for the current input file. Control buttons at the bottom of the dialog provide access to additional functions.
620
FracproPT 2007
Annotations Table
Channel Name
This field displays the plot channel on which the annotation was added.
Position (X-Axis)
This field displays the position (for example, time) of the annotation on the x-axis.
Message
This field displays the annotation message. You can also enter or edit the message here.
Show Marker
This field toggles on and off the display of the annotation marker arrow only for the specific annotation. If you uncheck this
field, Show Annotation is automatically unchecked.
Show Annotation
This field toggles on and off the display of the annotation text for the specific annotation. You cannot check this field
unless Show Marker is first checked.
Delete All
Select this function to delete all annotations from the table.
Select All
Select this function to select the Show Marker and Show Annotation fields for all annotations.
Unselect All
Select this function to unselects the Show Marker and Show Annotation fields for all annotations.
621
FracproPT 2007
Show Annotations
Selecting of unselecting this check box toggles whether or not the annotations are shown on the plot. This feature is
useful if you do not want to show the annotations, but you also do not want to delete the annotations.
OK
Select this function to accept all modifications made and close the ANNOTATIONS dialog.
Cancel
Select this function to close the ANNOTATIONS dialog without accepting any changes that have been made.
Cursor Editing Mode
This is a special plot mode that makes many data analysis and tasks much simpler. In this mode, you can move a cursor
along any data channel and mark, or select, various portions of the data on which to perform some analysis, edit data, or
perform some other function.
Cursor Editing is activated and deactivated by selecting the toolbar button (shown below). Pressing [Esc] exits cursor
edit mode and closes the plot window completely.
Cursor Editing
This function activates and deactivates Cursor Editing mode on the current plot.
Three things about a Cursor Editing plot distinguishes it from a regular plot: 1) The Stage Bar at the top of the plot
representing the treatment schedule; 2) The cursor, which is located on the first channel at time = 0.0 when you first
activate Cursor Editing; and 3) The area at the bottom of the window showing various data and functions.
Note:
Almost all of the plot setup and other functions for regular plots (see Help for regular plots) are available in Cursor
Editing plots.
Distinguishing perforation and near-wellbore friction and accounting for their effects (that is, analyzing step-down
flow rate tests)
Marking and accounting for near-wellbore friction resulting from tortuosity (that is, analyzing flow rate changes)
Analyzing a minifrac
Investigating wellbore transit phenomena (for example, determining when proppant or a fluid change reaches the
perforations)
622
FracproPT 2007
Insert Stage
This function is equivalent to using the [Ins] key in the pump schedule table on the Treatment Schedule [F6] screen. A
new stage will be inserted before the current stage (that is, the stage where the mouse pointer is located) and the current
stage will not be modified.
Delete Stage
This function is equivalent to using the [del] key in the pump schedule table on the Treatment Schedule [F6] screen. The
current stage (that is, the stage where the mouse pointer is located) will be deleted.
623
FracproPT 2007
This function is meant mainly for use in real-time mode to keep your actual stage times in sync with the real-data as the
job progresses. The idea is that you should use this function on each stage, as the job progresses, to keep correcting your
treatment design to the actual pumping times. This function works by looking at the "expected" design value for the next
stage in the treatment design, and then looking at the measured data to see when this change occurs. The length of the
currently selected stage is then adjusted so that it ends just before the change in the measured data.
However, this function can also be used when running from database data to adjust the treatment schedule to be in sync
with the measured data. This is useful if several of the proppant stage lengths are slightly too long or too short.
Remember, this function assumes that all the previous stage lengths are correct, so make sure you start with the earliest
stages and work your way through the job if you use this function.
Data
Time
This field shows the time at the current cursor position. You can also enter a time here to move the cursor to that position.
To move the cursor along any channel (that is, to move it in time), use the Time Slider Bar or use the left and right arrow
keys on the keyboard ( and ).
The Next Page and Prev Page functions on this screen scroll the plot window (or plot page) forward or backward, which
is the same as using [Pg-Up] and [Pg-Dn] on the keyboard. Right clicking with the mouse on the left or right plot border
also performs this same function.
The cursor is moved to the beginning or end of the current plot window by pressing [Home] or [End] on the keyboard.
The cursor is moved to the beginning or end of the entire data range (which may not all be shown in the current plot
window) using [Ctrl+Home] or [Ctrl+End] on the keyboard.
Value
This is the value of the currently selected channel at the current cursor position.
Slope
This is the slope of a tangent line on the currently selected channel at the current cursor position.
Stage #
This is the stage (according to the Stage Bar at the top of the plot) in which the point at the current cursor position lies.
Functions
Time Slider Bar
You can use this slider to move the cursor in the current plot window. You can also use the left and right arrow keys on
the keyboard ( and ).
Previous Page
Selecting this function shifts the plot window one window width (that is, by the amount of time shown on the x-axis) to the
left. Pressing [Pg-up] on the keyboard also performs this function. Right clicking with the mouse on the left plot border
also performs this same function.
The cursor is moved to the beginning of the current plot window by pressing [Home] on the keyboard.
The cursor is moved to the beginning of the entire data range (which may not all be shown in the current plot window)
using [Ctrl+Home] on the keyboard.
Next Page
Selecting this function shifts the plot window one window width (that is, by the amount of time shown on the x-axis) to the
right. Pressing [Pg-Dn] on the keyboard also performs this function. Right clicking with the mouse on the right plot border
also performs this same function.
The cursor is moved to the end of the current plot window by pressing [End] on the keyboard.
The cursor is moved to the end of the entire data range (which may not all be shown in the current plot window) using
[Ctrl+End] on the keyboard.
Set Stage
624
FracproPT 2007
This function is used when synchronizing the treatment schedule to measured data.
Auto Stage
This function is used to automatically generate the entries in the pump schedule table on the Treatment Schedule [F6]
screen from measured treatment data (Slurry Rate, Proppant Concentration etc.) when there is no treatment design to
begin with. It is most useful for post-frac analysis when you receive the treatment data and accompanying input file.
The idea behind automatic staging is that the program will look at all the different channels selected as inputs to the model
on the Channel Inputs for Model [Shft+F6] screen and search for any changes in those channels that would indicate a
new stage in the treatment. The program looks at all the rate channels (that is, slurry rate, clean rate, CO2 rate, and N2
rate), as well as the proppant concentration or slurry density channels. In addition, the program calculates average values
for all these input channels and uses them to create a pump schedule based on the real data. If you have a ramped
proppant schedule, the program automatically splits it into stages. This will not affect the modeling, of course, since the
program would still internally split it into smaller stages (because of the Automatic Stage Splitting in FracproPT). For a
proppant ramp, the program generates a schedule with stepped proppant values corresponding to the average values in
the ramp.
In order to use the Auto Stage function, you must be in Cursor Editing mode, preferably viewing a plot with all the realdata input channels (that is, the Model Inputs Plot). Simply select Auto Stage and the program will ask you to confirm the
operation. This is important because Auto Stage will overwrite your existing treatment schedule. You will see the new
staging displayed graphically on the Stage Bar. At this point, you can manually fine-tune the staging, if necessary.
Options
Cursor Increment
From this drop-down list, select the increment by which the cursor moves when you use the left and right arrow keys on
the keyboard ( and ). Your choices are Small, Medium, and Large.
Note:
If you choose Small as the increment, the cursor moves by one data point if on a measured data channel or by one
time step in on a model calculated channel.
Cursor Type
The appearance of the cursor is selected from this drop-down list. The available cursor types are Arrow, Horizontal Line,
Vertical Line, Small Cross, and Large Cross.
Stage Mode
You have two choices in this drop-down list. If you select Insert, modifying the length of one stage changes the length of
the entire treatment, but it does not change the length of any other stage. This mode is most useful when running from
real-time data. If you select Overwrite, modifying the length of one stage does not change the overall treatment length
(except when adding a new stage at the end of the data). The length of the stage to the immediate right of the cursor is
changed by the amount necessary to keep the same overall treatment length. This mode is generally used when running
from database data.
Note:
In Overwrite mode, it is possible to delete stages defined on the TREATMENT SCHEDULE [F6] screen if a stage
number you attempt to define is less than the stage number currently defined at the cursor position. However, you are
warned before any stages are deleted.
Current Channel
This drop-down list shows the current active plot channel (that is, the cursor is on this channel). You may move the cursor
to another channel here. Alternatively, you can simple move the mouse cursor to a different channel on the plot and click
once.
625
FracproPT 2007
Data Analysis
Begin
This function is used to mark the beginning of a data range. You can perform the same function using [Alt+B]. This
function is used when doing rate step-down analyses or analyzing abrupt flow rate changes.
End
This function is used to mark the end of a data range. You can perform the same function using [Alt+E]. This function is
used when doing rate step-down analyses or analyzing abrupt flow rate changes.
Rate Step-Down
When you are conducting a rate step-down analysis and you have already marked the Begin and End of a flow rate step,
you use this function to automatically write the resultant data into the Rate Step-Down Test Analyzer Table on the Perf
and Near-Wellbore [F8] screen if you choose to accept the result. You must repeat this select Begin, End, Rate StepDown sequence for each rate change in the step-down test, and then go to the Perf and Near-Wellbore [F8] screen to
complete the analysis.
Synchronizing the Treatment Schedule with Measured Data
To accurately model your fracture treatment when running the fracture model from database or real-time data, the stages
in the treatment schedule must be synchronized with the recorded data. That is, Stage Length, Fluid Type, and
Proppant Type in the table on the Treatment Schedule [F6] screen must correspond to the stages as they were actually
pumped in order for the simulator to know which materials (fluids and proppants) were being pumped at any specific time.
It is important to begin a new stage each time either the fluid or proppant types change.
Synchronization of the treatment schedule information may be done manually by simply viewing the treatment data on a
plot and entering the length (in time) of each stage. However, FracproPT provides an easier method for this
synchronization using functions available on a Cursor Editing plot.
Using a plot of measured data in Cursor Editing mode, stages are set according to when changes in the treatment
actually took place (for example, when proppant concentration was increased from 2 to 4 ppg, or when fluids were
changed from linear to crosslinked gel). Once the stages are set, you should also verify on the treatment schedule that the
correct fluid and proppant is specified for them.
Synchronization of the treatment schedule and measured data consists of the following three basic steps:
The following describes these three steps in detail. However, you may also use the Auto Stage function or the stage
setting functionality using the mouse in the Stage Bar, as described on the Cursor Editing Help screen.
To set Start Time, put the cursor to the flow rate channel and move it to the point where pumping (into the
formation) begins.
Next, select Set Stage. A small window will appear where you enter the Stage Number whose end you
wish you set. To set Start Time, enter 0 and press [Enter] or select OK. You will then be asked to confirm
your selection.
If you confirm the selection, you will notice that the left end of the Stage Bar will shift to the current cursor location. You
may also go to the SIMULATOR CONTROL [F10] screen and verify that Start Time has been changed.
Setting Stages
626
FracproPT 2007
To synchronize the real data and the treatment schedule, you follow the same basic procedure used to set Start Time.
Typically you will want the cursor on either the flow rate or proppant concentration channel.
For the first stage, move the cursor to the point where it ends and select Set Stage.
Repeat this procedure for all stages. You should have a separate stage for each fluid and proppant type.
Enter 1 for Stage Number and confirm the operation. When confirmed, you will note that the boundary
between stages 1 and 2 on the Stage Bar shifts to the current cursor location. You may also go to the
TREATMENT SCHEDULE [F6] screen and verify that Stage Length for stage number one has changed.
If you are running from real-time data, you need to come to this Cursor Editing plot whenever a stage is changed and
repeat this procedure for that stage. You will also need to re-run the model to account for any changes this may make in
results.
When you select Set Stage, if no stages exist to the right of the cursor, the program knows what the next stage number
should be. However, when stages to the right of the cursor do exist, the program suggests a value, which you may accept
or enter a different stage number.
627
FracproPT 2007
Table Columns
Editable: Checkboxes that indicate whether a plot is read-only (that is, unselected checkbox) or can
be modified (selected checkbox).
ID 1 to 8: The channel identifiers (that is, four-character abbreviations) of the plotted channels.
Control Buttons
628
Show: Display the currently selected plot as a non-floating plot. You can also double click a plot in
the list to display it. Plots that are displayed with the Show function cannot be moved outside of the
FracproPT parent window.
FracproPT 2007
Floating Plot: Display the currently selected plot as a floating plot. Such plots can be moved outside
of the FracproPT parent window.
Edit Title: Select one of the user configurable plots, then select this function to change the plot title in
the Edit Plot Title dialog.
Show Channel IDs: Select this checkbox to display the four-letter IDs for each (up to eight) channels
that are currently selected for each plot. Each plot can display up to 8 channels of data.
Cut: Add the selection to the clipboard, and remove it from the table.
Paste: Overwrite the current selection with the data from theh clipboard.
Insert Copied Cells: Insert the cells from the clipboard at the selection.
XY Plots Tab
The first tab of the Plot Display List - Alt + F8 screen displays the plots that are of the type XY.
629
FracproPT 2007
630
FracproPT 2007
Proppant properties such as proppant permeability, conductivity and beta factor. These bar graphs
are accessed through the PROPPANT DATA screen using the buttons under Bar Diagrams.
Stage properties such as stage fluid volume, stage N2 volume, stage proppant, and stage time.
These bar graphs are accessed through the FracproPT menu using View|Stage Bar Graphs. These
Bar Graphs can be useful in real-time to determine how much volume is still left in a stage or in a full
treatment.
These plots can be printed or saved as part of the FracproPT Report through the REPORT SETUP [SHIFT+F2] screen.
631
FracproPT 2007
632
FracproPT 2007
633
FracproPT 2007
Autoscale tab
Selecting OK accepts any changes that have been made on any of the tabs and closes the dialog. Selecting Apply
accepts and applies any changes that have been made without closing the dialog. Selecting Cancel closes the dialog
without accepting any changes that may have been made.
634
FracproPT 2007
635
FracproPT 2007
The Y-Axis Limits (Y Min and Y Max) are set individually for each channel by moving the cursor to the fields and entering
the values. For information about plotting delta y values, please see the description given in the Plot Options section.
X-axis
The x-axis may be changed for all channels simultaneously by entering x-axis minimum and maximum values in the X
Axis Min and X Axis Max fields.
Select All
This function selects all channels for display (as indicated by the check boxes to the left of each channel name).
Unselect All
This function clears the display check boxes for all channels.
Clear All Channels
This function deletes all channel information (names and axis limits) from the table.
Set Default Colors
This function sets the plot colors to their defaults.
Frame Style
Linear
The plot is displayed with linear x and y-axes.
Semi-Log X
This option causes the x-axis to be plotted on a logarithmic scale and the y-axis to be plotted on a linear scale. The XStart column on the Channel Info tab screen may be used to plot log-of-delta-x.
Semi-Log Y
This option causes the y-axis to be plotted on a logarithmic scale and the x-axis to be plotted on a linear scale. The Log Y
Options will also be available. Use the Use No Y-Axis Start, Use Y-Min As Start, and Use Y-Max As Start fields to plot
log-of-delta-y for pressure buildup and pressure decline analyses.
Log Log
636
FracproPT 2007
This option causes both the x-axis and the y-axis to be plotted on logarithmic scales. The X-Start column on the Channel
Info tab screen may be used to plot log-of-delta-x. The Log Y Options will also be available. Use the Use No Y-Axis
Start, Use Y-Min As Start, and Use Y-Max As Start fields to plot log-of-delta-y for pressure buildup and pressure decline
analyses.
Sqrt Time
This option causes the x-axis to be plotted on a square root scale and the y-axis to be plotted on a linear scale. The XStart column on the Channel Info tab screen may be used to plot log-of-delta-x.
Horner
This option causes all channels to be plotted against the logarithm of the so-called Horner Time, which is defined as
follows:
The value entered in the X-Start column on the Channel Info tab screen is taken as t_0.
G-Function
When select this option, a Start of Pumping field and an End of Pumping field will appear where you must enter the
appropriate numbers.
Log Y Options
These options are accessed only if a log plot style has been selected. The Use No Y-Axis Start, Use Y-Min As Start,
and Use Y-Max As Start fields are typically used to plot log-of-delta-y for pressure buildup and pressure decline
analyses.
Plot Options
By default, plots will be show as Single Frame plots.
Double Frame
This option causes two plot frames of equal size to be drawn. Up to four channels may be plotted on the y-axis of each
frame. A single variable (usually time) is plotted on the x-axis and it must be the same for both frames.
Show Current Data
This option causes the current numerical value for each channel to be displayed to the right of the plot frame. This
function can be toggled on or off by right clicking just outside right plot border.
Show Annotations
The selection enables (or disables) the display of all annotation markers on the plot.
X-Axis Type
By default, plots will be shown with Time as the x-axis.
Cross Plot
This option is used to plot variables against some variable other than time. Selecting Cross Plot activates the X-axis
Channel selection field where you may select a variable from the drop-down list.
Depth Plot
This function is used to plot variables against (increasing) depth, which is shown on the y-axis. This option may be used to
plot depth-based log or FracproPT model information such as log response, pore pressure, fracturing pressure, etc.
Derivative Options
Spread equals% of Plot X-Axis
This percentage of the total x-axis span is used as the derivative spread, which is the forward and backward time span
used to calculate the derivative (slope) at any point on a curve.
Smoothing
Check this box to smooth the derivative plot.
Use End Time
Check this box to limit the forward time span of the derivative plot calculation (as specified in the Spread equals% of
Plot X-Axis field) to the X Axis Max value that you enter. This function is typically used at the end of a pressure decline
period (that is, at the time just before pumping starts and pressure increases suddenly).
637
FracproPT 2007
X-axis
Reverse X Label Position
This option displays the x-axis scale and labels at top of the plot. By default, the x-axis scale and labels are printed at the
bottom.
Label Format
Floating displays the x-axis scales in floating-point format. Scientific displays the x-axis scales in scientific notation
format. Time allows you to display time on the x-axis in various formats, which you select using the drop-down list.
Integer displays the x-axis scales in integer format.
Y-axis
Reverse Y-Axis Direction
This option reverses the minimum and maximum y-axis limits.
Label Format
Floating displays the y-axis scales in floating-point format. Scientific displays the y-axis scales in scientific notation
format. Time allows you to display time on the y-axis in various formats, which you select using the drop-down list.
Integer displays the y-axis scales in integer format.
Other Functions
Switch Axis
This function switches the position of the x and y axes, essentially rotating the plot 90 degrees clockwise.
638
FracproPT 2007
X-Axis
Autoscale
Selecting or deselecting this option activates or deactivates the autoscale function for the x-axis. If it is activated, you can
select the type of autoscale. Extend Scale performs autoscale operations by automatically extending the maximum scale
value with the minimum scale value remaining fixed and Shift Scale performs autoscale operations by automatically
shifting the x-axis scale to the right (for example, it moves the "plot window").
Smart Round
This option activates the smart rounding function. When deactivated, displayed data is rounded to the nearest 10. When
active, displayed data is rounded to the nearest 10, 100, 1000, etc., as determined by FracproPT.
Y-axis
Autoscale
Selecting or deselecting this option activates or deactivates the autoscale function for the y-axis. If activated, you can
select the type of autoscale. MinMax autoscales both the maximum and minimum y-axis limits, Max autoscales only the
maximum y-axis limit, and Min autoscales only the minimum y-axis limit.
Other Functions
Autoscale everyscreen updates
The value you enter here determines the frequency of the autoscale operation. Entering a larger number decreases the
number of autoscale operations per time unit.
Frame Preferences
Frame tab
Annotations tab
Slope tab
639
FracproPT 2007
Alarms tab
Cursor tab
Grid tab
Selecting OK accepts any changes that have been made on any of the tabs and closes the dialog. Selecting Apply
accepts and applies any changes that have been made without closing the dialog. Selecting Cancel closes the dialog
without accepting any changes that may have been made.
640
FracproPT 2007
641
FracproPT 2007
642
FracproPT 2007
643
FracproPT 2007
Cursor
Line Color
The color currently in use is displayed in the color field. To change it, click the field and select a new color.
Type
The cursor type currently in use is displayed in the preview area. To change it, make a selection from the drop-down list.
Line Width
The current line width is displayed in the field. To change it, enter a new number in the field or use the up and down
arrows.
Edit Mark
The Begin Mark Color, End Mark Color, and Edit Mark Color used in Cursor Editing mode are displayed here. To
change them, click on the color fields and select new ones.
Line Width
The current line width is displayed in the field. To change it, enter a new number in the field or use the up and down
arrows.
644
FracproPT 2007
Grid
#X Gridlines
This field controls the number of vertical grid marks shown on the plot, which does not include the vertical line
representing the y-axis (that is, the left plot border).
#Y Gridlines
This field controls the number of horizontal grid marks shown on the plot, which does not include the horizontal line
representing the x-axis (that is, the bottom plot border).
#X Labels
This field controls the number of x-axis scale labels shown on the plot, which does not include the label for the vertical line
representing the y-axis (that is, the left plot border).
#Y Labels
This field controls the number of y-axis scale labels shown on the plot, which does not include the label for the horizontal
line representing the x-axis (that is, the bottom plot border).
Line Style
The current line style is displayed in the field. To change it, make a selection from the drop-down list.
Line Width
The current line width is displayed in the field. To change it, enter a new number in the field or use the up and down
arrows.
Channel Preferences
Channel Preferences
The display properties of individual data channels can be modified on this dialog. All modifications will apply only to the
currently active channel.
645
FracproPT 2007
Selecting OK accepts any modifications for the selected channel and closes the dialog. Selecting Cancel closes the
dialog without accepting any modifications that may have been made for the selected channel.
Channel Preferences
Channel Style
You may choose to plot data with Lines, Symbols, or Lines and Symbols.
Line Style
The current line style is displayed here. To change it, make a selection from the drop-down list.
Line Color
The color currently in use is displayed as a depressed field. To change it, click on the desired color.
Line Width
The current line width is displayed here. To change it, enter a new number or use the up and down arrows in the display
field.
Symbol Preferences
These fields are active only if Symbols or Lines and Symbols is selected as the Channel Style.
Symbol
The symbol currently in use is displayed as a depressed field. To change it, click on the desired symbol.
Outside Color
646
FracproPT 2007
The outside color of the symbol currently in use is displayed as a depressed field (it is also displayed in the Symbol
fields). To change it, click on the desired color.
Inside Fill Color
The inside fill color of the symbol currently in use is displayed as a depressed field (it is also displayed in the Symbol
fields). To change it, click on the desired color.
Distance Between Symbols
The value entered in this field controls the display frequency of the symbols for the active channel. Entering a larger value
reduces the number of symbols displayed.
Right Mouse Click Functions
647
FracproPT 2007
648
FracproPT 2007
Right click on the left plot border to shift the plot window to the left.
649
FracproPT 2007
650
FracproPT 2007
Parameter variation is represented by color, which may be either of a continuous character in the so-called enhanced
view (where the fracture area is divided into many grids, each with an individually tracked parameter value) or it may vary
according to rings that correspond to the stages on the TREATMENT SCHEDULE [F6] screen. In the latter case, the
upper and lower portions of each ring are treated separately.
This view is almost identical to the Stage Profile [Ctrl+F5] screen.
Additional Help: Stage Profile Pane
Width Profile Pane
This pane displays the width profile view (or end view) of the fracture(s). The view is almost identical to the width Profile
[alt+F7] screen.
Additional Help: Width Profile Pane
Panes
The Layers Pane
The functions explained below are accessed when you right click in the Layers Pane.
Options
651
FracproPT 2007
Header
You can Hide the header or, if not hidden, display it on the Right Side, Left Side, or Center, at either the Top of the
Bottom of the pane.
Depth Scale
652
FracproPT 2007
You can Hide the depth scale or, if not hidden, display it on the Right Side or Left Side.
Title
You can Hide the title or, if not hidden, display it on the Top, Center, or Bottom.
Grid
Select Grid to specify whether or not a grid is drawn within the pane.
Legend
653
FracproPT 2007
You can Hide the legend, if not hidden, display it on the Top Side or Bottom Side.
Side-by-Side
Select Common Axis to have the logs displayed on the same axis.
Select Curves
Select Select Curves from the menu to view the following dialog:
654
FracproPT 2007
This dialog lists the logs currently available for viewing in this pane. You may select them individually or use the Select All
function.
Curves
Select from among the currently displayed curves to view the following dialog where you can control how the curve is
displayed. These options control the plot scales (Bounds options), the format or style of the actual curve (Curve options),
the pane background (Filled options). For the depth scale, you can also Invert Axis.
The Show Data as options deter whether the layer property is shown as steps (Piecewise Constant) or as varying from
linearly between layers (Piecewise Linear).
Options
655
FracproPT 2007
Header
You can Hide the header or, if not hidden, display it on the Right Side, Left Side, or Center, at either the Top of the
Bottom of the pane.
656
FracproPT 2007
Depth Scale
You can Hide the depth scale or, if not hidden, display it on the Right Side or Left Side.
Title
You can Hide the title or, if not hidden, display it on the Top, Center, or Bottom.
Grid
Select Grid to specify whether or not a grid is drawn within the pane.
Legend
657
FracproPT 2007
You can Hide the legend, if not hidden, display it on the Top Side or Bottom Side.
Side-by-Side
Select Common Axis to have the logs displayed on the same axis.
Select Curves
Select Select Curves from the menu to view a dialog that lists the logs currently available for viewing in this pane. You
may select them individually or use the Select All function.
658
FracproPT 2007
Curves
Select from among the currently displayed curves to view the following dialog where you can control how the curve is
displayed. These options control the plot scales (Bounds options), the format or style of the actual curve (Curve options),
the pane background (Filled options). For the depth scale, you can also Invert Axis.
Options
659
FracproPT 2007
Depth Scale
Select Show to activate the depth scale and then choose Left or Right to specify the side where it is shown.
Select Show Title to activate the title and then choose Top, Center, or Bottom to specify where it is shown.
The Show Grid option determines whether or not a grid is drawn within the pane.
Data Scale
Select Show to activate the data scale and then choose Top or Bottom to specify where it is shown.
Legend
Select Show to activate the legend and then choose Left, Center, or Right and Top or Bottom to specify where it is
shown.
Line
Select the line Style and Color from the drop-down lists and enter a value for line Width.
Header
660
FracproPT 2007
You can Hide the header or, if not hidden, display it on the Right Side, Left Side, or Center, at either the Top or Bottom
of the pane.
Depth Scale
You can Hide the depth scale or, if not hidden, display it on the Right Side or Left Side.
Title
You can Hide the title or, if not hidden, display it on the Top, Center, or Bottom.
Grid
Select Grid to specify whether or not a grid is drawn within the pane.
Data Scale
You can Hide the data scale or, if not hidden, display it on the Top or Bottom.
Options
661
FracproPT 2007
Depth Scale
Select Show to activate the depth scale and then choose Left or Right to specify the side where it is shown.
Select Show Title to activate the title and then choose Top, Center, or Bottom to specify where it is shown.
The Show Grid option determines whether or not a grid is drawn within the pane.
Data Scale
Select Show to activate the data scale and then choose Top or Bottom to specify where it is shown.
Legend
Select Show to activate the legend and then choose Left, Center, or Right and Top or Bottom to specify where it is
shown.
Displayed Property
This drop-down list is where you select one of the seven possible parameters to view in the pane. Additional information
about these parameters can be found in Help for the
Stage Profile List screen.
If you are displaying Proppant Concentration, Proppant Volume Fraction, or Fracture Conductivity, you may choose
either Best Case Convection or Stratified Convection as the option used to model material transport with the fracture.
Additional information about these options can be found in Help for the
Stage Profile [Ctrl+F5] screen.
662
FracproPT 2007
Max Value
This field sets the maximum value for the parameter being displayed. The range from 0.0 to Max Value is represented by
color, as shown on the color bar located at the bottom of the picture. However, when the parameter is Proppant Volume
Fraction, this entry is fixed at the value set on the Proppant Model Parameters tab of the FracproPT Model
Parameters [Shft+F3] screen (the default value is 0.6). An autoscale button (
set.
Picture Details
This parameter controls the number of grids used in the Stage Profile simulation. A value of 1 implies the maximum
number of grids, which requires the most computing time and may cause sluggishness in the display update. Enter a
larger value to improve system performance.
Header
You can Hide the header or, if not hidden, display it on the Right Side, Left Side, or Center, at either the Top or Bottom
of the pane.
Depth Scale
You can Hide the depth scale or, if not hidden, display it on the Right Side or Left Side.
Title
You can Hide the title or, if not hidden, display it on the Top, Center, or Bottom.
Grid
663
FracproPT 2007
Select Grid to specify whether or not a grid is drawn within the pane.
Data Scale
You can Hide the data scale or, if not hidden, display it on the Top or Bottom.
View
This is where you select one of the seven possible parameters to view in the pane. Additional information about these
parameters can be found in Help for the
Stage Profile List screen
Convection
664
FracproPT 2007
This where you select the convection option used to model material transport with the fracture. Additional information
about these options can be found in Help for the
Stage Profile [Ctrl+F5] screen.
Select Palette
Select this option to view the Select Palette dialog where you can choose the color scheme to use in the Stage Profile
pane.
Fracture Profile
665
FracproPT 2007
A profile of the growing hydraulic fracture is drawn on the right half of the picture and the propped fracture is drawn on the
left side. A fracture-length scale is shown along the bottom edge of the display.
Profile Scales
Select this function to view the FRACTURE PROFILE SCALES screen where the scales for stress and the plot increment
are entered.
Max Length
The number entered in this field sets the length scale on the picture.
Minimum Stress
666
FracproPT 2007
This field sets the minimum stress scale for the stress profile. The value is set automatically, but it can be entered
manually.
Maximum Stress
This field sets the maximum stress scale for the stress profile. The value is set automatically, but it can be entered
manually.
Plot Increment
This field specifies the number of model time steps between each displayed fracture growth ring.
Stage Profile
Proppant concentration
Fracture conductivity
Slurry temperature
Slurry viscosity
Acid Concentration
The parameters variation is represented by color and may be either of a continuous character in the so-called enhanced
view (where the fracture area is divided into many grids, each with an individually tracked value of the parameter) or it
may vary according the rings that correspond to the stages shown on the TREATMENT SCHEDULE [F6] screen. In the
latter case, the upper and lower portions of each ring are treated separately.
The fracture width profile and the reservoir permeability profile are also shown at the left side of the picture. A blue line on
the vertical depth scale represents the perforated height. The display is toggled amongst the seven parameters using the
drop-down list at the bottom of the screen.
667
FracproPT 2007
Display Options
Displayed Property
Select the parameter that you want to display as a function of position in the fracture using this drop-down list.
Max Value
This field sets the maximum value for the parameter being displayed. The range from 0.0 to Max Value is represented by
color, as shown on the color bar located at the bottom of the picture. However, when the parameter is Proppant Volume
Fraction, this entry is fixed at the value set on the Proppant Model Parameters tab of the FracproPT Model
Parameters [Shft+F3] screen (the default value is 0.6). An autoscale button (
set.
Max Length
This field sets the length scale along the bottom of the picture and the height scale is set automatically as some fraction of
this field. An autoscale button (
668
FracproPT 2007
Select Palette
Select this function to view Select Palette dialog where you can set the colors used to scale the parameter that you are
displaying on this picture.
Stage Info
Select this function to view the STAGE INFORMATION screen where the upper and lower dimensions for each ring
(stage) are shown in tabular form. The values for the parameter of interest in each ring (stage) are also shown in the
table.
A volume fraction of 0.6 is the default value where proppant is considered packed (that is, immobile). That number is
changeable, however, on the Proppant Model Parameters tab of the FracproPT Model Parameters [Shft+F3] screen.
Plot Temperature
669
FracproPT 2007
Select this function to display temperature of the slurry in each stage as a function of position over the fracture area. All
rock properties and the pertinent user-entered temperatures used in the heat-transfer calculations that are performed to
obtain the temperature profile in the fracture are accessed on the THERMAL ROCK PROPERTIES screen.
Plot Viscosity
Select this function to display fluid viscosity in each stage as a function of position over the fracture area. This picture
takes time-wise viscosity variation, as recorded in the Fluid Libraries, into account. Fluid data from the System Library
comes directly from the service companies, while you must enter the data yourself in the User Library.
Plot Acid Concentration
Select this function to display mass-percentage acid concentration of the fluid in each stage as a function of position over
the fracture area.
Plot Acid Etched Width
Select this function to display amount of acid etching (in inches) as a function of position over the fracture area.
Stage Information
This screen displays information represented graphically on the STAGE PROFILE [CTRL+F5] screen in tabular format.
The upper and lower dimensions for each ring (stage) are shown in tabular form. If a stage has been split using
FracproPTs automatic stage splitting, the stage number will appear more than once. The values for the parameter of
interest in each ring (stage) are also shown in the table.
670
FracproPT 2007
Max Width
This field sets the maximum value for the width scale on both the screen display and the hardcopy output.
Max Height
This field sets the maximum value for the height scale on both the screen display and the hardcopy output.
Wellbore Profile
671
FracproPT 2007
Max Value
This field sets the maximum value for the viscosity, proppant concentration, or temperature display. The range from 0.0 to
Max Value is represented by the color bar.
Displayed Property
Select the parameter that you want to display as a function of wellbore position using this drop-down list.
Wellbore Info
Select this function to view the WELLBORE STAGE DISPLAY screen where the current contents of the wellbore are
displayed numerically. The stage number and the "length" of the stage in the wellbore (in feet, based on volume) are
shown along with the viscosity, proppant concentration, or fluid temperature of each stage.
Wellbore Stage Display
672
FracproPT 2007
Template Manager
The Template Manager screen is accessed by clicking on the Template Manager icon
Integrated Profile screen.
673
FracproPT 2007
Buttons
Template Actions
Buttons
Choose windows to open from this dialog: When the Integrated Fracture Profile launches, open
the Template Manager to allow the user to choose the desired Integrated Fracture Profile.
Open the last window automatically: When the Integrated Fracture Profile launches, display the
last Integrated Fracture Profile template.
Open multiple windows automatically: When the Integrated Fracture Profile launches, allow the
user to select multiple Integrated Fracture Profile templates that will open simultaneously.
Buttons
674
FracproPT 2007
Select Autos:
Select Logs
The Select Logs screen is accessed by clicking on the Select Logs icon
screen.
in the
in the toolbar of
675
FracproPT 2007
676
in the toolbar of
FracproPT 2007
Select Palette
The Select Palette screen is accessed by clicking on the Select Palette icon
screen.
677
FracproPT 2007
Select Pane
The Select Pane screen is accessed by clicking on the Select Pane icon
screen.
678
FracproPT 2007
Labels
Title #1
The text entered in this field is printed above the top of the plot. This field is not printed for pictures.
Title #2
The text entered in this field is printed above the top of the plot, just below the Title #1. This field is not printed for pictures.
Title #3
The text entered in this field is printed below the bottom left corner of the plot. This field is not printed for pictures.
679
FracproPT 2007
Title #4
The text entered in this field is printed below the bottom right corner of the plot. This field is not printed for pictures.
X-Axis
When you access to this screen to generate a hardcopy of a plot, this field displays the default label for the x-axis. If you
wish to edit or change the label for the hardcopy, you may do so. However, any change you make is only temporary, and
the original default label will overwrite it as soon as you leave this screen. This field is not printed for pictures.
Plot Symbols
This option determines whether or not symbols are plotted on each curve (channel) to enhance distinction between lines
on hardcopy plot output. This option can be selected with or without Plot Lines.
Plot Lines
This option determines whether or not lines are plotted for each curve (channel) on hardcopy plot output. One of these
last two fields (Plot Symbols or Plot Lines) must be selected in order to see a curve on the output.
Device Configuration
Color Mode
Select Color, Black & White, or Reverse Color (the latter of which is useful for making color 35mm slides) from the dropdown list.
Printer Font
Select a font from the drop-down list. For PCL, dot matrix and Postscript devices, the choices Arial (a sans-serif font) or
Times (serif font).
Output Mode
Windows Printer
If this option is checked, Windows-installed device drivers will control output.
Windows Metafile
If this option is checked, a graphics file in .WMF format will be created. You must specify the Plot File Location and file
name in the fields that appear below this option.
680
FracproPT 2007
PostScript Driver
If this option is checked, you may direct output to a printer port (LPT1, LPT2 or LPT3) or to a file (Print to File or EPS
File). The output format is PostScript for Print to File and Encapsulated PostScript for EPS File.
Select
Selecting this function activates the standard FileSave As dialog where you select or enter a path and file name for the
plot output file.
Note:
Selecting a file here does not actually save the file. Once you select a path and file name here, you must use the
Print command to save the file.
Other Functions
Use Logo
You check the box in this field if you would like your hardcopy to have a logo printed on it. When you check the box you
will see a Select Logo function that is used to select the logo file (which must be a bitmap graphics file).
Print
Selecting this function displays the standard Print dialog where you print the plot or picture.
If you have selected Windows Metafile or Postscript Driver - EPS File, selecting this function causes the plot or picture
output file to be saved with the folder and file name shown in the File Name field.
Select or Load results files in one or more of the four Simulation Results Boxes
The Select and Load functions for loading results files on this screen are explained below. To compare results on a plot,
you go through the normal routine to select plot channels, but you make a Compare Simulations choice (that is, by
selecting either A, B, C, or D) where you would normally leave the option set to Current.
681
FracproPT 2007
The Select Channel dialog indicating where Compare Simulations options are made.
This Compare Simulation Results screen is mode sensitive, so if you are currently in Fracture Optimization Mode,
only those files stored in that mode will be available when selecting results files for the Simulation Results Boxes.
Likewise, if you are in Fracture Analysis Mode, only those types of files will be available for comparison. The same holds
true for all other modes, as well.
682
FracproPT 2007
Select
This function opens the standard FileOpen dialog where you can select a results file to load in the box. The results are
loaded automatically when you use this, so it is not necessary to use the Load command.
Load
If there is already a path and file name in the fields at the top of the box, yet the Results Not Loaded message is
displayed, use this function to actually to load the results associated with the file. This function could be used, for
instance, if you exit and then re-start FracproPT, since the results files are not automatically loaded here when you start
the program (but the folder and file names are "left over" from the your last FracproPT session). You can also use the
Load All Results function at the bottom of the screen to avoid having to use the Load function for each box individually.
Unload
Select this function to remove the loaded results files from computer memory. This function would only be necessary if
your computer started to run low on resources (that is, memory).
Other Functions
Import Fractures
Selecting this function displays the IMPORT FRACTURES screen where you may choose to load any FracproPT results
file and select any fractures created in these individual treatments. These fractures may then be displayed using Wellbore
Viewer or used in ReservoirPT.
Add
This function activates a standard Windows dialog box from which any .RFR file may be selected. Once a file has been
opened, the fractures created in that treatment are displayed in the grid with their respective measured depth (MD). To
select or unselect a fracture, double click in the Import column to toggle between On and Off.
Remove
683
FracproPT 2007
This function removes a fracture from the table. Select a row (fracture) in the table and then select this function. Note: Any
other fracture contained in this file will also be removed from the selection if you choose OK in the confirmation dialog
box.
Frac Info
After selecting a fracture (row) in the table, choose this function to display information relevant to the fracture in the Frac
Info dialog.
Wellbore Schematics
1D Wellbore Schematic
This screen shows a one-dimensional schematic of the wellbore. The view may be zoomed in or out using the mouse to
define a vertical section to be magnified. Zooming and centering can also be achieved using the scroll bars at the right
and bottom of the screen.
There are two boxes on the right side of the screen that show a list of the fluid sequence and current values of a number
of variables in the wellbore. Fluid location in the wellbore can be viewed during a simulation.
684
FracproPT 2007
685
FracproPT 2007
3D Wellbore Viewer
Introduction
Wellbore Viewer is the 3D graphical interface provided to view wellbore geometries along with tools and tubular goods,
as well as the properties and position of fluid stages in the wellbore. Start the program by selecting ViewWellbore
Viewer on the menu bar.
Numerous utilities are provided to view the wellbore and the reservoir lithology and to navigate around the well to obtain a
detailed view. These tools are accessed directly from the toolbar displayed (if selected or turned on) below the standard
FracproPT toolbar.
As FracproPT is running, and results are being generated, Wellbore Viewer may also be used to display the evolution in
time of any variables (e.g. position of slurry stages, pressure, proppant concentration, fluid velocity, temperature, etc.).
How to... in Wellbore Viewer
Wellbore Viewer Menu Commands
Wellbore Viewer Toolbar
Wellbore Viewer Menu Commands
Once Wellbore Viewer is activated, the three additional menu options are accessed on the FracproPT menu bar.
3D View
3D Controls
3D Display
3D View
Original Size resizes the display to full size
Zoom In zooms in one step
Zoom out zooms out one step
686
FracproPT 2007
3D Controls
Select Wells allows the user to select multiple wells for display.
Select Palette lets the user choose from a selection of color scales.
Show/Hide Color Scale displays or removes the color scale for fracture contour plots or wellbore channel plots.
Show/Hide 3D Options displays or removes the controls for changing the viewing angles (Inclination and azimuth).
Show/Hide 3D Tools displays or removes the wire frame display of tools in the wellbore.
Actual/Schematic Size toggles between actual fracture size and enlarged fracture display.
3D Display
Fracture Perimeters displays the successive fracture locations.
Fracture Contour Channels displays flooded contour plots of variables in the fracture.
Wellbore Animation Channels displays flooded contour plots of variables down the wellbore.
Proximity Analysis displays color coding of the distance between individual wells (selected with 3D Viewer.. Controls..
Select Wells).
Scale Setup allows you to set the scale for the currently selected animation channel display.
Animation Channel Options allows you to select various options for the display of the currently selected animation
channel.
Toggle Tubular Strings displays concentric wellbore "layers" (for example, open-hole section, surface casing, intermediate
casing, production tubing).
Wellbore Viewer Toolbar
The following icons are available in Wellbore Viewer.
Wellbore Animation Select/remove wellbore animation channels
Fracture Animation Select/remove fracture contour animation channels.
Fracture Profile Animation Toggles the display of the fracture contour animation on/off.
[Reservoir Animation]
[Multilateral Wellbore Selection]
Wellbore Layers Displays concentric wellbore "layers" (e.g. open-hole, casing)
True Scale Toggles fracture size between actual size/enlarged size.
Animation Scale Activates the scale setup for the current animation channel.
Draw 3-D Axis Toggles 3D-axis display on/off.
Show 3-D Controls Enables / Disables 3D option window to change viewing angles.
Show Color Scales Enables / Disables the display of the color scale.
Choose Scale Palette Select the animation display color spectrum from various options.
Channel for Color Scale Select fracture contour/wellbore channel to apply scale settings.
[Reservoir Animation Channel Options]
687
FracproPT 2007
Zoom in
Zoom out
Original Size Restores original scaling for the Full 3D View
Top View - Displays the Top View
North View - Displays the view looking North
South View - Displays the view looking South
West View - Displays the view looking West
East View - Displays the view looking East
How to...in Wellbore Viewer
How to Toggle between Fracture Contour Scale and Wellbore Channels Scale
How to Toggle between Fracture Contour Scale and Wellbore Channels Scale
688
Top View
FracproPT 2007
enables/disables the following two scroll bars to change the viewing angles.
Use the scroll bar at the bottom of the window; sliding the cursor to the right increases the
magnification.
Use the scroll bar at the bottom of the window; sliding the cursor to the left decreases the
magnification.
To Zoom-out:
on the display and, without releasing the mouse button, move up or down the
A dialog box is initially displayed, and you may choose any of the available variables by highlighting it and selecting OK.
The scale corresponding to these contour plots may be changed by selecting
The scale may also be removed from the display by selecting
689
FracproPT 2007
A dialog box is initially displayed, and you may choose any of the available variables by highlighting it and selecting OK.
The scale corresponding to these contour plots may be changed by selecting the following icon:
Conductor Pipe
Surface Casing
Intermediate Casing
Production Tubing
690
FracproPT 2007
The print quality may be adjusted, as well as the destination of the print command (that is, printer or file).
How to Toggle between Fracture Contour Scale and Wellbore Channels Scale
If both fracture contour plots and wellbore channels are plotted, only one color scale is displayed in Wellbore Viewer. You
may toggle between these two scales by selecting
LLE View
LLE Controls
LLE Options
LLE View
Set Original Scale Restores original surface-to-bottom depth scale.
Arrow Restores standard editing mode where all functions can be accessed.
Zoom In Allows the user to zoom-in.
691
FracproPT 2007
LLE Controls
Open Logs Open a log file
Close Logs Saves a log file, including all log display modifications.
Save Layers Saves all modifications to the formation layer channels to the currently open FracproPT file and updates the
FracproPT screens accordingly.
Logs Table Opens the logs floating table.
Layers Table Opens the layers floating table
Calc Lays Dialog Opens the DEFINE LAYER PROPERTY screen.
LLE Options
Layers Options Calls up the LAYERS SETUP screen.
Logs Options Calls up the LOGS SETUP screen.
Select Logs Displays a dialog box to select the logs to be viewed.
Select Layers Displays a dialog box to select the layers to be viewed
Show Depth As Select depth display as MD or TVD.
Log Viewer / Layers Editor Toolbar
The following icons are available in the toolbar of the Logs Viewer / Layer Editor:
Open a log file
Close the log file
Save logs to LAS file
Save Layers: Update layer modification for FracproPT model
Layout Manager
Select logs to be displayed
: Select reservoir properties (layers) to be displayed
Calculate reservoir properties from log channels
Log Analysis Wizard
Toggle between show and hide floating table for logs
Toggle between show and hide floating table for reservoir properties
Display in measured depth (MD)
Display in true vertical depth (TVD)
Restore initial depth scale (i.e. from Surface to Bottomhole).
Arrow cursor (allows interactive layers' depth/value manipulation)
Zoom in
Zoom out
692
FracproPT 2007
Add a Layer
Edit layer data
Delete a Layer
View Spinner Log
How to... in Log Viewer / Layers Editor
[SHIFT]-Left mouse button to select every item between current and previously selected item.
693
FracproPT 2007
After logs have been processed to be in the proper FracproPT (*.dbd) format and the file containing these logs has been
opened, you may display any trace by selecting Select Logs from the LLE Options menu or the icon
on the toolbar.
In Arrow mode, you can also place the cursor somewhere in the log display window, press the right mouse button and
choose Select Curves.
A dialog box is displayed with a list of all the (log) traces. All the traces may be chosen by selecting Select All or the
current selection may be cleared by selecting Clear All. To choose specific logs, highlight each line using the following
convention:
SHIFT-Left mouse button to select every item between current and previously selected item.
Select Arrow from the LLE View menu (or the icon
Position the cursor in the layers display.
Click the right mouse button.
Select Options.
or
Select Arrow from the LLE View menu (or the icon
Position the cursor in the layers display.
Click the right mouse button.
Select Options.
or
694
FracproPT 2007
Select Zoom In from the LLE View menu (or the icon
on the tool bar).
Position the cursor at the beginning of the interval to be magnified.
Click the left mouse button and drag the cursor over the interval to be magnified.
As the mouse is dragged over the display, the interval to be magnified is highlighted. Releasing the left mouse button
displays the zoomed-in interval full screen.
To zoom-out,
Select Zoom Out from the LLE View menu (or the icon
on the tool bar).
The initial display scale, from surface to the maximum depth, may also be restored by selecting Set Original Scale from
the LLE View menu (or the icon
695
FracproPT 2007
696
FracproPT 2007
The Float Table is a tabular display of depth and values for all the layers. This table may be displayed by selecting Layers
Table from the LLE Controls menu or the icon
on the tool bar. Once the table is displayed, any layer property may
be viewed by selecting it in the display channel name drop-down box.
To add a layer,
Enter the new depth (for the top of the new layer) and its associated value.
Position the cursor at the proper depth (for the top of the new layer) and at the proper value in the
appropriate layer plot.
The display and table (if the floating table is visible) are modified accordingly.
Using the Mouse Right Button
A new layer may also be added by selecting Add from the LLE View menu or the icon
To add a layer,
Position the cursor at an approximate depth (for the top of the new layer) and at an approximate
value in the appropriate layer plot.
Enter the exact Depth and Value in the displayed dialog screen
Select OK
The display and table (if the floating table is visible) are modified accordingly.
on the tool bar. Once the table is displayed, any layer property may
A dialog box is displayed to confirm that this layer is to be deleted; select OK to delete the layer.
Position the cursor, on the curve, within the layer to be deleted; the cursor changes form and arrow to
a cross-hair when it is positioned properly on the curve.
The display and table (if the floating table is visible) are modified accordingly.
Using the Mouse Right Button
A new layer may also be deleted by selecting Delete from the LLE View menu or the icon
To delete a layer,
Position the cursor, on the curve, within the layer to be deleted; the cursor changes form and arrow to
a cross-hair when it is positioned properly on the curve.
697
FracproPT 2007
A dialog box is displayed to confirm that this layer is to be deleted; select OK to delete the layer.
The display and table (if the floating table is visible) are modified accordingly.
Enter the new depth (for the top of the new layer) and its associated value.
Position the cursor, on the curve, within the layer to be modified (if the data value is to be changed) or
at the end of the layer (if its depth is to be modified); the cursor changes from and arrow to a double
line with arrows when it is positioned properly on the curve.
The display and table (if the floating table is visible) are modified accordingly.
Both depth and values may be modified this way; only the direction of adjustment changes for depth (Up/Down) and data
value (Left/Right).
Using the Mouse Right Button
Any layer may also be modified by selecting Edit from the LLE View menu or the icon
To modify a layer,
Position the cursor on the curve within the layer to be modified; the cursor changes from an arrow to
a double line with arrows when positioned properly on the curve.
The display and table (if the floating table is visible) are modified accordingly.
698
FracproPT 2007
699
FracproPT 2007
on
b.
In the Layers tab of the Resevoir Parameters - F9 screen, select the button Log/Layers
Editor.
or
b.
In the Navigation Tree, expand the entry Reservoir Parameters by selecting the symbol [+],
and then select the entry Log-Layer Editor.
In the toolbar of the Log Viewer / Layers Editor screen, select the Open Log File button.
Open the Integrated Profile - Fracture Profile with Logs and Layers screen.
a.
In the Navigation Tree, expand the entry Integrated Profile by selecting the symbol [+], and
then select the entry Fracture Profile with Logs and Layers.
b.
In the main menu of FracproPT, select View > Integrated Fracture Profile > Fracture
Profile with Logs and Layers.
In the toolbar of the Fracture Profile with Logs and Layers screen, select the Open Log File button.
700
FracproPT 2007
701
FracproPT 2007
Center of Fracture(s)
Depth to the middle of the fracture initiation layer (indicated in bright yellow on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9]
screen, Layers tab.
Layer Thickness
Minimum layer thickness for consideration by the layer picking algorithm.
Min/Max Value of Curve in Interval
Minimum and maximum value of the curve selected under Log Parameter for Layer Picking.
Log Parameter for Layer Picking
Log parameter that will be used for the automatic layer picking algorithm. In laminated sand-shale reservoirs, the Gamma
Ray is a good parameter for the definition of layers. In limestones, consider using the PE channel.
Rock Type Divisions
You can choose to generate between 2 and 4 different rock types. In laminated sand-shale reservoirs, you can consider
building layers with increasing shale content by defining sandstone siltstone mudstone shale. You need to define
these Rock Types first on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen, Rock Properties tab, before they become
available for the combo boxes below the sliders.
Dividing Points
Choose the threshold value to switch between rock types by moving the slider or by typing the value above the slider.
702
FracproPT 2007
703
FracproPT 2007
Shift
Shift for the selected Log Parameter.
Apply
Select parameter for operation.
Apply
Conduct calculation of layer properties by selecting this button.
Log Analysis
This screen can be used to assign layer properties to layers that are already built.
This screen is especially useful if you have a full wave sonic and bulk density, as these channels can be used to calculate
Modulus and Poissons Ratio. Also, you can generate a Vshale curve or conduct a more complex mathematical operation
n
like y = ax + b or mathematical operations conducted on multiple curves.
704
FracproPT 2007
Calculate Rock Properties from Full Wave Sonic and Bulk Density
Select checkbox to include this calculation when selecting the Calculate button.
705
FracproPT 2007
Select checkbox to include a calculation of the type y = ax + b when selecting the Calculate button. Select the
appropriate curve for X once this is checked.
Operate on Two Curves
Select checkbox to include an addition, subtraction, multiplication or division of two curves when selecting the Calculate
button.
Output Curves
Identifier of the Output Curves will be used as header information in the Log Pane. The following equations are used to
calculate the Output Curves:
2
10
E=2G(1-)
where n is Poissons ratio, rbulk is the bulk density, G is the shear modulus, E is the Youngs modulus and DTS and DTC
are the Tshear and Tcompressional, respectively.
As of yet, the calculation of a fracture closure stress is missing. This will be added in FracproPT 11.0.
Calculate
Conduct the specified calculations. The Output Curves will be added to the Log Pane.
Save Logs
706
FracproPT 2007
Log Channels
707
FracproPT 2007
Unit
Symbol
Gamma Ray
API
GR
Caliper
in
CAL
Neutron Porosity
g/cc or %
b or D
Deep Resistivity
ohm
Rt
s/ft
Tcomp
s/ft
Tshear
FracproPT Parameters
FracproPT Input
Unit
Symbol
Closure Stress
psi
Youngs modulus
psi
Poissons Ratio
Toughness
psi in
KIc
CLE
Permeability
mD
Pore Pressure
psi
ppore
Porosity
Water Saturation
Sw
708
1/2
FracproPT 2007
709
FracproPT 2007
710
Compressional Wave: This is also referred to as acoustic wave, dilational wave or P-wave. An
elastic body wave or sound wave in which particles oscillate in the direction the wave propagates.
Compressional waves are the waves studied in conventional seismic data. Compressional waves
incident on an interface at other than normal incidence can produce reflected and transmitted Swaves, in that case known as converted waves.
FracproPT 2007
Shear Wave Slowness: This is also referred to as tangential wave or S-wave. An elastic body wave
in which particles oscillate perpendicular to the direction in which the wave propagates. S-waves are
generated by most land seismic sources, but not by air guns. Compressional waves that impinge on
an interface at non-normal incidence can produce S-waves, which in that case are known as
converted waves. S-waves can likewise be converted to P-waves. Shear waves, travel more slowly
than compressional waves and cannot travel through fluids because fluids do not support shear.
Recording of shear waves requires receivers coupled to the solid Earth. Interpretation of shear waves
can allow determination of rock properties such as fracture density and orientation, Poisson's ratio
and rock type by cross-plotting compressional wave and shear wave velocities, and by other
techniques.
Bulk Density: This log records bulk density in the formation using Gamma Ray scattering.
Density Porosity: This log records the porosity of the formation based on the Bulk Density
measurement and the assumed density of the formation being measured.
Neutron Porosity: This is a measurement of porosity based on the effect of the formation on fast
neutrons emitted by a source. Hydrogen has by far the biggest effect in slowing down and capturing
neutrons. Since hydrogen is found mainly in the pore fluids, the neutron porosity log responds
principally to porosity. However, the matrix and the type of fluid also have an effect. The log is
calibrated to read the correct porosity assuming that the pores are filled with fresh water and for a
given matrix (limestone, sandstone or dolomite). It is presented in units of porosity (vol/vol or p.u.) for
the matrix chosen.
The neutron porosity log is strongly affected by clay and gas. Hydrogen occurs in clays and hydrated
minerals as well as pore fluids. Gas has a low hydrogen density, so that gas zones have a very low
apparent porosity. The measurement is based on either thermal or epithermal neutron detection.
Thermal neutrons have about the same energy as the surrounding matter, typically less than 0.4 eV,
while epithermal neutrons have higher energy, between about 0.4 and 10 eV. Being a statistical
measurement, the precision is greatest at high count rates, which in this case occurs at low porosity.
Deep Resistivity: The ability of a material to resist electrical conduction. It is the inverse of
conductivity and is measured in ohm-m. The resistivity is a property of the material, whereas the
resistance also depends on the volume measured. The two are related by a system constant, which
in simple cases is the length between the measurement electrodes divided by the area. In the general
case, the resistivity is the electric field divided by the current density and depends on the frequency of
the applied signal.
Gamma Ray: This is a common and inexpensive measurement of the natural emission of gamma
rays (that is, radioactivity) by a formation. Gamma ray logs are particularly helpful because shales
and sandstones typically have different gamma ray signatures that can be correlated readily between
wells. The measurement can be made in both openhole and through casing. The depth of
investigation is a few inches, so that the log normally measures the flushed zone.
Shales and clays are responsible for most natural radioactivity, so the gamma ray log often is a good
indicator of such rocks. However, other rocks are also radioactive, notably some carbonates and
feldspar-rich rocks. The log is also used for correlation between wells, for depth correlation between
open and cased hole, and for depth correlation between logging runs. The gamma ray log was the
first nuclear well log and was introduced in the late 1930s.
Mnemonic: This column lists the selected channels in the log file that correspond to the pre-defined
log parameters in the previous column.
Unit: This column lists the select units of the selected channels in the log file.
Reset Mnemonics to Default: This will reset the mnemonics (that is, the selected channels from the
log file) to their defaults. FracproPT tries to recognize common Mnemonics and assign them to the
correct input boxes by default.
Open LAS Header: This will open the log ASCII standard (LAS) log file and display its header in the
Tviewer text viewer.
Columns
Buttons
Procedures
The following Log Analysis Wizard screens depend on which channels are selected in this first screen:
1.
2.
Double Combo
a.
Gamma Ray
a.
b.
Neutron Porosity
711
FracproPT 2007
3.
c.
Deep Resistivity
d.
Gamma Ray
Quad Combo
a.
Compressional Wave
b.
c.
d.
Neutron Porosity
e.
Deep Resistivity
f.
Gamma Ray
Log Analysis
Gamma Ray Only
Log Analysis Wizard - Log Analysis (Gamma Ray Only)
The Log Analysis Wizard - Log Analysis screen are accessed by pressing the Next button in the Log Analysis Wizard Log Channels screen.
The Log Analysis screen is the second screen of the Log Analysis Wizard.
This screen is used to specify the threshold values for the reservoir parameters that determine the presence of clean sand
and clean shale.
712
FracproPT 2007
Reservoir Parameter: This column displays the reservoir parameters that determine the presence of
clean sand or clean shale.
Unit: This column displays the units for the reservoir parameters in the previous column.
Clean Sand Value: This column is used to specify the threshold values for the reservoir parameters
that determine the presence of clean sand.
Clean Shale Value: This column is used to specify the threshold values for the reservoir parameters
that determine the presence of clean shale.
713
FracproPT 2007
Output Channel Name: This column displays the name of the output channel that corresponds to the
reservoir parameter in the first column.
Shale Fraction: Select from the drop-down listbox either Consolidated or Unconsolidated Rock.
In the interface, user should enter Consolidated or Unconsolidated to provide an initial guess for E.
Default to Consolidated. Once V shale is known, linear interpolation methods can be used for almost
all required FracproPT Input parameters.
Gamma Ray (Index)
Rows
where GRsst and GRshale are entered by the user or taken from minimum and maximum GR values
within the log.
Porosity
from Vshale
Youngs Modulus
from Vshale
where Esst and Eshale are set in the Reservoir Parameters - F9 screen.
Poissons Ratio
from Vshale
where sst and shale are set in the Reservoir Parameters - F9 screen.
Stress Gradient (Closure Stress)
from Vshale
where D is depth in TVD, cleansand and cleanshale are clean sand and clean shale stress gradients
specified in Reservoir Parameters - F9 screen.
Fracture Toughness
from Vshale
where Kcl,sst is set to 1,000 psi in and Klc,shale is set to 2,000 psi in
Composite Layering Effect (CLE)
from Vshale
Typical values for CLEshale are between 10 and 100, with 25 as a good starting point.
Pore Fluid Permeability
Simple porosity correlation
Water Saturation
from Vshale
Depths for Clean Value Picks, MD: The measured depths (MD) for picking clean values.
Get DEPTH: Press this button to retrieve the threshold values for the Depths for Clean Value Picks,
MD from the log file.
Button
Double Combo
Log Analysis Wizard - Log Analysis 1 of 2 (Double Combo)
714
FracproPT 2007
The Log Analysis Wizard - Log Analysis screen are accessed by pressing the Next button in the Log Analysis Wizard Log Channels screen.
The Log Analysis screen is the second screen of the Log Analysis Wizard.
This screen is used to specify the threshold values for the reservoir parameters that determine the presence of clean sand
and clean shale.
Reservoir Parameter: This column displays the reservoir parameters that determine the presence of
clean sand or clean shale.
715
FracproPT 2007
Unit: This column displays the units for the reservoir parameters in the previous column.
Clean Sand Value: This column is used to specify the threshold values for the reservoir parameters
that determine the presence of clean sand.
Clean Shale Value: This column is used to specify the threshold values for the reservoir parameters
that determine the presence of clean shale.
Output Channel Name: This column displays the name of the output channel that corresponds to the
reservoir parameter in the first column.
Shale Fraction: Select from the drop-down listbox either Consolidated or Unconsolidated Rock.
In the interface, user should enter Consolidated or Unconsolidated to provide an initial guess for E.
Default to Consolidated. Once Vshale is known, linear interpolation methods can be used for almost all
required FracproPT Input parameters.
Gamma Ray (Index)
Rows
where GRsst and GRshale are entered by the user or taken from minimum and maximum GR values
within the log.
Poissons Ratio
from Vshale
where sst and shale are set in the Reservoir Parameters - F9 screen.
Stress Gradient (Closure Stress)
from Vshale
where D is depth in TVD, cleansand and cleanshale are clean sand and clean shale stress gradients
specified in the Reservoir Parameters - F9 screen.
Fracture Toughness
from Vshale
where KIc,sst is set to 1,000 psi in and KIc,shale is set to 2,000 psi in
Composite Layering Effect
from Vshale
Typical values for CLEshale are between 10 and 100, with 25 as a good starting point.
Depths for Clean Value Picks, MD: The measured depths (MD) for picking clean values.
Get DEPTH: Press this button to retrieve the threshold values for the Depths for Clean Value Picks,
MD from the log file.
Button
716
FracproPT 2007
Reservoir Parameter: This column displays the reservoir parameters that determine the presence of
clean sand or clean shale.
Unit: This column displays the units for the reservoir parameters in the previous column.
Clean Sand Value: This column is used to specify the threshold values for the reservoir parameters
that determine the presence of clean sand.
Clean Shale Value: This column is used to specify the threshold values for the reservoir parameters
that determine the presence of clean shale.
717
FracproPT 2007
Output Channel Name: This column displays the name of the output channel that corresponds to the
reservoir parameter in the first column.
Rows
Porosity
Porosity
Shale correction
Shale correction
where D,shale and N,shale can be automatically determined for the maximum Gamma Ray (GR)
value.
Selection of either equation depends on the type of reservoir fluid (that is, either liquid or gas).
Delta
Water Saturation
Surface Temperature
BH Temperature
Water Resistivity
following Coates
Coates Multiplier: C is ~50 (can vary orders of magnitude between 1 and 100!) and needs to be
calibrated with core data.
718
FracproPT 2007
Sorting
Dd,max / Dd,min
0.70
2.5
0.77
Well
0.84
3.5
Well to moderately
0.87
5.5
Moderately
0.91
Moderately to poorly
0.95
Poorly
1.00
o
o
Dominant Grain Size: Dd (m) is the dominant grain size form petrological
observation
Young's Modulus
o
o
Matrix Density
Fluid Density
Quad Combo
Log Analysis Wizard - Log Analysis 1 of 2 (Quad Combo)
The Log Analysis Wizard - Log Analysis screen are accessed by pressing the Next button in the Log Analysis Wizard Log Channels screen.
The Log Analysis screen is the second screen of the Log Analysis Wizard.
This screen is used to specify the threshold values for the reservoir parameters that determine the presence of clean sand
and clean shale.
719
FracproPT 2007
720
Reservoir Parameter: This column displays the reservoir parameters that determine the presence of
clean sand or clean shale.
Unit: This column displays the units for the reservoir parameters in the previous column.
Clean Sand Value: This column is used to specify the threshold values for the reservoir parameters
that determine the presence of clean sand.
Clean Shale Value: This column is used to specify the threshold values for the reservoir parameters
that determine the presence of clean shale.
FracproPT 2007
Output Channel Name: This column displays the name of the output channel that corresponds to the
reservoir parameter in the first column.
Shale Fraction: Select from the drop-down listbox either Consolidated or Unconsolidated Rock.
In the interface, user should enter Consolidated or Unconsolidated to provide an initial guess for E.
Default to Consolidated. Once Vshale is known, linear interpolation methods can be used for almost all
required FracproPT Input parameters.
Gamma Ray
Rows
where GRsst and GRshale are entered by the user or taken from minimum and maximum GR values
within the log.
Fracture Toughness
from Vshale
where KIc,sst is set to 1,000 psi in and KIc,shale is set to 2,000 psi in
Depths for Clean Value Picks, MD: The measured depths (MD) for picking clean values.
Get DEPTH: Press this button to retrieve the threshold values for the Depths for Clean Value Picks,
MD from the log file.
Button
721
FracproPT 2007
722
Reservoir Parameter: This column displays the reservoir parameters that determine the presence of
clean sand or clean shale.
Unit: This column displays the units for the reservoir parameters in the previous column.
Clean Sand Value: This column is used to specify the threshold values for the reservoir parameters
that determine the presence of clean sand.
Clean Shale Value: This column is used to specify the threshold values for the reservoir parameters
that determine the presence of clean shale.
FracproPT 2007
Output Channel Name: This column displays the name of the output channel that corresponds to the
reservoir parameter in the first column.
Rows
Porosity
Porosity
Shale correction
Shale correction
where D,shale and N,shale can be automatically determined for the maximum GR value.
Total porosity
Delta
Water Saturation
Surface Temperature
BH Temperature
Water Resistivity
following Coates
Coates Multiplier: C is ~50 (can vary orders of magnitude between 1 and 100!) and needs to be
calibrated with core data
Dd,max / Dd,min
723
FracproPT 2007
0.70
2.5
0.77
Well
0.84
3.5
Well to moderately
0.87
5.5
Moderately
0.91
Moderately to poorly
0.95
Poorly
1.00
Dominant Grain Size: Dd (m) is the dominant grain size form petrological
observation
Youngs Modulus
o
o
o
o
Stress
where G is the Shear Modulus and is the Poissons ratio, and where the subscript i refers
to the log sample depth and subscript i+1 refers to the previous log sample depth. If the ITI
is 1 there is no contrast, and that result in a CLE of 1. The scaling factor SF is arbitrary, but
if SF is set to 500, the CLE values will end up between 20 and 40 (this depends on the bulk
modulus and Poissons ratio contrasts that are observed in log data), which is an average
value for most of the fracture treatment for which we have conducted both mapping and
fracture pressure analysis.
724
Scaling Factor
FracproPT 2007
o
o
Matrix Density
Fluid Density
Additional Analysis
Log Analysis Wizard - Additional Analysis
The Log Analysis Wizard - Additional Analysis screen are accessed by clicking on the Next button in the Log Analysis
Wizard - Log Analysis screen.
The Additional Analysis screen is the third screen of the Log Analysis Wizard.
This screen is used to perform mathematical operations on a single curve and / or on two curves.
725
FracproPT 2007
726
FracproPT 2007
727
FracproPT 2007
728
Enter TVD: Select this radiobutton to set all depths on this screen to true vertical depth (TVD).
Enter MD: Select this radiobutton to set all depths on this screen to measured depth (MD).
Center of Fracture(s): Depth to the middle of the fracture initiation layer (indicated in bright yellow on
the Layers tab of the Reservoir Parameters - F9 screen., measured in true vertical depth (TVD)
Layer Thickness: Minimum layer thickness for consideration by the layer picking algorithm.
FracproPT 2007
Log Depths of File: Top and bottom of the available log data for reference, measured in true vertical
depth (TVD).
Select Interval from the Picture: To graphically select the Log Depths to Consider, click the icon
to the right and then mark the interval for analysis on the Log/Layer picture by holding down the left
mouse button and dragging it over the desired interval.
Min / Max Value of Curve in Interval: Minimum and maximum value of the curve selected under
Log Parameter for Layer Picking.
Log Parameter for Layer Picking: Log parameter that will be used for the automatic layer picking
algorithm. In laminated sand-shale reservoirs, the Gamma Ray is a good parameter for the definition
of layers. In limestones, consider using the PE channel.
2 / 3 / 4 Rock Type Divisions: You can choose to generate 2, 3 or 4 different rock types. In
laminated sand-shale reservoirs, you can consider building layers with increasing shale content by
defining sandstone siltstone mudstone shale. You need to define these Rock Types first on the
Rock Properties tab of the Reservoir Parameters - F9 screen, before they become available for the
combo boxes below the sliders.
Dividing Points
Choose the threshold value to switch between rock types by moving the slider or by typing the value above the slider.
Button
Pick the Layers: Select this button to automatically pick the layers using the settings specified
above.
729
FracproPT 2007
730
Layer Property: Displays all editable layer parameters from the Reservoir Parameters - F9 screen. If
you have chosen Lithology-Based Reservoir Data Entry, you will only be able to automatically assign
FracproPT 2007
value to the Permeability and Leakoff Coefficient, as other parameters are set by specifying their
values on the Rock Properties tab of the Reservoir Parameters - F9 screen. To set more parameters,
select General Reservoir Data Entry.
Log Parameter: The log parameter that is to be used for the calculations.
Use Depth from Layer Property: From the drop-down listbox, select Rocktype, Permeability or
Leakoff Coefficient.
If you have build layers automatically using the Automatic Layer Picking tab, select Rocktype here to
average properties over the height of each layer.
Save Logs
Log Analysis Wizard - Save Logs
The Log Analysis Wizard - Save Logs screen are accessed by clicking on the Next button in the Log Analysis Wizard Assign Layer Properties screen.
The Save Logs screen is the sixth screen of the Log Analysis Wizard.
This screen is used to save the created logs to a log ASCII standard (LAS) file.
731
FracproPT 2007
Button
732
Save All: Saves all existing and new log channels for all measured depth (MD) intervals in a new log
ASCII standard (LAS) file.
Save for this Depth Interval Only: Saves all existing and new log channels for the specified
measured depth (MD) intervals in a new log ASCII standard (LAS) file.
FracproPT 2007
Save As: Click on this button to specify the file name of the new log ASCII standard (LAS) file.
Settings
Layout Manager
The Layout Manager screen is accessed by clicking on the Layout Manager icon
Layers Editor screen.
Layouts screen
Select from the available layouts in this screen.
Manage Tracks
The Manage Tracks screen is accessed by clicking on the Manage Tracks icon
Layers Editor screen.
733
FracproPT 2007
in the
734
in the toolbar of
FracproPT 2007
735
FracproPT 2007
DataEditPT - Edit the Current Database: Press this button to start the separate application
DataEditPT to edit the current database.
DataConvertPT - Convert and Merge ASCII Data: Press this button to start the separate application
DataConvertPT to convert and merge ASCII data.
Generate ASCII Data File: Press this button to display the ASCII Data Output screen.
Channel Name
736
FracproPT 2007
You must first select the channels you wish to output by double clicking on these fields to view the Select Channel dialog
(as shown below) where data are organized by Channel Type, Channel Group, and Channel Name (in that order). To
actually select a Channel Name, either double click your choice or click it once and select OK.
As a short cut, you may also use the Database Channels or Job Report Channels functions (in the Output Channel
Selection options described below) if those are the channels for which you are interested in generating a printout.
To delete a Channel Name, simply double click it and select "--" from any list on the Select Channel dialog, or select the
Clear All Channels function described below.
Start Time
This is the model or database time at which you would like to begin output of the ASCII data.
End Time
This is the model or database time at which you would like to stop output of the ASCII data.
Time Step
This is the time increment you want between each printout of ASCII data.
Output Format
737
FracproPT 2007
Database Channels
This function causes all of the current database channels to be automatically copied into the Channels For Data Printout
table. The Time Step is automatically set to the same time step as the database data, and the Start Time and End Time
are also taken from actual database data.
Note:
You may manually add or delete any channels once you select the Database Channels option.
SurfSlry
Tot
(bbls)
Prop
Conc
(ppg)
SurfProp
Tot
(klbs).
If you select either Database Data or Real-Time Data as the Run Fracture and Wellbore Models from option, some
of the channels listed above will be replaced by their equivalent real-data channels that are being used by the model (that
is, as specified on the CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL [SHIFT+F6] screen). Any of the so-called Additional Display
Channels you have specified on the CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL [SHIFT+F6] screen will also be added to the
Channels For Data Printout table. The Time Step is automatically set to 1 minute in this case.
Note:
You may manually add or delete any channels once you select the Job Report Channels option.
Scientific Notation
Choose this option to have the data output in scientific format.
Normal
Choose this option to have the data output in normal (non-scientific) format.
Decimal Places
Enter the number of decimal places (to the right of the decimal point) that you would like the data to have.
Save to File
File Name
This field displays the output file name. You may also simply enter a file name here, but we suggest that you use the Save
As function described below to do this.
Save As
738
FracproPT 2007
This function displays the standard FileSave As dialog where you enter a folder and file name where the ASCII output
data will be written.
Save
This function simply saves your ASCII output data to the folder and file name already selected using the Save As function.
A dialog will appear asking for your confirmation before an existing file is overwritten.
739
FracproPT 2007
Spaces
Choose this option to have the columns of data separated by spaces.
Tabs
Choose this option to have the columns of data separated by tabs.
Send to Printer
740
FracproPT 2007
Multiply, Add to, or Scale a database channel by some number (for example, to convert between
different unit systems) or formula
Smooth data
A real-time data file, which is simply a database file that gets larger with time, can also be edited with DataEditPT.
FracproPT continues to acquire data while you are in DataEditPT. You can perform all data editing operations on a realtime database except for Cut and Insert. This feature is useful for modifying inaccurate flow rate or proppant concentration
data that may result from spurious data, pump re-priming during a treatment, etc.
DataEditPT is a very powerful FracproPT feature. Detailed instructions on how to use DataEditPT can be found in the
Help system for the application.
741
FracproPT 2007
Model Recording
The Model Recording screen is accessed by selecting from the main menu Data > Record Model Output.
This feature exports the fracture simulation data in (extensible meta language) XML format that can be read by the
PinnVision application from Pinnacle Technologies (available on www.pinntech.com).
742
FracproPT 2007
Browse...: Press this button to select a file from within the Save As dialog.
File Name: This field displays the path and file name of the selected file.
Frames to capture: Select from this drop-down listbox the frames that are to be recorded and saved
to the selected file. The default selection is Final frame only. The available options are:
2, evenly distributed
3, evenly distributed
4, evenly distributed
...
Frac start time: Select from this drop-down listbox the date and time that the fracturing job starts or
started.
Select...: Press this button to select a time zone from the Time Zone dialog.
Time Zone
743
FracproPT 2007
Status: This field displays the current status of the Model Recording screen.
Cancel: Press this button to exit the window and discard all changes.
Record: Press this button to run the model, record the output of the model, and write the output to the
selected file.
Buttons
Configuring FracproPT
Screen Templates
744
FracproPT 2007
The layout of the screen can be saved in named templates. These templates can be access directly from the main menu.
The list of templates can also be managed in the Template Manager.
Save Screen Layout
To save the current layout of the screen as a named template, select from the main menu View > Save Screen Layout.
745
FracproPT 2007
746
FracproPT 2007
Screen Templates
This is the list of saved templates for the layouts of the screens.
Screens
For the selected Screen Template, this is the list of screens that contained in the saved layout.
Buttons
Delete Template: Press this button to delete the selected Screen Template.
OK: Press this button to accept all changes and exit this screen.
Cancel: Press this button to "undo" all changes and exit this screen.
3D Tip-Dominated (default)
3D Calibrated
3D User-Defined
If you select either of the 2D model options (shown below) on the Fracture Analysis Options [F4] screen, the
parameters on this screen do not apply:
PKN 2D Model
KGD 2D Model
Radial Model
It should first be noted that there is really only one "model" in the FracproPT System, which is commonly referred to as a
lumped-parameter model. However, by choosing the correct values for certain parameters that control function of the
lumped model (for example, the 6 parameters on this screen), it can be made to behave (in terms of pressures,
dimensions, etc.) like any other model.
Additional Information: Model Background
747
FracproPT 2007
748
FracproPT 2007
wellbore, but are governed by the net pressure distribution in the entire fracture and are, therefore, more related to the
average net pressure in the fracture. If the average net pressure increases, there will be more deformation of the rock,
thus more fracture width. When maintaining volume balance, this will result in a smaller fracture length and height.
The default value is 0.85, meaning that the average net pressure is 85% of the net pressure at the wellbore. A reasonable
range for this parameter is between 0.25 and 1.0.
This coefficient should be changed if it is found (utilizing direct fracture diagnostics) that observed fracture width is very
different from model-predicted fracture width (assuming, of course, you have properly matched net pressure behavior).
For a fixed net pressure (if you maintain your pressure match), reducing this coefficient decreases the average net
pressure in the fracture for the same wellbore net pressure that you are matching, and thus the average fracture width is
decreased and fracture length and height are increased.
749
FracproPT 2007
Decreasing this parameter effectively increases the overall role that frac-fluid rheology plays in creating fracture width. A
value of zero results in viscosity dependency that is very similar to that assumed by other fracture models (for example,
PKN, KGD, radial, pseudo 3D, and conventional 3D models). This means that large net pressure increases are predicted
when changing from a low viscosity fluid to a higher viscosity fluid (for example, changing from slickwater to a crosslinked
gel).
Pipe or near-wellbore friction changes can cause an apparent gel kick, but careful extraction of such effects has shown
that there is generally very little kick in true net pressure.
After looking at numerous datasets, the effect of gel kick on net pressure in FracproPT is generally still overestimated
when using the default value for this parameter. Therefore, if you see hardly any effect of fluid viscosity changes on net
pressure, we recommend an increase up to a value of 0.1. Please note that increasing this parameter will also cause an
increase in the overall value of net pressure.
750
FracproPT 2007
This screen displays some of the parameters used to calculate the effects of proppant on net pressure, as well as the
parameters that affect proppant transport in the fracture.
751
FracproPT 2007
is high, placement of a partial monolayer of proppant will cause proppant crushing, as the effective stress in the proppant
is higher when it is carried by only a partial layer of grains. This threshold may also be used to simulate this effect.
When calculating propped fracture half-length and height, FracproPT will provide you with the dimensions that are
propped with a proppant concentration greater than the threshold provided by this field. Therefore, a higher threshold
proppant concentration will result in a reduction in propped fracture length and height. Please note that this threshold is
not subtracted from the reported proppant concentration in the body of the fracture (where the concentration is above the
threshold), but that it is only used to exclude areas with a lower proppant concentration than the threshold value. To
reflect damage to the proppant pack in areas with a higher proppant concentration than the threshold value, you will have
to increase the Proppant Damage Factor in the Fracture Conductivity STAGE PROFILE [CTRL+F5].
752
FracproPT 2007
Enter 1.0 for hindered settling, or 0.0 for no settling. If you want to model Divertafrac, you need to put big numbers
here (for example, 10-100).
753
FracproPT 2007
754
FracproPT 2007
this parameter should be set to 1. This may occur when fracture compliance is extremely low at the wellbore when the
fracture quickly turns toward another plane than the plane of initiation.
Near-wellbore fracture tortuosity is the result of the complex fracture geometry immediately surrounding the wellbore. In a
typical fracture treatment a multitude of fractures are initiated from numerous perforations and micro-cracks. The
orientation of these near-wellbore fractures is dictated by the orientation of the existing micro-cracks, perforation induced
or otherwise, and not by the far-field stresses which dictate the orientation of the main fracture body. As the multitudes of
fractures grow away from the wellbore, they eventually reorient to align themselves with the far-field stresses. Having a
multitude of fractures competing for opening space combined with the near-wellbore reorientation results in a tortuous
fracture path with very narrow crack openings. The great difficulty in transporting proppant through this tortuous nearwellbore region is the cause of most premature fracture treatment screen-outs, not excessive fluid leakoff or insufficient
fracture width in the main fracture body as is often assumed.
The degree of near-wellbore fracture tortuosity present will place limits on the combination of the maximum slurry
proppant concentration, minimum fluid viscosity, and the minimum injection rate that can be employed. Premature screenouts result when a critical slurry concentration arrives at the perfs that cannot pass through the tortuous near-wellbore
region. Insufficient fluid viscosity or a sudden drop in injection flow rate can also result in an abrupt screen-out in the near
wellbore region. The box below summarizes the major causes of near-wellbore tortuosity as well as common remediation
techniques. However, a word of caution is in order: there is no simple "magic bullet" solution that works for all fracture
tortuosity problems. Proppant slugs, for example, have yielded wonderful results in many environments but they have also
proven totally ineffective in other environments. Fracture tortuosity remediation is a relatively new subject, with much still
to be learned and many key insights yet to arrive.
FracproPT Model Parameters Low Level Parameters [Shift+F3]
This screen displays settings for permeability barriers and special proppant schedules that result in fracture containment.
This tab also displays settings to automatically split the stages in FracproPT for more accurate representation of
proppant/acid distribution within the fracture.
755
FracproPT 2007
Permeability Contrast
Distance Effect
In some cases where there is extreme permeability contrast between layers (at least a factor of 10 difference in
permeability), it has been shown that fracture growth can be arrested due to increased fluid leakoff as the fracture tip
enters a high-perm layer. This exponent controls the effect of permeability contrasts on fracture growth based on the
distance of the permeability contrast from where the fracture initiates. In versions of FracproPT, defaults were set to
exaggerate this effect. Pinnacle has set a more reasonable value of 1 for this parameter based on our experiences.
756
FracproPT 2007
Containment Effect
This exponent controls the overall containment effects from permeability contrasts. In versions of FracproPT, defaults
were set to exaggerate this effect. Pinnacle has set a more reasonable value of 1 for this parameter based on our
experiences.
Permeability Level
Containment by a permeability barrier results when a frac tip contacts a higher perm layer. This parameter sets the
threshold permeability increase required before the height containment effect occurs.
Other Options
Fluid (Gel) Bulk Modulus
This is a material property used to calculate compressibility effects within the wellbore. Leave this number high to avoid
undesirable (and probably unrealistic) compressional effects in the wellbore. The default is set to 30,000,000,000 psi.
Allow Slippage
757
FracproPT 2007
This option enables or disables "layer slip" at formation layer interfaces bordering the frac initiation layer. The default for
this option is off. Selecting this option allows fracture growth to stop at the first stress contrast, simulating slippage in the
rock interface. This effect may play a prominent role at interfaces with coals or evaporites.
Change this parameter when physical observations (direct fracture diagnostics), observed data, or formation properties
suggest that this is a realistic height containment mechanism. Enabling this option results in frac height containment,
without the impact on net pressure that would be expected from increased fracture stiffness for this long confined fracture.
The fracture compliance in this case governed only by fracture length, not height.
Stage Splitting
These two parameters allow you to control how (relatively large) stages are automatically split. This can be very helpful if
insufficient detail (that is, not enough stages defined, as when an entire proppant ramp is defined by a single stage) has
been provided in the TREATMENT SCHEDULE [F6] screen, which would then impact the accuracy of the proppant and
acid distribution calculations. These parameters should rarely, if ever, be changed.
If you have a net pressure match that was obtained with previous versions of FracproPT, the stage splitting option may
cause your net pressure match to change because of the improved accuracy of the new calculation. If you do not want to
use this improved calculation for proppant and acid distribution, make the Volume Threshold larger than any of the
stages you have specified in the TREATMENT SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
Volume Threshold
This parameter allows you to provide a volume above which a stage greater than this volume will be automatically split
into smaller stages. You can see if your treatment is automatically split by selecting Stage Information on the STAGE
PROFILE [Ctrl+F5] screen. If stages are automatically split, a stage number will be listed multiple times.
Leakoff Compensation
This number is used in the stage-splitting scheme to compensate for the fact that early stages in the treatment tend to
lose greater amounts of fluid due to the fact that they leakoff fluid for longer periods and are exposed to virgin rock.
Additional Information: Automatic Stage Splitting
Additional Information: Model Parameters - Shift + F3
Model Background
Fracture opening in the near-tip region in the 3D Tip-Dominated model option is controlled by an inelastic material
response (which we refer to as "tip effects") that pinches the tip much more than predicted by conventional elastic models.
Tip effects have been extensively discussed in numerous industry publications and are not a new concept. It has been
measured in the laboratory for many materials, including the rock types typically fractured. Pinnacle believes that this
these tip effects explains why the observed net fracturing pressures are much higher than predicted by conventional (for
758
FracproPT 2007
example, PKN, pseudo 3D, and conventional 3D) fracture models, particularly when pumping thin (that is, low viscosity)
fluids. Please note that the exact physics of the different tip effects are not modeled in FracproPT, but their result on the
pressure distribution within the fracture is modeled.
In the early 1980's, it was found by Shlyapobersky et al., that when pumping typical fracture treatments, (1) observed net
fracturing pressures are much higher than predicted by linear-elastic fracture models; and (2) the net fracturing pressure
response appears relatively insensitive to fluid rheology. Most conventional fracture models display a strong dependence
of fracture growth and net fracturing pressure on fluid rheology (FracproPT can easily be switched to 3D Conventional
model option on the FRACTURE SIMULATION OPTIONS [F4] screen to demonstrate the same net pressure and growth
behavior).
Although fluid rheology does not appear to affect the net pressure behavior very much, fluid rheology is very important for
proppant transport. Fluid rheology can also play a significant role for proppant transport through a poor connection
between the wellbore and the main body of the fracture(s), which is generally referred to as near-wellbore fracture
tortuosity. However, fluid rheology does generally not play a dominant role in determining large-scale fracture geometry.
Exceptions to this may be extremely permeable reservoirs, shallow reservoirs where net pressures are low, and in
environments where more narrow fractures result from the simultaneous propagation of multiple fractures that open in
competition with one another.
FracproPT development started in the 1980's with the aim of extracting and honoring the "message" contained in the
pressure data routinely measured during fracture treatments. This development was triggered by the observations
discussed above. Since net fracturing pressure is directly related to fracture dimensions, it follows that the predicted
fracture geometries from these design models could not possibly match what actually happened during fracture growth
and, therefore, could not be used for effective fracture treatment engineering and evaluation.
FracproPT was developed to bridge this gap between theory and reality. The model was formulated to approximately
capture all of the essential physics of fracture growth. Toward this end, fracture growth parameters are lumped at a
number of representative points along the fracture face, and the pressure profile in the fracture is calculated using
functional coefficients (which vary with pump history, layer properties, etc.). The model results from this practical
approximation are calibrated with direct observations and lab tests.
The 3D Tip-Dominated model option is an attempt to reconcile fracture models with observed field data from stimulations
using fluids ranging from water to crosslinked gels. This model assumes that the fluid pressure drop is predominantly at
the fracture tip and that the fluid controlling propagation is water (or something very similar to water with a low fluid
viscosity very close to the fracture tip). The near-tip region is extremely narrow and cannot be penetrated by gels; thus,
the only fluid reaching very near the tip may be the water that is shed by gels. We have found that the 3D Tip-Dominated
option applies in most environments, especially in hard rocks, and perhaps less for very shallow fracture treatments, or
when net pressures are extremely low in comparison to rock modulus.
Automatic Stage Splitting
This is a feature that helps the program give more accurate results in modeling both propped and acid fracture treatments.
Since the FracproPT fluid and proppant transport model is based on tracking fluid and proppant properties by stage, in
the past it was up to the user to divide the treatment into sufficiently small stages to ensure accurate modeling of proppant
and acid transport.
In this version, the program will automatically divide up the stages from the treatment schedule into smaller pieces in
order to model proppant transport and acid reactions more accurately. The results for the smaller "sub-stages" can be
seen on the Stage Profile plot, and in the Stage Info screen.
Another benefit of automatic stage splitting is that ramped proppant treatments can be specified with only one stage in the
treatment schedule. The program will automatically split up this one stage into many smaller stages to ensure accurate
modeling of proppant transport.
The program decides when to create a new "sub-stage" based on a simple formula using two parameters that you can
enter on the Low-Level Parameters screen. The actual threshold value for starting a new stage is calculated based on
the following simple formula:
Actual_Threshold = Volume_Threshold (Leakoff_Compensation * MIN(20, #_of_Stages_in_Fracture))
The idea behind this formula is that in very high leakoff cases, it is not necessary to split the stages very much, since they
become very small due to leakoff anyway. In low-leakoff cases, when there will be many stages remaining in the fracture,
then we should use a smaller threshold to make sure that we split the stages into smaller pieces. In low leakoff cases,
these smaller pieces will not become too small very fast.
When sub-stages do become too small to be tracked because of leakoff, they are re-combined with other small substages, so that the total number of sub-stages being tracked in the model does not grow out of control.
The default values for the input parameters (in field units) are:
Volume Threshold: 200 bbls
Leakoff Compensation: 5 bbls
This means that at the beginning of a simulation, if the current stage being pumped has a volume in the fracture (pumped
volume leaked off volume) greater than 100 bbls, a new "sub-stage" of that stage will be started. Later in the job, for
759
FracproPT 2007
example, if there were 25 sub-stages already being tracked, then the threshold for starting a new sub-stage would be 75
bbls.
In very high leakoff (low efficiency) cases, these settings may give too small a volume threshold, so you may want to
increase the value for the Volume Threshold, or decrease the value for Leakoff Compensation. If you wish to see more
resolution in the proppant and acid transport models, you can decrease the value of the Volume Threshold.
FracproPT Model Parameters Other Options [Shift+F3]
This tab allows authorized users of certain proprietary features to utilize a special calculation for fluid leakoff rates for nonNewtonian fluids in the fracture.
760
FracproPT 2007
761
FracproPT 2007
The Initial Leakoff and Closure tab of the FracproPT Model Parameters screen.
762
FracproPT 2007
763
FracproPT 2007
764
FracproPT 2007
PARAMETERS [F9] screen when ignoring the wellbore), finds the zone of lowest closure stress, and initiates the fracture
in the center of that zone. This depth is displayed as Initial Frac Depth on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen.
You can change this parameter when the completion setup and observed data suggest that the fracture is initiated as a
line source rather than as a point source. With this option selected, FracproPT not only starts the fracture with a hydraulic
height equal to the perforated interval, it also does not allow for the fracture height to become anything less than the
fracture height specified in this field.
Please note that for most treatment sizes (and most perforated intervals), the type of initiation plays an insignificant role in
fracture growth. In certain cases, however, it may be desirable to model fracture initiation from a line source. Foremost
among these cases is that of a very large perforated interval (several hundred feet) or in cases where there are good
reasons to believe that the entire perforated interval takes fluid from the beginning of the treatment. In the latter case,
there may be multiple sources, which FracproPT can also be used to model. If a small-volume treatment is injected over
a large (and relatively homogeneous) perforated interval, a fracture may be created that is much greater in total height
than total length. Modeling this type of treatment requires a line-source initiation.
There may be good reasons to believe that the individual fractures that are created along a line source will not link up and
that multiple fractures grow instead of fractures from one line source. If this is the case, fracture growth may also be
modeled by using the Distributed Limited Entry Perfs option on the MULTIPLE FRACTURES screen.
FracproPT 3D Model
Conventional 3D Model
PKN 2D Model
KGD 2D Model
Radial Model
765
FracproPT 2007
This screen contains the parameters used in the Conventional 3D Model option. The parameters displayed there are
similar to those for the FracproPT 3D Model option, except that the default numbers result in model behavior that is very
similar to that from the few other (that is, conventional) 3D fracture models in the industry. "Conventional" refers to the fact
that these numbers assume a completely linear-elastic reservoir-rock behavior, which is what all other industry models
currently assume. If you use this option, you will quickly see that predicted net pressures are unrealistically low, except
possibly in cases where very high gel viscosities (for example, of order 1,000 centipoise) are used, for shallow fractures,
or for low-modulus environments.
The four parameters needed to characterize the Conventional 3D Model option are described below.
766
FracproPT 2007
System Configuration
System Configuration Set Channel Alias Names
If you prefer to use a different name for one or more FracproPT output channels (for example, you may prefer Model Net
Pressure rather than Net Pressure), you can do so on this screen.
767
FracproPT 2007
768
FracproPT 2007
Auto Save On
Select this option to have the program periodically save all the current inputs (that is, all menu items, switches, etc.) to the
DEFAULT.IN$ file. Auto-Save Time Interval controls the frequency with which the automatic saving is done.
769
FracproPT 2007
You choice here of Compression Off or Compression On determines whether or not FracproPT files are saved in a
compressed format to save disk space.
System Configuration Display Settings
This screen is where you select the screen colors and other display options that you would like to use in FracproPT.
Colors
Colors for the following screen elements may be selected using the drop-down lists:
Plot Background
Grid Lines
Plot Border
Messages
Beep On Message
Select this option to have an audible "beep" indicate when a system message is displayed. The messages are displayed
briefly in the status bar near the bottom of the screen, and they are also displayed semi-permanently on the System
Messages [Alt+F1] screen.
770
FracproPT 2007
The entry here determines how long (in seconds) warning messages are displayed in the status bar. Note, however, that
when more than one message is generated during a short time period, the initial message will be overwritten by the latter
one. In such cases, you should go to the SYSTEM MESSAGES [Alt+F1] screen to view all of the most recent messages.
Miscellaneous
Max Number of Open Screens
This number is used to control the amount of clutter on the FracproPT desktop by limiting the number of screens that are
open concurrently. Any graphics screens (for example, plots and pictures) are not counted in this number.
Cascade / Center
These options control the placement of windows as they are opened.
Output Screens
Output Screens Update Time
This time determines how often the data on screens will be updated.
Other Functions
Reset Colors to Defaults
Select this option to set all the colors, including the message colors, to their defaults.
771
FracproPT 2007
Unit System
Select the unit system that you wish to use from the drop-down list. Your choices are Oil Field (that is, English or British
units), Metric (Bar), Metric (kPa) , or Metric (Mpa).
Additional Information: Unit Systems
Oil Field
Units
Activation
Energy
kcal/mol
kJ/mol
kJ/mol
Angle
deg
Deg
deg
API Gravity
API
API
API
Area
acres
ha
Area
ft
772
FracproPT 2007
Build Rate
deg/100 ft
deg/100 m
deg/30 m
Compressibility
1/psi
1/bar
1/kPa
Conductivity
mDft
mDm
mDm
Density
lbm/gal
kg/m
kg/m
Density
lbm/ft
kg/m
kg/m
Diffusivity
ft/min
m/min
m/min
Fluid Cost
$/gal
$/m
$/m
Friction Loss
psi/1000 ft
bar/1000 m
kPa/100 m
Gas/Oil Rate
scf/stb
sm/m
sm/m
Gas Volume
Factor
rcf/scf
m/sm
m/sm
Oil Volume
Factor
rb/stb
m/m
m/m
Gas Price
$/Mscf
$/m
$/m
Oil Price
$/bbl
$/m
$/m
Gel Strength
lbf/100 ft
N/100 m
N/100 m
Hydrocarbon
Rate
Mscf/d
sm/d
sm/d
Hydrocarbon
Rate
scfm
sm/min
sm/min
Hydrocarbon
Volume
scf
sm
sm
Hydrocarbon
Volume
Mscf
sm
sm
Hydrocarbon
Volume
MMscf
sm
sm
Inflation Rate
%/year
%/year
%/year
Leakoff
Coefficient
ft/min
m/min
m/min
K' (Rheology
Coefficient)
lbfs^n/ft
Pas^n
Pas^n
Length
ft
Length
in
cm
mm
Mass
klbs
kg
tonnes
Mass
lbs
kg
kg
Molar Mass
g/mol
g/mol
g/mol
Cost
M$
M$
M$
773
FracproPT 2007
Cost
Monthly Cost
$/month
$/month
$/month
Percent
Mass
Percentage
% mass
% mass
% mass
Volume
Percentage
% vol
% vol
% vol
Perforation
Density
1/ft
1/m
1/m
Permeability
Permeability
mD
mD
mD
Productivity
Index
bbl/d/psi
m/d/bar
m/d/kPa
Power
hp
kW
kW
Pressure
psi
bar
kPa
Pressure
Gradient
psi/ft
bar/m
kPa/m
Prop
Concentration
(in frac)
lb/ft
kg/m
kg/m
Prop
Concentration
(in slurry)
ppg
g/L
kg/m
Proppant Cost
$/lb
$/kg
$/tonne
Pumping Rate
bpm
m/min
m/min
Pumping Rate
bbl/day
m/day
m/day
1/sec
1/sec
1/sec
Specific Heat
Btu/lbF
kJ/kgC
kJ/kgC
Spurt Loss
gal/ft
L/m
L/m
Temperature
Time
sec
sec
sec
Time
min
min
min
Time
hr
hr
hr
Time
days
days
days
Time
years
years
years
Toughness
psiin
kPacm
kPam
774
FracproPT 2007
Thermal
Conductivity
Btu/fthrF
W/mC
W/mC
Velocity
ft/min
m/min
m/min
Velocity
ft/hr
m/hr
m/hr
Viscosity
cp
mPas
mPas
Volume
bbls
Volume
kbls
Volume
gal
Volume
kgal
Volume
cm
cm
cm
Volume
Mbbls
cm
cm
Tutorials
Fracture Analysis
Overview
This tutorial will take you through the primary tasks for which FracproPTs Fracture Analysis Mode is used.
You will first simulate the planned main-fracture treatment using estimates of the reservoir
parameters and the proposed treatment schedule. This step is typically done prior to a treatment to
predict fracture dimensions and pressures from the pumping schedule.
Second, you will use the data-conversion capabilities in FracproPT to convert the real data (collected
by the service company) from the minifrac into a FracproPT database.
Third, you will analyze the minifrac (with this database) in detail to obtain reasonable values for the
reservoir leakoff characteristics. This analysis is typically done before the main fracture treatment is
pumped, so that potential problems can be identified and the main-fracture treatment schedule can
be adjusted in order to perform a more optimal stimulation. Often, the minifrac and the main fracture
treatment are done on separate days so that the results of the minifrac can be used to modify the
main fracture treatment as needed. (It is possible, however, to do both jobs on the same day, and still
use the minifrac for a potentially major redesign of the main fracture treatment).
Fourth, you will use the reservoir parameters determined from the minifrac simulation as a starting
point for matching the measured data from the main-fracture pressure response.
Finally, in the last section of this section, some possible sources of error and difficulties that may be
encountered when matching pressure responses will be discussed.
775
FracproPT 2007
Next, use the mouse or arrow keys and the [Tab] key to select the following model conditions on the Main Options tab:
3D Tip-Dominated (Default)
Next, select the following model conditions on the Additional Options tab:
Proppant Convection
Vertical Fracture
General Iteration
The FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS screen is described in detail in the Fracture Analysis Mode section.
Select Next at the bottom of the screen to go to the WELLBORE CONFIGURATION [F7] screen.
Segment
Type
Length
Deviation
Csg ID
Annulus
5,609
0.000
4.892
Casing
6,186
0.000
4.892
Ann
OD
Ann ID
Pipe Spec
4.892
1.995
2-3/8" 4.7#
0.000
0.000
5.5" 17#
Reservoir Parameters
The Layers tab of the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen is where you input the stress, permeability, and modulus
profiles, as well as specify the thermal properties of the reservoir.
The input fields for the stress profile, the permeability/leakoff profile, and the Young's modulus and Poisson's ratio are
found at the left, center, and right of the screen, respectively. In order to build the stress profile, type the depth and its
776
FracproPT 2007
corresponding stress value for each reservoir layer. The procedure is the same for the fluid permeability/leakoff and the
modulus profiles. Note that it is possible (and common) to have layers with different depths in each profile. If you have
more than 9 layers in your profile (which is not the case for this job), you may scroll up/down in the stress,
permeability/leakoff and modulus tables by using the [PgUp] and [PgDn] keys once you have selected an entry in the
table, or by using the scroll bars provided next to the column.
Input the estimate of the stress profile for this well, as given in Table 2 below. This can be done by Copying and Pasting
data from the Excel spreadsheet named "Layers and Schedule.xls" the Layers tab. Note that fracture closure stress
(4250 psi in this case) is defined as the stress in the layer containing the Initial Frac Depth, which is displayed at the
bottom of the screen (it should be 6136 feet, after you have entered the stress profile). Two simple reminders need to be
given about the stress profile used in the Layers tab of the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen. First, the top-most
layer of the profile always extends from the surface to some depth. This is why the first value of Depth is always set to
zero (that is, depth at surface). Second, for the model to function, the stress profile needs to have at least three layers
defined, with Initial Frac Depth in the middle layer.
Depth (ft)
Stress (psi)
4100
5695
4400
5805
4650
5917
4250
6023
4950
6060
4250
6230
4900
6255
5200
6277
4900
10
6325
5150
11
6375
5350
12
6470
5450
5917 0.01
6023
?
-
777
FracproPT 2007
6060 0.01
6230
0
Table 3: Permeability profile
Next, use the values given in Table 4 below to build the Young's modulus and Poisson's ratio profile. Any reasonable
value of Poissons Ration (for example, 0.25) is adequate.
5.00e+06
0.2
5918
5.00e+06
0.2
6470
7.50e+06
0.22
Rock
Type
Shale
5917 Sandstone
6023
Shale
6060 Sandstone
6230
Shale
Leakoff Fluid
Permeability
Ratio (Kp/Kl)
778
10.0
FracproPT 2007
0.075
Gas-in-Foam
Leakoff
Percentage
(%)
100
779
FracproPT 2007
Building Coefficient, only the calculated permeability will be altered, while the total leakoff coefficient stays the same.
Reasonable values for the Wall Building Coefficient lie between 0.0001 and 0.01 ft min , and for Spurt Loss between 0
2
and 1.0 gal/ft .
The wellbore friction pressure loss and rheological properties of the selected fluid (40# in this case), which are displayed
on this screen (EDIT/VIEW INTERPOLATED FLUID DATA), are for the current simulation. If you want to alter a fluid's
properties for use with other input files, you can save the altered version in the User Library. This is done by selecting
Library Data, changing the appropriate option and the saving the new fluid. The options on this SCREEN (EDIT/VIEW
LIBRARY DATA) are:
These choices take you to screens that allow you to permanently change the rheology and friction-pressure data as well
as save/delete them to/from your customized User Library. For a more detailed discussion of these options and their
uses, refer to the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION section in the Fracture Analysis Mode section Help.
Select Next on the EDIT/VIEW LIBRARY DATA screen to return to the EDIT/VIEW INTERPOLATED FLUID DATA
[Shift]-[F5] screen. On this screen, select Next to go back to the original FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5]
screen.
Select the Proppant Selection tab. The structure of the Proppant Library and the process needed to select a proppant
from the library and view its properties are very similar to that of the Fluid Library. To load the necessary proppant type
from the database, select Add New Proppant to List. A pop-up menu will appear with choices of System Library and
User Library. These libraries are analogous in nature and purpose to the ones for the fluids that were just described.
Select System Library and choose Brady Sand. Next, select the size 20/40 from the pop-up menu since, for this job,
Brady-20/40 was pumped.
To view the properties of a proppant type, select the proppant name (Brady-20/40 in this case) in the table. This takes
you to the EDIT/VIEW PROPPANT LIBRARY screen where you can edit the properties of the proppant and Save
Proppant to User Library or Delete Proppant from User Library.
The physical characteristics of the proppant are listed in the center of the screen. Note that you can input directly the
value of any of these properties except the Proppant Specific Gravity, which is calculated from the Proppant Bulk
Density and the Packed Proppant Porosity. The table on the right side allows you to define the closurestress/permeability characteristics of the proppant. Note that the closure-stress values are specified by FracproPT.
Select Next to return to the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen.
The Create User Defined Prop field takes you to the EDIT/VIEW PROPPANT LIBRARY screen discussed above and
allows you to define the proppant characteristics on the screen as discussed above. The Prop Effects on W'bore Fric
option takes you to the screen where you can change the proppant effect on wellbore friction. This option is discussed in
the last section of this tutorial (Possible Sources of Difficulties in Matching).
For a more detailed discussion of all these screens and options, you may use the on-line help by pressing [F1] on any
screen or by referring to the FRACTURE ANALYSIS MODE section of this help.
Select Next to go to the TREATMENT SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
Treatment Schedule
The TREATMENT SCHEDULE [F6] screen Design Schedule tab allows you to specify the lengths and conditions of the
different design stages in a job. The clean volume pumped (CleanVol), slurry rate (Slry Rate), proppant concentration
(PropCon) and the stage length (StageLen) are numeric inputs in the first through fourth columns, respectively, while the
fluids (Fluid Type) and proppants (Proppant Type) used are pop-up fields in the sixth and seventh columns, respectively.
The fluids and proppants are taken from the lists you selected in the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen.
Please note that the Design Schedule tab is the active tab from which FracproPT runs when you have selected Run
Fracture and Wellbore Models from Job-Design Data on the FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS (F4) screen.
FracproPT will run from the Actual Schedule tab (not available now) when you have selected Run Fracture and
Wellbore Models from Database Data or Real-Time Data on the FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS (F4) screen.
To enter data (from Table 7 below) into the treatment schedule, first move the cursor to the bottom-right corner of the
screen. Toggle the displayed message until you get the option Calculate Volume From Time. By choosing this option,
you indicate that you will input the length of each stage in minutes and allow FracproPT to calculate the corresponding
CleanVol. Alternatively, you could have chosen Calculate Time from Volume, which implies that you will input the
CleanVol for each stage and allow the model to calculate the corresponding StageLen.
780
FracproPT 2007
Now, move the cursor to the first row and right click to Insert Row until at least 12 rows are available. Use the entries
from the Table below to enter the design treatment schedule for this job - this can easiest be retrieved by Copying and
Pasting from the "Design Schedule" tab in the "Layers and Schedule.xls". Stage Type, Fluid Type and Proppant Type can
be selected through a list of choices in combo boxes and can be copied and pasted to other cells using the standard
Windows [Cntr]-[C] and [Cntr]-[V] commands.
Stage Type
Slurry
Proppant
Rate (bpm) Conc (ppg)
Proppant Type
27.0
0.0
26000
40#
27.0
1.0
3000
40#
Brady-20/40
27.0
2.0
2500
40#
Brady-20/40
27.0
3.0
4000
40#
Brady-20/40
27.0
4.0
3500
40#
Brady-20/40
27.0
5.0
4500
40#
Brady-20/40
27.0
6.0
4000
40#
Brady-20/40
27.0
7.0
4000
40#
Brady-20/40
27.0
8.0
1500
40#
Brady-20/40
10
27.0
0.0
3969
Slickwater
11
Shut-in
0.0
0.0
*SHUT-IN*
Results Plots
On the SIMULATION CONTROL [F10] screen, select the Plot List option to go to the PLOT LIST [Alt+F8] screen. On
this screen, you can choose to view Auto Configured Plots (for example the Pressure Match, created Fracture
Dimensions, and Propped Dimensions), or User Configured Plots. Auto Configured Plots are commonly used plots
that FracproPT creates automatically for ease of access. There are 13 Auto Configured Plots at the bottom of the list.
These plots cannot be modified. Instead, if the plot curves are out of range of the plot frame, you may select Auto-Scale
to properly scale the curves in the plot.
To demonstrate the Auto Configured Plots, select Pressure Match (Plot #35, see Figure 2 below) to view a graph of the
net pressure (calculated by the model) as well as the slurry rate and the proppant concentration (as defined in the
TREATMENT SCHEDULE [F6] screen). Press the key sequence [Alt]-[R] to run the model again while viewing this
screen. When the curves on the plot run beyond the range of the graph while the model is running, select the AutoScale
Plot icon to automatically modify the plot's range. Once the model has finished running, to get a hardcopy of the plot,
select Print Current Screen icon on the FracproPT menu. This will take you to the PAGE CONTROL screen.
781
FracproPT 2007
Figure 1 below is a sample copy of this screen. The input fields (on the top of the screen) are used to add text to the plot.
Title #1, Title #2, Title #3, and Title #4 fields are used to add titles to X-Y plots, while the Title for Fracture, Stage and
Width Profiles is used to add a title to the Fracture Profile and Stage Profiles plots (discussed later).
782
FracproPT 2007
Fracture Profile
To see a 2D view of the fracture, select Fracture Profile from the FRACTURE SIMULATION CONTROL [F10] screen.
This will take you to another screen with a view of the wellbore and fracture. The permeability layers (defined in the
RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen) are displayed on the left, while the stress profile (defined on the RESERVOIR
PARAMETERS [F9] screen as well) is shown on the right. An outline of the propped fracture is presented to the left of the
fracture. The left-most vertical axis is the depth below the surface, while the x-axis is the distance from the wellbore. The
options available from this screen are displayed below the graphics. Picture Scales allows you to define limits for the
graphics, Max Length is a numeric input for the desired range of the horizontal axis on this screen, and Print Plot allows
you to print this fracture profile (in the same manner as was done above in the RESULTS PLOTS screen).
Select Picture Scales to change some limits on this profile. When this is done, you will see a screen that contains a box
with three options. For this job, make the Minimum Stress 3500, Maximum Stress 5500, and the Plot Increment 10.
Plot Increment affects the resolution of the rings displayed in the fracture profile. Select Back when done to return to the
fracture profile screen. Note how the limits have changed in the profile according to the changes you made. Next, input
500 for a Max Length and select Back to return to the FRACTURE SIMULATION CONTROL [F10] screen.
Stage Profiles
Select Stage Profiles from the FRACTURE SIMULATION CONTROL [F10] screen. Now, you will have the option to Plot
Proppant Concentration, Plot Fracture Conductivity, Plot Volume Fraction Proppant, Plot Temperature, and Plot
Viscosity. When any of these items is selected, a screen will appear with a centered profile of the fracture. For now,
select Plot Proppant Concentration. Each ring of the profile represents a different stage of the treatment schedule
defined in the TREATMENT SCHEDULE [F6] screen. The different colors/shades represent the varying levels of the
parameter being plotted (proppant concentration, fracture conductivity, volume fraction of the proppant, temperature, or
783
FracproPT 2007
viscosity). The units of the profile are displayed at the top of the screen above the fracture profile. The vertical axis is the
depth from the surface, while the horizontal axis is the distance away from the wellbore. The part of the vertical axis in
blue represents the perforated zone.
To the left of the plot is a profile of the width of the fracture (similar to that seen in the WIDTH PROFILE [Alt+F7] screen
discussed later). Select Stage Info below the profile to go to the PROPPANT STAGE DISPLAY screen, which provides
numeric data about each ring. Here, you may Generate 3D Mesh for the fracture for use by an independent reservoir
simulator. Select Back to return to the stage profile screen.
The range of the horizontal axis may be changed by the Max Length option (as you did in Fracture Profile above), while
the Max Value option affects the range of the variable being plotted (in this case, the variable is proppant concentration).
The Print Plot option is identical to that used in the RESULTS PLOTS screen.
Select Back to return to the FRACTURE SIMULATION CONTROL [F10] screen.
Width Profile
Select Width Profile from the FRACTURE SIMULATION CONTROL [F10] screen to go to the WIDTH PROFILE
[Alt+F7] screen. This will take you to a 2D view of the fracture width. The vertical axis represents the depth below surface
(in feet) and the horizontal axis is the width (in inches). The Max Width field affects the range of the horizontal axis while
the Max Height field affects the range of the vertical axis. Print Plot allows you to print this profile.
Select Back to return to the FRACTURE SIMULATION CONTROL [F10] screen.
Tabular Display
You can also view the results of the model in numeric form by selecting Numeric Output from the FRACTURE
SIMULATION CONTROL [F10] screen. All the data presented on this screen may also be displayed graphically in plots.
Select Back to return to the FRACTURE SIMULATION CONTROL [F10] screen.
Save Results
Once the model has completed the simulation (the initial bars on the FRACTURE SIMULATION CONTROL [F10] screen
have been overlaid by bars of another color), select File and Save As from the FracproPT menu or select the Save As
icon and type a file name of you own. Now, you have saved the results of this design run. A file called "Mainfrac-job
design-final.inp" is included in the Tutorial. If you think you did not correctly input all the parameters up to this point, you
can retrieve this file and continue the tutorial.
Select Back to return to the FRACTURE SIMULATION CONTROL [F10] screen.
784
FracproPT 2007
In order to run FracproPT with real data, you will first need to convert the raw data collected by the service company into
a FracproPT database. Go to the FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen, and Select "minifrac data.xls". This
will automatically launch DataConvertPT. Note that the data has no time column and that timestep is 5 seconds.
Select Input
DataConvertPT has automatically marked the start row. If you wished to select another row as the beginning of numerical
data, for conversion, you would select that row by clicking on the first column and pressing the Select 1st Line of Source
Data button.
This data file is known to have a fixed time step size of 5 seconds. Set the Time Step to Fixed and enter 5 second in the
box below fixed. For Start Time and Start Date, enter 09:43:00.00 and 11/28/2000.
Define Output
Now that you have opened all the files needed, you will name the output channels. The first column contains surface
pressure measured in the casing. Select the down-arrow button under column heading A and the row containing the
Name. Select Surf Press [Csg]. FracproPT will automatically select the channel for output at assign Units to the
selected channel. Continue the selection for all other channels according to the table provided below. For the pH and the
fluid viscosity, select User Defined and retype the correct channel name.
Filename
Input
Column
Output
Column
Long Name
Short Name
Minfrac data.xls
1st
THCS
Minfrac data.xls
2nd
DSPR
Minfrac data.xls
3rd
CLRT
Minfrac data.xls
4th
BTEM
Minfrac data.xls
5th
Fluid pH
Minfrac data.xls
6th
Viscosity (cp)
785
FracproPT 2007
which is the pressure predicted by FracproPT), you will go back and modify specific input parameters and re-run the
model. You will repeat this procedure until you are satisfied with the pressure match. At that point, you will use the final
input parameters as starting points for matching the pressure response of the main fracture treatment, which will be done
in the next section of this tutorial.
Fluid pH (-)
Viscosity (-)
The FracproPT model requires the use of at least one of the pressure channels and the flow rate. Nevertheless, you will
load both pressure channels as well as the flow rate into the following input fields on the screen:
Surf Press [Csg] ==> Treating Pressure
Dead String Press ==> Dead String Pressure
Clean Flow Rate ==> Clean Flowrate
To load a channel (Dead String Press, for example), go to the appropriate input field (Dead String Press in this case)
and double-click on the Database Channel Names column. A lis will appear with the six channels contained in the
database file. Select the appropriate channel (Dead String Press) from the list and repeat this procedure for the other two
channels (Surf Pressure [Csg] and Clean Flow Rate).
Once you have specified the three channels, go to the input field toward the bottom of the screen labeled Observed Net
Pressure and select From Dead String Pressure. This choice tells FracproPT that you want the Observed Net
Pressure (more about it later) to be calculated from the data specified in the Dead String Pressure input field above (in
this case, the Dead String Pressure channel of "Minifrac data.dbs"). If you had a true bottomhole channel, then you
could calculate Observed Net Pressure From Bottomhole Pressure. You could also select From Surface Treating
Pressure, but this will noty reflect bottomhole pressure condictions during pumping as accurately as the Dead String
Pressure, as wellbore friction is generally not well known.
Close the Fracture Model Inputs plot and select Next at the bottom of the screen to go to the WELLBORE
CONFIGURATION [F7] screen.
786
FracproPT 2007
All the inputs in this screen are identical to those you used in the first section of the tutorial to create the file "Mainfrac- job
design-final.inp". Therefore, select Next at the bottom right corner of the screen to go to the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS
[F9] screen.
Reservoir Parameters
The parameters for this screen, at least for the time being, will not be changed. Therefore, select Next at the bottom right
corner of the screen to go to the MULTIPLE FRACTURES [SHIFT+F7] screen and Next again to go to the FLUID AND
PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen.
787
FracproPT 2007
Since you will be using Dead String Pressure to calculate Observed Net Pressure (more later in this section), you need
not worry about estimating wellbore friction pressure losses.
To view the data available for the other selected fluids select the desired fluid from the Name drop-down list.
The Fluid Rheology Properties tab of this screen contains the flow-behavior index (n') and the consistency index (K') as
functions of time.
Now, select Back to go back to the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen, and select Next to go to the
TREATMENT SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
Treatment Schedule
You have already set the design stages for the treatment schedule in the TREATMENT SCHEDULE [F6] screen and the
Design Treatment Schedule tab. However, the minifrac stages have not been specified and are not yet present in the
Actual Treatment Schedule tab of this screen. Therefore, select Set Staging From Measured Data at the bottom of this
screen, and this launches an automatic plot.
The easiest way to set stages in this graph is by selecting the Auto Stage button at the bottom of this graphical screen.
You will see that this has automatically created 4 stages 2 pumping stages and 2 shut-in stages and added these to
the Actual Treatment Schedule tab in the TREATMENT SCHEDULE [F6] screen.
FracproPT cannot automatically recognize the viscosity channel for automatic staging, and thus does not recognize that
the crosslink gel for the minifrac is flushed with 2% KCl. We therefore need to set the end of the third stage to 85.6
minutes to account for this change. Move the cursor to this time on the viscosity channel and press the Set Stage button
when the viscosity decreases from about 50 cP to less than 10 cP. Now, bring the cursor to the stage bar above the graph
and make a right-click on stage 4 to Insert Stage and confirm. The fourth stage will be the flushing of the wellbore with
2% KCl (from 85.6 to 89.3 minutes). You can set the correct end time of stage 4 by selecting it once again on the stage
bar by right-clicking and the selecting Auto Set Stage. This will automatically find the end of this stage at 89.3 minutes at
the end of pumping. The fifth stage will be the shut-in at the end of the job (from 89.3 to 150 minutes). Move the cursor to
150 minutes press the Set Stage button to set the end of stage 5.
Return to the TREATMENT SCHEDULE screen (by pressing [F6]) and select the Actual Treatment Schedule tab to
indicate the average slurry rate, proppant concentration and fluid type. Use the treatment schedule displayed in Table 10
below. Note that in this case (unlike the main fracture design) no proppant is pumped. Note also that by running from
database data, you have effectively chosen Calculate Volume From Time. If there are any additional stages beyond
stage 5, click on the row number to select a row and press the Delete key on your keyboard to remove this stage.
Stage
Stage Type
Slry Rate
Stage Length
Fluid Type
Water injection
21
3.9
2% KCl
Shut-in
0.0
53.1
SHUT-IN
Minifrac
17.0
25.5
50#
Minifrac
17.0
4.1
2% KCl
Shut-in
0.0
60.7
SHUT-IN
788
FracproPT 2007
789
FracproPT 2007
the model using the [Alt]-[R] shortcut, and select the Create Plots button. Then, click on View Summary Plot to make
sure that the correct time intervals were picked.
Select the Closure Stress tab to see that it only shows zeros, but as we conduct the analysis using the two minifracs, the
table will be populated. If the vertical lines for the stages do not correspond to the actual injections, you have to set your
stage times correctly first. Double-click on the ISIP Plot. Detailed instructions on how to operate the plots can be easily
viewed by selecting Help [F1] once you have selected a plot. Position a tangent line on the Measd Btmh by right-clicking
on this channel. Change the position of the tangent line by lifting the endpoints or the body of the line. Once you are
satisfied with how if aligns with the Measd Btmh Press channel, move the cursor to the intersection of the tangent line
and the vertical line that indicates the end of pumping and right-click. Click OK to accept a BH ISIP value of around 4614
psi (0.75 psi/ft) and to enter it into the Closure Stress table. Picking the BH ISIP is necessary to determine the
approximate net pressure at the end of pumping, as this can be easily determined from:
pnet,obs,end of pumping=BH ISIP-closure Equation 3
We will now use several diagnostic plots to determine fracture closure. Please follow the instructions on the individual
Help (F1) screens for each diagnostic plot. Before starting the analysis of each plot, go to the Options tab and select
Closure Stress Picking Using Deviation from Single Line and select MinMax Auto Scaling for the pressure
channels in order to better view details in pressure.
Go to the Closure Stress tab and double click on the SQRT Plot. In the SQRT-decline plot, draw a tangent on the Measd
Btmh Press channel, and determine fracture closure at about4335 psi. Closure appears to occur after about 5 minutes, as
the Measd Btmh pressure channel decreases significantly and moves away from the tangent line. Right-click when this
channel starts deviating from the tangent line, and FracproPT will provide you with a closure stress of about 4335 psi.
The superposition derivative in the G Function Plot shows fracture closure at a somewhat higher pressure of 0.71 psi/ft,
but the interpretation is flawed by the fact that the superposition derivative goes up instead of down al later times. Better
examples of closure stress analysis are provided in some of the examples.
To bring to measured closure stress value in line with the closure stresses in the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9]
screen, click on the Shift Closure Stress in All Zones button to shift theentire profile by 85 psi.
Time (min)
Rate #1 (bpm)
Near-wellbore
Friction (psi)
20
90
20
60
790
Rate #2 (bpm)
FracproPT 2007
Volume Factor
Leakoff Factor
Opening Factor
1.0
1.0
1.0
60
1.0
1.0
1.0
90
1.5
1.0
1.5
As a rule, you should only change these settings during pumping. For this reason, the number at 60 minutes is kept the
same as at the start. Dunring the minifrac, FracproPT linearly interpolates the number of "equivalent" simultaneous
fractures. A value of 1.5 for the degree of fracture complexity (both volume factor and opening factor have been
791
FracproPT 2007
increased) could be interpreted as about half of the fracture surface being overlapped with an additional fracture. In
reality, the fracture geometry is probably much more complex than this simplified interpretation.
792
FracproPT 2007
4000
Dead
String
Press
4000
Slurry
Flow
Rate
100
Proppant
Conc
40
793
FracproPT 2007
Time (min)
Rate #1 (bpm)
Rate #2 (bpm)
Near-wellbore
Friction (psi)
20
60
Table 14: Perf and Near-Wellbore Friction screen inputs for main frac
Finally, use the last value in the input data from the last line of the MULTIPLE FRACTURES [SHIFT+F7] screen from the
minifrac as the first line in the new input file. The MULTIPLE FRACTURES screen should look identical to Table 15
shown below. This again follows the rule that fracture complexity does not change over shut-in periods (in this case, the
shut-in period between the minifrac and the main frac.
Time (min)
Volume Factor
Leakoff Factor
Opening Factor
1.5
1.0
1.5
794
FracproPT 2007
higher than that actually seen in the data. However, the values used for the formation permeability in the RESERVOIR
PARAMETERS [F9] screen were derived from the minifrac. A common cause of this behavior is the fact that leakoff can
be pressure dependent leakoff is higher at elevated pressures due to opening of fissures.
We can incorporate pressure dependent leakoff indirectly by changing the leakoff factor in the MULTIPLE FRACTURE
screen. A final match can be obtained by using the settings in the table below.
Time (min)
Volume Factor
Leakoff Factor
Opening Factor
1.5
1.0
1.5
60
2.0
2.0
2.0
Table 16: Multiple Fractures screen inputs to match the main frac
Generating a Report
Once you are done with your match, you can generate a report using Tools and Generate Report from the FracproPT
menu. This brings you to the REPORT SETUP [Shift]-[F2] screen.
On the Plots tab, you can select some of the User Configured Plots that you have generated, and on the Content and
Layout tab you can select the Report Summary. After you have made your selection, press Generate Report, and
FracproPT will launch Word with the selected report content.
Permeability Profile
Sometimes, modifications of the permeability estimates are needed in the transition between the minifrac match and the
main-fracture match. This is partly related to the difference in fracture size between the two. Since the minifrac volume is
smaller, its fracture surface area is smaller, and thus there is less area over which fluid leaks into the formation. As a
result, the fluid leakoff during a minifrac may be different from that in the main fracture. In addition, if high permeability
streaks are present at some distance from the perforations (above or below), the larger main fracture might encounter
them, while the minifrac does not. This would certainly lead to different leakoff behaviors between the minifrac and the
main fracture.
795
FracproPT 2007
Selecting
fluids and
proppants
Selecting
flow rate
and
treatment
size
Determining
proppant
schedule
This example represents a relatively simple reservoir with two sandstone payzone separated by shales and a nearby
water-bearing sandstone. The operator wants to design the best treatment for this well that will maximize production
performance while preventing fracture growth into the water-bearing interval.
Step 1: Load FracproPT input file
Load file "High perm optimization tutorial-start.inp" from the ..\FracproPT\Tutorial\Fracture Design&OPTIMIZATION
folder by using the Retrieve Input File toolbar button (or the menus).
Step 2: Review Necessary Inputs
This file does not have to be set up from scratch. If you are not familiar with the design module, the easiest method to find
you way around is by using the Next button at the bottom of every screen. Your starting point is to select the Fracture
Design button on the MAIN [F2] screen. We have already filled out some of the vital information in the following screens:
Wellbore and Treatment Information [F3]
Fracture Design Options [F4] Please note that you can select 3D Calibrated or 3D User Defined model settings here,
which allow you to import a certain type of fracture growth behavior that may be typical in a certain area. Please select the
3D Shear-Decoupled (Default) model.
Wellbore Configuration [F7]
Lithology Based Reservoir Parameters [F9] Showing a simple shale-sand-shale sequence on the Layer tab. Note
that we have estimated a 0.1 psi/ft stress gradient contrast between the sands and the shales, visible in the Rock
Properties tab. Also, we know from direct fracture diagnostics in this area that fracture height growth is more confined
than what we see based on stress contrast only, so there is also a Composite Layering Effect of 10 set in the zones
outside the pay zone on the Rock Properties tab.
Step 3: Selection of Fluid and Proppant
Once these input screens are filled out, you can select the appropriate fluids and proppants for this design. For the fluids,
the operator has selected Halliburton for the propped fracture treatment, so limit Vendor Selection to Halliburton. A
-1
typical criterion is to obtain 200 cP apparent viscosity at 40 s (estimated shear rate in the fracture) after about 2 hours of
exposure to the reservoir temperature. Once these criteria are set, you will see that a 40# Guar Borate (HYBOR G) fluid
fits this profile, amongst others. Highlight the row with the HYBOR G fluid and Add Fluid to Selected Fluids list. The
selected fluid will now be highlighted in yellow. If a fluid is selected that does not qualify to the selection criteria, for
example when a fluid is added manually from the library, the property that does not qualify will be highlighted in red.
Change to the Proppant Selection tab on the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen. We are expecting that
multiphase and non-Darcy flow issues play some role in production response, as the well will not only produce oil, but also
a small amount of gas. Select the Proppant Perm Damage function where you can specify non-Darcy and multiphase
flow effects: the operator has experience that wells typically come in at about 250 bopd. If we assume gel damage of
about 50%, the Total Damage Factor, which includes apparent damage from non-Darcy effects, is as high as 20%
796
FracproPT 2007
depending on the selected proppant. Back to the Proppant Selection tab, the table with Proppant Selection Results shows
a number of proppant choices. A 12/18-mesh CarboLite qualifies best for this purpose, providing high conductivity at the
lowest cost per mD-ft. Highlight this proppant and click Add to move it to the Selected proppant list.
Step 4: Treatment Selection
The next step in the design process is to select an appropriate pump rate. Based on the selected fluid and other settings,
FracproPT can calculate wellbore friction and expected surface pressures to automatically select the maximum feasible
pump rate. In this case, the maximum surface pressure at the wellhead is 10,000 psi. After entering this information,
select the Determine Rate button, and FracproPT suggests a maximum Injection Rate of 14 bpm to stay within this
surface pressure limitation.
We will now determine the treatment size versus length in 25-foot Fracture Half-Length Increments. Set FcD Goal to
1.6 for the main fracture. Leave the Max Proppant Concentration at 14 ppg and the Max TSO Net Pressure Increase
at 1,000 psi. After selecting the Determine Treatment Size vs Length button, the table on the top half of the screen is
populated. You will see that it is impossible to obtain the required FcD for this high perm well once the fracture becomes
very large, despite the fact that we have selected the highest conductivity proppant for this case and have used a high
maximum proppant concentration at the end of the treatment and an aggressive tip screen-out design. FracproPT lists the
highest possible FcDs that can be achieved under these circumstances in this well.
You can now look at the various plots that are generated, most notably the fracture Geometry plot, and see that the
fracture will grow into the water-bearing sand when the fracture exceeds a certain size. Now, you can set various criteria
to determine the required fracture length. As the first criterion, select NPV under Select Size using Criteria to obtain the
treatment size for maximum NPV. Secondly, select a criterion that Mother Nature is imposing on our design to avoid
fracture growth into the water-bearing sand. If we set ourselves a 5 ft spacer with the bottom of the water-bearing zone,
the Fracture Top Depth should not become smaller than 6,084 ft.
Now, we can Select Size Using Criteria, and if the economics have not been evaluated before, it will be necessary to
select the Economic Analysis button first.
Step 5: Define Economics
The next step in the design process is to define treatment cost and production revenues. First, fracture treatment cost can
be defined in the OPTIMIZATION ECONOMIC DATA [F8] screen. Costs are already provided for all entries on this
screen. Select Next to advance to the WELL PRODUCTION [F6] screen. To populate the Production Constraints table,
set the Total Production Time to 730 days, the Maximum HC Rate to 10,000 bbl/day and the Minimum Pressure to
500 psi and select the Set Up Table button. For high perm well, economics are typically evaluated over a relatively short
time period, for example 2 years. The Maximum HC Rate is set rather high using the assumption that the wellbore
tubulars impose no significant limitation on production response for very large fractures. Select Next to advance to the
OPTIMIZATION CONTROL [F10] screen.
This screen shows almost the same table as the previous TREATMENT SELECTION [F8] screen, but various columns
have been added to show economic criteria. FracproPT will populate the values in these columns after you select the
Run Simulator button. After all economic indicators have been calculated based on the defined cost and revenues from
the forecasted production response, Select Size Using Economic Criterion to NPV, and the treatment with maximum
NPV will be selected for a fracture half-length of 225 ft.
Now select the Treatment Selection button to return to the TREATMENT SELECTION [F8] screen for a final
reconciliation of the most favorable economic fracture half-length and avoiding growth in the water-bearing zone.
Step 6: Creating the Final Treatment Design
Use the Select Size using Criteria button again, and now that the economics have been evaluated, FracproPT will
select the fracture half-length that honors both economics and growth limitations imposed by Mother Nature. This results
in an optimum fracture half-length of 225 ft, so the fracture half-length with the best economics for our assumptions still
remains below the water-bearing zone.
The selected yellow line illustrates what approximate treatment size is required to obtain the correct proppant conductivity
at the wellbore. The last step is to determine the rest of the schedule to obtain the ideal conductivity profile along the
entire fracture length. Select a Standard profile and set Max Error to 15% and set the number of iterations to 15 (or less,
depending on your patience). Have FracproPT next Fit Conductivity Profile by selecting that function, and FracproPT
will iterate to get a proppant profile that fits the ideal schedule in the best way. You have now created a design requiring
about 1000 bbl of fluid and 250,000 lbs of proppant, and this is the time to view your work using Generate Report.
Once this is done, select Next to go to the treatment Schedule [F6] screen to check the design treatment stages and
totals.
You can now also run the model for this schedule by going to the Main Screen [F2], selecting Fracture Analysis, and
then running the model in that mode.
Production Analysis
Background Production Analysis Tutorial
Starting
Production
797
FracproPT 2007
input
matching
filename: tutorialstart.inp
Final input Production
filename: matching
tutorial.inp
Well
Excel
production production.xls
data file:
Production Well
database production.dbs
file:
Tutorial
focus:
Production
analysis
Entering
necessary
model inputs
Forecasting
production
response
Matching
actual
production
data
798
FracproPT 2007
Advance to the WELL PRODUCTION [F6] screen Production Constraints tab and select Set Up Table to populate the
Production Constraints table using table a Total Production Time of 2500 days, Maximum HC Rate of 3000 Mscf/d and
a Minimum Pressure of 330 psi at a bottomhole Pressure Location.
Advance to the PRODUCTION ANALYSIS CONTROL [F10] screen and Run Simulator. The production table at the top
of the screen will now be populated. Model Outputs for this production forecast can be viewed through the Production
Plot or the Pressure Plot.
Step 3: Load Actual Production Data
We will now load actual production data for this well that was collected over a period of approximately 7 years. Use the F4
hotkey to go to the PRODUCTION ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen. Select Production Database Derived Table, and
browse for the Database File Location by clicking on the Select button. Load the Excel file "well production.xls" from the
..\FracproPT\Tutorial\Production Analysis - Tutorial directory.
FracproPT will automatically launch DataConvertPT to convert this data in a FracproPT database file. The production
data contains a first column with a fixed time step of one month, a second column with a production gas rate and a third
column with a cumulative gas rate.
On the top left of the DataConvertPT screen, select Fixed Time Step to 1 month. Then, click on the Name field in the
second (B) column and select Production Gas Rate. Once this column is assigned, it appears in the Output Channels box
on the lower left. Select Create Output File(s) and name the new database file "well production.dbs". Once you save the
data, FracproPT will automatically launch DataEditPT so you can review the data. If it looks OK, close DataEditPT and
advance to FracproPT. If the data does not look correct, select >File>Back to DataConvertPT.
Back in FracproPT on the PRODUCTION ANALYSIS OPTION [F4] screen, click Next to advance to the CHANNEL
INPUTS FOR MODEL [SHIFT+F6] screen. Now, the assign the Production Gas Rate channel to the Production Gas Rate
Model Input on row 4. Also select No Production Pressure Available, as this information was not in the database.
Use the F6 hotkey to advance to the WELL PRODUCTION [F6] screen and select the Production Constraints tab. Select
Constrain the Production Pressure and Match the Production Rate and select a Minimum Rate Change of 10%.
Select Set Up Table to incorporate the production constraints in the actual production data in the table on the top of this
screen. Set Minimum Pressure (flowing bottomhole pressure) to 330 psi at a Bottomhole Pressure Location.
Step 4: Match Actual Production Data
Advance to the PRODUCTION ANALYSIS CONTROL [F10]] screen using the Next button. Run Simulator and review
Production Plot to observe a large discrepancy between the actual and the forecasted data. Why are they so different?
There are several potential reasons for this discrepancy: lower reservoir permeability, smaller drainage area, smaller
effective fracture half-length, more damage, etc., etc.
We can test some of these potential reasons in Production Matching. Select to iterate on Permeability, Reservoir
Extent in both directions and Propped Fracture Half-Length. Make sure that all the production data is matched using a
Matching Start Time of 0 days and a Matching End Time of 2460 days. Set Maximum Error to 5% and select Find
Best Match. FracproPT finds a best match for 0.026 mD permeability, about 700 ft reservoir extent and 240 ft propped
fracture half-length. Iterating on this many parameters is generally not a good idea, as the solution will be non-unique. If
other independent measurements of some of these parameters are available, this can serve to bound the final solution
better.
In this case, enter an independently measured permeability of 0.035 mD to bound the previously found solution. Uncheck
Permeability and re-iterate on Reservoir Extent and Propped Fracture Half-Length. Half-length shrinks to about 150 ft.
If FracproPT does not converge appropriately, you may have to Set Transition Manually at an Early/Late Time
Transition of about 1000 days.
Once a match is achieved, select Use Best-Fit Value to update model settings used in the match.
Editing a Database
Editing a Database
Starting database filename: DataEdit-Start.dbs
Final database filename: DataEdit-Final.dbs
Tutorial Focus: How to
799
FracproPT 2007
Interface Definition
Right Click Here for Y-Axis Scaling
Exercise
1.
2.
On the MAIN SCREEN (F2) of FracproPT, choose Edit Database File under the Utilities heading. This will
run the utility DataEditPT.
Open the database file DataEdit-Start.dbs. This can be done by choosing >File>Open from the menu or
pressing the
3.
800
You should now have a screen similar to the picture above. To see the legend for the curves, right click in the
right margin of the graph. The screen should look like the figure below. Right click the margin again to restore
the full screen.
FracproPT 2007
The first problem with the data involves a time synchronization discrepancy between the Slurry Flow Rate and
the other curves. This can happen when data are merged from separate files, such as bottom hole pressure
data that are added to the main database after the job.
5.
It has been determined that the Slurry Flow Rate curve is 4.22 minutes ahead of the other curves. To fix this
press the Edit button under the Editing Functions heading in the lower toolbox.
6.
In the Edit Channel Data screen, select Use Time Marks and type 4.22 in the End Time box. The Begin Time
and End Time specify what part of the data the editing function will effect.
7.
8.
9.
The Slurry Flow Rate curve has now shifted to the correct time.
801
FracproPT 2007
12. There should now be a small arrow attached to the curve. Data readouts for the selected curve can be seen in
the toolbox window under Data in the lower left corner of the screen. The Time, Value and Slope are
displayed for the chosen curve, which is shown under Options in the drop box.
13. With the right and left arrow keys of the keyboard, move the arrow until the time value is close to 175 minutes.
The amount the cursor moves for each key stroke can be adjusted by the Cursor Increment selection under
Options in the lower toolbox.
14. When the cursor is at approximately 175 minutes, press the End button under Editing Functions. A vertical
line will appear at this time.
15. On the keyboard press the Home key to quickly go to time 0.
16. Press the Begin button under Editing Functions.
17. Press the Edit button.
18. In the Edit Channel Data screen, the Begin Time and End Time boxes should say 0 and somewhere around
175 minutes, respectively. Type these values yourself if necessary.
19. Under Operations, select Cut. This will gray out the Channel Selection options, as Cut applies to all curves.
Select OK.
20. All the data before the chosen time is now gone. If you want to recover the information select >Edit>Undo
from the menu, or choose not save the changes when closing the file. [If Undo is tried, please select
>Edit>Redo to remain synchronized with this example]
Removing Spikes
21. The Slurry Flow Rate curve has an erroneous spike at 167.45 minutes. To remove this spike we need to zoom
in around that time on the graph. This can be done by selecting >View>Select View from the menu bar or
pushing the
th
icon (10 from right) on the toolbar. Locate the spike visually.
22. Expand the plot by positioning the cursor above and left of the spike. Press and hold the left mouse button,
while moving the cursor to the lower-right. The box that is shown will be the expanded view when the mouse
button is released. To go back to the original view, push the
th
23. Click on the Slurry Flow Rate curve directly before the spike (about 169 minutes) and push the Begin button
under the Editing Functions.
24. Using the arrow keys or clicking directly on the curve, move the arrow to a point after the spike (around 170
minutes). Push the End button then the Edit button under Editing Functions.
25. From the Editing page, review the Begin Time and End Time.
26. Un-check the Perform Operations For All Channels box.
27. Select Interpolate from the Options. Hit OK.
28. The spike is removed and replaced with a linear interpolation between the two data points.
802
FracproPT 2007
Schematic View
Minifrac Analysis
Minifrac Analysis
1. Mini-Frac Analysis Tutorial
803
FracproPT 2007
Interface Definition
804
FracproPT 2007
Exercise
1. From the Main Screen [F2] of FracproPT, select Fracture Analysis.
2. On the WELL TREATMENT [F3] SCREEN, load the input file MiniFrac-Start.inp. Do this by pressing the Browse button
or selecting File>Open from the menu or the using the
icon on the toolbar. The file path is C:\\Pinnacle
Technologies\ FracproPT\Tutorial\Minifrac Analysis.
3. Push the Next button to go to the FRACTURE ANALYSIS [F4] SCREEN. If not already loaded, load the database for
this example, MiniFrac-Start.dbs, by pushing the Select button. The file path is C:\\Pinnacle Technologies\FracproPT\
Tutorial\MiniFrac.
4. Go to the TREATMENT SCHEDULE (F6) SCREEN by pressing the F6 hot key or selecting Data>Treatment Schedule
from the menu. Notice that there is only one diagnostic pump-in injection, a Water Injection.
5. Press the Set Staging From Measured Data button to see the treatment data with the stages displayed. Close the plot
by pushing the Escape key on the keyboard or the clicking the Windows Close box in the upper right corner of the plot.
6. Go to the SIMULATION CONTROL (F10) SCREEN by using the F10 hot key.
7. In the Time Step window enter .05 (minutes). For Minifrac Analysis it is important to run the model on a sufficiently
small time step. It is recommended the time step value be between .02 and .1 minutes.
8. Run the simulator by pressing the Run Simulator button. Other methods of running the simulator are using the
icon
or, from the keyboard, by holding down the Alt key and pressing the R key (for Run). The Alt-S key combo Stops the
simulator.
9. Choose the MINIFRAC ANALYSIS SCREEN by clicking on the
icon on the toolbar or, from the menu bar, select
Data>Minifrac Analysis or, while holding down the Shift key, push the F8 key.
10. Under Pumping, Injection #1 should display Water Injection. Use the drop box if necessary to make this selection. If
the Auto Time box is checked, the start and end times will be populated according to the times set on the TREATMENT
SCHEDULE [F6] SCREEN. If not, check the box.
11. Push the Create Plots button for Injection #1 on the MINIFRAC ANALYSIS SCREEN.
12. Check that the start and end times are correct by pushing the View Summary Plot button. The resulting plot will show
vertical lines at the Start and End of Pumping, and the End of the Shut-in period. Close this plot as described in step 5.
13. Switch to the Closure Stress tab. This is the main Results Table. Each analysis plot available is listed in the left most
column under Plot Name. As analysis is performed within each plot, the resulting information will be stored on this page.
(Please see Interface Definition above)
805
FracproPT 2007
ISIP PLOT
2.
Open the ISIP plot by double clicking in the ISIP cell. Curves representing Measured Bottomhole Pressure,
Surface Pressure and Slurry Flow Rate will be displayed. The legend for the curves can be shown by right
clicking in the black margin between the plot and the frame on the right side of the picture. Right click this area
again to remove the legend.
3.
Move the cursor over the Measured Bottomhole Pressure curve until an Arrow appears, as below.
A menu appears. Choose the second line, Add Tangent Line. A tangent line with dotted extension lines will
appear.
5.
The tangent line can be moved, lengthened and aligned. The following instructions and pictures will illustrate:
a.
MOVE the line by placing the cursor on top of the line, pushing the left mouse button and
holding. Move the line as desired and release the mouse button. The cursor will look as
below when moving the tangent line.
a.
STRETCH AND ALIGN the line by placing the cursor at the end of the solid line until the
cursor appears as below.
Press and hold the left mouse button. Stretch and position the line as desired and release the mouse button.
[To remove all tangent lines, use the
7.
806
Align the tangent line with the first stable data after the end of pumping (the vertical line). When satisfied,
move the cursor over the area where the end of pumping line and the tangent line cross. The cursor should
turn into an "X" as shown below.
FracproPT 2007
8.
Right click the mouse and a message will pop up showing the calculated value for ISIP and asking if you want
to add this to the Results Table. If satisfied with the pick, choose YES, otherwise NO and try again.
NOTE: All plots can be reopened later and the analysis performed again.
9.
SQRT PLOT
10. Double click the SQRT Plot cell. The Square Root plot is displayed.
11. Attach a tangent to the Measured Bottomhole Pressure curve and align it with the steady data on the left of
the curve (Step 17). Look for a deviation of the line as time increases, representing Fracture Closure. Position
the cursor over the tangent at the point of closure and click the Right mouse button.
NOTE: Detailed information on each plot can be found by pushing F1 while working in the plot.
12. A message similar to the following should appear:
807
FracproPT 2007
If satisfied with the pick, press YES, otherwise NO and try again.
NOTE: If a message similar to this appears instead of the one above:
Go to the Options tab of the MINIFRAC ANALYSIS [SHIFT F8] SCREEN, and under Closure Stress Picking
Using, choose Deviation from a Single Line.
13. Close the SQRT Plot (Step 5).
G-FUNCTION PLOT
14. Open the G-Function Plot by double clicking the G-Function Plot cell.
15. Attach a tangent to the (G*d/dG) Surface Pressure curve. Align this tangent line through the origin (0,0) and
along the straight portion of the curve (Step 17).
16. Right click where the curve deviates from the tangent line (closure). A YES/NO question box appears. Make
your choice. When YES is chosen, note that the information box within the graph is updated with many
parameters.
17. Close the G-Function Plot (Step 5).
LOG-LOG PLOT
18. Open the Log-Log Plot by double clicking the Log-Log Plot cell.
19. The plot will automatically have a tangent line. The slope of this tangent is 1/2 , representing linear flow. You
will notice the slope is not adjustable.
20. Align the tangent line with the portion of the (T*d/dt) Measured Delta Pressure curve that has a similar slope.
Closure (theoretically) occurs when linear flow ceases. Look for a deviation (right hand side of the curve) of
the Measured Delta Pressure curve from the tangent line.
21. Move the cursor over the deviation point and Right click. As before, a YES/NO question box appears; Make
your choice.
RESULTS
22. If YES has been chosen for all the plots so far, the Results screen should be similar to the following. The
exact values will depend on your choices.
808
FracproPT 2007
23. In the Closure Stress Summary section, the current Pay Zone Closure Stress and the Estimated BH
Closure Stress (derived from the analysis results) is shown.
The user has three choices: 1) to Update (shift) the closure stress in the pay zone only; 2) to update (shift) the
closure stress in all the zones; 3) do nothing and leave the stress value unchanged.
24. The stress in this example was derived from a dipole sonic, so choose Shift Closure Stress in All Zones to
apply a linear shift to the data.
25. Push Yes to complete the Stress data modification.
More information on Closure Analysis can be found in the Help file under Using the FracproPT System>Fracture Analysis
Mode>Pressure Analysis.
Examples
Fracture Analysis - Realistic Dimensions Example
Background
Starting Pakenham Wolfcamp A2input
initial design.inp
filename:
Treatment Pakenham data.txt
data
(ascii)
filename:
Final
Pakenham Wolfcamp A2input
final match.inp
filename:
Final
Pakenham data.dbs
database
filename:
809
FracproPT 2007
Tutorial
focus:
Bring
service
company
datafile
into
FracproP
T
Fracture
closure
stress
analysis
Friction
analysis
Net
pressure
matching
Compare
results
from
different
datasets
Formation: Sandstone
@ 7600 ft
(gas)
Completion: 5-1/2 inch
casing frac
string; 40 ft
perf interval
shot with 4
SPF, 90
phasing, 0.31
inch diameter
holes
Situation:
Disappointing
production
performance
for expected
600 ft
fracture halflength (based
on fracture
growth
modeling
without realdata
feedback)
Diagnosis: Sand/shale
stress
contrast
much lower
than
estimated,
resulting in
significant
fracture
height growth
and a much
810
FracproPT 2007
shorter
fracture halflength (175
ft)
Solution:
Utilize
fracture
pressure
analysis to
optimize
fracture
treatment
design
Based on a dipole sonic log, it was initially believed that the stress contrast between the pay sand and bounding shales
was about 0.30 psi/ft. This contrast resulted in the prediction of fracture height confinement and fracture half-lengths on
the order of 500 ft. However, production response was less than expected for this propped fracture half-length.
Observed net pressure behavior could not be matched with the assumed 0.30 psi/ft sand/shale stress contrast. A smaller
shale closure stress contrast (0.10 psi/ft) was required to achieve a net pressure match, resulting in less fracture height
confinement and a much shorter fracture half-length on the order of 150 feet. This lower value for shale closure stress
was subsequently confirmed by direct measurement using pump-in/shut-in tests. The fracture half-length of 150 feet was
found to be consistent with welltest and production response results.
Based on these findings, the fracture completion design was carefully reviewed to improve fracture placement success
and reduce treatment cost. With support from additional fracture pressure analysis, changes were made to the perforation
design and formation breakdown procedure, the pad fraction was reduced, and resin-coated sand was replaced with
conventional frac sand. As a result of these changes, well economics were significantly improved. Total reductions in
stimulation cost have approached $30,000 per treatment, most of which derives from changing to Ottawa sand.
For more information, please refer to: Wright, C.A., Weijers, L., Germani, G.A., MacIvor, K.H., and Wilson, M.K.: "Fracture
Treatment Design and Evaluation in the Pakenham Field: A Real-Data Approach", SPE 36471 presented at the 1996 SPE
Annual Technical Conference, Denver, CO, October 6-9.
Step 1: Load Initial Design
No additional explanations are necessary.
Step 2: Import Service Company Treatment Data File
No additional explanations are necessary.
Step 3: Determine Fracture Closure Stress in Sandstone
No additional explanations are necessary.
Step 4: Conduct Rate Stepdown Analysis
No additional explanations are necessary.
Step 5: Match Level and Decline of Diagnostic Injections
No additional explanations are necessary.
Step 6: Match Net Pressure During Propped Fracture Treatment
Load file "Pakenham Wolfcamp A2-initial design.inp" from the ..\FracproPT\EXAMPLES\REALISTIC DIMENSIONS
directory by using the Retrieve Input File button on the left side of the FracproPT toolbar. Go through the loop of
different input screens to evaluate all entries by pressing the Next button. Run the model and show estimated fracture
dimensions in Integrated Fracture Picture based on design and excessively high dipole sonic "stress log" inferred
closure stress contrast of 0.30 psi/ft. The net pressure match in figure #2 (from Plot List Alt-F8 screen) shows a low initial
net pressure of about 400 psi during diagnostic injections and a steeply rising net pressure during the propped fracture
treatment due to confined fracture height growth. The Integrated Fracture Picture [Alt+F2] screen shows fracture halflength of order 600 ft.
The service company that pumped this treatment recorded the basic treatment data in an ASCII file. FracproPT has a
utility to convert this data into a format that it can read. The utility is called DataConvertPT and it can directly read ASCII
through the FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen, Main Options tab.
Select Run Fracture and wellbore Models From .. Database and specify the name and path of the dbs file you just
created. Under Database File Location, press the Select button and search for the file "Pakenham data.txt" from the
same directory as the input file.
811
FracproPT 2007
This data comprises the following 5 columns: Time (min), Tubing and Annulus Pressure, Proppant Concentration and
Slurry Flow Rate. This header information can be viewed through the Show Source Data button. Select the right channel
name by pressing the small arrow on the Name row. Once the proper name is selected, DataConvertPT will provide the
appropriate unit and select the column as an output channel. The data in this file has a fixed timestep of 2 seconds (0.033
minutes), so select that in the top left corner of the screen. Once all channels are selected, proceed by selecting 2
seconds time step for output data and press the Create Output File button. Save the file as "Pakenham data.dbs" in the
same directory. The dbs file contains the fracture treatment data in binary format.
Go back to FracproPT after checking the data in the automatically launched DataEditPT module and closing it. Back in
FracproPT in the FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen, Main options tab, we will also change the Fracture
Model to Use from 3D Conventional to Tip Dominated, to incorporate non-linear elastic tip effects in the model
calculation, which are believe to be a main cause for higher net fracturing pressures.
Press Next and to get to the CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL [Shift+F6] screen to assign the channels in the dbs file as
inputs for the FracproPT model. This treatment was pumped through annulus with tubing acting as a deadstring, so use
Surf Press [Ann] for Treating Pressure and Surf Press [Tbg] for Dead String Pressure. Also, assign the Slurry Flow Rate
and Proppant Concentration database channels to the model channels of the same name. For FracproPTs net pressure
calculation, we will use Deadstring Pressure to avoid the large uncertainties in wellbore friction. The next step would
normally be to synchronize the fracture treatment stages with the treatment data through set Staging From measured
Data on the TREATMENT SCHDULE [F6] screen, Actual Treatment Schedule tab. Treatment stages can be changed by
moving the cursor pver the stage bar on top of the graph and by dragging on stage start/end times. However, this has
already been done in this example.
Review all other screens by pressing Next and once you arrive at the SIMULATION CONTROL [F10] screen. To conduct
fracture closure stress analysis, Run the model at a sufficiently small Timestep to see details in the decline data, for
example 0.05 minutes. Then, select the Minifrac Analysis button. Determine fracture closure stress in the sandstone by
setting up the square-root time plot, G-function plot and log-log delta pressure plots. Although closure stress is somewhat
hard to pick, the G-function has nice breakover around 5600 psi BH Pressure (0.72 psi/ft). Try to confirm this pick with the
other available plots, for example the Horner plot in the Reservoir Pressure tab. Change the closure stress gradient in the
sandstone from 0.65 psi/ft to 0.72 psi/ft, and change the closure stress in the shale to 1.02 psi/ft, keeping the same
contrast.
Analyze stepdown test at 18 minutes using the New Step-Down Analysis button on the PERF AND NEAR-WELLBORE
FRICTION [F8] screen). Result: ~210 psi near-wellbore friction; ~20 0 psi perf friction.
Also conduct the rate stepdown test at the end of the propped fracture treatment. Result: ~260 psi near-wellbore friction;
~0 psi perf friction.
To properly account for friction changes during the treatment, the fiction numbers at 18 minutes into the job have been
copied to an additional row in the Entry Friction versus Time Table (at 40 minutes). This properly accounts for the fact that
friction has not changed during the shut-in period. This is important in this treatment, as we will match net pressures
DURING pumping by using deadstring pressure data.
On the Simulation Control [F10] screen, set model time step to 0.2 minutes. Adjust permeability and the number
(volume & opening factor) of multiple fractures to match diagnostic injections in Plot #1 on the PLOT LIST [ALT+F8]
screen. Change permeability of the sandstone from 0.2 mD to about 1.0 mD. Match the level of the net pressure by
setting multiple fracture opening and volume factor from 1 to about 3 for entire job.
Match the net pressure over stage 6-13 by using the Auto Matching option (on the NET PRESSURE MATCHING
[Cntr+F8] screen) in FracproPT. Adjust closure stress gradient in the shale to 0.85 psi/ft, while adjusting the wallbuilding
1/2
coefficient for SPEC_4000_1 to 2.9e-3 ft/min to match the pressure decline. In order to match the gentle increase in net
pressure during the propped fracture treatment, the sand-shale closure stress contrast has to be reduced dramatically,
down to only about 0.10 - 0.15 psi/ft.
Now evaluate the fracture geometry using the INTEGRATED FRACTURE PICTURE [Alt+F2] screen. Using this real-data
approach, we have found that the actual fracture half-length of about 175 ft is much shorter than what was previously
believed in the initial design.
If you save an INP file after a model run, FracproPT will create a RES-file that contains results of the model. The RES-file
can be loaded using the COMPARE SIMULATION RESULTS [Shift+F4] screen, and the results of previous runs can be
displayed in FracproPT plots by selecting the channels you would like to see and by selecting the Compare Simulations
buttons on the bottom right of the Select Channels tab of the PLOT PREFERENCES screen.
Step 7: Compare Results
No additional explanations are necessary.
812
FracproPT 2007
Start
Tortuosity
input
examplefilename: start.inp
Final
Tortuosity
input
example.inp
filename:
Database Tortuosity
file:
example.dbs
Tutorial Basic
focus:
fracture
treatment
analysis
Fracture
closure
stress
analysis
Friction
analysis
Net
pressure
matching
(semiautomated)
Prior to this treatment in the naturally fractured Desert Creek dolomite in the San Juan basin (NM) at about 8,100 ft depth
for Burlington Resources, an offset well with a similar completion history experienced a "pressure-out" on pad, making
placement of a propped treatment impossible. The well in this example also showed declining injectivity leading to
"pressure-out" on pad as the treatment is reaching the maximum surface pressure of 6000 psi.
Prior to the propped fracture treatment, a rate step-down test was performed using surface pressure data, which showed
that near-wellbore fracture tortuosity was as high as 1400 psi at the designed pump rate of 40 bpm. This was most likely
caused by the simultaneous propagation of near-wellbore multiple hydraulic fractures, due to the long perforated interval
(70 ft with 4 SPF) and a pre-frac acid job (20,000 gal) that may have provided multiple fracture initiation points.
To screen-out some of these near-wellbore multiple fractures, two proppant slugs (40 bbl @ 1 and 2 ppg) were pumped
very early during the pad stage. The proppant slugs dramatically reduced the tortuosity to an acceptable 300 psi as is
shown for rate-stepdown test #2.
Significant reduction in near-wellbore friction due to proppant slugs allowed successful placement of all proppant, and also
allowed real-time on-site increase in maximum proppant loading from 4 PPG to 6 PPG to obtain sufficient fracture
conductivity for this moderate-permeability well. The initial post-frac production response was more than 3 MMscfd, about
three times the pre-frac rate. Since the offset well experience suggested this well could not be propped fracture treated at
all, real-data fracture diagnostics yielded an increase in NPV of $1.6 million over three years of production.
Step 1: Load Input File
Load file "Tortuosity example-start.inp" from the ..\FracproPT\EXAMPLES\Tortuosity folder by using the Retrieve Input
File button on the left side of the FracproPT toolbar.
Step 2: View Treatment Data
FracproPT has a multitude of auto-configured plots available for its users. Plot #36 in the Plot List [Alt+F8] screen
shows the data in the channels that FracproPT uses from the tortuosity example.dbs database file. We have set up a
813
FracproPT 2007
plot, plot #8, in the User Configured section of the list, which also shows the Btm Prop Conc channel. Plot #8 shows that
two diagnostic KCl-water injections were conducted prior to the propped fracture treatment. These diagnostic injections
were primarily done to determine fracture closure stress and to determine near-wellbore friction.
Step 3: Conduct Closure Stress Analysis
All the necessary model inputs have already been provided in the FracproPT input file. You can check this by going
through all the main input screens by clicking on the range of icons on the top left of the screen (from the Simulator Main
Screen icon to the Simulation Control Screen icon). You can also use FracproPTs automated "loop" to ensure that all
vital parameters have been entered by using the F2 hotkey to go to the Main [F2] screen, then selecting the Fracture
Analysis button and using the Next buttons to advance through all the necessary screens. You are done going through
this loop once you arrive at the Simulation Control [F10] screen.
Once all basic input data is entered in FracproPT and the database has been linked to the FracproPT file (all this is
already done for this example), there are three main things that need to be done to determine the observed net pressure
at any given time during the treatment. Observed net pressure, which is directly related to fracture dimensions, can be
determined using the following equation:
pnet,obs = psurface + phydrostatic - pfriction - closure
The first component in this equation, psurface, is contained in the data that has been measured during the propped
fracture treatment. To get from the surface to downhole conditions, we need to add the hydrostatic head and subtract
wellbore friction. FracproPT will automatically correct for hydrostatic head, Dphydrostatic in the above equation, once
the treatment stages are set appropriately (already done in this example), as it will then know what fluids and proppant are
pumped at any time during the treatment. So the only remaining parameters to determine are the closure stress, closure,
and the total amount of friction during pumping, pfriction, which includes wellbore friction, perforation friction and nearwellbore friction.
During this step, we will determine fracture closure stress. First, run the model at a fine timestep of 0.05 min (3 seconds)
so that FracproPT can accurately calculate the bottomhole pressure from the measured surface pressure. Two diagnostic
injections were done, the first followed by a shut-in and the second followed by a shut-in with flow pulses. We will
determine fracture closure stress from diagnostic plots of the first shut-in.
First, we will set the start and end time for the injections and the shut-ins on the Input tab of the MINIFRAC ANALSYIS
[Shift+F8] screen. FracproPT allows you to analyze up to 3 diagnostic injections, and we will just concentrate on Injection
#1 in this example. Set the type of pumping cycle to "Water injection" (this corresponds to stage 2 in the aCTUAL
tREATMENT SCHEDULE [F6] screen). The easiest way to set the Start Pumping, End Pumping and End Decline
times is to check the Auto checkbox, which makes FracproPT pick these times automatically from the stages that have
already been set.
Set up all the diagnostic plots by selecting the Create Plots button. Click on the View Summary Plot button to make sure
that the correct time intervals were picked. If the vertical lines for the stages do not correspond to the actual injectiondecline sequence, you can drag the vertical lines to the correct positions. Once you have done this and leave the plot, the
Start Pumping, End Pumping and End Decline times have been updated
The table in the Closure Stress tab shows only zeros at this time, but as we conduct the analysis using the different
diagnostic plots, the table will be filled out. To view a plot, double click on the Plot Name.
First, double-click on the ISIP Plot. Detailed instructions on how to operate the plots can be easily viewed by selecting
Help [F1] once you have selected a plot. A tangent line is automatically positioned on the Measd Btmh, as we have
checked Use Automated Pick on the Options tab. Change the position of the tangent line by lifting the vertical positioning
line, the endpoints or the body of the line. Once you are satisfied with how if aligns with the Measd Btmh Press channel,
click Yes to accept this BH ISIP value and it will be entered in the Closure Stress table. Picking the BH ISIP is necessary
to determine the approximate net pressure at the end of pumping, as this can be easily determined from:
pnet,obs,end of pumping = BH ISIP - closure
We will now use 4 diagnostic plots to determine fracture closure. Please follow the instructions on the individual Help [F1]
screens for each diagnostic plot. In the SQRT Plot, closure is not extremely clear, as the pressure decline is relatively
straight. Closure appears to occur between about 4-6 minutes after pumping is stopped, as the Measd Btmh pressure
channel slowly levels out, and the Auto Closure Pick feature picks closure after about 4.5 minutes of shut-in time. Click
Yes, and FracproPT will provide you with a closure stress of about 5400 - 5800 psi. Once you have picked fracture
closure and the purple closure line appears, you can always change your closure pick by moving the cursor over the
purple line and dragging it to another position. This SQRT Plot closure pick is not extremely clear, so it is recommended
to continue to look at other plot methods, for example the G-Function Plot.
The GdP/dG superposition derivative (green curve) shows classical behavior, with a nice tangent line going through the
origin and fracture closure at about 5700 psi (0.69 psi/ft). You can clearly see the pressure dependent leakoff as Gfunction derivative is above the tangent at early times this confirms the natural fracture problems with tortuosity, and
justifies the use of multiple fractures later on during net pressure history matching.
The closure stress can be confirmed with Log-Log Plot of delta pressure, where superposition derivative TdP/dT shows
nice deviation from -slope at about the same time as the slope change in the G-function superposition derivative. The
814
FracproPT 2007
Rate-Norm. Plot (a log-log plot of leakoff normalized pressure) also shows an excellent -slope and a deviation from that
behavior at later times, again clearly indicating fracture closure.
Once you are confident of the closure stress pick (about 5700 psi), you are ready to change the closure stress in the
Layer tab of the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen of the model. FracproPT can help you with this in two different
ways, which depend on how you have set up the stress profile. First, FracproPT can just change the stress in the
payzone layer. You can do this by selecting the Update Closure Stress in Pay Zone Only button. This would apply if
you believe that the stresses in neighboring layers are fixed. In this example case, however, the initial stress profile was
determined from a dipole sonic log, and there are no other closure stress measurements available. Therefore, we would
like to honor the stress contrast from the sonic log, and just shift the entire profile according to the difference between the
initial stress in the perforated interval and the closure stress that has been picked using the diagnostic plots. Select the
Shift Closure Stress in All Zones button to achieve this. The closure stress in the Dolomite will now change from 0.75 to
about 0.69 psi/ft, and the closure stress gradients for shale, limestone and dirty carbonate values now change to about
0.61, 0.72 and 0.67 psi/ft, respectively.
Step 4: Conduct Friction Analysis
We will now conduct friction analysis using the rate stepdown test, predominantly to determine near-wellbore tortuosity. A
rate stepdown test was done following the second water injection to get an initial estimate of tortuosity. Another rate
stepdown test was done during the pad to evaluate the effect of two remedial proppant slugs.
Go to the PERF AND NEAR-WELLBORE FRICTION [F8] screen to do this analysis. After the model has ran on a small
timestep, select the New Step-Down Analysis button to automatically set up the plot for this analysis. At first this plot will
show all fracture treatment data. Now, select OK and drag the mouse around the area of the rate stepdown test that you
want to analyze. FracproPT will in general automatically recognize the correct starts and ends of rate changes and draw
in vertical lines to indicate these changes. You can move your mouse over these lines and drag them to another position if
necessary. Once you are happy with the position of the vertical lines, select the Use Step-Down Data button to
automatically populate this data in the various tables on the PERF AND NEAR-WELLBORE FRICTION [F8] screen.
Once that is done, return to the PERF AND NEAR-WELLBORE FRICTION [F8] screen by pressing the ESC key on your
keyboard to close the plot. For this first rate stepdown test, near-wellbore friction is alarmingly high at about 1400 psi at 42
bpm.
The main point of the real-time analysis on this well was to avoid a pressure out on pad, which is pending and is
anticipated from the high tortuosity. As a result of this tortuosity measurement, proppant slugs are pumped early in the
pad, and seem to have a dramatic effect on tortuosity as the pressure comes down significantly as proppant slugs hit. Just
to confirm that tortuosity is indeed at a more acceptable level to successfully complete the treatment, another rate
stepdown test is done after the proppant slugs have gone through the perfs at a time of about 73 minutes.
Repeat the procedure above for the analysis of this second rate step-down test. You will find that near-wellbore friction is
now less than 300 psi @ 40 bpm much lower than in the injection test before.
This level of near-wellbore friction is significantly reduced in comparison to stepdown test #1 to conduct the treatment, and
in real-time it is decided to increase the maximum proppant concentration from 4 to 6 ppg to get more conductivity and
raise FcD (you can view plot #16 to view the Actual vs Design Treatment Schedule. Note that tortuosity is set to 0 at the
end of the job, as the remainder is removed during the proppant stages. To see how these entries impact the frictional
components as a function of rate and time, take a look at plot #5 in the Plot List [Alt-F8] screen.
Step 5: Manual Net Pressure Matching
Now that the closure stress and frictional pressures have been determined, we have a good estimate of the observed net
pressure during the diagnostic injections and the propped fracture treatment. As the frictional components still change
dramatically during the treatment especially during the proppant slugs in the pad we will concentrate our matching
efforts on the shut-in periods following the injections. This has the advantage that all the frictional components are zero,
so we do not have to correct for them.
Before starting the net pressure history matching, run the model on a larger timestep, e.g. 0.2 minutes, to speed up the
model, by changing the timestep on the SIMULATION CONTROL [F10] screen.
In net pressure matching, we always work chronologically, and once changes to some matching parameters have been
made, we will not change these anymore during later parts of the treatment. First, we will match the overall level of net
pressure and the pressure decline slopes for the water injections.
We can match the level of the net pressure by utilizing several interfering opening fractures in the MULITPLE
FRACTURES [SHIFT+F7] screen or from the Manual Matching tab of the NET PRESSURE MATCHING [Cntr+F8]
screen. Change both the Volume Factor and the Opening Factor to about a value of 3.0 for all time entries. By keeping
the Volume Factor tied to the Opening Factor, FracproPT mimics the simultaneous propagation of several "equivalent"
multiple fracture from a "point source" perforated interval. "Point source" refers to the fact that the total perforated interval
is smaller than the fracture height.
Change the permeability of the dolomite in the pay zone in the NET PRESSURE MATCHING [Cntr+F8] screen to change
the slope of the pressure decline following both injections that can be seen in Plot #1. Run the model using the Start
815
FracproPT 2007
Simulation icon every time you have changed the permeability of the Dolomite. You will find a reasonable match of the
shut-in behavior for a Dolomite permeability of about 0.7 mD. This is not a perfect match, but works reasonable for both
injections. Note that permeability or relative perm is generally obtained from slickwater injections, but that this should be
interpreted as the permeability under fracturing conditions permeability for production could be very different from this!
Step 6: Semi-Automated Net Pressure Matching
If we look at the observed net pressure behavior toward the end of the treatment in plot #2 on the PLOT LIST [ALT+F8]
screen, we see a gradual increase toward the end of the treatment once proppant is introduced. Also, we see that the
slope of the net pressure decline is not matched well with the current settings. To match the slope, we cannot change
permeability anymore, as this was fixed by matching the declines following the slickwater injections. To match the end-oftreatment observed net pressure level, we will use the Proppant Drag Exponent, while we will use the Wallbuilding
Coefficient for the main fracturing fluid to match the end-of-treatment net pressure decline.
Go to the Auto Matching tab on the NET PRESSURE MATCHING [Cntr-F8] screen, to match the pressure response in
stage 14, which represents the shut-in at the end of the propped fracture treatment. Set the start time of the matching
window a little bit past the start of stage 14, for example at 125 minutes, to avoid that the Auto matching procedure gets
somewhat "confused" by the rapid pressure changes at shut in. Set the Maximum Error to 15% as an initial step and set
the Maximum # of Iterations to 10. Select the checkbox on the left hand side of the Proppant Drag Exponent and
Wallbuilding Coefficient, and select the 30# Hybor gel (HL_HYB_G30_1) as the main fracturing fluid. Now that you have
set up everything, click on the Find Best Match button to start the iterations.
1/2
FracproPT will find a good match for a Wallbuilding Coefficient of about 0.0030 ft/min and a Proppant Drag
Exponent of about 15.0 (depending on the closure stress that you have picked in step 3). Check your match using the
Display Plot #2 button and update the model for future using the Use Best-Fit Value buttons that are now available. If
you match of the net pressure level is not satisfactory, but the pressure decline slope looks good, unselect the
Wallbuilding Coefficient as a matching parameter, decrease the Maximum Error to a smaller number, for example 4%,
and rerun the iteration by selecting the Find Best Match button to iterate on just a single parameter.
Run the model once again with the updated values and review the fracture geometry results in the INTEGRATED
FRACTURE PROFILE [Alt+F2] screen.
Technical Description
Overview
FracproPT uses measured values of flow rate, proppant concentration, and fluid rheology parameters to calculate the
pressure drop down a wellbore of variable deviation and diameter, and the growth of a hydraulic fracture. Within the
fracture, the transport of proppant, including convection, and the formation of proppant banks are calculated. As output,
among other variables, the time histories of the fracture dimensions and the net excess fracture pressure (fracturing fluid
pressure above closure pressure) are calculated. FracproPT is comprised of a number of different models:
Wellbore Model
Fracture Geometry Model
Leakoff Model
Heat Transfer Model
Proppant Transport Model
Acid Fracturing Model
Wellbore Model
The wellbore module determines the pressure drop down the wellbore. It handles non-Newtonian fluids and corrects the
density for the effects of nitrogen foam, carbon dioxide and proppant phases. The wellbore can be divided up into several
sections, each with a different deviation from the vertical and with different flow configurations.
Friction pressure is modeled with two flow regimes, laminar and turbulent. Behavior for these regimes is specified by
entering three friction versus flow rate points: one in the laminar flow regime, one in turbulent flow regime, and one at the
elbow or transition between the two regimes. Wellbore friction data is supplied for the fluids in the System Library. User
defined fluids require the user to enter friction data. All friction data can be edited to match observed (measured) friction
data from stimulations where suitable data was recorded.
The module accounts for friction variation from entrained proppant by multiplying the base-fluid friction by a factor
determined from a modified volume-fraction-based Thomas equation.
The basis for this module is outlined in Eqns. (1-4) of SPE 15069 (Ref. 1). However, a number of changes have been
incorporated since that paper was written.
Foam Treatments
816
FracproPT 2007
The assumption of pressure p much less than bulk modulus B has been relaxed to allow proper modeling of foam
treatments (e.g. involving non-emulsions like N2). The resulting expression for bulk modulus, defined as
BV(p-pR)/(Vr-V)
(1a)
MR/R=VR=VLR+VSR+VGIR+...+VGMR
M/=V=VL+VS+VGI+...+VGM
(1b)
(1c)
in which the current volumes V (at any condition in the pipe) are related to the values VR at some reference pressure pR,
through relationships of the kind
VL,SVLR,SR/[1+(p-pR)/BL,S-L,S(T-TR)] (1d)
VGmVGmR+T(amp+bm+cm/p)pR/TR (1e)
The variations of liquid and solid volumes VL and VS are each assumed to be determined by simple bulk moduli BL and BS
and coefficients of thermal expansion L and S. However, the gas volumes VGm, n=1,...,M, are assumed to be determined
by something like a classical equation of the form
2
pV=ZRT,Z=ap +bp+c
(1f)
in which T is absolute temperature and R is the "real-gas" constant. An example of such coefficients are those for nitrogen
(N2); in that case, the "gas deviation factor" Z takes the following forms, obtained by curve-fitting:
-7
-10
-10
-4
-7
-10
-6
cm-0.056+(2.510 )T-(1.5x10 )T
-4
-7
-10
-3
-6
cm=-0.1573+(2.43810 )T-(1.4610 )T
-4
-7
2
-10
in which the absolute temperature T is expressed in Rankine (F+459.6). Incidentally, R=0.732 when V is expressed in ft ,
temperature T is in Rankine and pressure p in psia.
Implementation of the above general scheme in the wellbore required careful revision of the iterative solution scheme
implied by Eqns. (1-3) in SPE 15069. Indeed, that whole scheme generates increasingly erroneous results as the fluids
become more compressible.
The solution scheme which we have adopted arises by rewriting Eqn. (1) of SPE 15069 as follows:
817
FracproPT 2007
(2a)
for which the solution, correcting Eqn. (2a) of SPE 15069, is
(2b)
and the batch length lB is determined by
(2c)
and velocity
is
(2d)
in which the velocity increment (which should generally be negative) is
V=Vj-Vj-1
(2e)
Clearly the solution for pressure in Eqn. (2b) is iterative, starting with V = 0 and using successive densities determined
by
=R[1+(p-pR)/B]
(2f)
until convergence is achieved (which generally happens quite quickly) for each package.
Friction Model
The friction model has required some modifications and corrections. In the first place, the Clapps equation, 94a) of SPE
15069 has been re-written as
n/(fc) = 0.45n-2.75+4.53log[Recfc
(2-n)/2
(3a)
from which (Clapps friction factor, fc) the actual friction factor is still determined by
2-n
n-1
(3b)
but with the proviso that the choice of flow-rates (and associated frictional pressure drops) must be carefully chosen to
span the range of practical rates (e.g. by using actual flow-rate changes on the job to get the data).
818
FracproPT 2007
fracture. Instead, the effects are integrated into functional coefficients of the governing differential equations, which greatly
simplifies the calculations of fracture dimensions. The module can therefore run many times faster than real time, which is
required for history matching of measured net pressure. The coefficients necessary to calculate the spatial variations are
obtained from a fully three-dimensional model and checked against experimental and field test data. FracproPT handles
up to one hundred layers to define the reservoir(s) and surrounding formations.
The basic techniques employed in the 3-D Lumped Fracture Models are described in Eqns. (5-14) of SPE 15069.
However, numerous changes and clarifications have been achieved since that paper was written, and those are reported
here.
The easiest way to present these modifications and resulting structure in FracproPT is in terms of the shape factors STi
(where T represents type of mechanism) multiplying the basic propagation coefficients i2 in Eqn. (13b) of SPE 15069:
2=2SkiSSiSdiSiSpiSLi
(0)
where i=1,2,3 correspond to length, upper and lower height, respectively. The subscripts K, S, d, , p, and L correspond
to fracture, stress, deformation modulus, viscosity, proppant and leak-off mechanisms, respectively.
In addition, we use Beta-coefficients, associated with the shape-factors in Eqn. (13b) of SPE 15069, allows a major
flexibility in the ability of FracproPT to accept/represent ongoing research results (e.g. from R3DH). These Betacoefficients are represented as BETA (I,J,K) in the FracproPT code and are available as background menus for
researchers within companies using FracproPT. Those menu screen displays have the structure shown in Table D2.1. I
corresponds to the fracture growth direction, J allows numerous Betas and K represents the mechanisms; thus, for
instance, Table D2.1 uses the following identifications:
SKi=MAX[0,1-KcK/(li) ]
(1a)
The characteristic lengths li depend on the dimension being propagated (in accordance with i2 above) and the geometry
of the fracture; to determine them, we have made adaptations of standard formulae from fracture mechanics:
I+1
(1b)
with I=1 when i=1, I=0 when i=2,3. E() is the complete Elliptic Integral.
The coefficient K is used to allow some flexibility in weighting the stress-intensity factor K produced by the pressure
distribution associated with .
Shape Factors for Stress Variation
The shape factors in Eqns. (13,14) of SPE 15069 have also been modified and expanded in numerous important ways.
The most important may be to allow multiple layers for stress, modulus and permeability. To achieve this, the functions
appearing in the shape factors (Eqn. 1b) must be generalized as follows:
819
FracproPT 2007
(2a)
(2b)
in which the current location of the fracture perimeter is located by LI and heights
HL2<L2<HL2+1, HL3<L3<HL3+1
(2c)
The functions fskli resemble those in Eqns. (14a-c) of SPE 15069, except that some simplifications and more effective
generalizations have been achieved, as follows:
fsil1=f1(HL1/l1)exp[(si-1)f2-(Hl1/Li)]
(2d)
f1(h)1-2arcsin(h)/, f21-f1c/
(2e)
Note that an equilibrium height is achieved in the special case of f2=0, but that Si can serve as a "control knob" to
increase (Si>1) or decrease (Si<1) the rate of growth (i.e. the effect of stress barriers), even in the special cases where
such an equilibrium height exists. The values of S2 and S3 may be found in the slots reserved for BETA (2,J,2) and
BETA (3,J,2) in Table D2.1; as well, by varying J ("the switch") we allow the options of extreme containment, normal
growth (e.g. from R3DH (Ref. 3) and lab experiments (Ref. 8)), or very little containment in either direction; these options
allow the representation of alternative mechanisms, such as containment by slippage at interfaces (e.g. Ref. 6) - which we
choose not to incorporate in explicit parametric terms, because of poor potential to measure the required parameters.
The other functions fs1l1 are, for convenience, chosen in relation to the upward and downward growth functions in Eqns.
(2e,f). Specifically, the length growth is tied somewhat to vertical growth:
fsil1=f1(Hl1/l1)[1-exps1(1-Li/Hl1)]
(2f)
but with another Beta-coefficient S1 which allows variable degrees of coupling between lateral and vertical growth: S1 is
found in the BETA (1,J,2) slot of Table 1 and can vary from infinity (i.e. length growth follows average height growth when
S1=1) to zero, when length growth is unaffected by stress barriers.
Fracture Width and Cross-Sectional Profiles in Stress Layers
Lastly, the crack-opening functions SS (and Sg) also contains functions which bear a relationship with fsil1, but this
correspondence is more of a coincidental nature:
i
Recognizing the issue of pinching at all points along the fracture, and especially in light of various claims that pinching
could dominate proppant transport (for instance), we have also derived a more general set of formulae which can be used
820
FracproPT 2007
to approximately represent the fracture opening, , at any point along a vertical cross-section at the wellbore (from which
Eqns. (2g,h,i) derive as special cases):
(2j)
We represent the point of interest with dimensionless location
h[z-(-1) HD]/H
(2k)
and 1 is the crack-opening coefficient for uniform stress.
(3a)
(3b)
in which the functions in the shape-factors Sd and Sdi take a form analogous to those in Eqn. (14e) of SPE 15069:
fdl1=ei+(1-el1)exp(-dLi/Hl1)
(3c)
fdil1=1+(fdl1-1)exp(-diLi/Hl1)
(3d)
These exponential functions are chosen so that the multiplying factor Sd changes the crack-opening coefficient 1 from the
value (e.g.1), associated with a uniform modulus E, to the extreme of E/Eil which would govern if Eil persisted; the
exponent d may be found in the slot for BETA (0,J,3) - again allowing extremes to be explored, on either side of a
"normal" value (i.e. using J=0,1,2).
However, the behavior of fdil1 is not as easy to identify, except that they certainly should go from unity for small Li/Hl1back
to unity for large Li/Hl1. Only detailed runs with the hybrid code SIFEH (Ref. 7), coupled to R3DH (Ref. 3), will allow us to
get better forms than those in Eqn. (3d); meanwhile, we recommend the use of di= for i=1,2,3, i.e. for BETA (I,J,3),
I=1,2,3.
Shape Factors for Viscosity, Proppant, Temperature and Radial Weighting
The formula provided in SPE 15069, Eqn. (14f), expresses the fact that temperature of the fluid varies from that in the
wellbore W to that in the reservoir R as fluid enters and follows the main fracture: the associated characteristic dimension
L, over which the heat-up occurs, is found to be quite shortof order tens of metersso that the fluid quickly goes to
reservoir temperature in most large-scale treatments. This effect may be partly responsible for the observation which we
have made on (almost) all field data-sets: the injection of a viscous pad after a thin fluid (e.g. KCl water) seems to produce
very little rise in net pressure, i.e. the viscous fluid may be quickly degraded. An additional major (probably dominant)
factor in this observation is the leading-edge behavior which we have been observing in laboratory experiments (Ref. 8)
and analyzing with R3DH (Ref. 3). To capture both effects, we have introduced a radial weighting function f(r/R) for the
effects of the many possible viscosities in the fracture:
821
FracproPT 2007
(4a)
(4b)
in which Lmi are the dimensions of the various fluid stages (see equation 1). The Beta-coefficients RW and VT may be
found in the slots allocated to BETA (I,J,4), in Table D2.1, again allowing various extremes for J=0,1,2.
In addition, we can capture the effect of proppant on fluid drag by writing an equivalent viscosity which depends on
proppant concentration, for example as follows:
(5)
in which the VP are recorded in the slots BETA (I,J,5) of Table 1. p is the volume concentration of proppant and pps the
"packed-bed" value of p.
Shape Factors for Leak-Off
These factors were not defined in SPE 15069, but only were mentioned in Eqn. (13c), based on the i5 coefficients in Eqn.
(8c). We now define functions associated with these shape factors, allowing for the possibility of multiple permeability
layers, as shown in Figure 2, namely
(6a)
in which the average permeability
is defined
(6b)
in which the Beta-factors Li are recorded in the slots associated with BETA (I,J,6) of Table 1 and Al1 are "equivalent lossarea factors".
Again the lengthwise growth factor is expressed as a suitable average of the height growth factors, similar to that in Eqn.
(2f), namely
SL1=(SL2+SL3)/2
(6c)
The propagation rate Liis now obtained as Eqns. 10a-d of SPE 15069 but those equations are also re-defined and
generalized in Eqns. 5 later.
Leakoff Model
The leakoff of fracturing fluids from the fracture into the formation is one of the most important mechanisms in hydraulic
fracturing operations, because it affects the efficiency of the fracturing treatment. Fluid leakoff and filtration during
hydraulic fracture growth is a complicated process, but the fluid leakoff is normally simplified by the assumption that the
flow of fluids from the fracture into the reservoir is one-dimensional and normal to the fracture face. With this
simplification, the overall problem can be described by three fluid-loss coefficients to characterize the flow of fluids
822
FracproPT 2007
through the filter cake zone, through the invaded zone filled with the fluid filtrate, and through the non-invaded zone
occupied by the compressed reservoir fluids.
There are three leakoff model options in FracproPT, all three of which are consistent with the assumptions and
descriptions discussed above:
Lumped-Parameter Model
823
FracproPT 2007
The Grid-Based FLIC Model is the model of choice if payzone permeability is greater than 100 mD.
References:
A.R. Crockett, N.M. Okusu, and M.P. Cleary: "A Complete Integrated Model for Design and Real-Time
Analysis of Hydraulic Fracturing Operations", paper SPE 15069.
J.M. McGowen, R.D. Barree, and M.W. Conway: "Incorporating Crossflow and Spurt-Loss Effects in
Filtration Modeling Within a Fully 3D Fracture-Growth Simulator", paper SPE 56597.
824
FracproPT 2007
Note that neither the simulated nor measured temperature after 10 hours of flow back is close to the reservoir static
temperature of 265 F. The behavior of heat conduction in the reservoir is similar to the transient pressure change. For a
2
typical reservoir rock, the thermal diffusivity is about 0.7 - 0.9 ft /day. However, for a typical gas reservoir with a
-1
permeability of 1 mD, porosity of 10%, viscosity of 0.03 cP, and compressibility of 3.0E-4 psi , the hydraulic diffusivity is
2
2
7.0E3 ft /day. To make the gas reservoir flow diffusivity to the same order of the thermal diffusivity, say 0.7 ft /day, we
need to have a rock permeability of 0.1 mD. This analysis means that thermal flow in the reservoir is similar to the fluid
flow in a tight gas reservoir. For a tight gas reservoir, after a short period of production or pressure draw down, it takes
many days (or even months) for the pressure near/around the wellbore to be built up to its original reservoir pressure.
Similarly, it will take a long time for the bottomhole temperature to reach the original reservoir temperature.
This feature can accurately predict the wellbore temperature profile during pumping and shut-in stages, and allows more
accurate breaker scheduling, as the temperature profile inside the fracture is accurately calculated at any position at any
given point in time.
How to Use the Models
Once you select the option to model heat transfer effects, you need to enter relevant information on the Heat Transfer
Parameters screen in order to run the models. First, you need to know surface slurry temperatures, which include Surface
Fluid Temperature, Surface Proppant Temperature, Surface N2 Temperature, and Surface CO2 Temperature. If you
pump a job in cold winter weather, you may heat up surface fluid, this will cause your fluid temperature different from your
proppant temperature. Also, if you pump a foam job with Nitrogen or CO2, the temperatures for N2 and CO2 at the
surface are usually different from your fluid temperature.
Second, you need to know your rock temperature, which includes Surface Rock Temperature and Reservoir Temperature.
If you enter the two rock temperature values, the model assumes that the earth thermal gradient is linear. However, if you
know your wells earth temperature profile versus depth, you have the option of using that data instead.
Third, for an offshore well we need to model heat exchange between the wellbore fluids and the ocean. Therefore, you
need to enter Water Depth, Surface Water Temperature, Seabed Temperature, and Sea Current for an offshore well.
These ocean data will affect the temperature of the wellbore fluids.
Last, you may have noticed three heat transfer coefficient multipliers on the inputs screen, which include Wellbore Heat
Transfer Coefficient Multiplier, Fracture Heat Transfer Coefficient Multiplier, and Ocean/Wellbore Heat Transfer
Coefficient Multiplier. The default values for these parameters are one. However, if the model results are different from
your well temperature survey data, you can adjust these multipliers to match your temperature data. For a typical
fracturing job, the pumped fluid is cooler than the reservoir rock: the reservoir rock loses heat to the pumped fluids and the
fluids are heated up during the job. In this case, increasing the Wellbore Heat Transfer Coefficient Multiplier will speed up
the process of heating up the wellbore/pumped fluids; changing the Fracture Heat Transfer Coefficient Multiplier will affect
the temperature of fluids in the fracture, which can be easily noticed in the flow-back data; and increasing the
825
FracproPT 2007
Ocean/Wellbore Heat Transfer Coefficient Multiplier will cool down the temperature of the wellbore/pumped fluids in the
section of the wellbore exposed to the ocean because the ocean water is usually cooler than that of pumped fluids.
Finally, the program calculates the wellbore temperature at any location and at any time. In FracproPT, most plot
channels are time channels, so you need to select a depth to display the calculated temperature vs. time (a field is
provided for this). Of course you must also enter thermal rock and fluid properties in order to run the models properly.
References
The basic methodology for the tracking of proppant stages is to employ mass-conservation as the primary equation for the
outside dimensions Lim of the Mth stage (e.g. as shown in equation 1):
Wm-WLm=mVmm(L2m+L3m)L1m
(1)
in which Wm is the material mass injected since the beginning of stage m, WLm is the mass of fluid lost from all stages
since (and including) stage m, and m is the overall average density of the remaining material. The volume factors Vm are
intended to allow distortions of the shapes associated with various stages and m are the effective widths: if m is
equated with in the corresponding overall mass conservation, Eqn. (5) of SPE 15069, then Vm represents both
perimeter shapes and width distribution for the mass injected since the beginning of stage m.
In order to model proppant bank formation, due to dehydration and/or bridging, it is necessary to track the material
exchange between stages due to settling and also the fluid leak-off to the formation. The result is a two-part expression
for the change in proppant concentration pm associated with each stage; as well, because settling and dehydration are
different for the upper and lower segments of the fracture, we must differentiate between upper concentration pm2 and
lower concentration pm3. The resulting expressions for variations in concentrations are then as follows, for each stage
(volume Vm).
Due to settling of proppant, we get:
(2a)
due to influx of proppant, caused by settling velocity SI, with effective concentration I through an upper influx area AI
countered by outflux of proppant and outflux of proppant, caused by settling velocity SO, with effective concentration O
through a lower outflux area AO. The settling velocity S also had to be corrected (or at least clarified) from that given in
Eqn. (21) of SPE 15069, namely:
1/n
S=(2n+1)d[(p-f)gd/6K] /(9n)
(2b)
with S in the same units as d/time. As well, the fV in Eqn. (21b) is the fractional volume of fluid (not of suspended
proppant). In addition, there is a variation of proppant concentration due to leak-off:
(3a)
826
FracproPT 2007
in which the leak-off rate associated with each stage and segment W must be calculated, e.g. in relation to the overall
leak-off WL. A variety of approximations can be used to achieve this, but we have tried to achieve the most generality
without great loss of accuracy and computational efficiency which have been the hallmarks of FracproPT. In particular, in
reference to equation 2, we define the leak-off associated with the group of stages beginning with stage m, as follows:
+kLi(Lmi-HLi)tmLi; HLiLmiHLi+1
(3b)
th
Using the geometry of equation 2 and the times tml,1 elapsed since stage m reached the (l1)
calculate the leak-offs associated with each segment:
WLmiWLi[(kAt)mi/(kAt)i]
(3c)
where,
C is the bulk acid concentration;
Kg is the mass transfer coefficient;
Cw is the wall acid concentration;
k is the reaction rate constant; and
n is the reaction order.
The left-hand side of the above equation represents the mechanism of mass transfer or the diffusion-limited condition, and
the right-hand side represents the mechanism of reaction kinetics or the reaction-limited condition. The mass transfer
coefficient, Kg, used in FracproPT is determined from a public correlation in the literature. The correlation is based on the
work by M.H. Lee and L.D. Roberts (SPE 7893), K.K. Lo and R.H. Dean (SPE 17110), and Settari (SPE 21870).
Temperature-Dependence of Acid Reactivity
The effects of temperature on the acid reaction rate constant, k, in FracproPT are described by the Arrhenius equation:
k=k0exp[Ea/(RT)]
where,
k0 is the pre-exponential factor, which is the reaction rate constant at a infinitely high temperature;
Ea is the activation energy;
R is the gas constant; and
T is the absolute temperature.
Production Analysis
Overview
The FracproPT system includes two reservoir simulators, which are:
2D Numerical Simulator
3D Analytical Simulator
FracproPTs Production Analysis mode is the interface between FracproPT and various reservoir simulators.
827
FracproPT 2007
Feature
Analytical Numerical
Model
Model
Vertical well 3
3
Infinite
conductivity
fracture
3
Finite
conductivity
fracture
Infinite
reservoir
Rectangular 3
reservoir
Cylindrical 3
reservoir
Layered
reservoir
3
Multiple
fractures in
horizontal
well
Non-Darcy
flow
Stresssensitive
proppant
permeability
Stresssensitive
reservoir
permeability
Fracture
conductivity
as function
of position
Gas PVT 3
correlations
3
Oil PVT
correlations
Changing 3
well
boundary
conditions
2D Model
2D Numerical Simulator
828
FracproPT 2007
FracproPTs Production Analysis mode is packaged with an integrated finite-difference, single-well, single flowing phase,
two-dimensional reservoir simulator. This simulator was derived from FraPS, the Fracture Performance Simulator,
developed for the IBM PC family in 1985, and now in widespread use by companies in the petroleum production industry.
FracproPTs Production Analysis mode -FraPS is specifically designed for predicting the performance of both nonfractured and fractured wells, and accounts for proppant crushing with pressure depletion and non-Darcy effects in the
fracture. Fracture-face clean-up and stress-sensitive reservoir permeability may also be modeled.
Although FraPS allows only a single mobile phase, it can be successfully used to model most oil and gas-condensate
reservoirs. In the case of oil reservoirs, the energy provided by the liberated gas is still accounted for. In the case of gascondensate reservoirs, often most of the condensation is occurring in the wellbore and near, or on the surface. In theory,
a multi-phase model could be used to more accurately model these situations, but in practice it is extremely difficult to
model multi-phase flow in a fracture. The relative permeability characteristics of damaged proppant packs are largely
unknown and the simulation mathematics require 10 to 100 times the computational resources of single-phase flow.
FracproPTs Production Analysis mode -FraPS has at least one thing in common with all true reservoir simulators, which
is that it provides a numerical solution to the diffusivity equation. This is probably the common denominator or the
definition of reservoir simulation. Some simulators couple the diffusivity equation with other equations to account for
phenomena such as multi-phase flow, phase changes, thermal effects, etc. FracproPTs Production Analysis mode FraPS couples the diffusivity equation with a PVT package so that PVT effects are accounted for, and with a fracture
model that includes the effects of proppant crushing and non-Darcy flow. Gravitational effects in the reservoir are ignored.
The FraPS grid structure is depicted in the following figure.
829
FracproPT 2007
step will be quartered three times before giving up. If convergence is not reached after three consecutive time step cuts,
there is probably something wrong with input data or the initial time step size is far too large.
After convergence has been obtained, FracproPTs Production Analysis mode -FraPS checks to see if the maximum cellpressure change is greater than twice the pressure norm (defaulted to 15%). If so, the time step is quartered and
repeated. If the well is under constant-rate constraint, the well grid-block pressure is checked to see if it is less than the
minimum pressure. If so, production from the well is switched to constant-pressure constraint and the time step is
repeated.
If convergence has been obtained, and none of the above constraints have been violated, the time step is completed and
the report update may be generated. The next time step length is the lesser of the time step multiplier times the old timestep or the pressure norm divided by the maximum cell pressure times the old time step. In any case, the maximum time
step size allowed is 1,460 days.
830
FracproPT 2007
PVT Correlations
Critical PVT properties are treated as functions of gas gravity for condensate well fluids (after Brown, et al.) and they are
corrected for nitrogen, carbon dioxide, and hydrogen sulfide content by the Wichert -Aziz method. The valid range for gas
gravity is from 0.56 to 1.30.
The gas deviation factor (Z) is calculated by the iterative technique of Dranchuck, Purvis, and Robinson based on reduced
properties. The formation volume factor is easily calculated from the gas deviation factor. The valid range for reduced
temperature is from 1.05 to 3.0, and from 0 to 30 for reduced pressure.
Viscosities are calculated by curve fits of the graphs of Carr, Kobyashi, and Burrows, which also include correction for
nitrogen, carbon dioxide, and hydrogen sulfide content. The valid range for gas gravity is from 0.55 to 1.55, and 100 F to
300 F for temperature.
Rock compressibility is calculated from Hall's correlation. Water formation volume factor is calculated after the HP-41
Petroleum Fluids Pac. Formation water is assumed to be saturated with gas and have 5% NaCl content.
Non-Darcy Flow
Non-Darcy effects are calculated according to Cooke's method. The Forcheimer equation contains a term added to
Darcy's Law as a correction to laminar flow:
dP/dL=V/k+V
where
a and b are proppant turbulence coefficients that are functions of the proppant and proppant size, and
k is the stressed proppant permeability expressed in Darcies.
Although Cooke only presented work for gas flow, FracproPTs Production Analysis mode -FraPS also applies nonDarcy effects to oil flow. Oil velocities are typically much lower and the correction is therefore much less significant, but
still reasonable. The following table shows a comparison (for validation purposes) of FracproPTs Production Analysis
mode -FraPS calculated non-Darcy factors () with examples given in Cooke's paper. However, it should be noted that
the results for the high-rate case are not directly comparable due to the high drawdown bringing PVT effects into the
solution.
Production Velocity
Rate
Cooke's 1.0
example,
gas
5,200
NonDarcy
Factor
1,3000.38
831
FracproPT 2007
FraPS 1.0
results,
gas
5,847
1,3100.40
Cooke's 10.0
example,
oil
52,000 1,3100.06
FraPS 10.0
results,
oil
43,710 1,3100.11
Near-Fracture Damage/Clean-Up
FracproPTs Production Analysis models near-fracture cleanup using a sub-grid technique. Both permanent and
removable damage due to filtrate components may be added to the near-fracture region. This is accomplished with a
procedure similar to that of Settari, et al, except that cleanup is taken to be a function of pore volumes throughput at the
fracture faces rather than a function of time. Defining cleanup as function of throughput gives more realism to the model.
Four parameters control the placement and removal of near-fracture damage:
Filtrate volume This would normally be the total fluid volume of the fracture treatment and is used to
calculate the depth of damage.
Filtrate viscosity This is used to reduce the mobility of near fracture reservoir fluids, but is removable
according to parameter number four (pore volumes for 50% clean-up).
Invaded region permanent damage This damage factor is applied to the invaded reservoir region
throughout the life of the well. It normally must be very severe (for example, > 75%) to have any significant
impact.
Pore volumes for 50% cleanup This is the number of pore volumes required to pass through the
invaded region to achieve 50% clean-up, or removal, of filtrate. This parameter is fit to an exponential
function so that cleanup occurs rapidly at early times, but slows exponentially. Typical values are 50-500
for gas reservoirs and 5-50 for oil reservoirs.
The near-fracture damage/clean-up model allows more realistic forecasts, particularly early in the life of the well.
3D Numerical Model Interface
Introduction
Historically, there have been three basic approaches commonly used for predicting the production from hydraulically
fractured wells. First, analytic solutions were most commonly used, based on an infinite conductivity or later a finite
conductivity fracture with a given half-length. This approach was also extended to cover horizontal multiple fractured wells
[1]. With the development of reservoir simulators, two other approaches were developed.
For complicated multi-well, multi-layer, multi-phase simulations (that is, full field models), the fracture stimulation was
usually approximated as a negative skin. This is the same as increasing the effective wellbore radius in the simulation
model. An alternate approach, developed initially for tight gas applications, was to develop a numeric reservoir simulator
832
FracproPT 2007
for special purposes that could explicitly model the flow in the fracture and take into account the special properties of the
proppant, such as the stress dependant permeability or the possibility of non-Darcy flow. Such models typically were
limited to a single layer, single-phase (oil or gas) situation.
More recently, with the advent of faster computers with sufficient memory, it became feasible to avoid the compromises
that were made in the past when trying to model hydraulic fractures with a normal 3D reservoir simulator. Initially, people
manually built grid refinement into their reservoir models to represent a hydraulic fracture [2]. Although this method works,
it is time consuming for the engineer, because complicated gridding schemes are necessary to represent the fracture
geometry. In addition, the detailed description of the fracture properties from a fracture simulation was not usually passed
through to the reservoir model, resulting in the assumption of constant properties (that is, permeability) for the fracture.
This method of simulation is not very efficient and can lead to inconsistencies in the data used in the different simulations.
With the development of the tool described in this article, it has now become feasible to run routinely full 3D simulations of
multi-phase production from multi-layer reservoirs while explicitly modeling multiple hydraulic fracture(s) in the reservoir
model. In order to make this practical, it was necessary to develop a tool to interface the hydraulic fracture modeling
software and the reservoir simulation software. This new tool takes the results from the fracture growth model, and
automatically translates them into the proper format for the reservoir simulator. It completely automates the process of
setting up the grid and initializing the grid block properties for the reservoir and fracture grid blocks.
The idea of transferring the output from a fracture model to a reservoir simulation model was described by Behr in an
earlier publication [3], but this initial approach was quite different from what is described in this article. In this earlier work,
the goal was to take a few key parameters from the report output of a fracture model, and generate an equivalent fracture
sub-grid within an existing multi-well reservoir simulation model. The result of the work reported here is the creation of a
stand-alone simulation model for a single well reservoir using the data taken directly from the internal state variables of
the fracture model itself.
833
FracproPT 2007
Figure 1: Example of fracture model output: fracture conductivity and fracture dimensions.
834
FracproPT 2007
835
FracproPT 2007
The reservoir simulator input file is created from the reservoir layer information that was already entered as part of the
fracture growth simulation, saving the user a significant amount of work. A semi-automated up-scaling feature is included
in the interface to reduce the number of actual layers in the final reservoir simulation model. Horizontal permeability is
taken from the fracture model and vertical permeability can be specified as a fraction of the horizontal permeability, or can
be entered separately.
The user is required to enter the reservoir extent (distance to the drainage boundary from the well) for a rectangular
geometry. The extent is defined based on quarter symmetry for the vertical well case or half symmetry for the horizontal
well case. The reservoir extent information is used to generate automatically a reservoir grid with the desired drainage
area.
Wellbore and Fracture Geometry
The reservoir simulator interface has four modes of operation: for a vertical well, a vertical well with a fracture, a horizontal
well with transverse fractures and a horizontal well with longitudinal fractures. In the horizontal well cases, there can be
more than one fracture connected to the well. The fractures are all assumed to have identical properties. The user
specifies a constant spacing between the individual fractures.
836
FracproPT 2007
Figure 3: Gridding example for a single fracture in vertical well, showing quarter symmetry and LGR refinement.
837
FracproPT 2007
The host grid in the XY (horizontal) plane consists of relatively few grid blocks (typically around 100). The grid blocks
increase in size with increasing distance from the fracture in both X and Y directions. The minimum grid block size is
comparable with the fracture half-length xf. The global discretization in the Z (vertical) direction is based on the reservoir
layering, thereby taking into account that a grid block cannot contain rocks from different reservoir layers without
additional upscaling. The reservoir layers with a large thickness are subdivided to a typical grid block height to provide a
uniform grid in the Z direction.
The typical dimensions of the refined region are related to the fracture extent. The LGR extends to 1.5 times xf in the X
direction (along the fracture) and to 2 xf in the Y direction (normal to the fracture). In the Z direction, the LGR is defined for
the host grid blocks that contain the fracture height and approximately half of the fracture height above and below the
fracture itself. These parameters are flexible to account for different situations such as when the fracture top is near a
reservoir layer boundary.
The fracture in the LGR is represented by a two-dimensional (XZ) series of grid blocks. The mesh for the fracture
conductivity distribution supplied by the fracture simulator is considered as a starting point for the discretization within the
LGR. In the XY plane outside the fracture, the number of grid blocks increases towards the LGR boundary or to the
middle point between fractures (for the horizontal well case). A finer grid is built around the well and fracture tips to
capture the dominant radial character of the flow in these regions. The grid blocks near the fracture plane have a
particularly small y (normal to the fracture plane) to ensure an accurate computation of the high-rate transient flow during
the initial production period. This can be seen clearly in Figure 4, which shows the gridding in the XY plane for a horizontal
well case with transverse fractures.
Figure 4: Grid refinement for a horizontal well case with transverse fractures.
This type of gridding allows for an accurate representation of the filtrate fluid distribution around the fracture that is
transferred from the fracture simulator. The typical filtrate leakoff depth varies from centimeters to tens of centimeters in
tight gas reservoirs, or to even larger depths in higher permeability reservoirs. In determining the sizes x and y in the
fracture vicinity, we generally followed the empirical guidelines for choosing an appropriate finite-difference model of the
fractured well as presented by Bennett et al. [5]. The subgrid in the vertical Z direction is made nearly uniform using a
typical grid size z.
Initialization of Grid Properties
838
FracproPT 2007
Every grid block in the host grid and the LGR is assigned one value of each distributed reservoir characteristic: porosity,
permeabilities in three directions, phase saturations and pore pressure. This basic information is taken from the input to
the fracture simulator.
The fracture in the reservoir simulation model is not necessarily modeled with its actual width b, but with a fictive width
that is the size of the corresponding fracture grid block yf. The fictive width is normally set to a value larger than the
actual width, to allow for larger time step sizes in the reservoir simulation. This feature is user selectable, so the user can
also choose to model the fracture width in the reservoir simulator using the actual maximum width of the fracture at the
wellbore. Since the porous volumes and the transmissibilities of the fracture blocks should remain unchanged, regardless
of the width used for the fracture in the reservoir simulator, the fracture porosities and permeabilities are recalculated, to
adjust the fracture properties (denoted with subscript fi) as shown in Equations 1 and 2. Note that the permeability in the
fracture is assumed isotropic, for both proppant and acid fracture cases.
kf=kfib/yf (Equation 1)
f=fib/yf (Equation 2)
The automatically generated reservoir simulation input file is setup so that three different region numbers are assigned to
the all the grid blocks. The three types of regions defined are:
The values are given in a series of tables for each region within the grid.
Examples
Vertical Propped Fracture Well Oil, Water and Gas
There are many moderate permeability oil reservoirs being produced using hydraulic fracturing, especially in the former
Soviet Union. Hydraulic fracturing is beneficial in these cases for several reasons. First, the reservoirs are highly
laminated, so a hydraulic fracture can connect to more of the available kh. Secondly, because of multiphase flow involving
both gas and water in addition to the oil, fracture stimulation is beneficial even with reservoir permeabilities approximately
30100 mD. In this example, we see the results from an actual fracture treatment, which is going to produce from two
layers. The automatically generated reservoir simulation grid is shown in Figure 5.
839
FracproPT 2007
Because of the multi-phase capability of the reservoir simulator, we could simulate and history-match all the production
rates. Alternatively, the fracture treatment design could be optimized, taking into account the multi-phase flow in the
fracture and reservoir. Figure 6 shows the simulation results for the first years production, assuming a constant
bottomhole pressure of 500 psi (i.e. using an ESP). Because of the quarter symmetry, the rates shown on the plot must
be multiplied by a factor of four. Most of the production of fracture filtrate water occurs over the first 40 days, and 540 b of
water are produced, compared to the 650 b of water that was injected in the stimulation treatment.
Figure 6: Simulation results, showing oil & gas rates and total water production.
Vertical Propped Fracture Well Gas and Water
This example is typical of many tight gas reservoirs in the United States, which are produced with massive hydraulic
fractures. In this case, since the fracture half-length is 1500 ft, it makes sense to increase the grid size that is used to
model the fracture, as there is no need to model such a long fracture with same resolution used for a fracture of 150 ft
half-length.
In this particular case, it is interesting to look at the post-fracture cleanup behavior. This can be useful both from a design
point of view, as well as for history matching the actual post-frac production data. It takes 10 minutes to simulate the first
100 days of production, and two additional minutes to simulate the next two years. This type of simulation time makes it
practical to perform history matching of actual post-frac production tests. In such a case, relative permeability and
capillary pressure curves can be adjusted to match the actual water rate during the cleanup period. Knowing these
parameters can help optimize the fracture treatment design in such tight gas reservoirs.
Figure 7 shows the reservoir simulation grid for the tight gas example. The fracture conductivity distribution for the fracture
is an accurate representation of the results from the fracture model. The initial production data is shown in Figure 8. The
rates must all be multiplied by a factor of four, due to the quarter symmetry. A total of 3500 b of water is produced back,
out of a total of 14,000 b that were injected. Such a poor fracture cleanup is typical in a tight gas well. The transient
behavior is very clear in this case, due to the extremely low permeability (0.001 mD).
840
FracproPT 2007
Figure 7: Reservoir simulation grid for Tight Gas example with grid permeability.
Figure 8: Simulation of initial post-frac production from a tight gas well, showing well being "beaned-up". Clean
up to filtrate fluids takes 10 days.
841
FracproPT 2007
842
FracproPT 2007
Figure 10: Cumulative gas production for one to five longitudinal fractures in a horizontal well.
Conclusions
This new tool makes detailed production modeling more efficient because it automatically couples the fracture simulator
with a 3D reservoir simulator. The only other commercial tool [6] with similar capabilities does not provide a full and
automatic coupling with a fracture simulator. This other tool is tied to a single reservoir simulator, rather than being able to
work with standard industry leading reservoir simulators. Another new tool has been reported recently in the literature [7],
but this tool is also coupled to a particular reservoir simulator, and as far as we know, is not yet available as a commercial
product.
The new tool improves the modeling capabilities available to the industry for production modeling and history matching for
complicated reservoir cases involving fracture stimulation. These cases include: horizontal wells, multi-layer reservoirs,
multi-phase production and non-Darcy flow. The new tool makes the optimization of horizontal well fracturing much easier,
because it can automatically generate a complete reservoir simulation model for a horizontal well with an arbitrary number
of longitudinal or transverse fractures.
The new tool makes it practical to use more realistic numerical simulations for optimizing horizontal well fracturing, since
dozens of cases with different fracture half lengths, fracture orientations, fracture spacings and fracture conductivities can
be simulated in a short time. Unlike analytical solutions, the simulations can now include non-Darcy effects, multi-phase
flow, fracture cleanup, and contributions from multiple layers with different permeabilities, pressures, and different fluid
types.
References
1.
Basquet, R., Alabert, F., Caltagirone, J.-P., SPE 56683: Analytical Solutions for Productivity Evaluation of
MultifracturedWells in Multilayered and Bounded Reservoirs. SPE Annual Technical Conference and
Exhibition, 36 October 1999, Houston, Texas.
2.
Ehrl, E., Schueler, S. K.: Simulation of a Tight Gas Reservoir with Horizontal Multifractured Wells. SPE
65108, SPE European Petroleum Conference, 2425 October 2000, Paris, France.
3.
Behr, A., Mtchedlishvili G., Friedel G., Haefner F.: Consideration of Damage Zone in Tight Gas Reservoir
Model with Hydraulically Fractured Well. SPE 82298, SPE European Formation Damage Conference
2003, The Hague, The Netherlands.
843
FracproPT 2007
4.
Nierode, D. E., Kruk, N. F.: An Evaluation of Acid Fluid Loss Additives, Retarded Acids, and Acidized
Fracture Conductivity. SPE 4549, SPE Annual Meeting, September 1973, Las Vegas, Nevada.
5.
Bennett, C. O., Reynolds, A. C., Raghavan, R., Elbel, J. L.: Performance of Finite-Conductivity, Vertically
Fractured Wells in single-Layers Reservoirs. SPE 11029, SPE Formation Evaluation, August 1986, pp.
399420.
6.
Olson, K. E., Haidar, S., Milton-Tayler, D., Olsen, E.: Multiphase Non-Darcy Pressure Drop in Hydraulic
Fracturing. SPE 90406, SPE Annual Meeting 2004, Houston, TX.
7.
Al-Tawad, F., Agyapong, D., Banerjee, R., Issaka, M. B.: Pressure Transient Analysis of Horizontal Wells
in a Fractured Reservoir; Gridding Between Art and Science. SPE 87013, SPE Asia Pacific Conference on
Integrated Modelling for Asset Management, 2930 March 2004, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia.
Source
Shaoul, J.R., A. Behr, and G. Mtchedlishvili: "Automatic Generation of 3D Reservoir Simulation Input Files Directly from a
Fracture Simulation Model," Reservoir Engineering, OIL GAS European Magazine, 4/2006, pp. 176-182.
The first file specifies the geometry of the computational grid (combination of the global grid and local grid refinement).
The second file specifies the grid properties (porosity, permeability, etc.) in each grid block.
PROPS
The PROPS section of the input data contains pressure and saturation dependent properties of the reservoir fluids and
rocks for each correspondent region (see description of the next file). The thermodynamic properties of the fluid (density,
viscosity, etc.) are given in the file: Project_name_PVT.INC (generated by user) and the functions of the fluid saturations
(relative permeability, capillary pressure) are given in the forms of tables in Project_name_SATFUN.INC (generated by
user). Both files must be created by the user, using existing information about the properties of the reservoir layers.
REGIONS
This section splits the computational grid into regions for specifying PVT properties and regions for specifying saturation
functions. The file has the name Project_ name_Region.INC (automatically generated). For each layer, one saturation
function region is specified. The regions are numbered from top to bottom within the reservoir. The last region
corresponds to the fracture gridblocks (the region number for the fracture is equal to the number of regions plus one).
Only one PVT region is used for the whole grid, that is, there is no difference between the properties of the fluid in the
fracture and in the reservoir.
SOLUTION
Specification of initial conditions in reservoir (such as fluid saturation, pressure, solubility ratios). The file is named:
Project_ name_Init.INC (automatically generated).
SUMMARY
This file specifies the data (results) to be written in the output file after each time step.
The file is named: Project_name_Output.INC (defined by user).
SCHEDULE
This section is subdivided into two files:
844
FracproPT 2007
The first file specifies the well and its connections within the grid. The second file contains production control parameters
and constraints. Additionally, this second file may also contain specified data for pressure drop/loss calculations (vertical
flow performance tables and multi-segment well option) and simulator tuning parameters.
Instructions for Using the Files
Before starting ECLIPSE Office, the user should create the manually generated files with the correct names. The names
can be seen in the include statements in the Project_name_Input.data file. If you already have these files from an
existing project, you can just copy and rename them. If you need to create these files from scratch, then just create them
first as empty files, and use ECLIPSE Office to enter all the required data. FracproPT does not generate empty files, so
that your own files are not over-written. When all files are available, the Project_name_Input.DATA file must be imported
into ECLIPSE Office using the menu option Case | Import. ECLIPSE Office can be used to view/edit all project files, as
necessary. It should not be necessary to edit the automatically generated files.
Automatically Generated
Files
Project_name_Input.DAT
Project_name_PVT.INC
Project_name_Geom.INC
Project_name_SATFUN.INC
Project_name_GridProp.INC Project_name_Well2.INC
Project_name_Region.INC
Project_name_Output.INC
Project_name_Init.INC
Project_name_Well1.INC
Suggestions About Timestepping
To control the simulator run very useful keyword is TUNING, so you can set yourself some simulator control parameters,
for example, maximum length of initial time step, this value must be small enough to make possible the well production at
the beginning of clean-up period when the well has the huge pressure gradient. You can also set the time step increase
factor, to accelerate the run at the late time period. Try also to set the maximum number of iterations at high values (The
default value for linear Newton iteration is 25). For very complicated cases, if the simulator has some convergence
problems activate the keyword: TUNINGDP. This keyword automatically modifies the simulator parameters to achieve the
better convergence behavior.
Project_name_pvt.INC
Project_name_relperm.INC
Project_name_init.INC
Project_name_well.INC
Project_name_hist.INC
Project_name_pvt.INC
845
FracproPT 2007
The FracproPT ResSim interface has been implemented to allow simulating the following fluid component models in
IMEX :
Blackoil
GasWater
GasWater with Condensate
OilWater
Reservoir Temperature
Gas Formation Volume Factor (Bg) versus Pressure
Gas Compressibility Factor (Zg) versus Pressure
Solution Gas-Oil Ratio (Rs) versus Pressure
Oil Formation Volume Factor (Bo) versus Pressure
Oil Viscosity (mo) and Gas Viscosity (mg) versus Pressure
Oil, Gas and Water Compressibility (co, cg and cw)
Gas Gravity
Water Density
Project_name_relperm.INC
As mentioned already, the relperm data must be specified two times, once for the reservoir rock and once for the fracture
(proppant pack).
Typical RelPerm data that can be included:
Project_name_init.INC
The initial saturation values Water/Gas/Oil Saturations (Sw, Sg and So) are included in the main file (*.dat) The other data
in this include file is needed to initialize the reservoir:
Project_name_well.INC
The wellbore geometry and connection data (Wellbore Radius, Perforation Interval(s)) is automatically specified in the
main (.dat) file. The following additional data can be included in the well file:
Well Name
Skin
Project_name_hist.INC
The production constraint information must be entered in this include file:
846
FracproPT 2007
847
FracproPT 2007
Figure 1: Example of fracture model output, showing fracture conductivity distribution and fracture dimensions.
The FracproPT model can handle both proppant and acid fractures. In either case, the most important outputs for the
reservoir simulation are the fracture dimensions and the fracture conductivity. For both proppant and acid fractures, the
conductivity profile varies with respect to the fracture length and height. An example of this type of output from the fracture
model is shown in Figure 1.
The spatial variation is converted to a gridded rectangular geometry for the reservoir simulator (Figure 2). Of course, since
the fracture grid block width is a constant in the reservoir simulator, the only way to model the varying width (and varying
conductivity) of the fracture is to adjust the permeability of the reservoir grid blocks representing the fracture. By obtaining
an equivalent conductivity with a constant width, a realistic result can be achieved.
848
FracproPT 2007
Figure 2: Detail of fracture permeability/conductivity for 2 longitudinal fractures along a horizontal wellbore,
corresponding to fracture model results from Figure 1.
To calculate the effective permeability, a uniform Cartesian grid is overlaid on top of the elliptical fracture conductivity
profile, and a numerical averaging method is used to calculate an average conductivity for each grid block in the new
Cartesian grid. The size of the Cartesian grid can be set by the user to capture as much detail as is needed for the
reservoir simulation. Typical values used for the grid block size in the fracture are 10 x 10 ft or 20 x 20 ft. This grid size
gives sufficient resolution for a typical fracture treatments dimensions. For cases with very long fracture half- lengths, the
x grid block size can be increased to avoid having too many grid cells in the reservoir simulator grid, thereby speeding up
the model execution time.
The fracture growth model tracks the fluid leakoff (filtrate) from the fracture into the formation. There is more filtrate fluid
leaking off near the wellbore than at the fracture tip. A novel feature of the ResSim tool is that the leakoff history is
accurately and automatically transferred to the reservoir simulator, by initializing the water saturation in the appropriate
grid blocks adjacent to the fracture face. Of course, the fracture grid blocks themselves are considered to have 100%
water saturation at the beginning of production. The capability to accurately include the filtrate fluid in the reservoir
simulation input is very important when trying to accurately model (or history match) the initial post-fracture cleanup
period, which is especially interesting in tight-gas reservoirs.
Fracture conductivity data is very important for accurate predictions from the reservoir simulator. Fracture conductivity
decreases with increasing net stress for both propped and acid fractures. For the case of propped fractures, this behavior
1
is published by the proppant manufacturing companies and is used in our program. For acid fractures, the Nierode-Kruk
correlation is used to estimate the pressure dependant conductivity of an etched fracture. This correlation can be adjusted
in the program based on the users own data, and then the resulting conductivity data is passed to the reservoir simulator
in the form of a table for pressure dependant permeability for the grid blocks representing the fracture. This feature
enhances engineering consistency in much improved way for fracture modeling.
Non-Darcy and multi-phase effects in the proppant pack can also be very important in certain situations. Since the various
commercially available reservoir simulators do not all have the capability to model non-Darcy flow, we chose to give the
user two options. For simulators that do not have any non-Darcy capability, the program will take the non-Darcy effects
into account in the fracture simulator, before passing the modified effective fracture permeabilities onto the reservoir
simulator. The advantage of this approach is that we can then approximately mimic the effects even if the numeric
reservoir simulator does not handle non-Darcy flow. The second option is for reservoir simulators that do model nonDarcy flow. In this case we do not modify the fracture permeability, and we allow the non-Darcy effects to be calculated by
the reservoir simulator.
849
FracproPT 2007
In the first case, the non-Darcy effects are estimated for the type of proppant used, based on the library data from the
proppant manufacturer. The user can enter the nominal hydrocarbon flow rate, which is then used to estimate the nonDarcy effects at a given bottomhole flowing pressure, which is also entered by the user. It is preferred; if possible, to
model the non-Darcy effects in the reservoir simulator, by using the second option, so that changing bottomhole pressure
can be taken into account when calculating the non-Darcy pressure drop in the fracture.
We assume that the user will use the multi-phase capability of the reservoir simulator to model multi-phase production
situations, making superfluous any additional modifications to the proppant permeability to account for multi-phase nonDarcy effects. If the user chose to run the reservoir simulator in a single-phase mode, however, it would still be possible to
include an approximation of the multi-phase non-Darcy effects by using the built-in correlation in the fracture model and
adjusting the effective permeability of the fracture. The benefit of this approach is that the reservoir simulator runs several
orders of magnitude faster when only Darcy flow is being modeled.
The well inflow in the finite-difference numerical model is calculated using Peacemans approach, which assumes that the
well radius is less than the equivalent well grid block radius. If this is not the case (the well blocks belonging to the fracture
grid blocks may have quite small dimensions), the well radius is set to its maximum allowed value. Note that this
correction does not affect the calculations for the pressure drop along the well that are calculated using the actual well
radius.
Figure 3: Gridding example for a single fracture in vertical well, showing quarter symmetry and LGR refinement.
850
to adapt the grid to the geometry of the reservoir, layers and fracture as well as to the flow around the
fractures, and
to have an optimal number of grid blocks in terms of minimum storage space/CPU time versus required
accuracy of the simulation.
FracproPT 2007
To satisfy these requirements, a three dimensional Cartesian grid is provided that includes a local model with refined cells
covering the vicinity of all the fractures. The principles of grid generation are illustrated in Figure 3 by the example of the
vertical well with one fracture.
The host grid in the XY (horizontal) plane consists of relatively few grid blocks (typically around 100). The grid blocks
increase in size as we move away from the fracture in both X and Y directions. The minimum grid block size is
comparable with the fracture half-length xf. The global discretization in the Z (vertical) direction is based on the reservoir
layering, thereby taking into account that a grid block cannot contain rocks from different reservoir layers without
additional upscaling. The reservoir layers with a large thickness are subdivided to a typical grid block height to provide a
more uniform grid in the Z direction.
The typical dimensions of the refined region are related to the fracture extent. The LGR extends to 1.5 times xf in the X
direction (along the fracture) and to 2 xf in the Y direction (normal to the fracture). In the Z direction, the LGR is defined for
the host grid blocks that contain the fracture height and approximately half of the fracture height above and below the
fracture itself. These parameters are flexible to account for different situations such as when the fracture top is near a
reservoir layer boundary.
The fracture in the LGR is represented by a two-dimensional (XZ) series of grid blocks. The mesh for the fracture
conductivity distribution supplied by the fracture simulator is considered as a starting point for the discretization within the
LGR. In the XY plane outside the fracture, the number of grid blocks increases towards the LGR boundary or to the
middle point between fractures (for the horizontal well case). A finer grid is built around the well and fracture tips to
capture the dominant radial character of the flow in these regions. The grid blocks near the fracture plane have a
particularly small y (normal to the fracture plane) to ensure an accurate computation of the high-rate transient flow during
the initial production period. This can be seen clearly in Figure 4, which shows the gridding in the XY plane for a horizontal
well case with transverse fractures.
Figure 4: Grid refinement for a horizontal well case with transverse fractures.
This type of gridding allows for an accurate representation of the filtrate fluid distribution around the fracture that is
transferred from the fracture simulator. Note that the typical filtrate leakoff depth varies from centimeters to tens of
centimeters in tight gas reservoirs, or to even larger depths in higher permeability reservoirs. In determining the sizes x
851
FracproPT 2007
and y in the fracture vicinity, we generally followed the empirical guidelines for choosing an appropriate finite-difference
2
model of the fractured well as presented by Bennett et al. The subgrid in the vertical Z direction is made nearly uniform in
accordance with a calculated typical grid size z.
The values are given in a series of tables for each region within the grid. The PVT properties for the density and viscosity
of the reservoir fluid(s) are assumed to be identical for the entire reservoir, including the fracture. The saturation functions
for the relative permeability and capillary pressure as well as the functions for the porosity and permeability may be
different for each layer and for the region representing the fracture. The definition of the different regions in the grid and
the assignment of the three different region numbers to every grid block are performed automatically by the tool.
References
Nierode, D.E., Kruk, N.F.: "An Evaluation of Acid Fluid Loss Additives, Retarded Acids, and Acidized
Fracture Conductivity", SPE 4549, SPE Annual Meeting, September 1973, Las Vegas, Nevada.
Bennett, C.O., Reynolds, A.C., Raghavan, R., Elbel, J.L.: "Performance of Finite-Conductivity, Vertically
Fractured Wells in single-Layers Reservoirs", SPE 11029, SPE Formation Evaluation, August, 1986, pp.
399-420.
Source
Shaoul, J.R., Behr A., and Mtchedlishvili, G.: "Developing a Tool for 3D Reservoir Simulation of Hydraulically Fractured
Wells," SPE 108321, SPE Reservoir Evaluation & Engineering, Vol. 10, No. 1, 2007, pp. 50-59.
852
FracproPT 2007
This is conducted in the easiest way by progressing through the Next-loop in Fracture Analysis mode until one
arrives at the SIMULATION CONTROL [F10] screen. The most critical data that should be entered are:
Fracture treatment data. Use DataConvertPT to convert ASCII file(s) or Excel of treatment data to
the FracproPT database format, or connect FracproPT to receive real-time data from the service
companys data acquisition system. If necessary, edit the database.
Critical completion information (for example, casing, tubing, and perforations) and reservoir
information (for example, stresses, elastic properties, porosity, permeability, etc.).
Treatment pump schedule and fluid and proppant properties. Synchronize the treatment schedule
with the actual (database or real-time) treatment data, which can be done quickly by using the Auto
Stage function in Cursor Editing mode of any plot. Properties for industry fluids and proppants are
available in FracproPTs built-in libraries. The wellbore trajectory, fluid and proppant information allow
FracproPT to determine the hydrostatic head in the wellbore at any given time during the fracture
treatment.
Once the user arrives at the SIMULATION CONTROL [F10] screen, select Minifrac Analysis to go to FracproPTs
MINIFRAC ANALYSIS [SHIFT-F8] screen. Fracture closure stress is the single most important parameter to
determine observed net pressure, and without a proper closure estimate this is impossible, as can be seen from the
equation below:
pnet,observed=psurface+phydrostatic-pfriction-closure
The Minifrac Analysis module has various built-in pressure decline analysis plots that can be used to determine at
what pressure a fracture closes and to determine the corresponding fracture slurry efficiency for that closure time.
853
FracproPT 2007
Once the user is done with this step, the observed net pressure is determined appropriately for shut-in periods.
Entry friction determination is important for two reasons. First, it may allow a user to determine the potential for a
pre-mature screen-out by measuring near-wellbore tortuosity directly. Secondly, it may provide a proper correction
of the observed net pressure during pumping.
Entry friction analysis can be conducted by selecting the Entry Friction button from the SIMULATION CONTROL
[F10] screen, and this will bring the user to the PERF AND NEAR-WELLBORE FRICTION [F8] screen. Here, you
can correct for friction components during pumping that are measured during a rate stepdown test or during a shutin.
Once the user is done with this step, the observed net pressure is determined appropriately around periods of rate
stepdown tests. If frictional components are relatively small in comparison with the overall level of net pressure
(when bottomhole pressures are measured directly or when deadstring pressure is available AND when entry
friction is relatively small) the correction of entry friction may now provide an accurate representation of the
observed net pressure DURING pumping.
As a final step, match net pressure from the fracture model (Net Pressure) to the measured net pressure
(Observed Net) during shut-ins (that is, when there is no friction to worry about), and, if an accurate bottomhole
pressure channel is available, during pump-ins as well.
Although there are many "knobs" available in FracproPT for net pressure history matching, only about ten
parameters (and usually much less) are generally used to achieve a complete net pressure history match. These
parameters and the net pressure matching strategy are described in detail in the Help section titled Net Pressure
Matching Guidelines.
In the Auto Matching tab of the NET PRESSURE MATCHING [CNTR+F8] screen, these parameters are
conveniently divided in parameters that primarily affect the pressure decline slope and parameters that primarily
affect the total level of the net pressure.
Parameter
Permeability
Decline
Wallbuilding
Slope
parameters Coefficient
PressureDependent
Leakoff
Multiplier
Spurt Loss
Level
Closure Stress
parameters Contrast
Multiple
Fracture
Complexity
Tip Effects
Coefficient
(Gamma 2)
Proppant Drag
Exponent
Tip Screen-Out
Backfill
Coefficient
Youngs
Modulus
Geometry
854
Composite
FracproPT 2007
Level
Slope
Parameter Parameter
KCl /
Tip Effects Permeability
slickwater Coefficient
Breakdown Multiple
Injection(s) Fracture
Complexity
(Closure
Stress
Contrast)
(Youngs
Modulus)
Crosslink
Gel
Minifrac
Prop frac
Multiple
PressureFracture Dependent
Complexity Leakoff
Multiplier
Closure
Stress
Contrast
Spurt Loss
Proppant
Drag
Exponent
Tip
ScreenOut
Backfill
Coefficient
Youngs
Modulus
The logic and sequence of net pressure history matching is not simple. However, as the table above shows, there are only
about ten parameters that are typically used for net pressure history matching, and there is usually a specific point in the
matching sequence where there parameters are changed. The question/answer sequence below aims to steer you in the
right direction for net pressure history matching of a complete treatment.
Net pressure history matching should always be done chronologically. If you start to match the net pressure response for
the propped fracture treatment without matching the breakdown injections or minifrac, it is virtually impossible to match
the earlier injections without changing the match of the propped fracture treatment that you already had. The strategy
below aims to make parameter changes to the model to match data sequentially, and after that change has been made,
the parameters are not changed anymore in the latter part of the treatment, thus preserving your match of the earlier data.
Matching the B/D Injection
Assumption: Injection was done with water not with crosslink gel
Fracture closure stress (in the pay zone) has already been identified and updated in the model
855
FracproPT 2007
Decline Slope
Q: At the end of pumping, is the decline slope of the Observed Net Pressure steeper than the decline slope of the Model
Net Pressure?
A: Yes Increase Permeability
A: No Decrease Permeability
Q: Is the Observed Net Pressure decline more concave than the Model Net Pressure decline?
A: No Check "Allow Growth after Shut-In" on F4
A: Yes Check "Freeze Dimensions after Shut-In" on F4
Q: Is the pore pressure in the pay zone depleted AND is the Closure Stress
Contrast a parameter that you want to change (You may not want to change
this if you assume you "know" it from a dipole sonic, or much better, a direct
stress measurement)?
A: Yes Increase Closure Stress Contrast to 2/3 of the pore pressure
change up to a maximum of about 1.0 psi/ft in zones around payzone. (Note
that a change in Closure Stress Contrast generally does not increase net
pressure substantially, as the fracture has grown only little or nothing into
the layer with a higher closure stress. Therefore, you may have to continue
to the next item)
A: No
Q: Is the rock naturally fractured OR is tortuosity relatively
high OR is there pressure dependent leakoff evident in the
G-Function plot?
A: Yes Increase Multiple Fracture Complexity by
increasing multiple fracture volume and opening factors
(keep these two the same through the entire job as a starting
point).
A: No Could it be that you picked Fracture Closure Stress too low and that your resulting
net pressures are too high? Check back your minifrac analysis
Matching the Minifrac
Assumption: Injection is done with crosslink gel, and this does reach the formation.
If a minifrac data is not available, the questions below could also be used to match the propped
fracture treatment.
Decline Slope
Q: At the end of pumping, is the decline slope of the Observed Net Pressure steeper than the decline slope of the Model
Net Pressure?
A: Yes Increase Wallbuilding Coefficient. Highest leakoff can be achieved by setting it to 0.
856
FracproPT 2007
Notes: Only change the wallbuilding coefficient for the fluid that was used.
Do not change the permeability anymore, for it will affect the
match of the B/D injection.
Level
Q: Using the new Tip Effects Coefficient, is the Model Net Pressure higher than the Observed Net Pressure with the
increase in fluid viscosity?
A: Yes Go back to the previous injection and reduce the Tip Effects Coefficient down to as low as 0.0001.
A: No
Q: Is the Youngs modulus as low as about 200,000 psi or lower?
A: Yes Increase Youngs modulus of the payzone rock (and surrounding layers) up to a factor of 2
(representing the potential uncertainty in this measurement).
A: No
Q: Is the pore pressure in the pay zone depleted OR do you fracture height
recession in the G-function plot AND is the Closure Stress Contrast a
parameter that you want to change (You may not want to change this if you
assume you "know" it from a dipole sonic, or much better, a direct stress
measurement)?
A: Yes Increase Closure Stress Contrast to 2/3 of the pore pressure
change up to a maximum of about 1.0 psi/ft in zones around payzone.
A: No
Q: Is the rock naturally fractured OR is tortuosity relatively
high OR is there pressure dependent leakoff evident in the
G-Function plot?
A: Yes Increase Multiple Fracture Complexity by
increasing multiple fracture volume and opening factors. If
the observed net pressure is substantially higher than during
the B/D injection, this may indicate that Multiple Fracture
Complexity has increased between injections, justifying the
vs. time use of this parameter. As an alternative, it could also
mean that the Tip Effects Coefficient should be increased
(increasing the sensitivity for viscosity) while also increasing
Multiple Fracture Complexity to increase the overall level of
net pressure during B/D injections and minifrac.
A: No Could it be that you picked Fracture Closure Stress (in the payzone) too low and
that your resulting net pressures are too high? Check back your minifrac analysis
Note: Changes to these Level parameters also affect the net pressure level
during the B/D injection. For that reason, you may have to play
back and forth using these parameters until you have a satisfactory
match of both the B/D injection(s) and the Minifrac.
Prop frac
Assumption: prop frac is done with same crosslink gel as used during the minifrac.
Decline Slope
Q: Does the treatment end in a Tip Screen-Out (TSO), as indicated by a unit-slope increase in the observed net
pressure?
A: Yes Note that the decline slope is a good parameter to match in case a treatment does NOT end with a Tip ScreenOut (TSO). If the job does end with a TSO, the wellbore may be filled with a substantial amount of proppant
857
FracproPT 2007
laden fluid at shut-in, making it very hard to obtain adequate pressure communication between the fracture and
the surface or bottomhole pressure gauge. In that case, it is better to concentrate on matching the TSO net
pressure increase and the point of TSO initiation in the data. Note that the parameters used for that generally
fall under Level Parameters, and please refer to the Level section for matching instructions.
A: No
Q: At the end of pumping, is the decline slope of the Observed Net Pressure steeper than the decline slope of
the Model Net Pressure AND is the net pressure level substantially higher than during the minifrac OR is there
evidence in the G-function plot of pressure dependent leakoff?
A: Yes Increase Leakoff Multiplier, starting from the time the proppant fracture treatment began.
A: No Increase spurt loss AND/OR uncheck Reset Fluid Leakoff after Frac Closure (Low Level parameters) you will have to redo your match of the minifrac as well.
Level
Before introduction of proppant
Q: Is the Observed Net Pressure during the pad higher than the Model Net Pressure?
A: Yes
As proppant is introduced
Q: Is the Observed Net Pressure gradually increasing as proppant is being pumped into the fracture, indicating a tip
screen-out?
A: Yes Go back to the previous injection and reduce the Tip Effects Coefficient down to as low as 0.0001.
Q: Does the increase in Model Net Pressure during pumping (associated with Tip Screen-out Initiation) start
after the increase in Observed Net Pressure?
A: Yes Increase Leakoff Multiplier, starting from the time the proppant fracture treatment began.
A: No Increase spurt loss AND/OR uncheck Reset Fluid Leakoff after Frac Closure (Low Level parameters) you will have to redo your match of the minifrac as well.
Q: Is the increase in Model Net Pressure after Tip Screen-out faster than in the Observed Net Pressure?
A: Yes Decrease Proppant Drag Exponent (for early times) and/or Decrease TSO Backfill Coefficient (for
later times)
A: No Increase Proppant Drag Exponent up to about 16 (for early times) and/or increase TSO Backfill
Coefficient (for later times).
Q: Is the pore pressure in the pay zone depleted AND is the Closure Stress
Contrast a parameter that you want to change (You may not want to change
this if you assume you "know" it from a dipole sonic log, or much better,
from a direct stress measurement in the layers around the pay) AND is the
evidence of fracture height recession in the G-Function plot?
A: Yes Increase Closure Stress Contrast to 2/3 of the pore pressure
change up to a maximum of about 1.0 psi/ft in zones around payzone. So, if
the pore pressure depleted by 1000 psi over several years of production,
increase the sand-shale stress contrast to about 670 psi by increasing the
closure stress gradient in the shale (not the payzone sand, as that was
measured during this treatment in the Minifrac Analysis)
A: No
858
FracproPT 2007
Note: Changes to these Level parameters also affect the net pressure level
during the B/D injection and the Minifrac. For that reason, you may
have to play back and forth using these parameters until you have
a satisfactory match of both the B/D injection(s) and the Minifrac.
Real-Time Use
Make sure you have the right cables. If you are physically present at the job site, you need a nullmodem serial cable (that is, an RS-232 cable). This means you can either buy (or make) a null-modem
cable, or you take a regular (straight-through) cable and put a null-modem connector on one of the ends.
Note that in many cases the service company may already have provided a null-modem cable to connect
to their computer, and that two null-model cables connected together will not work. You only need a single
null-model cable or connector between the service company data computer and the computer of the
FracproPT analyst.
Test your cable in the office before every job with the portable computer that you are going to use in the field. Use a
second computer to run Pinnacle's real-time simulation program and that can make the second computer send a stream
of fracture treatment data much like the service company computer in the treatment van. To make another computer send
fracture treatment data from its COM1 port, run the FracproPT installation CD on that computer and run the sim.bat file in
the Real-Time Simulation directory of the CD. If you are performing a remote real-time job using a modem, you should
check the cables and the modem. For example, try logging on to an Internet account.
Make a test of the hardware connection. To do this, have the treatment computer send some dummy
data. From the REAL-TIME CONTROL [Ctrl+F1] screen in FracproPT, choose Load DataAcqPT, which
is the data acquisition program that comes with the system. DataAcqPT will automatically launch. Now,
select the Setup function to start the Setup Wizard, which is a step-by-step guide through the process of
configuring your system to receive data. A full description of each of the steps is available in the
DataAcqPT Help system.
When you get to the appropriate screen in the Wizard, choose Show Incoming Data to view the data as it comes in. You
should be able to see the numbers in the Values column changing.
If the operator of the treatment van insists that data are being sent (and it is non-zero) and you do not seem to be
receiving it, check to make sure that there is not an extra null-modem connector or cable on the treatment computer. If
this does not solve the problem, then try using your spare serial cable (which, of course, you always bring to every job!).
If you still are not receiving data, try rebooting the computers. At this point, it is handy to have a serial communications
diagnostic device, which has LED's that indicate the status of all data lines. If data is being sent through the cable, you
should see one or more of the lights flashing at the rate that data is being sent.
859
FracproPT 2007
Start Data Acquisition. After you have verified that data is being sent to your computer, complete the
remainder of the Setup Wizard and select the Start button. You can verify if data is coming in using the
Text, Monitor or Graph buttons.
Return to FracproPT and select Connect to DataAcqPT on the REAL-TIME CONTROL [Ctrl+F1] screen. You will see
all of the channels listed as they were in the Setup Wizard. You should now pick the channels that you want to record
using the Select box in each row. These channels will appear on the REAL-TIME CHANNELS [Ctrl+F2] screen that you
can reach by selecting the Next button from the REAL-TIME CONTROL [Ctrl+F1] screen.
Setup the channel inputs for the model. Set up which channels you want the model to run from on the
CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL [SHIFT+F6] screen in FracproPT. You can reach by selecting the Next
button from the REAL-TIME CHANNELS [Ctrl+F2] screen. Observed Net Pressure will automatically be
calculated from the pressure measurement that provides the best measurement of true bottomhole
pressure. Once you have completed this, you can verify that the data is now available in FracproPT by
selecting the View Measured Data button.
860
FracproPT 2007
14
15
It is assumed that the reader is familiar with the concepts of net pressure analysis , near-wellbore fracture tortuosity , the
16
simultaneous propagation of multiple fractures , and that the reader has a fracture engineering analysis model that is
capable of net pressure history matching.
Applications of Fracture Pressure Analysis
Real-data fracture pressure analysis can be effectively utilized for a number of common fracture engineering scenarios:
Optimization of basic treatment and completion design: In an area where many fracture
treatments are successfully performed, fracture treatment and completion design may be refined to
improve well economics. Real-data analysis can be used to define the starting point (fracture height,
length, and conductivity) and determine the direction for improvement (for example, changes in
completion strategy, treatment schedule and size, etc). For more information, see examples C, D, E
and F in the
Field Demonstrations section.
Solving fracture entry problems: In areas experiencing bridging screen-outs, near-wellbore fracture
tortuosity and perforation restriction may be evaluated on-site in real-time. This capability allows
identification of the correct remedial actions or design changes, and evaluation of their impact. For
more information, see examples A and B in the
Field Demonstrations section.
Routine on-site pad volume sizing to accommodate geologic variability: Pad volume may be
tailored, based on observed fracture fluid leakoff, to shorten closure time (and minimize proppant
17
convection and settling), to implement a tip screenout design, or to avoid a premature tip screenout.
For more information, see examples A and F in the
Field Demonstrations section.
Design for a new fracturing environment: Real-data analysis provides a tool to shorten the
traditionally long and expensive learning curve in a field or interval where fracturing has not been
previously performed. The technique reduces execution risk, while pursuing an aggressive initial
fracture strategy, and assists with evaluation of well production response. For more information, see
examples C and E in the
Field Demonstrations section.
Measure surface pressure, slurry rate, and proppant concentration as a minimum, at a sampling rate of
every 2-3 seconds. In some cases, measurement of bottomhole pressure assists the analysis by avoiding
uncertainties regarding hydrostatic head (for example in foam treatments) or large near-wellbore friction
(for example high rate tubing treatments);
Use a computer that can get real-time fracture treatment data from the service company computer and can
run a real-time fracture simulator that accounts for the right physical processes for hydraulic fracture
growth;
Preferably, perform the analysis in real-time, to assure that the critical information is collected and to
enable on-site treatment design refinement. For example, repeating a breakdown or proppant slug
injection, or extending a pressure decline period, may greatly increase the usefulness of the data and
increase chances for successful treatment placement.
861
FracproPT 2007
Pre-Frac Design
Develop a conceptual picture of mechanisms likely to control fracture growth behavior that is consistent
with completion strategy and rock properties. This step may involve reservoir characterization, in-situ
measurement of the fracture closure stress profile, analysis of past treatment data, etc.
Develop an initial fracture design to achieve fracture height, half-length, and conductivity goals, based on
anticipated net pressure behavior. If previous fracture treatments have been conducted, and if production
data is available, this data could be incorporated for economic optimization of the treatment.
Design field injection procedures to maximize data usefulness. A useful set of diagnostic fracture injections
may be simple, quick, and inexpensive.
Treatment Execution
Identify fracture closure stress from initial KCl breakdown injections using pressure decline analysis and
other appropriate diagnostic techniques.
Evaluate perforation and near-wellbore friction. This is a relatively straightforward process if all injections
are ended with a rate step-down test, enabling separation of perforation friction (proportional to rate
squared) from near-wellbore friction (proportional to about the square-root of rate). Are the values
acceptable, or is a remedial action or change in completion strategy indicated?
Determine observed net pressure over the course of the diagnostic injections by removing all sources of
friction from the data during pumping.
Examine the ISIP (instantaneous-shut-in-pressure) and net pressure progression. What potential fracture
growth mechanisms may explain the observed trends? Is the observed behavior consistent with the initially
expected fracture behavior?
Based on the most likely explanation for observed fracture behavior, adjust fracture model inputs to match
the theoretical model net pressure with the actual observed net pressure over the entire sequence of
injections. A proper set of diagnostic injections, utilizing different fluids and volumes, significantly
constrains the possible number of model solutions.
Note: Near-wellbore or proppant bridging effects will affect engineering decisions, but are excluded from
net pressure history matching because they do not reflect net pressure in the main body of the fracture.
These effects are usually manifested by a rapid initial pressure decline after shutdown followed by a more
862
FracproPT 2007
stabilized pressure decline period. An example of this behavior can be seen in Figure 8 during the first 5
minutes of pressure decline.
Evaluate alternative mechanisms for explaining observed net pressure, thus bounding the solution. For
example, what level of Youngs modulus or shale stress contrast is required to explain observed propped
frac shutdown net pressure, as an alternative to the mechanism of simultaneous propagation of competing
multiple fractures? Can a low closure pressure, depleted interval (supported by actual measurements or
reservoir engineering judgment) provide an explanation for the observed net pressure behavior? Can the
alternative mechanisms explain net pressure over the entire sequence of injections?
Interpret the fracture pressure analysis results: what are the implications in terms of completion strategy
and fracture design parameters such as frac fluid polymer loading, pad size, injection rate, and proppant
schedule? Translate the results into engineering decisions.
Perform the fracture treatment. If required, make real-time fracture design changes in response to fracture
behavior. Real-time changes are generally limited to changes in injection rate, fluid volume and proppant
ramp schedule.
Post-Frac Analysis
Review and refine the net pressure history match, incorporating reservoir engineering insights and
analysis. What insights into fracture growth behavior are obtained from integrating fracture pressure
analysis results with production modeling and well testing or other fracture diagnostics ?
Repeat the real-data analysis process in succeeding stages or wells. Analysis of a single fracture stage
cannot capture the geologic/reservoir variability in a fracturing horizon. Analysis of multiple stages assists
with the development of a consistent and useful analysis strategy, and also provides feedback on the
effect of treatment or completion design changes over the course of a development program.
Table 1: A comprehensive diagnostic injection sequence. All injections should end with a rate step-down to
characterize fracture entry friction. The exact injection sequence and fluid volumes and fluid types should be
tailored considering formation and completion properties and fracture engineering goals.
863
FracproPT 2007
Figure 2: General diagnostic injection overview, including and KCl breakdown injections, a crosslinked gel
minifrac including a proppant slug, and the main propped treatment. This full sequence, including the post-frac
pressure decline, may add 2-3 hours to treatment execution time. However, useful data may be obtained in as
little as hour.
864
FracproPT 2007
Fracture Closure Stress: Average closure stress in the vicinity of the perforated interval is a key net pressure analysis
variable, since all analysis is referenced to this value. A 100-psi error in closure stress results in a 100-psi error in
calculated observed net pressure, which may significantly affect estimated fracture geometry for cases of low net
pressure. More importantly from a real-time analysis standpoint, this error will also result in errors in pad sizing and
proppant scheduling, as leakoff appears to be higher (shorter closure time) or lower (longer closure time) than reality.
Fracture closure stress is generally estimated using a pressure decline analysis technique, plotting the initial diagnostic
injection pressure declines as a function of square-root-of-time, Noltes G-function, or on a log-log plot.
In the ideal world, pressure declines show a single and distinct slope change at fracture closure. However, in the real
world, the slope transition at fracture closure is often diffuse and/or there is more than one change in slope. Use of the
following techniques usually allows for a confident identification of closure stress:
Always perform two KCl breakdown injections so as to provide confirmation of findings from a single
breakdown injection.
Use a moving-average pressure decline derivative to assist with identification of straight-line portions of the
curve and slope changes.
Consider the use of injection flow pulses to bound closure stress. Periodically injecting 3-4 bbl KCl @ 10
bpm during a pressure decline, the response from an open fracture is characteristically different than from
a closed fracture.
For each potential closure stress (slope change), consider the implied fluid efficiency and net pressure. Are
they consistent with formation and completion properties?
20
Fracture Entry Friction Analysis: The purpose of friction analysis is to a) estimate perforation and near-wellbore friction
(fracture entry friction) over the treatment injection sequence, and b) enable estimation of observed net pressure during
pumping.
21
Friction is evaluated by performing a rate step-down at the end of each injection , as schematically depicted in Figure 2.
In a rate step-down, three friction components must be accounted for: frac string, perforation, and near-wellbore friction. If
frac string friction can be accurately estimated (based on correlations or step-down pressure behavior), then the
remaining perf and near-wellbore friction can be analytically separated, because perforation friction is proportional to rate
squared while near-wellbore friction is proportional to about the square-root of rate. Near-wellbore friction is an indicator of
near-wellbore fracture complexity and therefore of proppant bridging tendency, and thus it is a focus of the analysis.
If bottom hole pressure is available (e.g. from a static string), rate step-down analysis is straightforward because the
bottom hole pressure measurement bypasses frac string friction.
Using surface treating pressure, rate step-down analysis can be tricky if frac string friction is large compared to fracture
entry friction, because wellbore friction often varies unpredictably from published or expected values. Water friction is
often significantly reduced by small amounts of gel contamination in wellbore fluids or from a gel hydration unit. Frac string
friction with crosslinked gel may vary with small variations in fluid composition. Foam friction behavior is extremely
unpredictable and variable, and analysis is further complicated by changes in hydrostatic pressure. With turbulent flow
(essentially all water injections), frac string friction is functionally closer to perforation friction; in laminar flow (low injection
rates with high viscosity fluid), frac string friction is functionally closer to near-wellbore friction.
Despite the surface pressure uncertainties, rate step-down analysis can generally provide useful engineering answers,
showing whether entry friction is dominated by perforation or near-wellbore friction, and identifying cases of unacceptable
behavior. This is especially true if initial diagnostic injections are performed with water.
Using surface pressure, the general rate step-down test analysis procedure is as follows:
Starting with service company estimates of frac string friction, calculate bottom hole wellbore
pressure during the rate step-down test.
If calculated bottom hole pressure rises as injection rate is reduced, estimated frac string friction is
too high and should be incrementally reduced. Repeat bottom hole pressure calculation until bottom
hole pressure decreases with injection rate.
865
FracproPT 2007
Based on calculated bottom hole pressure during the step-down test, calculate entry friction as a
function of rate and separate into perforation and near-wellbore components. Are the estimated
friction parameters reasonable?
Analysis of multiple rate step-down tests will generally result in bounding of frac string friction
parameters for a particular frac fluid, injection rate, and frac string configuration. Even if the split
between frac string and perforation friction is in error, calculated near-wellbore friction will be
relatively unaffected due to its different functional dependence on injection rate.
Unless bottom hole pressure is measured directly, the primary focus of net pressure analysis is often on shut-in periods
(when there is no system friction) rather than during pumping. Due to unpredictable and variable friction, it is often difficult
to confidently make decisions during pumping if only surface pressure measurements are available.
For example, when pumping down tubing, frac string friction may increase more than hydrostatic pressure as proppant
loading is increased, resulting in increasing injection pressure. If this increasing surface pressure is interpreted as the
onset of a premature screenout, the treatment may be unnecessarily terminated (flushed) early.
With proper accounting for friction parameters, observed net pressure (in the main body of the fracture) should only
change gradually with time during each fracture injection. A rapid or sharp change in observed net pressure usually
indicates 1) a near-wellbore effect (e.g. due to proppant bridging) or 2) a problem with friction parameters, as the implied
volume change in the main body of the fracture for a sharp change in actual net pressure would be physically unrealistic.
Figure 3: Illustration of mechanisms and variables that are used in the net pressure history matching process: a)
Youngs modulus, b) fracture closure stress distribution, c) frac fluid leakoff, d) tip screenout, and e) multiple
fracture growth.
Elastic Rock Properties: Static Youngs modulus is the only rock mechanical property of concern during a fracture
treatment. There is no significant fracture growth sensitivity to Poissons ratio, other than from the impact of Poissons
866
FracproPT 2007
ratio (over geologic time) on formation stress. Youngs modulus is generally estimated based on data obtained from the
rock of interest or from other similar rocks. Useful data may include lithology and porosity, static core measurements, and
dynamic (log- or laboratory-based) measurements. Because the dynamic modulus is much less sensitive to rock
19
discontinuities, it can be a factor of two or more greater than the static modulus , and thus dynamic modulus should be
used with caution.
In general, fracture modeling requires a reasonable estimate of Youngs modulus, not a precise value. With a normal level
of uncertainty in the modulus data, it may be possible to consider as much as a 50% variation in modulus. An increase in
modulus results in a higher model net pressure, a larger fracture geometry, and lower fluid efficiency. With a fixed
observed net pressure and an unconfined (radial) fracture, modeled half-length is proportional to about modulus to the 1/3
power, resulting in a 15% change in fracture half-length for a 50% change in modulus. The impact on fracture geometry is
more pronounced if fracture growth is not radial.
18
Fracture Closure Stress Profile: Fracture closure stress profile can have a large impact on net pressure behavior. An
accurate stress profile is often required to positively distinguish between the effects of stress contrasts and multiple
fractures on net pressure. Thus, when feasible, fracture closure stress profile should be based on small volume test
injections in the fracture target interval and surrounding lithological and reservoir layers. These injections should utilize
volumes on the order of several to 10 bbl to avoid the near-wellbore effects that may distort the results of small volume
injections using only gallons of fluid.
However, this data is not available for the vast majority of fracture treatments. In these cases, a simplified closure stress
profile should be initially assumed, i.e. a uniform closure stress gradient in the pay rock, derived from the diagnostic
injection results. If the interval is bounded by a contrasting lithology such as shale, a modest stress contrast (0.05-0.1
psi/ft) should be assumed. The stress contrast may be larger if the reservoir rock is significantly depleted, as fracture
closure stress generally changes from 1/2 to 2/3 of the change in pore pressure.
"What if" adjustments to the stress profile can then be made later during the history match process, supported by the
model behavior and engineering judgment. For example, can a reasonable shale stress contrast explain the net pressure
progression? In some cases, shale stress contrast can be bounded during the history match process. If it makes sense
from a lithology and reservoir engineering standpoint, higher or lower closure stress rock layers above or below the frac
initiation depth may provide a net pressure history match. Is there a realistic stress scenario that can explain the entire net
pressure progression, i.e. not just at the end of the propped frac, but during the diagnostic injections as well? As
succeeding treatments and wells are completed, can a logical and consistent stress scenario explain the series of
injections and treatments? To obtain meaningful net pressure history match results, it is critical to avoid arbitrary
treatment-by-treatment model adjustments.
Permeability and Fracture Fluid Leakoff: The general logic is to use formation permeability to match the pressure
declines following initial water injections. For succeeding injections of polymer-viscosified fluid, the filter loss coefficient
and/or leakoff viscosity may then be adjusted to match leakoff. If circumstances warrant, a leakoff multiplier may be used
to change leakoff as a function of time, for example to accommodate pressure dependent leakoff or other changes in
leakoff character.
In cases where the simultaneous propagation of multiple fractures is expected, multiple fracture leakoff settings may also
be used to match succeeding pressure declines. These settings can be used to account for the increasing leakoff
interference that occurs with the growth and overlap of multiple fractures.
Tip Screenout: Based on the leakoff calibration provided by the diagnostic injections and the post frac pressure decline,
does the model predict tip screenout initiation, i.e. proppant reaching the fracture growth tip due to pad depletion? Does
the observed net pressure show the classic indication of tip screenout, a linear rise in net pressure with pump time, as
continued pumping "inflates" the fixed fracture area?
With the diagnostic injection and propped frac leakoff calibration, tip screenout may be shown to be a significant cause for
an increase in net pressure during a propped frac injection, or conversely, tip screenout may be ruled out as a contributor.
Of course, tip screenout is only a possibility during a propped frac treatment. In the case of a steady progression of
increasing ISIPs and net pressure before any significant proppant is pumped, it is more likely that the increase in net
pressure with injection volume is either due to a) fracture height confinement or growth into higher stress bounding layers,
or b) the simultaneous propagation of multiple fractures, increasingly competing for fracture width, or c) poro-elastic
effects with local pore pressure charging in a low compressibility reservoir system, elevating the formation closure stress.
Multiple Fracture Growth Behavior: A combination of extensive laboratory and field evidence suggests that the
simultaneous propagation of far-field multiple fractures may be the norm rather than the exception for many rock types
16,22
and completion strategies
. In response, simplified multiple fracture models have been incorporated into several
different industry hydraulic fracture models. These models represent the complexity of a multiple fracture system
(composed of fractures of varying dimensions, vertical overlap, and horizontal spacing) using an "equivalent" number of
closely spaced identical fractures.
Examples where multiple fracture growth would be expected include completions utilizing a distributed limited entry
perforation strategy, where multiple fractures are initiated at the wellbore (and do not fully link up or coalesce), and
completions in naturally fractured rock, in which fracture bifurcation results in the growth of an increasingly complex
network of multiple fractures with time. Multiple fracture growth may also occur in less obvious scenarios, and probably
impacts fracture growth to some degree in most fracture environments.
867
FracproPT 2007
Careful and consistent use of multiple fracture model settings is required to avoid using them as a set of arbitrary "fudge
factors" to achieve a net pressure history match. General guidelines for using the simultaneous propagation of multiple
fractures to explain the observed net pressure response include the following:
Other potential explanations for the observed net pressure response should always be evaluated first
for example, can formation stress profile or tip screenout provide an explanation for the observed
net pressure response?
A multiple fracture usage methodology (initial assumptions and usage logic) should be developed and
consistently applied based on rock characteristics and completion strategy. For example, the multiple
fracture model usage strategy for a point source completion (where a single fracture might be
expected to be initiated at the wellbore) would be different than for a distributed limited entry
perforation strategy (where a number of independent fractures are initiated at the wellbore).
Multiple fracture settings should only be changed during pumping significant changes in multiple
fracture character are most likely to occur during injection (with energy input into the system), not
during shut-in periods.
The details of multiple fracture settings over the net pressure history match are not critical, but what
they indicate about fracture complexity is important. For example, it should not be concluded that "2.4
fracture multiples were growing at the end of the crosslinked gel minifrac, and 3.8 at the end of the
propped frac". Instead, focus on what the settings mean in terms of fracture behavior: "The
simultaneous propagation of multiple fractures was consistently required to explain the observed
levels of net pressure. The equivalent number was in the range of 2-4, and increased with injection
volume, implying an increase in fracture complexity".
Perforation strategy e.g. unrestricted entry, limited entry, point source, etc.
Vertical wells:
Horizontal wells:
Injection rate
Pad volume
Proppant type
Treatment Execution
868
Breakdown procedure
FracproPT 2007
Potential real-time frac execution changes e.g. injection rate, proppant loading
Quality control
These engineering decisions address the basic design issues of fracture height coverage, half-length, conductivity,
fracture fluid leakoff, minimizing near-wellbore fracture tortuosity, and execution procedures.
Field Demonstrations
The following examples illustrate the usefulness of the fracture pressure analysis technique, a result of the ability to
understand and utilize the feedback contained in fracture pressure behavior.
Figure 4: Rate step-down test data following KCl injection #1 for treatment A. On the left side is the typical stepdown test interpretation data format, showing calculated bottomhole pressure as a function of injection rate. The
plot on the right shows the estimated total entry friction, and the split between perforation and near-wellbore
friction, as a function of injection rate. In this test, near-wellbore friction was negligible compared with
perforation friction (note the factor of 10 difference in scale).
869
FracproPT 2007
Figure 5: Treatment B is an example of a propped fracture treatment with severe near-wellbore friction (fracture
tortuosity) that was solved by pumping two proppant slugs.
870
FracproPT 2007
Figure 6: Slug reaction detail for example treatment B. As treating pressure reached maximum surface pressure
on pad, injection rate was cut. In response to the arrival of a 1 PPG slug, surface-treating pressure dropped
dramatically while injection rate was increased back to the planned rate. This 1400-psi tortuosity reduction
(confirmed by the pad rate step-down test) enabled successful placement of the treatment.
871
FracproPT 2007
Figure 7: Net pressure match of treatment C with two breakdown injections followed by a propped fracture
treatment. Observed net pressure could not be matched using the initial assumption of a large 0.2 psi/ft
sand/shale stress contrast. With a smaller sand/shale stress contrast (0.05-0.1 psi/ft), the fracture grows
significantly in height, resulting in a much shorter fracture half-length.
872
FracproPT 2007
Figure 8: Due to dominant upward height growth into a low stress depleted formation layer, shutdown (stabilized)
net pressure for example treatment D was about 30 psi, or lower than the fracture closure stress in the vicinity
of the perforations. The dominant upward growth was confirmed by surface and downhole tiltmeter fracture
mapping results.
873
FracproPT 2007
pressures using the measured stress profiles, and it became clear that complex (multiple) fracturing was the cause of the
high net pressures. Figure 9 shows a typical Ozona Canyon well net pressure match for a "new generation" (optimized)
design consisting of a 10 PPT (pounds per thousand gallons) linear gel pad followed by 1-3 ppg proppant carried in 25
PPT linear gel. The high level of net pressure was matched by assuming that multiple far-field fractures were being
propagated, resulting in an estimated fracture half-length of 185 feet. Figure 10 shows a post-fracture well test from this
same well, in which a pre-fracture well test was also performed. This well test indicates a fracture length of 190 ft with
good conductivity, confirming the fracture pressure modeling results.
Over a series of Ozona Canyon well completions, fracture modeling and well test analyses were similarly integrated.
These results showed that due to the complex, multiple fracture growth, very little additional fracture length was achieved
by increasing treatment size. In response, treatment size, proppant loading, and fluid viscosity were significantly reduced
for subsequent reservoir development. Treatment costs were reduced by 30% or more, while achieving similar fracture
lengths and well performance, thus significantly improving project economics.
Figure 9: A typical Ozona Canyon net pressure match (treatment example E). The measured stress profile
showed that sand/shale stress contrast could not explain the high net pressure, and thus the match was
obtained using the simultaneous propagation of multiple far-field fractures, competing for fracture width.
Estimated fracture half-length was 190 ft.
874
FracproPT 2007
Figure 10: Post-Fracture Well Test for treatment example E, indicating a fracture half-length of 185 ft with good
conductivity.
875
FracproPT 2007
Figure 11: Net pressure history match for the high permeability treatment example F, showing two diagnostic
injections and the propped fracture treatment. Net pressure during the propped fracture treatment shows the
typical tip screenout response in this formation.
Benefits of the Fracture Analysis Methodology
Real-data fracture analysis was the centerpiece of the Gas Research Institutes Advanced Stimulation Technology
23
Deployment Program , a focused hydraulic fracturing technology transfer program that was conducted from early 1995
though mid-1997. Through improved hydraulic fracture economic success, GRI documented more than $25 million in
savings and an estimated $50 million in increased net present value from case histories with 19 producers. Numerous
2-13,24,25
other examples of successful use of the real-data methodology have been documented in industry publications
,
covering the range from tight gas to high permeability oil formations, and from geothermal to coalbed methane reservoirs.
Conclusions
Keys to unlocking the engineering design feedback contained in all hydraulic fracturing treatment behavior are a)
performing a simple and low cost set of diagnostic injections during each fracture treatment, and b) use of a flexible
fracture growth model (incorporating realistic fracture growth mechanisms) which has the ability to manipulate and
analyze treatment data in real-time. With the ability to model and explain observed field fracturing behavior comes the
ability to reduce hydraulic fracture cost, to improve production response, or both.
References
876
Wright, C.A., Davis, E.J, Golich, G.M., Ward, J.F., Demetrius, S.J., Minner, W.A., and Weijers, L.:
"Downhole Tiltmeter Fracture Mapping: Finally Measuring Hydraulic Fracture Dimensions", SPE 46194,
presented at the 1998 Western Regional Meeting, Bakersfield, CA, May 10-13
Martinez, A.D., Wright, C.A., and Wright, T.B.: "Field Application of Real-Time Hydraulic Fracturing
Analysis", SPE 25916 presented at the 1993 Rocky Mountain Regional/Low Permeability Reservoirs
Symposium, Denver, April 12-14
Cipolla, C.L., Meehan, D.N., and Stevens, P.L.: "Hydraulic Fracture Performance in the Moxa Arch Frontier
Formation", SPE 25918 presented at the 1993 Rocky Mountain Regional/Low Permeability Reservoirs
Symposium, Denver, April 12-14
Aud, W.W., Brady, C.L., Rainbolt, M.F., and Perry, K.F.: "Applied Hydraulic Fracture Modeling Improves
Results, Cleveland Sand, Orchiltree County, Texas", SPE 27927 presented at the 1994 Mid-Continent Gas
Symposium, Amarillo, TX, May 22-24
FracproPT 2007
Abou-Sayed, I.S., Schueler, S.K., Ehrl, E, and Hendricks, W.P.: "Multiple Hydraulic Fracture Stimulation in
a Deep, Horizontal Tight Gas Well", JPT February 1996, p.163
Cipolla, C.L.: "Hydraulic Fracture Technology in the Ozona Canyon and Penn Sands," SPE paper 35196
presented at the 1996 Permian Basin Oil & Gas Recovery Conference, Midland, TX, March 27-29
Minner, W.A., Wright, C.A., and Dobie, C.A.: "Treatment Diagnostics and Net Pressure Analysis Assist
with Fracture Strategy Evaluation in the Belridge Diatomite," paper SPE 35696 presented at the 1996
Western Regional Meeting, Anchorage, May 22-24
Wright, C.A., Weijers, L., Germani, G.A., MacIvor, K.H., and Wilson, M.K.: "Fracture Treatment Design and
Evaluation in the Pakenham Field: A Real-Data Approach", SPE 36471 presented at the 1996 SPE Annual
Technical Conference, Denver, CO, October 6-9
Cleary. M.P., D.E. Johnson, H.H. Kogsbll, K.A. Owens, K.F. Perry, C.J. de Pater, A. Stachel, H. Schmidt,
M. Tambini: "Field Implementation of Proppant Slugs to Avoid Premature Screen-out of Hydraulic
Fractures with Adequate Proppant Concentration," paper SPE 25892 presented at the 1993 Rocky
Mountain Regional/Low Permeability Reservoirs Symposium, Denver, April 12-14.
Minner, W.A., Molesworth, G.R., Wright, C.A., and Wood, W.D.: "Real-Data Fracture Analysis Enables
Successful Hydraulic Fracturing in the Point of Rocks Formation, Kern County, California", SPE 38326
presented at the 1997 SPE Western Regional Meeting, Long Beach, CA, June 25-27
Caron, J.D., Froebel, K.A., Montgomery, R.V., Periman, J.D., Turner, T.J., Dunn, K.P.: "Successful
Application of Advanced Stimulation Technologies," paper SPE 39951 presented at the 1998 Rocky
Mountains Regional Meeting, April 5-8.
Emanuele, M.A., Minner, W.A., Weijers, L., Broussard, E.J., Blevens, D.M., and Taylor, B.T.: "A Case
History: Completion and Stimulation of Horizontal Wells with Multiple Transverse Hydraulic Fractures in the
Lost Hills Diatomite", SPE 39941, presented at the 1998 SPE Rocky Mountain Regional Conference,
Denver, CO, April 6-8
Gas Research Institute Technical Description GRI-95/0254 on "Real-Data (Net Pressure) Fracture
Analysis" (1995)
Gas Research Institute Technical Description GRI-95/0257 on "Near-Wellbore Fracture Tortuosity" (1995)
Gas Research Institute Technical Description GRI-95/0494 on "Developing In-Situ Stress Profiles" (1995)
Wright, C.A.: "On-Site, Step-Down Test Analysis Diagnoses Problems and Improves Fracture Treatment
Success", Harts Petroleum Engineer International, Jan. 1997, p.51
Mahrer, K.D., and Aud, W.W.: "Far-Field Fracture Geometry: A Changing Paradigm", SPE 36441,
presented at the 1996 SPE Annual Technical Conference, Denver, CO, October 6-9
Hill, D.G.: "Advanced Stimulation Technology Deployment: Success in the Numbers", GasTIPS, Winter
1997/1998, Vol. 4 No. 1 p. 24
Wright, C.A., Tanigawa, J.J., Hyodo, M., and Takasugi, S: "Real-Time and Post-Frac 3-D Analysis of
Hydraulic Fracture Treatments in Geothermal Reservoirs", presented at the 1994 Stanford Geothermal
Conference, Stanford University, Palo Alto, CA, Jan
Wright, C.A., Tanigawa, J.J., Shixin, M., and Zhigang, L.: "Enhanced Hydraulic Fracture Technology for a
Coal Seam Reservoir in Central China," paper SPE 29989 presented at the 1995 International Oil and Gas
Exhibition, Beijing, Nov. 14-17.
Gas Research Institute Technical Description GRI-95/0258 on "Multiple Hydraulic Fractures" (1995)
Gas Research Institute Technical Summary GRI-96/0381 on "Overcoming Convection in Hydraulic
Fracturing" (1996)
Gas Research Institute Technical Summary GRI-92/0381 on "Static vs. Dynamic Modulus" (1992)
Wright, C.A., Weijers, L., Minner, W.A., and Snow, D.M.: "Robust Technique for Real-Time Closure Stress
Determination," SPEPF (August 1996)
Technical References
Technical References
Abou-Sayed, I.S., Schueler, S.K., Ehrl, E, and Hendricks, W.P.: "Multiple Hydraulic Fracture Stimulation in
a Deep, Horizontal Tight Gas Well", JPT February 1996, p.163
877
FracproPT 2007
878
Agarwal, R.G., R.D. Carter and C.B. Pollock: "Type Curves for Evaluation and Performance Predictions of
Low Permeability Gas Wells Stimulated by Massive Hydraulic Fracturing", Journal of Petroleum
Technology 651-654; Trans., AIME, 267, May 1979.
Arihara, N., Abbaszadeh, M., Wright, C.A., Hyodo, M., "Integration of Fracturing Dynamics and Pressure
Transient Analysis for Hydraulic Fracture Evaluation," presented at the 1996 SPE Annual Technical
Conference and Exhibition, Denver, 6-9 October 1996, SPE 36551.
Aud, W.W., Brady, C.L., Rainbolt, M.F., and Perry, K.F.: "Applied Hydraulic Fracture Modeling Improves
Results, Cleveland Sand, Orchiltree County, Texas", SPE 27927 presented at the 1994 Mid-Continent Gas
Symposium, Amarillo, TX, May 22-24
Aud, W.W., T.B. Wright, C.L. Cipolla, J.D. Harkrider: "The Effect of Viscosity on Near-Wellbore Tortuosity
and Premature Screenouts", SPE 28492, 1994.
Aziz, K., A. Settari, Petroleum Reservoir Simulation, Applied Science Publishers, London, 1979.
Callanan, M. C.L. Cipolla, and P.E. Lewis: "The Application of a New Second Generation High Strength
Proppant in Tight Gas Reservoirs", SPE 11633, 1983.
Caron, J.D., Froebel, K.A., Montgomery, R.V., Periman, J.D., Turner, T.J., Dunn, K.P.: "Successful
Application of Advanced Stimulation Technologies," paper SPE 39951 presented at the 1998 Rocky
Mountains Regional Meeting, April 5-8.
Chen, C. and R. Raghavan: "An Approach to Handle Discontinuities by the Stehfest Algorithm", SPE
28419, Sept. 1994.
Chen, J., M.A. Miller, and K. Sepehrnoori: "An Approach for implementing Dual Porosity Models in Existing
Simulators", SPE 28001, August 1994.
Cinco-Ley, H., V.F. Samaniego, and A.N. Dominguez: "Transient Pressure Behavior for a Well with a
Finite-Conductivity Vertical Fracture", JPT 253-64, Aug. 1978.
Cipolla, C. L. and Kyte, D. G.: "Infill Drilling in the Moxa Arch: A Case History of the Frontier Formation,"
SPE paper 24909 presented at the 1992 SPE Annual Technical Conference in Washington, DC, October
4-7.
Cipolla, C. L. and Mayerhofer, M.: "Infill Drilling and Reserve Growth Determination in Lenticular Tight Gas
Sands," paper SPE 36735 presented at the 1996 Annual Technical Conference in Denver, CO, October 79.
Cipolla, C. L. and Wood, M. C.: "A Statistical Approach to Infill Drilling Studies: Case History of the Ozona
Canyon Sands," SPERE, August 1996, 196-202.
Cipolla, C. L., et. al.: "Field Application of Static Tubing Pressure Data and On-Site Fracture Modeling,"
paper SPE 28491 presented at the 1994 Annual Technical Conference in New Orleans, LA, September
25-28.
Cipolla, C. L., Liu, D., and Kyte, D. G.: "Practical Application of In-Situ Stress Profiles," paper SPE 28607
presented at the 1994 Annual Technical Conference in New Orleans, LA, September 25-28.
Cipolla, C.L., and Mayerhofer, M.J.: "Understanding Fracture Performance by Integrating Well Testing &
Fracture Modeling," SPE paper 49044, presented at the 1998 SPE Annual Technical Conference, New
Orleans, Sept. 27-30.
Cipolla, C.L., Diabin Liu and Kyte, D.G.: "Practical Application of In-Situ Stress Profiles," SPE paper 28607
presented at the 1994 Annual Technical Conference and Exhibition, New Orleans, LA, September 25-28.
Cipolla, C.L., Meehan, D.N., and Stevens, P.L.: "Hydraulic Fracture Performance in the Moxa Arch Frontier
Formation," SPE paper 25918 presented at the 1993 Rocky Mountain Regional/Low Permeability
Reservoirs Symposium, Denver, April 12-14.
Cipolla, C.L.: "Hydraulic Fracture Technology in the Ozona Canyon and Penn Sands," SPE paper 35196
presented at the 1996 Permian Basin Oil & Gas Recovery Conference, Midland, TX, March 27-29
Cleary, M.P. and A. Fonseca Jr.: "Proppant Convection and Encapsulation in Hydraulic Fracturing:
Practical Implications of Computer and Laboratory Simulations", SPE 24825, 1992.
Cleary, M.P.: "Analysis of Mechanisms and Procedures for Producing Favorable Shapes of Hydraulic
Fractures", SPE 9260, 1980.
Cleary, M.P., C.A. Wright, and T.B. Wright: "Experimental and Modeling Evidence for Major Changes in
Hydraulic Fracturing Design and Field Procedures", SPE 21494, 1991.
Cleary, M.P.: "Comprehensive Design Formulae for Hydraulic Fracturing", SPE 9259, 1980.
Brown, G.G., D.L. Katz, G.B. Oberfell, R.C. Alden: "Natural Gasoline and Volatile Hydrocarbons"(Tulsa:
Natural Gasoline Association of America, 1948), 44.
FracproPT 2007
Cleary, M.P.: "Critical Issues in Hydraulic Fracturing of High-Permeability Reservoirs", SPE 27618, March
1994.
Cleary, M.P., D.E. Johnson, H.H. Kogsbll, K.A. Owens, K.F. Perry, C.J. de Pater, A. Stachel, H. Schmidt,
M. Tambini: "Field Implementation of Proppant Slugs to Avoid Premature Screen-out of Hydraulic
Fractures with Adequate Proppant Concentration," paper SPE 25892 presented at the 1993 Rocky
Mountain Regional/Low Permeability Reservoirs Symposium, Denver, April 12-14.
Cleary, M.P., D.T. Barr, and R.M. Willis: "Enhancement of Real-Time Hydraulic Fracturing Models with Full
3D Simulation", SPE 17713, 1988.
Cleary, M.P.: "Discussion of Comparison Study of Hydraulic Fracturing Model-Test Case: GRI Staged
Field Experiment No.3", SPE 28158, February 1994.
Cleary, M.P., et al.: "Field Implementation of Proppant Slugs to Avoid Premature Screen-out of Hydraulic
Fractures with Adequate Proppant Concentrations", SPE 25892, April 1993.
Cleary, M.P., et al.: "Major New Developments in Hydraulic Fracturing, with Documented Reductions in
Job Costs and Increases in Normalized Production", SPE 28565, 1994.
Cleary, M.P.: "Hydraulic Fracturing in Medium-High Permeability Reservoirs: Methodology and Economic
Advantages of Properly Executed Jobs", SPE 28918, 1994.
Cleary, M.P.: "The Engineering of Hydraulic Fractures - State of the Art and Technology of the Future",
Journal of Petroleum Technology, 13-21, January 1988.
Cleary, M.P., Wright, C.A., and Wright, T.B.: "Experimental and Modeling Evidence for Major Changes in
Hydraulic Fracturing Design and Field Procedures," SPE paper 21494 presented at the 1990 Gas
technology Symposium, Houston, Jan. 23-25.
Cooke, C.E.: "Conductivity of Fracture Proppants in Multiple Layers", SPE 4117, Journal of Petroleum
Technology, September 1973.
Crockett, A.R., N.M. Okusu and M.P. Cleary: "A Complete Integrated Model for Design and Real-Time
Analysis of Hydraulic Fracturing Operations", SPE 15069, 1986.
Crockett, A.R., R.M. Willis and M.P. Cleary: "Improving Hydraulic Fracture Predictions by Real-Time
History-Matching on Observed Pressures", SPE 15264, 1986.
Dam, D.B. Van, C.J. de Pater, and R. Romijn, (1997): "Experimental Study of the Impact of Plactic Rock
Deformation on Hydraulic Fracture Geometry", Int. J. Rock. Mech. & Min. Sci. 34: 3-4, Paper No. 318.
De Pater, C.J., Cleary, M.P., Quinn, T.S., Johnson, D.E., Barr, D.T., and Weijers, L.: "Experimental
Verification of Dimensional Analysis for Hydraulic Fracturing," SPEPF (Nov. 1994).
De Pater, C.J., Desroches, J., Groenenboom, J., and Weijers, L.: "Physical and Numerical Modelling of
Hydraulic Fracture Closure," paper SPE 28561 presented at the 1994 Annual Technical Conference and
Exhibition, New Orleans, Sept. 25-28.
De Pater, C.J., J. Hagoort, R.S. Donders and I.S. Abou-Sayed, "Propped Fracture Stimulation in Deviated
North Sea Gas Wells", SPE 26794, Offshore Conference, Aberdeen, (1993).
De Pater, C.J., Weijers, L., Savic, M., Wolf, K.-H.A.A., Van den Hoek, P.J., and Barr, D.T.: Experimental
Study of Non-Linear Effects in Hydraulic Fracture Propagation," SPEPF (Nov. 1994).
De Pater, C.J., Zoback, M., Wright, C.A., Engeser, B., "Complications with Stress Tests -- Insights from a
Fracture Experiment in the Ultra-Deep KTB Borehole," presented at the 1996 SPE Annual Technical
Conference and Exhibition, Denver, 6-9 October 1996, SPE 36437.
Emanuele, M.A., Minner, W.A., Weijers, L., Broussard, E.J., Blevens, D.M., Taylor, B.T.: "A Case History:
Completion and Stimulation of Horizontal Wells with Multiple Transverse Hydraulic Fractures in the Lost
Hills Diatomite," SPE paper 46193, presented at the 1998 SPE Western Regional Meeting, Bakersfield,
May 10-13.
Gas Research Institute Technical Description GRI-95/0254 on "Real-Data (Net Pressure) Fracture
Analysis" (1995)
Gas Research Institute Technical Description GRI-95/0257 on "Near-Wellbore Fracture Tortuosity" (1995)
Gas Research Institute Technical Summary GRI-98/0286 on "Guidelines and procedures for Real-Data
Fracture Pressure Analysis" (1998)
Gas Research Institute Technical Description GRI-95/0258 on "Multiple Hydraulic Fractures" (1995)
Gas Research Institute Technical Description GRI-95/0494 on "Developing In-Situ Stress Profiles" (1995)
Gas Research Institute Technical Summary GRI-92/0381 on "Static vs. Dynamic Modulus" (1992)
Gas Research Institute Technical Summary GRI-96/0381 on "Overcoming Convection in Hydraulic
Fracturing" (1996)
879
FracproPT 2007
880
Gazonas, G.A., Wright, C.A., and Wood, M.D.: "Tiltmeter Mapping and Monitoring of Hydraulic Fracture
Propagation in Coal: A Case Study in the Warrior Basin, Alabama," Geology and Coal-Bed Methane
Resources of the Northern San Juan Basin, Colorado and
Germanovich, L.N., Astakhov, D.K., Mayerhofer, M.J., Shlyapobersky, J, and Ring, L.M.:" Hydraulic
Fractures with Multiple Segments I. Observations and Model Formulation," Int. J. Rock. Mech. & Min. Sci.
34:3-4, Paper No. 00097, 1997.
Germanovich, L.N., Astakhov, D.K., Mayerhofer, M.J., Shlyapobersky, J, and Ring, L.M.:" Hydraulic
Fractures with Multiple Segments II. Effect of Interaction," Int. J. Rock. Mech. & Min. Sci. 34:3-4, Paper No.
00097, 1997.
Harkrider, J.D., W.W. Aud, C.L. Cipolla and J.T. Hansen: "The Evolution of an Applied Hydraulic Fracture
Project, Frontier Formation Moxa Arch, Wyoming", SPE 29550, 1995.
Hill, D.G.: "Advanced Stimulation Technology Deployment: Success in the Numbers", GasTIPS, Winter
1997/1998, Vol. 4 No. 1 p. 24
Johnson, D.E., T.B. Wright, M. Tambini, R. Maroli, and M.P. Cleary: "Real-Time On-Site Analysis of
Hydraulic Fracturing Generates Optimum Procedures for Job Design and Execution", SPE 25920, April
1993.
Johnson, D.E., Wright, C.A., Stachel, A., Schmidt, H., and Cleary, M.P.: "On-Site Real-Time Analysis
Allows Optimal Propped Fracture Stimulation of a Complex Gas Reservoir," SPE paper 25414 presented
at the 1993 Production Operations Symposium, Oklahoma City, March 21-23.
Johnston, J. and W.J. Lee: "Identification of Productive Layers in Low-Permeability Gas Wells", JPT, Nov.
1992.
Ketterij, R.G. van de and C.J. de Pater, (1997), "Experimental Study on the Impact of Perforations on
Hydraulic Fracture Tortuosity", SPE 38149, SPE European Formation Damage Conference, The Hague.
To be published in SPEPF, August 1998.
Lewis, P.E. and J. Hoff: "Rate-Cumulative Type Curves for Forecasting Curtailed Wells", SPE 18990,
March 1989.
Lewis, P.E.: "Treatment Data Analysis Yields More Cost Effective Fracturing", American Oil & Gas
Reporter, January 1992.
Mahrer, K.D., and Aud, W.W.: "Far-Field Fracture Geometry: A Changing Paradigm", SPE 36441,
presented at the 1996 SPE Annual Technical Conference, Denver, CO, October 6-9
Martinez, A.D. and B.D. Ruffin: "Fontenelle Field Hydraulic Fracturing Stimulation of the Frontier
Formation: Case History", SPE 29187, November 1994.
Martinez, A.D., Wright, C.A., and Wright, T.B.: "Field Application of Real-Time Hydraulic Fracturing
Analysis," SPE paper 25916 presented at the 1993 Rocky Mountain Regional/Low Permeability reservoirs
Symposium, Denver, April 12-14.
Mayerhofer, M.J. and Economides, M.J.: "Fracture Injection Test Interpretation: Leakoff Coefficient vs.
Permeability Estimation," SPE-Production and Facilities (November 1997) pp. 231-236.
Mayerhofer, M.J. and Economides, M.J.:" Field Cases for Permeability Determination from Minifracs,"
paper SPE 26999 presented at the 1994 Latin American/Caribbean Petroleum Conference in Buenos
Aires,Argentina, April 27-29.
Mayerhofer, M.J. and Economides, M.J.:" Permeability Estimation from Fracture Calibration Treatments,"
paper SPE 26039 presented at the 1993 Western Regional meeting in Anchorage, Alaska, May 26-28.
Mayerhofer, M.J., and Meehan, D.N.: "Waterfracs Results from 50 Cotton Valley Wells," SPE paper
49104, presented at the 1998 SPE Annual Technical Conference, New Orleans, Sept. 27-30.
Mayerhofer, M.J., Economides, M.J., and Nolte, K.G.:" An Experimental and Fundamental Interpretation of
Filtercake Fracturing Fluid Loss," paper SPE 22873 presented at the 1991 SPE Annual Technical
Conference, Dallas, TX, October 6-9.
Mayerhofer, M.J., Economides, M.J., and Nolte, K.G.:"Experimental Study of Fracturing Fluid Loss,"
Journal of Canadian Petroleum Technology (October 1994) 49-56.
Mayerhofer, M.J., Richardson M.F., Walker Jr., R.N., Meehan, D.N., Oehler, M.W., and Browning Jr., R.R.:
"Are Proppants Really Necessary", JPT March 1998, pp. 36-37.
Johnson, D.E. and M.P. Cleary: "Implications of Recent Laboratory Experimental Results for Hydraulic
Fractures", SPE 21486, 1991.
FracproPT 2007
Mayerhofer, M.J., Richardson, M.F., Walker R.N. Jr., Meehan D.N., Oehler M.W., and Browning R.R. Jr.: "
Proppants? We Dont Need No Proppants" SPE 38611 presented at the ATC 97 in San Antonio, TX
October 1997.
Mayerhofer, M.J., Staubmann, U.H. and Economides, M.J.: "Interpretation of Early-and Late-Time
Filtration Phenomena of Crosslinked Polymer Cakes in Front of Long Cores," paper SPE 25489 presented
at the 1993 Production Operations Symposium in Oklahoma City, March 21-23.
Minner, W.A., Molesworth, G.R., Wright, C.A., and Wood, W.D.: "Real-Data Fracture Analysis Enables
Successful Hydraulic Fracturing in the Point of Rocks Formation, Kern County, California", SPE 38326
presented at the 1997 SPE Western Regional Meeting, Long Beach, CA, June 25-27
Minner, W.A., Weijers, L., Wright, C.A., and Laursen, P.L.: "AST-Influenced Treatment Strategy Results in
Significant Savings at the Rincon Unit," GasTIPS, Volume 2 Number 3, (Fall 1996), pp. 29-33.
Minner, W.A., Wright, C.A., and Dobie, C.A.: "Treatment Diagnostics and Net Pressure Analysis Assist
with Fracture Strategy Evaluation in the Belridge Diatomite," paper SPE 35696 presented at the 1996
Western Regional Meeting, Anchorage, May 22-24
Nelson, D.G., Klins, M.A., Manrique, J.F., Dozier, G.C., and Minner, W.A.: "Optimizing Hydraulic Fracture
Design in the Diatomite Formation, Lost Hills Field," paper SPE 36474 presented at the 1996 Annual
Technical Conference, Denver, Oct. 6-9.
Ozkan, E. and R. Raghavan: "New Solutions for Well-Test-Analysis Problems: Part 1 - Analytical
Considerations", SPE Formation Evaluation, Sept. 1991.
Ozkan, E. and R. Raghavan: "New Solutions for Well-Test-Analysis Problems: Part 2 - Computational
Considerations and Applications", SPE Formation Evaluation, Sept. 1991.
Ozkan, E. and R. Raghavan: "New Solutions for Well-Test-Analysis Problems: Part 3 - Additional
Algorithms", SPE 28424, Sept. 1994.
Sato, K., C.A. Wright, and M. Ichikawa.: "Post-Frac Analyses Indicating Multiple Fractures Created in a
Volcanic Formation," SPE paper 39513 presented at the 1998 India Oil and Gas Conference and
Exhibition, New Delhi, India, Feb. 1012.
Settari, A., P.J. Puchyr and R.C. Bachman: "Partially Decoupled Modeling of Hydraulic Fracturing
Processes", Journal of Petroleum Technology, February 1990.
Shaoul, J., de Pater, C.J., Roodhart, L.P., and Meijers, H.C.: "What Causes Bumps in Minifrac Pressure
Declines?" SPE paper 39947, presented at the 1998 SPE Rocky Mountain Regional Conference, Denver,
April 6-8.
Spath, J., E. Ozkan, and R. Raghavan: "An Efficient Algorithm for Computation of Well Responses in
Commingled Reservoirs", SPE Formation Evaluation, June 1994.
Standing, M.B.: "Volumetric and Phase Behavior of Oil Field Hydrocarbon Systems", SPE, 1977.
Warpinski, N.R. J.C. Lorenz, P.T. Branagan, F.R. Myal and B.L. Gall: "Examination of a Cored Hydraulic
Fracture in a Deep Gas Well", SPE 26302, August 1993.
Weijers, L. and De Pater, C.J.: "Interaction and Link-up of Hydraulic Starter Fractures Close to a
Perforated Wellbore," paper SPE 28077 presented at the 1994 SPE/ISRM Eurock Conference, Delft, Aug.
29-31.
Weijers, L., C.J. de Pater and J. Hagoort: "A New Mechanism for Hydraulic Fracture Initiation," Int. J. Rock
Mech. Min. Sci. & Geomech. Abstr. (1996).
Weijers, L., Cipolla, C.L., Wright, C.A., Byrd, A., and Kunzi, B.: "Implementation of a Real-Data Fracture
Analysis Methodology Improves Fracture Treatment Success," GasTIPS, Vol. 3, No 3, (Summer 1997), pp.
44-49.
Weijers, L., De Pater, C.J., Owens, K.A. and Kogsbll, H.H.: "Geometry of Hydraulic Fractures Induced
From Horizontal Wellbores," SPEPF (May 1994) 87-92.
Weijers, L., Wright, C.A., Demetrius, S.L., Wang, G., Davis, E.J., Emanuele, M.E., Broussard, J.B., Golich,
G.M.: "Fracture Growth and Reorientation in Steam Injection Wells," SPE paper 54079 presented at the
1999 International Thermal Operations and Heavy Oil Symposium, Bakersfield, March 17-21.
Takasugi, S., Shinohara, N., Hyodo, M., Wright, C.A., Conant, R.A., "An HDR System Hydraulics Model
and Detailed Analysis of the 1991 Circulation Test at the Hijiori HDR Site, Japan," presented at the
Geothermal Resources Council Annual Meeting, Reno, 8-11 October 1995.
881
FracproPT 2007
882
Wright, C. A., Weijers, L., Minner, W.A., and Snow, D.M.: "Robust Technique for Real-Time Closure Stress
Determination," SPEPF (August 1996).
Wright, C. A.: "On-Site Step-Down Test Analysis Diagnoses Problems and Improves Fracture Treatment
Success," Harts Petroleum Engineer International (January 1977).
Wright, C. A.: "Tiltmeter Fracture Mapping: From the Surface And Now Downhole," Harts Petroleum
Engineer International (January 1998).
Wright, C.A., and Conant, R.A.: "Hydraulic Fracture Reorientation in Primary and Secondary Recovery
from Low-Permeability Reservoirs," paper SPE 30484 presented at the 1995 Annual Technical Conference
and Exhibition, Dallas, Oct. 22-25.
Wright, C.A., Conant, R.A., Golich, G.M., Bondor, P.L., Murer, A.S., and Dobie, C.A.: "Hydraulic Fracture
Orientation and Production / Injection Induced Reservoir Stress Changes in Diatomite Waterfloods," paper
SPE 29625 presented at the 1995 Western Regional Meeting, Bakersfield, March 8-10.
Wright, C.A., Conant, R.A., Stewart, D.A., and Byerly, P.M.: "Reorientation of Propped Refracture
Treatments," paper SPE 28078 presented at the 1994 SPE/ISRM Rock Mechanics in Petroleum
Engineering Conference, Delft, The Netherlands, August 29-31.
Wright, C.A., Davis, E.J, Golich, G.M., Ward, J.F., Demetrius, S.J., Minner, W.A., and Weijers, L.:
"Downhole Tiltmeter Fracture Mapping: Finally Measuring Hydraulic Fracture Dimensions", SPE 46194,
presented at the 1998 Western Regional Meeting, Bakersfield, CA, May 10-13
Wright, C.A., Davis, E.J., Weijers, L., Golich, G.M., Ward, J.F., Demetrius, S.L., and Minner, W.A.:
"Downhole Tiltmeter Fracture Mapping: A New Tool for Directly Measuring Hydraulic Fracture
Dimensions," SPE paper 49193, presented at the 1998 SPE Annual Technical Conference, New Orleans,
Sept. 27-30.
Wright, C.A., Davis, E.J., Golich, G.M., and. Carnahan, B.D: "Downhole Tiltmeter Fracture Mapping: A
Step Forward in Fracture Diagnostics," GasTIPS, Vol. 4, No 3, (Summer 1998), pp. 18-26.
Wright, C.A., Davis, E.J., Minner, W.A., Ward, J.F., Weijers, L., Schell, E.J., and Hunter, S.P.: "Surface
Tiltmeter Fracture Mapping Reaches New Depths 10,000 Feet, and Beyond?," SPE paper 39919,
presented at the 1998 SPE Rocky Mountain Regional Conference, Denver, April, 5-8.
Wright, C.A., Davis, E.J., Wang, G. Weijers, L.: "Downhole Tiltmeter Fracture Mapping: A New Tool for
Directly Measuring Hydraulic Fracture Growth," presented at the 37th U.S. Rock Mechanics Symposium,
Vail, June 9.
Wright, C.A., Davis, E.J., Weijers, L., Minner, W.A., Hennigan, C.M., and Golich, G.M.: "Horizontal
Hydraulic Fractures: Oddball Occurrences or Practical Engineering Concern?" paper SPE 38324
presented at the 1997 Western Regional Meeting, Long Beach, June 25-27.
Wright, C.A., Minner, W.A., Weijers, L., Davis, E.J., Golich, G.M., and Kikuchi. H.: "Wellbore-to-fracture
Communication Problems Pose Challenges in California Diatomite Horizontal Wells," paper SPE 38632
presented at the 1997 Annual Technical Conference, San Antonio, Oct. 5-8.
Wright, C.A., Stewart, D.A., Emanuele, M.A., and Wright, W.W.: "Reorientation of Propped Refracture
Treatments in the Lost Hills Field," paper SPE 27896 presented at the 1994 Western Regional Meeting in
Long Beach, March 23-25.
Wright, C.A., Tanigawa, J.J., Hyodo, M., and Takasugi, S.: "Real-Time and Post-Frac 3-D Analysis of
Hydraulic Fracture Treatments in Geothermal Reservoirs," presented at the 1994 Stanford Geothermal
Conference, Stanford University, Palo Alto, Jan.
Wright, C.A., Tanigawa, J.J., Shixin, M., and Zhigang, L.: "Enhanced Hydraulic Fracture Technology for a
Coal Seam Reservoir in Central China," paper SPE 29989 presented at the 1995 International Oil and Gas
Exhibition, Beijing, Nov. 14-17.
Wright, C.A., Weijers, L., Germani, G.A., MacIvor, K.H., and Wilson, M.K.: "Fracture Treatment Design and
Evaluation in the Pakenham Field: A Real-Data Approach", SPE 36471 presented at the 1996 SPE Annual
Technical Conference, Denver, CO, October 6-9
Wright, C.A., Weijers, L., Minner, W.A., and Snow, D.M.: "Robust Technique for Real-Time Closure Stress
Determination," SPEPF (August 1996)
Wright, C.A.: "On-Site, Step-Down Test Analysis Diagnoses Problems and Improves Fracture Treatment
Success", Harts Petroleum Engineer International, Jan. 1997, p.51
Wright, T.B., D.E. Johnson and M.P. Cleary: "Real-Data On-Site Analysis of Hydraulic Fracturing and
Procedures for Design Optimization", International Gas Research Conference (IGRC), Paper 234A, 1992.
Zeilinger, S., Mayerhofer, M.J. and Economides, M.J.:" A Comparison of Fluid-Loss Properties of Borate,Zirconate-, and Non-Crosslinked Fracturing Fluids," paper SPE 23435 presented at the 1991 Eastern
Regional Conference, Lexington, Kentucky, Oct. 22-25.
FracproPT 2007
Wright, C.A., Weijers, L., Davis, E.D., Mayerhofer, M.: "Understanding Hydraulic Fracture Growth: Tricky
but Not Hopeless," SPE paper 56724 presented at the 1999 Annual Technical Conference and Exhibition,
Houston, Oct. 3-6.
Warpinski, N.R., Branagan, P.T., Peterson, R.E., Wolhart, S.L.: "An Interpretation of M-Site Hydraulic
Fracture Diagnostic Results," SPE paper 39950, presented at the 1998 SPE Rocky Mountain Regional
Conference, Denver, April 5-8.
Nolte, K.G., and Smith, M.B.: "Interpretation of Fracturing Pressures," JPT (Sept. 1981) 2763-2775.
Gdanski, R.D. and W.S. Lee: "On the Design of Fracture Acidizing Treatments", SPE 18885 paper
presented at the SPE Production Operation Symposium, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, March 13-14, 1989.
Kabir, C.S. and A.R. Hasan: "Determining Circulating Fluid Temperature in Drilling Workover, and WellControl Operations", SPE D&C, June 1996.
Lee, M.H. and L.D. Roberts: "The Effect of Heat Reaction on Temperature Distribution and Acid
Penetration in A Fracture", SPE 7893 paper, SPE International Symposium on Oilfield Chemistry,
Houston, Jan. 22-24, 1979.
Lo, K.K. and R.H. Dean: "Modeling of Acid Fracturing", SPE 17110 paper, SPE PE, May 1989.
Nierode, D.E. and K.F. Kruk: "An Evaluation of Acid Fluid Loss Additives, Retarded Acids, and Acidized
Fracture Conductivity", SPE 4549 paper presented at the SPE Annual Meeting, September 30-October 3,
1973, Las Vegas, Nevada.
Ramey, H.J.: "Wellbore Heat Transmission", SPE 62 paper, JPT, April 1962.
Romero, J. and E. Touboul: "Temperature Prediction for Deep Water Wells: A Field Validated
Methodology", SPE 49056 paper, 1998.
Settari, A.: "Modeling of Acid Fractures Treatment", SPE 21870 paper, SPE P&F, Feb. 1993.
Willhite, P.: "Overall Heat Transfer Coefficients in Steam and Hot Water Injection Wells", SPE 1449 paper,
JPT, May 1967.
Wooley, G.R.: "Computing Downhole Temperature in Circulation Injection and Production Wells", SPE
8441 paper, JPT, September 1980.
Barree, R.D., Winterfeld, P.H.: "Effects of Shear Planes and Interfacial Slippage on Fracture Growth and
Treating Pressures," SPE paper 48926, presented at the 1998 SPE Annual Technical Conference, New
Orleans, Sept. 27-30.
"Mark's Standard Handbook for Mechanical Engineers", McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1978.
McGowen, J.M., R.D. Barree, and M.W. Conway: "Incorporating Crossflow and Spurt-Loss Effects in
Filtration Modeling Within a Fully 3D Fracture-Growth Simulator", paper SPE 56597.
Roberts, L.D. and J.A. Guin: "A News Method for Predicting Acid Penetration Distance", SPE 5155 paper,
SPEJ, Aug. 1975.
Sinclair, A.R.: "Heat Transfer Effects in Deep Well Fracturing", SPE 3011 paper, JPT, December 1971.
Whitsitt, N.F., and G.R. Dysart: "The Effect of Temperature on Stimulation Design", SPE 2497 paper, JPT,
April 1970.
883
FracproPT 2007
permeability) for the fracture. This method of simulation is not very efficient and can lead to inconsistencies in the data
used in the different simulations.
With the development of the ResSim tool in FracproPT, it has now become feasible to routinely run full 3D simulations of
multi-phase production from multi-layer reservoirs while explicitly modeling multiple hydraulic fracture(s) in the reservoir
model. The ResSim tool takes the results from the FracproPT fracture growth model and automatically translates them
into the proper format for the reservoir simulator. It completely automates the process of setting up the grid and initializing
the grid block properties for the reservoir and fracture grid blocks.
Specifying the number of fractures for a horizontal well and the orientation (transverse or longitudinal) is enough to
generate the entire grid. The user makes use of the reservoir simulators normal user interface to enter additional
information that is required, such as the production history and the PVT information.
The Fracture Model
Because the ResSim interface is part of the FracproPT system, all the internal results of the fracture simulator (such as
the leakoff profile from the fracture face into the reservoir) are available for transmission to the reservoir simulator.
Figure 1: Example of fracture model output, showing fracture conductivity distribution and fracture dimensions.
The FracproPT model can handle both proppant and acid fractures. In either case, the most important outputs for the
reservoir simulation are the fracture dimensions and the fracture conductivity. For both proppant and acid fractures, the
conductivity profile varies with respect to the fracture length and height. An example of this type of output from the fracture
model is shown in Figure 1.
The spatial variation is converted to a gridded rectangular geometry for the reservoir simulator (Figure 2). Of course, since
the fracture grid block width is a constant in the reservoir simulator, the only way to model the varying width (and varying
conductivity) of the fracture is to adjust the permeability of the reservoir grid blocks representing the fracture. By obtaining
an equivalent conductivity with a constant width, a realistic result can be achieved.
884
FracproPT 2007
Figure 2: Detail of fracture permeability/conductivity for 2 longitudinal fractures along a horizontal wellbore,
corresponding to fracture model results from Figure 1.
To calculate the effective permeability, a uniform Cartesian grid is overlaid on top of the elliptical fracture conductivity
profile, and a numerical averaging method is used to calculate an average conductivity for each grid block in the new
Cartesian grid. The size of the Cartesian grid can be set by the user to capture as much detail as is needed for the
reservoir simulation. Typical values used for the grid block size in the fracture are 10 x 10 ft or 20 x 20 ft. This grid size
gives sufficient resolution for a typical fracture treatments dimensions. For cases with very long fracture half- lengths, the
x grid block size can be increased to avoid having too many grid cells in the reservoir simulator grid, thereby speeding up
the model execution time.
The fracture growth model tracks the fluid leakoff (filtrate) from the fracture into the formation. There is more filtrate fluid
leaking off near the wellbore than at the fracture tip. A novel feature of the ResSim tool is that the leakoff history is
accurately and automatically transferred to the reservoir simulator, by initializing the water saturation in the appropriate
grid blocks adjacent to the fracture face. Of course, the fracture grid blocks themselves are considered to have 100%
water saturation at the beginning of production. The capability to accurately include the filtrate fluid in the reservoir
simulation input is very important when trying to accurately model (or history match) the initial post-fracture cleanup
period, which is especially interesting in tight-gas reservoirs.
Fracture conductivity data is very important for accurate predictions from the reservoir simulator. Fracture conductivity
decreases with increasing net stress for both propped and acid fractures. For the case of propped fractures, this behavior
1
is published by the proppant manufacturing companies and is used in our program. For acid fractures, the Nierode-Kruk
correlation is used to estimate the pressure dependant conductivity of an etched fracture. This correlation can be adjusted
in the program based on the users own data, and then the resulting conductivity data is passed to the reservoir simulator
in the form of a table for pressure dependant permeability for the grid blocks representing the fracture. This feature
enhances engineering consistency in much improved way for fracture modeling.
Non-Darcy and multi-phase effects in the proppant pack can also be very important in certain situations. Since the various
commercially available reservoir simulators do not all have the capability to model non-Darcy flow, we chose to give the
user two options. For simulators that do not have any non-Darcy capability, the program will take the non-Darcy effects
into account in the fracture simulator, before passing the modified effective fracture permeabilities onto the reservoir
simulator. The advantage of this approach is that we can then approximately mimic the effects even if the numeric
reservoir simulator does not handle non-Darcy flow. The second option is for reservoir simulators that do model nonDarcy flow. In this case we do not modify the fracture permeability, and we allow the non-Darcy effects to be calculated by
the reservoir simulator.
885
FracproPT 2007
In the first case, the non-Darcy effects are estimated for the type of proppant used, based on the library data from the
proppant manufacturer. The user can enter the nominal hydrocarbon flow rate, which is then used to estimate the nonDarcy effects at a given bottomhole flowing pressure, which is also entered by the user. It is preferred; if possible, to
model the non-Darcy effects in the reservoir simulator, by using the second option, so that changing bottomhole pressure
can be taken into account when calculating the non-Darcy pressure drop in the fracture.
We assume that the user will use the multi-phase capability of the reservoir simulator to model multi-phase production
situations, making superfluous any additional modifications to the proppant permeability to account for multi-phase nonDarcy effects. If the user chose to run the reservoir simulator in a single-phase mode, however, it would still be possible to
include an approximation of the multi-phase non-Darcy effects by using the built-in correlation in the fracture model and
adjusting the effective permeability of the fracture. The benefit of this approach is that the reservoir simulator runs several
orders of magnitude faster when only Darcy flow is being modeled.
The well inflow in the finite-difference numerical model is calculated using Peacemans approach, which assumes that the
well radius is less than the equivalent well grid block radius. If this is not the case (the well blocks belonging to the fracture
grid blocks may have quite small dimensions), the well radius is set to its maximum allowed value. Note that this
correction does not affect the calculations for the pressure drop along the well that are calculated using the actual well
radius.
Figure 3: Gridding example for a single fracture in vertical well, showing quarter symmetry and LGR refinement.
Automatic Grid Generation
The motivations behind the grid creation algorithm are:
886
to adapt the grid to the geometry of the reservoir, layers and fracture as well as to the flow around the
fractures, and
to have an optimal number of grid blocks in terms of minimum storage space/CPU time versus required
accuracy of the simulation.
FracproPT 2007
To satisfy these requirements, a three dimensional Cartesian grid is provided that includes a local model with refined cells
covering the vicinity of all the fractures. The principles of grid generation are illustrated in Figure 3 by the example of the
vertical well with one fracture.
The host grid in the XY (horizontal) plane consists of relatively few grid blocks (typically around 100). The grid blocks
increase in size as we move away from the fracture in both X and Y directions. The minimum grid block size is
comparable with the fracture half-length xf. The global discretization in the Z (vertical) direction is based on the reservoir
layering, thereby taking into account that a grid block cannot contain rocks from different reservoir layers without
additional upscaling. The reservoir layers with a large thickness are subdivided to a typical grid block height to provide a
more uniform grid in the Z direction.
The typical dimensions of the refined region are related to the fracture extent. The LGR extends to 1.5 times xf in the X
direction (along the fracture) and to 2 xf in the Y direction (normal to the fracture). In the Z direction, the LGR is defined for
the host grid blocks that contain the fracture height and approximately half of the fracture height above and below the
fracture itself. These parameters are flexible to account for different situations such as when the fracture top is near a
reservoir layer boundary.
The fracture in the LGR is represented by a two-dimensional (XZ) series of grid blocks. The mesh for the fracture
conductivity distribution supplied by the fracture simulator is considered as a starting point for the discretization within the
LGR. In the XY plane outside the fracture, the number of grid blocks increases towards the LGR boundary or to the
middle point between fractures (for the horizontal well case). A finer grid is built around the well and fracture tips to
capture the dominant radial character of the flow in these regions. The grid blocks near the fracture plane have a
particularly small y (normal to the fracture plane) to ensure an accurate computation of the high-rate transient flow during
the initial production period. This can be seen clearly in Figure 4, which shows the gridding in the XY plane for a horizontal
well case with transverse fractures.
Figure 4: Grid refinement for a horizontal well case with transverse fractures.
This type of gridding allows for an accurate representation of the filtrate fluid distribution around the fracture that is
transferred from the fracture simulator. Note that the typical filtrate leakoff depth varies from centimeters to tens of
centimeters in tight gas reservoirs, or to even larger depths in higher permeability reservoirs. In determining the sizes x
887
FracproPT 2007
and y in the fracture vicinity, we generally followed the empirical guidelines for choosing an appropriate finite-difference
2
model of the fractured well as presented by Bennett et al. The subgrid in the vertical Z direction is made nearly uniform in
accordance with a calculated typical grid size z.
Initialization of Grid Properties
Every grid block in the host grid and the LGR is assigned one value of each distributed reservoir characteristic: porosity,
permeabilities in three directions, phase saturations and pore pressure. This basic information is taken from the input to
the fracture simulator.
The fracture in the reservoir simulation model is not necessarily modeled with its actual width b, but with a fictive width
that is the size of the corresponding fracture grid block yf. The fictive width is normally set to a value larger than the
actual width, to allow for larger time step sizes in the reservoir simulation. This feature is user selectable, so the user can
also choose to model the fracture width in the reservoir simulator using the actual maximum width of the fracture at the
wellbore. Since the porous volumes and the transmissibilities of the fracture blocks should remain unchanged, regardless
of the width used for the fracture in the reservoir simulator, the fracture porosities and permeabilities are recalculated, to
adjust the fracture properties (denoted with subscript fi) as shown in Equations 1 and 2. Note that the permeability in the
fracture is assumed to be isotropic, both for proppant and acid fracture cases.
kf=kfib/yf.................................(1)
f=fib/yf. ...................................(2)
The initial water saturation near the fracture plane is calculated from the leakoff depth data calculated by the fracture
model, which is represented as two-dimensional (XZ) piecewise constant distribution with its own mesh size and is
translated into the reservoir grid using an areal weighting scheme. In doing so, we assume that the filtrate fluid has the
same properties as reservoir water when it will be produced back through the fracture. The porous volume of the fracture
is saturated by filtrate (water saturation is taken to be 100%) at the beginning of the simulation of the post-fracture
production.
The automatically generated reservoir simulation input file is setup so that three different region numbers are assigned to
the all the grid blocks. The three types of regions defined are:
The values are given in a series of tables for each region within the grid. The PVT properties for the density and viscosity
of the reservoir fluid(s) are assumed to be identical for the entire reservoir, including the fracture. The saturation functions
for the relative permeability and capillary pressure as well as the functions for the porosity and permeability may be
different for each layer and for the region representing the fracture. The definition of the different regions in the grid and
the assignment of the three different region numbers to every grid block are performed automatically by the tool.
References
Nierode, D.E., Kruk, N.F.: "An Evaluation of Acid Fluid Loss Additives, Retarded Acids, and Acidized
Fracture Conductivity", SPE 4549, SPE Annual Meeting, September 1973, Las Vegas, Nevada.
Bennett, C.O., Reynolds, A.C., Raghavan, R., Elbel, J.L.: "Performance of Finite-Conductivity, Vertically
Fractured Wells in single-Layers Reservoirs", SPE 11029, SPE Formation Evaluation, August, 1986, pp.
399-420.
Source
Shaoul, J.R., Behr A., and Mtchedlishvili, G.: "Developing a Tool for 3D Reservoir Simulation of Hydraulically Fractured
Wells," SPE 108321, SPE Reservoir Evaluation & Engineering, Vol. 10, No. 1, 2007, pp. 50-59.
New Navigation Tree will help you keep track of where you are in the program;
888
WYSIWYG display for XY Plots with multiple channel axis and legend;
FracproPT 2007
Ability to display actual date & time format. We have also added the actual time to the DBS file
header, enabling the user to keep track of actual time in FracproPT;
Stage bar graphs are a new helpful display in real-time analysis to determine how much fluid
and proppant have been pumped and how much is left in the job and stage;
The Integrated Fracture Profile is now enabled to view micro-seismic and tilt data and fracture
geometry from previous stages; enabled to show growth rings; and, can now show both MD and
TVD scales in a single picture.
DataAcqPT is now more standalone with a simplified wellbore viewer and multiple predefined plots;
FracproPT keeps on learning from direct fracture diagnostic measurements such as tilt and
micro-seismic mapping:
We have added a new 3D Shear-Decoupled (Default) Model, which better reflects confinedheight fracture geometries that we generally see in direct fracture diagnostics;
We have also added several generic calibrated model settings for various regions and specific
calibrated model settings for past mapping projects.
Quick Comparison to quickly evaluate effect of change in typical production model parameters.
Improved Log-Layer Editor we have added the ability to calculate mechanical rock properties
directly from a full-wave sonic. Also, the number of usable layers has been expanded to 1000.
In addition to improvements to our automated Word report, we have added a variety of different
output formats that will save you time wasted by entering data twice:
New output interface for Eclipse and other sophisticated reservoir simulators.
We have updated the fluid data various fluids systems and have expanded the number of our library
to include more points on the n' and k' curve vs. exposure time.
DFIT analysis as an add-on module to FracproPTs minifrac analysis that contains a Flow
Identification Plot, Pseudo Linear Plot to determine reservoir pressure and Pseudo-Radial Plot to
determine reservoir pressure and permeability.
Obtaining Pinnacle support is now much easier with a new Email Technical Support tool that
automatically attaches all the necessary INP, DBS and LAS files to run your case.
New Automated Layer Picker and Assignment of Rock Properties using Log ASCII (LAS) File
Building layers in a new FracproPT input file has always been a laborious process, but these days are
over. If you are in the possession of a standard LAS-file, building layers is now only a few mouse
clicks away. To build layers, select the Log/Layer Editor button on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS
[F9] screen, select Open Log File icon and select the Calc Reservoir Properties from Log
Channels icon. In the Automatic Layer Picking tab, you can select any log parameter and set
thresholds to divide a selectable interval into four different lithologies. Once layers have been built,
select the Assign Layer Properties tab to conduct simple mathematical operations to calculate layer
properties from log data.
889
FracproPT 2007
Improved Fracture Design Module Coupled with New Economic Optimization Module Version
10.1 already comprised a new design module that provided a fracture treatment schedule based on
what the reservoir required. We have now dramatically expanded this capability by enabling direct
coupling with the treatment and production economics. You can now determine the desired fracture
treatment design schedule using a simple approach in the new FracproPT Design/Optimization
Module:
First, FracproPT allows automatic searching of its fluid and proppant libraries for the best
materials based on local circumstances such as temperature, permeability, and effective fracture
closure stress. Select Fracture Design on our redesigned MAIN Screen [F2], and then provide
all necessary input information and progress using the Next button until you arrive at the new
FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen where FracproPT will assist you to select an
appropriate fluid or proppant.
After making this selection, FracproPT will provide you with various designs that all fulfill a userdefined dimensionless conductivity criterion. You can determine how a given Productivity Index
(PI), which is the ratio of stimulated well production response to the non-stimulated response,
can be achieved as a function of fracture treatment size. Instead of relying on the user to
determine fracture half-length and required proppant concentration in the fracture (which is how
Fracture Design mode worked in prior versions), FracproPT can guide you to determine the
best fracture design for the reservoir, incorporating information about which areas the fracture
should avoid and improving pay zone coverage. Continue from the FLUID AND PROPPANT
SELECTION [F5] screen to the new TREATMENT SELECTION [F8] screen, where FracproPT
shows how fracture half-length and height coverage change as a function of treatment volume
while maintaining a user-defined dimensionless conductivity (FcD). You can now also choose to
evaluate the economics of a certain treatment selection and evaluate which half-length provides
maximum NPV.
Choosing Economic Analysis on the TREATMENT SELECTION [F8] screen brings you directly
into Fracture Optimization mode and allows you to determine an economic analysis for all the
fracture treatment sizes in the TREATMENT SELECTION [F8] screen. Then, you can select the
most viable economic treatment using a variety of economic criteria.
Finally, you can define an ideal proppant concentration profile (versus distance from the well) for
the selected treatment size, and FracproPT will iterate on the best proppant schedule to match
this ideal profile. Print the results to the new report, and you are ready to pump the job.
As always, FracproPTs "old" method for designing a pump schedule is also still available for those users
that prefer that.
890
Multiphase Flow Corrections Extended to Oil Wells Multiphase flow can reduce effective
proppant conductivity by orders of magnitude not only in gas wells, but also in oil wells. FracproPT is
the first industry simulator that accounts for this major effect that has kept the simulation industry
abuzz for the last few years. You can account for multiphase flow effects at the time you generate a
fracture treatment design using FracproPTs new Fracture Design Module by providing a rough
estimate of hydrocarbon production rate versus condensate/water production rates. You can specify
the effective proppant pack damage caused by multiphase flow effects by selecting the Proppant
Pack Damage button on the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen. Multiphase flow
effects are also accounted for in Production Analysis mode by specifying an average Liquid/Gas
Ratio on the FRACTURE PARAMETERS [F5] screen.
Directly Read ASCII and Excel Treatment Data and Production Data FracproPT will now
directly read other type of files than its standard database file format. When you attach a treatment or
production database file in the FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen or the PRODUCTION
ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen, you can select these more common file formats, and FracproPT
will step you through the process of identifying the provided data.
New Automated Production History Matching A new production matching [Ctrl+F8] screen is
now available to enable you to quickly evaluate which reservoir or fracture parameters need to be
FracproPT 2007
changed to match actual production response. You can match production response by changing
fracture length, conductivity, drainage area, and various other parameters.
Enable opening Excel production/treatment data directly (instead of through dbs file)
Importing production data is now handled in the same way as fracture treatment data
Numerous Screen Redesigns and New Screens Pinnacle has redesigned numerous screens in a
continuous effort to make FracproPT easier to use, including:
The RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] is now tabulated like all other screens.
The PRODUCTION ANALYSIS CONTROL [F10] and the OPTIMIZATION CONTROL [F10]
screens have been redone in such a way that the data in their tables is appended for every new
simulation step.
The MINIFRAC ANALYSIS [SHIFT+F8] screen has been redone and now includes a Closure
Stress tab, a Reservoir Pressure tab, and a Permeability tab, where these parameters can be
individually determined from measured data.
We added up to 4 flexible Numerical Displays that you can use in real-time to visualize fracture
treatment data. Go to View > Numeric Display > Setup to get started.
Added many company background logos for all major FracproPT clients.
Improved Navigation
Various screen in Production Analysis mode and Economic Optimization mode have been
grouped together more logically.
The Continue button has been renamed either as a Next or a Back button to be more consistent
with standard programs.
Every table in FracproPT now has a more Excel-like functionality and Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert
Row, Delete Row appear when right-clicking on the mouse.
New Undo Function A lot of people have been waiting for this function a long time and it is finally
here. If you have accidentally entered something that is wrong, even if it is a few entries ago, you can
select Edit > Undo from the main menu or use the standard CNTR+Z hotkey.
New XY Plot Channels We have added several new channels in Economic Optimization module
and various Length channels. When selecting channels on the Plot Preferences screen, you can find
these new channels under Select Channels > Economic Optimization or Select Channels >
Length Channels
Updated Fluid and Proppant Libraries The Halliburton fluids in the System library has been
completely updated. The proppant library has been updated to reflect the latest StimLab data from
the SLFrac spreadsheet dated November 2000. Please check the Pinnacle Web Page regularly for
updates to these libraries.
Many Changes to the Rate Stepdown Test Analysis You can now save the detailed analysis
data from all rate stepdown tests that are conducted during a single treatment, and this data is
automatically updated in the Entry Friction versus Time table on the PERF AND NEAR-WELLBORE
FRICTION [F8] screen. Rate Stepdown plots are now automatically generated by selecting the New
Step-Down Analysis button. In this new plot, FracproPT can automatically select rate steps, and the
user can simply adjust the positions of flow rate changes.
Incorporated Cramers Perf Erosion Model FracproPT can now estimate the change in
perforation discharge coefficient and the change in perforation diameter based on the amount of
proppant that is pumped past each perforation based on research published by Dave Cramer of BJ
Services.
891
FracproPT 2007
The Production Analysis report is now fully available in Word by selecting Production Analysis
Summary and Production Analysis Details on the Content and Layout tab of the REPORT
SETUP [SHIFT+F2] screen. Previously, this was only available in the form of an ASCII report.
The Treatment Schedule report for foam treatments has been significantly improved with
Surface Treatment Schedules for fluids and proppants.
New Rock Library This is just a start of a new library that will provide our users with a better
starting point for obtaining rock properties.
Incorporated Additional Proppant Damage Mechanisms All modules in FracproPT can now
account for fracture damage due to proppant embedment. Also, we have incorporated StimLab
correlations for temperature damage in resin coated proppants.
Enabled Verbal Licensing In case you would ever loose your license inadvertently due to a
potential problem with your dongle, Pinnacle can now provide a quick real-time solution to this
problem.
Surface Pressure Equivalents for Closure Stress We have added the surface pressure at which
fracture closure occurs.
Enabled Net Pressure Matching Screen for General Reservoir Selection You can now use the
Auto Matching capability when you use the General Multi-Scale or General Single Scale Reservoir
screen.
Included Many New Tutorials and Examples We have added various step-by-step Tutorials that
will help users to use FracproPT, and we have added many examples that show how FracproPT can
be used to help you engineer fracture treatments in various different applications and environments.
The Mini Frac Analysis screen is now referred to as Fracture Closure Stress Analysis screen.
The Dimensionless Conductivity Ratio channel has been renamed to Average FcD.
One other important change to note is that the Perf and Near-Wellbore Friction [F8] screen has been removed from the
"loop" or sequence of screens accessed by using the Continue field. This screen is now more appropriately accessed
from the re-designed Simulation Control [F10] screen (or as always using the toolbar button or shortcut key).
Other major changes and additions to FracproPT are shown below:
New FracproPT Report with Graphics A few mouse clicks will now bring up to almost 100 user-defined plots
automatically into a Microsoft Word document. Go to the Plots tab of the REPORT SETUP [ShIft+F2] screen, and
select the plots you want to include in the report; you can also select to use figure captions or embedded plot titles, and
either color or black & white images. You may also customize the other Report Content and use your company logo.
New FracproPT Report
New Fracture Design Module Want to design a fracture treatment based on what the reservoir requires? You
can now determine the desired fracture treatment design using a simple 3-step approach in the new FracproPT Design
Module:
First, FracproPT now allows automatic searching of its fluid and proppant libraries for the best materials based on
local circumstances such as temperature, permeability, and effective fracture closure stress. Select Fracture Design on
our redesigned MAIN Screen [F2], and then provide all necessary input information until you arrive at the new FLUID
AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen where FracproPT will assist you.
Fluid and Proppant Selection
After making this selection, FracproPT will provide you with various designs that all fulfill a user-defined
dimensionless conductivity criterion. You can determine how a given Productivity Index (PI), which the ratio of
stimulated well production response to the non-stimulated response, can be achieved as a function of fracture treatment
size. Instead of relying on the user to determine fracture half-length and required proppant concentration in the fracture
(which is how Fracture Design mode worked in prior versions), FracproPT can step back and assist in the determination
of the best fracture design for the reservoir. Continue from the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION [F5] screen to the
new TREATMENT SELECTION screen, where FracproPT shows how fracture half-length and height coverage change
892
FracproPT 2007
Finally, you can define an ideal proppant concentration profile (versus distance from the well) for the selected
treatment size, and FracproPT will iterate on the best proppant schedule to match this ideal profile. Print the results to the
new report, and you are ready to pump the job.
Fracture Design Control
FracproPTs new design module also allows you to include the wellbore, which was not the case in previous
versions.
FracproPTs "old" method for designing a pump schedule is also still available.
Multiphase Flow Corrections in Fracture Design and Reservoir Analysis Multiphase flow can
reduce effective proppant conductivity by orders of magnitude thereby significantly decreasing the
production response. FracproPT is the first industry simulator that accounts for this major effect that
has kept the simulation industry abuzz for the last few years. You can account for multiphase flow
effects at the time you generate a fracture treatment design using FracproPTs new Fracture Design
Module by providing a rough estimate of hydrocarbon production rate versus condensate/water
production rates. You can specify the effective proppant pack damage caused by multiphase flow
effects by selecting the Conductivity Calculation button on the FLUID AND PROPPANT SELECTION
[F5] screen. Multiphase flow effects are also accounted for in Reservoir Analysis mode by
specifying an average condensate/water production rate on the FRACTURE PARAMETERS [F7]
screen.
Calibrated and User-Defined Model Settings FracproPT is not just one fracture model like most
industry simulators. Rather, it comprises numerous models with different physical descriptions of
hydraulic fracture growth. So what, you may say? Pinnacle has learned from direct fracture diagnostic
data, such as tiltmeter fracture mapping and micro-seismic fracture mapping, that fractures can grow
very differently in different environments. In some areas, fracture models accurately predict directly
observed fracture growth, but in other areas, the default fracture model parameters do not accurately
reflect actual fracture growth. In these areas, the default model settings do not provide an accurate
description of fracture growth, and other physical mechanisms such as shear-decoupled growth or
composite-layering effects should be introduced by changing the default fracture model
parameters. Pinnacle has started to calibrate the fracture model for various areas; for clients that
have paid for these direct measurements, these calibrated files are available to under 3D Calibrated
Fracture Models on the FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen. Users can also save their
own model settings parameters when they select a 3D User-Defined Fracture Model and then
change the definitions on the FracproPT 3D Parameters tab of the FRAC MODEL PARAMETERS
[SHIFT-F3] screen.
Automatic zoom function as picture is opened ensures that fractures are always visible. An
Original Scale icon has been added to automatically zoom back to the interval containing the
fractures.
It is now possible to highlight pay zone intervals to make it easy to see fracture geometry in
relation to coverage of pay zones. Highlighting the pay zones is possible "on top of" the lithology,
which can now also be extended over all information panes.
Display and print fonts can be set automatically for more consistent appearance.
Max Value button on the main toolbar sets the data range for the displayed parameter to its
maximum for optimum visibility.
Variables Window shows critical results for each of the up to 20 individual propped fractures
(that is, 20 individual perforated zones) during one fracture treatment.
New Storage Totals and Pricing Screen FracproPT now provides a Treatment Totals tab on the
TREATMENT SCHEDULE [F6] screen where you can sort by Materials or Stage to determine total
materials required for the fracture treatment design or pumped for the actual treatment data. This
screen also provides an easy way to look at required and used materials in storage volumes such as
tanks and sacks. You can also view price information for fluid and proppants.
Improved Foam Modeling Features We have added improved nitrogen and CO2-foam modeling
on the TREATMENT SCHEDULE [F6] screen. Using FracproPTs superior heat transfer modeling,
the Estimate Treating Conditions button can be used to estimate the foam pressure and temperature,
and to use these estimates for a more accurate surface-pumping schedule. It is now possible to
revise the pumping schedule to account for either bottomhole conditions or for conditions inside the
fracture, which can be quite different for limited-entry treatments or if near-wellbore friction is high.
We have also improved CO2 metering properties, mainly to have FracproPT calculate density at the
893
FracproPT 2007
flow meter for a user-defined metering pressure and temperature. We have also added new model
channels to reflect these changes, including Surface, Bottomhole and Fracture Entry Foam Qualities.
894
New Rate-Normalized Pressure Decline Plot in Closure Stress Analysis Module A new
diagnostic plot has been added to FracproPTs mini frac analysis module in addition to the Gfunction plot with superposition derivative, square-root time plot, Horner plot, and log-log plot of delta
pressure that were already added in version 10.0. The FRACTURE CLOSURE STRESS ANALYSIS
[Shift+F8] screen now also contains a Rate-Normalized Pressure Decline Plot. In addition, and
Options tab has been added where you can specify plot settings for all the mini frac plots. We have
also added a Shift Closure in All Zones button in addition to the existing Update Closure Stress in
pay Zone Only button to shift the entire stress profile when a closure stress measurement has been
conducted in just one zone.
Added Metric MPa Unit system In addition to the 3 default unit systems already present in
FracproPT and the user flexibility to customize their own unit systems, we have added a muchrequested Metric MPa unit system to the default list. You can access this information on Units tab of
the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION screen.
New Fracture Geometry Channels We have specified two new geometry channels to make it
easier to evaluate fracture designs and actual treatments. When selecting channels on the Plot
Preferences screen, you can find these new channels under Select Channels > FracproPT > Other
Channels:
Payzone Height Coverage Ratio, which reflects the ratio of fracture height coverage over the
payzone versus the total payzone height. In a typical fracture design, we would like to get this
number as close to 100% as possible to ensure that the entire payzone is covered by the
fracture.
Payzone Fracture Area Ratio, which reflects the amount of fracture area over the payzone
versus the total fracture area.
New Job Comments Do you want to keep track of all the things that happen during a treatment?
You can now see all events at a glance on a graph and table using the Job Comments tab of the well
and treatment information [F3] screen. You can print these comments and graph on a single page
using the REPORT SETUP [Shift-F2] screen and by selecting Job Comments on the Content and
Layout tab.
More Treatment Schedule Stages We have extended the number of pumping stages on the
TREATMENT SCHEDULE [F6] screen to 150 to allow for extensive water-frac treatment schedules.
More Layers We have increased the number of layers on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9]
screen to 100.
Numerous Screen Redesigns Pinnacle has redesigned numerous screens in a continuous effort
to make FracproPT easier to use, including:
The FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen has been split into two tabs to separate the
often used options from the rarely used options.
The SYSTEM CONFIGURATION screen has been redesigned to group together the Set
Channel Aliases, File Options, Display Settings, and Units functions.
Improved Navigation We have also made navigation a little easier in FracproPT by re-grouping
toolbar icons to distinguish between input and analysis screens. The FracproPT "loop" now only
goes through the input screens; you can select the 3 main analysis screens once all the input is
provided. These main analysis screens are the FRACTURE CLOSURE STRESS ANALYSIS
[Shift+F8] screen, the PERF AND NEAR-WELLBORE FRICTION [F8] screen, and the NET
PRESSURE MATCHING [Ctrl+F8] screen. Also, the CHANNEL INPUTS FOR MODEL [Shift+F6]
screen is now placed directly after the FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen when using
Database Data and after the REAL-TIME CONTROL [ctrl+F1] screen for Real-Time Data so that
you are less likely to forget to assign the channels.
Improved General Plot Flexibility It is possible again to completely define your own G-function
plot from the PLOT LIST [Alt+F8] screen. Of course, the G-function plot is automatically set up for
you in our FRACTURE CLOSURE STRESS ANALYSIS [Shift+F8] screen. We have also extended
display capabilities for log-log plots, which can now be plotted with as many decades as a user wants.
FracproPT 2007
Errors associated with using time stamp in DataAcqPT. In the past, data was sometimes lost
when erroneous time data were sent.
Surface Line Volume was not properly accounted for in the WELLBORE PROFILE [Alt+F9]
picture.
Show 100 Mesh Sand in Btm Prop Conc Channel For those of us who pump a lot o proppant
slugs, 100 mesh sand is often used for the proppant during these slugs to have FracproPT neglect
them as they enter the fracture while still accounting for their impact on hydrostatic head in the
wellbore. You now longer have to switch the slugs proppant type to see when the slug arrives
downhole, as FracproPT will now display 100 mesh sand in the Btm Prop Conc channel, while it will
still neglect this proppant for fracture growth calculations inside the fracture.
Improved Plot Autoscaling for Different Unit Systems FracproPTs autoscaling now works
properly in all unit systems.
Added Several Wizards to DataConvertPT It is now much easier to convert ASCII data into
FracproPTs database format by having DataConvertPT guide you through a few simple and
straightforward steps.
Improvements in Our Semi-Automated Pressure Matching The Auto Matching tab is available
from the NET PRESSURE MATCHING [Ctrl+F8] screen where you can automatically match up to
two variables at the same time. We have improved this feature to make FracproPT converge quicker
and also solved some previous problems if the net pressure becomes zero in the time-interval that is
to be matched.
Updated Fluid and Proppant Libraries Much of the fluid library has been updated with additional
data from the service companies. The proppant library has been updated to reflect the latest StimLab
data from the SLFrac spreadsheet dated November 2000. Please check the Pinnacle Web Page
regularly for updates to these libraries.
Added to Help for Simulating Production from Multiple Fracs from a Horizontal Wellbore This
help is available on the Fracture Parameters screen that is accessed when using the 3D Layered
Analytical Model in Production Analysis Mode.
New integrated picture that simultaneously shows fracs growing from all perfed intervals, as well as
imported logs and layer properties
New and easy comparison between Design and Actual Treatment Schedules
For more detailed information on these and other improvements in this version, as well as some future plans, please read
the Release Notes shown below.
Version 10 Release Notes May 2000
Pinnacle Technologies was licensed by GRI in late March 1999 to develop, support, and market their FracproPT fracture
analysis system. Most of the significant enhancements and new features for Version 10 are shown below:
895
FracproPT 2007
Deposition of filter cake materials on the fracture face due to the invasion of fracturing fluids into the
reservoir
Erosion of the filter cake materials from the cake surface due to the shear force exerted by the flowing
fluids and proppants
These two components are especially important for fracturing in high permeability formations where a significant amount
of the polymer may invade the pore space. This new model is referred as the FLIC model (Filtration with Linear-Invasion
and Crossflow) and it is described in detail in SPE 56597 by McGowen, et. al.
This is a grid-based model (as opposed to a lumped model) in that a rectangular grid is used to subdivide the total
fracture/reservoir area where fluid leaks off. Fluid loss is modeled and tracked in each element of the grid. As expected,
this grid-based model runs slower than the standard lumped model, but it is still easily fast enough for real-time field use.
The Grid-Based FLIC Model option can be selected on the FRACTURE ANALYSIS OPTIONS [F4] screen. This model
also requires several new fluid parameters to be entered on the Fluid Loss and Thermal Properties tab of the Edit/View
Interpolated Fluid Properties [SHIFT+F5] screen.
Additional Information: Leakoff Model Options
896
1.
Injection Summary This plot provides an overview of the entire fluid injection and pressure decline
period.
2.
ISIP Plot This plot can be used to pick the ISIP (instantaneous shut-in pressure). Add a tangent line by
right clicking on the Measured Bottomhole Pressure channel, and then right click on the intersection of the
tangent line and the preset End of Pumping line. The ISIP value presented in the box will be added to the
appropriate table cell.
3.
SQRT Plot This plot shows the pressure decline versus the square root of closure time. Adding two
tangent lines and then right clicking their intersection can estimate fracture closure. The BH Closure Stress
will then be updated in the table.
4.
G-Function Plot This plot shows the pressure decline, its derivative, and its superposition derivative, all
plotted versus G-function time. Fracture closure can be estimated by adding one tangent line on the
FracproPT 2007
superposition derivative, and then right clicking where the tangent line starts to deviate from the data. The
BH Closure Stress will then be updated in the table.
5.
Log-Log Plot This log-log plot of delta pressure requires that the ISIP for the plot by synchronized to
obtain the correct starting pressure. A half-slope line is drawn to determine where the linear flow regime
stops. Simply right-click on the tangent line where it deviates from the data and the Net Pressure field will
be automatically updated.
6.
Horner Plot This plot can be used to determine a lower estimate for fracture closure, and also to
estimate reservoir pressure. If enough pressure decline data is collected past fracture closure, just fit a
tangent line to the data on the left side of the plot, right-click on this tangent line where it deviates from the
data, and the BH Closure Stress is added to the corresponding field of the table.
7.
Linear Plot This plot provides an overview of the entire pressure decline period on a linear time scale.
This time scale can be used to compare flow pulses that are conducted during a pressure decline.
Results from all the plots can be automatically combined and averaged, or the user can input their own BH Closure
Stress estimates. The pay zone closure stress shown on the RESERVOIR PARAMETERS [F9] screen can then be
automatically updated (based on BH Closure Stress) by selecting Update Pay Zone Closure Stress.
Pad Fraction
Pad Volume
And, lastly, a Stage Name column has been added to the treatment schedule. As you add stages, FracproPT will
automatically assign a name to them (such as Water Injection, Main Frac Pad, Main Frac Slurry, Minifrac, etc.), but you
can override this choice if necessary. The stage names make it easier to recognize where you are during a treatment, and
you may also use them in the Minifrac Analysis [Shift+F8] module to easily pick which stages to analyze without having
to remember and enter stage times manually.
897
FracproPT 2007
set all the stages with just one click of the mouse, or to adjust individual stages with one mouse click or several right-click
mouse functions.
All of the functionality discussed above is implemented on a Cursor Edit plot of database data used as model inputs. On
the Channel Inputs for Model [Shift+F6] screen, you first select these channels and then select Set Staging from
Measured Data to display the Cursor Edit plot. To set all the stages (that is, stage times), select the Auto Stage function
at the bottom of the plot to overwrite the data in the table on the Actual Treatment Schedule tab of the Treatment
Schedule [F6] screen. This function looks for changes in any of the model input data that might indicate a stage change.
Auto Stage works very well, however it cannot always distinguish fluid or proppant type changes so you must manually
set those occurrences.
For real-time applications, it is also now possible to automatically pick a stage End Time by right clicking on the stage bar
at the top of the Cursor Edit plot. When a stage is adjusted, the fluid and proppant types and the corresponding rates and
concentrations are also now conveniently displayed so that you do not have to remember what is displayed in the
Treatment Schedule [F6].
Redesigned DataConvertPT
It is now easier than ever to change any type of data into the FracproPT database format due to a more intuitive screen.
Several helpful Wizards to aid you in performing common tasks will be available shortly as an update to Version 10.
New FracproPT Report that can be opened directly into Word or WordPerfect
No more ugly text reports! We have partially redesigned the report layout. A more useful first page shows a summary and
additional fracture treatment info. One mouse-click launches Word or WordPerfect for you where the report can be edited,
as you require.
898
FracproPT 2007
To help you make sure you get the correct input file without clumsily opening each one, we also added a file preview
option that allows you to see all the WELL AND TREATMENT INFORMATION on the FileOpen dialog (the standard
Windows place you open files) before actually opening the input file.
2.
Wellbore deviation is accounted for and TVDs are calculated correctly from MDs;
3.
FracproPT can now be launched by clicking on the input file name, even when there is a space in the
filename;
4.
5.
6.
7.
Wellbore transit line does not get "stuck" anymore in real time plots.
8.
Improved documentation
We have added documentation for all the new screens and features, as well as rewritten and reorganized many of the
existing Help topics. Help will also be updated in the coming weeks (to include new and better tutorials, for example).
Automatically refresh plots with channels vs. frac length when the model is running
Updated channels vs. frac length for multiple perf interval cases
Added 3 new channels: Btm Clean Foam Total, Btm Slurry Foam Total, Btm Slurry Total - All Zones
Improved unit conversion parts of Minifrac Analysis screens and plot legend.
Fixed long file path bugs in various parts of the program (inp-file, report, plots, etc.)
899
FracproPT 2007
Fixed acid fracture conversion problem in ReservoirPT and made changes to make ADP acid frac
work with ReservoirPT.
Added functionality to keep F6 surface schedule always consistent with bottomhole schedule.
Fixed a bug with wrong depth to pressure gauge for wellbores with surface line
Introduction
Menu Bar
Status Bar
DataAcqPT - Introduction
The real-time input data for FracproPT comes from DataAcqPT, which can be configured to accept data from a variety of
sources like a serial cable or a modem connection to a service company computer system. In either case, one of the
computers serial ports is used for communication. DataAcqPT also runs in an emulation mode using data stored in an
ASCII file to simulate real-time applications.
DataAcqPT can acquire and save up to 45 channels of data, however FracproPT can use only 16 of them. This will not
present a problem when using FracproPT in real time since you may select which channels FracproPT uses. However,
when you open the data (database) file at a later date, FracproPT will only provide access to the first 16 channels of the
database. Therefore, in general, no more than 16 channels should be used or saved when using DataAcqPT with
FracproPT. If you select and save more than 16 channels, you can use DataEditPT after the job to view or edit all
channels. You can also use DataEditPT and DataConvertPT to delete unwanted channels from the database or to save
only 16 (or less) specific channels to another ASCII file or database for use with FracproPT.
DataAcqPT is started by selecting Show Server on the Real Time Control [Ctrl]-[F1] screen in FracproPT.
The DataAcqPT window is divided into four functional areas:
The Menu Bar and Tool Bar at the top of the window.
The Display and Control Bar on the left side of the window.
The Data Display Area where the incoming data can be displayed.
The Status Bar at the bottom of the window (which can be toggled on and off).
File
900
Open Session allows you to recall a previously stored file containing all acquisition settings.
Save Session allows you to save all current acquisition settings to a file.
Close closes the currently active display window in the display area.
FracproPT 2007
Print Preview shows a preview of the current Data Graph to be printed, if one is active.
Print Setup allows you to change printers and modify printer settings.
Write to Metafile allows you to save the current Data Graph, if one is active, to a graphics metafile.
Exit closes the application. This command is available only if data acquisition is turned off.
Data as Text activates or deactivates Incoming Data View window. This command is identical to the
Text selection in the Display and Control bar on the left side of the screen.
View
... (commands only available with the focus on a Data Graph display window)
Switch Channel Label toggles through the channels on the currently active Data Graph display
window.
Select View allows you to magnify an area in the Data Graph window by selecting the desired view
area with the mouse. Choose Select View from the View menu or click on the icon on the toolbar. On
the Data Graph window, place the cursor on the upper left of the area you want to magnify, click and
hold the left mouse button, drag the selection rectangle over the desired area, and then release
mouse button.
Restore Original View restores the display in the currently active Data Graph window to the original
scaling used before any magnification was performed with the Select View command.
Zoom In [+] zooms the display on the currently active Data Graph window in.
Zoom Out [-] zooms the display on the currently active Data Graph window out.
Stop [Ctrl]-[T] stops data acquisition. A warning message will be displayed if another application, like
FracproPT, is currently receiving data from DataAcqPT. If you re-start data acquisition after using
the this command, you will be prompted as to whether you want to append the new data to the
previous database file or create a new database file.
Emulation Mode activates the emulation mode where you can read in a file containing ASCII data to
simulate real-time data acquisition. All parameters for data acquisition emulation are set on the Data
Acquisition Setup Wizard screens.
Acquisition Mode activates real-time data acquisition mode from a remote source via one of the
serial ports.
Setup Wizard [Ctrl]-[Z] activates the Data Acqusition Setup Wizard, providing an automated
facility to correctly set up the data acquisition control settings.
Run
Setup
Options
901
FracproPT 2007
Preferences activates the Preferences screen where you can choose from various unit system and
control options.
... (commands only available with the focus on a Data Graph display window)
Show Annotations activates the ANNOTATIONS window where you can view and edit all
annotations for the current DATA GRAPH display.
Add Annotations adds an annotation to the last data received on the currently selected channel on
the currently active DATA GRAPH display window and opens the Annotation window to enter the
new annotation text.
Delete All Annotations deletes all annotations from the currently active Data Graph display.
Delete Frame Annotations deletes all frame annotations on the currently active Data Graph display.
Draw Tangent Line allows you to place a tangent line with the mouse on any data curve on the
currently active Data Graph display window. Select Draw Tangent Line or click on the
corresponding icon in the toolbar, then place the cursor at the point where you want to generate a
tangent line and press the left mouse button. The tangent line will be drawn at the selected position.
The position and slope can be changed with the mouse.
Delete Tangent Lines deletes all tangent lines from the currently active Data Graph display.
Tile Graphs Horizontal displays all currently open Data Graph windows arranged horizontally
Tile Graphs Vertical displays all currently open Data Graph windows side by side (arranged
vertically).
Arrange Icons will line up all icons of minimized Data Monitor and Incoming Data View screens at
the bottom of the display area.
Context calls context sensitive help for the currently active screen.
Window
Help
902
FracproPT 2007
Displays
Acq Time shows the current data acquisition time. That is, the length of time that data has been
acquired.
Current Time displays the computers internal clock time (that is, time of day).
No Time Chan / Time Chan displays whether a time channel is received with the data, or if a time
channel is not transmitted with the incoming data (time is ignored).
Step shows the time step in seconds entered during the Data Acquisition Setup Wizard.
Max. Time displays the maximum acquisition time entered in the Data Acquisition Setup Wizard.
Control Functions
Stop stops data acquisition. A warning message will be displayed if another application, like
FracproPT, is currently receiving. If you re-start data acquisition, you will be prompted as to whether
you want to append the new data to the last database file or to create a new database file.
Continue continues data acquisition that has been paused. This function is available only if data
acquisition has been paused earlier.
903
FracproPT 2007
Text activates or deactivates the Incoming Data View window, displaying the incoming data records
in plain ASCII format.
Monitor activates or deactivates the Data Monitor window where comprehensive information about
the data channels and their setup are displayed
Depending on which of the two choices you make, the setup wizard will differ slightly. Both of these choices are described
below.
Receive Real-time Data Through a Direct Serial Cable Connection or a Modem
904
FracproPT 2007
Acquire data from hardware attached to the computer : Acquire data sent from other devices
(usually a service-company treatment control computer) in real-time. Data acquisition can be
done via a cable or modem connection.
Emulate acquisition process from data stored in FPA (ASCII) file: Simulate real-time data
acquisition using ASCII data from a file. (Note: This procedure is described later in this section.)
Acquire data from a shared file: Acquire data from a shared file.
Settings File Name: Enter or browse for the file name of the settings file. All setup information
regarding data acquisition is stored in this file. You can create several setting files for use with
different (treatment control) systems and environments to recall for later use. (These files are recalled
using the Import Channels function on the Channels Setup screen.)
Control Buttons
Communication Port: The available serial communication ports installed on your computer are
displayed. Select the Communication Port through which you will receive data (either through a
direct connection or a modem connectionchoose the port used by your modem). If you are using a
PCMCIA-card modem, ports 3 or 4 are normally emulated by the operating system to connect to the
modem. In some cases, a PCMCIA-card modem, although properly installed, will not be shown as
available. In this case, DataAcqPT will usually automatically locate and use the PCMCIA-card
modem. Modem parameters can be viewed and modified by clicking on the Modems icon in the
Windows Control Panel.
PORT Baud Rate: Baud Rate defines the transmission speed of your serial connection. Use the
slider to select the desired Baud Rate. It defaults to 9600 baud, which should serve most "hardwired"
serial cable connections. For details on the transmission speed, check with the operators of the
computer sending the real-time treatment data to your FracproPT computer.
Modem transmission speed can be detrimentally influenced by a variety of factors like phone line
quality, especially when using a cellular phone connection. In this case, it is recommended that you
start with the lowest Baud Rate setting and thoroughly test the connection before increasing the
Baud Rate. It is also advisable to check the available/recommended transmission speeds with your
cellular phone service provider.
905
FracproPT 2007
Use Modem: If you want to receive data via a modem connection, you must select Use Modem.
Call Phone Number: Select this option if you which to call another modem and enter the phone
number you wish to call. This number will be dialed and a modem connection will be established
once you have started data acquisition. An error message will be displayed if no connection can
be established. You can use commas in the phone number to pause between numbers while
dialing.
Receive Call: Select this option if you want to receive a call from another modem. Once you
start data acquisition, your modem will be set to auto answer mode to wait for the call. An error
message will be displayed if no connection can be established.
Control Buttons
Time Channel: If the real-time data contains a time channel that you wish to use (currently, only time
in decimal minutes is usable by DataAcqPT), select Use Time Channel. If the data does not contain
time information or you do not want to use the time channel, select Ignore Time Channel.
Acquisition Time Is Limited To: By selecting this option and enter the maximum data acquisition
time, you allow DataAcqPT to allocate enough memory to collect and store data. This is typically the
safest method to avoid any low-memory problems. You should enter a maximum time significantly
larger than the expected job time to allow for late starts, unplanned shut downs, and any pressure
decline data you wish to record after the treatment. If you deactivate this option, DataAcqPT will
handle all memory allocation dynamically and continue to record data until stopped manually.
906
Control Buttons
FracproPT 2007
Table Columns
ID: Shows the FracproPT abbreviation for the channel in this row. FracproPT uses these IDs to
identify data, plot, output and input channels internally. All IDs are pre-defined and cannot be
changed. Double clicking on an ID cell activates the Select Channel screen where you select from
various pre-defined channel names or create your own user-defined channel name.
Channel Names: The name for each data channel is defined in this field. To edit or change the
Channel Name, double-click an ID field to activate the Select Channel screen where you can select
from various pre-defined channel names or create your own user-defined channel name. Generally,
you should first select Show Incoming Data, and then enter names for each incoming data channel,
whether you wish to use all of them or not. Once this is done, you can Select which channels you
actually want to use.
Note that DataAcqPT can acquire and save up to 45 channels of data, however FracproPT can use
only 16 of them. This will not present a problem when using FracproPT in real time since you may
select which channels FracproPT uses. However, when you open the data (database) file at a later
date, FracproPT will only provide access to the first 16 channels of the database. Therefore, in
general, no more than 16 channels should be used or saved when using DataAcqPT with
FracproPT. If you select and save more than 16 channels, you can use DataEditPT after the job to
view or edit all channels. You can also use DataEditPT and DataConvertPT to delete unwanted
channels from the database or to save only 16 (or less) specific channels to another ASCII file or
database for use with FracproPT.
Unit: Displays the unit for the channel in this row of the table. Fixed units are assigned to pre-defined
channel names and cannot be changed unless you change the Channel Name. If you selected a
user-defined channel name, you can select a unit from a drop-down list by clicking in the desired unit
field.
Use: You can toggle to select or ignore a channel by checking or unchecking this field.
Value (Unscaled): Displays the raw (unscaled) value of the channel currently being received.
Value (Scaled): Displays the scaled value of the channel currently being received. That is, the raw
value displayed in the Value (Unscaled) column is multiplied by Mult and then summed with Offset.
Since this is the value that will be stored in the FracproPT database, you should take great care in
assigning multipliers and offsets. Fortunately, channels rarely need to be scaled.
907
FracproPT 2007
Mult: Define a "multiplier" for each individual channel. The raw value of the incoming data, displayed
in Value (Unscaled) column, will be multiplied by Mult. Since the result, Value (Scaled), is the
number that will be stored in the FracproPT database, you should take great care in assigning
multipliers. Fortunately, channels rarely need to further scaling.
Offset: Define an "offset" for each individual channel. The raw value of the incoming data, displayed
in Value (Unscaled) column, will be summed with Offset (after being multiplied by Mult). Since the
result, Value (Scaled), is the number that will be stored in the FracproPT database, you should take
great care in assigning offsets. Fortunately, channels rarely need to further scaling.
Min Alarm: Defines the lower threshold for the alarm function. If the value currently received for a
channel is smaller than the value defined in the corresponding Min Alarm cell, an acoustic alarm will
be sounded and an alarm message will be displayed.
Max Alarm: Defines the upper threshold for the alarm function. If the value currently received for a
channel is larger than the value entered into the corresponding Max Alarm cell, an acoustic alarm will
be sounded and an alarm message will be displayed.
Import Channels: This function allows you to recall a previously stored acquisition settings file (.acq)
and set or restore all channel settings.
Clear Channels: This function clears all Channel Names, Units and IDs entered in the table.
Selecting this function also stops to Show Incoming Data.
Number of Channels
Channels Used displays the total number of selected channels marked for Use (that is, the
number of channels that will be passed to FracproPT).
Show Incoming Data: This function causes the raw real-time data being received, through one of the
serial ports or through the modem connection, to be displayed in the Value (Unscaled) and Value
(Scaled) fields. Selecting Show Incoming Data does NOT start data acquisition (saving).
Use All: This function sets the Use check mark for all channels.
Mark Time Channel: If you selected Use Time Channel on the Protocol Setup screen, you must
select the time channel in the table and then select Mark Time Channel.
Choose: This function displays the Select Channel screen from which you select from various predefined channel names or create your own user-defined channel name. Choose performs the same
function as double clicking on an ID field.
Control Buttons
908
FracproPT 2007
Format
Fixed Time Step: Enter the time step (in seconds) if the real-time data consists of data records
with a fixed time step (for example, one data record every 2 seconds), or if you wish to save
variable time step data with a fixed time step. Only fixed time step data can be edited with
DataEditPT.
Variable Time Step: If the real-time data has a variable time step and you wish to save this data
to a database file and preserve the variable timestep information. In this case, the data records
received must contain a time column to allow correct interpretation.
Save Acquired Data to: Select the name and location of the file where the acquired data, in
FracproPT database format, will be stored. You can also choose to generate an ASCII (FPA-type)
file at the same time by checking the FPA file option. This file will have the same filename as the
database file, however it will have a .FPA extension.
Autosave Every: Lets you select the autosave time interval in seconds. All real-time data collected is
stored in RAM memory for fast access. However, at the interval you specify in this field, the data is
also written to disk. In this manner, an unexpected shut down or power loss on the computer will not
cause a complete loss of data.
Control Buttons
909
FracproPT 2007
Control Buttons
910
FracproPT 2007
Acquire data from hardware attached to the computer: If you want to acquire data sent from
other devices (usually a service-company treatment control computer) in real-time. Data
acquisition can be done via a cable or modem connection. (Note: This procedure is described
earlier in this section.)
Emulate acquisition process from data stored in FPA (ASCII) file: If you want to simulate
real-time data acquisition using ASCII data from a file.
Settings File Name: Enter or browse for the file name of the settings file. All setup information
regarding data acquisition is stored in this file. You can create several setting files for use with
different (treatment control) systems and environments to recall for later use. (These files are recalled
using the Import Channels function on the Channels Setup screen.)
Control Buttons
911
FracproPT 2007
Emulation File Name: Select the name and location of the ASCII file containing the data you want to
use in the real-time data acquisition emulation. The emulation file type is defaulted to .FPA, but you
may select other suitably formatted ASCII files. You must also enter the correct Time Step of data in
FPA (ASCII) file.
Emulation Speed: The slider controls the transmission speed of the ASCII data. If you select RealTime Speed, the data will be read into DataAcqPT at the same speed that it was originally recorded
(assuming you have entered the correct Time Step of data in FPA (ASCII) file). If you wish to more
quickly read in an ASCII file, you can select a higher speed with the slider.
912
FracproPT 2007
Time Channel
Use Time Channel : If the real-time data contains a time channel that you wish to use (currently,
only time in decimal minutes is usable by DataAcqPT).
Ignore Time Channel : If the data does not contain time information or you do not want to use
the time channel.
Acquisition Time Is Limited To: By selecting this option and enter the maximum data acquisition
time, you allow DataAcqPT to allocate enough memory to collect and store data. This is typically the
safest method to avoid any low-memory problems. You should enter a maximum time significantly
larger than the expected job time to allow for late starts, unplanned shut downs, and any pressure
decline data you wish to record after the treatment. If you deactivate this option, DataAcqPT will
handle all memory allocation dynamically and continue to record data until stopped manually.
Control Buttons
913
FracproPT 2007
Table Columns
914
ID: Shows the FracproPT abbreviation for the channel in this row. FracproPT uses these IDs to
identify data, plot, output and input channels internally. All IDs are pre-defined and cannot be
changed. Double clicking on an ID cell activates the Select Channel screen where you select from
various pre-defined channel names or create your own user-defined channel name.
Channel Names: The name for each data channel is defined in this field. To edit or change the
Channel Name, double-click an ID field to activate the Select Channel screen where you can select
from various pre-defined channel names or create your own user-defined channel name.
Unit: Displays the unit for the channel in this row of the table. Fixed units are assigned to pre-defined
channel names and cannot be changed unless you change the Channel Name. If you selected a
user-defined channel name, you can select a unit from a drop-down list by clicking in the desired unit
field.
Use: You can toggle to select or ignore a channel by checking or unchecking this field.
Value (Unscaled): Displays the raw (unscaled) value of the channel currently being received.
Value (Scaled): Displays the scaled value of the channel currently being received. That is, the raw
value displayed in the Value (Unscaled) column is multiplied by Mult and then summed with Offset.
Since this is the value that will be stored in the FracproPT database, you should take great care in
assigning multipliers and offsets. Fortunately, channels rarely need to be scaled.
Mult: Define a "multiplier" for each individual channel. The raw value of the incoming data, displayed
in Value (Unscaled) column, will be multiplied by Mult. Since the result, Value (Scaled), is the
number that will be stored in the FracproPT database, you should take great care in assigning
multipliers. Fortunately, channels rarely need to further scaling.
Offset: Define an "offset" for each individual channel. The raw value of the incoming data, displayed
in Value (Unscaled) column, will be summed with Offset (after being multiplied by Mult). Since the
result, Value (Scaled), is the number that will be stored in the FracproPT database, you should take
great care in assigning offsets. Fortunately, channels rarely need to further scaling.
Min Alarm: Defines the lower threshold for the alarm function. If the value currently received for a
channel is smaller than the value defined in the corresponding Min Alarm cell, an acoustic alarm will
be sounded and an alarm message will be displayed.
FracproPT 2007
Max Alarm: Defines the upper threshold for the alarm function. If the value currently received for a
channel is larger than the value entered into the corresponding Max Alarm cell, an acoustic alarm will
be sounded and an alarm message will be displayed.
Import Channels: This function allows you to recall a previously stored acquisition settings file (.acq)
and set or restore all channel settings.
Clear Channels: This function clears all Channel Names, Units and IDs entered in the table.
Selecting this function also stops to Show Incoming Data.
Number of Channels
Used displays the total number of selected channels marked for Use (that is, the number of
channels that will be passed to FracproPT).
Show Incoming Data: This function causes the raw real-time data being received, through one of the
serial ports or through the modem connection, to be displayed in the Value (Unscaled) and Value
(Scaled) fields. Selecting Show Incoming Data does NOT start data acquisition (saving).
Use All: This function sets the Use check mark for all channels.
Mark Time Channel: If you selected Use Time Channel on the PROTOCOL SETUP screen, you
must select the time channel in the table and then select Mark Time Channel.
Choose: This function displays the SELECT CHANNEL screen from which you select from various
pre-defined channel names or create your own user-defined channel name. Choose performs the
same function as double clicking on an ID field.
Control Buttons
915
FracproPT 2007
Format
Fixed Time Step: Enter the Time Step in seconds if the real-time data consists of data records
with a fixed time step (for example, one data record every 2 seconds).
Variable Timestep: If the real-time data has a variable time step. In this case, the data records
received must contain a time column to allow correct interpretation.
Save Acquired Data to: Select the name and location of the file where the acquired data, in
FracproPT database format, will be stored. You can also choose to generate an ASCII (FPA-type) file
at the same time by checking the FPA file option. This file will have the same filename as the
database file, however it will have a .FPA extension.
Autosave Every: Select the autosave time interval in seconds. All real-time data collected is stored
in RAM memory for fast access. However, at the interval you specify in this field, the data is also
written to disk. In this manner, an unexpected shut down or power loss on the computer will not cause
a complete loss of data.
Control Buttons
916
FracproPT 2007
Control Buttons
917
FracproPT 2007
Table Columns
918
ID: Shows the FracproPT abbreviation for the channel in this row. FracproPT uses these IDs to
identify data, plot, output and input channels internally. All IDs are pre-defined and cannot be
changed. Double clicking on an ID cell activates the Select Channel screen where you select from
various pre-defined channel names or create your own user-defined channel name.
Channel Names: The name for each data channel is defined in this field. To edit or change the
Channel Name, double-click an ID field to activate the Select Channel screen where you can select
from various pre-defined channel names or create your own user-defined channel name.
Unit: Displays the unit for the channel in this row of the table. Fixed units are assigned to pre-defined
channel names and cannot be changed unless you change the Channel Name. If you selected a
user-defined channel name, you can select a unit from a drop-down list by clicking in the desired unit
field.
Use: You can toggle to select or ignore a channel by checking or unchecking this field.
Value (Unscaled): Displays the raw (unscaled) value of the channel currently being received.
Value (Scaled): Displays the scaled value of the channel currently being received. That is, the raw
value displayed in the Value (Unscaled) column is multiplied by Mult and then summed with Offset.
Since this is the value that will be stored in the FracproPT database, you should take great care in
assigning multipliers and offsets. Fortunately, channels rarely need to be scaled.
Mult: Define a "multiplier" for each individual channel. The raw value of the incoming data, displayed
in Value (Unscaled) column, will be multiplied by Mult. Since the result, Value (Scaled), is the
number that will be stored in the FracproPT database, you should take great care in assigning
multipliers. Fortunately, channels rarely need to further scaling.
Offset: Define an "offset" for each individual channel. The raw value of the incoming data, displayed
in Value (Unscaled) column, will be summed with Offset (after being multiplied by Mult). Since the
result, Value (Scaled), is the number that will be stored in the FracproPT database, you should take
great care in assigning offsets. Fortunately, channels rarely need to further scaling.
Min Alarm: Defines the lower threshold for the alarm function. If the value currently received for a
channel is smaller than the value defined in the corresponding Min Alarm cell, an acoustic alarm will
be sounded and an alarm message will be displayed.
FracproPT 2007
Max Alarm: Defines the upper threshold for the alarm function. If the value currently received for a
channel is larger than the value entered into the corresponding Max Alarm cell, an acoustic alarm will
be sounded and an alarm message will be displayed.
Control Buttons
Show Incoming Data: This functions activates the Incoming Data View screen.
Help: This function activates context sensitive help for the Data Monitor screen.
Control Buttons
Show Incoming Data / Stop Showing Data: This function toggles the display of incoming data on
and off.
Pause / Continue: This function will "freeze" the display, and new incoming data records will not be
displayed until Continue is selected. This function affects only the display on the Incoming Data
View screen, data acquisition will continue.
Close: This function closes the Incoming Data View display window.
Preferences Screen
You can set various preferences for the data acquisition process on this screen.
919
FracproPT 2007
Units: The unit system for the data to be acquired can be set here.
Sound Control (On/Off): When selected, a sound will be played for each record received. If you
have a sound card installed on your computer, you can listen to a .WAV file; a simple "ping" will be
heard with the standard PC-type speaker.
Monitor Update Period: Lets you select how often the display of incoming data will be updated on
the Data Monitor screen.
Control Buttons
Cancel: Exits from the Preferences screen without changing the settings.
920
FracproPT 2007
Channel Group: You can choose whether or not you want to select a Channel Name from various
operation-type lists that contain Predefined channel name entries, or whether to use a User Defined
channel name. You may also select a Channel Name from an emulation ASCII file (if you are
running in emulation mode).
According to your selection, a list of all available Channel Names will be displayed on the right side
of the Select Channel screen. If you have chosen to use a User Defined channel name, you will be
able to edit the name on the Channels Setting screen.
Control Buttons
OK: Closes the Select Channel screen and enters the selected Channel Name into the table on the
Channels Setting screen.
Cancel: Closes the Select Channel vscreen without updating any Channel Names.
Overview
921
FracproPT 2007
DataConvertPT - Overview
DataConvertPT is a utility program used to facilitate merging and conversion of treatment data from a variety of sources
into a single FracproPT database and ASCII file. DataConvertPT reads ASCII files (or DataConvertPT-generated FPA
files) in columnar format, and it can read a variety of different time formats, with either a fixed or variable timestep, or
depth-based data for importing logs.
DataConvertPT can also create ASCII files suitable for easy importation into Lotus 1-2-3 and other spreadsheet
programs. DataConvertPT's intuitive interface should be self-explanatory for most users.
File Menu
Open [Ctrl]-[O]: Loads an ASCII or database file into DataConvertPT. If you select a database file
(*.DBS, *.DBD), DataConvertPT will automatically convert the database file stored in binary format
back to ASCII format for display on the Input Data screen.
Invert: Invert the currently active input data file and rearrange the data sets in the opposite order.
This is function can be used to rearrange log data recorded when running in the direction out-of-hole
to the regular running-in-hole format with depth increasing. This command is only available with a
depth-based data file loaded.
Status Bar: Toggles the display of the DataConvertPT status bar on/off.
Source Text: Opens a new window with the plain ASCII input data of the currently active file
displayed.
DB Edit: Allows you to call up the Database Editor application to view/edit a database file just
created with DataConvertPT. This command is available only if you have selected Create Output.
Default Year Offset: Lets you specify the default year offset when working with two digit year
formats.
Define Time Format: Opens the Build Custom Input Format screen where you can define the
format of the ASCII time input data.
Allow Only Digits: Instruct DataConvertPT to ignore all lines in the ASCII input data files which
contain non-numeric characters, e.g. labels, descriptions, names etc. If whole columns containing
non-numeric data are present in the ASCII input files, these columns will be ignored by
DataConvertPT.
Edit Menu
View Menu
Options Menu
Windows Menu
Cascade: Displays all currently open Input Data windows in cascaded format.
Tile: Displays all currently open Input Data windows side by side.
Arrange Icons: Will line up all icons of minimized Input Data windows at the bottom of the display
area.
1, 2, 3, ...: Lets you choose to put focus on any of the currently open Input Data windows listed here.
Help
Help Menu
922
FracproPT 2007
Context: Calls context sensitive help for the currently active screen.
About Database Editor: Displays version and copyright informations about the DataConvertPT
application.
Table Rows
Name: The first line in the table will list the names of the data channels (if DataConvertPT could
identify the name of channel automatically). You can edit each individual channel name by selecting a
predefined channel Name from the drop-down box accessible in each channel name cell, or, by
double-clicking on the desired channel Name cell. This will allow you to edit the channel name. If
there is no default name for the data in that column, you may type one in.
Units: The second line in the table will list the Unit for each channel (if DataConvertPT could identify
the name of the channel automatically). You can edit each individual channel Unit by selecting a
predefined Unit from the drop-down box accessible in each unit cell, or, by double-clicking on the
desired unit cell. This will allow you to edit the channel name. The units will be the default for the
system specified in the Suggested Unit for Channels field, but different units may be selected
from the drop-down list.
You MUST make sure that the units defined for each channel are consistent with the selected
unit system.
ID: The third line will display the FracproPT channel identifier if a predefined channel name was selected.
FracproPT will use the IDs to automatically allocate channels for running simulations from database data.
Do not change predefined ID assignments, since this could interfere with the correct
identification of the channels by the FracproPT simulator.
The lower part of the Input Data window provides access to the various functions. The display of some of the functions will depend
on whether focus was put (by selecting the corresponding tab) on a time-based (typically treatment data) or a depth-based (typically
log data) file. You can switch between time-based and depth-based file functions by selecting Time or Depth in the Base field.
923
FracproPT 2007
Base
Time: Instruct DataConvertPT to interpret the currently active input data file as time-based (typically,
a treatment or production data file).
Depth: Instruct DataConvertPT to interpret the currently active input data file as depth-based
(typically, a log data, well survey or spinner test data file).
924
FracproPT 2007
The Input settings comprise a set of specific properties for the currently active input data file. If you tab to another opened input
data file, you can change the Input settings according to the requirements of the new input data file.
Depth Step
Your (log) data file contains data with either Fixed or Variable depth step.
Fixed If the data was recorded with a fixed depth step (for example one data set every 10 ft), select Fixed and enter the Depth Step
the depth step box. You may have to enter a Start Depth and optionally a Depth Shift value into the appropriate
fields.
Variable If your data was recorded with variable depth steps, select Variable depth step (typically, log data). You will need to
select the column containing the depth recordings by clicking on the column heading and pressing Select Base
Column. You may optionally enter a Depth Shift into the appropriate field.
Depth Specified as allows you to select the unit, m or ft, of the depth recordings in the currently active input data independently of
the units system used for the data channels.
Start Time If you have selected Fixed time step, you have to enter a start depth in the Start Depth field.
Depth Shift You may also enter a value in the Depth Shift box to (depth) shift all data in the currently selected input data file to
synchronize your data between two or more files.
Select Start Row Allows you to select manually the first line of data in the currently active input data file by clicking on the row
number in the table and selecting Select Start Row.
Select Base Column If you have selected Variable depth step, you will need to select the column containing the depth recordings
by clicking on the column header and pressing Select Base Column.
Select Channel To select one or more channel for conversion to a DataConvertPT-created FracproPT database, highlight the
desired channels by clicking on the column header and click on the Select Channel button. You can combine
individual channels from different input files tabs into a single DataConvertPT-created database file. The
Depth Shift function provides an adjustment facility to synchronize data between two or more files. All selected
channels and their corresponding input data file will be listed in the Output Channels display.
Delete Channel To delete one or more channels from the list in the Output Channels display, highlight the desired channel names
and click on the Delete Channel button.
Start/End Depth The start and end depths for the selected output channels will be displayed. A subset of the data may be output to
the database by checking Manual Start and entering a value for Start Depth and/or checking Manual End and
entering a value for End Depth, or, by selecting a start and end row using the Select Start and Select End
buttons.
Depth Step You can select your output files to be Fixed time step or Variable time step. If Fixed, enter an output depth step size; if
Variable, you can select the file name of the file containing the depth recordings from the drop-down list. The
default file is the active input data file.
ASCII Output You may direct output either to an ASCII non-delimited file or to a Lotus style comma-quote delimited (ASCII) file
by checking Create File and selecting the desired file format option. The depth value for each step may be
included. If you have selected Fixed depth step output, you have the option to include the (fixed depth step)
depth information with the ASCII output file. Variable depth step output files will always contain a column
with the depth information.
FracproPT Database Keep this option checked (default setting) to create a FracproPT database.
Create Output When you have selected the output options, click on Create Output to create the FracproPT (depth-based) database
(*.DBD) and ASCII (*.FPA) files. A message will pop up once the output files were created successfully.
925
FracproPT 2007
DD Day
hh Hour
mm Minute
ss Second
, . : ; / [Space[ Separators
To accept the custom-created time format, click on Update. To go back to DataConvertPT without using the new time
format, click on Cancel.
Start Time: The model or database time at which you would like to begin output of the ASCII data.
End Time: The model time at which you would like to stop output of the ASCII data.
Time Step: The time increment between each printout of ASCII data.
Load Database Channels: Causes the current database channels to be automatically copied into
the Channels For Data Printout tables.
Generate Data Printout: Once you have selected channels, specified times, and entered an output
directory and filename, select Generate Data Printout to produce the ASCII output.
Save to File: Selecting this option saves the report to a file in ASCII format. The file name is defined
in the Output File Location field.
Output File Location: If you elect to Save to File, press Select... to display the standard MS Open
utility to define an output file.
Continue: Selecting Continue takes you up one screen level, back to the Data Conversion And
Editing [Ctrl]-[F3] screen.
Introduction
Editing Functions
Edit Channel
Channel Information
Program Preferences
Channel Preferences
Plot Preferences
Frame Preferences
Menu
Toolbar Icons
DataEditPT - Introduction
926
FracproPT 2007
DataEditPT is a generic application for displaying, and editing, time based data in linear coordinates. There is a rich set of
options (which can be accessed through the menu bar or by clicking on the icons on the toolbar) available to the user to
customize plots and edit data. These include line style, symbol, color, fonts, scale, zoom, aspect ratio, averaging,
interpolation, rescaling, etc. The DataEditPT can also plot up to eight Y-axes; this feature is very useful if the data sets
plotted have large difference in maximum and/or minimum values.
On each Database Plot window, the name of the database file opened is displayed in the title bar.
Switch Label: To switch between the channels displayed on the plot, click on then Switch Label
icon in the toolbar or simply use the [TAB] key.
Shift View Area: You can shift (scroll) through the plot by double-clicking with the left mouse button
on all four plot borders. For example, double-clicking on the right plot border will shift the entire plot to
the right, clicking on the left plot border will scroll the plot display to the left. You can also use the
arrow keys on the keyboard to shift the plot display.
Change Scale Limits: Clicking on the X or Y scale with the right mouse button will bring up the Axis
Limit window. Here, you can enter new values for Lower and Upper axis limits. Clicking on OK will
rescale the plot according to the new axis limit settings.
Edit Plot Preferences: Clicking on the right mouse button with the cursor placed anywhere inside the
plot area will bring up the Plot Preferences screen.
Edit Frame Preferences: Clicking on the right mouse button with the cursor placed anywhere
outside the plot area will bring up the Frame Preferences screen.
Edit Channel Preferences: Clicking on the right mouse button with the cursor placed on a data
curve in the plot will bring up the Channel Preferences screen where you can modify the display
style of the data channel selected.
Adding Annotations: You can add an annotation to any position on a selected data channel by
placing the cursor at the desired position on the data curve and double-clicking the left mouse key.
Moving Annotations: You can move any annotation text box to a new position on within the plot
frame by clicking on the annotation text box, holding the mouse key pressed and dragging the
annotation text box to the desired new position.
Editing Annotations: Double-clicking on any annotation text box will bring up the Annotations
window.
Toggle Display of Annotation Text Boxes: Clicking on any annotation marker will bring up the
corresponding annotation text box. You can hide annotation text boxes individually by clicking on the
small square displayed in the upper left corner of each annotation text box.
Pressing [Tab] or clicking on the corresponding icon in the toolbar to toggle through all of the
channels on the currently active Database Plot window.
Selecting the channel to be plotted from the Channel drop-down list at the bottom of the Database
Plot screen.
The cursor style may be toggled as a small downward pointing arrow or cross-hairs by clicking on the Cursor Type
button. The cursor may be moved along the selected channel data using the horizontal scroll bar or the arrow keys.
The cursor moves in small, medium, or large increments. The current increment size is displayed below the bottom-right
corner of the plot; it is increased or decreased by selecting small, medium or large from the Cursor Increment dropdown list.
927
FracproPT 2007
As the cursor moves, the Time, Value and Slope for the selected channel at the current cursor position are displayed in
the fields below the plot.
928
FracproPT 2007
Time Marks
Use Time Marks: Limit data editing to the interval selected graphically on the currently active
Database Plot window by having set the Begin and End marks, or to the interval entered numerically
in the Begin and End fields on the Edit Channel screen.
Use Whole Channel: Apply all editing operations to the whole data channel. That is, to all data
present in the database.
Clear Marks: Clear the Begin and End markers set on the currently active Database Plot window.
Channel Selection
Perform operation for all channels: Apply all the editing operations to the all channel present in the
database.
Use Channel: To apply the editing operations to a specific channel only, select the desired channel
name from the drop-down-list.
Operations
Set Value: Sets the value for all data points for the selected channel (interval) to a user-defined
value, entered in the Value field.
Average: Computes a simple average of the data in the interval and replaces the data in the channel
interval with the calculated average. You can enter the desired average x span (the x interval used for
calculating the average) in the Average field.
Interpolate: Interpolates linearly between the first (Begin) and last (End) data points in the interval.
Scale: Replaces the data in the selected interval by a straight line having the formula x=a*x+b where
a is the Slope of the line and b is the Offset.
Least Square: Averages the data between the selected points using the Least Square method.
Shift: Left: Shifts the selected channel Left, by an amount equal to the length of the selected interval.
Shift: Right: Shifts the selected channel Right, by an amount equal to the length of the selected
interval.
929
FracproPT 2007
Control Buttons
OK: Accept execute the selected editing operation return to the Database Plot screen and update
the plot display.
Cancel: Clicking on Cancel will return to the Database Plot screen without modifying the database
data. All editing operations selected on the Edit Channel Data screen will be discarded.
Table Columns
Channel Name displays the channel names for all channels in the database currently active. To
modify a channel name, double-click on the desired Channel Name cell and edit the channel name.
Multiplier displays the multiplier value assigned to the channel during FracproPT data acquisition.
To change the multiplier value, double-click on the desired Multiplier cell and enter a new Multiplier
value.
Offset displays the multiplier value assigned to the channel during FracproPT data acquisition. To
change the Offset value, double-click on the desired Offset cell and enter a new Offset value.
Control Buttons
OK: Accept all changes done on the Channel Information screen and return to the Database Plot
screen.
Cancel: Return to the Database Plot screen without modifying the plot settings. All changes made
on the Channel Information screen will be discarded.
930
FracproPT 2007
Units
Metric (Bar): Select metric units with pressure in Bar (m, bar, OC,...)
Metric (kPa): Selects metric units with pressure in kPa (m, kPa, OC,...), according to the Canadian SI
unit standard.
Control Buttons
OK: Accept all changes done on the Program Preferences screen and return to the currently active
Database Plot screen.
Cancel: Return to the Database Plot screen without modifying the plot settings. All changes made
on the Program Preferences screen will be discarded.
Channel Preferences
The display properties of individual data channels can be modified on this dialog. All modifications will apply only to the
currently active channel.
Selecting OK accepts any modifications for the selected channel and closes the dialog. Selecting Cancel closes the
dialog without accepting any modifications that may have been made for the selected channel.
931
FracproPT 2007
Channel Name
This field displays the active channel (that is, the channel for which preferences may be changed).
Channel Preferences
Channel Style
You may choose to plot data with Lines, Symbols, or Lines and Symbols.
Line Style
The current line style is displayed here. To change it, make a selection from the drop-down list.
Line Color
The color currently in use is displayed as a depressed field. To change it, click on the desired color.
Line Width
The current line width is displayed here. To change it, enter a new number or use the up and down arrows in the display
field.
Symbol Preferences
These fields are active only if Symbols or Lines and Symbols is selected as the Channel Style.
Symbol
The symbol currently in use is displayed as a depressed field. To change it, click on the desired symbol.
Outside Color
932
FracproPT 2007
The outside color of the symbol currently in use is displayed as a depressed field (it is also displayed in the Symbol
fields). To change it, click on the desired color.
Autoscale tab
Selecting OK accepts any changes that have been made on any of the tabs and closes the dialog. Selecting Apply
accepts and applies any changes that have been made without closing the dialog. Selecting Cancel closes the dialog
without accepting any changes that may have been made.
Plot Title
This is the editable title of the plot, which is displayed in the title bar of the plot window. The Plot Title of auto-configured
plots is cannot be changed.
Channel Number
Up to eight channels may be viewed on any plot.
933
FracproPT 2007
Channel Name
To select or unselect a specific channel for display on the plot, set or clear the check box. To delete a channel completely
or insert a blank row in the table, select the row number and press [Del] or [Ins], respectively.
To add or change a channel for plotting, double click the Channel Name field to display the sELECT CHANNEL dialog
(as shown below) where you select a Channel Type, a Channel Group, and finally a Channel Name. The channel Color
is selected automatically, but you may change it here if you like.
Note:
If you want to plot a channel from a previously stored (but not currently open) model run, you can use the Compare
Simulations options located on the Select Channel dialog.
Additional Information: Compare Simulation Results
Unit
This field automatically displays the unit for each channel.
Plot Color
The color used when plotting each channel is shown here. To change the color, double click the appropriate field to
activate the CHANNEL PREFERENCES dialog.
d/dt
The button in this field may be selected by clicking with the mouse to plot the derivative of that particular channel: this will
be indicated when a red check mark appears. The parameters that control the how the derivative is calculated are shown
on the Frame Style tab of this PLOT PREFERENCES dialog.
Note:
If you select G-Function as the Frame Style on the Frame Style tab of this Plot Preferences dialog, you can also
select a second option in the d/dt field by clicking with the mouse a second time after the red check appears (which
indicates the time derivative) appears: The button will change to black to indicate that the so-called superposition
derivate of that particular channel will be plotted.
Note:
934
FracproPT 2007
When you select either of the d/dt options, you should also use the Use End Time option on the Frame Style tab to
limit the forward time span of the derivative plot calculation (as specified in the Spread equals% of Plot X-Axis
field) to the X Axis Max value that you enter. This function is typically used at the end of a pressure decline period
(that is, at the time just before pumping starts and pressure increases suddenly).
X-Axis Limits
The X-Axis Limits (X Min and X Max) may be set individually for each channel by moving to those fields and entering
values. Alternatively, they may be changed for all channels simultaneously by entering x-axis minimum and maximum
values in the X Axis Min and X Axis Max fields in the lower-left corner of the dialog.
X Start corresponds to the absolute x-axis value where the plotted interval (as defined by Min and Max) starts. For
example, this function is necessary when looking at plots based on the square root or log of delta time.
X Unit
This field displays the unit of the x-axis.
Y-Axis Limits
The Y-Axis Limits (Y Min and Y Max) are set individually for each channel by moving the cursor to the fields and entering
the values. For information about plotting delta y values, please see the description given in the Plot Options section.
X-axis
The x-axis may be changed for all channels simultaneously by entering x-axis minimum and maximum values in the X
Axis Min and X Axis Max fields.
Select All
This function selects all channels for display (as indicated by the check boxes to the left of each channel name).
Unselect All
This function clears the display check boxes for all channels.
Frame tab
Annotations tab
Slope tab
Alarms tab
Cursor tab
Grid tab
Selecting OK accepts any changes that have been made on any of the tabs and closes the dialog. Selecting Apply
accepts and applies any changes that have been made without closing the dialog. Selecting Cancel closes the dialog
without accepting any changes that may have been made.
935
FracproPT 2007
Fonts
The display fonts in use for the various plot screen elements are shown on the right side of the preview window. To
change a setting, double click the desired field (in the white box) and select the font, style, and size.
Colors
The colors currently in use for the various plot screen elements are shown below the preview window. To change a color,
double click on the desired field and select a color.
Border Style
Select a choice for the plot-border style.
DataEditPT - Menu
File
936
FracproPT 2007
Save as...: Saves edited data to a new file. You have to enter a new file name.
1, 2, 3 ...: List the file names of previously loaded databases. For faster access, you can simply click
on any file name entry or press [Alt]-[1] (or one of the other numbers displayed) to load the desired
database.
Undo ]Ctrl]-[Z]: Undos the last modification to the current database file.
Set Left Mark [Ctrl]-[B]: Sets beginning of interval (left mark) where the cursor is currently located
on the active database plot.
Set Right Mark [Ctrl]-[E]: Sets end of interval (right mark) where the cursor is currently located on
the active database plot.
Cursor Editing Mode: Puts you in Cursor Editing Mode (which is he default setting) where you can
view and modify the data displayed on the database plots.
Edit Data: Selecting Edit Data allows you to move a cursor to any point on the selected data curve
(you can witch between data channels using the [Tab] key) and view the numeric values (slope,
channel (y) value, x axis value) for the data point at the cursor position in the status bar at the bottom
of the Data Editor window.
Copy to Clipboard: Copies the plot on the currently active Data Base Plot window to the Windows
clipboard.
Edit Channel Names: Selecting Edit Channel Names calls up the Channel Information screen
where you can modify individual Channel Names and channel Multipliers and Offset values.
Status Bar: Toggles the data acquisition status information displayed on the bottom of the screen on
and off.
Switch Channel Labels: Selecting Switch Channel Labels causes the channel name shown at the
top of the plot and the vertical Y axis scale shown on the left edge of the plot to toggle between the
different channels plotted. You can also use the [TAB] key on the keyboard to switch between
channels.
Select View: Clicking on Select View allows you to select a view area on the plot with the mouse
and zoom-in to view more details of the plotted data. Click on the Select View icon, place the cursor
on the plot, press the left mouse button and drag the selection rectangle over the area on the plot
which you want to magnify. The plot will be resealed and updated with the new limits once you
release the left mouse button.
Autoscale Current: Performs an autoscale operation on the currently selected display channel.
Zoom In [+]: Zooms the display on the currently active Database Plot window in.
Zoom Out [-]: Zooms the display on the currently active Database Plot window out.
Display Annotations: Selecting Display Annotations will toggle between displaying/hiding of all
annotation text boxes.
Edit Annotations [Ctrl]-[A]: Selecting Edit Annotations will bring up the Annotations screen
where you can edit individual annotation texts and annotation display properties.
Delete All Annotations: Selecting Delete All Annotations will delete all annotations from the
currently active database plot window.
Draw Tangent Line: Allows you to generate tangent lines on the plot. Click on the Tangent Line icon
or select Tangent Line from the Plot Edit menu and place the cursor at the point on one data curve
where you of to draw a tangent line and click on the left mouse button. The Tangent Line will be
plotted at the selected position. You can modify/shift the position of the Tangent Line by double
Edit
View
Options
937
FracproPT 2007
clicking in the center of the tangent line and dragging the tangent line to the desired position. Slope
and length of the Tangent Line can be changed by clicking either on the left or right end of the line
and rotate/drag the line to the desired position.
Delete Tangent Lines: Selecting Delete Tangent Lines will remove all tangent lines from the
currently active database plot window.
Setup
The Setup menu provides access to all the screens dealing with the modification of plots:
Cascade: Displays all currently open Database Plot windows in cascaded format.
Tile: Displays all currently open Database Plot windows side by side.
Horizontal Tile: Displays all currently open Database Plot windows arranged horizontally
Vertical Tile: Displays all currently open Database Plot windows side by side (arranged vertically).
Arrange Icons: Will line up all icons of minimized Database Plot screens at the bottom of the display
area.
1, 2, 3, ...: Lets you choose to put focus on any of the currently open Database Plot windows listed
here.
Windows
Help
Help
Context: Ccalls context sensitive help for the currently active screen.
About DataEditPT: Displays version and copyright information about the DataEditPT application.
DataEditPT - Toolbar
938
FracproPT 2007
939